巴拉基咖注释显示巴利原文
Pārājikavaṇṇanā
韦兰若篇注释显示巴利原文
Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā
“那时,世尊住在毗舍离大林重阁讲堂。那时,毗舍离城不远处有个名叫迦兰达的村落”——在应当开始讲述律制因缘时,《毗兰若篇》的发起是为了什么呢?回答说:是为了从一开始就显示律制因缘。若如此,难道不与“贤友优波离,第一条波罗夷是在哪里制定的?在毗舍离”这句话相冲突吗?并不冲突。为什么呢?因为“在何处制定”正是就因缘而问。即便如此,若被问到“第一条波罗夷的因缘是什么”,却回答共通的大因缘,似乎不妥吧?并非不妥,因为所有学处的因缘虽被各别询问,也应各别回答,所以他先说明了所有学处共通的大因缘。通过确定的问答次第,波罗夷等便被纳入了结集。是如何纳入的呢?大迦叶尊者依次询问了整部律,而被询问的优波离长老则随顺因缘,毫无间断地作了回答。应当了知,未被问及的判决事等,也作为相应的事例被包含在内,正是借助问答的次第,僧团完成了合诵。否则,《毗兰若篇》就会变成仅仅是第一条波罗夷的因缘,或者成为没有序分,或者成为没有目的,又或者变成在个别学处因缘的提问之后,还要再次回答同一个大因缘。因此,正是为了从一开始就显示律制因缘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūre kalandagāmo nāma hotī’’ti vinayanidāne ārabhitabbe verañjakaṇḍassa ārambho kimatthoti ce? Vuccate – mūlato pabhuti vinayanidānaṃ dassetuṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘paṭhamaṃ āvuso upāli pārājikaṃ kattha paññattanti, vesāliya’’nti vacanena virujjhatīti ce? Na virujjhati. Kasmā? Kattha paññattanti hi nidānapucchā. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘paṭhamassa pārājikassa kiṃnidāna’’nti pucchite sādhāraṇamahānidānavissajjanaṃ ayuttaṃ viyāti? Nāyuttaṃ, sabbesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ pāṭekkaṃ nidānassa puṭṭhattā tassa vissajjetabbattā ca sabbasādhāraṇamahānidānaṃ paṭhamamāha. Ekantena pucchāvissajjanakkamena pārājikādīni saṅgahaṃ āropitāni. Kathaṃ āropitānīti ce? Āyasmatā mahākassapena anukkamena sabbopi vinayo pucchito, puṭṭhena ca āyasmatā upālittherena yathāsambhavaṃ nirantaraṃ vissajjitameva. Apucchitānipi vinītavatthuādīni yujjamānāni vatthūni antokatvā vissajjanakkameneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsūti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā verañjakaṇḍaṃ paṭhamapārājikasseva nidānanti vā anadhikārikaṃ vā nippayojanaṃ vā pāṭekkaṃ sikkhāpadanidānapucchānantaraṃ tadeva vissajjetabbanti vā āpajjati, tasmā ādito pabhuti vinayanidānaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tena samayenā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ.
现在,在讲述因缘时,我们将说明其目的:因为律是世尊的教令,所以首先是为了显示世尊堪受教令的资格;为了显示作为教令的律不越出范围;以及为了显示安住于教令的弟子们的大威神力——这是三种目的。何以故?世尊堪为教令者,因为他已断除烦恼,已证殊胜功德,是世间最上最胜者,已证如如性。世尊证得如如性,当从不因八种呵责事等无味相而动摇来了解;已断除烦恼,当从说明那八种呵责事于自身生起方式的巴利语来了解;已证殊胜功德,当从证得四禅与三明的说明来了解;最上最胜,应依据“婆罗门!我不见在天与魔……乃至……他的头会破裂”以及“世间最上最胜”这些语句来了知。这是显示世尊堪受教令之资格的目的。而“舍利弗,你且忍耐;舍利弗,你且忍耐,如来自知时机”这一句,是为了显示不越出范围。从“尊者!我愿翻转大地”“尊者!我愿变现一只手”以及“尊者!愿整个比丘僧团前往北俱卢洲乞食”——这三次长老的狮子吼中,可以了解安住于教令的弟子们的大威神力。世尊为何不住在舍卫城等地,当时却住在韦兰若呢?这是为了使那勒鲁夜叉生起净信。显示巴利原文
Idāni nidānabhaṇane payojanaṃ vakkhāma – vinayassaāṇādesanattā bhagavato tāva āṇārahabhāvadīpanaṃ , āṇābhūtassa ca vinayassa anaññavisayabhāvadīpanaṃ, āṇāya ṭhitānaṃ sāvakānaṃ mahānubhāvadīpanañcāti tividhamassa payojanaṃ. Kathaṃ? Āṇāsāsanāraho hi bhagavā pahīnakilesattā, adhigataguṇavisesattā, lokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhattā, tādibhāvappattattā ca, arasarūpatādīhi aṭṭhahi akkosavatthūhi akampanato bhagavato tādibhāvappatti veditabbā, aṭṭhannampi tesaṃ akkosavatthūnaṃ attani sambhavapariyāyadīpanapāḷiyā pahīnakilesatā veditabbā . Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ tissannañca vijjānaṃ adhigamaparidīpanena adhigataguṇavisesatā veditabbā. ‘‘Nāhaṃ taṃ brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake…pe… muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’’ti ca ‘‘jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassā’’ti ca vacanena jeṭṭhaseṭṭhatā veditabbā, idañca bhagavato āṇārahabhāvadīpanappayojanaṃ. ‘‘Āgamehi tvaṃ sāriputta, āgamehi tvaṃ sāriputta, tathāgatova tattha kālaṃ jānissatī’’ti vacanaṃ anaññavisayabhāvadīpanaṃ. ‘‘Sādhāhaṃ, bhante, pathaviṃ parivatteyya’’nti ca ‘‘ekāhaṃ, bhante, pāṇiṃ abhinimminissāmī’’ti ca ‘‘sādhu, bhante, sabbo bhikkhusaṅgho uttarakuruṃ piṇḍāya gaccheyyā’’ti ca imehi therassa tīhi sīhanādehi āṇāya ṭhitānaṃ sāvakānaṃ mahānubhāvatādīpanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sāvatthiyādīsu aviharitvā kimatthaṃ bhagavā verañjāyameva tadā vihāsīti ce? Naḷeruyakkhassa pītisañjananatthaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghassa bhikkhāvasena akilamanatthaṃ, verañjabrāhmaṇassa pasādasañjananatthaṃ, mahāmoggallānattherassa ānubhāvadīpanaṭṭhānabhūtattā, sāriputtattherassa vinayapaññattiyācanahetubhūtaparivitakkanaṭṭhānabhūtattā ca. Tesu pacchimaṃ balavakāraṇaṃ, tena vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tena samayenāti yena kālena āyasmato…pe… tena kālenā’’ti. Purimesu catūsu asaṅgahakāraṇesu paṭhamena bhagavā mettābhāvanādinā amanussānaṃ cittasaṃrakkhaṇena bhikkhūnaṃ ādaraṃ janeti. Dutiyena parisāvacarena bhikkhunā evaṃ parisā saṅgahetabbā, evaṃ appicchena santuṭṭhena ca bhavitabbanti vā dasseti. Tatiyena paccaye nirapekkhena kulānuggaho kātabboti. Catutthena evaṃ mahānubhāvenāpi paccayatthaṃ na loluppaṃ kātabbaṃ, kevalaṃ paradattupajīvinā bhavitabbanti dasseti. ‘‘Tenātiādipāṭhassa…pe… vinayassatthavaṇṇana’’nti vacanato añño tenātiādipāṭho, añño vinayo āpajjati.
‘‘Tenātiādipāṭhamhā, ko añño vinayo idha; Tassatthaṃ dassayantova, kare vinayavaṇṇana’’nti. –
若问:“前文不是已说‘此实非世尊亲证之言’等了吗?”正因如此,为了以种种方式显示优波离长老所说“由彼”等文句的义理,我将撰写“作为世尊亲证之言的律藏义注”——此处应如此理解其义。若尔,岂不与“律藏由谁持守?——其序言以‘尔时,世尊住于毗兰若’等文句庄严”等语,以及显示“尔时”等文句属于律藏所摄这一点相矛盾了?并不矛盾,因为在其他场合也有此用语的成就,如“住于种种壁业庄严之屋的人”等。由于结集者认可其为律藏的开端,该文句属于律藏所摄也合于理。于此设难:为何不像在经藏中说“一时”,在论藏中不定地说“于某时”那样,而在此律藏中一开头就依“彼”之解说而言“尔时”呢?答:因为每一学处制定之时,或作为学处制定之因、世尊于各处所住之时,以及那些过去之时,皆为那些已得自在的结集者们所善知。何以故?由“那些少欲比丘讥嫌”等语,由“尔时,那些比丘将此事禀告世尊”、“尔时,世尊以此因缘召集僧众”、“为比丘们说相应之法……依十种利益,为僧团和乐”以及“诸比丘,你们应如此诵此学处”,并在犍度中由“诸比丘,我允许以三皈依出家”等。显示巴利原文
Ce? Nanu vuttaṃ pubbeva ‘‘idañhi buddhassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanaṃ na hotī’’tiādi, tasmā upālittherena vuttassa tenātiādipāṭhassa atthaṃ nānappakārato dassayanto karissāmi vinayassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanabhūtassa atthavaṇṇananti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatīti evamādivacanapaṭimaṇḍitanidānaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kena dhārita’’ntiādivacanaṃ virujjhati ‘‘tena samayenā’’tiādivacanassa vinayapiṭakapariyāpannabhāvadīpanatoti ce? Na, aññatthepi tabbohārasiddhito ‘‘nānāvidhabhittikammapaṭimaṇḍitavasano puriso’’tiādīsu viya. Vinayassādibhāvena saṅgītikārakehi anuññātattā vinayapariyāpannatāpi yujjati tassa vacanassa. Etthāha – yathā suttante ‘‘ekaṃ samaya’’nti ca, abhidhamme ca ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye’’ti aniyamato vuttaṃ, tathā avatvā idha ‘‘tena samayenā’’ti paṭhamaṃ taṃniddesova kasmā vuttoti? Vuccate – tassa tassa sikkhāpadapaññattisamayassa, yassa vā sikkhāpadapaññattihetubhūtassa samayassa hetu bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi, tassa ca samayassa atītassa tesaṃ saṅgītikārakānaṃ vasīnaṃ suviditattā. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyantī’’tiādivacanato, ‘‘atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesu’’nti ca ‘‘atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne sannipātāpetvā’’ti ca ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanu…pe… dasa atthavase paṭicca saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā’’ti ca ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti ca khandhakesu ca ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajja’’ntiādivinayakkamassa vacanato yo so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo, tassa tassa vinayakkamassa so paññattisamayo ca suvidito tesaṃ pañcasatānaṃ dhammadharānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, nāyaṃ nayo suttantābhidhammesu sambhavati. Tasmā suviditattā tena samayena hetubhūtena viharatīti viharatipadena ekasambandhattā ca paṭhamaṃ yaṃniddesādino asambhavato ca vinayapiṭake taṃniddesova paṭhamaṃ vutto. Kathaṃ? Ettha ‘‘yena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūre kalandagāmo nāma hotī’’ti vā ‘‘yena kho pana samayena vesālī…pe… hotī’’ti vā asambhavato yaṃniddesena avatvā taṃniddesasseva sambhavato ‘‘tena kho pana samayena…pe… kalandagāmo nāma hotī’’ti vuttanti, kevalaṃ suviditattā vā. Aniyamaniddesavacananti ettha kiñcāpi yathāvuttanayena niyamaniddesavacanamevetaṃ taṃniddesattā, tathāpi sampatikālavasena taditaresaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aviditattā ‘‘aniyamaniddesavacana’’nti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘ayañhi sabbasmimpi vinaye yuttī’’ti, taṃ tabbahulena vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
如果所有“彼”字都是不定指称之语,那么“诸比丘,以此……为比丘之学处”中的这个“彼”字,也应成为先前已成就意义的、不定指称之语。而“尔时,世尊住于优楼频螺”等中所说的“彼”字,也应是不定指称之语,但事实并非如此。因此,为了那些不了解以彼之解说所指示的意义的人,而说“这是不定指称之语”。或者,由于最初未显示其义,而后以彼关联显示依何解说,故说“这是不定指称之语”。又或者,由于“时”字表示时间而不具体指定“这是上午等中的某名”,作为其同义词,也可这样说:“即所谓不定指称之语”。再或者,当说“彼”时,为了遮止“以彼瓶、以彼布”等一切处的过度应用,而以“时”作限定。以何时?以后半部分从意义上成就的舍利弗思惟之时。于此有难:若此处意指思惟之时,那么“然而,此后在此处,因义与作具义是可能的。因为,那一学处制定之时,纵是舍利弗等也难以了知,以彼时为因、为作具”等语岂不矛盾?不矛盾,因为这是依多数而言。其难问是:为何不像在经藏与论藏中那样说,而在此律藏中以作具语来解说呢?因此,在解答彼难问时,阿阇梨欲说多数情况下。显示巴利原文
Yadi sabbaṃ tenāti padaṃ aniyamaniddesavacanaṃ bhaveyya, tena hi bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadanti ettha idampi pubbe siddhatthaṃ tenāti padaṃ aniyamaniddesavacanaṃ bhaveyya. ‘‘Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharatī’’tiādīsu vuttaṃ tenāti padañca aniyamaniddesavacanaṃ bhaveyya, na ca hoti, tasmā yesaṃ tena taṃniddesena niddiṭṭhattho avidito, tesaṃ vasenāha ‘‘aniyamaniddesavacanameta’’nti. Atha vā tato paṭhamaṃ tadatthādassanato pacchāpi taṃsambandhena yaṃniddesadassanato ca ‘‘aniyamaniddesavacanameta’’nti vuttaṃ. Atha vā pubbaṇhādīsu ayaṃ nāmāti aniyametvā kālaparidīpanassa samayasaddassa upapadabhāvenapi evaṃ vattumarahati ‘‘yadidaṃ aniyamaniddesavacana’’nti. Atha vā ‘‘tenā’’ti vutte tena ghaṭena paṭenāti sabbatthappasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ niyamaṃ karoti ‘‘samayenā’’ti. Kena pana samayena? Parabhāge atthato siddhena sāriputtassa parivitakkasamayena. Etthāha – vitakkasamayo ce idhādhippeto, ‘‘parato idha pana hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati. Yo hi so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo sāriputtādīhipi dubbiññeyyo, tena samayena hetubhūtena karaṇabhūtena cā’’tiādivacanaṃ virujjhatīti? Na, bāhullena vuttattā. Suttantābhidhammesu viya avatvā idha vinayapiṭake karaṇavacanena kasmā niddesoti hi codanā. Tasmā tassā vissajjane bāhullena karaṇavacanappayojanaṃ vattukāmo ācariyo āha ‘‘yo so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo’’tiādi. Na sampati vuccamānasseva karaṇavacanassa payojanaṃ vattukāmo, imassa pana hetuatthova sambhavati, na karaṇattho, tasmā āha ‘‘aparabhāge atthato siddhenā’’tiādi. Samayañcāti āgamanapaccayasamavāyaṃ tadanurūpakālañca upādāyāti attho. Paccayasāmaggiñca āgamanakālañca labhitvā jānissāmāti adhippāyo.
于此有难:正如“比丘们,确实只有一个刹那、一个时机”中,刹那与时机的意义是同一的;同样地,若取用“时与时机”,时与时机也应具有同一意义。再者,这里的“时机”指所到来之诸缘的聚合,而“时”也因为是被到来之缘,所以已被“时机”一词所包含——既然如此,为何还要单独取“时”呢?答曰:因为“或许就在明天”这样先对时作了限定,所以“时机”并非指“时”的意义。在那个被限定为“明天”的时,我们可依其余所到来之缘的聚合而前往;而“若取时与时机”则显示:即使在已被限定的时,也依与前述聚合相应的上午等时分差异,于“明天”这被划定的日子中,限定上午等时。因此应知,时与时机并非同一意义,单独取“时”是有意义的。因为“刹那”一词有多义,如“比丘,你刹那刹那地生、老、死”、“他频频去往比丘尼处”、“他刹那刹那地宣说导师的教法”;同样地,“时机”一词也有多义,所以世尊逐一加以限定而说:“比丘们,确实只有一个刹那、一个时机。”刹那与时机的意义可以同一:刹那即是获得机会,指排除八难之后的第九刹那。那些外道各自宣说断灭等成见之……显示巴利原文
Etthāha – yathā ‘‘ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo samayo cā’’ti ettha khaṇasamayānaṃ eko attho, tathā kālañca samayañca upādāyāti kālasamayānaṃ eko attho siyā, apica āgamanapaccayasamavāyo cettha samayo kālassāpi āgamanapaccayattā samayaggahaṇeneva so gahitoti visuṃ kālo kimatthaṃ gahitoti ca? Vuccate – appeva nāma svepīti kālassa paṭhamaṃ niyamitattā na samayo kālattho . Tasmiṃ sveti niyamitakāle itaresaṃ āgamanapaccayānaṃ samavāyaṃ paṭicca upasaṅkameyyāma yathāniyamitakālepi pubbaṇhādippabhedaṃ yathāvuttasamavāyānurūpaṃ kālañca upādāyāti sveti paricchinnadivase pubbaṇhādikālaniyatabhāvaṃ dasseti, tasmā kālasamayānaṃ na ekatthattā kālassa visuṃ gahaṇampi sātthakanti veditabbaṃ. Yasmā khaṇe khaṇe tvaṃ bhikkhu jāyasi ca jīyasi ca mīyasi ceti bhikkhuniyā santike abhikkhaṇaṃ gacchatīti (pāci. 198) ca khaṇe khaṇe bhāsati satthusāsananti ca khaṇasaddo anekattho, tathā samayasaddo ca, tasmā ekamekena niyamento ‘‘ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo cā’’ti āha. Khaṇasamayānaṃ attho ekattho yujjati khaṇo okāsalābho, aṭṭhakkhaṇavajjito navamo khaṇoti attho. Attano attano ucchedādayo diṭṭhigatasaṅkhāte samaye ettha pavadantīti samayappavādako. Sveva tindukācīrasaṅkhātāya timbarurukkhapantiyā parikkhittattā tindukācīraṃ. Ekasālaketi eko sālarukkho. ‘‘Kuṭikā’’tipi vadanti. Atthābhisamayāti attano hitapaṭilābhā. Dhīroti ca paṇḍito vuccati, nāñño. Sammā mānābhisamayāti suṭṭhu mānassa pahānena, samucchedavasena suṭṭhu mānappahānenāti attho. Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭhotiādīsu ‘‘catunnaṃ saccānaṃ catūhi ākārehi paṭivedho’’tiādīsu khandhapañcakasaṅkhātassa dukkhassa dukkhākāratāyaṭṭho. Saṅkhataṭṭho kāraṇuppattiattho, dukkhāya vedanāya santāpaṭṭho. Sukhāya vedanāya vipariṇāmaṭṭho. Pīḷanaṭṭhādikova abhisamayaṭṭhoti attho daṭṭhabbo. Gabbhokkantisamayotiādīsupi pathavīkampanaālokapātubhāvādīhi devamanussesu pākaṭo. Dukkarakārikasamayopi kāḷo samaṇo gotamo na kāḷotiādinā pākaṭo. Sattasattāhāni ca aññāni ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo.
“完全于彼时”意为:从起始直至达到究竟,在那段时间里,以完全的相应而住于彼时。“以悲愍住而住”的意思是:在那段时间里,以悲愍作用之住而住,因为那正是悲愍作用之时。世尊有两种作用:智的作用与悲愍的作用。正等觉是智的作用;入大悲定后,观察应度众生并作与之相应的作为,是悲愍的作用。正如经中所说:“比丘们,面对聚集的你们,有两件事应作。”世尊自己也是如此实践的。或者,这也包括与外来比丘的初始联系等。在此,为了显示悲愍作用的住,而说“以悲愍住而住”。在“adhikaraṇaṃ hi kālattho”一句中,“hi”字表示原因。于此,在阿毗达摩中,应知“时机”有五种意义:时、聚集、刹那、聚合、因。时与聚集义的“时机”如何成为处所呢?譬如“生于上午”,这是“时机”一词的时义。如何是聚集义呢?譬如“生于大麦堆”。因此,在某一个时或某一个堆中,若有心生起,则触等法便在那个时或那个堆中生起,这便是所说的意思。在“adhikaraṇañhi”中,阿毗达摩所指示的处所,也就是时义与聚集义,应视为是就“在某个时机”所说的处所而言。显示巴利原文
Accantameva taṃ samayanti ārambhato paṭṭhāya yāva pattasanniṭṭhānā, tāva accantasampayogena tasmiṃ samaye. Karuṇāvihārena vihāsīti karuṇākiccavihārena tasmiṃ samaye vihāsīti attho. Taṃ samayañhi karuṇākiccasamayaṃ. Ñāṇakiccaṃ karuṇākiccanti dve bhagavato kiccāni, abhisambodhi ñāṇakiccaṃ, mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā veneyyasattāvalokanaṃ katvā tadanurūpakaraṇaṃ karuṇākiccaṃ. ‘‘Sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.273; udā. 12, 28) hi vuttaṃ, taṃ bhagavāpi karotiyeva. Atha vā āgantukehi bhikkhūhi ādisamāyogañca. Tattha karuṇākiccaṃ vihāraṃ dassento ‘‘karuṇāvihārena vihāsī’’ti āha. Adhikaraṇañhi kālatthoti ettha hi-kāro kāraṇattho. Tattha hi abhidhamme kālasamūhakhaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātavasena pañcavidho samayaṭṭho daṭṭhabbo. Kālasamūhaṭṭho samayo kathaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hoti? Adhikaraṇamuppattiṭṭhānaṃ pubbaṇhe jātoti yathā, evaṃ kālaṭṭho samayasaddo daṭṭhabbo. Kathaṃ rāsaṭṭho? Yavarāsimhi jātoti yathā. Tasmā yasmiṃ kāle puñje vā cittaṃ samuppannaṃ, tasmiṃ kāle puñje vā phassādayo uppajjantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Adhikaraṇañhīti ettha abhidhamme niddiṭṭhaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kālaṭṭho samūhaṭṭho ca hoti, ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye’’ti vuttaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idāni bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇañca dassento ‘‘tattha vuttāna’’miccādimāha. Tattha abhidhamme vuttānaṃ bhāvo nāma kinti? Uppatti vijjamānatā, sā tesaṃ tattha vuttānaṃ phassādidhammānaṃ, sā pana samayassa bhāvena bhāvo lakkhīyati ñāyati, tasmā tattha bhummavacananiddeso katoti vuttaṃ hoti.
其中,“刹那”是指排除八难之后的第九刹那,当它存在时,这些法便生起。“聚合”是指眼根等诸因缘的和合,当它存在时,这些法便生起。“因”是指色等所缘。因此,这句话的意思是:当那刹那、聚合、因存在时,那些触等诸法的状态与存在性便存在。然而在这里,“因义”与“作具义”这两者,对于同一个词是可能成立的。在此,律藏中所说的“时机”一词,兼有作具义与因义,并以第三格的形式出现。由于它难以理解,所以说“唯有如来能知彼时”。所谓“以彼时机”,即是以彼时机为因,如同“以求食而住,以求明而住”,意为:为了获得食或明而住。如此,在“以彼时机而住”中,应知第三格是表示因义;因此,世尊在观察学处制定的机缘与违犯的时机时,而于各处安住,这便是所说的意思。在第三波罗夷等的内容中,如“比丘们,我欲独处半月”等处,应如此理解;因此,第二格表示时间的持续与完全的相应,例如“学习一个月、学习一天”,第二格在此处能够成立。而在这里,“因义”与“作具义”二者都能成立:若作具格的因义成立,则以彼时机为因,世尊在观察那些被种种事由所摄的违犯时机,或学处制定的因缘时,而——显示巴利原文
Tattha khaṇo nāma aṭṭhakkhaṇavinimutto navamo khaṇo, tasmiṃ sati uppajjati. Samavāyo nāma cakkhundriyādikāraṇasāmaggī, tasmiṃ sati uppajjati. Hetu nāma rūpādiārammaṇaṃ. Tasmā tasmiṃ khaṇakāraṇasamavāyahetumhi sati tesaṃ phassādīnaṃ bhāvo vijjamānatā hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Idha pana hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavatīti ettha atthadvayamekassa sambhavatīti idha vinaye vuttassa samayasaddassa kattukaraṇatthe tatiyā hetumhi ca ityuttattā. So dubbiññeyyoti ‘‘tathāgatova tattha kālaṃ jānissatī’’ti vuttattāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tena samayenāti tassa samayassa kāraṇā ‘‘annena vasati vijjāya vasatī’’ti yathā, annaṃ vā vijjaṃ vā labhāmīti tadatthaṃ vasatītyattho. Evaṃ ‘‘tena samayena viharatī’’ti vutte hetvatthe tatiyā daṭṭhabbā, tasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā samayañca vītikkamañca olokayamāno tattha tattha vihāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyapārājikādīsu ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṃ , paṭisallīyitu’’nti (pārā. 162) evamādīsu daṭṭhabbā, tasmā dutiyā kāladdhāne accantasaṃyogeti dutiyātra sambhavati ‘‘māsamadhīte divasamadhīte’’ti yathā. Idha pana hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavatīti ettha yassa karaṇavacanassa hetuattho sambhavati, tena samayena hetubhūtena taṃ taṃ vatthuvītikkamasaṅkhātaṃ vītikkamasamayasaṅkhātaṃ vā sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi. Yassa karaṇattho sambhavati, tena karaṇabhūtena samayena sampattena sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsīti adhippāyo.
然而,在《难点释》中说:“所谓的‘因’,即是苏定那等的违犯;而作为其决定性因素的‘时’,则是‘缘’,因为戒条不得不在彼时之内制定。”这一说法并无过失。至于所谓的“此缘因为是前分,本应先说却后说”,这一说法则是不恰当的。因为就因义而言,后说的缘义在按顺序结合时,恰恰是依循次第而得结合的,而事实上也正是如此结合的。至于那位注释书导师将后说的缘义先行结合,而将先说的因义后结合,应知那只是为了方便结合。阿阇梨写道:从此以下,凡提及“阿阇梨所写”或“阿阇梨之思择”之处,其“阿阇梨”应理解为住在卡拉萨城的阿难陀阿阇梨。于此,有人问:正如经中说“一时,世尊”,同样地,也应说“尔时,世尊在毘兰若”;如果长老想用同义词,也应说“如来、善逝”等;那么,选用这两个词有什么用意?应当解说吗?答:有些人对于佛陀世尊极为深邃的意趣行境不能了知,他们在看到诸如“于未制戒时,不见过患……令了知”、“尔时,世尊问具寿苏定那”、“比丘!你享受了吗?世尊!我没有享受”等,以及在询问旧派比丘后,依其所说界限而制定第二条波罗夷,及允许提婆达——显示巴利原文
Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘sudinnādīnaṃ vītikkamova kāraṇaṃ nāma, tassa niyamabhūto kālo pana karaṇameva taṃ kālaṃ anatikkamitvāva sikkhāpadassa paññapetabbattā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ niddosaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘idaṃ karaṇaṃ pubbabhāgattā paṭhamaṃ vattabbampi pacchā vutta’’nti, taṃ duvuttaṃ. Hetuatthato hi yathā pacchā karaṇattho yojiyamāno anukkameneva yogaṃ gacchati, tathā ca yojito. Yaṃ pana aṭṭhakathācariyo pacchā vuttaṃ idaṃ karaṇatthaṃ paṭhamaṃ yojetvā paṭhamaṃ vuttaṃ hetuatthaṃ pacchā yojesi, taṃ yojanāsukhattāti veditabbanti ācariyena likhitaṃ. Ito paṭṭhāya yattha yattha ‘‘ācariyena likhita’’nti vā ‘‘ācariyassa takko’’ti vā vuccati, tattha tattha ācariyo nāma ānandācariyo kalasapuravāsīti gahetabbo. Etthāha – yathā suttante ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā’’ti vuccati, tathā ‘‘tena samayena bhagavā verañjāya’’nti vattabbaṃ, atha savevacanaṃ vattukāmo thero, tathāgato sugatotiādīnipi vattabbāni, atha imasseva padadvayassa gahaṇe kiñci payojanaṃ atthi, taṃ vattabbanti? Vuccate – kesañci buddhassa bhagavato paramagambhīraṃ ajjhāsayakkamaṃ ajānataṃ ‘‘apaññatte sikkhāpade anādīnavadasso…pe… abhiviññāpesī’’tiādikaṃ (pārā. 36) ‘‘atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sudinnaṃ paṭipucchī’’tiādikañca (pārā. 39) ‘‘sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhūti. Nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyi’’ntiādikañca (pārā. 72) tathā purāṇavohārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchitvā tena vuttaparicchedena dutiyapārājikapaññāpanañca devadattassa pabbajjānujānanañcāti evamādikaṃ vinayapariyattiṃ disvā buddhasubuddhataṃ paṭicca saṅkā sambhaveyya, ‘‘tathā kiṃ pana tuyhaṃ chavassa kheḷāsakassā’’ti (cūḷava. 336) evamādikaṃ pharusavacanapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya khīṇāsavattaṃ paṭicca saṅkā sambhaveyya, tadubhayasaṅkāvinodanatthaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena idameva padadvayaggahaṇaṃ sabbattha katanti veditabbaṃ. Tenetaṃ dīpeti – kāmaṃ sabbañeyyabuddhattā buddhoyeva, bhaggasabbadosattā bhagavāva, so satthāti. Paratopi vuttaṃ ‘‘jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti…pe… anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatāna’’nti (pārā. 16). Suttante ca vuttaṃ ‘‘saṇhenapi kesi vinemi pharusenapī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.111).
“于不共因”:这里,善根从来不是不善的根,不善根也从来不是善的根,无记根从来不是善的根——这一原则可以成立;然而,由于善因对由其生起的色法是以因缘为缘(《发趣论》1.1.401等),所以“善法唯是善法之因”这类道理便不可得。“普钦曼陀”:其中“普钦”(pucimanda)即麻疯树,因能摧坏与消灭(烦恼等),故称普钦曼陀。“志在成就众生之利乐”:此处是为了将总说的众生分为两类来显示,所以说“对人类多作饶益”等。“为多人之利益”:即为了众多人的利益。世尊以智慧成就,教导现世与来世的利益。“为安乐”:即为了安乐。世尊以舍成就,授予饶益安乐之成就。“为世间之悲悯”:以慈与悲成就,如同父母悲悯世间。世尊实为世间的守护者与保护者。“诸天与人”:这里只取有缘得度的应调众生,示现自身的出现,为令他们证得涅槃及道果。因为说到“为义”时,是指胜义的涅槃;说到“为利”时,是指能达至涅槃的道,在道之上再没有别的利可言。说到“为乐”时,是指果等至之乐,因为在它之上再没有别的乐。“以见与戒之集合”:这里不取定与慧,只取见与戒,是因为这是一切有学与无学共通的特性。在《憍赏弥经》(中部1.492)中亦如此。显示巴利原文
Asādhāraṇahetumhīti ettha kusalamūlāni na akusalānaṃ kadāci mūlāni honti, tathā akusalamūlāni kusalānaṃ, abyākatamūlāni na kadāci kusalānanti ayameva nayo labbhati, yasmā kusalā hetū taṃsamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ hetupaccayena paccayo (paṭṭhā. 1.1.401 ādayo), tasmā kusalāni kusalānaṃyevātiādinayo na labbhati. Puci vuccate kuṭṭhā, te mandayati nāsayatīti pucimando. Sattānaṃ hitasukhanipphādanādhimuttatanti ettha sāmaññato vuttasatte dvidhā bhinditvā dassetuṃ ‘‘manussānaṃ upakārabahulata’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Bahujanahitāyāti bahuno janassa hitatthāya. Paññāsampattiyā diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikahitūpadesako hi bhagavā. Sukhāyāti sukhatthāya. Cāgasampattiyā upakārakasukhasampadāyako hi esa. Mettākaruṇāsampattiyā lokānukampāya mātāpitaro viya. Lokassa rakkhitagopitā hi esa. Devamanussānanti ettha bhabbapuggale veneyyasatteyeva gahetvā tesaṃ nibbānamaggaphalādhigamāya attano uppattiṃ dasseti. ‘‘Atthāyā’’ti hi vutte paramatthatthāya nibbānāya, ‘‘hitāyā’’ti vutte taṃsampāpakamaggatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti, maggato uttari hitaṃ nāma natthīti. Sukhāyāti phalasamāpattisukhatthāya tato uttari sukhābhāvato. Diṭṭhisīlasaṅghātenāti ettha samādhiṃ paññañca aggahetvā diṭṭhisīlamattaggahaṇaṃ sabbasekkhāsekkhasāmaññattā. Kosambakasuttepi (ma. ni. 1.492) ‘‘sīlasāmaññagato viharati, diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhiggahaṇena paññāpi gahitāti ce? Na, sotāpannādīnampi paññāya paripūrakāribhāvappasaṅgato, tasmā ekalakkhaṇānampi tāsaṃ paññādiṭṭhīnaṃ avatthantarabhedo atthi dhitisamādhindriyasammāsamādhīnaṃ viya . Aññāsīti ettha sotadvārānusārena ñātā, atthā sutāti hi vuccanti ‘‘sutametaṃ, bho gotama, pāpakā samācārā dissanti ceva suyyanti cā’’tiādīsu viya. ‘‘Bhikkhu kho, upāli , saṅghaṃ bhindatī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 354) viya avadhāraṇatthe vā. Verañjāyaṃ bhavo vijjamāno. Itthambhūtassa evaṃ bhūtassa. Kathaṃ bhūtassa? Sakyaputtassa sakyakulā pabbajitassa, evaṃ hutvā ṭhitassa kittisaddo abbhuggatoti abhisaddena yoge upayogavacanāni hontīti attho.
以欲取为缘修习慈心而生于梵天界——此说遮止了那些认为“以欲取为因造业后,唯生于欲界”者的主张。他们说:由于听闻“梵天界有殊妙欲”,或构想之后心想“我将享受彼处的成就”,于是以欲取为缘,造作趋向彼处之业,因此梵天界也因可欲之义而被称为欲;并说“以其为所缘,故渴爱称为欲取”。此应审察。业是令眼等生起的亲因,业的根本因是渴爱,因此根本因并非亲因。色爱等是苦谛,因为属于蕴的范畴,并且依据“凡有所欲而不得者,那即是苦”的教导。应如此结合:作为彼之根本因,故是生起者,即作为彼之因的这五蕴之生起者。依据“漏集故无明集”之说,也可说彼即是因。又,依据“如色等,爱亦是爱的生起处与断除处”之说,如同色等,爱也被列为苦谛。此中实已说明:“世间之色爱是可爱、可乐之相,此爱生起时即于此处生起”,及“此爱断除时即于此处断除”。若问:依《清净道论》“然就一切行相而言,五取蕴是苦亦是圣谛,除爱之外”之说,此处说色爱等是苦谛,岂不相违?答:不相违,因为在各处所说,是为了显示彼此不相混杂的相。若爱不摄于取蕴,则在《谛分别》中“于中,略说五取蕴是显示巴利原文
Kāmupādānapaccayā eva mettaṃ bhāveti, brahmaloke nibbattatīti iminā kāmupādānahetu kammaṃ katvā kāmabhave eva nibbattatītivādīnaṃ vādo paṭikkhittoti vadanti, ‘‘brahmaloke paṇītā kāmā’’ti sutvā, kappetvā vā pacchā ‘‘tattha sampattiṃ anubhavissāmī’’ti kāmupādānapaccayā tadupagaṃ karotīti brahmalokepi kāmanīyaṭṭhena kāmā, ‘‘tadārammaṇattā taṇhā kāmupādānanti vuttā’’ti ca vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Kammañca cakkhussa janakakāraṇaṃ, kammassa mūlakāraṇaṃ taṇhā, tasmā na mūlakāraṇaṃ hoti janakaṃ. Rūpataṇhādayo dukkhasaccaṃ khandhapariyāpannattā, ‘‘yampicchaṃ na labhati, tampi dukkha’’nti (dī. ni. 2.387; ma. ni. 1.131; vibha. 190) vacanato ca. Tassa mūlakāraṇabhāvena samuṭṭhāpikāti tassa kāraṇabhūtassa imassa khandhapañcakassa samuṭṭhāpikāti yojetabbaṃ. ‘‘Āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.103) vacanato tassa eva kāraṇantipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Apica ‘‘rūpādi viya taṇhāpi taṇhāya uppattippahānaṭṭhāna’’nti vacanato rūpādi viya taṇhāpi dukkhasaccaṃ kataṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘rūpataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.400; vibha. 203) ca ‘‘etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.401; ma. ni. 1.134) ca. Visuddhimagge ‘‘sabbākārena pana upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ dukkhañceva ariyasaccañca aññatra taṇhāyā’’ti vacanato idha rūpataṇhādayo dukkhasaccanti vacanaṃ virujjhatīti ce? Na, aññamaññāsaṅkarabhāvena dassetuṃ tattha tattha vuttattā. Yadi taṇhā upādānakkhandhapariyāpannā na bhaveyya, saccavibhaṅge ‘‘tattha katame saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Seyyathidaṃ, rūpupādānakkhandho ..pe… viññāṇupādānakkhandho’’ti (vibha. 202) ettha ‘‘ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ saṅkhārupādānakkhandho’’ti vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, na ca vuttaṃ, tasmā dukkhasaccapariyāpannā taṇhāti ce? Na, hetuphalasaṅkaradosappasaṅgato. Na saṅkaradosoti ce? Saccavibhaṅgapāḷiyañhi pañcahi koṭṭhāsehi samudayasaccaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ.
如何?第一番:唯渴爱;第二番:渴爱与其余烦恼;第三番:渴爱、其余烦恼及余不善法;第四番:渴爱、其余烦恼、余不善法及三有漏善根;第五番:渴爱、其余烦恼、余不善法、三有漏善根及余有漏善法。诚然,如此解说,但唯见于阿毗达摩分别,不见于他处,且此理趣于圣谛解说中亦不可得。何以故?于彼处唯说‘四谛’,未如经分别问难中说‘四圣谛’,故以经分别为准,而于彼处唯说渴爱。如云:‘于中,何为苦集圣谛?即此渴爱,能引后有……乃至……谓:欲爱’等。依‘凡无常者,彼是苦’之教说,彼处所说亦为准量。依‘具足初禅而住,地遍’之说,故诸禅那被称为‘遍’。有人谓:‘此是就取相与似相而说’,此说不善。依‘三十二行相亦舍去施设,应于厌恶上安立念’之说,念之境亦应知为色等。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Taṇhāti eko vāro, taṇhā ca avasesā ca kilesāti dutiyo, taṇhā ca avasesā ca kilesā avasesā ca akusalā dhammāti tatiyo, taṇhā ca avasesā ca kilesā avasesā ca akusalā dhammā tīṇi ca kusalamūlāni sāsavānīti catuttho, taṇhā ca avasesā ca kilesā avasesā ca akusalā dhammā tīṇi ca kusalamūlāni sāsavāni avasesā ca sāsavā kusalā dhammāti pañcamo vāroti. Āma niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathāpi abhidhammabhājaniyeyeva, na aññasmiṃ, so ca nayo ariyasaccaniddese na labbhati. Tathā hi tattha ‘‘cattāri saccāni’’ccevāha, suttantabhājaniyapañhapucchakesu viya ‘‘cattāri ariyasaccānī’’ti na vuttaṃ, tasmā suttantabhājaniyova pamāṇaṃ tattha ca taṇhāya vuttattā. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā…pe… seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā’’tiādi (vibha. 203). ‘‘Yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.15) iminā pariyāyena vuttattā tattha vuttampi pamāṇameva. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati pathavīkasiṇa’’nti (dha. sa. 186 ādayo) vacanato ‘‘kasiṇānī’’ti jhānāni vuttāni. Keci ‘‘uggahanimittapaṭibhāganimitte sandhāya vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. ‘‘Dvattiṃsākārāpi paṇṇattiṃ vissajjetvā paṭikūlāti sati paṭṭhapetabbā’’ti vacanato satigocarā rūpādayo ca veditabbā.
信、惭、愧、多闻、精进、已安立的念与正知,这七者名为正法。“自性故”:即从苦的角度而言。“不没”:指天界。“应知”:即应当被了知。“应见”:即应当被看见。或者,“我不说通过行走能了知世间之边际”,这是其含义。“世间”:指蕴世间。“非以行走可证得”:即非以身体行走或非以非道之行得以证得;唯有通过圣道之行证得世间边际,方能从苦中解脱,这是所说之义。“寂静者”:指烦恼已寂灭者。“依食而住”:即依于缘而住。凡依缘而住者,他们皆以坏灭之义而为一世间,这是其意旨。诸行各自依于自己的缘,因此众生为执著者,故名为众生。“护持”:即奉事。“方”:为复数对格。“照耀”:即显现。他们是谁?即是那些照耀、光明的日月。八世间法即是诸行。根据“于须弥山周围”之说,持双山等围绕须弥山,呈圆形而安住。围绕而极为高耸者,此是世间界。“ma 字是连声字”,有人如此说。再者,以相状等差别了知行世间,以随眠差别了知众生世间,以轮围等量度了知器世间,于一切行相皆悉了知故,名为世间解。显示巴利原文
Saddhāhirottappabāhusaccavīriyārambhopaṭṭhitasatisampajaññatāti ime satta saddhammā nāma. Sabhāvatoti dukkhato. Na cavatīti deve sandhāya. Ñāteyyanti ñātabbaṃ. Daṭṭheyyanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā pana ‘‘nāhaṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyya’’nti vadāmīti attho. Lokanti khandhalokaṃ. Gamanena na pattabboti sarīragamanena, agatigamanena vā na pattabbo, ariyagamanena lokantaṃ patvāva dukkhā atthi pamocananti vuttaṃ hoti. Samitāvīti samitakileso. Āhāraṭṭhitikāti paccayaṭṭhitikā. Ye keci paccayaṭṭhitikā, sabbe te lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena eko lokoti adhippāyo. Saṅkhārā hi sakasakapaccayāyattatāya sattā visattā sattā nāma. Pariharanti paricaranti. Disāti upayogabahuvacanaṃ. Bhanti paṭibhanti. Ke te? Teyeva virocamānā pabhassarā candimasūriyā. Aṭṭha lokadhammā saṅkhārāva. ‘‘Sinerussa samantato’’ti vacanato yugandharādayo sineruṃ parikkhipitvā parimaṇḍalākārena ṭhitāti vadanti. Parikkhipitvā accuggato lokadhātu ayaṃ. ‘‘Ma-kāro padasandhikaro’’ti vadanti. Aññathāpi lakkhaṇādibhedato saṅkhāralokaṃ, āsayānusayabhedato sattalokaṃ, cakkavāḷādiparimāṇato okāsalokañca sabbathāpi viditattā lokavidū.
解脱智见是欲界、有限、世间的,它如何能遍知一切世间?因其具有无比威力,如同一切知智。因为此智在世尊自己的领域中,具有一切知智的性质,并且在两个有分心之后生起,运行极为轻快。没有任何人的心生起得如此轻快,即便是具寿舍利弗,据说其心路也是在十五个有分心之后才生起。据说在锡兰岛有名为火焰顶和烟顶的龙。能阐明义理之句,名为义理句。一句阐明一义之句,这一切即是语句,此是义理。八种方向即八解脱,或诸等至。导师称为商队主,是词缀变化而来,如同食肉者称为食肉鬼。我曾是水中之蛙,非陆地之蛙,唯以水为境,当我听你说法时,你用杖压住我的头,这是补充的文句。或者表示不恭敬的属格。“以如此少许,也会有这般神通吧”,因而作微笑。此处“解脱”指道,其无间之智名为果智,在那一刻名为佛。因觉悟一切而成为作者。令觉悟者,为因作者。阐明最胜义之语,名为最胜,同样名为至上。“自证施设”:指以亲证一切法而成为自生者的施设,或者由自己了知、亲证,故亦名为自证施设。世尊曾分享衣、钵食等。曾修习远离的森林、林野、边远的坐卧处。曾享有义、法、解脱味之分。已摧破贪。显示巴利原文
Vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ parittaṃ lokiyaṃ, tena sabbaṃ lokaṃ kathaṃ abhivati? Asadisānubhāvattā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ viya. Tañhi attano visaye bhagavato sabbaññutaññāṇagatikaṃ , lahutarappavatti ca bhavaṅgacittadvayānantaraṃ uppattito. Na kassaci evaṃlahutaraṃ cittaṃ uppajjati, api āyasmato sāriputtassa, tassa kiresa cittavāro pañcadasabhavaṅgānantaranti. Aggisikhadhūmasikhā ca nāgā kira sīhaḷadīpe. Atthassa dīpakaṃ padaṃ atthapadaṃ. Ekatthadīpakaṃ padaṃ, sabbametaṃ vākyanti attho. Aṭṭha disā nāma aṭṭha vimokkhā, samāpattiyo vā. Satthavāho satthāti nipātito yathā pisitāso pisāco. Udake maṇḍūko ahaṃ āsiṃ, na thale maṇḍūko, vārimattameva gocaro, tassa me tava dhammaṃ suṇantassa sīsaṃ daṇḍena sannirumbhitvāti pāṭhaseso. Anādaratthe vā sāmivacanaṃ. ‘‘Ettakenapi evarūpā iddhi bhavissatī’’ti sitaṃ katvā. Vimokkhoti cettha maggo, tadanantarikaṃ ñāṇaṃ nāma phalañāṇaṃ, tasmiṃ khaṇe buddho nāma. Sabbassa buddhattāti kattari. Bodhetāti hetukattari. Seṭṭhatthadīpakaṃ vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ nāma, tathā uttamaṃ. Sacchikāpaññattīti sabbadhammānaṃ sacchikaraṇavasena sayambhutā paññatti, attanā eva vā ñātā sacchikatātipi sacchikāpaññatti. Bhagī bhagavā cīvarapiṇḍapātādīnaṃ. Bhajī araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. Bhāgī atthadhammavimuttirasassa. Rāgādikilesagaṇabhaggamakāsi. Bhāvitattano bhāvitakāyo. Bhavassa antaṃ nibbānaṃ maggādhigamena taṃ gatoti bhavantago.
以“比丘们,应断贪这一法”等(如是语1)的方式,取来以单一法等而说的法而说。依杂染、渴爱、邪见、恶行的杂染,对无常、苦、无我、不净,生起常等颠倒。比丘们,比丘的渴爱或因衣而生起,或因钵食、坐卧处、或因此有彼有而生起(增支部4.9)。心的荒芜有五:对师犹豫,对法、僧、学、同梵行者忿怒(长部3.319;分别论941)。心的系缚有五:于欲未离贪……乃至……于身、色,尽量饱食填腹后,祈愿某一众天而修梵行(长部3.320;分别论941)。诤论之根:忿怒、怨恨、覆藏、恼害、嫉妒、悭吝、谄诳、诈伪、顽固、执拗、执取己见、固执不舍(增支部6.36;长部3.325)。而在分别论中则说:“忿怒、覆藏、嫉妒、诈伪、恶欲、执取己见”(分别论944)。缘于渴爱而有遍求,缘于遍求而有得,缘于得而有裁决,如是欲贪、耽着、执取、悭吝、守护,因守护故执杖执刀……乃至……诸不善法生起(长部2.104;3.359;增支部9.23;分别论963)。色、声、香、味、触、法之渴爱为六,这些依欲有、色有、无色有之渴爱而为十八,这些又显示巴利原文
‘‘Lobhaṃ , bhikkhave, ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahathā’’tiādinā (itivu. 1) nayena ekakādivasenāgate gahetvā vadati. Saṃkilesataṇhādiṭṭhiduccaritasaṃkilesavasena aniccadukkhamanattāsubhesu niccantiādivipariyesā. Cīvarahetu vā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, piṇḍapāta senāsanaitibhavābhavahetu vā (a. ni. 4.9). Cetokhilā satthari kaṅkhati, dhamme, saṅghe, sikkhāya, sabrahmacārīsu kupitoti (dī. ni. 3.319; vibha. 941) āgatā pañca. Kāme avītarāgo hoti…pe… kāye, rūpe, yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā, aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ caratīti (dī. ni. 3.320; vibha. 941) āgatā pañca vinibandhā. Vivādamūlāni kodho upanāho makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho sandiṭṭhiparāmāsitā ādhānaggāhī duppaṭinissaggitā (a. ni. 6.36; dī. ni. 3.325). Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘kodho makkho issā sāṭheyyaṃ pāpicchatā sandiṭṭhiparāmāsitā’’ti (vibha. 944) āgataṃ. Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo, evaṃ chandarāgo, ajjhosānaṃ, pariggaho, macchariyaṃ, ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ, daṇḍādānasatthādāna…pe… akusalā dhammā sambhavantīti (dī. ni. 2.104; 3.359; a. ni. 9.23; vibha. 963) vuttānaṃ. Rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammataṇhāti cha, tā kāmabhavavibhavataṇhāvaseneva aṭṭhārasa, tā eva ajjhattikassupādāya aṭṭhārasa, bāhirassupādāya aṭṭhārasāti chattiṃsa, tā atīte chattiṃsa, anāgate chattiṃsa, paccuppanne chattiṃsāti evaṃ aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritānīti. Māretīti māro, pamādo ‘‘pamādo maccuno pada’’nti (dha. pa. 21) vacanato. Sammāājīvavināsanato vā kilesā vuccanti ‘‘māro’’ti, vadhakūpamattā khandhāva mārā. Abhisaṅkhārā jātidukkhābhinibbattāpanato, jātassa jarādisambhavato ca mārā. Ekabhavapariyāpannajīvitamāraṇato maccu māro. Aṇimatā nāma paramāṇu viya adassanūpagamanaṃ. Laghimatā sarīrena, cittena vā sīghagamanaṃ. Mahimatā candimasūriyādīnampipāṇinā parāmasanādi. Patti nāma yathicchitadesappatti. Pakāsanatā, lābhakassatthasādhanaṃ vā pākammaṃ. Īsattaṃ nāma sayaṃvasitā. Vasittaṃ nāma aparavasitā. Yatthakāmāvasāyitaṃ nāma yatthicchati yadicchati yāvadicchati, tattha tāva tadatthasādhanaṃ. Pīḷanasaṅkhatasantāpavipariṇāmaṭṭhenavā dukkhamariyasaccantiādimhi idaṃ codanāpubbaṅgamaṃ atthavissajjanaṃ – dukkhādīnaṃ aññepi rūpataṇhādayo atthā atthi, atha kasmā cattāro eva vuttāti ce? Aññasaccadassanavasena āvibhāvato.
其中,什么是苦智?即缘于苦而生起的智慧。如这些(《分别论》794)方式,也依每一谛为所缘而说谛智。‘诸比丘,见苦者亦见苦集’等(《相应部》5.1100)方式,也以某一谛为所缘,于其余诸谛中依作用成就而说。其中,当以每一谛为所缘时,先以见集来说:由于自性上具有逼迫相的苦,是由具有造作相的集所造作、所缘构的,因此其缘构义便显现出来。然而,由于道能去除烦恼热恼、极为清凉,因此以见道,其热恼义便显现,犹如因见到天女而令美女显得不美。至于见不坏灭法之灭,其坏灭义便显现,这自不待言。自性上具有造作相的集,以见苦而令其因缘义显现,犹如因见到由不适当食物所生之病,而令食物之为病因义显现。以见离系之灭,而令其系缚义显现。以见出离之道,而令其障碍义显现。同样,以见非远离之集,而令出离之灭的远离义显现。以见道,而令其无为义显现。因为于此无始轮回中,道未曾被见过,而它又是有缘的,故是有为的,由此,无有缘法的无为性便极为明显。然而,以见苦,其不死义便显现。因为苦是毒,涅槃是不死。同样,具有出离相的道,以见集而令其因义显现:‘这不是证得涅槃的因,这才是因’。以见灭而令其见义显现,犹如见极微细色者,‘我的眼确实清净了’,眼之清净性显现。以见苦而令其增上义显现,犹如见众多患病受苦的可怜人,而令主宰者的尊贵性显现。如是,此处依于相,及依于见一谛而令其余三谛之义显现,故每一谛各说四种义。依止远离,无烦恼性。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamaṃ dukkheñāṇaṃ, dukkhaṃ ārabbha yā uppajjati paññā’’tiādināpi (vibha. 794) nayena ekekasaccārammaṇavasenāpi saccañāṇaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yo, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ passati, dukkhasamudayampi so passatī’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 5.1100) nayena ekaṃ saccaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā sesesu kiccanipphattivasenāpi vuttaṃ. Tattha yadā ekekaṃ saccaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, tadā samudayadassanena tāva sabhāvato pīḷanalakkhaṇassāpi dukkhassa yasmā taṃ āyūhanalakkhaṇena samudayena āyūhitaṃ saṅkhataṃ, tasmāssa so saṅkhataṭṭho āvi bhavati. Yasmā pana maggo kilesasantāpaharo susītalo, tasmāssa maggadassanena santāpaṭṭho āvi bhavati nandassa accharādassanena sundariyā anabhirūpabhāvo viya. Avipariṇāmadhammassa pana nirodhassa dassanena tassa vipariṇāmaṭṭho āvi bhavatīti vattabbameva natthi. Sabhāvato āyūhanalakkhaṇassapi samudayassa dukkhadassanena nidānaṭṭho āvi bhavati asappāyabhojanato uppannabyādhidassanena bhojanassa byādhinidānabhāvo viya. Visaṃyogabhūtassa nirodhassa dassanena saṃyogaṭṭho. Niyyānabhūtassa ca maggassa dassanena palibodhaṭṭhoti. Tathā nissaraṇassāpi nirodhassa avivekabhūtassa samudayassa dassanena vivekaṭṭho āvi bhavati. Maggadassanena asaṅkhataṭṭho. Iminā hi anamatagge saṃsāre maggo na diṭṭhapubbo, sopi ca sappaccayattā saṅkhato evāti appaccayadhammassa asaṅkhatabhāvo ativiya pākaṭo hoti. Dukkhadassanena panassa amataṭṭho āvi bhavati. Dukkhañhi visaṃ, amataṃ nibbānanti. Tathā niyyānalakkhaṇassāpi maggassa samudayadassanena ‘‘nāyaṃ hetu nibbānassa pattiyā, ayaṃ hetū’’ti hetvattho āvi bhavati. Nirodhadassanena dassanaṭṭho paramasukhumarūpāni passato ‘‘vippasannaṃ vata me cakkhū’’ti cakkhussa vippasannabhāvo viya. Dukkhadassanena adhipateyyaṭṭho anekarogāturakapaṇajanadassanena issarajanassa uḷārabhāvo viyāti evamettha lakkhaṇavasena, ekassa aññasaccadassanavasena ca itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ āvibhāvato ekekassa cattāro atthā vuttā. Upadhiviveko nikkilesatā.
‘对抗利益’故,为敌对者。‘反对、不友善’故,为怨敌。‘亲自证知后而宣说’至此,彰显了世尊的一切知性。以此彰显智慧成就之后,现在为了彰显悲悯成就,才说‘他宣说正法’等。或者,他宣说了什么?智慧,而那一切皆为利益三界。‘他宣说正法’是怎样的?即是‘初善’等。以此语彰显应说之性。‘教法’即教诫与法轨。‘以作用清净’即依断烦恼、缘涅槃的作用而清净。所谓‘教法梵行’,即三学,或九千俱胝等。唯以道为梵行,即道梵行。其阐明者,即三藏,此处名为‘有义有文’。于六种义释中,略说为‘开示’。初为‘开说’,即‘阐明’。二者广为‘开显’。再作分别,为‘分别’。以譬喻等令明了,为‘显了’。令闻者心生喜悦、心得确立而令了知,应知为‘晓示’。于文句中:依字母故,为‘字母’。有说‘单字母句即是字母’。有语尾变化者为‘句’。能显了故为‘文’,即语句。或句之集合为语句。分别阐明为‘相’。‘触故为触’等词源解释为‘词释’,依词释所指示的解说,名为‘指示’。‘触故为触’,彼有三种:乐受所触、苦受所触、不苦不乐受所触。此中,其连结为:以字母开示,以句阐明,以文开显,显示巴利原文
Paṭipakkhaṃ atthayantīti paccatthikā. Pati viruddhā amittā paccāmittā. Sacchikatvā pavedetīti ettāvatā bhagavato sabbaññutaṃ dīpeti. Tena ñāṇasampattiṃ dīpetvā idāni karuṇāsampattiṃ dīpetuṃ ‘‘so dhammaṃ desesī’’tiādimāha. Atha vā kiṃ so pavedesīti? Ñāṇaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tilokahitabhūtameva. So dhammaṃ desesīti kīdisaṃ? ‘‘Ādikalyāṇa’’ntiādi. Anena vacanena vattuṃ arahabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Sāsanadhammoti ovādapariyatti. Kiccasuddhiyāti kilesappahānanibbānārammaṇakiccasuddhiyā. Sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ nāma sikkhattayaṃ, navakoṭisahassānītiādikaṃ vā. Maggameva brahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Tassa pakāsakaṃ piṭakattayaṃ idha sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ nāma. Chasu atthapadesu saṅkhepato kāsanaṃ saṅkāsanaṃ. Ādito kāsanaṃ pakāsanaṃ. Ubhayampi vitthāretvā desanaṃ vivaraṇaṃ. Puna vibhāgakaraṇaṃ vibhajanaṃ. Opammādinā pākaṭakaraṇaṃ uttānīkaraṇaṃ. Sotūnaṃ cittaparitosajananena, cittanisānena ca paññāpanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Byañjanapadesu akkharaṇato akkharaṃ, ‘‘ekakkharapadamakkhara’’nti eke. Vibhattiantaṃ padaṃ. Byañjayatīti byañjanaṃ, vākyaṃ. Padasamudāyo vā vākyaṃ. Vibhāgapakāso ākāro nāma. Phusatīti phassotiādi nibbacanaṃ nirutti, niruttiyā niddiṭṭhassa apadeso niddeso nāma. Phusatīti phasso, so tividho – sukhavedanīyo dukkhavedanīyo adukkhamasukhavedanīyoti. Etesu ayaṃ yojanā – akkharehi saṅkāsayati, padehi pakāsayati, byañjanehi vivarati, ākārehi vibhajati, niruttīhi uttāniṃ karoti, niddesehi paññāpeti. Akkharehi vā saṅkāsayitvā padehi pakāseti, byañjanehi vivaritvā ākārehi vibhajati, niruttīhi uttāniṃ katvā niddesehi paññāpeti. Akkharehi vā ugghāṭetvā padehi vineti ugghaṭitaññuṃ, byañjanehi vivaritvā ākārehi vineti vipañcitaññuṃ, niruttīhi netvā niddesehi vineti neyyanti veditabbaṃ. Atthoti bhāsitattho. Tassevatthassa paṭivijjhitabbo sako sako bhāvo paṭivedho nāma. Taṃ ubhayampi attho nāma. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atthagambhīratāpaṭivedhagambhīratāhi sāttha’’nti. Dhammoti vā desanāti vā byañjanameva. Niddosabhāvena parisuddhaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ, sikkhattayapariggahito maggo ca, ubhayampi brahmacariyapadena saṅgahitaṃ. Paṭipattiyāti paṭipattihetu. Āgamabyattitoti punappunaṃ adhīyamānā khandhādayo pākaṭā honti. Duruttasatthāni adhīyamānāni sammohamevāvāhanti.
2-3 2-3. ‘堪忍否’,指对于寒热等是否堪能忍受。‘堪住否’,指能否以所得的生存资具维持生活。‘无病’,即少有病痛;‘无疾’,即少有疾患。‘轻利否’,指身体行动是否轻便。‘有力否’,指于沙门事务是否具足体力。‘安乐住否’,指依如上所说方式,因无病等,或因无抱怨等,而得安乐而住。从六十七岁开始为晚年,即所谓‘面向北方’。当世间豁开时,于此你观见了何物?无有与你等同者,故说:‘你是含天世间之最’等。‘无上’即最胜。诸天依结生而有。由对色的受用,或由祈愿而生起、与贪相应、随顺喜受而生起而烧恼心故,如空中的味等,称为‘色味’。如来已断除者,是依主处而说。因为如来对任何(色味等)皆已断除,如断顶的棕榈树。如何断除?由‘色味’等言词,果法及果法之法(烦恼)已被执取,它们虽存在,但因与顶相似的贪爱无明已被道剑斩断,故未来无力生起如棕榈树干般相续的果蕴。因此便如棕榈树干般被作(令无效)。‘善喜亦被此所摄’,他们如是说。由初道断除业道处之恶,由第二道断除粗恶之根,由第三道将欲贪处之作如棕榈树干般断除。由第四道令色贪与无色贪处之作归于无有。为显示不退法故,说‘未来不生法’。或由分断而断除,于观智刹那;或于禅那前分刹那,由镇伏断而断根,显示巴利原文
2-3.Kacci khamanīyaṃ sītuṇhādi. Kacci yāpanīyaṃ yathāladdhehi jīvitasādhanehi jīvitaṃ. Appābādhanti appopasaggaṃ, appātaṅkanti apparogaṃ. Kacci lahuṭṭhānaṃ sarīrakicce. Kacci balaṃ samaṇakicce. Kacci phāsuvihāro yathāvuttanayena appābādhatāya, anukkaṇṭhanādivasena vā. Sattasaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pacchimavayo, uttarāmukhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Lokavivaraṇe jāte idha kiṃ olokesi, natthettha tayā sadisopīti āha ‘‘tvaṃ sadevakassa lokassa aggo’’tiādi. Āsabhiṃ uttamaṃ. Upapattivasena devā. Rūpānaṃ paribhogavasena, patthanāvasena vā uppannā rāgasampayuttā somanassavedanānurūpato uppajjitvā hadayatappanato ambarasādayo viya ‘‘rūparasā’’ti vuccanti. Tathāgatassa pahīnāti adhikāravasenāha. Tathāgatassapi hi kassaci te pahīnāti matthakacchinnatālo viya katā. Kathaṃ? Rūparasādivacanena vipākadhammadhammā gahitā, te vijjamānāpi matthakasadisānaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ maggasatthena chinnattā āyatiṃ tālapantisadise vipākakkhandhe nibbattetuṃ asamatthā jātā. Tasmā tālāvatthu viya katā. ‘‘Kusalasomanassāpi ettha saṅgahitā’’ti vadanti. Paṭhamamaggena pahīnā kammapathaṭṭhāniyā, dutiyena ucchinnamūlā oḷārikā, tatiyena tālāvatthukatā kāmarāgaṭṭhāniyā. Catutthena anabhāvaṃkatā rūparāgārūparāgaṭṭhāniyā. Aparihānadhammataṃ pana dīpento ‘‘āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā’’ti āha. Tadaṅgappahānena vā pahīnā vipassanākkhaṇe, jhānassa pubbabhāgakkhaṇe vā, vikkhambhanappahānena ucchinnamūlā jhānakkhaṇe. ‘‘Vivicceva kāmehī’’ti (pārā. 11) hi vuttaṃ. Samucchedappahānena tālāvatthukatā tatiyavijjādhigamakkhaṇe. Itthambhūtā pana te rūparasādayo anabhāvaṃkatā āyatimanuppādadhammāti ekamevidaṃ atthapadaṃ. Paṭhamāya vā abhinibbhidāya pahīnā, dutiyāya ucchinnamūlā, tatiyāya tālāvatthukatā. Itthambhūtā yasmā anabhāvaṃkatā nāma honti, tasmā āyatiṃanauppādadhammāti veditabbā. Atha vā dukkhañāṇena pahīnā, samudayañāṇena ucchinnamūlā , nirodhañāṇena tālāvatthukatā, maggañāṇena anabhāvaṃkatā, paccavekkhaṇañāṇena āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti veditabbā. Lokiyamaggena vā pahīnā, dassanamaggena ucchinnamūlā, tividhena bhāvanāmaggena tālāvatthukatātiādi. Brāhmaṇassa avisayattā dhammarasā na uddhaṭā.
11 于此,“法界”即是指一切智智。因为随顺悲愍之语,所以说“如满月”;因为随顺太阳之语,所以说“善穿透”;以心地平等为因,所以说“悲愍充满”。本应隐蔽自己的功德,却以“我已发起精进”等语加以显发,显示了自己的悲愍充满,应当这样理解其义。“具胜大慧”即具足殊胜广大的智慧;或者,“慧”即如地,意为如同大地般展布的殊胜智慧。由于在此处觉了,从词根上说也树立为“菩提”。“自觉”,或者由彼觉而具足彼,道即是菩提;一切智智也是如此。由于应当被觉了,涅槃也称为菩提。依于三明之依止,随其生起而应知三明。依一境性而成为锐利。“锐利”一词若触及相便成钝,这并非如此。依念根而坚固,依信根而清净,在中间不令烦恼怨敌逼近而善于制伏,依精进根应知为勇猛。为了令觉知道,在入胎之时,由行舍智的顺次缘之故。显示巴利原文
11.Dhammadhātunti ettha sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ dhammadhātu nāma. Anukampavacanānurūpaṃ ‘‘puṇṇacando viyā’’ti vuttaṃ, sūriyavacanaṃ ‘‘suppaṭividdhattā’’tivacanānurūpaṃ, pathavīsamacittatāya kāraṇaṃ ‘‘karuṇāvipphāra’’nti vadanti. Paṭicchādetabbe hi attano guṇe ‘‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriya’’ntiādinā pakāsento attano karuṇāvipphāraṃ pakāsetīti gahetabbo. Varabhūrimedhaso varaputhulañāṇo, bhūrīti vā bhūmi, bhūmi viya patthaṭavarapaññoti attho. Abujjhi etthātipi adhikaraṇena rukkho bodhi. Sayaṃ bujjhati, bujjhanti vā tena taṃsamaṅginoti maggo bodhi, evaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇampi. Bujjhīyatīti nibbānaṃ bodhi. Tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ upanissayavato yathāsambhavaṃ tisso vijjā veditabbā. Ekaggatāvasena tikkhabhāvo. Tikkhopi ekacco saro lakkhaṃ patvā kuṇṭho hoti, na tathā idaṃ. Satindriyavasenassa kharabhāvo, saddhindriyavasena vippasannabhāvo, antarā anosakkitvā kilesapaccatthikānaṃ suṭṭhu abhibhavanato vīriyindriyavasenassa sūrabhāvo ca veditabbo. Maggavijāyanatthaṃ gabbhaggahaṇakālo saṅkhārupekkhānantaramanulomattā.
“欲”与“寻”只是分位不同的别名,即指贪。显示巴利原文
Chandoti ca saṅkappoti ca avatthantarabhedabhinno rāgova –
犹如军队的象肢
心为贪所染;
随逐贪染之欲,
世间堕落于欲,以量为极”──
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Senahātthyaṅgamupeti, Rattahadayo rāgena; Sammagate rattakāmamupeti, Kāmapatitaṃ lokassa mātrālamatī’’ti –
如初颂等中所说显示巴利原文
Ādīsu viya –
虽义于分别中已说,然此处之意为:引来分别之文,于此所说亦不为一切人之利,故我当依注疏之方式显示。“由”等,即由诸欲。于身远离等中,取蕴远离为第三,故舍第三取二,于分断等中取镇伏远离,而说“唯三”。若尔,如是心镇伏为一义,岂无差别?不应如是见,由安止之转故。由取身远离,当知取前分;故说心远离即分断远离,由镇伏当知安止时分,无有混杂。或由心远离取分断与镇伏,由余(身远离)即镇伏远离,如是亦合宜;或如依烦恼之欲而摄于二业之人。如由无有者依无有施设于世间说“有果之树”,如是于教中由有者依有施设说“有寻有伺禅”,此为意趣。显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅgeyeva kiñcāpi attho vuttoti ettha ayamadhippāyo – vibhaṅgapāḷiṃ ānetvā idha vuttopi sabbesaṃ upakārāya na hoti, tasmā taṃ aṭṭhakathānayeneva pakāsayissāmīti. Itoti kāmehi. Kāyavivekādīsu upadhiviveko tatiyo, tasmā tatiyaṃ chaḍḍetvā dve gahetvā tadaṅgādīsu vikkhambhanavivekaṃ gahetvā ‘‘tayo evā’’ti vuttā. Evaṃ sati cittavikkhambhanā ekatthā evāti viseso na siyāti ce? Appanāvārattā na panevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kāyavivekaggahaṇena pubbabhāgaggahaṇaṃ ñāyati, tasmā cittavivekoti tadaṅgaviveko vutto, vikkhambhanena appanākāleti gahetabbaṃ asaṅkarato. Atha vā cittavivekena tadaṅgavikkhambhanā gahitā, itarena vikkhambhanaviveko evātipi yuttaṃ, kilesakāmattā vā dvīsu kammesu pariyāpanno puriso viya. Yathā avijjamānena avijjamānapaññattivasena loke ‘‘saphalo rukkho’’ti vuccati, tatheva vijjamānena vijjamānapaññattivasena sāsane ‘‘savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ jhāna’’nti vuccatīti adhippāyo.
“止息”——这里是指谁的止息?是初禅者的止息,还是第二禅者的止息?如果说是初禅者的,那么初禅者并没有止息,因为初禅并不离于寻与伺。如果说是第二禅者的,那里同样没有止息,因为第二禅中并不存在寻与伺。因此,这样说:“由于超越”,超越也是指他们——初禅者的超越。如果问这是否指整个初禅法聚的超越?对此,说:“由于粗重的超越”等。如果认为一切初禅法相对于第二禅都是粗重的,而不仅仅是寻与伺二法,这正确吗?并非如此。因为只有寻与伺才是与它们相应诸法粗重的原因;见到它们的过患后,在第二禅的刹那,它们便不存在。因此说“在第二禅的刹那不出现”。为了说明由于哪一个法的力量或作用,此禅被称为“完全清净”和“心一境性”,在《分别论》中说了信与定。正如在关于美味食物的学处(波逸提 257 等)中说了酥油等,如此说明时,这个义释并不相违。“平等地看”是指舍断昏沉与掉举之后,漏尽者在六根门对可爱与不可爱的六种所缘境中,因舍离了清净本性而安住的舍,这就是六支舍。在对盖等作意而住立时,处于中舍的状态,称为行舍。在简择时处于中舍的状态,称为观舍。其中,六支舍、梵……显示巴利原文
Vūpasamāti ettha kesaṃ vūpasamāti, kiṃ paṭhamajjhānikānaṃ, udāhu dutiyajjhānikānanti? Ettha yadi paṭhamajjhānikānaṃ, natthi tesaṃ vūpasamo. Na hi paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkavicārarahitaṃ atthi. Yadi dutiyajjhānikānaṃ, nattheva vūpasamo tattha tadabhāvāti ce? Tenetaṃ vuccati ‘‘samatikkamā’’ti, samatikkamopi na tesaṃyeva. Kintu sakalassapi paṭhamajjhānadhammarāsissāti ce? Tenetaṃ vuccati ‘‘oḷārikassa pana samatikkamā’’tiādi. Sabbepi paṭhamajjhānadhammā oḷārikāva dutiyajjhānato, na kevalaṃ vitakkavicāradvayamevāti ce? Na vitakkavicārāyeva tehi sampayuttānaṃ oḷārikabhāvatoti tesveva ādīnavadassanena dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe tesaṃ abhāvo hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātubhāvā’’ti, yassa dhammassānubhāvena, yogena vā idaṃ jhānaṃ ‘‘sampasādana’’nti vuccati ‘‘ekodibhāva’’nti ca, tassa dassanatthaṃ saddhāsamādhayo vibhaṅge vuttā. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpade (pāci. 257 ādayo) sappiādayo viyāti vutte ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā na virujjhati. Samaṃ passatīti līnuddhaccaṃ pahāya khīṇāsavassa chasu dvāresu iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvāvijahanākārabhūtā upekkhā chaḷaṅgupekkhā. Nīvaraṇādipaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanāgahaṇe majjhattabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ saṅkhārupekkhā nāma. Vicinane majjhattabhūtā upekkhā vipassanupekkhā nāma. Tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā brahmavihārupekkhā bojjhaṅgupekkhā tatramajjhattupekkhā jhānupekkhā pārisuddhupekkhā ca atthato ekā tatramajjhattupekkhāva, avatthābhedena bhedo nesaṃ. Saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanupekkhānampi ekatā paññāvasena, kiccavasena pana duvidhatā veditabbā.
六支舍属于欲界,梵住舍属于色界,如这些等——这是依“地”而说。六支舍唯漏尽者所有,梵住舍则通于凡夫、有学及无学三者——这是依“补特伽罗”而说。六支舍与喜俱行之心相应,梵住舍唯与舍俱行之心相应——这是依“心”而说。六支舍以六种所缘为境,梵住舍唯以法所缘为境——这是依“所缘”而说。受舍为受蕴所摄,其余九种为行蕴所摄——这是依“蕴摄”而说。六支舍、梵住舍、觉支舍、禅舍、清净舍与中舍性,从意义上说同一无别,故同一刹那中唯能有一种,不能有其他;行舍与观舍也是如此。受舍与精进舍可以于同一刹那生起。六支舍是无记,梵住舍是善与无记,其余舍亦如此;然而受舍也可能是不善。这是依“善三法”而说。这十种舍,简略而言,依精进、受、中舍性与智,唯是四法。若问:既有“苦、忧、乐、喜”等,为何不依《分别论》所说的方式,而依断除的次第来说?答:为守护经文故。关于“对可爱与不可爱相反”处,他们说:“不应依所缘而取,应依体验可爱与不可爱相反的状态而取。”何以故?因为所有人皆缘同一遍相而生起。从第三禅开始,它们作为助缘而来,故以念为首而说。夜晚虽有云等昏……”},{显示巴利原文
Chaḷaṅgupekkhā kāmāvacarā, brahmavihārupekkhā rūpāvacarātiādinā bhūmivasena. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā khīṇāsavasseva, brahmavihārupekkhā tiṇṇampi puthujjanasekkhāsekkhānanti evaṃ puggalavasena. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā somanassupekkhāsahagatacittasampayuttā, brahmavihārupekkhā upekkhāsahagatacittasampayuttā evāti evaṃ cittavasena. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā chaḷārammaṇā, brahmavihārupekkhā dhammārammaṇāvāti ārammaṇavasena. Vedanupekkhā vedanākkhandhena saṅgahitā, itarā nava saṅkhārakkhandhenāti khandhasaṅgahavasena. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā brahmavihārabojjhaṅgajhānupekkhā pārisuddhitatramajjhattupekkhā ca atthato ekā, tasmā ekakkhaṇe ekāva siyā, na itarā, tathā saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanupekkhāpi. Vedanāvīriyupekkhānaṃ ekakkhaṇe siyā uppattīti. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā abyākatā, brahmavihārupekkhā kusalābyākatā, tathā sesā. Vedanupekkhā pana siyā akusalāpi. Evaṃ kusalattikavasena. Dasapetā saṅkhepena cattārova dhammā vīriyavedanātatramajjhattañāṇavasena. ‘‘Dukkhadomanassasukhasomanassāna’’nti evaṃ pahānakkamena avatvā vibhaṅge vuttanayena kasmā vuttānīti ce? Suttānurakkhaṇatthaṃ. Iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītanti ettha ‘‘ārammaṇavasena aggahetvā iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītākārena anubhavatīti gahetabba’’nti vadanti. Kasmā? Ekaṃyeva kasiṇaṃ ārabbha sabbesaṃ pavattito. Tatiyajjhānato paṭṭhāya upakārā hutvā āgatāti satisīsena desanā katā, vigatavalāhakādinā sommatāya rattiyā valāhakādinā kālussiye satipi divā viya anupakārikā na hoti rattiṃ, tasmā ‘‘attano upakārakattena vā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sūriyappabhābhibhavā, rattiyā alābhāti ime dve hetū aparisuddhatāya kāraṇaṃ. Sommabhāvena, attano upakārakattena cāti ime dve sabhāgatāya kāraṇa’’nti vadanti, tassā aparisuddhāya jātiyāti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmā kāraṇavacananti eke.
宿住论注释显示巴利原文
Pubbenivāsakathāvaṇṇanā
12 由于诸禅与心一境性同类,所以说“某些是心一境性的处所”。由于善法具有进入存在的同类性,所以说“某些是进入存在的处所”。由于不同类,在其余处所中,不说“基础处所”,而说“基础”。由此显示,作为基础的诸禅,随其可能,具有心一境性和进入存在的作用;而其余的,随其可能,具有作为基础的作用。也显示:由于不同类,速行观的基础与神通的基础是相同的,神通的基础也可成为观的基础;同样,也显示没有基础的情况。因为对于神通,只有第四禅是基础,其他不是。其中,第四禅以第三禅为基础,第三禅以第二禅为基础,第二禅以初禅为基础。或者说,“四禅”是依所得而说的。显示巴利原文
12. Cittekaggatāsabhāgattā jhānānaṃ ‘‘kesañci cittekaggatatthānī’’ti āha. Kusalānaṃ bhavokkamanasabhāgattā ‘‘kesañci bhavokkamanatthānī’’ti. Asabhāgattā sesaṭṭhānesu ‘‘pādakatthānī’’ti avatvā ‘‘pādakānī’’ti āha. Tena pādakabhūtānampi yathāsambhavaṃ cittekaggatā bhavokkamanatāvahataṃ, itaresaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ pādakatāvahatañca dīpeti. Asabhāgattā javanavipassanāpādakāni samānāni abhiññāpādakāni ca honti, abhiññāpādakāni ca vipassanāpādakāni hontītipi dīpeti, tathā pādakābhāvaṃ dīpeti. Abhiññāya hi catutthameva pādakaṃ, na itarāni. Tesu catutthassa tatiyaṃ pādakaṃ, tatiyassa dutiyaṃ, dutiyassa paṭhamanti. Atha vā ‘‘cattāri jhānānī’’ti yathālābhato vuttaṃ.
律藏的因缘之相,在毘兰若的住留安排;
因此,世尊在毘兰若宣说了三明。
显示巴利原文 Vinayanidānanimittaṃ, verañjanivāsakappanaṃ; Satthu yasmā tasmā bhagavā, vijjattayamāha verañje.
如经中所说:“在律中善行的比丘,依止戒成就……”等(《波罗夷》义注1·第一结集语)。因为持戒者为省察戒,在日夜住处端坐,从端坐那一刻起,便因常随念自己过去的所作,而能不费力地成就宿命随念智。同样,由于能依自身把握众生的死亡,并养成把握死的习性,死生智便不费力地成就;由于观察水中等微细之物的习性,天眼智便成就。又由于远离七种淫欲的结合,或远离欲漏等,梵行达到无缺等状态,因此其漏尽智便不费力地成就。在此,律藏的因缘中只显示了三明,所以说:“显示了那些功德中他曾赐予的一部分”,否则就会变成只获得三明而已。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘vinaye suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampattiṃ nissāyā’’tiādi (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā). Sīlavato hi sīlapaccavekkhaṇatthaṃ rattiṭṭhānadivāṭhānesu nisinnassa nisajjanato paṭṭhāya attano atītakiriyānussaraṇabahulatāya pubbenivāsānussativijjā appakasirena samijjhati. Tathā attānaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ cutipariggahaṇasīlatāya cutūpapātañāṇaṃ appakasirena samijjhati, udakādīsu sukhumatta dassanasīlatāya dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ samijjhati. Yasmā sattavidhamethunasaṃyogaparivajjanena, kāmāsavādiparivajjanena vā brahmacariyaṃ akhaṇḍādibhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmāssa āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ appakasirena samijjhatīti ettha vinayanidāne vijjattayameva dassitaṃ, tasmā āha ‘‘yesañca guṇānaṃ dāyakaṃ ahosi, tesaṃ ekadesaṃ dassento’’ti, aññathā vijjattayapaṭilābhamattappasaṅgo siyāti.
此“如此”一词,虽也将四禅的前行分含摄其中,并非唯指前三禅,但为独取前三禅之义,他说:“‘如此’是显示第四禅次第的;所谓依此初禅等次第证得而获得第四禅,是此中所说之意。”若问为何如此?因为(前三禅)是资粮地。这在注释书《清净道论》中已有说明:“在此,由于前三禅通过喜的遍满、乐的遍满,以及进入乐想与轻安想后,身体变得轻快、柔软、适业而证得神通,故应知,依此理趣,它们因能带来神通成就而成为资粮地,而第四禅则是神通成就的本然地。”或者,正是为了说明此义,他说:“前三种禅那对某些人来说是神通的基础。”既然如此,为何不将第四禅也包含在内而说“如此”呢?若说因为第四禅是本然地,则不应如此说,否则会有过失:在第四禅之后,还会有已得“等持”等状态的心存在。由于在第四禅存在时,经中说“他将心导向宿命随念智”,因此,当第四禅心成为本然地、作为神通的基础时,他便将遍作心导向宿命随念智。在“堪能引导”这一句中,他将为证得神变通而作的遍作心引导出去。显示巴利原文
So evanti iminā kiñcāpi catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchati, na kevalaṃ purimajjhānattikameva, tathāpi kevalaṃ purimajjhānattikameva gaṇhanto ‘‘evanti catutthajjhānakkamanidassanametaṃ, iminā paṭhamajjhānādhigamādinā kamena catutthajjhānaṃ paṭilabhitvāti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti āha, taṃ kasmāti ce? Sambhārabhūmittā. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (visuddhi. 2.381) ‘‘ettha ca purimāni tīṇi jhānāni yasmā pītipharaṇena ca sukhapharaṇena ca sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca okkamitvā lahumudukammaññakāyo hutvā iddhiṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmā iminā pariyāyena iddhilābhāya saṃvattanato sambhārabhūmiyoti veditabbāni. Catutthajjhānaṃ pana iddhilābhāya pakatibhūmi evā’’ti. Idameva vā atthaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘pubbe imāni cattāri jhānāni kesañci abhiññāpādakānī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ catutthajjhānampi antokatvā evanti kimatthaṃ na vuttaṃ. Tañhi pakatibhūmīti ce? Na vattabbaṃ, catutthajjhānato parassa samāhitādibhāvappattassa cittassa atthibhāvappasaṅgato. Yasmā yasmiṃ sati ‘‘pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesi’’nti vuttaṃ, tasmā tasmiṃ catutthajjhānacitte pakatibhūmibhāvappatte abhiññāpādake jāte parikammacittaṃ ‘‘pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya abhininnāmesi’’nti āha. Abhinīhārakkhamaṃ hotīti ettha taṃ iddhividhādhigamatthāya parikammacittaṃ abhinīharati. Kasiṇārammaṇato apanetvā iddhividhābhimukhaṃ pesesi. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘abhiññāpādakajjhānato iddhividhañāṇādīnaṃ nīharaṇattha’’nti vuttattā abhinīhārakkhamanti attho pakappito.
在第二种解释中,应知其连接方式为:“他这样于等持的心、这样达到不动”。因为通过远离盖障、超越寻伺等,包含了初禅等的功用。此连接在第一种解释中不成立,因为“但在‘清净’等之中”一语,排除了“如此”一词的后续关联。正因如此,才说“以舍、念、清净的状态而清净”等。“欲行”是指由于生起“啊,但愿我犯了罪,而比丘们不知道我”(《中部》1.60)等类的欲求而现行者,因无忿恨等故,称为“无秽”。在此,即便是如前所述的欲求,对证得初禅等也是障碍,因为经中说“诸贤,故意妄语是障碍法”(《大品》134),更何况是出于欲行的忿恨等,故说“与得禅相违的恶欲行”等。然而在有些写本中见有“以得禅为缘的欲行”的读法,那应是抄写之误;而在《难词解》中,将“啊,但愿导师只问我之后而说法”这一意思记下来,则是写错了。因为以得禅为缘的忿恨等,在《无秽经》(《中部》1.57等)中并未说到,且导师也表明了“从道理上,得禅者因无他们(忿恨等)故,不可能存在(以得禅为缘的忿恨等)”,此点应加审察。在此,为显示三明的次第显示巴利原文
So evaṃ samāhite evaṃ āneñjappatteti yojanā veditabbā dutiyavikappe, nīvaraṇadūrībhāvena vitakkādisamatikkamenāti paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ kiccasaṅgaṇhanato. Ayaṃ yojanā paṭhamavikappe na sambhavati ‘‘parisuddhetiādīsu panā’’ti vacanena ‘‘eva’’nti padassa anuppabandhanivāraṇato. Teneva ‘‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhibhāvena parisuddhe’’tiādimāha. Icchāvacarānanti ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ āpattiñceva āpanno assaṃ, na ca maṃ bhikkhū jāneyyu’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.60) nayena uppannaicchāvasena pavattānaṃ kopaapaccayānaṃ abhāvena anaṅgaṇeti attho. Ettha ca pana yathāvuttappakārā icchāpi paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamāya antarāyikā ‘‘sampajānamusāvādo kho panāyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo’’ti (mahāva. 134) vuttattā, pageva icchāvacarā kopaapaccayā, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkānaṃ pāpakānaṃ icchāvacarāna’’ntiādi. Katthaci pana ‘‘jhānapaṭilābhapaccayānaṃ icchāvacarāna’’nti potthakesu pāṭho dissati, so pamādalekho, gaṇṭhipade ca ‘‘aho vata satthā mamaññeva paṭipucchitvā dhammaṃ deseyyā’’ti yo tadattho likhito, so dullikhito. Na hi jhānapaṭilābhapaccayā kopādayo anaṅgaṇasutte (ma. ni. 1.57 ādayo) vuttā, ‘‘na ca yuttito sambhavanti jhānalābhino tadabhāvā’’ti ācariyo vadati, taṃ vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Ettha vijjattayassa uttaruttaravisesadassanatthaṃ ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite citte’’tiādinā punappunaṃ aṭṭhaṅganidassanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ. Uttaruttaravisesā cebhāsaṃ attadukkhaparadukkhadassanatadupasamattadīpanato veditabbā. Bhagavā hi pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena attano anantasaṃsāradukkhaṃ passitvā, cutūpapātañāṇena parassa ca lokassa āsavakkhayañāṇena tadubhayavūpasamattañca passitvā taṃ deseti, paṭhamena vā attadukkhadassanato attasinehapariccāgaṃ dīpeti. Dutiyena paradukkhadassanato paresu kopapariccāgaṃ, tatiyena ariyamaggadassanato mohapariccāgañca dīpeti. Evaṃ nānāguṇavisesadīpanato imasseva lokiyābhiññādvayassa idha gahaṇaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
若问:因为过去生本身就是“宿住”,所以不应说“在过去诸生中”?答:不然,因为显示了即使在一生的部分中,也可成立“宿住”的称谓。虽然经中以“一生、二生”等语,看似像宿住随念那样只随念完整的一生,但不应如此看待。为了显示即使随念一生中的一部分也是宿住随念,故使用了处格,也是为了包括处所等。通过“断穗者等的随念”中的“等”字,应知包含了未曾住过的世界、洲、国、城、村等。然而在《难词解》中说:“那些断穗者的出世间戒等,非世尊在菩萨时所了知。”由此义理推知,世间(戒等)是了知的,这似乎与天眼智处中“诽谤圣者”的说法相符,因为不见圣者的人不会有此(了知)。若问:为何在此说“随念”?这不是明(智)的篇章吗?答:因为对于初学者,它是依于念而生起的;也由于于过去诸法,念有特别的增上作用,因为经中说“我随念”。显示巴利原文
Yasmā atītajāti eva nivāso, tasmā ‘‘atītajātīsū’’ti na vattabbanti ce? Na, jātiyā ekadesepi nivāsavohārasiddhidassanato. Pāḷiyaṃ kiñcāpi ‘‘ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo’’tiādivacanena sakalajātiyā anussaraṇameva pubbenivāsānussati viya dissati, na evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tadekadesānussaraṇampi pubbenivāsānussati evāti dassanatthaṃ, bhummavacanaṃ kataṃ okāsādisaṅgahatthañca. ‘‘Chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādīsū’’ti ādi-saddena anivutthalokadhātudīparaṭṭhanagaragāmādiggahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘tesaṃ chinnavaṭumakānaṃ lokuttarasīlādīni na bhagavatā bodhisattakāle viññātānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Atthāpattito lokiyāni viññātānīti āpajjati, taṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇādhikāre ‘‘ariyānaṃ upavādakā’’ti vacanena samentaṃ viya dissati. Na hi ariye apassantassa evaṃ hoti. Kimatthaṃ panettha anussati vuttā, nanu esa vijjādhikāroti ce? Ādikammikassa sativasena nibbattito, atītadhammānaṃ satiyā visesādhikārattā ca. Vuttañhi ‘‘anussarāmī’’ti.
于现在诸法,它有智;于过去,它随念;
于未来法,以智随念,而有导向。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vattamānesu vijjāna-matītesvassa sarati; Anāgatesu dhammesu, sarati vijjāna paṇidhī’’ti.
阿阇黎鸠摩利达也说了此偈。显示巴利原文
Ācariyakumāritena silokopi vutto.
其中,贪增盛者为火劫,嗔增盛者为水劫,痴增盛者为风劫。有人说:“嗔为火劫,贪为水劫,痴为风劫。”由于“于彼处”的心或语依转起等规则而有,故说“于有”等。以“如是名、如是姓”二句,阐明以内外为根本、称为施设的所行住处。食转起之果者,即食自落之果。寿量的最极边际为八万四千劫,这是就发愿之前而言。退转者的省察并非宿住随念智。而《结文》中说:“然而,这是为了显示获得宿住随念智者之威力。”在“于彼处”的第一种解释中,以狮子入胎的方式说明随念,且是依顺次方式。也有人写作“依逆次方式”,这难以理解。为了显示狮子入胎,而说“于无数百千万亿劫”等。如此,以与行道共通的譬喻,显示了果的共通性,令婆罗门生起恭敬,并遮止了“只赞叹自己一人”的言说。以“善哉,得见如是阿罗汉实为幸事”一语,将其导入先前已生起的心中。以“第一破壳”之语,显示无明卵壳有多重层,由此显示尚未以八自在等破壳。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāge ussannatare tejosaṃvaṭṭo. Dose āposaṃvaṭṭo. Mohe vāyosaṃvaṭṭo. Keci ‘‘dose tejosaṃvaṭṭo, rāge āposaṃvaṭṭo, mohe vāyosaṃvaṭṭo’’ti vadanti. Yasmā amutrāti cittaṃ, vacanaṃ vā bhavādiniyamena hoti, tasmā ‘‘bhave vā’’tiādi. Evaṃnāmo evaṃgottoti padadvayena ajjhattabahiddhāmūlakaṃ paññattisaṅkhātaṃ gocaranivāsaṃ dīpeti. Pavattaphalabhojano sayaṃpatitaphalāhāro. Caturāsītikappasahassaparamāyupariyanto vāti paṇidhānato pubbe. Paṭinivattantassa paccavekkhaṇaṃ pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ na hoti. ‘‘Pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇalābhīnaṃ panetaṃ ānubhāvaparidīpana’’nti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Amutrāti ettha paṭhamayojanāyaṃ sīhokkantavasena anussaraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, tañca kho anulomavasena. ‘‘Paṭilomavasenā’’tipi likhanti, taṃ duviññeyyaṃ. Sīhokkantaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘anekāsu kappakoṭīsū’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yathā tanti nidassanena paṭipattisādhāraṇena phalasādhāraṇataṃ dassento brāhmaṇassa ādaraṃ janeti, attānamevekaṃ ukkaṃsetīti vacanaṃ nivāreti. ‘‘Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti tassa pubbe uppannacitte eva niyojeti. Paṭhamā abhinibbhidāti vacanena avijjaṇḍakosassa bahupaṭalabhāvaṃ dasseti, tena aṭṭhaguṇissariyādinā anabhinibbhidaṃ dīpeti.
天眼智论注释显示巴利原文
Dibbacakkhuñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
13 “为死生智”是依果的转喻而言。因为此天眼智以色为所缘,属于有限、现在、内外的所缘,并不以死或结生为所缘。因此应知,如同“我以天眼智了知众生随业而往生”之语,这里也仅是依果的转喻而说天住。因依止天住,故以因的转喻而称为“天”。如此一来,那些说“善与不善眼为天眼,属于欲界”的老师便遭到驳斥,因为此处意指第四禅的智慧。在“因有大光明故,因有大去处故”等语中,是“依声论典”而说。十一种随烦恼的生起次第及其随烦恼性应如此了知:大士扩大光明,以天眼见到种种色后,生起“这究竟是什么”的疑惑,此即是随烦恼,依据《随烦恼经》中“因疑惑之故,我的定退失;定退失时,光明消失,见色亦消失”之语。此后,当他思惟“我见色时生起疑惑,现在我将不作意任何事物”时,便是不作意;当他少许不作意时,便生起了昏沉睡眠;为断除它而扩大光明见色,见到雪山等处的施食罗刹等时,便生起了怖畏;为断除它而思惟“我所见的怖畏,在现实中观察并不存在,对未见者何怖之有”时,便生起了亢奋。然而在《结文》中说:“亢奋是由于见天界色”,老师说:“此说显示巴利原文
13.‘‘Cutūpapātañāṇāyā’’ti phalūpacārena vuttaṃ. Idañhi dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ rūpārammaṇattā parittapaccuppannaajjhattabahiddhārammaṇaṃ hoti. Na cutiṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ karoti. Tasmā ‘‘yathākammūpage satte pajānāmī’’ti (pārā. 13) vacanaṃ viya phalūpacāreneva vuttamidanti veditabbaṃ. Dibbavihārasannissitattā kāraṇopacārena dibbaṃ. Iminā pana keci ācariyā ‘‘kusalākusalā cakkhū dibbacakkhu kāmāvacara’’nti vadanti, te paṭisedhitā honti. Catutthajjhānapaññā hi ettha adhippetā. Mahājutikattā mahāgatikattāti etesu ‘‘saddasatthānusārenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ekādasannaṃ upakkilesānaṃ evaṃ uppattikkamo upakkilesabhāvo ca veditabbo, mahāsattassa ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbacakkhunā nānāvidhāni rūpāni disvā ‘‘idaṃ nu kho ki’’nti vicikicchā udapādi, so upakkileso upakkilesasutte (ma. ni. 3.236 ādayo) ‘‘vicikicchādhikaraṇañca pana me samādhimhi cavi, samādhimhi cute obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpāna’’nti vacanato. Tato ‘‘rūpāni me passato vicikicchā uppajjati, idāni na kiñci manasi karissāmī’’ti cintayato amanasikāro, tato kiñci amanasikarontassa thinamiddhaṃ udapādi, tato tassa pahānatthaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā rūpāni passato himavantādīsu dānavarakkhasādayo passantassa chambhitattaṃ udapādi, tato tassa pahānatthaṃ ‘‘mayā diṭṭhabhayaṃ pakatiyā olokiyamānaṃ natthi, adiṭṭhe kiṃ nāma bhaya’’nti cintayato uppilāvitattaṃ udapādi. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘uppilaṃ dibbarūpadassenenā’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘taṃ duvuttaṃ parato abhijappāvacanena tadatthasiddhito’’ti ācariyo vadati. Tato chambhitattappahānatthaṃ ‘‘mayā vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ paggahitaṃ, tena me idaṃ uppilaṃ uppanna’’nti vīriyaṃ sithilaṃ karontassa kāyaduṭṭhullaṃ kāyadaratho kāyālasiyaṃ udapādi, tato taṃ cajantassa accāraddhavīriyaṃ udapādi, tattha dosaṃ passato atilīnavīriyaṃ upadādi, tato taṃ pahāya samappavattena vīriyena chambhitattabhayā himavantādiṭṭhānaṃ pahāya devalokābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā devasaṅghaṃ passato taṇhāsaṅkhātā abhijappā udapādi, tato ‘‘mayhaṃ ekajātikarūpaṃ manasi karontassa abhijappā uppannā, tasmā dāni nānāvidhaṃ rūpaṃ manasi karissāmī’’ti kālena devalokābhimukhaṃ, kālena manussalokābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nānāvidhāni rūpāni manasi karoto nānattasaññā udapādi, tato ‘‘nānāvidharūpāni me manasi karontassa nānattasaññā udapādi, tasmā dāni abhijappādibhayā iṭṭhādinimittaggāhaṃ pahāya ekajātikameva rūpaṃ manasi karissāmī’’ti tathā karoto abhinijjhāyitattaṃ rūpānaṃ udapādi evaṃ pahīnaupakkilesassāpi anadhiṭṭhitattā. Obhāsañhi kho jānāmi, na ca rūpāni passāmītiādi jātaṃ.
其义为:当我只作意遍作相时,我觉知光明,却不用天眼见诸色;而在见色之时,我不觉知光明。为何说此?难道这不属于随烦恼吗?这是为了显示并非仅仅断除随烦恼,此智便得清净,尚有更上之事应作。关于“疑是心的随烦恼”等,有些人说:“我是以见过患而断除了‘这些法是随烦恼’的观念,并非因为它们当时生起于我。”以“或属于人眼”显示超越自性,以“犹如肉眼”来譬喻教理的掌握和唯以颜色为所缘。此处“众生”一词仅指颜色,不像“一切众生依食而住”中那样指一切有为法;低劣种姓等是愚痴的异熟果。应知“他们过去世曾具足身恶行,今生于地狱”是按经文顺序的关联。所谓“业生智唯以过去为所缘,天眼以现在为所缘”,是依二者的作用而说。说“老迈”,应知是以“不知沙门之适当与不适当,或不知世间习俗”的用意而说,故以毁谤功德而呵责。有些人说:被记为“决定以正觉为归宿”的圣者,若说出能障道之粗恶语,也会造作堕恶趣之业,因此他也会堕入恶趣,所以应当审察。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yadā parikammobhāsameva manasi karomi, tadā obhāsaṃ sañjānāmi, dibbena cakkhunā rūpāni na ca passāmi, rūpadassanakāle ca obhāsaṃ na jānāmīti. Kimatthamidaṃ vuttaṃ, na hi etaṃ upakkisesagatanti? Na kevalaṃ upakkilesappajahanamevettha kattabbaṃ, yena idaṃ visuddhaṃ hoti, aññampi taduttari kattabbaṃ atthīti dassanatthaṃ. Vicikicchā cittassa upakkilesotiādīsu ‘‘ime dhammā upakkilesāti ādīnavadassanena pajahiṃ, na mayhaṃ tadā uppannattā’’ti keci vadanti. Mānusakaṃ vāti iminā sabhāvātikkamaṃ dasseti. Maṃsacakkhunāviyāti iminā pariyattiggahaṇaṃ, vaṇṇamattārammaṇatañca upameti. Vaṇṇamatte hettha satta-saddo, na ‘‘sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti (a. ni. 10.27) ettha viya sabbasaṅkhatesu, hīnajātiādayo mohassa nissando vipāko. Kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā pubbe atītabhave ahesuṃ, sampati nirayaṃ upapannāti evaṃ pāṭhasesena sambandho veditabbo. ‘‘Yathākammūpagañāṇañhi ekantamatītārammaṇaṃ, dibbacakkhu paccuppannārammaṇa’’nti ubhinnaṃ kiccavasena vuttaṃ. Mahallakoti samaṇānaṃ sāruppamasāruppaṃ, lokācāraṃ vā na jānātīti adhippāyena vuttattā guṇaparidhaṃsanena garahatīti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Niyato sambodhiparāyano’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.41; 5.998, 1004) vutto ariyapuggalo maggāvaraṇaṃ kātuṃ samatthaṃ pharusavacanaṃ yadi katheyya, apāyagamanīyampi kareyya, tena so apāyupagopi bhaveyya, tasmā upaparikkhitabbanti eke. ‘‘Vāyāmaṃ mā akāsīti therena vuttattā maggāvaraṇaṃ karotī’’ti vadanti. Pubbeva sotāpannena apāyadvāro pihito, tasmāssa saggāvaraṇaṃ natthi. ‘‘Pākatikanti pavattivipākaṃ ahosī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Vuddhi hesā, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye, yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.370; dī. ni. 1.251) vacanato pākatikaṃ ahosīti eke. Sace so na khamatīti sotāpannādīnaṃ khantiguṇassa mandatāya vā āyatiṃ tassa suṭṭhu saṃvaratthāya vā akkhamanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sukhānaṃ vā āyassa ārammaṇādino abhāvā kālakañcikā asurā honti. ‘‘Ito bho sugatiṃ gacchā’’ti (itivu. 83) vacanato manussagatipi. Dibbacakkhuñāṇavijjāti dibbacakkhumeva dassanaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, tassa tassa atthassa vindanaṭṭhena vijjāti attho.
漏尽智论注释显示巴利原文
Āsavakkhayañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
14 “当心如此得定时”:这是指先前的同一第四禅心,还是另一第四禅心?注释中为了显示“出彼禅后证得前二明,再以入定方式令其成为新的、惯熟的”而说:“当心如此得定时,此处应知为以观为近因的第四禅心。”于此有问:若再以入定方式令其成为新的,为何不像前面那样说“此处应知为以观为近因、以神通为近因、以灭尽定为近因,能成办一切事、给予一切世间出世间功德的第四禅心”,而只说“以观为近因”呢?难道此处不是该如此说的场合吗?因为它与阿罗汉道一起成就一切功德,而非仅成就前二明?答曰:为了显示圣道的觉支、道支、禅支、行道、解脱之差别决定,是由称为“行舍智”的前分、出起、趣向的观智所决定,故此处说“以观为近因”。此中,因心包含于彼观中,而非仅以彼为所缘。以异门来说,即依其他方式。“这些是漏”这一节为何开始?为了随顺“为漏尽智”的总说。因为在道刹那心解脱,在果刹那为已解脱,这是依同一性而说。凡是正在解脱的,彼于后时即名为已解脱;凡是已解脱的,彼于前时即名为正在解脱。显示巴利原文
14.Soevaṃ samāhite citteti kiṃ purimasmiṃyeva, udāhu aññasmiṃyeva catutthajjhānacitte. Aṭṭhakathāyampi yato vuṭṭhāya purimavijjādvayaṃ adhigataṃ, tadeva puna samāpajjanavasena abhinavaṃ abhiṇhaṃ katanti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite citteti idha vipassanāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānacittaṃ veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Etthāha – yadi tadeva puna samāpajjanavasena abhinavaṃ kataṃ, atha kasmā pubbe viya ‘‘vipassanāpādakaṃ abhiññāpādakaṃ nirodhapādakaṃ sabbakiccasādhakaṃ sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyakaṃ idha catutthajjhānacittaṃ veditabba’’nti avatvā ‘‘idha vipassanāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānacittaṃ veditabba’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ , nanu idha tathāvacanaṭṭhānameva taṃ arahattamaggena saddhiṃ sabbaguṇanipphādanato, na paṭhamavijjādvayamattanipphādanatoti? Vuccate – ariyamaggassa bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgapaṭipadāvimokkhavisesaniyamo pubbabhāgavuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanāya saṅkhārupekkhāsaṅkhātāya niyamena ahosīti dassanatthaṃ vipassanāpādakamidha vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tattha pariyāpannattā, na tadārammaṇamattena. Pariyāyatoti aññenapi pakārena. ‘‘Ime āsavā’’ti ayaṃ vāro kimatthaṃ āraddho? ‘‘Āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyā’’ti adhikārānulomanatthaṃ. Maggakkhaṇe hi cittaṃ vimuccati, phalakkhaṇe vimuttaṃ hotīti idaṃ ekattanayena vuttaṃ. Yañhi vimuccamānaṃ, tadeva aparabhāge vimuttaṃ nāma hoti. Yañca vimuttaṃ, tadeva pubbabhāge vimuccamānaṃ nāma hoti. Bhuñjamāno eva hi bhojanapariyosāne bhuttāvī nāma. ‘‘Iminā paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ dassetī’’ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa ca paṭṭhāne ‘‘maggā vuṭṭhahitvā maggaṃ paccavekkhati, phalaṃ, nibbānaṃ, pahīne kilese paccavekkhatī’’ti ayamuppattikkamo vutto. Pavattikkamo panettha sarūpato atthatoti dvidhā vutto. Tattha ‘‘vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ ahosī’’ti sarūpato catubbidhassapi paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa pavattikkamanidassanaṃ. ‘‘Khīṇā jātī’’tiādi atthato. Teneva ante ‘‘abbhaññāsi’’nti puggalādhiṭṭhānaṃ desanaṃ akāsi paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa tathā appavattito. Appaṭisandhikaṃ hotīti jānanto ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’ti jānāti nāma. ‘‘Dibbacakkhunā paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇa’’nti anāgataṃsañāṇassa ca dibbacakkhusannissitattā vuttaṃ.
近事男身份宣示论注释显示巴利原文
Upāsakattapaṭivedanākathāvaṇṇanā
15 十五、“悦耳且入心”是就语句本身而说。“不自我称赞等”是就人而言,“悦耳”是就耳根而言。“入智境而令人愉悦”,因其令智境愉悦。法自身本就是谦下的,而道则是无忧的,因为那时忧已被断除。由于随顺修行等而无违逆。因为已说“这是甜蜜的”,所以“这是法”这句话便显得多余。因此,应将“这是离贪法”等一一分别结合之后,再总括起来,理解为“你应亲近此(离贪等)法”,并阐明“有人读作‘你应亲近法本身作为皈依’”。对于已皈依者,正是藉由那种皈依行为,能摧破怖畏、恐惧、恶趣、烦恼与痛苦,因此三宝名为“皈依”。由对三宝的净信、尊重等所摧破的烦恼,以三宝为最终归趣之行相而生起的心,即是“皈依”。具足此心的众生,即“皈依”。就分类而言,皈依有两种:出世间皈依与世间皈依。其中,出世间皈依在见谛者的道刹那,以断除皈依的随眠烦恼而缘取涅槃为所缘,从作用上成就于整个三宝。世间皈依在凡夫中,以暂时镇伏皈依的随眠烦恼,而缘取佛陀功德等为所缘,从而成就。从意义上说,它是对三宝的信受,以及以信为根本的正见。显示巴利原文
15.Kaṇṇasukhatohadayaṅgamatoti vacanameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anattukkaṃsanatotiādi puggalavasena, kaṇṇasukhatoti sotindriyaṃ sandhāya. Āpāthāramaṇīyatoti ñāṇāpāthāramaṇīyato. Sayameva heṭṭhāmukhajātaṃ vā, maggo pana asoko hoti. Tadā hi soko pahīyamāno. Cariyādianukūlato appaṭikūlaṃ. ‘‘Madhuramima’’nti vuttattā ‘‘dhammamima’’nti vacanaṃ adhikaṃ viya dissati. Tasmā ‘‘rāgavirāgamima’’nti evaṃ visuṃ visuṃ yojetvā puna piṇḍetvā dhammamimaṃ upehīti yojetabbaṃ, ‘‘dhammameva saraṇatthamupehī’’ti paṭhanti kirāti dīpeti. Saraṇagatānaṃ teneva saraṇagamanena bhayaṃ santāsaṃ duggatiṃ parikkilesaṃ dukkhaṃ hiṃsatīti ratanattayaṃ saraṇaṃ nāma. Tappasādataggarutādīhi vihatakileso tapparāyanatākārappavatto cittuppādo saraṇagamanaṃ. Taṃsamaṅgīsatto saraṇaṃ gacchati. Pabhedena pana duvidhaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ lokuttaraṃ lokiyanti. Tattha lokuttaraṃ diṭṭhasaccānaṃ maggakkhaṇe saraṇagamanupakkilesasamucchedena nibbānārammaṇaṃ hutvā kiccato sakalepi ratanattaye ijjhati. Lokiyaṃ puthujjanānaṃ saraṇagamanupakkilesaṃ tadaṅgavikkhambhanena ārammaṇato buddhādiguṇārammaṇaṃ hutvā ijjhati. Taṃ atthato ratanattaye saddhāpaṭilābho saddhāmūlikā ca sammādiṭṭhi. Lokuttarassa cattāri sāmaññaphalāni vipākaphalaṃ, sabbadukkhakkhayo ānisaṃsaphalaṃ. ‘‘Yo ca buddhañca dhammañca…pe… sabbadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti (dha. pa. 190-192) hi vuttaṃ. Lokiyassa bhavabhogasampadā. ‘‘Ye keci buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatāse’’ti (dī. ni. 2.332; saṃ. ni. 1.37) hi vuttaṃ. Lokiyasaraṇagamanaṃ tīsu vatthūsu aññāṇasaṃsayamicchāñāṇādīhi saṃkilissati, na mahājutikaṃ hoti, na mahāvipphāraṃ. Lokuttarassa natthi saṃkileso. Lokiyassa sāvajjo anavajjoti duvidho bhedo. Tattha aññasatthārādīsu attasanniyyātanādīhi sāvajjo hoti, so aniṭṭhaphalo. Anavajjo kālakiriyāya, so avipākattā aphalo. Lokuttarassa nevatthi bhedo. Bhavantarepi hi ariyasāvako aññaṃ satthāraṃ na uddisati. Yo koci saraṇagato gahaṭṭho upāsako. Ratanattayaupāsanato upāsako. Pañca veramaṇiyo sīlaṃ. Satthasattamaṃsamajjavisavāṇijjārahitaṃ dhammena jīvikaṃ ājīvo. Vuttasīlājīvavipatti vipatti nāma. Viparītā sampatti.
16 十六、“我们能否得到呢?”是就困苦者而言。“我们能否做到呢?”是就成功者而言。此处,是在毗兰若。“被举起”指钵被举起,由此举持,意为“以所举持之钵”。说“取来后”是举例。“也不合适”指再次煮饭,虽然可以煮,但因煮得不好而这样说,“即使得到生米煮的饭,也不适合盖起来”——这句注释书的话在这里可作为佐证。通过“我将为弟子们制定学处”这句话,意指活命遍净戒,而说“之后(制定)戒”。优波离长老也阐明:世尊是缘于一一具体事件而制定了许多学处。如果这样,有人问:“在毗兰若说‘世尊,现在是时候了’这句话就不合理了吗?”答:不合理,因为那会导致在此之前没有学处的过失。然而长老是撇开已制定的,针对现在将要制定的、足够组成布萨诵出的学处而说的。世尊在《跋陀利经》(《中部》2.134等)中也说:“舍利弗,导师尚未为弟子们制定学处”,那是针对某些虽已制定,但此后还须制定的(学处)而说的。就在此注释书中,有“自己煮食既非沙门威仪,也不合适”的话,以及“断夜”或“断夏”等说法。否则,阿阇梨曾思考:“诸佛世尊以两种方式询问比丘……”显示巴利原文
16.Lacchāma nu khoti duggate sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sakkhissāma nukho noti samiddhe sandhāya. Tattha verañjāyaṃ. Paggayhatīti pattaṃ paggaho, tena paggahena pattenāti attho. Samādāyevāti nidassanaṃ. Na ca vaṭṭatīti puna pākaṃ kiñcāpi vaṭṭati, tathāpi na suṭṭhu pakkattā vuttaṃ, ‘‘uttaṇḍulabhattaṃ labhitvāpi pidhetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanañcettha sādhakaṃ. ‘‘Sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti iminā vacanena ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ sandhāya ‘‘pacchā sīla’’nti vuttaṃ. Upālittheropi taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ paṭicca bhagavatā bahūni sikkhāpadāni paññattāni atthīti dīpeti. Yadi evaṃ verañjāyaṃ ‘‘etassa bhagavā kālo’’ti vacanaṃ na sametīti ce? Na, tato pubbe sikkhāpadābhāvappasaṅgato. Thero pana paññattāni ṭhapetvā idāni paññapetabbāni pātimokkhuddesappahonakāni sandhāyāha. Bhagavāpi ‘‘na tāva sāriputta satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetī’’ti bhaddālisutte (ma. ni. 2.134; ādayo) viya ekaccesu paññattesupi tato paraṃ paññapetabbāni sandhāyāha. Idheva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sāmampi pacanaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ na hoti na ca vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanañca, tathā ‘‘ratticchedo vā vassacchedo vā’’tiādivacanāni ca atthi. Aññathā ‘‘dvīhākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchantī’’ti idhevedaṃ pāḷiṭhapanaṃ virujjhatīti ācariyena vicāritaṃ, taṃ sundaraṃ pubbepi paññattasikkhāpadasambhavato. Kintu idha pāḷiṭhapanavirodhavicāraṇā pana nippayojanā viya mama dissati. Kasmā? Upālittherena saṅgītikāle vuttapāṭhattā. Ratticchedoti sattāhakiccaṃ sandhāya vutto. ‘‘Sattāhakaraṇīyena gantvā ratticchedo vā vassacchedo vā ekabhikkhunāpi na kato’’ti vuttaṃ kira mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ, tasmā vassacchedassa kāraṇe sati sattāhakiccaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti eke. Vinayadharā pana nicchanti, tasmā aṭṭhakathādhippāyo vīmaṃsitabbo, imāya verañjāyaṃ appicchatādipaṭipadāya pasannā. Sālīnaṃ vikati sālivikati.
17-8 十七至十八、“具足果”意为多果。有读作“少许蜜”的。为了让长老发出狮子吼而提问——导师以此成就了我们先前所说:“在毗兰若居住的目的,是为了显示那些先前依教而立的弟子们的大威神力。”将王舍城与毗兰若两处生起的寻思合在一起显示时,便说了“那时,具寿舍利弗……”等。就时间而言为“长久”,就住立而言为“长久”,这是分别。显示巴利原文
17-8.Upapannaphaloti bahuphalo. ‘‘Khuddaṃ madhu’’nti pāṭho. Theraṃ sīhanādaṃ nadāpetuṃ pucchīti iminā ācariyo yaṃ pubbe āṇāya ṭhitānaṃ sāvakānaṃ mahānubhāvatādassanaṃ ‘‘verañjāyaṃ nivāsappayojana’’nti amhehi vuttaṃ, taṃ sampādeti, rājagahe verañjāyañcāti ubhayattha vitakkuppāde ekato piṇḍetvā dassento ‘‘atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassā’’tiādimāha. Kālaṃ sandhāya ciraṃ, ṭhitiṃ sandhāya cirāti viggaho.
“欲”能令自果生起并与之俱行,故为能作因;而在此处,以其作为工具令果生起、转起,故说为因。同样地,“由彼结合”故称为“结合”。“耗损”意指因无作用而不活动。“被混杂”指与不同类者相杂。“未来”即“来”的意思。“这即是它们”为了显示此义而说“因为一切诸佛”。“直至教法尽际”意思是只要诸佛住世,便即如此。“刹帝利与婆罗门即是高贵者”,为显示其中差别而说“高贵低贱、粗妙、多财”。“作意已”也是一异读。“令受具足、令受具足”这二者,在摩揭陀语中称为“upasampajjā”。“无取”指不以所缘为执取对象的方式而不执取。“从诸漏”是能作第三格。“诸心”是主格复数。“得解脱”是受动格。阿阇梨的意趣在于“被解脱”。“从诸漏”一词,在注释中作主格、具格解释而阐明其义。如果依据已被圣道灭尽的诸漏而说无漏,那么世间诸心也应是无漏。然而,已灭尽的心并不作为所缘,因此若依未灭尽的漏而说它们有漏。那么,须陀洹的道心依上分道所断的漏而视为有漏,既然它还具有断除余漏的能力,诸果心是否也应是有漏呢?不,因为果是由断除诸漏的能力所证得的。“怖畏之。显示巴利原文
Kāmaṃ hinoti attano phalanibbattiyā sahāyaṃ gacchatīti kattari hetu, tathāpi idha tena karaṇabhūtena tassa phalaṃ hinoti pavattatīti hetu. Tathā ghaṭanti tenāti ghaṭo. Kilāsunoti payojanābhāvena avāvaṭā. Abbokiṇṇāni visabhāgehi. Āgāminiyā anāgateti attho. Imesaṃyeva noti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘sabbabuddhānaṃ hī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yāvasāsanapariyantāti yāva buddhā dharanti, tāvāti attho. Khattiyabrāhmaṇāva uccā, tatthāpi visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘uccanīcauḷāruḷārabhogā’’ti. ‘‘Manasi katvā’’tipi pāṭho. Upasampādyaupasampādyaiccetaṃ dvayaṃ māgadhe ‘‘upasampajjā’’ti vuccati. Anupādāyāti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena aggahetvā. Āsavehīti kattari tatiyāvibhatti. Cittānīti paccattabahuvacanaṃ. Vimucciṃsūti kammakārake. Vimocitānīti adhippāyoti ācariyo. Āsavehīti padañca paccatte karaṇavacanaṃ katvā gaṇṭhipade attho pakāsito. Yadi ariyamaggena niruddhānaṃ āsavānaṃ vasena anāsavatā, loke cittānipi anāsavā siyuṃ. Na hi niruddhāni cittāni ārammaṇāni karontīti tāni aniruddhāsavavasena sāsavānīti ce. Sotāpannassa maggacittaṃ uparimaggavajjhāsavavasena sāsavaṃ, avasiṭṭhāsavasamucchindanānubhāvattā phalāni sāsavāni siyunti? Na, āsavasamucchindanānubhāvāgataphalattā. Bhiṃsanassa karaṇaṃ bhiṃsanakataṃ, tasmiṃ bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ, bhiṃsanakiriyāyāti attho. Itthiliṅgaṃ vipallāsaṃ katvā napuṃsakaliṅgaṃ, purisaliṅgaṃ vā katvā. Nimittattheti ettha –
虎豹因皮而遭杀,大象因牙而遭杀;
牦牛因尾毛而遭杀,鹿因角而遭杀。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cammani dīpinaṃ hanti, dantesu hanti kuñjaraṃ; Vālesu cāmariṃ hanti, siṅgesu sarabho hato’’ti. –
20-21 讲述了不久住之因后,从意义上说,久住之因虽由其相反的一面而得以成立,但长老为了将请求制戒的因缘意趣,引向请求制戒的契机,便又向世尊问道:“但是,尊者,以何为因呢?”世尊也愿意接受请求,作了回答。说“当僧团中出现有漏所依之事时”,乃因彼人属于僧团。此处,出于尊重而说了两次:因长老先前在王舍城,如今在毗兰若,两次都有所请求。世尊见他出于尊重而一再请求,自己也心怀尊重说道:“你且等待,舍利弗。”以此表明:“你不必一再请求,你的请求我已接受。先前我接受你请求后,于此期间已制定了如此多的学处,但我的弟子诵持巴帝摩卡的时节尚未成熟。你虽以推理思惟一再指出‘世尊,时已至’,但那并非时,唯有如来知其为何时。”然而,因为说“从制定学处之时起,便仅诵巴帝摩卡”,故这是指足以诵持巴帝摩卡的学处而说的。“此处”一词,是依于制戒之请而说的处格,仅说此一词,因其成立,彼便成立。“‘此是弟子们的境界’——以此遮破了具莲华色长老的主张”,这在注释中如此说,似为善说。当面是呵责,背后显示巴利原文
20-21. Naciraṭṭhitikakāraṇe kathite ciraṭṭhitikakāraṇaṃ atthato vuttapaṭipakkhavasena kiñcāpi siddhaṃ, tathāpi taṃ therassa vinayapaññattiyācanāya okāsakāraṇādhippāyato vinayapaññattiyācanokāsaṃ pāpetuṃ puna bhagavantaṃ ‘‘ko pana, bhante, hetū’’ti pucchi. Bhagavāpi yācanaṃ sampaṭicchitukāmo byākāsi. ‘‘Āsavaṭṭhānīyā saṅghe pātubhavantī’’ti puggalassa saṅghapariyāpannattā vuttaṃ. Ādaratthavasenevettha dvikkhattuṃ vuttanti yasmā thero pubbe rājagahe, sampati verañjāyanti dvikkhattuṃ kāci, tasmā ādarena punappunaṃ yācayamānaṃ passitvā sayampi bhagavā ādareneva ‘‘āgamehi tvaṃ sāriputtā’’ti āha. Tenetaṃ dīpeti ‘‘mā tvaṃ punappunaṃ yācāhi, sampaṭicchitāva mayā te yācanā, pubbenanu tavayācanaṃ sampaṭicchatāva mayā ettake kāle ettakāni sikkhāpadāni paññattāni, na tāva me sāvakānaṃ āṇāpātimokkhuddesānujānanakālo sampatto, takkānumānavasena tayā ‘etassa bhagavā kālo’ti punappunaṃ niddisiyamānopi nesa so kālo, kintu tathāgatova tattha kālaṃ jānissatī’’ti. Yasmā pana ‘‘sikkhāpadapaññattikālato pabhuti āṇāpātimokkhameva uddisiyatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā pātimokkhuddesappahonakasikkhāpadameva sandhāyāha. ‘‘Tatthāti sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanāpekkhaṃ bhummavacana’’nti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ tassā siddhiyā itarassa siddhito. ‘‘Sāvakānaṃ visayabhāvanti iminā mahāpadumattheravādo paṭikkhitto’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, taṃ sundaraṃ viya. Sammukhe garahā. Parammukhe upavādo. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena…pe… dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 75) idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ bhagavā buddhattena dasavassiko hutvā paññapesi ūnadasavassikassa tassa tathā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā abhāvato. Na tadā atirekadasavassikova dasavassikānaṃ rattaññumahattappattito, tasmā taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsato pubbe rājagahe eva paññattanti siddhaṃ, tasmiṃ siddhe siddhameva ‘‘yāva na saṅgho rattaññumahattaṃ pattoti vacanaṃ ito pubbe paṭhamayācanāyapi vutta’’nti. Aṭṭhakathāyampi rattaññumahattappattakāle ‘‘dve sikkhāpadānī’’ti gaṇanaparicchedavacanaṃ paṭhamayācanāya vuttavacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Aññathā rattaññumahattappattakāle dve eva, na aññanti āpajjati.
至于“那时,具寿舍利弗……”等语,其义理从此开始阐明:据说,这位长老将从具寿阿说示处得来的一首偈颂法义,以十万种理路加以分别思惟,证得阿罗汉果,安立于声闻波罗蜜智后,心想:“啊!此正法实有大威神力,即便未当面亲闻法主,但从他人处听闻,便令我生起如此巨大的功德殊胜。愿此正法久住于世!”进而思惟:“哪些世尊、薄伽梵的……乃至……不能久住?”对此义理及其原因,以自己上首声闻的智慧通达后,得出结论:“声闻学处的制定,是正法不久住的因缘。”为了制造请求制戒的契机,而请问薄伽梵。于是,在回答问题、请求制戒的时机成熟时,他说道:“世尊,此是时,善逝,此是时。”请求制戒。于是,薄伽梵接受其请求,为了说明所谓“世尊,此是时”的那个时并非时,以及时机的无他缘性,而说了“你且等待”等语。此后,薄伽梵因他的请求及对众生的悲悯,以“那时,比丘们无亲教师、无轨范师、无人教诫”等方式,依僧团的庞大,为声闻弟子们制定了亲教师义务等律仪行事及相应的学处。其后渐次,于第十二年在毗兰若入安居。那时,由世尊所开示的,令正法显示巴利原文
‘‘Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassā’’tiādimhi ayamādito paṭṭhāya atthavibhāvanā – ayaṃ kirāyasmā assajittherato paṭiladdhaṃ ekagāthāmattakaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ nayasatasahassehi vivecento arahattaṃ patvā sāvakapāramīñāṇe ṭhito ‘‘aho vata mahānubhāvoyaṃ saddhammo, yo vināpi dhammasāminā parammukhato sutamattepi mayhaṃ mahantaṃ guṇavisesaṃ janesi, sādhu vatāyaṃ saddhammo ciraṃ tiṭṭheyyā’’ti cintento ‘‘katamesānaṃ nu kho buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ…pe… na ciraṭṭhitika’’nti tamatthaṃ, kāraṇañca attano aggasāvakañāṇena paṭivijjhitvā ‘‘sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattantiādiciraṭṭhitikāraṇa’’nti niṭṭhaṃ katvā vinayapaññattiyācanokāsakaraṇatthaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchi. Tato pañhassa vissajjane vinayapaññattiyācanokāse sampatte ‘‘etassa bhagavā kālo, etassa sugata kālo’’ti vinayapaññattiṃ yāci. Tato bhagavā tassā yācanāya sampaṭicchitabhāvaṃ, ‘‘etassa bhagavā kālo’’ti vuttakālassa akālataṃ, kālassa ca anaññavisayataṃ dīpento ‘‘āgamehi tva’’ntiādimāha, tato bhagavā tassa yācanaṃ, sattesu kāruññatañca paṭicca ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā anovadiyamānā’’tiādinā (mahāva. 64) nayena vepullamahattataṃ paṭicca satthā sāvakānaṃ upajjhāyavattādīni vinayakammāni, tadanurūpasikkhāpadāni ca paññapesi. Tato anukkamena dvādasamavassaṃ verañjāyaṃ vasi. Tadā ca āyasmā sāriputto satthārā niddiṭṭhesu ciraṭṭhitihetūsu jātesu ‘‘navaṅgasatthusāsanamahattatā ca sampati jātā, vinayapaññatti ca bahutarā jātā, pātimokkhuddeso eveko na tāva sāvakānaṃ anuññāto, so ca parisuddhena saṅghena karīyati. Saṅghopi etarahi parisuddho pacchimakassa sotāpannattā’’ti cintetvā pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujānāpetukāmo yattakehi ca sikkhāpadehi pātimokkhuddeso anujānīyati, tattakānaṃ paññattiyācanapubbaṅgamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ yācanto pubbuppannavitakkasūcanapucchāvissajjanakkamavasena yācanokāse sampatte ‘‘etassa bhagavā kālo’’tiādimāha.
其中,“世尊为弟子们制定学处”,是指足以纳入布萨诵出巴帝摩卡的学处,此义应依《跋陀利经》解明。因为那里在众多学处已制、正在制定之时,所说“跋陀利,导师尚未为弟子们制定学处”等,是依尚未制定而说的;同样,此处也应当理解为依尚未制定而说。为显示因僧团清净,如今不允许弟子们敕令诵出巴帝摩卡,故说“无恼”等。因为在清净的僧团中,并无令诵者教诫布萨诵出巴帝摩卡的理由;若存在不清净,才有意允许敕令诵出。如此,他于八年后方被允许。如《布萨犍度》所说:“诸比丘,从今以后我将不作布萨……你们应诵巴帝摩卡。”而《大犍度》中所载“那时,比丘们度一人出家后,弃之而去……他后来行淫法”之事,乃是苏定那的事迹,是后来发生于彼处,依相应权限被编集进去的。同样,即于该处所说“他于两部巴帝摩卡皆详细善巧”等,也应知其分位。因为并非从一开始就有两部巴帝摩卡成立。然而,从一开始应知有这些次第:菩萨于罗睺罗出生后出家,行六年苦行,第七年成就正觉,同年往迦毗罗卫,度罗睺罗出家。《菴罗婆利·罗睺罗教诫经注》中也说:“此尊者七岁时,捉住世尊……”显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘yaṃ bhagavā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeyyā’’ti pātimokkhuddesappahonakasikkhāpadaṃ sandhāyāha, ayamattho bhaddālisuttena (ma. ni. 2.134 ādayo) dīpetabbo . Tattha hi bahūsu sikkhāpadesu paññattesu, paññapiyamānesu ca ‘‘na tāva bhaddāli satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 2.145) vuttaṃ apaññattaṃ upādāya, tathā idhāpi apaññattaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Parisuddhattā saṅghassa sampati sāvakānaṃ āṇāpātimokkhuddesaṃ nānujānāmīti dassento ‘‘nirabbudo’’tiādimāha. Na hi parisuddhe saṅghe ovādapātimokkhuddesassa anuddesakāraṇaṃ atthi, tasmiṃ sati āṇāpātimokkhuddesānujānanādhippāyato. Tathā ca so tato aṭṭhannaṃvassānaṃ accayena anuññāto. Yathāha pātimokkhaṭhapanakkhandhake (cūḷava. 386) ‘‘na dānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ito paraṃ uposathaṃ karissāmi…pe… pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti. Yaṃ pana upasampadakkhandhake (mahāva. 129) ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu…pe… so tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsī’’ti vatthu āgataṃ, taṃ sudinnavatthuto parato uppannampi tattha yathādhikāraṃ samodhānetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tathā tattheva ‘‘ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni hontī’’tiādinā (pāci. 147; a. ni. 8.52; 10.33) aṅgānipi veditabbāni. Na hi ādito eva ubhatopātimokkhāni siddhānīti. Apica ādito paṭṭhāya ayamanukkamo veditabbo, seyyathidaṃ – rāhulakumāre uppanne bodhisatto nikkhamitvā chabbassāni dukkaraṃ katvā sattame abhisambuddho, tasmiṃ eva saṃvacchare kapilavatthuṃ gantvā rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājesi. Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.107 ādayo) ‘‘ayañhi āyasmā sattavassikakāle bhagavantaṃ cīvarakaṇṇe gahetvā ‘dāyajjaṃ me samaṇa dehi, dāyajjaṃ me samaṇa dehī’ti dāyajjaṃ yācamāno bhagavatā dhammasenāpatisāriputtattherassa niyyādetvā pabbājito’’ti ca vuttaṃ, tasmā rāhulakumāraṃ ārabbha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajja’’nti (mahāva. 105) vuttattā saraṇagamanūpasampadā paṭhamavassabbhantare eva paṭikkhittā, ñatticatutthakammavasena upasampadā anuññātāti paññāyati. Apica rāhulavatthumhi ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo, yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 105) sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmā ito pubbepi sikkhāpadāni paññattānīti siddhaṃ.
离贪生起,此法得以无余证知,
洞察世间,善逝的上首弟子。
他是法将、上首弟子,
正法王如来的上首弟子;
亲由牟尼尊获得声誉,
他以种种方便、十六种功德而备受赞叹。
因此,是制定学处之时,
在世间,了知亦极其沉重;
更何况学处体性的差别,
何况是其他,于彼处,于这两者。
独觉佛对此二者,
尚且不能了知,何况引导;
于彼处无疑,唯有如来。
比丘了知此义已,
学处之次第、行相差别
为自了知,而非为引导他人
应于此中寻求如理之道
显示巴利原文 Sutvā ca yo hetunirodhamaggaṃ, Nirodhupāyaṃ paṭivijjhi khippaṃ; Jātovapekkhena asesametaṃ, Lokaṃ vipassī sugataggasisso. So dhammasenāpati aggasisso, Saddhammarājassa tathāgatassa; Sayaṃ munindena yasassa patto, Anekaso soḷasadhā pasattho. Tasmā hi sikkhāpadabandhakālo, Ñātumpi loke atibhāriyova; Pageva sikkhāpadabhāvabhedo, Pageva añño ubhayattha tattha. Paccekabuddhā api taṃ dvayantu, Ñātuṃ na sakkāva pageva netuṃ; Nissaṃsayaṃ tattha tathāgatova, Jānissaticcāha tathāgatoti. Iccetamatthaṃ idha bhikkhu ñatvā, Sikkhāpadānaṃ kamabhāvabhedaṃ; Ñātuṃ sayaṃ no na pare ca netuṃ, Pariyesitabbo idha yuttimaggo.
其中,行为的差别将在后文关于学处的部分显明。至于身份的差别:首先,比丘因追随被举罪者(而不舍)的因缘,为无犯;而比丘尼若同样追随,则犯波罗夷。在覆藏波罗夷罪上,比丘犯恶作,比丘尼犯波罗夷。若向人说出粗重罪或覆藏该罪,犯波逸提。若说出或覆藏大恶的波罗夷罪,犯恶作。如这些等。在此,若试图以身份差别来寻求学处无身份差别的合理性,也可能成为虽未疯狂却遭毁灭之因。至此,具寿优波离长老已用七支——思惟、请求、适时、知时者、原因、结果、目的——庄严地开示了整个律藏的因缘。其中,长老请求制戒的思惟,称为‘思惟’。由此思惟而说出的‘世尊,今正是时’等语,称为‘请求’。久知、广大、得利、多闻、大成就的时机,称为‘适时’。唯有知一切者才称为‘知时者’。烦恼住处的诸法显现,称为‘原因’。因说‘为了对治那些烦恼住处的诸法’,故对治烦恼住处之法称为‘结果’。因说‘如是,此梵行得以久住’,故应知教法梵行的长久安立为‘目的’。于此有偈云:显示巴利原文
Tattha kamabhedo sikkhāpadānaṃ parato āvi bhavissati. Bhāvabhedo tāva ukkhittakānuvattanapaccayā bhikkhu anāpattiko, bhikkhunī pana samanubhaṭṭhā pārājikā hoti. Pārājikāpattipaṭicchādane bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ, bhikkhuniyā pārājikaṃ. Duṭṭhullaṃ ārocentassa, paṭicchādentassa ca pācittiyaṃ. Mahāsāvajjaṃ pārājikaṃ ārocentassa, paṭicchādentassa ca bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ. Iccevamādīhi abhāvabhedasikkhāpadānaṃ idha bhāvabhedena yuttipariyesanaṃ sādhayamānopi siyā anummādavighātabhāgīti. Ettāvatā sakalassapi vinayapiṭakassa vitakkayācanakālakālaññūkāraṇaphalapayojanehi sattahi aṅgehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ nidānamāyasmatā upālittherena nidassitaṃ hoti. Tattha therassa vinayapaññattiyācanahetubhūto vitakko nāma. Tasseva ‘‘etassa bhagavā kālo’’tiādinā pavattā yācanā nāma. Rattaññūvepullalābhaggabāhusaccamahattappatti kālo nāma. Sabbaññū eva kālaññū nāma. Āsavaṭṭhānīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ pātubhāvo kāraṇaṃ nāma. ‘‘Tesaṃyeva āsavaṭṭhānīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāyā’’ti vacanato āsavaṭṭhānīyadhammapaṭighāto phalaṃ nāma. ‘‘Yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assā’’ti vacanato sāsanabrahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhiti payojananti veditabbaṃ. Hoti cettha –
‘思惟、请求、适时、知时者、原因、结果,
目的——此七支,即是律藏之因缘。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vitakko yācanā kālo, kālaññū kāraṇaṃ phalaṃ; Payojananti sattaṅgaṃ, nidānaṃ vinayassidhā’’ti.
22 最内圈,即内部之圈。因为它位于其他圈之内,或是小圈。以征求同意而给予的方式,施与那些比丘。那些佛陀在游行教化中所应调伏的有情众生。如同采花者:花匠前往花朵盛开之处,长时间采摘;同样,在汇聚众多所应调伏者的村庄等处,佛陀们长时间安住,令所应调伏者的福德得以增上而游行。寂静之乐,不像杂染之乐那样有躁动。‘一万个轮围世界’是就天众而说。然而,人类唯在此轮围世界中,成为可觉悟者而生起。由于大悲心,恒常观察众生七法。‘已进入’指来到集会中,或已被告知。‘由于什么原因,我们能给予你们布施之物?那从何可得?因为在家生活事务繁多。’‘在第二种分别中’指布施之物。‘你们从何处得到它?’这是在随文释义中所说。然而,有些人说:‘首先看行为,其次看布施之物。’但导师说:‘在第一句解释中,(意为)那布施的功德从何可得?因为在家生活多有功德障碍。在第二句解释中,(意为)在三个月内我本应给予的,由于时间已过,我现在如何能给予?——如此显示。’这是关于戒等善法的开示等法雨。显示巴利原文
22.Antimamaṇḍalanti abbhantaramaṇḍalaṃ. Tañhi itaresaṃ anto hoti, khuddakamaṇḍalaṃ vā. Anumatidānavasena tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ datvā. Tesaṃ buddhānaṃ cārikāya vinetabbā veneyyasattā. Ocinantā viyāti bahupupphaṃ gacchaṃ mālākārā ciraṃ ocinanti, evaṃ bahuveneyyesu gāmādīsu ciraṃ vasantā veneyyapuññaṃ pariharantā caranti. Santaṃ sukhaṃ, na vedanāsukhaṃ viya saparipphandaṃ. Dasasahassacakkavāḷeti devānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Manussā pana imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe bodhaneyyā uppajjanti. Mahākaruṇāya dhuvaṃ sattasamavalokanaṃ. Otiṇṇeti parisamajjhaṃ āgate, ārocite vā. Yena kāraṇena mayaṃ tumhākaṃ deyyadhammaṃ dadeyyāma, taṃ kuto sakkā laddhuṃ. Bahukiccā hi gharāvāsāti. Dutiyavikappe tanti deyyadhammaṃ. ‘‘Tumhehi taṃ kuto laddhā’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘paṭhamaṃ kiriyaṃ pekkhati, dutiyaṃ deyyadhamma’’nti vadanti. Ācariyo pana ‘‘paṭhamayojanāya yaṃ dānapuññaṃ, taṃ kuto labbhā. Puññantarāyabahulā hi gharāvāsāti. Dutiyayojanāya temāsabbhantare yamahaṃ dadeyyaṃ, atikkantakālattā tamahaṃ sampati kuto dadeyyanti dassetī’’ti vadati. Sīlādikusaladhammasandassanādidhammaratanavassaṃ.
23 在巴图那地方,巴图那(丝绸)是上等布料。大祭祀即大布施。‘圆满的意图’指‘三个月所应听闻的,今日听闻’。显示巴利原文
23. Pattuṇṇadese pattuṇṇaṃ paṭavaraṃ. Mahāyāganti mahādānaṃ. Paripuṇṇasaṅkappanti temāsaṃ sotabbaṃ ajja suṇinti.
‘在此’即指此原因。显示巴利原文
Tatridanti idaṃ kāraṇaṃ.
“优波离是奴仆”一说,是依师承传承而言。“因缘的分别说明”则是就外因缘、内因缘,以及称为学处制定处的独特因缘而说。“上座部等”是指事类的分别。“依自己的承认,应驱逐蔑提耶比丘尼”等语,是为了回避他宗等。“显示分别方式之差别”是指“三位女性:地上的、陆地的”等。于此有问:“世尊难道没有能力摧破魔罗的诱惑吗?”答:“有,但为了在未来优波崛多之时成为生信之因,所以暂时接受。”在此应讲述优波崛多的决意。“诸佛之常行”——若问:“见婆罗门有何目的?”答:“其目的即为摧破魔罗的诱惑,婆罗门的功德便是障碍。”显示巴利原文
Upāli dāsakoti ācariyaparamparato. Bāhirabbhantaranidānaṃ, sikkhāpadānaṃ paññattiṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ āveṇikanidānañca sandhāyāha ‘‘nidānassa pabhedadīpanato’’ti. Theravādādi vatthuppabhedo. Sakāya paṭiññāya mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethātiādi parasamayavivajjanatotiādi. Vibhaṅganayabhedadassanatoti tisso itthiyo bhūmaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhantiādi. Etthāha – kiṃ bhagavato mārāvaṭṭanapaṭighātāya satti natthīti? Atthi, tathāpissa pacchā upaguttakāle pasādahetuttā adhivāseti. Ettha upaguttādhiṭṭhānaṃ vattabbaṃ. Buddhānaṃ āciṇṇanti dijadassanena kiṃpayojananti ce? Mārāvaṭṭanahetu brāhmaṇassa puññantarāyoti payojanaṃ.
他虽为婆罗门,却令魔罗的心愿破灭;
他破坏了胜者人中之雄(佛陀)所受的魔罗诱惑。
显示巴利原文 Dijopi so māramanorathassa, Bhaṅgaṃ karonto jinapuṅgavassa; Sassissasaṅghassa adāsi dānaṃ, Asesakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍabhedaṃ.
世尊与弟子们难道将如此大量的如法资具打包带走了吗?
不,并非带走。导师只是不舍那属于三个月分额的功德聚之布施物,以善巧方便,转而施与了婆罗门。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ bhagavā sasisso tāva mahantaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ ubbhaṇḍikaṃ katvā agamāsīti? Na agamāsi, temāsibhāgiyaṃ pana puññarāsikaṃ deyyadhammaṃ appaṭikkhipanto brāhmaṇassa upāyato satthā adāsi.
若非如此,魔罗的心愿便会实现;
而婆罗门也不会得到更多;
他(婆罗门)甚至可能造作大恶。
显示巴利原文 Tadaññathā māramanorathova, Pūro siyā neva dijassa bhiyyo; Pāpaṃ mahantaṃ api pāpuṇeyya, Micchābhimānena tathāgate so.
因此,世尊既不贪著、也不拒绝那布施之物,而以方便善巧使婆罗门生起功德想,并击破魔罗的妄想后离去。有人说:“此一理趣,即使不依注释,依经文的理趣随顺也得成立。”如何成立呢?显示巴利原文
Tasmā bhagavā assādiyanto taṃ deyyadhammaṃ appaṭikkhipanto upāyena brāhmaṇassa puññabuddhiṃ katvā, mārassa ca manorathavighātaṃ katvā agamāsīti, ‘‘ayaṃ nayo aṭṭhakathaṃ vināpi pāḷinayānulomato siddho’’ti vadanti. Kathaṃ? –
“如果导师与弟子们最初就接受了那件衣,
如果导师与弟子们从一开始就接受了那位婆罗门的衣,
那么在导师成道未满二十年时,
那么,在导师(成道)未满二十年时,耆婆的请求便会相违;
即便如此,在通盘审虑之后,
当思惟合理的理趣,这才恰当。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satthā sasisso yadi aggahesi, Dijassa taṃ cīvaramāditova; Nāthassa no vīsativassakāle, Virujjhate jīvakayācanāpi; Tathāpi sabbaṃ suvicārayitvā, Yuttaṃ nayaṃ cintayituṃva yutta’’nti.
如今,具寿优波离开示了律藏的共通因缘之后,为了以学处各别制定的因缘为起始,将补特伽罗分别、随制、分别、犯相差别、中间犯等种种方式,去除杂乱、无有隐覆地开示,而说:‘尔时,世尊在毘兰若随意住后’等语。在此立论:显示巴利原文
Idāni āyasmā upālitthero vinayapaññattiyā sādhāraṇanidānaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadānaṃ pāṭekkaṃ paññattiṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ nidānamādiṃ katvā puggalapaññattianupaññattivibhāgāpattibhedantarāpattiādikaṃ nānappakāraṃ vidhiṃ nijjaṭaṃ niggumbaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā’’tiādimāhāti. Idha ṭhatvā –
应阐明一切学处的次第差别;
若此(次第差别)成立,诸因缘的次第便得成立。
显示巴利原文 Sikkhāpadāna sabbesaṃ, kamabhedaṃ pakāsaye; Tasmiṃ siddhe nidānānaṃ, kamasiddhi yato bhave.
一切学处依其可能,有四种次第:说示次第、断除次第、行道次第、生起次第。其中,世尊于王舍城允许比丘诵巴帝摩卡时,开许了巴帝摩卡诵出的次第。大迦叶尊者随顺此次第,先问波罗夷诵出,次问桑喀地谢沙诵出,再问不定诵出及广诵出,其后以同样次第问比丘尼分别。又将含摄于因缘诵出中而未以自性诵出者,为提问故亦问于犍度。由此,犍度中所制定的偷兰遮亦被含摄。优波离尊者便依所问次第,解说彼一切及犯相等,将说明偷兰遮、恶说、犯等起因的内容含摄其中而作解说,这就是此处的说示次第。然而,从两分别与犍度中集出之后,当时又别作附随巴利。正是由于这个道理,注释书中说:‘以此方便,亦将犍度、附随摄入’等。此外,巴利中仅提到:‘以此方便问于两律。所问之处,优波离尊者一一解答’,因此大迦叶尊者唯问于两分别。而优波离尊者在解答时,将余留部分一并解说,含摄犍度、附随于内而作解说。当时,犍度、附随巴利被别作成,这便是说示次第。那么,因缘诵出是否应当先解说?不,那是不可能的。因为因缘诵出的方式是‘若有犯……’等,在最初还未显示含摄学处的犯时,它是不会生起的。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbasikkhāpadānaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ desanākkamo pahānakkamo paṭipattikkamo uppattikkamoti catubbidho kamo labbhati. Tattha bhagavatā rājagahe bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujānantena pātimokkhuddesassa yo desanākkamo anuññāto, taṃ desanākkamamanulomento āyasmā mahākassapo paṭhamaṃ pārājikuddesaṃ pucchi, tadanantaraṃ saṅghādisesuddesaṃ, tato aniyatuddesaṃ vitthāruddesañca pucchitvā tadanantaraṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅgañca teneva anukkamena pucchi, nidānuddesantogadhānañca sarūpena anuddiṭṭhānaṃ pucchanatthaṃ khandhakepi pucchi. Etena ca khandhake paññattā thullaccayā saṅgahitā honti. Pucchitānukkameneva upālitthero taṃ sabbaṃ sāpattibhedādikaṃ desento thullaccayadubbhāsitaāpattisamuṭṭhānādidīpakaṃ antokatvā desesi, ayamettha desanākkamo. Ubhatovibhaṅgakhandhakato pana uccinitvā tadā parivārapāḷi visuṃ katā. Imameva nayaṃ sandhāya aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘eteneva upāyena khandhakaparivārepi āropesu’’ntiādi (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā). Apica pāḷiyā ‘‘etenevupāyena ubhatovinaye pucchi. Puṭṭho puṭṭho āyasmā upāli vissajjesī’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, tasmā mahākassapo ubhatovibhaṅge eva pucchi. Vissajjento pana āyasmā upāli nivarasesaṃ desento khandhakaparivāre antokatvā desesi. Tadā ca khandhakaparivārapāḷi visuṃ katāti ayaṃ desanākkamo. Yadi evaṃ nidānuddeso paṭhamaṃ desetabboti ce? Na, tadasambhavato. So hi ‘‘yassa siyā āpattī’’tiādinā (mahāva. 134) nayena pavattattā paṭhamaṃ sikkhāpadasaṅgahitāsu āpattīsu adassitāsu na sambhavati. ‘‘Yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni, tāni nesaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyya’’nti vacanato sikkhāpadāneva paṭhamaṃ desetabbānīti pārājikuddesakkamo sambhavati.
波罗夷等诵分所摄的犯行与不善,由依粗重次第而应断除,故此处亦有断除次第。由“受具足戒后,即应告示四种不可作事”与“于学处上受持而学”的教示,依其严重次第而告示及修学,故此处亦有行道次第。依此三种次第所应解说的这些学处,于可能时也随有生起次第。即如共通者,于缘彼比丘而生起之事中,亦为比丘尼制定:“若比丘尼乐意行淫欲法……”。否则,彼于比丘尼则成未生起的制定,由此《附随》中“于彼无未生起之制定”一语即成相违。至此,依前三种次第,于应最先解说的波罗夷诵分中,因是最先制定,优波离长老欲最先解说淫欲法波罗夷,故将“于此,世尊在毗舍离……”引至毗舍离而安立。若非如此,若意欲解说“诸比丘,不得食人肉”等波罗奈所制定者,则应引至波罗奈而安立。显示巴利原文
Pārājikuddesādisaṅgahitānaṃ āpattiakusalānaṃ yathoḷārikakkamena pahātabbattā pahānakkamopettha sambhavati. Upasampannasamanantaraṃ ‘‘tāvadeva cattāri akaraṇīyāni ācikkhitabbānī’’ti (mahāva. 129) vacanato ‘‘samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesū’’ti (dī. ni. 1.193) vacanato ca yathā garukaṃ ācikkhaṇaṃ sikkhanena paṭipattikkamopettha sambhavati, evamimehi tīhi kamehi desetabbānampetesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ uppattikkamo sambhavati. Tathā hi yaṃ yaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, taṃ taṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha uppanne eva vatthusmiṃ ‘‘yā pana bhikkhunī chandaso methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’ti bhikkhunīnampi paññattaṃ. Aññathā taṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ anuppannapaññatti siyā. Tato ‘‘anuppannapaññatti tasmiṃ natthī’’ti (pari. 247) parivāre etaṃ vacanaṃ virujjhati, ettāvatā purimena kamattayena paṭhamaṃ desetabbataṃ patte pārājikuddese paṭhamuppannattā methunadhammapārājikaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ desetukāmo upālitthero ‘‘tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliya’’nti vesālimeva pāpetvā ṭhapesi. Aññathā bārāṇasiyaṃ paññattānaṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, manussamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabba’’nti (mahāva. 280) evamādīnaṃ desanādhippāye sati bārāṇasiṃ pāpetvā ṭhapeyyāti.
一、波罗夷品显示巴利原文
1. Pārājikakaṇḍo
一、第一波罗夷显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamapārājikaṃ
苏定那诵品解释显示巴利原文
Sudinnabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā
于此第一因缘中,安立已,应了知波罗夷;举罪与遮遣之理,唯在人与事之说明中。
显示巴利原文 Paṭhamassettha nidāne, ṭhatvā pārājikassa viññeyyo; Codanāparihāranayo, puggalavatthuppakāsaneyeva.
其中,世尊在韦兰若度过雨安居后,次第游行,于迦提月白分到达毗舍离。直至制定第一波罗夷学处为止,根据巴利经典的次第,看似有八年都住在毗舍离,但世尊并非一直住在那里。实际上,世尊允许苏定那在弟子座下出家受具足戒后,便随宜住于该地,然后游行到婆沙迦喇林,在那里度过第十三个雨安居;接着依次到舍卫城度过第十四个雨安居,第十五年在迦毗罗卫,第十六年于阿罗毗;从该雨安居后继续游行,抵达王舍城度过第十七个雨安居,此后的三年也都住在那里。如此,世尊戒腊满二十夏,再从王舍城次第来到毗舍离。当时受具足戒八年的苏定那,正是在毗舍离行了淫欲法,世尊便就此事制定了第一波罗夷——应当如此理解。在此之中,优波离长老不想显示此前已在毗舍离制定的学处,而想在律的缘起后直接显示第一波罗夷,因此将最初在毗舍离的住处与此学处制定时的住处合并,说‘于此,世尊在毗舍离……’等语。由此便有了‘在第一因缘中,安立之后……唯在说明’的说法。是故,在名为第一波罗夷制定处的此因缘中安立之后,对于此学处中‘人’的说明部分——‘那时,距毗舍离不远处有迦兰陀村……依某跋耆村而住’,以及对于‘那时,跋耆饥馑……三次行淫欲法’的——显示巴利原文
Tattha bhagavā verañjāyaṃ vutthavasso anupubbena cārikaṃ caranto kattikajuṇhapakkhe eva vesāliṃ pāpuṇitvā yāva paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ, tāva aṭṭha vassāni vesāliyaṃyeva viharanto viya pāḷikkamena dissati, na ca bhagavā tāvattakaṃ kālaṃ tattheva vihāsi. So hi sudinnassa sāvakānaṃ santike pabbajjaṃ upasampadañca anujānitvā yathābhirantaṃ tattha viharitvā cārikaṃ caranto bhesakaḷāvanaṃ patvā tattha terasamaṃ vassaṃ vasi, teneva anukkamena sāvatthiṃ patvā cuddasamaṃ vassaṃ vasi, pannarasamaṃ kapilavatthumhi, soḷasamaṃ āḷaviyaṃ, tato vutthavasso cārikaṃ caranto rājagahaṃ patvā sattarasamaṃ vasi, iminā anukkamena aparānipi tīṇi vassāni tattheva vasi. Ettāvatā bhagavā paripuṇṇavīsativasso rājagahato anupubbena vesāliṃ pāpuṇi, tato upasampadāya aṭṭhavassiko sudinno vesāliyaṃyeva methunaṃ dhammaṃ abhiviññāpesi, tato bhagavā tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ paṭhamaṃ pārājikaṃ paññapesīti veditabbaṃ. Tattha yasmā upālitthero ito paṭhamataraṃ tattha vesāliyañca paññattasikkhāpadāni adassetukāmo, vinayanidānānantaraṃ paṭhamapārājikameva dassetukāmo, tasmā vesāliyaṃ paṭhamaṃ nivāsaṃ, pacchā imassa sikkhāpadassa paññattikāle nivāsañca ekato katvā ‘‘tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliya’’ntiādimāha, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭhamassettha nidāne, ṭhatvā …pe… pakāsaneyevā’’ti. Tasmā imasmiṃ paṭhamapārājikassa paññattiṭṭhānasaṅkhāte nidāne ṭhatvā ‘‘tena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūre kalandagāmo nāma hoti…pe… aññataraṃ vajjigāmaṃ upanissāya viharatī’’ti etasmiṃ imassa sikkhāpadassa puggalappakāsane, ‘‘tena kho pana samayena vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti…pe… tikkhattuṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ abhiviññāpesī’’ti (pārā. 30) imasmiṃ vatthuppakāsane ca codanānayo, parihāranayo ca veditabboti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatrāyaṃ pakāsanā – kimatthaṃ therena aññesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ puggalavatthūni viya saṅkhepato avatvā yattha ca so uppanno, yathā ca dhamme pasanno, yathā ca pabbajito, yathā ca imaṃ vatthuṃ uppādeti, taṃ sabbaṃ anavasesetvā puggalavatthūni vitthārato vuttānīti ce? Vuccate –
他就这样,凭信心,历艰辛,舍离了巨大的财富与亲属,
亦彻底舍离了所有出家者与具戒者。
若这最卑劣的淫欲法生起,
并非仅仅凭借说法,便能完全成就远离。
因此,即使导师已宣说九分正法,
也应当制定戒律,由此方能获得法的清净。
若无戒律,便会生起这般的不端正行;
因此,戒律的制定,对具戒者也同样有其利益。
因此,对于随信行者,戒律确实有益;
对于随法行者,法则有益。由此而有对二者的教导。
显示巴利原文 Evaṃ saddhāya kicchena, mahante bhogañātake; Hitvā pabbajitānampi, pesalānampi sabbaso. Sabbalāmakadhammāyaṃ, methuno yadi sambhave; Na dhammadesanāyeva, siddhā virati sabbaso. Tasmā navaṅgasaddhamme, satthārā desitepi ca; Vinayo paññapetabbo, tato dhammavisuddhihi. Vinayābhāvato evaṃ, ajjhācāro bhavissati; Tasmā vinayapaññatti, sātthikā pesalassapi. Anādīnavadassāvī, yasmā yaṃ pāpamācari; Vinayoyeva saddhānaṃ, ādīnavavibhāvino. Tasmā saddhānusārīnaṃ, vinayo sātthakova yaṃ; Dhammo dhammānusārīnaṃ, tato ubhayadesanā.
再者,这是为了显示不端正行为的显著:即便未违犯制戒者,其恶名也远播至梵天界,何况他人?如何说明?显示巴利原文
Api ca yadi paṇṇattivītikkamaṃ akarontassāpi yāva brahmalokā ayaso patthaṭo, pagevaññesanti dassanatthaṃ ajjhācārassa pākaṭabhāvadīpanaṃ. Kathaṃ? –
Abhabbo arahattassa, sudinno puttamātaro; Bhabbānuppannapaññatti, tadatthaṃ na katā ayaṃ.
难道不是为了显示此义——世尊不顾摩犍提,而为她父母宣说饶益之法——长老才以种子母与种子母之母证得阿拉汉来说明吗?而像“当时,在离毘舍离不远处有一名为迦兰达村之处,那时苏定那与前妻行淫法”或“当时世尊制定了第一条波罗夷戒”这样的语句,在此并不合适。何以故?因为“此处因义与作义可能存在”这样的注释语句,在此并未得到。该村早已建立,并非就在那时。然而,因为该村虽早已建立,但从其建立之时起便始终存在,故应如此说,因此以方便说“当时,离毘舍离不远处有一名为迦兰达村之处”。显示巴利原文
Nanu māgaṇḍikaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā mātāpitūnamassā hitatthaṃ dhammaṃ desetīti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ bījakabījakamātūnaṃ arahattuppatti therena dīpitā. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūre kalandagāmo nāma hoti, yena samayena sudinno purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevī’’ti vā ‘‘yena samayena bhagavā paṭhamapārājikaṃ paññapesī’’ti vā vacanaṃ idha na yujjati. Kasmā? ‘‘Idha pana hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavatī’’ti vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāvacanañhi idha na labbhati. Ciraniviṭṭho hi so gāmo , na tasmiṃyeva samayeti. Yasmā pana so ciraniviṭṭhopi ca gāmo attano niviṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya sabbakālamatthīti vattabbataṃ arahati, tena pariyāyena ‘‘tena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūre kalandagāmo nāma hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
25-6 “你已得到允许了吗?”这是世尊为了显示沙门义而问。“未得父母允许”在此处,是为了显示未得父母允许而问,故如此说。“苏定那,诸如来不作是行”,世尊是因其请求“请世尊令我出家”而说出此语,并非世尊自己授予皈依、令其出家。“任何之苦”此处含有“即使少许”等的省略语句。“于两种分别”指第二、第三分别。“前句”指“任何”一词。“以后句”指“苦”一词。“同格”即是属格。如同什么呢?应知本应说“任何之苦”,却说成了“任何苦”。“我们将不情愿地分离”的意思是:不会随你一起死去,我们将不情愿地活着。即使我们不死,也将不情愿地与你分离;当你还活着时,我们的死便已发生;纵以死别,我们也仍然不情愿与你分离。显示巴利原文
25-6.Anuññātosi pana tvanti samaṇavattadassanatthaṃ bhagavā pucchati. Mātāpitūhi ananuññātanti ettha janakeheva ananuññātadassanatthaṃ pucchīti vuttaṃ. Na kho sudinna tathāgatāti ‘‘pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā’’ti yācanāvasena panevamāha, na bhagavā sayaṃ saraṇāni datvā pabbājesi. Dukkhassāti ettha ‘‘kalabhāgampī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Vikappadvayepīti dutiyatatiyavikappesu. Purimapadassāti kiñcīti padassa. Uttarapadenāti dukkhassāti padena. Samānavibhattīti sāmivacanaṃ. Yathā kiṃ? ‘‘Kassaci dukkhassā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘kiñci dukkhassā’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Akāmakā vinā bhavissāmāti tayā saddhiṃ amaritvā akāmā jīvissāma. Sacepi na marāma, akāmakāva tayā viyogaṃ pāpuṇissāma, tayi jīvamāne eva no maraṇaṃ bhaveyya, maraṇenapi no tayā viyogaṃ mayaṃ akāmakāva pāpuṇissāma.
30 “为何他得到允许后,对出家怀有强烈热忱,却还在家中停留数日,增强体力呢?”这是因为父母和朋友们因其顺从心意而感到欢喜,为了令他们心生喜悦而作。在部分注释书中,有些论师提出:“这位苏定那是在耆婆事之后,依持粪扫衣头陀支而成为粪扫衣者”,因而写道“拒绝了居士供养的衣服,依持粪扫衣头陀支而成为粪扫衣者”,但这与“不久即受具足戒”的语句相违。这也与注释书所说“苏定那于世尊成佛第十二年出家,第二十年入亲属家中乞食,当时他自己出家已八年”以及“从世尊成佛时起,直至此事发生,其间二十年中,没有人接受居士供养的衣服,所有人都是粪扫衣者”相违。此处所指是出家八年,并非受具足戒八年。若说其受具足戒是在耆婆事之后方才获许,难道他以无戒之身而进入亲属家中乞食吗?并非如此,因为“苏定那迦兰达子于世尊座下出家,得受具足戒”在文中是紧接在一起叙述的。他确实在出家后便立即受具足戒,受持十三头陀功德而行,在跋耆村住了八年,因远离依止而得以自在,并思惟“现今跋耆正处于饥馑中”等缘由,前往韦沙离城。因此,“依持粪扫衣头陀支而成为粪扫衣者”这一说法,仅出现在部分书籍中,应以此为判据。“是阿兰若住者”这一句,因性质相近,包含了五种与坐卧处相关的头陀支以及常坐不卧支。显示巴利原文
30.Katipāhaṃ balaṃ gāhetvāti kasmā panāyaṃ tathā pabbajjāya tibbacchando anuññāto samāno katipāhaṃ ghareyeva vilambitvā kāyabalañca aggahesīti? Anumatidānena mātāpitūsu sahāyakesu ca tuṭṭho tesaṃ cittatuṭṭhatthaṃ. Kesuci aṭṭhakathāpotthakesu keci ācariyā ‘‘ayaṃ sudinno jīvakavatthuto pacchā paṃsukūlikadhutaṅgavasena paṃsukūliko jāto’’ti saññāya ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā paṃsukūlikadhutaṅgavasena paṃsukūliko hotī’’ti likhanti, taṃ ‘‘acirūpasampanno’’ti vacanena virujjhati. ‘‘Tathā sudinno hi bhagavato dvādasame vasse pabbajito , vīsatime vasse ñātikulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho sayaṃ pabbajjāya aṭṭhavassiko hutvā’’ti, ‘‘bhagavato hi buddhattaṃ pattato paṭṭhāya yāva idaṃ vatthaṃ, etthantare vīsati vassāni na koci gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyi, sabbe paṃsukūlikāva ahesu’’nti ca vuttena aṭṭhakathāvacanena virujjhati, pabbajjāya aṭṭhavassiko, na upasampadāya. Upasampadaṃ pana jīvakavatthuto (mahāva. 326) pacchā alattha, tasmā avassiko ñātikulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho siyāti ce? Na, ‘‘alattha kho sudinno kalandaputto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampada’’nti ekato anantaraṃ vuttattā. Pabbajjānantarameva hi so upasampanno terasadhutaṅgaguṇe samādāya vattanto aṭṭha vassāni vajjigāme viharitvā nissayamuttattā sayaṃvasī hutvā ‘‘etarahi kho vajjī dubbhikkhā’’tiāditakkavasena yena vesālī tadavasari, tasmā ‘‘paṃsukūlikadhutaṅgavasena paṃsukūliko hotī’’ti ettakoyeva pāṭho yesu potthakesu dissati, sova pamāṇato gahetabbo. ‘‘Āraññiko hotī’’ti iminā pañca senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttāni saṅgahitāni nesajjikaṅgañca vihārasabhāgattā, ‘‘piṇḍapātiko’’ti iminā pañca piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttāni, ‘‘paṃsukūliko’’ti iminā dve cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttāni saṅgahitānīti. Ñātigharūpagamanakāraṇadīpanādhippāyato sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ visuṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Mā atiharāpesu’’nti kālabyattayavasena vuttaṃ. Dhammassantarāyakaratarattā ‘‘imaṃ naya’’nti anayoyeva.
大抵众生,当毁灭临头之时,
以非理为理,依智慧而安住。
显示巴利原文 Yebhuyyena hi sattānaṃ, vināse paccupaṭṭhite; Anayo nayarūpena, buddhimāgamma tiṭṭhati.
36 36. 在“未施设的学处”中,学处的施设有两种。哪两种?即“诸比丘,你们应如此诵出此学处”,像这样,依有诵出与无诵出的差别而分为两种。其中,在巴帝摩卡中以本来面目出现的五种犯聚,称为有诵出的施设。它又分为两种:有个人说明的和无个人说明的。其中,凡在施设中,犯行之内,连同个人或不连个人而显示者,为有个人说明;另一种则可知是无个人说明。有个人说明者,又依已显示犯行与未显示犯行而分为两种。其中,未显示犯行者,即八种巴拉基咖法,因为“是巴拉基咖,不共住”这句话,只显示了个人,未显示犯行。已显示犯行者,例如在比丘尼巴帝摩卡中,“十七种僧伽底舍沙法,是应驱出的僧伽底舍沙”,此处犯行与个人一起被显示。同样,无个人说明者,也依已显示犯行与未显示犯行而有二种。其中,未显示犯行者,即众学法;其余的则应知为已显示犯行者。它也有两种,依未说明作者与已说明作者而区分。其中,未说明作者者,依故意出精、妄语、粗恶语、离间语、坏草木、异语、讥嫌、别众食、辗转食、酒类、以指刺、戏笑法、轻慢、掌击、胶团等学处,有十五种;其余的,依有个人说明者,应知为已说明作者。显示巴利原文
36.Apaññatte sikkhāpadeti ettha duvidhaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti evaṃ sauddesānuddesabhedato duvidhaṃ. Tattha pātimokkhe sarūpato āgatā pañca āpattikkhandhā sauddesapaññatti nāma. Sāpi duvidhā sapuggalāpuggalaniddesabhedato. Tattha yassā paññattiyā anto āpattiyā saha, vinā vā puggalo dassito, sā sapuggalaniddesā. Itarā apuggalaniddesāti veditabbā. Sapuggalaniddesāpi duvidhā dassitādassitāpattibhedato. Tattha adassitāpattikā nāma aṭṭha pārājikā dhammā. ‘‘Pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso’’ti hi puggalova tattha dassito, nāpatti. Dassitāpattikā nāma bhikkhunīpātimokkhe ‘‘sattarasa saṅghādisesā dhammā nissāraṇīyaṃ saṅghādisesa’’nti hi tattha āpatti dassitā saddhiṃ puggalena, tathā apuggalaniddesāpi dassitādassitāpattitova duvidhā. Tattha adassitāpattikā nāma sekhiyā dhammā. Sesā dassitāpattikāti veditabbā. Sāpi duvidhā aniddiṭṭhakārakaniddiṭṭhakārakabhedato. Tattha aniddiṭṭhakārakā nāma sukkavissaṭṭhi musāvāda omasavāda pesuñña bhūtagāma aññavādaka ujjhāpanaka gaṇabhojana paramparabhojana surāmeraya aṅgulipatodaka hasadhamma anādariya talaghātakajatumaṭṭhaka sikkhāpadānaṃ vasena pañcadasavidhā honti. Sesānaṃ puggalaniddesānaṃ vasena niddiṭṭhakārakā veditabbā.
无诵出的施设也有六种:句义分别中的犯、中间犯、已调伏事、遮止、施设、未说而成立。其中,“大部分已食,犯偷兰遮罪”等,凡在句义分别中出现的犯行,名为句义分别学处。“不得裸体而来,若来者,犯恶作罪”等,名为中间犯学处。“诸比丘,我允许白天独处静修者,关门后独处静修”等,名为已调伏事学处。“诸比丘,令出血者,未达上者不得令其达上,已达上者应予灭摈”等,名为遮止学处。在篇集中所施设的恶作与偷兰遮,名为施设学处。由“若有比丘尼前往观看舞蹈、歌唱或演奏,犯波逸提”此语,推知“若有比丘尼舞蹈、歌唱或演奏,犯波逸提”等,凡在注疏中所见的任何犯类或律事,名为未说而成立的学处。此六种,因六种原因不堪为诵出,故应知名为无诵出学处。即:偷兰遮与恶说,与五种诵出各各不同类;恶作与偷兰遮二者,虽事同类但犯不同类;中间犯学处与施设学处,其犯涉及不同事;某些遮止学处,未显示犯行;已调伏事学处与施设学处,未显示事;随分裂而转的偷兰遮,未显示事;未说而成立的学处,未显示犯行与事。至此,如前文所说。显示巴利原文
Anuddesapaññattipi padabhājanantarāpattivinītavatthupaṭikkhepapaññattiavuttasiddhivasena chabbidhā honti. Tattha ‘‘yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti (pārā. 61) evamādikā padabhājaniye sandissamānāpatti padabhājanasikkhāpadaṃ nāma. ‘‘Na tveva naggena āgantabbaṃ, yo āgaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’tiādikā (pārā. 517) antarāpattisikkhāpadaṃ nāma. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, divā paṭisallīyantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisallīyitu’’nti (pārā. 75) evamādikā vinītavatthusikkhāpadaṃ nāma. ‘‘Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo’’ti (mahāva. 114) evamādikā paṭikkhepasikkhāpadaṃ nāma. Khandhakesu paññattadukkaṭathullaccayāni paññattisikkhāpadaṃ nāma. ‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī naccaṃ vā gītaṃ vā vāditaṃ vā dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti (pāci. 834) iminā vuttena ‘‘yā pana bhikkhunī nacceyya vā gāyeyya vā vādeyya vā pācittiya’’nti evamādikaṃ yaṃ kiñci aṭṭhakathāya dissamānaṃ āpattijātaṃ, vinayakammaṃ vā avuttasiddhisikkhāpadaṃ nāma. Chabbidhampetaṃ chahi kāraṇehi uddesārahaṃ na hotīti anuddesasikkhāpadaṃ nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – pañcahi uddesehi yathāsambhavaṃ visabhāgattā thullaccayadubbhāsitānaṃ, sabhāgavatthukampi dukkaṭathullaccayadvayaṃ asabhāgāpattikattā, antarāpattipaññattisikkhāpadānaṃ nānāvatthukāpattikattā, paṭikkhepasikkhāpadānaṃ kesañci vinītavatthupaññattisikkhāpadānañca adassitāpattikattā, adassitavatthukattā bhedānuvattakathullaccayassa, adassitāpattivatthukattā avuttasiddhisikkhāpadānanti. Ettāvatā ‘‘duvidhaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ uddesānuddesabhedato’’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ samāsato pakāsitaṃ hoti.
这里,“未施设的学处”应知是就有诵出的学处而言。有些老师这样解释:“四波罗夷是世尊于证觉后第几年所制立?”等等,提出这样的问题。他们说,其中的第一波罗夷是世尊证觉后第五年,在毗舍离,冬季第一个月的第二半月第十日,日影为二又二分之一人高时,面朝东方,坐于十二位半比丘之中,以苏定那·迦兰陀子为因缘而制立。然而,这种说法并不合理,何以故?——显示巴利原文
Tattha apaññatte sikkhāpadeti sauddesasikkhāpadaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ekacce ācariyā evaṃ kira vaṇṇayanti ‘‘cattāro pārājikā kativassābhisambuddhena bhagavatā paññattātiādinā pucchaṃ katvā tesu paṭhamapārājiko vesāliyaṃ paññatto pañcavassābhisambuddhena hemantānaṃ paṭhame māse dutiye pakkhe dasame divase aḍḍhateyyaporisāya chāyāya puratthābhimukhena nisinnena aḍḍhaterasānaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ majjhe sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbha paññatto’’ti, taṃ na yujjati, kasmā? –
因为胜者在第十二年住于韦兰若;
且彼时僧团清净,故彼时尚无波罗夷。
长老舍利弗请求施设学处;
于彼时方得成立,彼时尚无重罪;
教诫巴帝摩卡,世尊何故于四年时;
世尊拒绝了那项要求,又完整地允许了(头陀行)。
显示巴利原文 Yasmā dvādasamaṃ vassaṃ, verañjāyaṃ vasi jino; Tasmiñca suddho saṅghoti, neva pārājikaṃ tadā. Therassa sāriputtassa, sikkhāpaññattiyācanā; Tasmiṃ siddhāti siddhāva, garukāpatti no tadā. Ovādapātimokkhañca, kiṃ satthā catuvassiko; Paṭikkhipi kimāṇañca, samattaṃ anujāni so. Ajātasattuṃ nissāya, saṅghabhedamakāsi yaṃ; Devadatto tato saṅgha-bhedo pacchimabodhiyaṃ. Ārādhayiṃsu maṃ pubbe, bhikkhūti munibhāsitaṃ; Suttameva pamāṇaṃ no, sova kālo anappakoti.
然而,所谓“世尊未见违犯,故未制立波罗夷或桑喀地谢沙”,这是就所有学处而言。并非仅指有诵出的学处而已,因此,这说的是包含有诵出与无诵出的安立差别的全部波罗夷。虽然即使未触摸肚脐也算作身触,但此处为了特别限定,且因没有欲贪的意趣,所以分别宣说。因为此处唯独以怀有欲贪染污者的身触为意趣。然而,在不净饮中,以象女或苦行者的尿作为饮用,会令人毛竖,应说明此毛竖之事。据说,这正是关于触摸曼达比亚肚脐之事。然而,在观察色相时,医师们说:显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘atha bhagavā ajjhācāraṃ apassanto pārājikaṃ vā saṅghādisesaṃ vā na paññapesī’’ti, taṃ sakalasikkhāpadaṃ sandhāyāha. Na kevalaṃ sauddesasikkhāpadamattaṃ, tena sauddesānuddesapaññattibhedaṃ sakalaṃ pārājikaṃ sandhāyāhāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiñcāpi nābhiparāmasanampi kāyasaṃsaggo, tathāpi etaṃ visesaniyamanato, acchandarāgādhippāyato ca visuṃ vuttaṃ. Chandarāgarattasseva hi kāyasaṃsaggo idhādhippeto. Asucipāne pana hatthiniyā tāpasapassāvapānena vālakābyo nāma uppajjati, vālakābyassa vatthu vattabbaṃ. Maṇḍabyassa nābhiyā parāmasaneneva kira. Rūpadassane pana vejjakā āhu –
女人之展示,下体精液有时动摇而泄;
彼行淫欲法,二者会合一处;
由此理趣,可推知‘胎藏等’之情形——即女人因见男人而如此。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Thīnaṃ sandassanā sukkaṃ, kadāci calitovare; Taṃ gāmadhammakaraṇaṃ, dvayasamaṃ saṅgamiya; Gabbhādīti ayaṃ nayo, thīnaṃ purisadassanāsītyūpaneyya’’.
对此,他们又说:显示巴利原文
Tathāpyāhu –
在清净的花丛间,见那男子与女子;
引出胎儿,故称之为“咖索”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pupphike edhiyya suddhe, passaṃ narañca itthi taṃ; Gabbhañca nayetyutta-miti tasmā kāso itī’’ti.
“王难”云者,锡兰岛上曾有一位妇女如此发生,故说此言。纵令音声上达梵天世界,彼亦非常人之境界,犹如色身不在其境一般。是故,比丘们问道:“贤友苏定那,你是否于梵行不喜乐?”显示巴利原文
Rājorodho viyāti sīhaḷadīpe ekissā itthiyā tathā ahosi, tasmā kira evaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi, na taṃ manussānaṃ visayo ahosi tesaṃ rūpaṃ viya. Teneva bhikkhū pucchiṃsu ‘‘kacci no tvaṃ āvuso sudinna anabhirato’’ti.
39 “诤”者,嗔也;其教令为“诤之教令”,即争吵。“村法”者,此中意指地方之法、地方居民之成就。“自”者,指心与身。“不系于经”者,指未见于律藏之经,亦未见于经藏与阿毗达摩藏,即脱离巴利圣典之意。“花鬘”者,乃就种种功德而言。“宝串”者,乃就义利成就而言。其意在于拒绝,如同跋德利一般。词、词源、文句,唯是名称、异名,如“名、名目、名号、词源”等(《法集论》1315)中所说。无余离戒,名为学处。于不善分中,戒坏名为思;于善分中,亦就思之门,于《分别论》中称为“学处”。“为僧团妥善”者,此处,制定世间罪过时,因过患明显而令僧团妥善;制定制戒罪过时,因功德明显而令僧团舒适。其中,以第一者调伏难调者,以第二者令持净戒者安隐而住。以第一者遮止来世之漏,以第二者遮止现世之漏。同样,以第一者令未净信者生信,以第二者令已净信者增长。因有言“曾积功德者受策励,堪能之善男子……”,故云:“苏定那消除其追悔后,证得阿罗汉果,因此出家方被允许。”此说应加审察。同样应知:以第一者令正法久住,以第二者令律得护持。显示巴利原文
39.Kalīti kodho, tassa sāsanaṃ kalisāsanaṃ, kalaho. Gāmadhammanti ettha janapadadhammaṃ janapadavāsīnaṃ siddhiṃ. Attāti cittaṃ, sarīrañca. Asuttantavinibaddhanti vinayasutte anāgataṃ, suttābhidhammesupi anāgataṃ, pāḷivinimuttanti attho. Kusumamālanti nānāguṇaṃ sandhāyāha. Ratanadāmanti atthasampattiṃ sandhāya vadati. Paṭikkhipanādhippāyā bhaddāli viya. Padaniruttibyañjanāni nāmavevacanāneva ‘‘nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ niruttī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1315) viya. Nippariyāyena virati sikkhāpadaṃ nāma. Akusalapakkhe dussīlyaṃ nāma cetanā. Kusalapakkhepi cetanāpariyāyato vibhaṅge ‘‘sikkhāpada’’nti vuttaṃ. Saṅghasuṭṭhutāyāti ettha lokavajjassa paññāpane saṅghasuṭṭhutā hoti pākaṭādīnavato. Paññattivajjassa paññāpane saṅghaphāsutā hoti pākaṭānisaṃsattā. Tattha paṭhamena dummaṅkūnaṃ niggaho, dutiyena pesalānaṃ phāsuvihāro. Paṭhamena samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighāto, dutiyena diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ. Tathā paṭhamena appasannānaṃ pasādo, dutiyena pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvo. ‘‘Pubbe katapuññatāya codiyamānassa bhabbakulaputtassā’’ti vuttattā ‘‘sudinno taṃ kukkuccaṃ vinodetvā arahattaṃ sacchākāsi, teneva pabbajjā anuññātā’’ti vadanti, upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Tathā paṭhamena saddhammaṭṭhiti, dutiyena vinayānuggaho hotīti veditabbo.
复次,此中,于事犯中,若纯属不善性者,彼为令僧团妥善而制,是为世间罪过;若唯在知晓制戒时方成违犯,而非余时,彼为令正法久住、或为生信增慧而与说法相关者,其余及众学法,此即名为世间罪过。若于事上或依制戒,虽无违犯之思,然若行所禁止之事,或不为所应作之事,凡有违犯之可能者,除饮酒外,一切皆应知为制戒罪过。客比丘义务、住寺比丘义务、将行比丘义务、随喜义务、食堂义务、乞食比丘义务、阿兰若比丘义务、住所义务、温室义务、厕所义务、弟子义务、和尚义务、门徒义务、阿阇梨义务——这些依未摄而摄之理,计为十四,然广说则有八十二大义务。以七犯聚而作防护,是为防护律,即所制学处。于此,应知配合:制戒律为令寂止律成就,寂止律为令防护律成就,防护律为令断除律成就。凡令僧团妥善者,即是令僧团舒适。此似说为一事,实为显示:若有僧团妥善,则僧团将得舒适。“于此中,彼彼名为利益差别之义被造作”,故利益处被称为“论”。于十处,各以一处为根本,十次配合而说百句。其中,依最后句故有百义,依最初句故有百法,依释义之词源故有百词源,依法体之词源故有百词源,如是二者。显示巴利原文
Apicettha vatthuvītikkame yattha ekantākusalabhāvena, taṃ saṅghasuṭṭhubhāvāya paññattaṃ lokavajjato, yattha paññattijānane eva atthāpatti, na aññadā, taṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā vāpi pasāduppādabuddhiyā dhammadesanāpaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, itarañca sekhiyaṃ, idaṃ lokavajjaṃ nāma. Vatthuno paññattiyā vā vītikkamacetanāyābhāvepi paṭikkhittassa karaṇe, kattabbassa akaraṇe vā sati yattha āpattippasaṅgo, taṃ sabbaṃ ṭhapetvā surāpānaṃ paṇṇattivajjanti veditabbaṃ. Āgantukavattaṃ, āvāsika, gamika, anumodana, bhattagga, piṇḍacārika, āraññaka, senāsana , jantāghara, vaccakuṭi, saddhivihārika, upajjhāya, antevāsika, ācariyavattanti etāni aggahitaggahaṇanayena gaṇiyamānāni cuddasa, etāni pana vitthārato dveasīti mahāvattāni nāma honti. Sattahi āpattikkhandhehi saṃvaro saṃvaravinayo paññattisikkhāpadameva. Tattha paññattivinayo samathavinayatthāya samathavinayo saṃvaravinayatthāya saṃvaravinayo pahānavinayatthāyāti yojanā veditabbā. Yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu, taṃ saṅghaphāsūti ekamiva vuttaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sati saṅghaphāsu bhavissatīti dīpanatthaṃ. Pakarīyanti ettha te te payojanavisesasaṅkhātā atthavasāti atthavasaṃ ‘‘pakaraṇa’’nti vuccati. Dasasu padesu ekekaṃ mūlaṃ katvā dasakkhattuṃ yojanāya padasataṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha pacchimassa padassa vasena atthasataṃ purimassa vasena dhammasataṃ atthajotikānaṃ niruttīnaṃ vasena niruttisataṃ, dhammabhūtānaṃ niruttīnaṃ vasena niruttisatanti dve niruttisatāni, atthasate ñāṇasataṃ, dhammasate ñāṇasataṃ dvīsu niruttisatesu dve ñāṇasatānīti cattāri ñāṇasatāni veditabbāni. Ettha saṅghasuṭṭhutāti dhammasaṅghassa suṭṭhubhāvoti attho. ‘‘Atthapadānīti aṭṭhakathā. Dhammapadānīti pāḷī’’ti vuttaṃ kira.
“淫欲法”——此名由多分方式而得:以自身结合或他身结合,将自身根门纳入自身道或他道,或将他人根门纳入自身道,在进入、已入、停留、拔出四者之中,若以受用其中任何一种方式而行,便犯巴拉基咖,不共住。然而,有人主张:“进入等四种或三种……”又有人主张:“……两种或一种,若受用之,即犯巴拉基咖。经中曾说‘若他受用进入、已入、停留、拔出,犯巴拉基咖罪’等(巴拉基咖·59)。”依此见解,四事各各皆犯巴拉基咖罪,于四事中犯四罪。他们又说:“淫欲法巴拉基咖罪,由淫欲法巴拉基咖罪所属之分而犯。”又说:“一人于自身违犯,犯巴拉基咖罪及桑喀地谢萨罪;舍戒后,在在家位犯淫欲等巴拉基咖,再出家达上,补行一次或多次桑喀地谢萨,此人由此方得无罪。因此,在家时有罪者,虽于最后事亦有出罪之道。然而,由于出罪不能以忏悔而得清净,故不说‘一一行为犯巴拉基咖罪’,因为没有计数的必要。虽未如此说,但在词分析中,借由‘犯巴拉基咖罪’之语,此义已然成立。”他们亦提出合理性论证。若依此说,在总纲中亦应说:“若有比丘受用淫欲法,即犯巴拉基咖”,且巴拉基咖显示巴利原文
Methunaṃ dhammanti evaṃ bahulanayena laddhanāmakaṃ sakasampayogena, parasampayogena vā attano nimittassa sakamagge vā paramagge vā paranimittassa sakamagge eva pavesapaviṭṭhaṭhituddharaṇesu yaṃ kiñci ekaṃ paṭisādiyanavasena seveyya pārājiko hoti asaṃvāsoti. Keci pana ‘‘pavesādīni cattāri vā tīṇi vā dve vā ekaṃ vā paṭiseveyya, pārājiko hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati, paviṭṭhaṃ, ṭhitaṃ, uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’tiādī’’ti (pārā. 59) vadanti, tesaṃ matena catūsupi catasso pārājikāpattiyo āpajjati. Teyeva evaṃ vadanti ‘‘āpajjatu methunadhammapārājikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā tabbhāgiyā’’ti, ‘‘attano vītikkame pārājikāpattiṃ, saṅghādisesāpattiñca āpajjitvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya gahaṭṭhakāle methunādipārājikaṃ āpajjitvā puna pabbajitvā upasampajjitvā ekaṃ saṅghādisesāpattiṃ ekamanekaṃ vā paṭikaritvāva so puggalo yasmā nirāpattiko hoti, tasmā so gahaṭṭhakāle sāpattikovāti antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannassāpi attheva āpattivuṭṭhānaṃ. Vuṭṭhānadesanāhi pana asujjhanato ‘payoge payoge āpatti pārājikassā’ti na vuttaṃ gaṇanapayojanābhāvato. Kiñcāpi na vuttaṃ, atha kho padabhājane ‘āpatti pārājikassā’ti vacanenāyamattho siddho’’ti yuttiñca vadanti. Yadi evaṃ mātikāyampi ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya pārājika’’nti vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, pārājikassa anavasesavacanampi na yujjeyya. Sabbepi hi āpattikkhandhe bhikkhugaṇanañca anavasesetvā tiṭṭhatīti anavasesavacananti katvā paveseva āpatti, na paviṭṭhādīsu, tamevekaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yassa siyā āpattī’’ti pārājikāpattimpi anto katvā nidānuddese vacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tasmā mātikāyaṃ ‘‘pārājika’’nti avatvā ‘‘pārājiko hotī’’ti puggalaniddesavacanaṃ tena sarīrabandhanena upasampadāya abhabbabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. ‘‘Āpatti pārājikassā’’ti padabhājane vacanaṃ antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannassāpi pārājikassa asaṃvāsassa sato puggalassa atheyyasaṃvāsakabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Na hi so saṃvāsaṃ sādiyantopi theyyasaṃvāsako hoti, tasmā ‘‘upasampanno bhikkhu’’tveva vuccati. Tenevāha ‘‘asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassā’’ti (pārā. 389). Anupasampannassa tadabhāvato siddho so ‘‘upasampanno bhikkhu’’tveva vuccatīti. Tena padasodhammaṃ sahaseyyañca na janeti, bhikkhupesuññādiñca janetīti veditabbaṃ. Bhikkhunīnaṃ saṅghādisesesu pana bhikkhusaṅghādisesato vuṭṭhānavidhivisesadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ayampi bhikkhunī…pe… āpannā’’ti (pāci. 679) puggalaniddesaṃ katvāpi pārājikato adhippāyantaradassanatthaṃ ‘‘nissāraṇīyaṃ saṅghādisesa’’nti (pāci. 679) āpattināmaggahaṇañca kataṃ. Ettāvatā sapuggalaniddese dassitādassitāpattidukaṃ vitthāritaṃ hoti. Apuggalaniddesesu sekhiyesu āpattiyā dassanakāraṇaṃ sekhiyānaṃ aṭṭhakathāyameva vuttaṃ. Tadabhāvato itaresu āpattidassanaṃ kataṃ. Apuggalaniddesesupi dassitādassitāpattidukañca vitthāritaṃ hotīti.
母猴事缘说解释显示巴利原文
Makkaṭīvatthukathāvaṇṇanā
40-1 在第二番制定中,如“此处末罗人战斗”等句所示,“受用”一词以现在时表述,是依多分受用而说;而“且那是对女人,而非对畜生”一语,其义理虽已圆满,但他是为了执持自宗邪解,或为留有余地而这样说。为了决定义理已然圆满,故说:“贤友,那不正是如此吗?”正因如此,母猴事缘被摄入附随事缘中,因为并无差别;瓦基子事缘也是如此。然而,对此的审察将在第三番制定中显明。“贤友,世尊不是以多种方式……”等语,并非仅凭有总说的学处而成立,而是为了显示:即使依无总说的学处,“对畜生等亦犯巴拉基咖”也是成立的。又或者,如果认为有总说的学处之制定是留有余地,那么此语便是为了显示:依此无总说的学处,何故不成立?“诸比丘,我将为比丘们制定学处”之意为:即将那学处,也就是初番制定本身,为留有余地者去除余地,作重复之义而制定。否则,便会如同“对诡辩者、恼乱者犯巴吉帝亚”等(巴吉帝亚·101)那样,以二事缘而犯二罪,而此处不犯;其意趣是:此义已由其他言辞善为阐明,为令更明了,而作更坚固之说。第三番制定及其他处,也是如此清淨。显示巴利原文
40-1. Dutiyapaññattiyaṃ ‘‘idha mallā yujjhantī’’tiādīsu viya paṭisevatīti vattamānavacanaṃ pacurapaṭisevanavasena vuttaṃ, ‘‘tañca kho manussitthiyā, no tiracchānagatāyā’’ti paripuṇṇatthampi paṭhamaṃ paññattiṃ attano micchāgāhena vā lesaoḍḍanatthāya vā evamāha. Paripuṇṇatthataṃyeva niyametuṃ ‘‘nanu āvuso tatheva taṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, teneva makkaṭīvatthu vinītavatthūsu pakkhittaṃ avisesattā, tathā vajjiputtakavatthu. Vicāraṇā panettha tatiyapaññattiyaṃ āvi bhavissati. ‘‘Nanu, āvuso, bhagavatā anekapariyāyenā’’tiādi na kevalaṃ sauddesasikkhāpadeneva siddhaṃ, ‘‘tiracchānagatādīsupi pārājika’’nti anuddesasikkhāpadenapi siddhanti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha vā yadi sauddesasikkhāpadaṃ sāvasesanti paññapesi, iminā anuddesasikkhāpadenāpi kiṃ na siddhanti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti tadeva sikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapaññattameva lesatthikānaṃ alesokāsaṃ katvā āmeḍitatthaṃ katvā paññapessāmīti attho. Aññathā ‘‘aññavādake vihesake pācittiya’’ntiādīsu (pāci. 101) viya vatthudvayena āpattidvayaṃ āpajjati, na cāpajjati, so evattho aññenāpi vacanena suppakāsito, suparibyattakaraṇatthena daḷhataro katoti adhippāyo. Tatiyapaññattiyampi aññesu ca evaṃ visuddho.
然而,在“有心品”等词的结解中,首先说明的是:“有心品”是针对饮酒等“无心品”而说的。在有心品中,凡是纯粹由不善所生起者,以及两者,都称为世间过失。因为在饮酒中,知道“这是酒”或“不应饮用”而饮,纯是不善;同样地,比丘尼为了香气、颜色而涂抹,因无过失,故为“无需审察”——以上所说,仅此而已。其中,“不应饮用”一词与“知道”一词并不相符,因为这会导致制戒过失也变成世间过失。为了遮止这一不当推论,瓦基拉布迪长老在结解中说:“在此,有心与无心的审察,只在於了知事境,而非了知制戒。若是了知制戒,则一切学处都应成为世间过失;然而并非一切学处皆是世间过失,因此只在于了知事境。”这是合理的。为什么?因为在应当学习的学处中,了知制戒本身才是量度,而非仅了知事境。然而,同处所说:“若有人将酒倒入熟睡者口中,若已入体,则犯;此处如同比丘尼在他人触摸其身从腋下至膝盖之间时,不移动身体而仅以心随顺,所说‘此乃行为’,因在多数情况下行为可以成立,此处亦然,彼时亦是行为。”此说未经充分审察,因为它未能证明其非纯粹不善。至于饮酒显示巴利原文
Yassa sacittakapakkhetiādimhi pana gaṇṭhipadanayo tāva paṭhamaṃ vuccati, sacittakapakkheti surāpānādiacittake sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sacittakesu pana yaṃ ekantamakusaleneva samuṭṭhāpitañca. Ubhayaṃ lokavajjaṃ nāma. Surāpānasmiñhi ‘‘surā’’ti vā ‘‘pātuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vā jānitvā pivane akusalameva, tathā bhikkhunīnaṃ gandhavaṇṇakatthāya lepane, bhesajjatthāya lepane adosattā ‘‘avicāraṇīya’’nti ettakaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha na vaṭṭatīti ‘‘jānitvā’’ti vuttavacanaṃ na yujjati paṇṇattivajjassāpi lokavajjabhāvappasaṅgato. Imaṃ aniṭṭhappasaṅgaṃ pariharitukāmatāya vajirabuddhittherassa gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ ‘‘idha sacittakanti ca acittakanti ca vicāraṇā vatthuvijānaneyeva hoti, na paññattivijānane. Yadi paññattivijānane hoti, sabbasikkhāpadāni lokavajjāneva siyuṃ, na ca sabbasikkhāpadāni lokavajjāni , tasmā vatthuvijānaneyeva hotī’’ti, idaṃ yujjati. Kasmā? Yasmā sekhiyesu paññattijānanameva pamāṇaṃ, na vatthumattajānananti, yaṃ pana tattheva vuttaṃ ‘‘pasuttassa mukhe koci suraṃ pakkhipeyya, anto ce paviseyya, āpatti, tattha yathā bhikkhuniyā adhakkhakaṃ ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ parassa āmasanādikāle kāyaṃ acāletvā citteneva sādiyantiyā āpatti ‘kiriyāva hotī’ti vuttā yebhuyyena kiriyasambhavato, tathā ayampi tadā kiriyāva hotī’’ti, taṃ suvicāritaṃ anekantākusalabhāvasādhanato. Surāpānāpattiyā ekantākusalatā pana majjasaññinopi sakiṃ payogena pivato hotīti katvā vuttā.
此处义为:依学处所摄之犯戒而说,凡属有心学处而其心纯是不善者,即为世间过失。至于有心与无心所摄的无心品类,若就有心品类而言,其心亦纯是不善的,如饮酒等,亦属世间过失——将此义总括为「凡于有心品类中心纯是不善者,即是世间过失」而说。其中说「有心品类」,是对应无心品类而言,因为对于纯粹有心者,再以有心品类加以限定,并无实际意义。然则,就制戒过失而言:若从了知制戒之心来看,在有心品类中心纯是不善;若从了知事境之心来看,在有心品类中其心可能是善、不善或无记,因此不可说「其有心品类之心纯是不善」,故说其余为制戒过失。又因慢心不成违犯,梦中则无效力,所以梦中虽有违犯之影,亦以无效力故如此说。之所以立此说,是为了强化坚固业与松弛业的目的;既然如此,在论及外缘因缘之处所说「强化坚固业与松弛业之目的,是就多数情况而言」等,当知是极为恰当的。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha attho – sikkhāpadasīsena āpattiṃ gahetvā yassa sikkhāpadassa sacittakassa cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajjaṃ. Sacittakācittakasaṅkhātassa acittakassa ca sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, tampi surāpānādi lokavajjanti imamatthaṃ sampiṇḍetvā ‘‘yassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, taṃ lokavajja’’nti vuttaṃ. Sacittakapakkheti hi idaṃ vacanaṃ acittakaṃ sandhāyāha. Na hi ekaṃsato sacittakassa sacittakapakkheti visesane payojanaṃ atthi. Yasmā panettha paṇṇattivajjassa paññattijānanacittena sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva, vatthujānanacittena sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ siyā kusalaṃ siyā akusalaṃ siyā abyākataṃ, tasmā ‘‘tassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalamevā’’ti na vuccatīti ‘‘sesaṃ paṇṇattivajja’’nti vuttaṃ. Adhimāne vītikkamābhāvā, supinante abbohārikattā supinante vijjamānāpi vītikkamachāyā abbohārikabhāvenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Idaṃ pana vacanaṃ daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanattā ca vuttaṃ, tena yaṃ vuttaṃ bāhiranidānakathādhikāre ‘‘daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanāti yebhuyyatāya vutta’’ntiādi, taṃ suvuttamevāti veditabbaṃ.
瓦基子事注释显示巴利原文
Vajjiputtakavatthuvaṇṇanā
43-4 43-4. 住在韦提等国的韦提人,他们的儿子(即韦提子)。「随意」即是「随其意愿」的意思。此处所说的「不舍学处、不表露软弱」,只有在制定了舍学处及在同一事上表露软弱的规定时,才适用;否则并不适用。尽管如此,这也是就现在应当制定的规定而说的。正如「六群比丘将持有多余坐具」(波罗夷459)、「阿罗婆比丘建造无度量之房」(波罗夷342)、「比丘尼未于二年中于六法受训而度学法女」(波逸提1077)、「僧团未作差派而度」等(波逸提1084),应如是看待。因为在制定规定之先,并未允许如此舍弃与分别。若没有这样的规定,就只会说「多余的坐具」;若没有限度的规定,就只会说「无度量」,应当如此来理解此义。以「尊者!愿僧团出于悲悯而拔济我」(大品71,126)乞求具足戒后,受戒者紧接着若想接受「受戒比丘不应行淫,非释子」的规定(大品129)而成为非沙门等,难道不应先舍弃已接受的学处,并在那里表露软弱吗?然而,此处他们「不舍学处、不表露软弱而行淫」,应理解为是为了给尚未制定的规定制造依据而说的。「他来后不应授予具足戒」虽只在此说到,但在其余波罗夷中也应随其所应而了知。显示巴利原文
43-4. Vajjīsu janapadesu vasantā vajjino nāma, tesaṃ puttā. Yāvadatthanti yāvatā attho adhippāyoti vuttaṃ hoti, tattha yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃanāvikatvā’’ti, taṃ kāmaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhāne, tadekaṭṭhe ca dubbalyāvikaraṇe paññatte sati yujjati, na aññathā. Tathāpi idāni paññapetabbaṃ upādāya vuttaṃ, kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressanti (pārā. 459), āḷavakā bhikkhū kuṭiyo kārāpenti appamāṇikāyo (pārā. 342), bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti (pāci. 1077), saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpentītiādi (pāci. 1084) viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi tato pubbe adhiṭṭhānaṃ vikappanaṃ vā anuññātaṃ. Yadabhāvā atirekacīvaranti vadeyya, pamāṇaṃ vā na paññattaṃ, yadabhāvā appamāṇikāyoti vadeyya, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti (mahāva. 71, 126) upasampadaṃ yācitvā upasampannena upasampannasamanantarameva ‘‘upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, asakyaputtiyo’’ti (mahāva. 129) ca paññattena assamaṇādibhāvaṃ upagantukāmena nanu paṭhamaṃ ajjhupagatā sikkhā paccakkhātabbā, tattha dubbalyaṃ vā āvikātabbaṃ siyā, te pana ‘‘sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsū’’ti anupaññattiyā okāsakaraṇatthaṃ vā taṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘So āgato na upasampādetabbo’’ti kiñcāpi ettheva vuttaṃ, tathāpi itaresupi pārājikesu yathāsambhavaṃ veditabbaṃ. Na hi sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā yo pārājikavatthuṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyati, manussaviggahaṃ vā jīvitā voropeti, paṭivijānantassa uttarimanussadhammaṃ vā ullapati, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. Anupaññatti hi daḷhīkammasithilakammakaraṇappayojanā. Sā hi yassa pārājikaṃ hoti aññā vā āpatti, tassa niyamadassanappayojanātilakkhaṇānupaññattikattā. Evañhi ante avatvā ādimhi vuttā ‘‘gāmā vā araññā vā’’ti (pārā. 91) anupaññatti viya. Paripuṇṇe panetasmiṃ sikkhāpade –
由因缘而生起的本母分类,及决定其义的分别;
由此而有罪的区分;无罪则与此不同。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nidānā mātikābhedo, vibhaṅgo taṃniyāmako; Tato āpattiyā bhedo, anāpatti tadaññathā’’ti. –
此理趣应如此理解。其中,苏定那事、母猴事、瓦基子事——这三种事构成了此学处的因缘。由此因缘,而产生了“若有比丘,具足比丘之学与活命……乃至……不共住”这一本母的区分。在此本母中,由于以“乃至畜生”的女性语法进行表述,有人可能会像母猴巴拉基咖那样寻找漏洞,说:“确实,友,世尊虽然制定了学处,但那仅是针对女性,并非针对男性、般哒咖或两性人。”因此,为了显示此类情形无有漏洞可寻,而作此说。以称为“母猴事”的因缘,说“乃至畜生亦然”这一本母之分,并非只是为了说明唯与女性行淫才构成罪;因此进行了分别——其制定,是为了规定该本母所指向的含义。在分别中,通过“三种女性、三种两性人、三种般哒咖、三种男性、人女之三道……乃至畜生男之二道”等方式,封闭了一切可能的漏洞而作出规定。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ nayo veditabbo. Tattha sudinnavatthu makkaṭivatthu vajjiputtakavatthu cāti tippabhedaṃ vatthu imassa sikkhāpadassa nidānaṃ nāma, tato nidānā ‘‘yo pana, bhikkhu, bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno…pe… asaṃvāso’’ti imissā mātikāya bhedo jāto. Tattha hi ‘‘antamaso tiracchānagatāyā’’ti itthiliṅgavacanena ‘‘saccaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tañca kho itthiyā no purise no paṇḍake no ubhatobyañjanake cā’’ti makkaṭipārājiko viya aññopi lesaṃ oḍḍetuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tādisassa alesokāsassa dassanatthaṃ idaṃ vuccati. Makkaṭivatthusaṅkhātā nidānā ‘‘antamaso tiracchānagatāyapī’’ti mātikāvacanabhedo na itthiyā eva methunasiddhidassanato kato, tasmā vibhaṅgo taṃniyāmako tassā mātikāya adhippetatthaniyāmako vibhaṅgo. Vibhaṅge hi ‘‘tisso itthiyo. Tayo ubhatobyañjanakā. Tayo paṇḍakā. Tayo purisā. Manussitthiyā tayo magge…pe… tiracchānagatapurisassa dve magge’’tiādinā (pārā. 56) nayena sabbalesokāsaṃ pidahitvā niyamo kato.
于此有问:若如此,则无论是基于共通的学处,还是基于形相的转变,不只是对比丘,对比丘尼而言,在分别中也应当说“具足学与活命”。若不作此说,则一位比丘尼因显现男性形相而住于比丘身份时,她可能如此主张:“我在受具足戒时,并未具足比丘们的学与活命,因此,即便未舍弃学处,我也不因行淫法而成为巴拉基咖。”回答是:不应如此说,因为会引致不欲的结论。若对比丘尼也说“具足学与活命”,则随之而来便会导出比丘尼也有“舍弃学处”之事,而这是不欲的结论。另一个不欲的结论是:“一切学处皆为共通,并无不共通者。”此外,为了说明“此是比丘中具足学与活命者”,世尊才说:“诸比丘,我允许那同一戒师……”等等。而且,如此寻找漏洞而行淫法者,就如同瓦基子一样,成为巴拉基咖。因为,如果没有“比丘之具足学与活命者”这一表述,当世尊说“诸比丘,你们犯了巴拉基咖罪”时,其中由于说了“诸比丘”,可知有些人仍住于比丘形相;由于说了“阿难陀尊者,若我们现在还能于世尊座前出家、受具足戒”,可知有些人已还俗。由此而有罪的区分:即从该分别中,有“身体未被……”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – yadi evaṃ sādhāraṇasikkhāpadavasena vā liṅgaparivattanavasena vā na kevalaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, bhikkhunīnampi ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti vibhaṅge vattabbaṃ siyā. Tadavacanena bhikkhunī purisaliṅgapātubhāvena bhikkhubhāve ṭhitā evaṃ vadeyya ‘‘nāhaṃ upasampadakāle bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpannā, tasmā na appaccakkhātasikkhāpi methunadhammena pārājikā homī’’ti? Vuccate – tathā na vattabbaṃ aniṭṭhappasaṅgato. Bhikkhunīnampi ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti vutte bhikkhunīnampi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ atthīti āpajjati, tañcāniṭṭhaṃ. Idaṃ aparaṃ aniṭṭhappasaṅgoti ‘‘sabbasikkhāpadāni sādhāraṇāneva, nāsādhāraṇānī’’ti. Apicāyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpannovāti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, taṃyeva upajjha’’ntiādi (pārā. 69) vuttaṃ, apica yo tathā lesaṃ oḍḍetvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto vajjiputtakā viya pārājiko hoti. Te hi ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti vacanābhāve sati ‘‘āpattiṃ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājika’’nti vuttā bhagavatā. Ettha pana ‘‘bhikkhave’’ti vuttattā keci bhikkhuliṅge ṭhitā, ‘‘idāni cepi mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, labheyyāma bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyāma upasampada’’nti vuttattā keci vibbhantāti veditabbā. Tato āpattiyā bhedoti tato vibhaṅgato ‘‘akkhāyite sarīre pārājikaṃ, yebhuyyena khāyite thullaccaya’’ntiādi āpattiyā bhedo hoti. Anāpatti tadaññathāti tato eva vibhaṅgato yenākārena āpatti vuttā, tato aññenākārena anāpattibhedova hoti. ‘‘Sādiyati āpatti pārājikassa, na sādiyati anāpattī’’ti hi vibhaṅge asati na paññāyati. Ettāvatā samāsato gāthāttho vutto hoti. Ettha ca pana –
因缘与本母的分类,及分别的作用;
无罪的分类,以及第一无用途之说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nidānamātikābhedo, vibhaṅgassa payojanaṃ; Anāpattipakāro ca, paṭhamo nippayojano’’ti. –
阐明了这个道理之后,应当阐明一切学处的含义。如何阐明呢?世尊以某种方式制定某学处,该方式的因缘有具足与不具足两种,这是因缘的分类。本母也有依因缘与不依因缘两类。其中,第四波罗夷等学处是依因缘的。因为瓦咕慕达河边的比丘们,并非自己将不存在的过人法作为妄语的特征来宣称;他们是互相向在家人称赞对方具足过人法,仅此并不构成波罗夷事。在此,世尊以此为借口,以此事为因缘而制定了波罗夷,故称为“依因缘”。依此道理,了知依因缘的学处之后,与之相反的学处,应知是不依因缘者,这便是本母的分类。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ nayaṃ dassetvāva sabbasikkhāpadānaṃ attho pakāsitabbo. Kathaṃ? Bhagavatā pana yenākārena yaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpitaṃ, tassa ākārassa samatthaṃ vā asamatthaṃ vāti duvidhaṃ nidānaṃ, ayaṃ nidānabhedo. Mātikāpi nidānāpekkhā nidānānapekkhāti duvidhā. Tattha catutthapārājikādisikkhāpadāni nidānāpekkhāni. Na hi vaggumudātīriyā bhikkhū sayameva attano attano asantaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ musāvādalakkhaṇaṃ pāpetvā bhāsiṃsu. Aññamaññassa hi te uttarimanussadhammassa gihīnaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu, na ca tāvatā pārājikavatthu hoti. Tattha tena lesena bhagavā taṃ vatthuṃ nidānaṃ katvā pārājikaṃ paññapesi, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nidānāpekkha’’nti. Iminā nayena nidānāpekkhāni ñatvā tabbiparītāni sikkhāpadāni nidānānapekkhānīti veditabbāni, ayaṃ mātikābhedo.
为显示种种根本犯、充分事缘、加行与心决定之不同,从而阐明对根本母作分别的性质;又为事缘不充分或缺失其中某要素而有违犯时,显示罪之差别;及无这些时显示无罪──应知正是依此三种义理,于一切处对根本母展开分别,此即分别。然则,在此处,诸如“因乞食故为比丘,因已受持乞食行故为比丘,因着割截衣故为比丘”等,仅是为了阐明字面意义而说;或如“因称呼故为比丘”,不顾比丘性的生起,只为显示“比丘”一词的用法而说;又如“善来比丘故为比丘,以三皈依受具足戒故为比丘,以白四甘马受具足戒故为比丘”,为显示即使不经中间受戒亦成就比丘性而说;再如“贤善比丘、坚实比丘、有学比丘、无学比丘”,为显示具备成比丘之法者而说──这些分别因是共通的普遍用词,皆被略去。同样,在其他分学处等中,以有门、无门方式,或以见诤事等方式所说的分别,亦因与此处无关而被略去。应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Nānappakārato mūlāpattippahonakavatthupayogacittaniyāmadassanavasena mātikāya vibhajanabhāvadīpanatthaṃ tesaṃ appahonakatāya vā tadaññataravekallatāya vā vītikkame sati āpattibhedadassanatthaṃ, asati anāpattidassanatthañcāti sabbattha tayo atthavase paṭicca mātikāya vibhajanaṃ vibhaṅgo ārabhīyatīti veditabbo. Ettha pana ‘‘bhikkhakoti bhikkhu, bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu, bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhū’’ti kevalaṃ byañjanatthadīpanavasena pavatto vā, ‘‘samaññāya bhikkhū’’ti bhikkhubhāvasambhavaṃ anapekkhitvāpi kevalaṃ bhikkhu nāma pavattiṭṭhānadīpanavasena pavatto vā, ‘‘ehi bhikkhūti bhikkhu, saraṇagamanehi upasampannoti bhikkhu, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampannoti bhikkhū’’ti upasampadānantarenāpi bhikkhubhāvasiddhidīpanavasena pavatto vā, ‘‘bhadro bhikkhu, sāro bhikkhu, sekkho bhikkhu, asekkho bhikkhū’’ti bhikkhukaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatabhikkhudīpanavasena pavatto vā vibhaṅgo ajjhupekkhito sabbasāmaññapadattā, tathā aññabhāgiyasikkhāpadādīsu sadvāravasena, adhikaraṇadassanādivasena pavatto ca ajjhupekkhito itarattha tadabhāvatoti veditabbo.
其中,“三种女人”等,为显示对象的限定而说;“与人类女人于三道行淫法者,犯波罗夷”等,为显示加行的限定而说;“比丘生起受用之心”等,为显示心的限定而说;“若同意,犯波罗夷;若不同意,无犯”等,为在对象与加行的限定存在时,依心的限定有无而显示有犯与无犯而说;“死者,若大部分已被啃食,犯偷兰遮”等,为在对象不具足时显示犯戒差别而说;“不同意则无犯”,是因心的限定缺失而无违犯,故为显示无犯而说。如是,在其余学处中,随其所应,此理亦是分别的目的所在。显示巴利原文
Tattha tisso itthiyotiādi vatthuniyamadassanavasena pavatto, manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa āpatti pārājikassātiādi payoganiyamadassanavasena pavatto, bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhitetiādi cittaniyamadassanavasena pavatto, sādiyati āpatti pārājikassa, na sādiyati anāpattītiādi vatthupayoganiyame sati cittaniyamabhāvābhāvavasena āpattānāpattidassanatthaṃ pavatto, mataṃ yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ āpatti thullaccayassātiādi vatthussa appahonakatāya vītikkame āpattibhedadassanatthaṃ pavatto, na sādiyati anāpattīti cittaniyamavekalyena vītikkamābhāvā anāpattidassanatthaṃ pavattoti. Evaṃ itaresupi sikkhāpadesu yathāsambhavanayo ayanti payojano vibhaṅgo.
然而,无犯品是从根本犯、从彼之某一部分、从一切犯中显示无犯,故有三种。其中,第一种如同分别,是依三种义理而展开。哪三种?为显示律藏条目中有义者与无义者,通过对其不同取舍而显明有目的与无目的之情形;为显示他们不同的行持次第;以及为在犯戒具足之处亦作开许。如何显示?在羊毛学处中:“若比丘行于途中,羊毛生起,彼若欲者可接受之”──这些仅是显示事相的文句,故称无义,于彼无犯。而“非行于途中,羊毛生起时无犯,若欲者接受之”等,依此理,通过对他们不同之取舍,显示了无目的之状态。而律藏条目中“行淫法者”──此是有义。为显示其有目的之情形,故说“不知者、不同意者无犯”。因为由知与同意而有犯,不行此事者无犯,故律藏条目中说“若比丘行淫法,是波罗夷,不共住”,此是意趣。为于“他人所护物、有他人所护物想、重物、盗心、取离”五支具足时,于饿鬼、畜生所护物等犯戒具足之处亦作开许,故说“于饿鬼所护物无犯”等。而“无犯:知此、施此、取此、以此作有益用、作此净施”等,则是为了显示他们行持之次第差异而说。应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Anāpattivāro pana mūlāpattito, tadaññekadesato, sabbāpattito ca anāpattidīpanavasena tividho. Tattha yo paṭhamo, so vibhaṅgo viya tayo atthavase paṭicca pavatto. Katame tayo? Mātikāpadānaṃ sātthakaniratthakānaṃ tadaññathā uddharaṇānuddharaṇavasena sappayojananippayojanabhāvadīpanatthaṃ, tadaññathā paṭipattikkamadassanatthaṃ, āpattippahonakaṭṭhānepi vissajjanatthañcāti. Kathaṃ? Eḷakalomasikkhāpade ‘‘bhikkhuno paneva addhānamaggappaṭipannassa eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyuṃ, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbānī’’ti (pārā. 572) etāni kevalaṃ vatthumattadīpanapadānīti niratthakāni nāma, tesaṃ anāpatti. ‘‘Addhānamaggaṃ appaṭipannassa uppanne eḷakalome anāpatti, ākaṅkhamānena paṭiggahite’’tiādinā nayena tadaññathā anuddharaṇena nippayojanabhāvo dīpito hoti, yadidaṃ mātikāyaṃ ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’ti, idaṃ sātthakaṃ. Tassa sappayojanabhāvadīpanatthaṃ ‘‘anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā jānanasādiyanabhāvena āpatti, asevantassa anāpatti, tasmā vuttaṃ mātikāyaṃ ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso’’ti adhippāyo. ‘‘Parapariggahitaṃ parapariggahitasaññitā garuparikkhāro theyyacittaṃ avaharaṇa’’nti vuttānaṃ pañcannampi aṅgānaṃ pāripūriyā petatiracchānagatapariggahite āpattippahonakaṭṭhānepi vissajjanatthaṃ ‘‘anāpatti petapariggahite’’tiādi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dutiyapārājikavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ. Anāpatti imaṃ jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohīti bhaṇatītiādi pana tadaññathā paṭipattikkamadassanatthaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ‘‘nidānamātikābhedo’’tiādinā vuttagāthāya attho pakāsito hoti.
在此,初制戒因超越初觉之后才制定,又因具寿善童出家八年后才制定,故是在他达到久知尊者之时制定的。第二随制戒,则是在他达到多闻尊者之时生起的。那位具寿猕猴波罗夷,如同在与女人相关的学处中不包含畜生女,在此处也是同样,由此生起这样的想法而说:‘贤友,世尊虽已制戒,但那仅是对人类女人,并非对畜生女。’第三随制戒,是在达到利养尊者之时生起的。那些瓦基子达到利养尊者之后,随意取食,沐浴后卧于胜妙床座,由此生起了第三随制戒之事缘。他们是于僧团达到广大尊者之时生起,且自身也成为广大尊者,故说‘此处也得广大尊者’。应知这第一条波罗夷学处,是根据三种乃至四种事缘,于彼时制定。显示巴利原文
Ettha paṭhamapaññatti tāva paṭhamabodhiṃ atikkamitvā paññattattā, āyasmato sudinnassa aṭṭhavassikakāle paññattattā ca rattaññumahattaṃ pattakāle paññattā. Dutiyaanupaññatti bāhusaccamahattaṃ pattakāle uppannā. So hāyasmā makkaṭipārājiko yathā mātugāmapaṭisaṃyuttesu sikkhāpadesu tiracchānagatitthī anadhippetā, tathā idhāpīti saññāya ‘‘saccaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tañca kho manussitthiyā, no tiracchānagatitthiyā’’ti āha. Tatiyānupaññatti lābhaggamahattaṃ pattakāle uppannā. Te hi vajjiputtakā lābhaggamahattaṃ pattā hutvā yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā nhāyitvā varasayanesu sayitvā tatiyānupaññattiyā vatthuṃ uppādesuṃ, te ca vepullamahattaṃ patte saṅghe uppannā, sayañca vepullamahattaṃ pattāti ‘‘vepullamahattampettha labbhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadaṃ tividhampi vatthuṃ upādāya catubbidhampi taṃ kālaṃ patvā paññattanti veditabbaṃ.
其中,‘若’是无余遍及之词。‘比丘’是遮止对彼过度判断之词。‘具足比丘之学与活命’是对彼的简别语。并非所有名为比丘者,都具足世尊为依任何方式达上的比丘们,以最低限度所制定的学,以及所谓‘于此共活’的活命,此二者。然何时为具足呢?不论知或不知,于依任何方式达上的同时,因已进入彼状态故,即名为具足。‘共活’者,只要尚未舍学,且未达到波罗夷的状态。然而,《安达卡义疏》中说:‘圆满学者为具足学,不违共活者为具足共活’,这是从最上层面说的。并非说不圆满学、多欲寻等者,或违犯某些有余共活者,就不名为具足学与活命。从最上层面可得四种:有比丘具足学,观察诸戒,然不具足共活,违犯无心的学处;有比丘不具足学,多欲寻等,然具足共活,无有违犯;有比丘既不具足学,亦不具足共活,犯无余犯;有比丘既具足学亦具足共活,圆满学且不违共活。此第四种比丘最为殊胜,于此应是所意。若非指最上者,难道世尊不应说吗?不然,因这与‘其中,此增上戒学,是于此义中所意指之学’的语句相违。若采取最上的意趣,则只能说‘学即三学’如此而已。因具足三学者,才是一切中最上者。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo panāti anavasesapariyādānapadaṃ. Bhikkhūti tassa atippasaṅganiyamapadaṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpannoti tassa visesanavacanaṃ. Na hi sabbopi bhikkhunāmako yā bhagavatā yāya kāyaci upasampadāya upasampannabhikkhūnaṃ heṭṭhimaparicchedena sikkhitabbasikkhā vihitā, ‘‘ettha saha jīvantī’’ti yo ca ājīvo vutto, taṃ ubhayaṃ samāpannova hoti. Kadā pana samāpanno ahosi? Yāya kāyaci upasampadāya upasampannasamanantarameva tadubhayaṃ jānantopi ajānantopi tadajjhupagatattā samāpanno nāma hoti. Saha jīvantīti yāva sikkhaṃ na paccakkhāti, pārājikabhāvañca na pāpuṇāti, yaṃ pana vuttaṃ andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sikkhaṃ paripūrento sikkhāsamāpanno sājīvaṃ avītikkamanto sājīvasamāpanno hotī’’ti, taṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Na hi sikkhaṃ aparipūrento kāmavitakkādibahulo vā ekaccaṃ sāvasesaṃ sājīvaṃ vītikkamanto vā sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno nāma na hoti. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena pana catukkaṃ labbhati atthi bhikkhu sikkhāsamāpanno sīlāni paccavekkhanto na sājīvasamāpanno acittakaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamanto, atthi na sikkhāsamāpanno kāmavitakkādibahulo sājīvasamāpanno nirāpattiko, atthi na sikkhāsamāpanno na ca sājīvasamāpanno anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, atthi sikkhāsamāpanno ca sājīvasamāpanno ca sikkhaṃ paripūrento sājīvañca avītikkamanto, ayameva catuttho bhikkhu ukkaṭṭho idha adhippeto siyā. Na hi bhagavā anukkaṭṭhaṃ vattuṃ yuttoti ce? Na, ‘‘tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā’’tivacanavirodhato. Ukkaṭṭhaggahaṇādhippāye sati ‘‘sikkhāti tisso sikkhā’’ti ettakameva vattabbanti adhippāyo. Sikkhattayasamāpanno hi sabbukkaṭṭhoti.
若认为因顾虑后面‘应行淫欲法’之语,而仅说增上戒学?并非如此,因他对此亦无能为力。因为圆满增上戒学且不违共住者,绝无可能行淫欲法;唯有不圆满彼学且违犯共住者,才会行淫欲法,这是意旨所在,故此处应如此理解其义。由于名为学处的共住,仅包含增上戒学,不包含其他增上心学或增上慧学,故说‘其中,此增上戒学即是于此义中所意指的学’。因此,共住是增上戒学的总摄,故称为‘学与共住’。如是,为了限定共住而采用了‘学’一词。在分别中,正是为了阐明此义,未触及‘学’而说‘于彼中学,故称为共住成就者’,由此表明此为同一义理句。而他从达上即刻起,因以学为增上,故称为‘学’及‘成就’。如此,对于已得‘学与共住成就者’之称者,依于如是缘,于后时不弃舍即称为共住的学,且不于其中显露羸弱而行淫欲法,此义方为合理。然而,这与注释书的方法相违。但彼方法并非应受排斥,故应随顺彼而行。显示巴利原文
‘‘Methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’ti parato vacanaṃ apekkhitvā adhisīlasikkhāva vuttāti ce? Na, tassāpi abhabbattā. Na hi adhisīlasikkhaṃ paripūrento sājīvañca avītikkamanto methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ bhabbo, taṃ sikkhaṃ aparipūrento sājīvañca vītikkamanto eva hi paṭiseveyyāti adhippāyo, tasmā evamettha attho gahetabbo. Yasmā sikkhāpadasaṅkhāto sājīvo adhisīlasikkhameva saṅgaṇhāti, netaraṃ adhicittasikkhaṃ adhipaññāsikkhaṃ vā, tasmā ‘‘tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā adhisīlasikkhāya saṅgāhako sājīvo sikkhāsājīvoti vutto. Iti sājīvavisesanatthaṃ sikkhāggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Tadatthadīpanatthameva vibhaṅge sikkhaṃ aparāmasitvā ‘‘tasmiṃ sikkhati, tena vuccati sājīvasamāpanno’’ti vuttaṃ , tena ekamevidaṃ atthapadanti dīpitaṃ hoti. Tañca upasampadūpagamanantarato paṭṭhāya sikkhanādhikārattā ‘‘sikkhatī’’ti ca ‘‘samāpanno’’ti ca vuccati. Yo evaṃ ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gato, tādisaṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca aparabhāge sājīvasaṅkhātameva sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya, tasmiṃyeva ca dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyāti ayamattho yujjati. Kintu aṭṭhakathānayo paṭikkhitto hoti. So ca na paṭikkhepārahoti tena tadanusārena bhavitabbaṃ.
然而,此处应寻求其意旨,今当说明:于一切学处中,此即比丘相的通相,即“成就比丘之学与共住者”。漏尽声闻亦犯无心罪,有学也是如此;凡夫则会犯有心罪。因此,有学、无学、凡夫比丘共通之比丘相,乃以“唯学成就者”“唯共住成就者”及“二者成就者”的自性、一分、余类之理,总摄为“成就学与共住者”,且由胜者之摄而成就劣者之摄,注释书中唯说胜者。为证成此义,在“于彼中学,故称为共住成就者”中,先作不提及学处的避简,然后说“因其亦成就非学,故于义上当知亦为学成就者”,并说“不舍弃所成就之学,且不于所成就之共住中显露羸弱”——应知这便是注释书之意趣。于此意趣中,当知唯取增上戒学,因其遍在,且律藏以戒为增上故。恰如受学处时称为受戒,同样,舍学处时亦可谓舍名为戒之学,故于彼处说“不舍弃所成就之学”。显示巴利原文
Adhippāyo panettha pariyesitabbo, so dāni vuccati – sabbesupi sikkhāpadesu idameva bhikkhulakkhaṇaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, yadidaṃ ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti. Khīṇāsavopi sāvako āpattiṃ āpajjati acittakaṃ, tathā sekkho. Puthujjano pana sacittakampi, tasmā sekkhāsekkhaputhujjanabhikkhūnaṃ sāmaññamidaṃ bhikkhulakkhaṇanti katvā kevalaṃ sikkhāsamāpanno, kevalaṃ sājīvasamāpanno ca ubhayasamāpanno cāti sarūpekadesekasesanayena ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamaāpanno’’tveva sampiṇḍetvā ukkaṭṭhaggahaṇena anukkaṭṭhānaṃ gahaṇasiddhito aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ukkaṭṭhova vutto. Tameva sampādetuṃ ‘‘tasmiṃ sikkhati, tena vuccati sājīvasamāpanno’’ti ettha sikkhāpadassa avacane parihāraṃ vatvā yasmā pana so asikkhampi samāpanno, tasmā sikkhāsamāpannotipi atthato veditabboti ca vatvā ‘‘yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno taṃ appaccakkhāya yañca sājīvaṃ samāpanno tattha dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti vuttanti ayamaṭṭhakathāyaṃ adhippāyo veditabbo. Etasmiṃ pana adhippāye adhisīlasikkhāya eva gahaṇaṃ sabbatthikattā, sīlādhikārato ca vinayassāti veditabbaṃ. Yathā ca sikkhāpadaṃ samādiyanto sīlaṃ samādiyatīti vuccati, evaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paccakkhanto sīlasaṅkhātaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhātīti vattuṃ yujjati, tasmā tattha vuttaṃ ‘‘yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno, taṃ appaccakkhāyā’’ti. Sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya paṭisevitamethunassa upasampadaṃ anujānanto na samūhanati nāma. Na hi so bhikkhu hutvā paṭisevi, ‘‘yo pana bhikkhū’’ti ca paññattaṃ. Ettāvatā samāsato ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamānno’’ti ettha vattabbaṃ vuttaṃ.
问:此简别语有何作用?难道不应仅说“若有比丘不舍学、不显露羸弱……非共住”即可?答:不应仅如此说,因会导致非所欲之过失。若有唯以名称、或唯以自称而为比丘者,如贼住者等,彼亦有舍学。不舍学而行淫欲法者,得巴拉基咖罪。或有人后犯巴拉基咖罪而非学与共住成就者,彼亦有此二者;或有人因属半边黄门、达至黄门状态而非学与共住成就者,彼亦有此二者,故成犯。“于黄门半边中,半边黄门非达上之基”已说,故于另一半边,为基则成立。于彼半边达上者,在黄门半边中因是黄门而非学与共住成就者,彼因无应舍之学,不舍学而以口取他人根器等行淫欲法,彼何来巴拉基咖罪?此是意旨。此理仅适用于未得非黄门半边者,若得者,则如无色界善心生者于等至刹那虽有有分断而非死,于黄门半边中亦有比丘性。若接受共住,则无贼住者性,如犯根本事者。亦不产生同宿等。然不成众足数,如犯根本事者,彼非学与共住成就者,于另一半边则是,此是彼之差别。问:此是有因还是无因?答:非无因。因达善于彼非黄门半边被允许,以其为有因结生故。问:于黄门半边为何不被允许?答:因已是黄门,如被阉割之黄门。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ iminā visesavacanena payojanaṃ, nanu ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā…pe… asaṃvāso’’ti ettakameva vattabbanti ce ? Na vattabbaṃ aniṭṭhappasaṅgato. Yo pana sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno theyyasaṃvāsādiko kevalena samaññāmattena, paṭiññāmattena vā bhikkhu, tassāpi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ atthi. Sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya ca methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa pārājikāpatti. Yo vā pacchā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno tassa ca, yo vā pakkhapaṇḍakattā paṇḍakabhāvūpagamanena na sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno tassa ca tadubhayaṃ atthīti āpajjati. ‘‘Paṇḍakabhāvapakkhe ca pakkhapaṇḍako upasampadāya na vatthū’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā itarasmiṃ pakkhe vatthūti siddhaṃ, tasmiṃ pakkhe upasampanno paṇḍakabhāvapakkhe paṇḍakattā na sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno, so pariccajitabbasikkhāya abhāvena sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya mukhena parassa aṅgajātaggahaṇādayo methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya, tassa kuto pārājikāpattīti adhippāyo. Ayaṃ nayo apaṇḍakapakkhaṃ alabhamānasseva parato yujjati, labhantassa pana arūpasattānaṃ kusalānaṃ samāpattikkhaṇe bhavaṅgavicchede satipi amaraṇaṃ viya paṇḍakabhāvapakkhepi bhikkhubhāvo atthi. Saṃvāsaṃ vā sādiyantassa na theyyasaṃvāsakabhāvo atthi antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannassa viya. Na ca sahaseyyādikaṃ janeti. Gaṇapūrako pana na hoti antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpanno viya, na so sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno, itarasmiṃ pana pakkhe hoti, ayaṃ imassa tato viseso. Kimayaṃ sahetuko, udāhu ahetukoti? Na ahetuko. Yato upasampadā tassa apaṇḍakapakkhe anuññātā sahetukapaṭisandhikattā. Paṇḍakabhāvapakkhepi kissa nānuññātāti ce? Paṇḍakabhūtattā opakkamikapaṇḍakassa viya.
再者,以“学与共住成就者”表明彼之受学后,方可说“不舍其所受之学,且不于其中显露羸弱”,非以他法,因此理而避免前述非所欲之过失,故说“若有比丘,于比丘之学与共住成就,不舍学……”等。如此处所说,于他处亦应如理配合,如“若有比丘,于比丘之学与共住成就,不舍学、不显露羸弱,于村或林取未与、以盗心之物……令作善逝衣量之衣或过量,截断者波逸提”等。乃至对雌性畜生亦说,此是就女人而言。实不应说“何况于黄门或男子”。余者各处依所说之理即可。显示巴利原文
Apica sikkhāsājīvasamāpannoti iminā tassa sikkhāsamādānaṃ dīpetvā taṃ samādinnasikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya tattha ca dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvāti vattuṃ yujjati, na aññathāti iminā kāraṇena yathāvuttāniṭṭhappasaṅgato ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yathā cettha, tathā ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya (pārā. 89), sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ kārāpeyya atirekaṃ vā, chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’ntiādinā (pāci. 548) nayena sabbattha yojetabbaṃ . Antamaso tiracchānagatāyapīti manussitthiṃ upādāya vuttaṃ. Na hi ‘‘pageva paṇḍake purise vā’’ti vattuṃ yujjati. Sesaṃ tattha tattha vuttanayameva.
四种律之解说注释显示巴利原文
Catubbidhavinayakathāvaṇṇanā
45 此处,“Nīharitvā”意为从教法中取出。例如,在“具足五支的比丘不应被诘问。哪五支?不知经,不知随顺经”(《附随》442)等处,他们从教典教法中取出经与随顺经而作解说;在“说‘如此乃我等师长的摄受与遍问’者无罪”等处,他们从教典教法中取出师说而作解说;在婆卢迦车迦事中,从“尊者优波离如是说——朋友,梦中出精者无罪”(《波罗夷》78)等处,他们从教典教法中取出己见而作解说,因为凭借此己见,长老获得了第一之位。而且,世尊曾如是说:“由未受具足戒者以已制或未制而说时……若作不恭敬,犯恶作罪”(《波逸提》343)。其中,已制者即是经,其余三者名为未制。因此,此偈“大长老们,律有四种”善说,此乃针对龙军长老所说。所谓“亲证之句”,即触及八种颜色处而宣说的句集,意指所举、入喉的句聚。所谓“味”,即彼亲证句所说之义味,亦即由此引出的判决。因为随顺经犹如经之影。师说称为“师承”,是为了显示圣典中所说诸师辗转传来者即是准量。意趣,指依理由成立、依推度思择而行、类似现量等量者。此处的“意趣”,有人释为“己见”。显示巴利原文
45.Nīharitvāti ettha sāsanato nīharitvāti attho. ‘‘Pañcahupāli, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nānuyuñjitabbaṃ. Katamehi pañcahi? Suttaṃ na jānāti, suttānulomaṃ na jānātī’’ti (pari. 442) evamādito hi pariyattisāsanato suttaṃ, suttānulomañca nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ. ‘‘Anāpatti evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchāti bhaṇatī’’ti evamādito pariyattisāsanato ācariyavādaṃ nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ. Bhārukacchakavatthusmiṃ ‘‘āyasmā upāli evamāha – anāpatti, āvuso, supinantenā’’ti (pārā. 78) evamādito pariyattisāsanato eva attanomatiṃ nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ. Tāya hi attanomatiyā thero etadaggaṭṭhānaṃ labhi. Api ca vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘anupasampannena paññattena vā apaññattena vā vuccamāno…pe… anādariyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pāci. 343). Tattha hi paññattaṃ nāma suttaṃ. Sesattayaṃ apaññattaṃ nāma. Tenāyaṃ ‘‘catubbidhañhi vinayaṃ, mahātherā’’ti gāthā suvuttā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ nāgasenattherena. Āhaccapadenāti aṭṭha vaṇṇaṭṭhānāni āhacca vuttena padanikāyenāti attho, udāhaṭena kaṇṭhokkantena padasamūhenāti adhippāyo. Rasenāti tassa āhaccabhāsitassa rasena, tato uddhaṭena vinicchayenāti attho. Suttacchāyā viya hi suttānulomaṃ. Ācariyavādo ‘‘ācariyavaṃso’’ti vutto pāḷiyaṃ vuttānaṃ ācariyānaṃ paramparāya ābhatova pamāṇanti dassanatthaṃ. Adhippāyoti kāraṇopapattisiddho uhāpohanayappavatto paccakkhādipamāṇapatirūpako. Adhippāyoti ettha ‘‘attanomatī’’ti keci atthaṃ vadanti.
在《附随》注释中,此处虽言“随顺经即四大教法”,然实为从义理上说,依大教法之理而成立者,即已遮止与未遮止、已开许与未开许、应作与不应作。其中,因为“处、机会、教法”是原因的异名,如“无有是处,阿难,无有机会”等(《波罗夷》43)出于教法,“惩治处”、“非见处”及“非见之教法”出于世间,故“大教法”意为大原因。此处所指的原因,即能令知者、因。而其大性,则如大种因其大境而大。他们有二种:律之大教法与经之大教法。其中,律之大教法适用于律,其余则通于二者,因此《附随》在诘问仪轨中说:“不知法,不知随顺法”(《附随》442)。其中,“法”指除律藏外其余二藏。“随顺法”指经中的四大教法。其中,若知法与随顺法而不知律与随顺律者,彼以“我护法”为由而将律非律化;另一者以“我护律”为由而将法非法化;知二者则成就二者。显示巴利原文
Parivāraṭṭhakathāyaṃ, idha ca kiñcāpi ‘‘suttānulomaṃ nāma cattāro mahāpadesā’’ti vuttaṃ, atha kho mahāpadesanayasiddhaṃ paṭikkhittāpaṭikkhittaṃ anuññātānanuññātaṃ kappiyākappiyanti atthato vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha yasmā ṭhānaṃ okāso padesoti kāraṇavevacanāni ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda, anavakāso’’tiādi (pārā. 43) sāsanato, ‘‘niggahaṭṭhāna’’nti ca ‘‘asandiṭṭhiṭṭhāna’’nti ca ‘‘asandiṭṭhi ca pana padeso’’ti ca lokato, tasmā mahāpadesāti mahākāraṇānīti attho. Kāraṇaṃ nāma ñāpako hetu idhādhippetaṃ. Mahantabhāvo pana tesaṃ mahāvisayattā mahābhūtānaṃ viya. Te duvidhā vinayamahāpadesā suttantikamahāpadesā cāti. Tattha vinayamahāpadesā vinaye payogaṃ gacchanti, itare ubhayatthāpi, teneva parivāre anuyogavatte ‘‘dhammaṃ na jānāti, dhammānulomaṃ na jānātī’’ti (pari. 442) vuttaṃ. Tattha dhammanti ṭhapetvā vinayapiṭakaṃ avasesapiṭakadvayaṃ. Dhammānulomanti suttantike cattāro mahāpadese. Tattha yo dhammaṃ dhammānulomañceva jānāti, na vinayaṃ vinayānulomañca, so ‘‘dhammaṃ rakkhāmī’’ti vinayaṃ ubbinayaṃ karoti, itaro ‘‘vinayaṃ rakkhāmī’’ti dhammaṃ uddhammaṃ karoti, ubhayaṃ jānanto ubhayampi sampādeti.
此处略示纲要:其中,第一者于“若他接受进入、已入、住立、接受抽出则有罪,不接受则无罪”此处而违犯。彼尊者于可感乐受之所执触与身根和合时,仅以生起身乐受而了知,便判定为“接受”,从而令即使无享受意图者亦犯波罗夷罪;同样,对于因铺敷或产道过失而有苦、非可意受者,或因风损身体而无身受者,无论知与不知,皆引“不接受者无罪”(《波罗夷》76)之经,而令即使有享受意图者亦成无罪;同样,若以泄欲贪而作意,于泄精时犯桑喀地谢沙,何况以淫欲贪,则取恶作之处而作桑喀地谢沙之处,如此名为将律非律化。另一者则说:“因言‘不知者无罪’,故知者仅以知,无论有乐受或无乐受,皆为接受”,从而令无享受意图之知者于无罪处成有罪,将无过作有过,如此名为将法非法化。而知二者者则说:“由‘比丘生起享受心’(《波罗夷》57)之语,此处唯享受心为准量,以其有故犯波罗夷罪,以其无故无罪”,从而守护成就二者。依此理,于一切学处应随其可能而作有义用。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ mukhamattaṃ – tattha paṭhamo ‘‘so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati, paviṭṭhaṃ, ṭhitaṃ, uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati āpatti, na sādiyati anāpattī’’ti ettha vippaṭipajjati. So hāyasmā sukhavedanīyassa upādinnaphoṭṭhabbassa, kāyindriyassa ca samāyoge sati paṭivijānanto kāyikasukhavedanuppattimattena sādiyati nāmāti paricchinditvā tassa āpatti pārājikassāti asevanādhippāyassapi āpattippasaṅgaṃ karoti, tathā yassa santhatattā vā yonidosavasena vā dukkhā asātā vedanā, vātopahaṭagattatāya vā neva kāyikavedanā, tassa jānato ajānatopi ‘‘anāpatti asādiyantassā’’ti (pārā. 76) suttantaṃ dassetvā sevanādhippāyassāpi anāpattippasaṅgaṃ karoti, tathā yadi mocanarāgena upakkamato mutte saṅghādiseso, pageva methunarāgenāti dukkaṭaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā saṅghādisesaṭṭhānaṃ karoti, evaṃ vinayaṃ ubbinayaṃ karoti nāma. Itaro ‘‘anāpatti ajānantassāti vuttattā jānato jānaneneva sukhavedanā hotu vā mā vā sādiyanā hotī’’ti vatvā asevanādhippāyassapi jānato anāpattiṭṭhāne āpattiṃ karoti, anavajjaṃ sāvajjaṃ karotīti evaṃ dhammaṃ uddhammaṃ karoti. Ubhayaṃ pana jānanto ‘‘bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhiteti (pārā. 57) vacanato sevanacittamevettha pamāṇaṃ, tassa bhāvena āpatti pārājikassa, abhāvena anāpattī’’ti vatvā ubhayampi rakkhati sampādeti. Iminā nayena sabbasikkhāpadesu yathāsambhavaṃ sappayojanā kātabbā.
“圣典外”,指脱离了结集后所确立的圣典而另置,故称圣典外;也就是从义理、理趣、随顺等角度契入圣典的判定而转起,依已契入的判定而转起的意思。世尊虽知小小戒“不会废除”,但为了示现“让后世之人将他们的意见视同我语”,在般涅槃时如是说:“阿难,若僧团愿意,可于我灭后废除小小戒。”由此可知,即使是已制定的学处,若世尊开许僧团可予废除,那么与已制戒相随顺的类似戒便显示了可开许之义,更何况是世尊已开许的(小小戒)呢。再者,这也是为了显示在增减学处的问题上,各传承之间不应相互争论。僧团为何不废除(小小戒)?因为见到了相互争论的过患。且世尊曾说:“一切皆应和合、欢喜、无诤而学。”其中,由于见到有长老们如是说等异说,而成应诤论而学;为免此过患,便令听闻二白甘马语,唯应无诤而学。显示巴利原文
Saṅgītiṃ āropetvā ṭhapitapāḷito vinimuttaṃ katvā ṭhapitattā pāḷivinimuttā atthato, nayato, anulomato ca pāḷiokkantavinicchayappavattā anupaviṭṭhavinicchayavasena pavattāti attho. ‘‘Na samūhanissatī’’ti jānantopi bhagavā kevalaṃ ‘‘tesaṃ mataṃ pacchimā janatā mama vacanaṃ viya pamāṇaṃ karotū’’ti dassanatthañca parinibbānakāle evamāha ‘‘ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatū’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216), tenetaṃ siddhaṃ ‘‘paññattampi ce sikkhāpadaṃ samūhanituṃ yassa saṅghassa anuññātaṃ bhagavatā, tassa paññattānulomaṃ atirekatthadīpanaṃ, pagevānuññātaṃ bhagavatā’’ti. Kiñca bhiyyo ūnātirittasikkhāpadesu ācariyakulesu vivādo aññamaññaṃ na kātabboti dassanatthañca. Kasmā saṅgho na samūhanīti? Aññamaññaṃ vivādappasaṅgadassanato. Bhagavatā ca ‘‘sabbeheva samaggehi sammodamānehi avivadamānehi sikkhitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha ca ekacce therā evamāhaṃsūti ca aññavādadassanato vivadamānehi sikkhitabbaṃ jātaṃ, tadabhāvattampi ñattidutiyakammavācaṃ sāvetvā avivadamāneheva sikkhitabbaṃ akāsi.
And(而且)一词,是为以自己的智慧阐明而开始论述。其中,从“在经、论、律的注释书中”这一说法可知,此论亦通于三藏;而“然而,此是‘允许的’”等语则唯属律藏。“与结集僧团相似”,即与举行结集的僧团相似。法喜长老的《甘提帕达》中说:“不排斥经等四类,与彼不相违的业之作者僧团相似”,此说不合理,因为与“唯经更有力。经不可逆转,与结集僧团相似”这些语句相违。然而,在通常的《甘提帕达》中则说:“决断其义后,与彼作者僧团相似”。“他宗者”,指了知我们宗义的其他部派者。他宗者如何说“随顺于经”呢?《波逸提》第266条“除了水和齿木之外”是自宗者所依的经,随顺于此,椰子果中的水也是水,他宗者如是说。显示巴利原文
Apicāti attano matiyā pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ ārambho. Tattha ‘‘suttantābhidhammavinayaṭṭhakathāsū’’ti vacanato piṭakattayassapi sādhāraṇā esā kathāti veditabbā, ‘‘atha panāyaṃ kappiya’’ntiādi vinayasseva. Kārakasaṅghasadisanti saṅgītikārakasaṅghasadisaṃ. ‘‘Suttādicatukkaṃ appaccakkhāya tena aviruddhassa kammassa kārakasaṅghasadisa’’nti dhammasirittherassa gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, taṃ ayuttaṃ, ‘‘suttameva balavataraṃ. Suttañhi appaṭivattiyaṃ kārakasaṅghasadisa’’nti etehi padehi ayuttattā. Pākatike pana gaṇṭhipade ‘‘tamatthaṃ vinicchinitvā tassa kārakasaṅghasadisa’’nti vuttaṃ. Paravādīti amhākaṃ samayavijānanako aññanikāyikoti vuttaṃ. Paravādī suttānulomanti kathaṃ? ‘‘Aññatra udakadantaponā’’ti (pāci. 266) suttaṃ sakavādissa, tadanulomato nāḷikeraphalassa udakampi udakameva hotīti paravādī ca.
椰子壳中的陈水,为胆汁之结缚;而彼新水,则能破胆汁、增体力。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāḷikerassa yaṃ toyaṃ, purāṇaṃ pittabandhanaṃ;
他宗者这样说后,自宗者以“谷物之果有其归趣,且为食义而遍满,故唯属时药”来反驳。他宗者依师说:据注释书所言,“于‘回避关税’处,虽以方便进入而回避,仍属偷盗”,故他宗者说“如此作者犯波罗夷”。自宗者则出示该处即有的《大注释书》之说“回避关税,犯恶作”,加以遮止,谓如此作者唯犯恶作。他宗者依自意:此处他宗者说“若于食前盗他人之物,心想‘我将于食前取’,努力中却至食后,此仍属食前之努力,故根本罪者不脱罪,依你们上座部义,根本罪者唯犯波罗夷”。自宗者则出示经文“无论于约定之前或之后盗取彼物,根本罪者无犯”(波罗夷第119条)而加以反驳。显示巴利原文
Tameva taruṇaṃ toyaṃ, pittaghaṃ balabandhana’’nti. –
当他宗者如此说时,自论师以“谷物果实有其去处,且食物之味能扩散”为由,驳斥说“那只是时药”。他宗者依师说:据注释书所言,“逃避关税——此处虽以方便避开,实为盗取”,故当他宗者说“如此做者犯波罗夷”时,自论师引出就在该处出现的经文及《大注释书》之说“逃避关税,犯恶作”以示驳斥,表明如此做者唯犯恶作。他宗者依自意:此处当他宗者说“若教唆‘于食前盗取他人财物’,而行者心想‘我将在食前取去’,结果却在食后完成,此仍是食前之努力,因此根本罪者不脱罪;依你们上座部之见,根本罪者仍犯波罗夷”时,自论师引出经文“无论于约定之前或之后盗取该物品,根本罪者无罪”(波罗夷 119)以示驳斥。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paravādinā vutte sakavādī dhaññaphalassa gatikattā, āhāratthassa ca pharaṇato ‘‘yāvakālikameva ta’’nti vadanto paṭikkhipati. Paro ācariyavādanti ‘‘suṅkaṃ pariharatīti ettha upacāraṃ okkamitvā kiñcāpi pariharati, avahāro evā’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ‘‘tathā karonto pārājikamāpajjatī’’ti paravādinā vutte sakavādī ‘‘suṅkaṃ pariharati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti suttaṃ tattheva āgatamahāaṭṭhakathāvacanena saddhiṃ dassetvā paṭisedheti, tathā karontassa dukkaṭamevāti. Paro attanomatīti ettha ‘‘purebhattaṃ parasantakaṃ avaharāti purebhattameva harissāmīti vāyamantassa pacchābhattaṃ hoti, purebhattapayogova so, tasmā mūlaṭṭho na muccatīti tumhākaṃ theravādattā mūlaṭṭhassa pārājikamevā’’ti paravādinā vutte sakavādī ‘‘taṃ saṅketaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpattī’’ti (pārā. 119) suttaṃ dassetvā paṭikkhipati.
他宗者依经:当他宗者引出《发趣论》中所写的经文“不定因法对正定因法以所缘缘为缘”,并说“圣道并非唯以涅槃为所缘”时,自论师驳斥说“此不合于《所缘三法》等经之随顺”。因为唯有合乎经之随顺者方名为经,彼则不然。由此故说“依巴利圣典所传而显明”,乃至“若仅以此即得成立,则三次结集所登载的巴利圣典所传而显明”等。因为那样的文字是放逸之书写,故阿阇梨说。依“不放逸是不死之道,放逸是死亡之道”(《法句经》第21颂;《导论》第26句)之语,食所施之食后,回避诸危难,令念现前而住者,是为恒常。依此类义,即使是登载于圣典中的经文也不应取用,故说“若不如此显明”,乃至虽得成立亦说“若不如此显明,即不合、不相应”。因已说“或他宗之经”,故即使自宗之经,若与义不相应,亦不应取用。他宗者依师说等二种理趣中,应知这是依放逸的书写,将各处出现的注释书之说与上座部之说结合而解。显示巴利原文
Paro suttanti ‘‘aniyatahetudhammo sammattaniyatahetudhammassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti suttaṃ paṭṭhāne likhitaṃ dassetvā ‘‘ariyamaggassa na nibbānamevārammaṇa’’nti paravādinā vutte sakavādī ‘‘ārammaṇattikādisuttānulome na otaratī’’ti paṭikkhipati. Suttānulome otarantaṃyeva hi suttaṃ nāma, netaraṃ. Tena vuttaṃ pāḷiāgataṃ paññāyatīti ettakenapi siddhe tisso saṅgītiyo āruḷhapāḷiāgataṃ paññāyatī’’tiādi. Tādisañhi pamādalekhanti ācariyo. ‘‘Appamādo amataṃ padaṃ, pamādo maccuno pada’’nti (dha. pa. 21; netti. 26) vacanato dinnabhojane bhuñjitvā parissayāni parivajjitvā satiṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā viharanto nicco hotīti. Evarūpassa atthassa vasena āruḷhampi suttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, tena vuttaṃ no ce tathā paññāyatīti siddhepi ‘‘no ce tathā paññāyati, na otarati na sametī’’ti. ‘‘Bāhirakasuttaṃ vā’’ti vuttattā attano suttampi atthena asamentaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Paro ācariyavādantiādīsu dvīsu nayesu pamādalekhavasena tattha tattha āgataṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ theravādehi saddhiṃ yojetvā veditabbaṃ.
然而,此下一项为师说。外道据经:当外道说“所谓根种子,即姜黄、生姜、菖蒲……乃至……于种子生种子想而自断、令断、破……乃至……犯巴吉帝亚罪(巴吉帝亚第91条),依你等的诵本,切断姜黄块茎者犯巴吉帝亚”时,自论师引出“或复有其他于根所生”等文,以其注释书——即师说——加以驳斥。因为块茎上并不生块茎。外道顺经:当外道说“依‘我等诸师之传承如此,故为无罪’等语的随顺,你等之中有人说:‘我等古昔诸比丘于同一楼阁中遮蔽内室而与未受具戒者同卧,此事可行,他们如此行持而来,故于我等亦可行’,对你等实在无话可说”时,自论师引出“经与顺经,唯以诸师之传承为量”等注释书之语,以示驳斥。外道据自意:于“开门而不告知便卧者,谁能脱罪”之处,当外道说“两种人皆得脱罪:被夜叉附体者,及被捆绑而令卧者;依你等上座部之见,其余一切以任何方式卧下者等亦皆得脱罪”时,自论师予以驳斥。显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ. Paro suttanti paravādinā ‘‘mūlabījaṃ nāma haliddi siṅgiveraṃ vacā…pe… bīje bījasaññī chindati vā chedāpeti vā bhindati vā…pe… āpatti pācittiyassāti (pāci. 91) tumhākaṃ pāṭhattā haliddigaṇṭhiṃ chindantassa pācittiya’’nti vutte sakavādī ‘‘yāni vā panaññāni atthi mūle sañjāyantī’’tiādiṃ dassetvā tassa aṭṭhakathāsaṅkhātena ācariyavādena paṭikkhipati. Na hi gaṇṭhimhi gaṇṭhi jāyatīti. Paro suttānulomanti paravādinā ‘‘anāpatti evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggahoti vacanassānulomato ‘amhākaṃ porāṇabhikkhū ekapāsāde gabbhaṃ thaketvā anupasampannena sayituṃ vaṭṭatīti tathā katvā āgatā, tasmā amhākaṃ vaṭṭatī’ti tumhesu eva ekaccesu vadantesu tumhākaṃ na kiñci vattuṃ sakkā’’ti vutte sakavādī ‘‘suttaṃ suttānulomañca uggahitakānaṃyeva ācariyānaṃ uggaho pamāṇa’’ntiādiaṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ dassetvā paṭisedheti. Paro attanomatinti ‘‘dvāraṃ vivaritvā anāpucchā sayitesu ke muccantī’’ti ettha pana dvepi janā muccanti yo ca yakkhagahitako, yo ca bandhitvā nipajjāpitoti tumhākaṃ theravādattā aññe sabbepi yathā tathā vā nipannādayopi muccantīti paṭisedheti.
然而,这位论师于此提出自意。外道据经:当外道说“犯戒者”时,自论师引出律藏注释之语,如“若比丘白日疲乏,坐于床上,双脚尚未离地便因睡意而卧下,彼无犯”等(《波罗夷注释》1.77),并以此遮止“以单一方式躺下等亦得豁免”之说。继而,此位论师复提出自意。外道顺经:当外道说“顺经”时,彼引用“帝释天,我说忧受有二种:应亲近与不应亲近”等经文(《长部》2.360),并据此推论:“对正命的妻儿并无过失,故说‘摄护妻子儿女’”(《小诵》5.6;《经集》265)。对此,自论师虽非多闻,却以“必定是与贪欲相应之不善”予以驳斥。其余各处,亦应依此理,随宜作其他方式的配合。以上全部为优波提舍长老等所说。而法喜长老则说:“此处所谓‘外道’,是指其他部派者,他仅引用自宗经教等。自论师将此纳入自宗经教中,若相符则接受,若不符则驳斥。”显示巴利原文
Atha panāyaṃ attanomatiṃ. Paro suttanti ‘‘āpattiṃ āpajjantī’’ti paravādinā gutte sakavādī ‘‘divā kilantarūpo mañce nisinno pāde bhūmito amocetvāva niddāvasena nipajjati, tassa anāpattī’’tiādiaṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.77) dassetvā ekabhaṅgena nipannādayopi muccantīti paṭisedheti. Athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ. Paro suttānulomanti ‘‘domanassaṃ pāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampītiādivacanehi (dī. ni. 2.360) saṃsandanato sadārapose doso tumhākaṃ natthi, tena vuttaṃ ‘puttadārassa saṅgaho’’’ti (khu. pā. 5.6; su. ni. 265) paravādinā vutte kiñcāpi sakavādī bahussuto na hoti, atha kho rāgasahiteneva akusalena bhavitabbanti paṭikkhipati. Sesesupi iminā nayena aññathāpi anurūpato yojetabbaṃ. Idaṃ sabbaṃ upatissattherādayo āhu. Dhammasiritthero pana ‘‘ettha paroti vutto aññanikāyiko, so pana attano suttādīniyeva āharati. Tāni sakavādī attano suttādimhi otāretvā sace sameti gaṇhāti, no ce paṭikkhipatī’’ti vadati.
句分别注释。显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
在学处分别中,虽然“然而凡”一词是无余尽摄之词,但因与“比丘”这一后词同格,故其分别句亦依此相应而说。比丘释名词虽有三个,且对任何出家者——无论具比丘性或不具比丘性——皆可共通,但为了显示:如“若人不净,犯某波罗夷法,若具净见者无由而举罪,以驱摈之意而说,则桑喀地谢沙与恶作”等经文中,唯有与释名之义相应者,方为此处“桑喀地谢沙与恶作”(《波罗夷》389)之事主,而非其他在家人。世尊实以一切律藏共通之比丘相及事主为其开端。若有人本自清净,却因某种原因而着在家相,彼由自身具备比丘性故,仍为事主;不净者亦因着比丘相故为事主——此义已显。不净者若因亲属、怨敌或王难等因,虽着袈裟而热心,然袈裟被夺,彼由再取袈裟而未成贼住者故,仍为事主,因其于比丘释名之义未曾舍离责任。若有人以相为贼,自许比丘释名之义而窃取共住,若具净见者无由而举罪,以驱摈之意而说,则桑喀地谢沙与恶作——此义亦已显示。显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpadavibhaṅge pana kiñcāpi yo panāti anavasesapariyādānapadaṃ, tathāpi bhikkhūti iminā parapadena samānādhikaraṇattā tadanurūpānevassa vibhaṅgapadāni vuttāni. Bhikkhunibbacanapadāni tīṇi kiñcāpi sabhikkhubhāvassa, abhikkhubhāvassa cāti yassa kassaci pabbajitassa sādhāraṇāni, tathāpi ‘‘asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti saṅghādisesena dukkaṭassā’’ti evamādisuttaṃ nibbacanatthayuttova puggalo ‘‘āpatti saṅghādisesena dukkaṭassā’’ti (pārā. 389) ettha vatthu, na itaro gihibhūtoti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Sabbassapi vinayapiṭakassa sādhāraṇaṃ bhikkhulakkhaṇaṃ vatthuñhi bhagavā ārabhi. Yo pana suddho eva samāno kenaci kāraṇena gihiliṅge ṭhito, so attano sabhikkhubhāvattā eva vatthu hoti, asuddhopi bhikkhuliṅge ṭhitattāti ayamattho dassito hoti. Asuddhopi ñātakehi, paccatthikehi vā rājabhayādikāraṇena vā kāsāvesu saussāhova apanītakāsāvo vatthu eva puna kāsāvaggahaṇena theyyasaṃvāsakabhāvānupagamanato, bhikkhunibbacanatthe anikkhittadhurattāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo pana liṅgatthenako bhikkhunibbacanatthaṃ sayañca ajjhupagato, saṃvāsaṃ thenento, tañce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti saṅghādisesena dukkaṭassāti ayampi attho dassito hoti.
“以共称而为比丘,以自许而为比丘”这两句话,既显明了前文的意义,又开示了这样一层额外的义涵:在修道中途生起决定性邪见而断善根者,只是凭借共称和自许而被称为“比丘”,并非在胜义上成为比丘。这是什么意思呢?如经中所说:“诸比丘,我不见其他任何一法有如此大的罪过,这就是邪见。诸比丘,邪见是诸罪中的最上罪。”这部经是佛陀亲口所说,收录在三次结集的圣典中。它的注释也说:“他们将邪见视为最上,所以是邪见最上者。”(《增支部》1.310)五无间业虽是大罪,但邪见比这更大——这就是它的含义。为什么呢?因为那些无间业的果报有其限度,即使极重,也仅持续一劫;而决定性的邪见却没有期限,怀有这种邪见的人无有出离。因此,不能说他“这位比丘的善根因地尚且存在”,也不能说“那是一位清净者”。同样,也不能依据“以见坏为缘而犯两项罪”的说法,就说他“不清净”或“违犯了某一条波罗夷法”。此人实际上不属于这两种情况中的任何一种。因此才说,他是“以共称及自许而为比丘,并非由胜义而为比丘”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Samaññāya bhikkhu paṭiññāya bhikkhū’’ti vacanadvayaṃ yathāvuttañca atthaṃ upabrūheti, antarā uppannāya niyatāya micchādiṭṭhiyā upacchinnakusalamūlo kevalāya samaññāya, paṭiññāya ca ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti vuccati, na paramatthatoti imaṃ atirekatthaṃ dīpeti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāvajjānī’’ti āhaccabhāsitaṃ saṅgītittayāruḷhaṃ suttaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyampissa ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamā etesanti micchādiṭṭhiparamānī’’ti (a. ni. 1.310) vuttaṃ. Pañca ānantariyakammāni mahāsāvajjāni, micchādiṭṭhi pana mahāsāvajjatarāti adhippāyoti. Kasmā? Tesañhi paricchedo atthi, sabbabalavampi kappaṭṭhitikameva hoti, niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā pana paricchedo natthi, tāya samannāgatassa bhavato vuṭṭhānaṃ natthi, tasmā ‘‘imassa bhikkhukaraṇā kusalā dhammā saṃvijjantī’’ti vā ‘‘suddhovāya’’nti vā na sakkā vattuṃ. ‘‘Diṭṭhivipattipaccayā dve āpattiyo āpajjatī’’ti vuttattā na sakkā ‘‘asuddho’’ti vā ‘‘aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno’’ti vā vattuṃ. Esa hi ubhopi pakkhe na bhajati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘samaññāya, paṭiññāya ca bhikkhu, na paramatthato’’ti.
那么,为什么世尊没有将这种过失极其重大、决定性的邪见制定为波罗夷呢?因为极难辨别。因为这种所谓的“见”,在本质上究竟是“正”还是“邪”,本来就难以认识,更何况要判断它是“决定性”还是“不决定性”呢?在此情况下,如果为这类邪见制定了波罗夷罪,比丘们就会相互把见解不同的人视为犯了波罗夷,从而不举行布萨等僧团行事,佛教不久便会衰亡。不仅如此,他们自己也会因为在清净比丘中行持邪行而造下非福。因此,世尊运用善巧方便,不将它定为波罗夷,而是制定了对此类人的举罪甘马;并且制定正行,要求僧团不与他共事、不与他共住。世尊是这样考虑的:如果这人的邪见是不决定性的,那么他履行正行之后便能出罪,恢复清净本初的状态;如果是决定性的,那就绝无这样的道理和可能——让一位持有决定性邪见的人在履行正行后出罪,并恢复清净。他只会成为一个徒有“比丘”之名和“比丘”之自称的人,死后如同阿利吒一般,成为轮回中的一块废料。世尊正是洞察了这样的原理。显示巴利原文
Kimatthaṃ panevaṃ mahāsāvajjāya niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā pārājikaṃ bhagavā na paññapesīti? Dubbijānattā. Pakatiyāpesā diṭṭhi nāma ‘‘sammā’’ti vā ‘‘micchā’’ti vā duviññeyyā, pageva ‘‘niyatā’’ti vā ‘‘aniyatā’’ti vāti. Tattha pārājikāpattiyā paññattāya bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ asamadiṭṭhikaṃ pārājikaṃ maññamānā uposathādīni akatvā acireneva sāsanaṃ vināseyyuṃ, sayañca apuññaṃ pasaveyyuṃ suddhesupi bhikkhūsu vippaṭipattiyā paṭipajjanena. Tasmā upāyakusalatāya pārājikaṃ apaññāpetvā tassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ, sammāvattañca paññāpetvā taṃ saṅghena asambhogaṃ, asaṃvāsañca akāsi. Bhagavā hi tassa ce esā diṭṭhi aniyatā, sammāvattaṃ pūretvā osāraṇaṃ labhitvā pakatatto bhaveyya. Niyatā ce, aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ so niyatamicchādiṭṭhiko sammāvattaṃ pūretvā osāraṇaṃ labhitvā pakatatto bhaveyya. Kevalaṃ ‘‘samaññāyabhikkhu paṭiññāyabhikkhū’’ti nāmamattadhārako hutvā paraṃ maraṇā ariṭṭho viya saṃsārakhāṇukova bhavissatīti imaṃ nayaṃ addasa.
在八种受具足戒的方式中,这里只提到了三种。其余的方式没有提及,是因为它们只适用于特定的个人,并且不属于比丘的受具方式。其中,通过接受教诫而受具足戒、通过回答问题而受具足戒,这两种仅属于两位长老;另外三种则属于比丘尼,在此不作讨论。在这三种受具足戒之中,由于是三者共通的情况,所以只说了“贤善、比丘”等四个词。因为无论是通过“善来比丘”的方式受具,还是通过皈依或白四甘马的方式受具,他都可以被称为贤善的、核心的、有学的或无学的。而使用“受具足戒”这一词,目的在于表明他们作为声闻弟子的身份。因为会违犯戒律的,正是这一类的声闻比丘,而不是正等正觉者和独觉佛。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu tissovettha vuttā, na itarā pāṭipuggalattā, bhikkhūnaṃ asantakattā ca. Tattha hi ovādapaṭiggahaṇapañhabyākaraṇūpasampadā dvinnaṃ therānaṃ eva, sesā tisso bhikkhunīnaṃ santakāti idha nādhippetā, tissannampi upasampadānaṃ majjhe ‘‘bhadro bhikkhū’’tiādīni cattāri padāni vuttāni tissannaṃ sādhāraṇattā. Ehibhikkhubhāvena vā saraṇagamanañatticatutthena vā upasampanno hi bhadro ca sāro ca sekkho ca asekkho ca hoti, upasampadavacanaṃ pana nesaṃ sāvakabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Ime eva hi āpattiṃ āpajjanti, na sammāsambuddhā, paccekabuddhā ca.
“这是此义中所指的”——在此,唯有依白四甘马受具足者才能犯戒。因为以善来比丘、皈依、领受教诫、问答等方式受具足者不能犯戒,故法吉祥长老排除了他们而说“这是此义中所指的比丘,唯最后一种方被提及”,这并不恰当。因为经中唯说“二人不能犯戒,即佛陀与独觉佛”(《附随》322)。否则,善来比丘等也应被排除。更何况,这是依通称所说“二人能犯戒,即比丘与比丘尼”,并且也是从见到犯戒怖畏之处的角度而说的。何以故?具寿舍利弗因疑虑客比丘之食而不受;大迦叶渡河时因衣将离身的恐惧而心被扰乱。再者,对以皈依受具足者,若未妥善履行同住弟子等义务,可见对其制定了恶作,故此实难行持。优波帝须长老说:排除皈依受具足者,是出于对被开许后产生牵连的畏惧。若在彼排除的语境中说“能犯戒”而排除了皈依受具足者,却若又说“此已被开许”,比丘们便会产生邪执或疑惑,故而不说。此与“名为比丘尼者,于两众中受具足”(《波罗夷》161)之说相顺。因为这是出于害怕释迦族等被开许受具足后产生牵连。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetoti ettha ca āpattiṃ āpajjituṃ bhabbā ñatticatuttheneva kammena upasampannā. Na hi aññe ehibhikkhusaraṇagamanaovādapaṭiggahaṇapañhabyākaraṇāhi upasampannā āpattiṃ āpajjituṃ bhabbā, tenete paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū’’ti antimova vuttoti kira dhammasiritthero, taṃ ayuttaṃ. ‘‘Dve puggalā abhabbā āpattiṃ āpajjituṃ buddhā ca paccekabuddhā cā’’ti (pari. 322) ettakameva vuttanti. Aññathā ehibhikkhuādayopi vattabbā siyuṃ. Kiñca bhiyyo ‘‘dve puggalā bhabbā āpattiṃ āpajjituṃ bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo cā’’ti sāmaññena vuttattā ca, apica āpattibhayaṭṭhānadassanato ca. Kathaṃ? Āyasmā sāriputto āvasathapiṇḍaṃ kukkuccāyanto na paṭiggahesi, cīvaravippavāsabhayā ca sabbaṃ ticīvaraṃ gahetvā nadiṃ taranto manaṃ vuḷho ahosi mahākassapo. Kiñca saraṇagamanūpasampadāya upasampanne ārabbha saddhivihārikavattādīni asammāvattantānaṃ nesaṃ dukkaṭāni ca paññattāni dissanti, tasmā dubbicāritametaṃ. Ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti paṭikkhittāya saraṇagamanūpasampadāya anuññātappasaṅgabhayāti upatissatthero, āpattiyā bhabbataṃ sandhāya tasmimpi vutte pubbe paṭikkhittāpi sā puna evaṃ vadantena anuññātāti bhikkhūnaṃ micchāgāho vā vimati vā uppajjati , tasmā na vuttāti vuttaṃ hoti, taṃ ‘‘bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā’’ti (pāci. 161) iminā sameti. Idañhi sākiyādīnaṃ anuññātaupasampadāya anuppabandhabhayā vuttaṃ.
然而,于此我们有自己的理解:由于宣说了“比丘”一词,凡被该词所摄及在律藏各处中所见者——或由自身犯戒,或在举发粗罪、覆藏等中令他人犯戒——这一切皆已显示之后,为明“比丘”一词的特相,而说“圆满学处与活命”之语;正是依此,才说“此即此义中所指的比丘”。因为唯有在甘马语结束之后,他才成为圆满学处与活命者,从那时起显现了有学学处的生起;也唯有他的舍学处可见,而非他人。也唯有他的舍学处才成立,因为他通过说出“请僧团悯我、济拔我”而采取了行动;也唯有他在受具足后,即刻显现了不可作依止的告知;并且由于圆满了“我舍律、舍巴帝摩卡、舍布萨”等舍学处的行相,故正是基于舍学处,才说此处所指即是此人。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha amhākaṃ khanti – bhikkhu-padaniddesattā yattakāni tena padena saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, ye ca vinayapiṭake tattha tattha sandissanti sayaṃ āpattāpajjanaṭṭhena vā duṭṭhullārocanapaṭicchādanādīsu paresaṃ āpattikaraṇaṭṭhena vā, te sabbepi dassetvā idāni yadidaṃ tassa bhikkhu-padassa visesanatthaṃ vuttaṃ parapadaṃ ‘‘sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno’’ti, tassa vasena idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū’’ti. So eva hi kammavācānantarameva sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno hoti tato paṭṭhāya sauddesasikkhāpadānaṃ uppattidassanato, tasseva ca sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ dissati, netarassa. Tasseva ca sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ sambhavati ‘‘ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti (mahāva. 71, 126) vatvā samādinnattā, tasseva ca upasampannasamanantarameva akaraṇīyanissayācikkhanadassanato, vinayaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddesaṃ paccakkhāmītiādisikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇapāripūrito cāti sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ upādāya so eva idhādhippetoti vuttaṃ hoti.
因为唯有他的舍学处在一切情况下都成立,故说“舍学处之后,违犯诸事,于诸罪中无犯,而他人则有犯”,这是合理的;因此,“无论在有罪制立或无罪制立处,这里所说的‘此即此义中所指的比丘’,在各处皆依随顺其行持之义,唯指白四甘马受具者”,这样说才合理,应如是知。若然,所说“无论以何种方式受具足,于‘行淫欲法者波罗夷’之义中,比丘即指此”,此语亦不应说。何以故?因为这会导致矛盾之过被排除。何以故?若唯有白四甘马受具者才是此处所指的“比丘”与“受具足者”,那么非白四甘马受具者便成了未受具足者,而大迦叶长老等以白四甘马以外方式受具者,便被置于未受具足者的境地,从而会犯与未受具足者同卧一床之罪;在轻视等情形中,也只会犯恶作——诸阿阇梨说,像这样的矛盾之过便被排除了。此即名为“迟钝肤浅”之见。显示巴利原文
Yasmā panassa sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ sabbathā yujjati, tasmā ‘‘sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ vītikkamantassa tato tato āpattito anāpatti, itarassa āpattī’’ti vattuṃ yujjati, tasmā ‘‘yattha yattha sāvajjapaññatti, anavajjapaññatti vā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti vuccati, tattha tattha tadajjhācāratthenāyameva ñatticatutthena upasampanno adhippeto nāmā’’ti vattuṃ yujjatīti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ sante yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘yāya kāyaci upasampadāya ayaṃ imasmiṃ ‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā pārājiko hotī’ti atthe bhikkhūti adhippeto’’ti, tampi na vattabbameva. Kathaṃ hoti? Virodhadosopi parihato hoti. Kathaṃ? Sace ñatticatutthena upasampanno eva idhādhippeto ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti ca ‘‘upasampanno’’ti ca, tena na upasampanno anupasampanno nāmāti katvā ñatticatutthakammato aññathā upasampannā nāma mahākassapattherādayo itaresaṃ anupasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā sahaseyyapadasodhammāpattiṃ janeyyuṃ, omasanādikāle ca dukkaṭameva janeyyunti evamādiko virodhadoso parihato hotīti sabbaṃ ācariyo vadati. Maṅguracchavi nāma sāmo.
因为他们被极强烈的出身骄慢所缠缚,所以你们应当在我的教法中如此修学。在《复注》中说道:“与乐俱行、与初禅乐俱行、于不净与入出息念。”膨胀想,是指在膨胀相上所证得的初禅之想。色想,是指地遍等色界禅那之想。他如此解说道:“尊者,膨胀想未明显,是因为不净业处尚未修习;尊者,色想明显,是因为遍业处已经修习。”五种具足戒的次第取自《大品》。关于“白四甘马”:在此处,虽然白(动议)是最先被说出的,但由于三次甘马语在义理与文句上彼此没有差别,而白(动议)在义理与文句上与它们有别,因此将白(动议)作为它们的第四,从而称为“白四”。注释书依据文句说“以三次甘马语与一次白”,但若依义理生起的次第,则应说“以一次白与三次甘马语”。然而,根据“比丘们,有此四种业”(《大品》384)、“比丘们,有此六种业:非法业、别众业”(《大品》387)等说法,即使可坏业在某些地方也被称为“业”,所以在此处说为“以不可坏业”。显示巴利原文
Yasmā te atimahanto jātimado cittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāti, tasmā tumhehi mama sāsane evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ . ‘‘Sātasahagatā paṭhamajjhānasukhasahagatā asubhe ca ānāpāne cā’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Uddhumātakasaññāti uddhumātakanimitte paṭiladdhapaṭhamajjhānasaññā. Rūpasaññāti pathavīkasiṇādirūpāvacarajjhānasaññā. So taṃ byākāsi ‘‘avibhūtā, bhante, uddhumātakasaññā avaḍḍhitabbattā asubhānaṃ, vibhūtā, bhante, rūpasaññā vaḍḍhitabbattā kasiṇāna’’nti. Pañcaupasampadakkamo mahāvaggā gahito. Ñatticatutthenāti ettha kiñcāpi ñatti sabbapaṭhamaṃ vuccati, tissannaṃ pana anussāvanānaṃ atthabyañjanabhedābhāvato atthabyañjanabhinnā ñattitāsaṃ catutthāti katvā ‘‘ñatticatuttha’’nti vuccati. Byañjanānurūpameva aṭṭhakathāya ‘‘tīhi anussāvanāhi ekāya ca ñattiyā’’ti vuttaṃ, atthapavattikkamena padena pana ‘‘ekāya ñattiyā tīhi anussāvanāhī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yasmā panettha ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni (mahāva. 384), cha imāni, bhikkhave, kammāni adhammakammaṃ vaggakamma’’nti (mahāva. 387) vacanato kuppakammampi katthaci ‘‘kamma’’nti vuccati tasmā ‘‘akuppenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
因为某些不可坏业也不具足安立处,未得接纳者,在《瞻波犍度》(《大品》395等)中被称为“已被接纳者”,故而说“以具足安立处者”。如果这样的话,那就只应说“以具足安立处者”这一句,而不应说前面的句子,因为凭此即可让不可坏业成立?并非如此。因为如果允许以不具足安立处的不可坏业来达上,在此义中是不被许的,会导致非所欲的过失。然而,通过这两者合说,此义便得以明了:“唯独以那不可坏业达上者,在此义中亦被许为‘比丘’;以具足安立处者达上者,在此义中亦被许为‘比丘’;以可坏业达上者则不被许。”由此,此义亦得以成立:“然而,比丘,若明知而令未满二十岁者达上,此人即非达上者”(《波逸提》403)。据此,在未被知晓期间,虽依公认比丘、自称比丘而成为比丘者,也不像前文所示的公认比丘、自称比丘那样,立于其他比丘的达上处而成为辱骂波逸提等事的缘,而是唯独立于未达上处,成为“对未达上者,有达上想而逐句教法者,犯波逸提”等(《波逸提》47)的犯缘而存在。然而,以不可坏业达上者,即使后来成为波罗夷,从出身而言仍立于达上之处。应当了知,在依“比丘们,黄门未达上,不应显示巴利原文
Yasmā akuppampi ekaccaṃ na ṭhānārahaṃ, yena appatto osāraṇaṃ ‘‘sosārito’’ti campeyyakkhandhake (mahāva. 395 ādayo) vuccati, tasmā ‘‘ṭhānārahenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘ṭhānārahenā’’ti idameva padaṃ vattabbaṃ, na pubbapadaṃ iminā akuppasiddhitoti ce? Taṃ na, aṭṭhānārahena akuppena upasampanno imasmiṃ atthe anadhippetoti aniṭṭhappasaṅgato. Dvīhi panetehi ekato vuttehi ayamattho paññāyati ‘‘kevalaṃ tena akuppena upasampanno ayampi imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto ‘bhikkhū’ti, ṭhānārahena ca upasampanno ayampi imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto ‘bhikkhū’ti, kuppena upasampanno nādhippeto’’ti. Tenāyampi attho sādhito hoti ‘‘yo pana, bhikkhu, jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādeyya, so ca puggalo anupasampanno’’ti (pāci. 403) vacanato yāva na ñāyati, tāva samaññāyabhikkhupaṭiññāyabhikkhubhāvaṃ upagatopi na pubbe dassitasamaññāyabhikkhupaṭiññāyabhikkhu viya aññesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ upasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā omasanapācittiyādivatthu hoti, kevalaṃ anupasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā ‘‘anupasampanne upasampannasaññī padaso dhammaṃ vāceti, āpatti pācittiyassā’’tiādi (pāci. 47) āpattivatthumeva hutvā tiṭṭhati. Akuppena upasampanno pana pacchā pārājikopi jātito upasampannaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti ‘‘paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo’’tiādinā (mahāva. 109) nayena vuttesu pana vajjanīyapuggalesu koci puggalo ‘‘upasampanno’’ti vuccati, nopi upasampannaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, koci tiṭṭhatīti veditabbaṃ.
于此,应知有四类:有业不可坏且具足安立处;有业具足安立处而非不可坏;有业既不可坏亦不具足安立处;有业非不可坏亦不具足安立处。这其中,第一类已经说过,第三和第四类显而易见。第二类,在某种情况下,当从比丘尼僧团一方得达上者发生性别转变时,可以获得。因为此人先前在在学尼时期所得的白四甘马达上业,虽既是不可坏亦具足安立处,但当男性特征显现时,由于不在“比丘们,我允许即彼和尚、即彼达上”这一开许的范围之内,此人便只能成为沙弥,因此其业现在被称为“已坏”。应当了知,如同因性别转变而舍弃对衣的决意,此人由比丘尼僧团所作之达上也被舍弃,否则此人便成为已达上的比丘了。或者,即便没有性别转变,此一方达上之业也会坏灭,不立于其位,因此她还不能被称作“比丘尼”。因为无论是否违犯某条波罗夷法,若有因欲还俗而接受在家相者,仍可于二部僧中再得达上。所以依此理趣,称为“可坏,故为可坏业”;然而因为没有上述那些业过,故为“具足安立处”。不过,当比丘尼接受在家相时,若男性特征未出现,并无证据显示她可在比丘中得到达上;若舍戒还俗,则可以,有人这样认为。但这并不合理,因为比丘尼并无舍戒之事。这是我师所许。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana atthi kammaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ, atthi ṭhānārahaṃ nākuppaṃ, atthi akuppañceva na ṭhānārahañca, atthi nākuppaṃ na ca ṭhānārahanti idaṃ catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha paṭhamaṃ tāva vuttaṃ, tatiyacatutthāni pākaṭāni. Dutiyaṃ pariyāyena bhikkhunisaṅghato ekatoupasampannāya liṅgaparivatte sati labbhati. Tassa hi puggalassa pubbe sikkhamānakāle laddhaṃ ñatticatutthaupasampadākammaṃ kiñcāpi akuppañceva ṭhānārahañca, purisaliṅge pana pātubhūte ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, taṃyeva upajjhaṃ tameva upasampada’’nti (pārā. 69) ettha apariyāpannattā tassa puggalassa kevalaṃ sāmaṇerabhāvāpattito kammaṃ dāni kuppaṃ jātanti vuccati. Liṅgaparivattena cīvarassa adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ viya tassa puggalassa bhikkhunisaṅghena katāya upasampadāya vijahanaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ, aññathā so puggalo upasampanno bhikkhūti āpajjati. Atha vā liṅgaparivatte asatipitaṃ ekatoupasampadākammaṃ kuppati, yathāṭhāne na tiṭṭhati. Tasmā na tāva sā ‘‘bhikkhunī’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yasmā aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ āpajjitvāpi anāpajjitvāpi uppabbajitukāmatāya gihiliṅgaṃ sādiyantiyā punapi upasampadā ubhatosaṅghe labbhati, tasmā tena pariyāyena ‘‘kuppatīti kuppa’’nti vuccati, yathāvuttakammadosābhāvato pana ‘‘ṭhānāraha’’nti. Bhikkhunī pana gihiliṅgaṃ sādiyantikāle na purisaliṅgapātubhāve sati bhikkhūsu upasampadaṃ labbhatīti sādhakaṃ kāraṇaṃ na dissati, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya uppabbajitā ce, labhatīti eke, taṃ panāyuttaṃ bhikkhuniyā sikkhāpaccakkhanābhāvatoti amhākaṃ khantīti ācariyo. ‘‘Yathā ‘kattabba’nti vuttaṃ, tathā akate kuppatīti katvā karaṇaṃ satthusāsana’’nti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Yattha yattha ‘‘gaṇṭhipade’’ti vuccati, tattha tattha ‘‘dhammasirittherassa gaṇṭhipade’’ti gahetabbaṃ.
共住句分别注释显示巴利原文
Sājīvapadabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
《无碍解道》中说:“大菩萨是决定的。”其中“《无碍解道》”这一句,应理解为“属于金刚智长老的”。在声闻菩提、独觉菩提、正等正觉这三种菩提中,安住于正等正觉菩提的有情,称为菩萨、大菩萨。某一《结文》中说:由于具足更多的巴帝摩卡戒、比丘戒,由于以烧尽烦恼的方式生起,以及由最上的世尊所制,故为“增上”;唯于佛陀出世时才生起,故为“最上”。虽然独觉们也依法的力量具足巴帝摩卡律仪戒,但在此义理下被限定为“唯于佛陀出世时才生起”。因此说“并非除去那制定”等。而较巴帝摩卡律仪更殊胜的,是与道果相应的戒,亦即增上戒,但在此处并非所意欲的,因为它不被巴帝摩卡诵所摄。
“全然贤善”是表示理由的用语,因为一切学处有共通的特相,且圣者也会犯某些罪,此义已经成立。既然如此,难道注释书所说的“因为证得彼者不会行淫欲法”这句话,看起来像是无力吗?并非无力,正是有力,因为在各个学处中,若有诘难,注释书正是依各个学处而生起的。例如在《度疑》中,关于水界羯磨界时,说到“比丘尼遮覆三轮、不放下内衣而渡水”,这便是依据《比丘尼分别》而来。显示巴利原文
‘‘Mahābodhisattā niyatā’’ti vuttaṃ anugaṇṭhipade. Yattha ‘‘anugaṇṭhipade’’ti, tattha ‘‘vajirabuddhittherassā’’ti gahetabbaṃ. Sāvakabodhipaccekabodhisammāsambodhīti vā tīsu bodhīsu sammāsambodhiyaṃ sattā bodhisattā mahābodhisattā nāma. Pātimokkhasīlabahukattā, bhikkhusīlattā, kilesapidahanavasena vattanato, uttamena bhagavatā paññattattā ca adhikaṃ, buddhuppādeyeva pavattanato uttamanti aññatarasmiṃ gaṇṭhipade. Kiñcāpi paccekabuddhāpi dhammatāvasena pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlena samannāgatāva honti, tathāpi ‘‘buddhuppādeyeva pavattatī’’ti niyamitaṃ tena pariyāyenāti. Tenāha ‘‘na hi taṃ paññattiṃ uddharitvā’’tiādi. Pātimokkhasaṃvaratopi ca maggaphalasampayuttameva sīlaṃ adhisīlaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ. Na hi taṃ pātimokkhuddesena saṅgahitanti. Samantabhadrakaṃ kāraṇavacanaṃ sabbasikkhāpadānaṃ sādhāraṇalakkhaṇattā imissā anupaññattiyā ariyapuggalā ca ekaccaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjantīti sādhitametaṃ, tasmā ‘‘na hi taṃ samāpanno methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ asamatthaṃ viya dissatīti? Nāsamatthaṃ, samatthameva yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sikkhāpade sāsā vicāraṇā, tassa tasseva vasena aṭṭhakathāya pavattito. Tathā hi kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā) udakukkhepasīmādhikāre ‘‘timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādetvā antaravāsakaṃ anukkhipitvā uttarantiyā bhikkhuniyā’’ti vuttaṃ bhikkhunivibhaṅge āgatattā. Eseva nayo aññepi evarūpesu. Kimatthanti ce taṃ? Pāḷikkamānuvattanena pāḷikkamadassanatthaṃ. Tatridaṃ samāsato adhippāyadīpanaṃ – padasodhammasikkhāpadassa tikaparicchede upasampanne upasampannasaññī, anāpatti, akaṭānudhammasikkhāpadavasena upasampanne ukkhittake siyā āpatti, tathā sahaseyyasikkhāpadeti evamādi. Attho panettha parato āvi bhavissati.
注释书中说:“而比彼更殊胜的,是道果心,即增上心,但在此处并非所意欲的”,以及“比彼更殊胜的,是道果慧,即增上慧,但在此处并非所意欲的。因为证得彼的比丘不会行淫欲法。”这与圣典“其中,此增上戒学,是在此义中被意欲的学”相违。因为此圣典表明:在此处只意欲增上戒学,而非其他;而注释书的语句则显示,那三种世间学也是被意欲的。然而,此处的注释书意趣是:三种世间学在这第一波罗夷中都可能发生,因为有时证得增上心、增上慧的比丘,可能由于遇到某种不适当的缘,从那些增上心、增上慧退转,而达到戒的破坏——这是有可能的;但证得出世间心、慧者则不可能。同样的道理也适用于其他一切有心的不与取等学处,而在无心的学处中,后者(出世间者)也可能犯。尽管如此,应知:纯粹为了显示律藏和巴帝摩卡戒的结集者,以及在“不舍学”这一后句中,应被舍的只是世间增上戒学,因此在圣典中说:“其中,此增上戒学,是在此义中被意欲的学”。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tatopi ca maggaphalacittameva adhicittaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippeta’’nti ca, ‘‘tatopi ca maggaphalapaññāva adhipaññā, sā pana idha anadhippetā. Na hi taṃsamāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti. ‘‘Tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā virujjhati. Ayañhi pāḷi adhisīlasikkhāva idha adhippetā, na itarāti dīpeti. Aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ tāsampi tiṇṇaṃ lokiyānaṃ adhippetataṃ dīpeti. Ayaṃ panettha aṭṭhakathādhippāyo – tissopi lokiyā sikkhā imasmiṃ paṭhamapārājike sambhavanti, kālenāpi adhicittapaññālābhī bhikkhu tathārūpaṃ asappāyaṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca tato tato adhicittato, adhipaññāto ca āvattitvā sīlabhedaṃ pāpuṇeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, na lokuttaracittapaññālābhī, ayaṃ nayo itaresupi sabbesu adinnādānādīsu sacittakesu labbhati, acittakesu pana itaropi. Tathāpi kevalaṃ vinayapiṭakassa, pātimokkhasīlassa ca saṅgāhakattā ‘‘sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāyā’’ti imasmiṃ uttarapade paccakkhānārahā adhisīlasikkhāva lokiyāti dassanatthaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā, ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
在此,“学”指远离身语恶行及思,而在某些情况下应理解为唯是思。“学处”指有诵出的学处,也可获得某些未诵出的学处。“以心为所依而学于彼”是为了显示“依处”义中的处格。“如学处”是依省察而说。因为戒的省察也是戒本身,因此即使在善覆藏等行持中生起与远离不相应的思,也计入圆满学。不违越“故意妄语者波逸提”所说的界限,即称为“于彼学处学”。
某一《结文》中说:“‘学’是以学习的状态生起的心心所。‘活命’是制定。为了显示彼义,这是之前‘淫欲防护’的异名。”因为对于被赞为功德、被赞为福德的学,世间没有示弱的行为。因为它是应希求的,所以说“而证得彼活命者,于彼不示弱”。具寿优波提舍说:因为对于命令才可能有示弱。显示巴利原文
Ettha sikkhāti kāyavacīduccaritato viratī ca cetanā ca, aññatra cetanāyeva veditabbā. Sikkhāpadanti sauddesasikkhāpadaṃ, ekaccaṃ anuddesasikkhāpadañca labbhati. Cittassa adhikaraṇaṃ katvāti tasmiṃ sikkhatīti adhikaraṇatthe bhummanti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathāsikkhāpadanti paccavekkhaṇavasena vuttaṃ. Sīlapaccavekkhaṇāpi hi sīlameva, tasmā suppaṭicchannādicārittesu virativippayuttacetanaṃ pavattentopi sikkhaṃ paripūrentotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. ‘‘Sampajānamusāvāde pācittiya’’nti (pāci. 2) vuttamariyādaṃ avītikkamanto ‘‘tasmiñca sikkhāpade sikkhatī’’ti vuccati. Aññatarasmiṃ pana gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ ‘‘sikkhāti taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ sikkhanabhāvena pavattacittuppādo. Sājīvanti paññatti. Tadatthadassanatthaṃ pubbe methunasaṃvarassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti. Yasmā sikkhāya guṇasammatāya puññasammatāya tantiyā abhāvato lokassa dubbalyāvikammaṃ tattha na sambhavati. Patthanīyā hi sā, tasmā ‘‘yañca sājīvaṃ samāpanno, tattha dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Āṇāya hi dubbalyaṃ sambhavatīti āyasmā upatisso.
舍学之论释显示巴利原文
Sikkhāpaccakkhānakathāvaṇṇanā
此处“我将去”意指前往某外道处所或在家居所等。“以状态分别的方式”是说,由于出现了“我是”,对于他想要转成的任何状态,便以该状态的分别方式来表述,也就是以有别于比丘状态的其他状态来作分别,这便是其中的意趣。显示巴利原文
Etthayāmīti amukasmiṃ titthāyatane, gharādimhi vā. Bhāvavikappākārenāti ‘‘ahaṃ assa’’nti āgatattā yaṃ yaṃ bhavitukāmo, tassa tassa bhāvassa vikappākārena, bhikkhubhāvato aññabhāvavikappākārenāti adhippāyo.
46 “好了”仅仅是一句口头语。“希望成为在家状态”等语句,显示的是心的决定。舍学唯依一念心便告成就,并非没有此心也能达成。显示巴利原文
46.Handāti vacasāyeva. Gihibhāvaṃ patthayamānotiādipadehi cittaniyamaṃ dasseti. Ekeneva cittena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti, na tadabhāvenāti.
51 “佛、法”等词句显示了关于田的限定。其中,前十四词显示了自性的舍弃,后八词显示了转入他状态。通过“我舍,你持”等词句,显示了时间的限定。通过“说”这一词句,显示了加行的限定。通过“令知”这一词句,显示了了知的限定。“疯子舍学”“在疯子面前舍学”等词句,显示了人的限定。而“以圣语在蛮人面前舍学”等词句,则显示了即使具备人等限定,若了知限定不成立,舍学仍不成立。对此,论师说道:“若以那种没有时间限定的蛮语,传达了有时间限定的意义时,便认为舍学成立——此非我的意趣。”“以嬉戏”等词句,显示了即使具备田等限定,若无心的限定,舍学亦不成立。“欲令闻而不令闻”,显示了即使有心的限定,若缺乏加行的限定,舍学亦不成立。“令无智者闻,不令智者闻”,是为了显示:即使心、田、时间、加行、人、了知等限定悉皆具备,若只针对某一特定的人令闻,则唯当此人听闻时舍学方告成立,而非余人听闻时成立。因此,注释书中说:“若限定一人而告知‘唯愿此人知’,此人若确实了知,则学处已舍;若此人不知……乃至……则学处未舍。”又或者,若完全不令闻,则学处未舍——这是为了显示,唯依心等限定时,学处方能成就。显示巴利原文
51.Buddhaṃ dhammantiādipadehi khettaniyamaṃ dasseti. Tattha ādito cuddasahi padehi sabhāvapariccāgo, pacchimehi aṭṭhahi bhāvantarādānañca dassitaṃ hoti. Paccakkhāmi dhārehīti etehi kālaniyamaṃ dasseti. Vadatīti iminā padena payoganiyamaṃ dasseti. Viññāpetīti iminā vijānananiyamaṃ dasseti. Ummattako sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, ummattakassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhātītiādīhi puggalaniyamaṃ dasseti. Ariyakena milakkhassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhātītiādīhi pana puggalādiniyamepi sati vijānananiyamāsambhavaṃ dasseti. Tattha ‘‘yāya milakkhabhāsāya kālaniyamo natthi, tāyapi bhāsāya kālaniyamatthadīpane sati sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ ruhatīti no matī’’ti ācariyo. Davāyātiādīhi khettādiniyame satipi cittaniyamābhāvena na ruhatīti dasseti. Sāvetukāmo na sāvetīti cittaniyamepi sati payoganiyamābhāvena na ruhatīti dasseti. Aviññussasāveti, viññussa na sāvetīti cittakhettakālapayogapuggalavijānananiyamepi sati yaṃ puggalaṃ uddissa sāveti, tasseva savane na ruhati, na aññassāti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, tena vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘yadi ayameva jānātūti ekaṃ niyametvā āroceti, tañce so eva jānāti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. Atha so na jānāti…pe… appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā’’ti. Sabbaso vā pana na sāveti, appaccakkhā hoti sikkhāti cittādiniyameneva sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, na aññathāti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Ettāvatā ‘‘sikkhā…pe… dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā’’ti padassa padabhājanaṃ tīhi ākārehi dassitaṃ hoti. Tattha dve amissā, pacchimo eko missoti veditabbo. Teneva vacībhedenāti tadatthadīpanamattaṃ vacanaṃ sutvāva teneva vacībhedena jānāpetīti attho. Cittasampayuttanti paccakkhātukāmatācittasampayuttaṃ. Samayaññū nāma tadadhippāyajānanamattena hoti.
53 《功德分别》是阐明佛陀功德的经。据说,优婆离居士所说的偈颂即是优婆离偈颂。‘智’与‘想’意义相同,因此‘菩提智’即是‘菩提想’,也就是‘菩提种子’。显示巴利原文
53.Vaṇṇapaṭṭhānaṃ buddhaguṇadīpakaṃ suttaṃ. Upāligahapatinā vuttā kira upāligāthā. Paññāṇaṃ saññāṇanti atthato ekaṃ, tasmā bodhipaññāṇanti bodhisaññāṇaṃ, bodhibījanti vuttaṃ hoti.
“对二者限定”一句:在此,某《结文》中说:“唯当二人皆知晓时,以‘我舍’之意而说,若其中一人知晓,则学处未舍。”此说与注释书不合。若说“我是居士”或“我成居士”,虽为现在时语,然因无“你持”之义,且说“你持”时其事转至他人,故不成立。“现见之法”:于一切处所说法语,皆为阐明所谓“现见”所指为何。否则,若说“我舍离胜伏”,则转轮王等亦会被关联,乃至最后连“佛”一词亦须说。至于“师之同义词”中,“谁令我出家”等,是不取戒师,而针对某人或为某人而出家者所说。“Okallako”是可怜人的同义词。“Moḷibaddho”即束发者,或已解冠者。“Cellako”是长老。“Ceṭako”是中等者。“Moḷigallo”是大沙弥。在人形龙等或龙形等面前,或在不解人语的紧那罗等面前。“据说,天神乃大智慧者”是原文。“以嬉戏”即轻率地。“以含糊语”即因口吃而含糊,或因不熟悉字母组合、诸根不明利而有含糊语。因根不调伏,故说“如书本形者”,指迟钝、智慧羸弱者。问:“如何是迟钝者?”答:“于时而不善巧。”显示巴利原文
Dvinnampi niyametvāti ettha ‘‘dvīsupi jānantesu eva paccakkhāmīti adhippāyena vutte tesu eko ce jānāti, na paccakkhātā hotī’’ti aññatarasmimpi gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, taṃ aṭṭhakathāya na sameti. ‘‘Gihī homī’’ti vā ‘‘gihimhī’’ti vā vutte kiñcāpi vattamānavacanaṃ hoti. ‘‘Dhārehī’’ti atthābhāvā ca ‘‘dhārehī’’ti vutte ca parassupari gacchati, tasmā na hoti. Sandiṭṭhikaṃ dhammanti sabbattha dhammavacanaṃ vuttaṃ yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sandiṭṭhika’’nti vadati, taṃ pakāsetuṃ. Aññathā ‘‘vijitavijayaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vutte cakkavattiādīsupi tappasaṅgato buddhasaddopi avasāne vattabbo bhaveyya. Ācariyavevacanesu pana yo maṃ pabbājesītiādi upajjhaṃ aggahetvā, paraṃ vā uddissa pabbajitaṃ sandhāya vuttanti. Okallakoti kapaṇādhivacanaṃ. Moḷibaddhoti sikhābaddho, omukkamakuṭo vā. Cellako athero. Ceṭako majjhimo. Moḷigallo mahāsāmaṇero. Manussaviggahanāgādīnaṃ nāgarūpādīnaṃ vā santike, bhāsājānanakinnarādīnaṃ vā. ‘‘Devatā nāma mahāpaññā’’ti kira pāṭho. Davāyāti sahasā. Ravābhaññenāti khalitabhaññena. Akkharasamayānañhi nābhiññātāya vā karaṇānaṃ avisadatāya vā hoti ravābhaññaṃ. Avidheyyindriyatāya ‘‘potthakarūpasadisassā’’ti vuttaṃ, garumedhassa mandapaññassa. Kittāvatā pana garumedho hotīti ce? Samaye akovidatāya.
根本制立论释显示巴利原文
Mūlapaññattikathāvaṇṇanā
55 名为“受用”一词在论母中不存在,因此说“在‘应受用’此句中”等语。“这名为淫欲法”一句,在一切巴利典籍中,注释书引述为“这被称为淫欲法”。以女人的生殖器触自己的生殖器,此事难以理解,故予以显示。以自己的生殖器触女人的生殖器,因容易理解,故未显示。所谓“除了四处”,此处是就触碰到内部表面而言;若不触碰而抽出,则无罪。“中间”指顶端部分。“上半部的中间”指上半部的顶端部分。在“已失去身净色”此句中,为了显示“若问:由于根受损者也可能犯戒,此处是否也有罪?答:无罪”,而说了“死牛皮”等语。因为死牛皮是非执受的,只有在执受的身体上才有波罗夷罪。应遮盖而不暴露。意指应如此遮盖而坐,使牙齿不被看见。显示巴利原文
55. ‘‘Paṭisevatināmā’’ti padaṃ mātikāyaṃ natthi, tasmā ‘‘paṭiseveyyāti etthā’’tiādimāha. ‘‘Eso methunadhammo nāmā’’ti sabbapāḷipotthakesu, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘eso vuccati methunadhammo nāmā’’ti uddhaṭā. Itthiyā nimittena attano nimittanti duviññeyyametaṃ dassitaṃ. Attano nimittena itthiyā nimittaṃ suviññeyyattā na dassitaṃ. Cattāri ṭhānāni muñcitvāti ettha abbhantaratalaṃ chupantaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ, acchupantaṃ nīharantassa anāpatti. Majjhanti aggappadesaṃ. Uparibhāgamajjhanti uparibhāgassa aggappadesaṃ. Naṭṭhakāyappasādanti ettha upahatindriyassa āpattisambhavato idhāpi āpattīti ce? Neti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘matacammaṃ vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Matacammañhi anupādinnaṃ, upādinne eva pārājikāpatti. Apidhāya appaṭicchādetvā. Yathā dantā na dissanti, tathā pidhāyeva nisīditabbanti adhippāyo.
“牛蛇”即背部如牛、带有圆斑的蛇,其背上可见红色圆斑。虽然通过“泥沼、熟悉水域、水中游行的鱼”等词,大海中能一口吞下象身的大口巨鱼乃至更大的鱼也被涵盖其中,但因其口部等处不可能行淫欲法,故有长老说,此处并无部位限定,应当审察后取用。所谓“正是这个”,即紧接前文所述。与经文连接,便是字母的连接。“然而,所制定的学处,因一切有惭耻者皆应平等修学,故称‘平等学’,因此,一切学处为一切比丘所应学。确实,于任何人都不存在不足或多余。”这是在其复注中所说。而在《附随》中——显示巴利原文
Gonasoti goṇapiṭṭhiko maṇḍalasappo, yassa piṭṭhe lohitakāni maṇḍalāni dissanti. Kalalaparicayavāricāramacchaggahaṇena kiñcāpi samudde mahāmukhā hatthisarīrampi ekappahārena gilituṃ samatthā tato mahantatarā ca gahitā honti, tesaṃ mukhādīsu methunadhammo na sambhavatīti tattha ṭhānaparicchedo natthīti eke, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. Etameva hīti anantaraṃ sandhāya. Saddhiṃ yojanāya akkharayojanāya. ‘‘Paññattaṃ pana sikkhāpadaṃ sabbehipi lajjīpuggalehi samaṃ sikkhitabbabhāvato samasikkhatā nāmāti vuttattā sabbasikkhāpadaṃ sabbabhikkhūhi sikkhitabbaṃ. Na hi kassaci ūnamadhikaṃ vā atthī’’ti tassa gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Parivāre pana –
非被举罪者,亦非别住者,
非破僧者,亦非投向派别者;
安住于平等共住之地者,
如何于学处中成为不共者?”(《附随》479)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na ukkhittako na ca pana pārivāsiko, Na saṅghabhinno na ca pana pakkhasaṅkanto; Samānasaṃvāsakabhūmiyā ṭhito, Kathaṃ nu sikkhāya asādhāraṇo siyā’’ti. (pari. 479) –
已说。而该注释书中说:“此问题是为曾作理发师者而说。因为此人不得持理发器具,其他人可以持,因此于学处为不共者。”这一切应知是随顺契合的。比丘也修学那些唯与比丘尼共通的学处;同样,其他曾作理发师的比丘也修学该学处,因为于其义善巧故,所以说一切学处皆名“平等学”。所谓“那已说”者,是连接词。“三位女人”等的分别,是为确定事由,因为这是决定性的特征。由此,当与女非人发生关系时,便排除了金、银等所造之物。此后,先前所说的“依十种义利而开展分别”等,应随其可能衔接而了知。显示巴利原文
Vuttaṃ. Tadaṭṭhakathāya ca ‘‘ayaṃ pañhā nahāpitapubbakaṃ sandhāya vuttā. Ayañhi khurabhaṇḍaṃ pariharituṃ na labhati, aññe labhanti. Tasmā sikkhāya asādhāraṇo’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ sabbaṃ yathā saṃsandati sameti, tathā veditabbaṃ . Bhikkhunīnaṃyeva sādhāraṇāni sikkhāpadānipi bhikkhu sikkhati, evamaññopi anhāpitapubbako bhikkhu taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ sikkhati eva tadatthakosallatthanti katvā sabbampi sikkhāpadaṃ samasikkhatā nāmāti. Yaṃ taṃ vuttanti sambandho. ‘‘Tisso itthiyo’’tiādivibhaṅgotaṃniyāmakotilakkhaṇattā vatthuniyamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tena amanussitthippasaṅgena kate suvaṇṇarajatādimaye paṭikkhipati. Ito paṭṭhāya ye ca ‘‘tayo atthavase paṭicca vibhaṅgo pavattatī’’ti pubbe vuttā, te yathāsambhavaṃ yojetvā veditabbā.
初四组论释显示巴利原文
Paṭhamacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā
57 “他犯波罗夷罪”一句中:此不善罪过征服该比丘由戒所生之善法,因贪欲征服而名为“波罗夷”(他胜);它将预备阶段所犯的恶作、偷兰遮等罪过征服、摧毁,唯存自身。有人说:它不会被与事由同类或不同类的、其他与波罗夷性质相同的罪过所征服。这些之前已经分别讨论过了。然而,当四种波罗夷罪同时存在时,它们便征服该比丘的比丘身份,使其成为非比丘、未受具足戒者,连比丘之名亦不复有。有人说:它不产生恶口波逸提罪。依第二种义理分别,“波罗夷法”的“达到、成就”即含“罪过”之义,因此,持“罪过成就说”者的观点亦被包含,而这种依他而立的解释是合理的。该比丘被称为“有罪者”;否则,由于刹那灭,他可能成为无罪者,但事实并非如此。那么,何时成为有罪者呢?当他死亡时,以及当他舍弃学处而处于沙弥等地位时。若如此,当学处被舍弃时,波罗夷罪是否也被舍弃?学处与罪两者是否同时存在于他身上?桑喀地谢沙等罪过,为何不因舍弃学处而被舍弃,而重新受具足戒后仍须令其出罪?舍弃学处成为……显示巴利原文
57.Āpatti pārājikā assa hotīti ettha yasmā sā akusalā āpatti tassa bhikkhuno sīlasambhavaṃ abhibhavati, rāgābhibhave tasmiṃ pārājikāti laddhanāmā pubbabhāge āpannā dukkaṭathullaccayādayo āpattiyo abhibhavitvā vināsetvā sayamevekā assa. Vatthunā sabhāgāhi vā asabhāgāhi vā aññāhi pārājikattena samānajātikāhi āpattīhi sayaṃ nābhibhavīyatīti eke. Taṃ taṃ pubbe vicāritameva. Yadā pana catassopi pārājikāpattiyo ekato honti, tadā tā tassa bhikkhuno bhikkhubhāvaṃ abhibhavanti, abhikkhuṃ karonti, anupasampannaṃ karonti, samaññāyapi bhikkhu na hoti. Omasavādapācittiyaṃ na janetīti eke. Dutiyena atthavikappena pārājikassa dhammassa patti sampatti āpattīti attho saṅgahito hotīti katvā āpattisampattivādīnaṃ saṅgahito hoti, yujjati cesā parasāpekkhā. Sāpattiko nāma so bhikkhu hoti, aññathā tassa khaṇabhaṅgena anāpattiko bhaveyya, na ca hotīti. Kadā pana hotīti? Yadā kālaṃ karoti, yadā ca sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya sāmaṇerādibhūmiyaṃ tiṭṭhati. Yadi evaṃ sikkhāya paccakkhātāya pārājikāpatti paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā cāti ubhayaṃ tassa ekato atthi, saṅghādisesādiāpatti sikkhāpaccakkhānena kiṃ na paccakkhātā, puna upasampannena desāpetabbā. Sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ āpattivuṭṭhānaṃ jātaṃ, abhikkhu āpattito vuṭṭhāti, gahaṭṭho vuṭṭhāti, sāmaṇero vuṭṭhāti, tato vinayavirodhā na vuṭṭhāti. Hañci pana vuṭṭhāti gahaṭṭho, sāmaṇero vā sīlasampannova jhānalābhī assa, sotāpattiphalassa vā arahattaphalassa vā lābhī assa, pārājikāpattiyā sāpattiko arahā assa. Ukkhittako uppabbajito vā parivāsāraho mānattāraho uppabbajito vā sīlasampanno jhānalābhī assa, sotāpattiphalassa, arahattaphalassa vā lābhī assa, sāpattiko santarāyiko arahā assa, so puna upasampanno parivāsaṃ, mānattaṃ vā datvā abbhetabbo ukkhittako osāretabboti samāno ayaṃ upalabbhoti.
然而,此处的抉择如下:犯波罗夷法者,只要他仍自称比丘、接受共住,由于有障碍,即使在布萨日等日子自己受持戒律,其受戒也不生效,更遑论禅那等。若他不再自称比丘、不接受共住,仅因惧怕国王、仇敌、盗贼等而在比丘们面前显露后仍不舍弃袈裟,他便成为未受具足戒者,产生同宿等罪,但他仍能分享戒与禅那等的功德。此乃世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ āpanno yāva bhikkhubhāvaṃ paṭijānāti sādiyati saṃvāsaṃ, santarāyikattā uposathadivasādīsu gahaṭṭhassa viya sayameva sīlaṃ samādiyantassapi na sīlasamādānaṃ ruhati, pageva jhānādīni. So ce bhikkhubhāvaṃ na sādiyati na paṭijānāti saṃvāsaṃ na sādiyati, kevalaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvikatvā rājavericorādibhayena kāsāvaṃ na pariccajati, anupasampannova hoti sahaseyyādiṃ janeti, sīlassa ca jhānādīnañca bhāgī hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
犯戒者若期望清净,应将所犯之罪发露;发露之后,他便得轻安,为证得初禅等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Āpannena visuddhāpekkhena santī āpatti āvikātabbā, āvikatā hissa phāsu hoti, paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāyā’’tiādi (mahāva. 134-135).
其中,所谓“所犯之罪”,是指已犯的一切罪,包括有余罪与无余罪等一切类别。即使如此,原本处于在家地者,因住于清净故,更应先分受禅那等功德。然而,若比丘被举罪而尚未解罪,或犯敬重法后尚未出罪,即舍弃学处而处于在家地者,则不能分受禅那等功德,因其不住于清净,且有应作而未作之事。也正因此,世尊说:“他重新受具足戒后,应被解罪。”所以,对于此人,他在为比丘时所犯的障碍法会生起追悔,从而障碍以无追悔为根的喜悦等生起,但若在自亲依止处则不障碍;若不障碍,则可能生起。如果犯了重罪后向比丘们发露,然后还俗,以本性比丘的身份还俗,则他能分受禅那等功德,因为“发露已,心得轻安”的缘故,更不用说若在比丘时期了。但有人说,被举罪者因为有应作之事,所以不能分受。然而,若他舍弃该邪见,则随顺此说,亦能分受。诸比丘,不应与有在家人之众……舍弃学处者、犯极罪者、所坐之众……此处,“在家人”指本来即具在家相者。若舍弃学处后仍现比丘相者,名为“舍弃学处者”。他如对自亲依止处有期待,愿成为沙弥,即以此相通过三皈依而成为沙弥。犯极罪者,即使接受共住,其后依前述次第亦不接受。显示巴利原文
Tattha santī āpattīti sāvasesānavasesappabhedā sabbāpi āpatti āpannā adhippetā. Evaṃ santepi pageva gahaṭṭhādibhūmiyaṃ ṭhito jhānādīnaṃ bhāgī assa suddhante ṭhitattā, yo pana ukkhittako anosārito, garudhammaṃ vā āpajjitvā avuṭṭhito sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya gahaṭṭhādibhūmiyaṃ ṭhito, na so jhānādīnaṃ bhāgīyeva bhavati na suddhante ṭhitattā, sakaraṇīyattā ca, teneva bhagavatā ‘‘so puna upasampanno osāretabbo’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā tassa puggalassa te bhikkhukāle āpannā antarāyikā dhammā vippaṭisāraṃ janayitvā avippaṭisāramūlakānaṃ pāmojjādīnaṃ sambhavaṃ nivārenti, no sakāsāvesuyeva. No ce nivārenti, sambhavati. Garukaṃ āpajjitvā bhikkhūnaṃ āvikatvā ce uppabbajito, pakatatto hutvā uppabbajitoti katvā jhānādīnaṃ bhāgī assa ‘‘āvikatā hissa phāsu hotī’’ti vuttattā. Pageva bhikkhukāle, na tveva ukkhittako sakaraṇīyattāti eke. Tadanuvattanako pana taṃ laddhiṃ pahāya bhāgī assa. Na, bhikkhave, sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya (mahāva. 154) sikkhāpaccakkhātakassa antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāyāti (mahāva. 183) ettha gahaṭṭho nāma pakatiyā gihiliṅge ṭhito. Sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya bhikkhuliṅge ṭhito sikkhāpaccakkhātako. So sakāsāvesu sāpekkhattā sāmaṇerabhāvaṃ patthayamāno teneva liṅgena tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇero hoti. Antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpanno saṃvāsaṃ sādiyantopi pacchā pubbe vuttakkamena asādiyitvā sāmaṇerabhāvaṃ patthayamāno sikkhāpaccakkhātako viya tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇero hoti, na puna kāsāvaṃ paṭiggāhāpetabbo bhikkhūhi paṭhamaṃ dinnaliṅgeyeva ṭhitattā. Yo pana pārājiko codiyamāno parājitvā ‘‘handa, bhante, sāmaṇero bhavāmi, saraṇāni dethā’’ti vadati, ‘‘sādhu gaṇhāhī’’ti na vattabbo, gihiliṅge ṭhapetvā puna kāsāyāni paṭiggāhāpetvā pabbājetabbo. ‘‘Idaṃ pana sabbaṃ attano matiyā vuttattā vicāretvā gahetabba’’nti ācariyo vadati. Pavesanaṃ nāma aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa aṅgajātena samphusanaṃ. Paviṭṭhaṃ nāma yāva mūlā pavesentassa vippakatakāle vāyāmakālo. Sukkavissaṭṭhisamaye aṅgajātaṃ ṭhitaṃ nāma. Uddharaṇaṃ nāma nīharaṇakālo. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘vāyāmato oramitvā ṭhānaṃ ṭhitaṃ nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ asaṅkarato dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Pavesanapaviṭṭhauddharaṇakālesupi sukkavissaṭṭhi hotiyeva.
一百六十九双四组论释显示巴利原文
Ekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathāvaṇṇanā
59-60 “已死者多分被咬”一语,意在显示:未死者多分被咬,亦属巴拉基嘎事。完全被咬或被拔除者,显示属于陀吒亚事;同样地,依“多分被咬”一语,显示已死者完全被咬或被拔除属于恶做事。而且,他们不制定有余罪。是何缘故?因这些学处为世间过所摄,非制定过。其中,“学处”意指巴拉基嘎。其中,陀吒亚亦是世间过所摄,非制定过。或者,两者皆是无余而制立的。因为在巴拉基嘎领域中,先取其下限至最低而作安立,自此以上,即制为陀吒亚。其中,陀吒亚领域如巴拉基嘎领域一样,是依下限来区分的,应如此了知。咬至一半时,为陀吒亚;凡是咬至相(性征)之处,应知为恶做事。在此,有人问:“世尊是否唯将制定过制定为有余罪?”并非如此。然而,我们将随其所宜,于各处阐明。那么,世尊为何于咬至一半时不制定巴拉基嘎呢?此暂为不可问之题,因属佛之境界与律之制立。然于此有一看似合理之因:“因一半之相难以确定故”。“多分被咬”是指:于粪道、尿道、口的四个部分中,越过两个部分,至于第三部分之末而被咬;或越过第三部分,至于第四部分之末。显示巴利原文
59-60. ‘‘Mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhāyita’’nti vacanato amataṃ yebhuyyena khāyitampi pārājikavatthumevāti dasseti. Sabbaso khāyitaṃ, uppāṭitaṃ vā thullaccayavatthumevāti dasseti, tathā ‘‘yebhuyyena khāyita’’nti vacanato mataṃ sabbakhāyitaṃ, uppāṭitaṃ vā dukkaṭavatthūti dasseti. Na ca sāvasesaṃ paññapenti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Idañhi sikkhāpadaṃ lokavajjaṃ, na paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Tattha sikkhāpadanti pārājikaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tattha thullaccayampi hi lokavajjaṃ, na paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Atha vā ubhayampi anavasesaṃ paññattaṃ. Pārājikakhette hi heṭṭhimakoṭiṃ pāpetvā ṭhapite tato paraṃ thullaccayanti paññattameva hoti. Tattha thullaccayakhettampi pārājikakhettaṃ viya heṭṭhimaparicchedena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Upaḍḍhakkhāyite thullaccayanti yattha nimittaṃ khāyitaṃ, taṃ dukkaṭavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Etthāha – paṇṇattivajjaṃ kiṃ sāvasesameva bhagavā paññāpetīti? Na. Ekaṃsato pana yathāsambhavaṃ tattha tattha pakāsayissāma, kimatthaṃ pana bhagavā upaḍḍhakkhāyite pārājikaṃ na paññāpesīti ayaṃ tāva apucchā buddhavisayattā vinayapaññattiyā. Idaṃ panettha kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ ‘‘upaḍḍhabhāvassa dubbinicchayattā’’ti. Yebhuyyena khāyitaṃ nāma vaccamaggapassāvamaggamukhānaṃ catūsu koṭṭhāsesu dve koṭṭhāse atikkamma yāva tatiyakoṭṭhāsapariyosānā khāditaṃ, tatiyakoṭṭhāsaṃ atikkamma yāva catutthakoṭṭhāsapariyosānā dukkaṭavatthu.
纵有人言“相(性征)完全被咬”乃是“针对活着的身体而说”,此说亦需审察后方可采纳。于鲜活之身体,即未腐烂或活人的身体上,若于眼、鼻等处,唯犯陀吒亚。于畜生类如象、马等之鼻及尿道鞘,犯陀吒亚——此依巴利文“以非道入非道,犯陀吒亚”,于此处作特别义而言。于腋窝等处,犯恶做事;于一切畜生类之眼、耳伤口,犯恶做事;于其馀身体处,亦唯犯恶做事。此于《维尼达瓦度》中,先以“来,尊者,行淫欲法”及“够了,姊妹,此不如法”二句,示现无淫欲心;而后以“来,尊者,用大腿中间摩擦……那位比丘那样做了”一句,示现泄欲之乐受,是故世尊判言:“犯桑喀地谢沙”。至于“若以淫欲心用大腿中间摩擦,犯恶做事”一句,则是作为已成立义而述。显示巴利原文
Yadipi nimittaṃ sabbaso khāyitanti ‘‘jīvamānakasarīraṃyeva sandhāya vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. Allasarīreti abhinave, akuthite vā manussānaṃ jīvamānasarīre akkhināsādīsu thullaccayameva. Tiracchānagatānaṃ hatthiassādīnaṃ nāsāya vatthikose ca thullaccayanti ‘‘amaggena amaggaṃ paveseti, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā atthavisesenettha vuttaṃ. Upakacchakādīsu dukkaṭaṃ, sabbesampi tiracchānagatānaṃ akkhikaṇṇavaṇesu dukkaṭaṃ, avasesasarīrepi dukkaṭamevāti idaṃ vinītavatthusmiṃ ‘‘ehi, bhante, methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā’’ti . ‘‘Alaṃ bhagini netaṃ kappatī’’ti (pārā. 79) iminā tāva methunarāgābhāvo dassito hoti. ‘‘Ehi, bhante, ūruntarikāya ghaṭṭehi…pe… so bhikkhu tathā akāsī’’ti iminā tāva mocanassādo dassito hoti, tenevāha bhagavā ‘‘āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’ti. ‘‘Yo pana methunarāgena ūruntarikāya ghaṭṭeti, tassa dukkaṭa’’nti siddhanti katvā vuttaṃ.
对于人的眼、耳等伤口,是偷兰遮事;对于畜生,则是恶作事——这里有一个难以明白的巴利语隐义,因此应知:“诸比丘,不应以染心触摸生殖器,若触摸,犯偷兰遮”这句话,确立了以染心触摸眼、耳等伤口犯恶作,这是《皮革犍度》中的巴利语隐义。有人说:“‘活着的男子’这一表达中,‘活着’一词是为了表明,对于死者根本无话可说而说的。”然而,在《大注疏》中,虽然提到了“造作《大注疏》之身”,但在其余注疏中,由于没有“以淫欲心用口”这样的话,而仅是在该处存在这样的语句,所以那句话是为了与巴利文对照而显示其义而说的。在《随纽解》中则说:“‘所有那些’是指在《大注疏》中,以淫欲心不插入而触摸女人的相(性征),犯偷兰遮。”某处也有“以淫欲心用口”的说法,而巴利文中无差别地开示“诸比丘,不应以染心触摸生殖器”,因此说“所有那些”。“称赞前者”是指畜生道……依前述方式犯偷兰遮,以身触、欲心犯恶作等,这与注疏的语句相符。而“所有那些……称赞前者”这段,据说是结集之后,锡兰岛的老师们将巴利文与注疏中所说的话对照之后,所阐述的判决。在此,若依其他方式,即依显示巴利原文
Manussānaṃ akkhikaṇṇavaṇādi thullaccayavatthu, tiracchānagatānaṃ dukkaṭavatthūti ettha duviññeyyo pāḷileso, tasmā ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ, yo chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti vacanato rattacittena akkhikaṇṇavaṇaṃ chupantassa dukkaṭanti siddhanti ayaṃ cammakkhandhake pāḷilesoti veditabbo. ‘‘Jīvamānakapurisassāti jīvamānakasaddo mate vattabbameva natthīti ñāpanatthaṃ vutto’’ti vadanti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ panāti idaṃ kiñcāpi ‘‘katvā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīra’’nti vuttaṃ, atha kho sesaaṭṭhakathāsu ‘‘methunarāgena mukhenā’’ti vacanābhāvato tattheva bhāvato taṃ vacanaṃ pāḷivacanena saṃsanditvā dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘taṃ sabbampīti mahāaṭṭhakathāyameva methunarāgena itthiyā nimittaṃ appavesento chupati, thullaccaya’’nti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Methunarāgena mukhenā’’tipi katthaci, pāḷiyaṃ avisesena ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabba’’nti vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘taṃ sabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Purimaṃ pasaṃsantīti tiracchānagati…pe… vuttanayeneva thullaccayaṃ, kāyasaṃsaggarāgena dukkaṭantiādiaṭṭhakathāvacanehi saṃsandanato. ‘‘Taṃ sabbampi…pe… purimaṃ pasaṃsantī’’ti idaṃ saṅgītito pacchā sīhaḷadīpakehi ācariyehi pāḷiyā, aṭṭhakathāyañca vuttavacanaṃ saṃsanditvā vuttavinicchayoti vuttaṃ. Ettha itarathā hīti pakatimukhena. Kasmā dukkaṭanti ce? ‘‘Aṅgulibījādīni pavesentassa dukkaṭa’’nti vuttattā yuttaṃ. Tiracchānagatitthiyā passāvamagganti ettha mahāaṭṭhakathāyampi pubbe ‘‘nimitta’’nti vatvā ettha ‘‘passāvamagga’’nti vuttattā avasesanimitte dukkaṭanti yuttaṃ viya dissati. Vuttanayenevāti methunarāgena. Thullaccayanti ca khandhake passāvanimittavasenevāgatattā upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ.
敷具四类分别论释显示巴利原文
Santhatacatukkabhedakakathāvaṇṇanā
61-2 “将女根作桩”是指:把桩插入女根内部,或将其弄平,或摩擦多余的桩,由于并未进入,犯恶作。若稍微进入内部后,以男根触碰那竖立的桩,犯波罗夷。据说锡兰岛居民也读作“有青莲花香,有青莲的状态”。“在睡眠的比丘”这一句,如同“生起交合心”(波罗夷57)那里的解释一样。也有人读作“在睡眠的比丘”,那更直接。显示巴利原文
61-2.Itthinimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvāti itthinimittassa anto khāṇuṃ pavesetvā samatalaṃ vā katvā atirittaṃ vā khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭaṃ pavesābhāvā. Īsakaṃ anto pavesetvā ṭhitaṃ khāṇumeva ce aṅgajātena chupati, pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Uppalagandhā uppalabhāvā’’tipi dīpavāsino paṭhanti kira. Suttaṃ bhikkhumhīti sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhiteti (pārā. 57) ettha viya. ‘‘Suttabhikkhumhī’’ti ca paṭhanti, taṃ ujukameva.
杂篇之义释显示巴利原文
Pakiṇṇakakathāvaṇṇanā
在杂篇中,那些被称为“有表”的学处,据此而言,身与语应连同表业来理解。那些“无表”的学处,则应理解为无表业。然而,此处的意是无量的,因为由声称真实而生起的造作是有心的,而无心的造作并不存在。其中,有表罪生起当知是由无间心所生。某些由无表所生之法,因宽泛的说法也被称为“有表”,如初波罗夷,即使是无表业也说“若他同意,即犯波罗夷”,又说“不同意则无犯”。被称为有表的表业,若没有受乐心则非心等起,因为它无心、是变化色,且随心而转。因此,这被称为有表的表业,若无能生起的心便不能存立,如同其他心等起色;而其他声处则能存立。因此,当有表业时,必定有能生起它的受乐心,若说“不同意则无犯”便不合理。因为即便能生表业,受乐心也并非一切时都生表,因此认为无表业也能自行生起,故说“同意,即犯波罗夷”。若心不生起,则名为“不同意”,彼即无犯。正因如此,世尊问“比丘,你是以什么心做的?”,唯以心来界定犯戒,当知并非以有表业来界定。至此,说明了六种犯戒之缘,以及名为“犯戒之法”等,以及“以四种方式犯戒:以身、以语、以身与语、以甘马语”等经文。显示巴利原文
Pakiṇṇake yāni sikkhāpadāni ‘‘kiriyānī’’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ vasena kāyo, vācā ca saha viññattiyā veditabbā. Akiriyānaṃ vasena vinā viññattiyā veditabbā, cittaṃ panettha appamāṇaṃ bhūtārocanasamuṭṭhānassa kiriyattā, acittakattā ca. Tattha kiriyā āpattiyā anantaracittasamuṭṭhānā veditabbā. Aviññattijanakampi ekaccaṃ bāhullanayena ‘‘kiriya’’nti vuccati, yathayidaṃ paṭhamapārājikaṃ viññattiyā abhāvepi ‘‘so ce sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’’ti hi vuttaṃ ‘‘na sādiyati anāpattī’’ti ca. Viññattisaṅkhātāpi kiriyā vinā sevanacittena na hoti cittajattā, vikārarūpattā, cittānuparivattikattā ca. Tasmā kiriyāsaṅkhātamidaṃ viññattirūpaṃ itaraṃ cittajarūpaṃ viya janakacittena vinā na tiṭṭhati, itaraṃ saddāyatanaṃ tiṭṭhati, tasmā kiriyāya sati ekantato tajjanakaṃ sevanacittaṃ atthiyevāti katvā na sādiyati anāpattīti na yujjati. Yasmā viññattijanakampi samānaṃ sevanacittaṃ na sabbakālaṃ viññattiṃ janeti, tasmā vināpi viññattiyā sayaṃ uppajjatīti katvā ‘‘sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Nuppajjati ce, na sādiyati nāma, tassa anāpatti, teneva bhagavā ‘‘kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū’’ti citteneva āpattiṃ paricchindati, na kiriyāyāti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā cha āpattisamuṭṭhānāni, tāni eva āpattikarā dhammā nāmāti ca, catūhākārehi āpattiṃ āpajjati kāyena vācāya kāyavācāhi kammavācāya āpajjatīti ca etāni suttapadāni avirodhitāni honti, aññathā virodhitāni. Kathaṃ? Yañhi āpattiṃ kammavācāya āpajjati, na tattha kāyādayoti āpannaṃ, tato kammavācāya saddhiṃ āpattikarā dhammā sattāti āpajjati, atha tatthāpi kāyādayo ekato vā nānāto vā labbhanti. ‘‘Catūhi ākārehī’’ti na yujjati, ‘‘tīhākārehi āpattiṃ āpajjatī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyāti evaṃ virodhitāni honti. Kathaṃ avirodhitānīti? Saviññattikāviññattikabhedabhinnattā kāyādīnaṃ. Yā kiriyā āpatti, taṃ ekaccaṃ kāyena saviññattikena āpajjati , ekaccaṃ saviññattiyā vācāya, ekaccaṃ saviññattikāhi kāyavācāhi āpajjati. Yā pana akiriyā āpatti, taṃ ekaccaṃ kammavācāya āpajjati, tañca kho avasiṭṭhāhi aviññattikāhi kāyavācāhiyeva, na vinā ‘‘no ce kāyena vācāya paṭinissajjati, kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’ti (pārā. 414, 421) vacanato. Avisesena vā ekaccaṃ āpattiṃ kāyena āpajjati, ekaccaṃ vācāya, ekaccaṃ kāyavācāhi. Yaṃ panettha kāyavācāhi, taṃ ekaccaṃ kevalāhi kāyavācāhi āpajjati, ekaccaṃ kammavācāya āpajjatīti ayamattho veditabboti evaṃ avirodhitāni honti.
此处简别其义:'以身犯'——以有表身,作不应作而犯;以无表身,不作应作而犯,此二皆名'身业'。世间中,未作亦说为'作',如'此为我不善作,此善我不作'等语;教法中亦然,如'阿难友,此是汝之恶作,汝不问世尊'等语。是故于此律教法中,以身所不应作者亦名'身业'。此理同于'以语犯'等。其中,标示'生起',意在显示犯戒唯依身等差别,观其应作与不应作,而非由他法。标示'有表',意在显示身等有表与无表之差别。标示'想',意在显示犯戒之成素与不成素心之差别。因此,凡于有表相或无表相所现起之心,或有表或无表,并非无差别地成为犯戒之成素或不成素;唯由称为'想解脱'之想相应心为成素,余者为不成素——此义由此得显。复次,由何心而令学处为有心,由彼心无而令为无心——非谓因其有罪便无差别地皆为世间罪。标示'世间罪',意在显示同是有罪,而有是世间罪、有是制立罪。以意名'世间罪',为遮止'意业亦可犯戒'之不当推论,故标示'业'。凡此处无表相之业,为遮止其脱离善等三法之不当推论,故标示善等三法。凡此处无记之犯……显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ samāsato atthavibhāvanā – kāyena āpajjatīti kāyena saviññattikena akattabbaṃ katvā ekaccaṃ āpajjati, aviññattikena kattabbaṃ akatvā āpajjati, tadubhayampi kāyakammaṃ nāma. Akatampi hi loke ‘‘kata’’nti vuccati ‘‘idaṃ dukkaṭaṃ mayā, yaṃ mayā puññaṃ na kata’’nti evamādīsu, sāsane ca ‘‘idaṃ te, āvuso ānanda, dukkaṭaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ bhagavantaṃ na pucchī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 443), evamidha vinayapariyāye kāyena akaraṇīyampi ‘‘kāyakamma’’nti vuccati, ayameva nayo vācāya āpajjatītiādīsu. Tattha samuṭṭhānaggahaṇaṃ kattabbato vā akattabbato vā kāyādibhedāpekkhameva āpattiṃ āpajjati, na aññathāti dassanatthaṃ. Kiriyāggahaṇaṃ kāyādīnaṃ saviññattikāviññattikabhedadassanatthaṃ. Saññāggahaṇaṃ āpattiyā aṅgānaṅgacittavisesadassanatthaṃ, tena yaṃ cittaṃ kiriyālakkhaṇe, akiriyālakkhaṇe vā sannihitaṃ, yato vā kiriyā vā akiriyā vā hoti, na taṃ avisesena āpattiyā aṅgaṃ vā anaṅgaṃ vā hoti, kintu yāya saññāya ‘‘saññāvimokkha’’nti vuccati, tāya sampayuttaṃ cittaṃ aṅgaṃ, itaraṃ anaṅganti dassitaṃ hoti. Idāni yena cittena sikkhāpadaṃ sacittakaṃ hoti, yadabhāvā acittakaṃ, tena tassa avisesena sāvajjattā lokavajjabhāvova vuccati, kintu sāvajjaṃyeva samānaṃ ekaccaṃ lokavajjaṃ ekaccaṃ paṇṇattivajjanti dassanatthaṃ lokavajjaggahaṇaṃ. Cittameva yasmā ‘‘lokavajja’’nti vuccati, tasmā manokammampi siyā āpattīti aniṭṭhappasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ kammaggahaṇaṃ. Yaṃ panettha akiriyālakkhaṇaṃ kammaṃ, taṃ kusalattikavinimuttaṃ siyāti aniṭṭhappasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ kusalattikaggahaṇaṃ. Yā panettha abyākatā āpatti, taṃ ekaccaṃ avedanampi saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpanno āpajjatīti katvā vedanāttikaṃ ettha na labbhatīti aniṭṭhappasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ vedanāttikaggahaṇaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ. Sikkhāpadañhi sacittakapuggalavasena ‘‘ticittaṃ tivedana’’nti laddhavohāraṃ acittakenāpannampi ‘‘ticittaṃ tivedana’’micceva vuccati. Tatridaṃ suttaṃ ‘‘atthāpatti acittako āpajjati acittako vuṭṭhāti (pari. 324). Atthāpatti kusalacitto āpajjati kusalacitto vuṭṭhātī’’tiādi (pari. 470). Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘saññā sadā anāpattimeva karoti, cittaṃ āpattimeva, acittakaṃ nāma vatthuavijānanaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ vītikkamajānanaṃ, idametesaṃ nānatta’’nti vuttaṃ.
'以总摄一切'之义,即依一切学处之总摄而言。比丘尼之施衣等,有由行作,有由不行作。受取金银等,或由行作。于拒绝寄存物,或有由不行作。建造超过指定地点与量度之房屋,或有由行作;建造未指定地点而超过量度者,或有由行作与不行作。'若得心所缘'者,谓身与心、语与心等。'纵无有心'者,此处意指虽无有心,或与心俱。所谓有表色与无表色之身,其业为身业;语业亦然。其中,有表色之身由生起而成就业,另一则由随至而成就业。语业当知亦尔。'学处'者,由'于中名身、句身'之说,于违犯时适用。'笑起、味著、决意等,亦是犯缘之心。此亦非我所限定:于笑时见之,彼时决意速行'——此于附注中说。神通心应取用于不知制戒而示现神通等时。显示巴利原文
Sabbasaṅgāhakavasenāti sabbasikkhāpadānaṃ saṅgahavasena. Bhikkhuniyā cīvaradānādi kiriyākiriyato. Jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇādi siyā kiriyato. Upanikkhittāpaṭikkhepe siyā akiriyato. Desitavatthukapamāṇātikkantakuṭikaraṇe siyā kiriyato, adesitavatthukapamāṇātikkantakaraṇe siyā kiriyākiriyato. Yaṃ cittaṅgaṃ labhatiyevāti kāyacittaṃ vācācittanti evaṃ. Vināpi cittenāti ettha vināpi cittena sahāpi cittenāti adhippāyo. Yo so saviññattiko, aviññattiko ca vutto kāyo, tassa kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ, tathā vacīkammaṃ. Tattha saviññattiko kāyo uppattiyā kammaṃ sādheti, itaro anuppattiyā. Tathā vācāti veditabbaṃ, sikkhāpadanti ‘‘yo tattha nāmakāyo padakāyo’’ti vacanato vītikkame yujjatīti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Hasituppādavoṭṭhabbanānipi āpattisamuṭṭhāpakacittāni. Idampi na mayā paricchinnanti hasamāno passati yadā, tadā voṭṭhabbanaṃ javanagatika’’nti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Abhiññācittāni paññattiṃ ajānitvā iddhivikubbanādikāle gahetabbāni.
于此,复有比丘,具足比丘之学处与活命……乃至……行淫欲法者:有者,是波罗夷、不共住;有者,非波罗夷、不共住。于恶作、偷兰遮事中行者,有者非波罗夷。若半择迦于非半择迦时受具足戒,而于半择迦时行淫欲法,彼不犯波罗夷罪,故为非波罗夷。彼实无非比丘之罪。因彼无罪,故于非半择迦时来者,是否不共住?是,以'彼依此身系缚而不能'故说。又云'若有比丘……乃至……不共住'者,谓凡以比丘身份行淫欲法者,彼即不能。若谓:此非由非波罗夷故耶?不然。于'应由聪明有能之比丘白僧'之处,若非比丘诵甘马语,羯磨亦得成办——因无羯磨不成之虞——当如是见。此处有义:若先受具足戒者诵甘马语,且僧对其有受具足戒之想,如是羯磨得成,否则不得。此为轨范师所许。若居士、外道或半择迦,于无受具足戒想者中诵甘马语,则僧未诵甘马语。何以故?以'僧应与具足戒,僧与具足戒,僧已具足戒'之说,应由僧中之人,或作僧中想之人诵甘马语;一人诵故,即僧诵故。此理当知通于一切羯磨。如是,行淫欲法者应灭摈,以'染污比丘尼者,此应灭摈'故。彼即非受具足戒者,生起同宿等罪,于骂彼时犯恶作。非……显示巴利原文
Ettha pana yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno…pe… methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto atthi koci pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso, atthi koci na pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso. Dukkaṭathullaccayavatthūsu paṭisevanto atthi koci na pārājiko. Pakkhapaṇḍako apaṇḍakapakkhe upasampanno paṇḍakapakkhe methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto so pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ nāpajjatīti na pārājiko nāma. Na hi abhikkhuno āpatti nāma atthi. So anāpattikattā apaṇḍakapakkhe āgato kiṃ asaṃvāso hoti na hotīti? Hoti, ‘‘abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanenā’’ti (pārā. 55; mahāva. 129) hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yo pana, bhikkhu, bhikkhūnaṃ…pe… asaṃvāso’’ti (pārā. 44) vuttattā yo pana bhikkhubhāvena methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, so eva abhabbo. Nāyaṃ apārājikattāti ce? Na, ‘‘byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo’’ti (mahāva. 86) vuttaṭṭhāne yathā abhikkhunā kammavācāya sāvitāyapi kammaṃ ruhati kammavipattiyā asambhavato, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ yutti – upasampannapubbo eva ce kammavācaṃ sāveti, saṅgho ca tasmiṃ upasampannasaññī, evañce kammaṃ ruhati, na aññathāti no khantīti ācariyo. Gahaṭṭho vā titthiyo vā paṇḍako vā anupasampannasaññī kammavācaṃ sāveti, saṅghena kammavācā na vuttā hoti, ‘‘saṅgho upasampādeyya, saṅgho upasampādeti, upasampanno saṅghenā’’ti (mahāva. 127) hi vacanato saṅghena kammavācāya vattabbāya saṅghapariyāpannena, saṅghapariyāpannasaññitena vā ekena vuttā saṅghena vuttāva hotīti veditabbo, ayameva sabbakammesu yutti. Tathā atthi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto koci nāsetabbo ‘‘yo bhikkhunīdūsako, ayaṃ nāsetabbo’’ti vuttattā eva, so anupasampannova, sahaseyyāpattiādiṃ janeti, tassa omasane ca dukkaṭaṃ hoti. Abhikkhuniyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto na nāsetabbo ‘‘antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpanno, bhikkhave, anupasampanno…pe… nāsetabbo’’ti pāḷiyā abhāvato. Teneva so upasampannasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati, na sahaseyyāpattādiṃ janeti, kevalaṃ asaṃvāsoti katvā gaṇapūrako na hoti, ekakammaṃ ekuddesopi hi saṃvāsoti vutto. Samasikkhatāpi saṃvāsoti katvā so tena saddhiṃ natthīti padasodhammāpattiṃ pana janetīti kāraṇacchāyā dissati. Yathā bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa ekakammādino saṃvāsassa abhāvā bhikkhunī asaṃvāsā bhikkhussa, tathā bhikkhu ca bhikkhuniyā, padasodhammāpattiṃ pana janeti. Tathā ‘‘antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannopi ekacco yo nāsetabbo’’ti avuttoti iminā nidassanena sā kāraṇacchāyā gahaṇaṃ na gacchati.
再者,依据“比丘对睡着的比丘行非法,醒来者加以领受,二者皆应灭摈”以及“诸比丘,你们应当灭摈慈比丘尼”的文句,凡是进入僧团当中经由审查者审查而被举发波罗夷罪的人,他同样不是受具足戒者,因此不构成骂詈波逸提罪,应当知道。虽然当时没有“对受具足戒者有受具足戒想、欲行毁辱”的文句,且《断疑》中也说“所骂的对象是受具足戒者,不以别指而以‘生’等语骂,对方知道‘他在骂我’,无存心等,这里具备四支”,然而在关于恶见罪的学处中说:“所涉及的人不清净,犯了某波罗夷法,若以清净见使他产生机会,以骂詈的意图而说,即犯骂詈罪。”据此,对于不清净者生起受具足戒想而骂的,犯波逸提。对于认为不清净者,则犯恶作。此外,还有“所涉及的人清净,未犯某波罗夷法,若以清净见使他产生机会,以骂詈的意图而说,即犯骂詈罪”的文句,但《断疑》中并没有提到“对方是受具足戒者、自己有受具足戒想”,因为这一条件并非决定支的缘故,应当知道。显示巴利原文
Api ca ‘‘bhikkhu suttabhikkhumhi vippaṭipajjati, paṭibuddho sādiyati, ubho nāsetabbā’’ti (pārā. 66) ca, ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā’’ti (pārā. 384) ca vacanato yo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā anuvijjakena anuvijjiyamāno parājāpito, sopi anupasampannova, na omasavādapācittiyaṃ janetīti veditabbaṃ. Kiñcāpi ‘‘upasampannaṃ upasampannasaññī khuṃsetukāmo’’ti pāḷi natthi, kiñcāpi kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ ‘‘yaṃ akkosati, tassa upasampannatā, anaññāpadesena jātiādīhi akkosanaṃ, ‘maṃ akkosatī’ti jānanā, atthapurekkhāratādīnaṃ abhāvoti imānettha cattāri aṅgānī’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ, tathāpi duṭṭhadosasikkhāpade ‘‘asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno okāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādassā’’ti (pārā. 389) vacanato asuddhe upasampannasaññāya eva omasantassa pācittiyaṃ. Asuddhadiṭṭhissa dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Suddho hoti puggalo, aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ anajjhāpanno, tañce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno okāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādassā’’ti (pārā. 389) vacanato pana kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ ‘‘tassa upasampannatā upasampannasaññitā’’ti na vuttaṃ anekaṃsikattā tassa aṅgassāti veditabbaṃ.
这里还应知道舍学处的四种人:有一种人是舍学处者,却不是具足学与命者;有一种人是具足学与命者,却不是舍学处者;有一种人既是舍学处者,又是具足学与命者;有一种人既不是舍学处者,也不是具足学与命者。其中,第三种人应知是舍比丘尼学处者。因为只要她还没有舍弃表相,仍然穿着袈裟,即便她心里想要退出沙门性而舍学处,她依然还是比丘尼,并且具足学与命。正如世尊所说:“诸比丘,比丘尼不得舍学处。”(《小品》434)那么,她何时才成为非比丘尼呢?当她想要退出沙门性而穿上在家人的衣服时,便被称为“还俗者”。正如世尊所说:“当她已还俗时,即成为非比丘尼。”(《小品》434)然而,怎样才算还俗呢?当她想要退出沙门性,对袈裟没有留恋,或者脱下袈裟,或者裸体而行,或者以草、叶等遮蔽而行,或者以在家人的穿着方式穿着袈裟,或者穿上白衣,或者保持原有表相而进入外道并受持拔发等戒行,或者受持外道的表相,这时即名为还俗。其中,如果她仍保持比丘尼表相而受持外道戒行,就如同投靠外道的比丘,以后连出家也不被允许;其余人则仅得出家,不得受具足戒。虽然根据律文“诸比丘,若有比丘尼穿着袈裟而转入”显示巴利原文
Api cettha sikkhāpaccakkhātakacatukkaṃ veditabbaṃ, atthi puggalo sikkhāpaccakkhātako na sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno, atthi sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno na sikkhāpaccakkhātako, atthi sikkhāpaccakkhātako ceva sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno ca, atthi neva sikkhāpaccakkhātako na sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno. Tattha tatiyo bhikkhunīsikkhāpaccakkhātako veditabbo. Sā hi yāva na liṅgaṃ pariccajati, kāsāve saussāhāva samānā sāmaññā cavitukāmā sikkhaṃ paccakkhantīpi bhikkhunī eva sikkhāsājīvasamāpannāva. Vuttañhi bhagavatā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā sikkhāpaccakkhāna’’nti (cūḷava. 434). Kadā ca pana sā abhikkhunī hotīti? Yadā sāmaññā cavitukāmā gihinivāsanaṃ nivāseti, sā ‘‘vibbhantā’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Vuttañhi bhagavatā ‘‘yadeva sā vibbhantā, tadeva abhikkhunī’’ti (cūḷava. 434). Kittāvatā pana vibbhantā hotīti? Sāmaññā cavitukāmā kāsāvesu anālayā kāsāvaṃ vā apaneti, naggā vā gacchati, tiṇapaṇṇādinā vā paṭicchādetvā gacchati, kāsāvaṃyeva vā gihinivāsanākārena nivāseti, odātaṃ vā vatthaṃ nivāseti, saliṅgeneva vā saddhiṃ titthiyesu pavisitvā kesaluñcanādivataṃ samādiyati, titthiyaliṅgaṃ vā samādiyati, tadā vibbhantā nāma hoti. Tattha yā bhikkhuniliṅge ṭhitāva titthiyavataṃ samādiyati, sā titthiyapakkantako bhikkhu viya pacchā pabbajjampi na labhati, sesā pabbajjamevekaṃ labhanti, na upasampadaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ kiñcāpi ‘‘yā sā, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī sakāsāvā titthāyatanaṃ saṅkantā, sā āgatā na upasampādetabbā’’ti vacanato yā paṭhamaṃ vibbhamitvā pacchā titthāyatanaṃ saṅkantā, sā āgatā upasampādetabbāti anuññātaṃ viya dissati. Saṅgītiācariyehi pana ‘‘catuvīsati pārājikānī’’ti vuttattā na puna sā upasampādetabbā, tasmā eva sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ nānuññātaṃ bhagavatā. Antimavatthuajjhāpannā pana bhikkhunī eva. Pakkhapaṇḍakīpi bhikkhunī eva. Kinti pucchā.
已决断事理的注释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
67 67. 已决断、已判决的事理,称为已决断事理。将那些“尔时,有一比丘”等各个事理的名目逐一清点列出,为清除增减的过失而结为摄颂,又以符合韵律特征的偈颂来成就韵律等,故称为“摄颂偈颂”。应知“uddānā”是词根“de, sodhane”(净化)的形态。这些摄颂偈颂是结集法藏的长老们在结集时安立的。若问安立在何处?在分别句的末尾。在《结文》中说:“所谓事理偈颂,即是‘尔时,有一比丘’等这些已决断事理的因缘。”因此,应知依那里所说的方法,已决断事理即被称为“事理偈颂”。这里略释其意趣:或以显示根本罪的方式,如“比丘,你犯了波罗夷罪”;或以显示罪相差别的方式,如“比丘,这不是波罗夷,而是桑喀地谢沙罪、恶作罪”;或以显示无罪的方式,如“比丘,不领受者无罪”——凡如此已决断、已判决的事理,即名为已决断事理。阐明那些已决断事理的因缘事理,便称为事理偈颂。有人说摄颂偈颂即被称为“事理偈颂”。这与“以此特征,未来的持律者将判决律法”的说法相违。因为在摄颂偈颂中,丝毫见不到判决的特征,而摄颂偈颂各各不同的作用已被说明:即“持律”显示巴利原文
67. Vinītāni vinicchitāni vatthūni vinītavatthūni. Tesaṃ tesaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhū’’tiādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ pāṭekkaṃ nāmagaṇanaṃ uddharitvā uddharitvā ūnādhikadosasodhanaṭṭhena uddānā ca tā matrādisiddhigāthāhi chandovicitilakkhaṇena gāthā cāti ‘‘uddānagāthānāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, de, sodhane iti dhātussa rūpaṃ uddānāti veditabbaṃ. Imā pana uddānagāthā dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi saṅgītikāle ṭhapitā, katthāti ce? Padabhājanīyāvasāne. ‘‘Vatthugāthā nāma ‘tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhū’tiādīnaṃ imesaṃ vinītavatthūnaṃ nidānānī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, tasmā tattha vuttanayena vinītavatthūni eva ‘‘vatthugāthā’’ti vuttāti veditabbaṃ. Idamettha samāsato adhippāyanidassanaṃ – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājika’’nti mūlāpattidassanavasena vā, ‘‘anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa, āpatti saṅghādisesassa, dukkaṭassā’’ti āpattibhedadassanavasena vā, ‘‘anāpatti, bhikkhu, asādiyantassā’’ti anāpattidassanavasena vā yāni vatthūni vinītāni vinicchitāni, tāni vinītavatthūni nāma. Tesaṃ vinītavatthūnaṃ nidānavatthudīpikā tanti vatthugāthā nāma. Uddānagāthāva ‘‘vatthugāthā’’ti vuttāti eke. Tesaṃ ‘‘iminā lakkhaṇena āyatiṃ vinayadharā vinayaṃ vinicchinissantī’’ti vacanena virujjhati. Na hi uddānagāthāyaṃ kiñcipi vinicchayalakkhaṇaṃ dissati, uddānagāthānaṃ visuṃ payojanaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sukhaṃ vinayadharā uggaṇhissantī’’ti, tasmā payojananānattatopetaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ viggaho – vatthūni eva gāthā vatthugāthā. Vinītavatthuto visesanatthamettha gāthāggahaṇaṃ. Uddānagāthāto visesanatthaṃ vatthuggahaṇanti veditabbaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘gāthānaṃ vatthūnīti vattabbe vatthugāthāti vutta’’nti vadanti. Makkaṭivatthuṃ aññe tattha bhikkhū ārocesuṃ, idha sayameva. Tattha kāraṇassa ‘‘bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññatta’’nti vuttattā vajjiputtakāpi aññe eva. ‘‘Tattha ānandatthero, idha te evā’’ti aññatarasmiṃ gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Ācariyassa adhippāyo pubbe vutto, tasmā upaparikkhitabbaṃ.
67-8 ‘知已’:谓未经询问,自己了知。‘端严’:身体犹如鼓面般端严。世间称无缺为‘美好’,因此‘端严’的第一义是指身体肤色殊胜,第二义是指容貌美好。《结文》中说:‘因有莲花胎藏之色而呈金色,故得名莲花色。’而‘身体肤色如青莲花’的说法,则显示其肤色为褐色。然而,世间认为‘如莲花般的褐色为佳’,且说‘褐色、褐肤色、褐身的中等女子,其侍奉令我得生天界’,故褐色肤色的女子为佳。也有读作‘乃至她的黑暗’者。‘于欲尘不染着’:即不染着于烦恼欲与事欲。显示巴利原文
67-8.Ñatvāti apucchitvā sayameva ñatvā. Pokkharanti sarīraṃ bheripokkharaṃ viya. Lokiyā avikalaṃ ‘‘sundara’’nti vadanti, tasmā vaṇṇapokkharatāyāti paṭhamenatthena visiṭṭhakāyacchavitāyāti attho, dutiyena vaṇṇasundaratāyāti. ‘‘Uppalagabbhavaṇṇattā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā, tasmā uppalavaṇṇāti nāmaṃ labhī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Nīluppalavaṇṇā kāyacchavīti vacanaṃ pana sāmacchaviṃ dīpeti. Loke pana ‘‘uppalasamā pasatthasāmā’’ti vacanato ‘‘yā sāmā sāmavaṇṇā sāmatanumajjhā, sā pāricariyā sagge mama vāso’’ti vacanato sāmacchavikā itthīnaṃ pasatthā. ‘‘Yāvassā naṃ andhakāra’’ntipi pāṭho. Kilesakāmehi vatthukāmesu yo na limpati.
69 ‘女性相出现’:即女性特征出现,这是由于男性根消失、女性根出现所致。男性根出现时,同理。这说明:并非如梵天那样,男性根不生起,唯有男性特征出现;亦非如某些黄门,虽无男性根,却出现男性特征——此处并非如此。而是,当女性根或男性根消失时,犹如临终者,从第十七心刹那起,次第逆序消失;现有的根灭去后,另一异性根便生起。据说,正是在进入大睡眠时,其异性根出现,因此说‘于夜间进入睡眠时’。‘诸比丘,我允许就以同一位戒师、同一次具足戒’之语,应知是为了表明:只是那位比丘尼继续作为戒师,具足戒的教授师也仅是那位比丘尼;因此,她们应尽的戒师义务和教授师义务,应由这位比丘尼在清晨前往比丘尼住处履行。而她们来到他的寺院后,是否应履行共住弟子等义务?根据‘诸比丘,我允许与比丘尼们共处’一语,由于已表明分离的状态,只是为了显示不应再请戒师,也不应再举行具足戒,才说了‘诸比丘,我允许就以同一位戒师……’等语。应如此理解。其中,‘与比丘尼们共处’的意思是:我允许离开比丘们,只与比丘尼们共住。因此显示巴利原文
69.Itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtanti itthisaṇṭhānaṃ pātubhūtaṃ, tañca kho purisindriyassa antaradhānena itthindriyassa pātubhāvena. Evaṃ purisindriyapātubhāvepi. Etena yathā brahmānaṃ purisindriyaṃ nuppajjati, kevalaṃ purisasaṇṭhānameva uppajjati, yathā ca kassaci paṇḍakassa vināpi purisindriyena purisasaṇṭhānaṃ uppajjati, na tathā tesanti dassitaṃ hoti, taṃ pana itthindriyaṃ, purisindriyaṃ vā antaradhāyantaṃ marantānaṃ viya paṭilomakkamena sattarasamacittakkhaṇato paṭṭhāya antaradhāyati. Paccuppanne indriye niruddhe itaraṃ visabhāgindriyaṃ pātubhavati. Yasmā mahāniddaṃ okkantasseva kirassa visabhāgindriyaṃ pātubhavati, tasmā ‘‘rattibhāge niddaṃ okkantassā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, taṃyeva upajjhaṃ tameva upasampada’’nti vacanato pavattinīyeva upajjhāyā, upasampadācariyā bhikkhunīyeva ācariyāti katvā tāsaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ, ācariyavattañca iminā bhikkhunāsadāsāyaṃ pātaṃ bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantvā kātabbaṃ, tāhi ca imassa vihāraṃ āgamma saddhivihārikavattādi kātabbaṃ nu khoti ce? ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīhi saṅgamitu’’nti vacanena vinābhāvadīpanato kevalaṃ na puna upajjhā gahetabbā, na ca upasampadā kātabbāti dassanatthameva ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, taṃyeva upajjha’’ntiādi vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tattha bhikkhunīhi saṅgamitunti bhikkhūhi vinā hutvā bhikkhunīhi eva saddhiṃ samaṅgī bhavituṃ anujānāmīti attho, tasmā iminā pāḷilesena ‘‘tassā eva gāmantarādīhi anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ siddhaṃ hoti, āgantvā saṅgamituṃ sakkā, yañca bhagavatā gamanaṃ anuññātaṃ, taṃ nissāya kuto gāmantarādipaccayā āpatti. Na hi bhagavā āpattiyaṃ niyojetīti yuttameva taṃ, aññathā ‘‘yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā, tāhi āpattīhi anāpattī’’ti pāḷivacanato na gāmantarādīhi anāpattīti āpajjati. Sādhāraṇatā āpattiyeva ‘‘yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā, yā ca bhikkhunīhi saṅgamantiyā gāmantaranadīpārarattivippavāsagaṇaohīyanāpattiyo, tāhi āpattīhi anāpattī’’ti na vuttattāti ce? Na vuttaṃ aniṭṭhappasaṅgato. Bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ saṅkantāyapi tassā tā pahāya aññāhi saṅgamantiyā gāmantarādīhi anāpatti eva sabbakālanti imassa aniṭṭhappasaṅgato tathā na vuttanti attho. Tattha gāmantarāpattādivatthuṃ sañcicca tasmiṃ kāle ajjhācarantīpi sā liṅgapātubhāvena kāraṇena anāpajjanato anāpatti. Anāpajjanaṭṭheneva vuṭṭhāti nāmāti veditabbā. Tathā yogī anuppanne eva kilese nirodheti. Abandhanopi patto ‘‘ūnapañcabandhano’’ti vuccati, sabbaso vā pana na sāveti appaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā, evamidha anāpannāpi āpatti vuṭṭhitā nāma hotīti veditabbā.
然而,由于她即使不与男子同宿,也能与比丘尼们共处,因此注释书中说‘两者都有同宿罪’,实视为无罪。《附随》中已有说:‘又以另外四种方式犯戒:于僧团中、于众中、于个人前、由性相出现而犯戒。’至于《附随》中所说‘有犯戒者在出罪时犯戒,在犯戒时出罪’,应知这是针对犯同宿等罪而以不共罪出罪,兼指二者而说。寺院在远处,最远为五百弓。从寺院开始进入村落时,即成为村落间,此是其义。‘除去约定’是指未作旅途同行的约定。‘舍弃她们’是抛弃她们。‘即使戒腊圆满的沙弥’一语,似表明戒腊未满者不可请为戒师。‘通过律的作法而放置’:指作了净施而放置。应知未作净施者,超过十日即犯舍堕罪。至于‘再受持后,七日间可用’,是根据‘诸比丘,我允许比丘们让比丘尼受持蓄物后食用’之语而说。‘以无期待之舍’:指以对物品无所期待的舍离,或受持后心想‘我将再受持后食用’。在半月别住期间,若性相再次转变,只需给与六夜别住。若在作为比丘时所犯之罪未覆藏,则不需覆藏,这是导师的不执取之见。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana sā purisena sahaseyyāpattiṃ anāpajjantīpi sakkoti bhikkhunīhi saṅgamituṃ , tasmā anāpattīti katvā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ubhinnampi sahaseyyāpatti hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāre ‘‘aparehipi catūhākārehi āpattiṃ āpajjati saṅghamajjhe gaṇamajjhe puggalassa santike liṅgapātubhāvenā’’ti (pari. 324). Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ parivāre ‘‘atthāpatti āpajjanto vuṭṭhāti vuṭṭhahanto āpajjatī’’ti (pari. 324), tassa sahaseyyādiṃ āpajjati asādhāraṇāpattīhi vuṭṭhāti, tadubhayampi sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Dūre vihāro hoti pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimaṃ, vihārato paṭṭhāya gāmaṃ pavisantiyā gāmantaraṃ hotīti attho. Saṃvidahanaṃ parimocetvāti addhānagamanasaṃvidahanaṃ akatvāti attho. Tā kopetvāti pariccajitvāti attho. ‘‘Paripuṇṇavassasāmaṇerenāpī’’ti vacanato aparipuṇṇavassassa upajjhāyaggahaṇaṃ natthīti viya dissati. Vinayakammaṃ katvā ṭhapitoti vikappetvā ṭhapito. Avikappitānaṃ dasāhātikkame nissaggiyatā veditabbā. Puna paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ vaṭṭatīti pana ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ sannidhiṃ bhikkhunīhi paṭiggāhāpetvā paribhuñjitu’’nti (cūḷava. 421) vacanato vuttaṃ. Anapekkhavissajjanenāti vatthuṃ anapekkhavissajjanena vā paṭiggahaṇena vā puna paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjissāmīti. Pakkhamānattakāle punadeva liṅgaṃ parivattati chārattaṃ mānattameva dātabbanti sace, bhikkhukāle appaṭicchannāya āpattiyā, no paṭicchannāyāti no laddhīti ācariyo.
然而,所谓‘给予别住’并不存在,应知这是就比丘尼不可能有覆藏的情况而说的。若比丘尼犯了不共波罗夷罪后,获得男性特征,则不得于比丘众中受具足戒,但可得出家;若未先出家而处于比丘身份,则不犯同宿罪。对于还俗的比丘尼,若出现男性特征,不得于比丘众中受具足戒,此为波罗夷。对于未还俗、仍是在家人的污辱比丘尼者,若出现女性特征,则既不得于比丘尼众中受具足戒,在再次发生性征转变时,亦不得于比丘众中受具足戒。当比丘尼发生性征转变时,她成为比丘;若他舍弃学处还俗后获得女性特征,则可于比丘尼众中受具足戒,因为此前在两边均未达到波罗夷的状态。然而,若一位年满十二岁的比丘尼获得男性特征,他即是已受具足戒的比丘。若他再次舍弃学处后又回来,则不应为他授具足戒,因为他未满二十岁。若再次发生性征转变,则可于比丘尼众中受具足戒。同样地,若一位已依十二岁摄受的男童发生性征转变,成为在家的女性,据说年满十二岁时应为她授具足戒。若比丘尼的女性特征消失,或比丘的男性特征消失,则可能成为半月非男;这样的比丘尼不应被……显示巴利原文
Parivāsadānaṃ pana natthīti bhikkhuniyā chādanāsambhavato vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Sace bhikkhunī asādhāraṇaṃ pārājikāpattiṃ āpajjitvā purisaliṅgaṃ paṭilabhati, bhikkhūsu upasampadaṃ na labhati, pabbajjaṃ labhati, anupabbajitvā bhikkhubhāve ṭhito sahaseyyāpattiṃ na janeti. Vibbhantāya bhikkhuniyā purisaliṅge pātubhūte bhikkhūsu upasampadaṃ na labhati, pārājikaṃ. Avibbhantamānassa gahaṭṭhasseva sato bhikkhunīdūsakassa sace itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhavati, neva bhikkhunīsu upasampadaṃ labhati, na puna liṅgaparivatte jāte bhikkhūsu vāti. Bhikkhuniyā liṅgaparivatte sati bhikkhu hoti, so ce sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya vibbhamitvā itthiliṅgaṃ paṭilabheyya, bhikkhunīsu upasampadaṃ paṭilabhati ubhayattha pubbe pārājikabhāvaṃ appattattā. Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassā purisaliṅgaṃ paṭilabheyya, upasampanno bhikkhu eva. Puna sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya āgato na upasampādetabbo aparipuṇṇavīsativassattā. Puna liṅgaparivatte sati bhikkhunīsu upasampadaṃ labhati. Evaṃ ce katadvādasasaṅgahassa dārakassa liṅgaparivatte sati gihigatā itthī hoti, paripuṇṇadvādasavassā upasampādetabbā kira. Bhikkhuniyā itthiliṅgantaradhānena, bhikkhussa vā purisaliṅgantaradhānena pakkhapaṇḍakabhāvo bhaveyya, na sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi nāsetabbā bhikkhu vā bhikkhūhi puna pakatibhāvāpattisambhavā . Pakatipaṇḍakaṃ pana sandhāya ‘‘paṇḍako nāsetabbo’’ti vuttaṃ. Pakkhapaṇḍako hi saṃvāsanāsanāya nāsetabbo, itaro ubhayanāsanāyāti attho. Yadi tesaṃ puna pakatibhāvo bhaveyya, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, taṃyeva upajjhaṃ tameva upasampadaṃ tāniyeva vassāni bhikkhunīhi saṅgamitu’’nti ayaṃ vidhi sambhavati. Sace nesaṃ liṅgantaraṃ pātubhaveyya, so ca vidhi, yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇā, tā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ asādhāraṇāhi anāpattīti ayampi vidhi sambhavati. Yaṃ vuttaṃ parivāre ‘‘saha paṭilābhena purimaṃ jahati, pacchime patiṭṭhāti, viññattiyo paṭippassambhanti, paññattiyo nirujjhanti, saha paṭilābhena pacchimaṃ jahati, purime patiṭṭhāti, viññattiyo’’tiādi, taṃ yathāvuttavidhiṃ sandhāya vuttanti amhākaṃ khantīti ācariyo. Itthiliṅgaṃ, purisaliṅgaṃ vā antaradhāyantaṃ kiṃ sakalampi sarīraṃ gahetvā antaradhāyati, udāhu sayameva. Kiñcettha – yadi tāva sakalaṃ sarīraṃ gahetvā antaradhāyati, ayaṃ puggalo cuto bhaveyya. Tasmā sāmaññā cuto bhaveyya, puna upasampajjanto opapātiko bhaveyya. Atha sayameva antaradhāyati, sopi bhāvo tassa virujjhati. Itthindriyādīni hi sakalampi sarīraṃ byāpetvā ṭhitānīti khaṇanirodho viya tesaṃ antaradhānaṃ veditabbaṃ, tasmā yathāvuttadosappasaṅgābhāvo veditabbo. Aññamaññaṃ saṃsaṭṭhappabhānaṃ dīpānaṃ ekappabhānirodhepi itarissā ṭhānaṃ viya sesasarīraṭṭhānaṃ tattha hotīti veditabbaṃ.
71-2 ‘无论释放与否,皆是恶作’,这是因为并没有释放的欲贪。‘非境’是指:在这样的情况下,不认可属于难行之事。所谓淫欲法,是依双方的努力而安立的,因为说‘这是两者的双双成就’,所以你应不作努力,如此你便无犯,这是说此学处属于‘作’;而根据‘比丘,你犯了波罗夷罪’这句话,此学处也属于‘非作’,但通常被称为‘作’,这已是确定之义。显示巴利原文
71-2.Muccatuvā mā vā dukkaṭamevāti mocanarāgābhāvato. Avisayoti asādiyanaṃ nāma evarūpe ṭhāne dukkaranti attho. Methunadhammo nāma ubhinnaṃ vāyāmena nipajjati ‘‘tassa dvayaṃdvayasamāpattī’’ti vuttattā, tasmā tvaṃ mā vāyāma, evaṃ te anāpatti bhavissati, kiriyañhetaṃ sikkhāpadanti vuttaṃ hoti, ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājika’’nti vacanato akiriyampetaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ yebhuyyena ‘‘kiriya’’nti vuccatīti siddhaṃ hoti.
73-4 有说:‘若有人因畏惧波罗夷,将对方举于空中后进行进入等行为,其男根突然触碰到上颚或胁侧,则仅是恶作。’为何?因非出于淫欲贪染之故,对此应善加审察。牙齿的外部,如同嘴唇的外部一样,是偷兰遮的所依,因此说‘对伸出外部的牙齿,以舌触之,为偷兰遮’。通过‘使那人失去知觉’这句话,可知那人名为‘心散乱者’。然而,若有人并未被弄昏,而是以对自己男根的碰触、摩擦、挤压等想而认可,由于没有淫欲想,他应归属于失去知觉的一类,因此看似无犯。若知道‘这大概是某个非人的淫欲法’而认可,则确实有犯。所谓‘非男的淫欲法’,是指在非男的大便道或口中,‘非男的’是依处格或属格的含义。即使不事先告知,若依服侍之心而作,也有犯,如同在已铺设的卧具上服侍之例。显示巴利原文
73-4. ‘‘Pārājikabhayena ākāsagatameva katvā pavesanādīni karontassa sahasā tālukaṃ vā passaṃ vā aṅgajātaṃ chupati ce, dukkaṭamevā’’ti vadanti. Kasmā? Na methunarāgattāti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Dantānaṃ bāhirabhāvo oṭṭhānaṃ bāhirabhāvo viya thullaccayavatthu hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘bahi nikkhantadante jivhāya ca thullaccaya’’nti. Taṃ puggalaṃ visaññiṃ katvāti vacanena so puggalo khittacitto nāma hotīti dassitaṃ hoti. Yo pana puggalo na visaññīkato, so ce attano aṅgajātassa dhātughaṭṭanacariṇijjhiṇikādisaññāya sādiyati, methunasaññāya abhāvato visaññīpakkhameva bhajatīti tassa anāpatticchāyā dissati. ‘‘Methunametaṃ maññe kassaci amanussassā’’ti ñatvā sādiyantassa āpatti eva. Paṇḍakassa methunadhammanti paṇḍakassa vaccamagge vā mukhe vā, bhummatthe vā sāmivacanaṃ. Avedayantassapi sevanacittavasena āpatti santhateneva sevane viya.
在“根受损的所依”中,有“他们报告了此事”与“他报告了”两种读法。其中,“他们报告了”的读法,因有“比丘们,他觉知了”之说而更恰当,否则应说为“比丘,你犯戒了”。据说楞伽岛居民读作“他觉知了”。因为行不净法的前方便有捉手等,所以“他唯犯恶作”与这前一句相关联。然而,因为他唯犯恶作,所以应知其关联为:只要此人未达“头”,便停留在恶作中。“头”是指入道。“未达至头,即非波罗夷,仍停留在前方便恶作中”——某注解书中如此写道。在“被高生殖器的虫所咬”中,应知为被动完成式后缀。因为“被咬、被叮、被啮”在意义上实为同一。显示巴利原文
Upahatindriyavatthusmiṃ ‘‘etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ, so ārocesī’’ti duvidho pāṭho atthi. Tattha ‘‘ārocesu’’nti vuttapāṭho ‘‘vediyi vā so bhikkhave’’ti vuttattā sundaraṃ, aññathā ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhū’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā. ‘‘Vediyā vā’’ti dīpavāsino paṭhanti kira, methunadhammassa pubbapayogā hatthaggāhādayo, tasmā ‘‘dukkaṭamevassa hotī’’ti iminā purimapadena sambandho. Yasmā pana dukkaṭamevassa hoti, tasmā yāva sīsaṃ na pāpuṇāti puggalo, tāva dukkaṭe tiṭṭhatīti sambandho veditabbo. Sīsaṃ nāma maggapaṭipādanaṃ. ‘‘Sīsaṃ na pāpuṇātīti pārājikaṃ na hoti tāva pubbapayogadukkaṭe tiṭṭhatī’’ti aññatarasmiṃ gaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ . Uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhenāti ettha bhāvaniṭṭhāpaccayo veditabbo. Daṭṭhena daṃsena khādanenāti hi atthato ekaṃ.
76-7 “战场上的勇士比丘”意为:如同在战场前线、战斗之口的战士一样的比丘。“荆棘门”是指:为了阻挡,需用一根或多根荆棘堵塞的木钉门。“布门与麻布门”即布门和麻布门。以“席与麻布”等所说的一切,都统括在布与麻布之中。因性质相同而说为“一”。“空中地面”意为宫殿的露台。此处“这是简略”是指接下来要说的内容。有人说:“因为说到‘坐着做某事’,所以躺着的人请求是不允许的。”“若他恰恰不按限定时间起身,他即犯戒”——虽然这是笼统而言,但此处意指的正是犯不恭敬恶作。如何得知?因为说“夜间开门而卧,于黎明破晓时起身,无罪”,且在《大筏》中特别说明“不恭敬恶作亦不免除”,故其意旨是:从其他恶作中得免。在“若他恰恰不按限定时间起身,他即犯戒”这句中,并非针对不恭敬恶作而说。因有“恰恰按限定时间”的限定,故说“不在限定之内”。又如同在说“他睡着”之处,是取决定义而说。“如此躺卧者”是就躺卧时应犯的恶作而说,因此,对于按限定时间起身者,是说有两种恶作。在《安达卡注释》中也说:“若夜间不关门而卧,心想‘我白天再起来’,因不恭敬而犯恶作。”此处也因说“躺卧”而未说“黎明破晓时起身”,故应了知。有人说:“《大筏》中仅针对不恭敬恶作而说,并非指注释书中说的恶作。”“他无罪”是从意义上说“未躺卧”而说。“然而,若夜间关门而卧,在黎明破晓时有人开门,未作守门等事而躺卧者,仍犯戒。何以故?因是犯戒之境的缘故。”有人如此说。显示巴利原文
76-7. Saṅgāmasīse yuddhamukhe yodhapuriso viyāyaṃ bhikkhūti ‘‘saṅgāmasīsayodho bhikkhū’’ti vuccati. Rukkhasūcidvāraṃ upilavāya, ekena vā bahūhi vā kaṇṭakehi thakitabbaṃ kaṇṭakadvāraṃ. Dussadvāraṃ sāṇidvārañca dussasāṇidvāraṃ. ‘‘Kilañjasāṇī’’tiādinā vuttaṃ sabbampi dussasāṇiyameva saṅgahetvā vuttaṃ. Ekasadisattā ‘‘eka’’nti vuttaṃ. Ākāsataleti hammiyataleti attho. Ayañhettha saṅkhepoti idāni vattabbaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kiñci karontā nisinnā hontīti vuttattā nipannānaṃ āpucchanaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Yathāparicchedameva ca na uṭṭhāti, tassa āpattiyevā’’ti kiñcāpi avisesena vuttaṃ, anādariyadukkaṭāpatti eva tattha adhippetā. Kathaṃ paññāyatīti? ‘‘Rattiṃ dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipanno aruṇe uggate uṭṭhahati, anāpattī’’ti vuttattā, mahāpaccariyaṃ visesetvā ‘‘anādariyadukkaṭāpi na muccatī’’ti vuttattā ca, tena itarasmā dukkaṭā muccatīti adhippāyo. Yathāparicchedameva ca na uṭṭhāti, tassa āpattiyevāti ettha na anādariyadukkaṭaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Yathāparicchedamevāti avadhāraṇattā paricchedato abbhantare na hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Puna ‘‘supatī’’ti vuttaṭṭhāne viya sanniṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. Evaṃ nipajjantoti nipajjanakāle āpajjitabbadukkaṭameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, tasmā yathāparicchedena uṭṭhahantassa dve dukkaṭānīti vuttaṃ hotīti. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyampi ‘‘yadi rattiṃ dvāraṃ asaṃvaritvā nipanno ‘divā vuṭṭhahissāmī’ti, anādariye āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ, etthāpi ‘‘nipanno’’ti vuttattā ‘‘aruṇe uṭṭhite uṭṭhāhī’’ti na vuttattā ca jānitabbaṃ. ‘‘Mahāpaccariyaṃ anādariyadukkaṭameva sandhāya vuttaṃ, na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttadukkaṭa’’nti eke vadanti. Tassa anāpattīti atthato anipannattā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sace pana rattiṃ saṃvaritvā nipanno, aruṇuṭṭhānasamaye koci vivarati, dvārajagganādīni akatvā nipannassa āpattiyeva. Kasmā? Āpattikhettattā’’ti vadanti.
因为被鬼附身者如同昏迷者,名为“心散乱者”,对于他,从巴拉基咖罪而言无罪,更何况其他,所以《大筏》中说“即使如被鬼附身者般昏迷,亦不免除”,其意旨是:先前故意在白天躺卧,后来即使被鬼附身或昏迷,也不得免除,因为在躺卧加行的那一刹那便已犯戒。被捆绑后令其躺卧者得免除,这并非仅对被鬼附身等者而言,只要他自己尚无躺卧的意图,他便得免除。当他因疲倦而想睡眠,生起躺卧的意图时,则应令人关门、令人唤醒,或作意后睡眠,否则犯戒。若无同类者,或不见,或不能去,即使忍耐许久,后来因痛苦而卧,不作意而睡,依“因痛苦而卧者无罪”之语,他无罪;即使对他,因非其能力所及,不见有罪。以昏迷状态而睡眠者,依“心散乱者无罪”之语,不见有罪。然而,诸师长并非如此说,他们并非笼统地说“不见有罪”。其意旨是:若未恢复知觉而睡,因不由自主,不见有罪;若已恢复知觉,却因身体疲倦而甘受睡眠,对于他,因不见有不由自主,故犯戒。师长们如此说。显示巴利原文
Yasmā yakkhagahitakopi visaññībhūto viya khittacitto nāma hoti, assa pārājikāpattito anāpatti, pageva aññato, tasmā ‘‘yakkhagahitako viya visaññībhūtopi na muccatī’’ti yaṃ mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pubbe sañcicca divā nipanno pacchā yakkhagahitakopi visaññībhūtopi na muccati nipajjanapayogakkhaṇe eva āpannattāti adhippāyena vuttaṃ. Bandhitvā nipajjāpitova muccatīti na yakkhagahitakādīsveva, sopi yāva sayameva sayanādhippāyo na hoti, tāva muccati. Yadā kilanto hutvā niddāyitukāmatāya sayanādhippāyo hoti, tadā saṃvarāpetvā, jaggāpetvā vā ābhogaṃ vā katvā niddāyitabbaṃ, aññathā āpatti. Sabhāgo ce natthi, na passati vā, na gantuṃ vā sakkoti. Cirampi adhivāsetvā pacchā vedanāṭṭo hutvā anābhogeneva sayati, tassa ‘‘anāpatti vedanāṭṭassā’’ti vacanena anāpatti, tassāpi avisayattā āpatti na dissatīti visaññībhāveneva supantassa ‘‘anāpatti khittacittassā’’ti vacanena na dissati. Ācariyā pana evaṃ na kathayantīti avisesena ‘‘na dissatī’’ti na kathayanti, yadi saññaṃ appaṭilabhitvā sayati, avasavattattā āpatti na dissati, sace saññaṃ paṭilabhitvāpi kilantakāyattā sayanaṃ sādiyanto supati, tassa yasmā avasavattattaṃ na dissati, tasmā āpatti evāti kathayantīti adhippāyo.
依大莲长老之主张,被夜叉附身者、心念散乱者,不犯。被捆绑后令其躺卧者,因无躺卧之意,且因苦受所迫,故不犯——此为其意旨。如此,则与圣典注释及长老之主张相符,是故,对于各各判决,此即其意旨——诸阿闍梨不认可此说。然而,在《随纽解》中,其意旨为:即使是被夜叉附身者,或陷入昏迷者,亦不名为不犯,彼仍可能犯巴拉基咖罪,因其会间或恢复知觉。若依《小部》所说‘或被捆绑后令其躺卧者’,以单一方式躺卧者,是否亦不犯?实得不犯。何以故?以义言之,彼并非躺卧。依《小部》之说,与《大注释》之说相符。何以故?因其同属不由自主。虽然相符,但诸阿闍梨却不如此说。为示不仅他们如此,大莲长老亦如此,故言‘依大莲长老’。在大莲长老的主张中,亦说:‘名为被夜叉附身者,不可能犯巴拉基咖罪。’对此,诸阿闍梨却如是说:‘因言若陷入沉睡,即使无知觉地将脚放上床架,亦构成罪,是故,若有人跌倒后即于彼处躺着不起,不论其间或知或不知,皆构成罪。’为汇集一切注释中所说之言而示,故言‘在此,谁为不犯?’显示巴利原文
Mahāpadumattheravāde yakkhagahitako khittacittako muccati. Bandhitvā nipajjāpito asayanādhippāyattā, vedanāṭṭattā ca muccatīti adhippāyo. Evaṃ sante pāḷiaṭṭhakathā, theravādo ca sameti, tasmā tesaṃ tesaṃ vinicchayānaṃ ayameva adhippāyoti no khantīti ācariyo, anugaṇṭhipade pana yakkhagahitakopi visaññībhūtopi na muccati nāma, pārājikaṃ āpajjituṃ bhabbo so antarantarā saññāpaṭilābhatoti adhippāyo. ‘‘Bandhitvā nipajjāpito vā’’ti kurundīvacanena ekabhaṅgena nipannopi na muccatīti ce? Muccatiyeva. Kasmā? Atthato anipannattā. Kurundīvādena mahāaṭṭhakathāvādo sameti. Kasmā? Avasavattasāmaññato. Kiñcāpi sameti, ācariyā pana evaṃ na kathayanti. Na kevalaṃ teyeva, mahāpadumattheropīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘mahāpadumattherenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāpadumattheravāde ‘‘pārājikaṃ āpajjituṃ abhabbo yakkhagahitako nāmā’’ti ca vuttaṃ, tattha ācariyā pana evaṃ vadanti ‘‘sace okkantaniddo ajānantopi pāde mañcakaṃ āropeti, āpattiyevāti vuttattā yo pana patitvā tattheva sayati na vuṭṭhāti, tassa āpatti antarantarā jānantassāpi ajānantassāpi hotī’’ti . Sabbaṭṭhakathāsu vuttavacanāni sampiṇḍetvā dassetuṃ ‘‘idha ko muccati ko na muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yakkhagahitako vā visaññībhūto vā na kevalaṃ pārājikaṃ āpajjituṃ bhabbo eva, sabbopi āpajjati. Evaṃ ‘‘bandhitvā nipajjāpitova muccatī’’ti vacanena tassapi avasavattattā ‘‘āpatti na dissatī’’ti evaṃ na kathayanti. Yasmā ummattakakhittacittavedanāṭṭesu aññataro na hoti, tasmā ‘‘āpattiyevā’’ti kathayanti. Idaṃ kira sabbaṃ na saṅgītiṃ āruḷhaṃ. ‘‘Pavesanaṃ sādiyatītiādinā vuttattā akiriyāpi hotīti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ, yadā pana sādiyati, tadā sukhumāpi viññatti hoti evāti idha kiriyā evā’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
第二巴拉基咖显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyapārājikaṃ
檀尼耶事注释显示巴利原文
Dhaniyavatthuvaṇṇanā
84 84. 第二,其意旨为:因诸王所守护故,得名‘王舍城’,耆闍崛山因‘邻近’义及‘增上’义而使用处格,世尊以四住处住于此山。此应与‘他们入雨安居’一句相连结。因此处唯三人——除动议外,方可作众羯磨,少于或多于此者则不作。于此,依律之方式,为成就于僧、众、个人羯磨之善巧,应知此杂论:有僧羯磨唯僧作,非众非个人,此应知为除去白二甘马中羯磨相之一分,其余四种羯磨皆是。有僧羯磨僧亦作,众亦作,个人亦作。何者是?即前所立者。盖《附随》注释中言:‘凡有比丘二、三人共住之处,由他们安坐而作,即如同由僧所作。然若住处仅有一比丘,彼比丘于布萨日作前行前业后,安坐而行规定仪则,亦如同由僧所作。’又言:‘然于仅有一比丘之住处,即使由一人宣布,先前之规定亦归止息。’有众羯磨僧作、众作、个人作,此依三清净布萨于他人前而作应知。有众羯磨唯众作,非僧非个人,此依清净布萨互相报告而作应知。有个人羯磨唯个人作,非僧非众,此依决意布萨而知。有众羯磨唯部分众作,部分不作,其中,无动议者唯二人作,非三人。有动议者唯三人作,少于或显示巴利原文
84. Dutiye rājūhi eva pariggahitattā ‘‘rājagaha’’nti laddhanāmake samīpatthena, adhikaraṇatthena ca paṭiladdhabhummavibhattike gijjhakūṭe pabbate catūhi vihārehi viharantoti adhippāyo. Tassa ‘‘vassaṃ upagacchiṃsū’’ti iminā sambandho veditabbo. Tayo eva hi ñattiṃ ṭhapetvā gaṇakammaṃ karonti, na tato ūnā adhikā vā akiriyattā. Tattha vinayapariyāyena saṅghagaṇapuggalakammakosallatthaṃ idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ veditabbaṃ – atthi saṅghakammaṃ saṅgho eva karoti, na gaṇo na puggalo, taṃ apalokanakammassa kammalakkhaṇekadesaṃ ṭhapetvā itaraṃ catubbidhampi kammaṃ veditabbaṃ. Atthi saṅghakammaṃ saṅgho ca karoti, gaṇo ca karoti, puggalo ca karoti. Kiñcāti? Yaṃ pubbe ṭhapitaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāraṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘yasmiṃ vihāre dve tayo janā vasanti , tehi nisīditvā katampi saṅghena katasadisameva. Yasmiṃ pana vihāre eko bhikkhu hoti, tena bhikkhunā uposathadivase pubbakaraṇapubbakiccaṃ katvā nisinnena katampi katikavattaṃ saṅghena katasadisameva hotī’’ti (pari. aṭṭha. 495-496). Punapi vuttaṃ ‘‘ekabhikkhuke pana vihāre ekena sāvitepi purimakatikā paṭippassambhati evā’’ti. Atthi gaṇakammaṃ saṅgho karoti, gaṇo karoti, puggalo karoti, taṃ tayo pārisuddhiuposathā aññesaṃ santike karīyanti, tassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Atthi gaṇakammaṃ gaṇova karoti, na saṅgho na puggalo, taṃ pārisuddhiuposatho aññamaññaṃ ārocanavasena karīyati, tassa vasena veditabbaṃ. Atthi puggalakammaṃ puggalova karoti, na saṅgho na gaṇo, taṃ adhiṭṭhānuposathavasena veditabbaṃ. Atthi gaṇakammaṃ ekaccova gaṇo karoti, ekacco na karoti, tattha añattikaṃ dve eva karonti, na tayo. Sañattikaṃ tayova karonti, na tato ūnā adhikā vā, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tayo eva hi ñattiṃ ṭhapetvā gaṇakammaṃ karonti, na tato ūnā adhikā vā akiriyattā’’ti. Tasmā tayova vinayapariyāyena sampahulā, na tato uddhanti veditabbaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘kiñcāpi kammalakkhaṇaṃ tayova karonti, atha kho tehi kataṃ saṅghena katasadisanti vuttattā ekena pariyāyena tayo janā vinayapariyāyenapi saṅgho’’ti vuttaṃ, idaṃ sabbampi vinayakammaṃ upādāya vuttaṃ, lābhaṃ pana upādāya antamaso ekopi anupasampannopi ‘‘saṅgho’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati kira. Pavāraṇādivasassa aruṇuggamanasamanantarameva ‘‘vutthagassā’’ti vuccanti, ukkaṃsanayena ‘‘pāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāyā’’ti vuttaṃ, teneva ‘‘mahāpavāraṇāya pavāritā’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññathā antarāyena apavāritā ‘‘vutthavassā’’ti na vuccantīti āpajjati. Thambhādi kaṭṭhakammanti veditabbaṃ. Keci tanukaṃ dārutthambhaṃ antokatvā mattikāmayaṃ thambhaṃ karonti, ayaṃ pana tathā na akāsi, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ karitvā’’ti. Telamissāya tambamattikāya.
85 “莫令后来之人陷入杀生之罪”——通过这条教导学处的文句,说明了一位知情的比丘,在烧砖、制钵、搭建小屋、令人建造精舍、进行新建筑工程、修补破损之处、清扫精舍、提供扫帚、令人开凿水井与池塘等事中,即便如“作净”之类的应允之语也不应说。正因如此,这些学处的无犯条款中才规定:“不知者,无犯。”此学处也被称为“中间犯戒学处”。“诸比丘,去,拆毁这小屋”——以此世尊之语,证明即使获得了已建成之物而居住的人,也只是犯恶作。因为若非如此,世尊便不会令人将其拆毁。这一道理同样适用于“拆毁”、“截断”、“拔除”等情况,但仅限于犯戒性质的拆毁等。因为,正如在“拆毁学处”等中,并没有说“获取他人所造之物而受用,犯恶作”;同样地,为他人所造、为塔寺等所造之物而受用,也只是犯恶作,这一点也是成立的。否则,在诸如“造小屋学处”等处,就会安立“除了为他人而造、除了房舍之外,一切无犯”的道理,世尊也就不会让人将其拆毁。然而,如果脱离了纯泥土的属性,与木、石等混合而受用,则无犯。因为世尊在“截断学处”等处,已经开许了“获得他人所造超过尺寸之物,截断后受用”等法理。不过,有一些人说:“从‘朽坏之事’这一语句来看,这也包括了出资让人制作的情形,因此这也证明了他人的制作。”
},
{显示巴利原文
85. ‘‘Mā pacchimā janatā pāṇesu pātabyataṃ āpajjī’’ti iminā anuddesasikkhāpadena yattha iṭṭhakapacana pattapacana kuṭikaraṇa vihārakārāpana navakammakaraṇa khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṅkharaṇa vihārasammajjana paṭaggidāna kūpapokkharaṇīkhaṇāpanādīsu pātabyataṃ jānantena bhikkhunā kappiyavacanampi na vattabbanti dasseti, teneva pariyāyaṃ avatvā tesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ anāpattivāresu ‘‘anāpatti asatiyā ajānantassā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Antarāpattisikkhāpada’’ntipi etassa nāmameva. ‘‘Gacchathetaṃ, bhikkhave, kuṭikaṃ bhindathā’’ti iminā kataṃ labhitvā tattha vasantānampi dukkaṭamevāti ca siddhaṃ. Aññathā hi bhagavā na bhindāpeyya. Esa nayo bhedanakaṃ chedanakaṃ uddālanakanti etthāpi, āpattibhedāva. Tato eva hi bhedanakasikkhāpadādīsu viya ‘‘aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti na vuttaṃ, tathā aññassatthāya karoti, cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya karoti, dukkaṭamevāti ca siddhaṃ, aññathā kuṭikārasikkhāpadādīsu viya ‘‘aññassatthāya vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha, anāpattī’’ti nayameva vadeyya, na bhindāpeyya. Sabbamattikāmayabhāvaṃ pana mocetvā kaṭṭhapāsāṇādimissaṃ katvā paribhuñjati, anāpatti. Tathā hi chedanakasikkhāpadādīsu bhagavatā nayo dinno ‘‘aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjatī’’tiādīsu. Keci pana ‘‘vayakammampīti etena mūlaṃ datvā kārāpitampi atthi, tena taṃ aññena katampi na vaṭṭatīti siddha’’nti vadanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Kasmā? Sambhāre kiṇitvā sayameva karontassāpi vayakammasambhavato. Kiṃ vā pāḷilese sati aṭṭhakathālesanayo. Iṭṭhakāhi giñjakāvasathasaṅkhepena katā vaṭṭatīti ettha pakatiiṭṭhakāhi cinitvā kattabbāvasatho giñjakāvasatho nāma. Sā hi ‘‘mattikāmayā’’ti na vuccati, ‘‘iṭṭhakakuṭikā’’tveva vuccati, tasmā thusagomayatiṇapalālamissā mattikāmayāpi apakkiṭṭhakamayāpi ‘‘sabbamattikāmayā’’tveva vuccatīti no khantīti ācariyo, bhasmādayo hi mattikāya daḷhibhāvatthameva ādīyanti, apakkiṭṭhakamayāpi giñjakāvasathasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati, na ca āyasmā dhaniyo ekappahāreneva kumbhakāro viya kumbhaṃ taṃ kuṭikaṃ niṭṭhāpesi, anukkamena pana sukkhāpetvā sukkhāpetvā mattikāpiṇḍehi cinitvā niṭṭhāpesi, apakkiṭṭhakamayā kuṭi viya sabbamattikāmayā kuṭi ekābaddhā hoti, na tathā pakkiṭṭhakamayā, tasmā sā kappatīti eke. Sabbamattikāmayāya kuṭiyā bahi ce tiṇakuṭikādiṃ katvā anto vasati, dukkaṭameva. Sace tattha tattha chiddaṃ katvā bandhitvā ekābaddhaṃ karoti, vaṭṭati. Anto ce tiṇakuṭikādiṃ katvā anto vasati, vaṭṭati. Kārako eva ce vasati, karaṇapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, na vasanapaccayā. Sace anto vā bahi vā ubhayattha vā sudhāya limpati, vaṭṭati. Yasmā sabbamattikāmayā kuṭi sukarā bhindituṃ, tasmā tattha ṭhapitaṃ pattacīvarādi aguttaṃ hoti, corādīhi avaharituṃ sakkā, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pattacīvaraguttatthāyā’’ti.
《巴利之外的决择释》显示巴利原文
Pāḷimuttakavinicchayavaṇṇanā
「尔时,六群比丘持用种种钵,持用种种钵曼」等(小品253)依这些因缘,以「诸比丘,不得持用种种钵,若持用者,犯恶作」等理则,于不净资具中制定了恶作。为何?因其随顺(根本制戒因缘)故。于未制定处,亦依「诸比丘,不得持用种种伞,若持用者,犯恶作」等(小品269-270)理则产生恶作,因此,以「于此,此是巴利之外」开始,说明于一切资具仅着色、或作装饰者犯恶作,应知此即表示「不适用」。此处问言:「世尊说:『诸比丘,我允许除武器外一切铜器,除床、卧榻、木钵、木屐外一切木器,除水罐与陶罐外一切泥器』(小品293),除所允许者外,其余一切仅着色及作装饰是否皆一律适用?」答:此不妥当,因与所示巴利相违,因此,「除武器外」等巴利文是依其自性(类别)而说,而所示巴利文则是依遮止着色等变化而说,此二者互不冲突,因此应如前所述而理解。以「阿罗格」即「尼卡达那格」(咬碎之草),如「如阿罗格中之芥子」(中部尼柯耶2.458;法句401;小部630)此处所说之理则,即是以「阿罗格」而了知。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvace patte dhārenti, uccāvacāni pattamaṇḍalāni dhārentī’’ti (cuḷava. 253) evamādīni vatthūni nissāya ‘‘na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā pattā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’tiādinā nayena akappiyaparikkhāresu ca dukkaṭaṃ paññattaṃ. Kasmā? Tadanulomattā. Yatthāpi na paññattaṃ, tattha ‘‘na, bhikkhave, uccāvacāni chattāni dhāretabbāni, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’tiādinā (cūḷava. 269-270) nayena dukkaṭaṃ sambhavati, tasmā ‘‘tatrāyaṃ pāḷimuttako’’ti ārabhitvā sabbaparikkhāresu vaṇṇamaṭṭhaṃ, savikāraṃ vā karontassa āpatti dukkaṭanti dīpentena ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Etthāha – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ṭhapetvā paharaṇiṃ sabbaṃ lohabhaṇḍaṃ, ṭhapetvā āsandiṃ pallaṅkaṃ dārupattaṃ dārupādukaṃ sabbaṃ dārubhaṇḍaṃ, ṭhapetvā katakañca kumbhakārikañca sabbaṃ mattikābhaṇḍa’’nti (cūḷava. 293) vuttattā yathāṭhapitaṃ vajjetvā itaraṃ sabbaṃ vaṇṇamaṭṭhampi savikārampi avisesena vaṭṭatīti? Vuccate – taṃ na yuttaṃ yathādassitapāḷivirodhato, tasmā ‘‘ṭhapetvā paharaṇi’’nti evaṃ jātivasena ayaṃ pāḷi pavattā, yathādassitā pāḷi vaṇṇamaṭṭhādivikārapaṭisedhanavasena pavattāti evaṃ ubhayampi na virujjhati, tasmā yathāvuttameva. Āraggena nikhādanaggena, ‘‘āraggeriva sāsapo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.458; dha. pa. 401; su. ni. 630) ettha vuttanayato āraggena.
「在布端」即指布的角落。「边缘」指衣的边缘。Veṇiuhumuniyupeññāma(辫状饰纹等名称)。「供物架」指塔庙。「象头杵」指形如秤杆之物,象头处有针,口部有匙状片。「取出」即拿出、制作、放置。所谓「角线结」,是指在绑带结、布片等角落用线做成的结。在此处,凡被说为「不允许」的衣或钵,应知对其作受持是有效的,作分配也是有效的。「水蛇」即水中的蛇。「象眼」即象的眼睛。「牛尿纹」即形如牛尿的条纹。因为钥匙是住所的资具,所以即使是金银制成的也允许,此说见于注释;但根据「钥匙上不得作彩绘磨光」的说法,只有其他如允许的铜等制成的钥匙才适合,因为它是随身携带的资具。「锥子」是制作书籍等的刀具之类。有人说「āmaṇḍakasāraka 是余甘子果实制成的」。在贝叶扇等中,说「彩绘磨光是允许的」。虽然它们像钥匙一样是随身携带之物,但因为没有被禁止说「不得持有各种高低之物」,所以这样说。它们仅仅是在「诸比丘,我允许扇子和贝叶扇」等中被允许的。而在复注中说「油容器上彩绘磨光是允许的,因为它是住所的资具」。「国王的亲信」即亲近王族者。「界」在此处指土地和结界。在复注中说:「属于谁的土地和界,他人不得在那里作。」有人说:「土地和界属于谁,就应由他们阻止。若界是在他人的土地上所作,他们无权阻止。」据说在安达卡注释中说:「因为会导致僧团分裂等,所以应该说『不要作』来制止。」显示巴利原文
Paṭṭamukhe vāti paṭṭakoṭiyaṃ. Pariyanteti cīvarapariyante. Veṇiuhumuniyupeññāma. Agghiyanti cetiyaṃ. Gayamuggaranti tulādaṇḍasaṇṭhānaṃ, gayā sīse sūcikā hoti, mukhapattā ladrā. Ukkiranti nīharanti karonti ṭhapenti. Koṇasuttapiḷakā nāma gaṇṭhikapaṭṭādikoṇesu suttamayapiḷakā. Yaṃ ettha cīvaraṃ vā patto vā ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti vutto, tattha adhiṭṭhānaṃ ruhati, vikappanāpi ruhatīti veditabbaṃ. Deḍḍubhoti udakasappo. Acchīti kuñjarakkhi. Gomuttakanti gomuttasaṇṭhānā rājiyo. Kuñcikāya senāsanaparikkhārattā suvaṇṇarūpiyamayāpi vaṭṭatīti chāyā dissati, ‘‘kuñcikāya vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato aññe kappiyalohādimayāva kuñcikā kappanti pariharaṇīyaparikkhārattā. Ārakaṇṭako potthakādikaraṇasatthakajāti. ‘‘Āmaṇḍakasārako āmalakaphalamayo’’ti vadanti . Tālapaṇṇabījanīādīsu ‘‘vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi tāni kuñcikā viya pariharaṇīyāni, atha kho ‘‘uccāvacāni na dhāretabbānī’’ti paṭikkhepābhāvato vuttaṃ. Kevalañhi tāni ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vidhūpanañca tālavaṇṭañcā’’tiādinā (cūḷava. 269) vuttāni. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘telabhājanesu vaṇṇamaṭṭhakammaṃ vaṭṭatīti senāsanaparikkhārattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Rājavallabhāti rājakulūpakā. Sīmāti idhādhippetā bhūmi, baddhasīmā ca. ‘‘Yesaṃ santakā tesaṃ sīmā, tattha parehi na kattabba’’nti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Bhūmi ca sīmā ca yesaṃ santakā, tehi eva vāretabbā. Yesaṃ pana aññesaṃ bhūmiyaṃ sīmā katā, te vāretuṃ na issarā’’ti vadanti . ‘‘Saṅghabhedādīnaṃ kāraṇattā ‘mā karothā’ti paṭisedhetabbā evā’’ti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ kira.
86-7 “作木屋”与“作者”是存在的。“碎片”应视如“果与果”。“命令”一词,唯在不如意时方用,因此他命令捆绑。“仅因主宰欲”一句,以“仅”字表示在成就之中。显示巴利原文
86-7. Dārukuṭikaṃ kātuṃ, kattunti ca atthi. Khaṇḍākhaṇḍikanti phalāphalaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Āṇāpehīti vacanaṃ aniṭṭhe eva vuccatīti katvā bandhaṃ āṇāpesi. Issariyamattāyāti samiddhiyaṃ mattāsaddoti ñāpeti.
88 “说了如此这般的话”乃是异读。“你已从毛发中解脱,再勿做此事”——此语是显示嗔恚,还是对木材显示贪欲之蕴?对于已是须陀洹的国王而言,这些言语难道恰当吗?岂非应在邀请“尊者,前所作者为善作,若有所需,请再说”之后,生起极大的欢喜与喜悦?确实,正因他是须陀洹,是圆满的佛弟子、法弟子、僧弟子,故而既不忍见比丘们的不如法行为,又希望为制立学处创造机缘,虽心怀喜悦,却也说出“我的木材被善加利用了”之语。应作如是了知。在这些如此出现之处,“随所出文句”──复注中说:“当以其他文句或较此稍略之文句出现时,应作相应的连接。”随复注中说:“不仅是此学处,于他学处亦会出现,故于各处随所出文句作相应连接。”“讥嫌之义”,正因未与而取,故他们讥嫌。显示巴利原文
88. ‘‘Evarūpaṃ vācaṃ bhāsitvā’’ti ca pāṭho. Lomena tvaṃ mutto, mā punapi evarūpamakāsīti idaṃ kiṃ byāpādadīpakaṃ, dārūsupi lobhakkhandhadīpakaṃ vacanaṃ sotāpannassa sato tassa rājassa patirūpaṃ. Nanu nāma ‘‘pubbe kataṃ sukataṃ bhante, vadeyyātha punapi yenattho’’ti pavāretvā atīva pītipāmojjaṃ uppādetabbaṃ tena siyāti? Saccametaṃ sotāpannattā atīva buddhamāmako dhammamāmako saṅghamāmako ca, tasmā bhikkhūnaṃ akappiyaṃ asahanto, sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ca okāsaṃ kattukāmo ‘‘supayuttāni me dārūnī’’ti tuṭṭhacittopi evamāhāti veditabbaṃ. Imehi nāma evarūpe ṭhāne. ‘‘Āgatapadānurūpenāti aññehi vā padehi, ito thokatarehi vā āgatakāle tadanurūpā yojanā kātabbā’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Na kevalaṃ imasmiṃyeva sikkhāpade, aññesupi āgacchanti, tasmā tattha tattha āgatapadānurūpena yojanā veditabbā’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Ujjhāyanattho adinnassādinnattāva, te ujjhāyiṃsu.
名为“鲁陀罗达摩迦”者,乃由鲁陀罗达摩迦等人所造。在波罗奈城等地,诸国国王依古论而造出具备特相的蓝色迦哈波那。据说一枚鲁陀罗达摩迦值其三分之一,故其四分之一即为偷兰遮的对象。但此处摩娑迦并非定量。迦哈波那有时不足二十摩娑迦,有时又超过二十摩娑迦。是故当知,该迦哈波那的四分之一,或为五摩娑迦,或超五摩娑迦,或不足五摩娑迦,此即“波陀”。为明此义,故有“尔时,于王舍城,二十摩娑迦为一迦哈波那”等说。其中有金制、银制、铜制之迦哈波那。如金地等处,凡波陀亦为铜制之处,彼即波陀──此为阿阇梨所说。有人说:“因波陀值一蓝色迦哈波那,故其波陀的四分之一即是波陀。”此说非理。何以故?若如是,值波陀之物,其四分之一会成为波罗夷对象的过失。若值波陀之物为波罗夷对象,则“彼波陀是最后的波罗夷对象”之说便成无义。因为并非于一切处取得物品后,皆以蓝色迦哈波那价来估价。而是以各地方的迦哈波那价来估价,故各地方的波陀即是波陀,值彼价者即是值波陀之价,此义已得成立。有人说:“而且是依古代蓝色迦哈波那。”显示巴利原文
Rudradāmako nāma rudradāmakādīhi uppādito. Bārāṇasinagarādīsu tehi tehi rājūhi porāṇasatthānurūpaṃ lakkhaṇasampannā uppāditā nīlakahāpaṇā. Tesaṃ kira tibhāgaṃ agghati rudradāmako, tasmā tassa pādo thullaccayavatthu hoti. Māsako pana idha appamāṇaṃ. Kahāpaṇo kiñcikāle ūnavīsatimāsako hoti, kiñci kāle atirekavīsatimāsako. Tasmā tassa kahāpaṇassa catutthabhāgo pañcamāsako viya atirekapañcamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā pādoti veditabbaṃ. Imassatthassa dīpanatthaṃ ‘‘tadā rājagahe vīsatimāsako kahāpaṇo hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha rajatamayo suvaṇṇamayo tambamayo ca kahāpaṇo hoti. Suvaṇṇabhūmiyaṃ viya pādopi yattha tambamayova kato hoti, tattha sova pādoti ācariyo. Yasmā pādo ekanīlakahāpaṇagghanako, tasmā tassa pādassa catutthabhāgova siyā pādoti eke. Idaṃ na yujjati. Yo ca tattha pādāraho bhaṇḍo, tassa catutthabhāgasseva pārājikavatthubhāvappasaṅgato. Yadi pādārahaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pārājikavatthu, siddhaṃ ‘‘sova pādo pacchimaṃ pārājikavatthū’’ti . Na hi sabbattha bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā nīlakahāpaṇagghena agghāpenti. Yasmā tassa tasseva kahāpaṇagghena agghāpenti, tasmā tassa tassa janapadassa pādova pādoti tadagghanakameva pādagghanakanti siddhaṃ, ‘‘so ca kho porāṇassa nīlakahāpaṇassa vasena, na itaresanti yattha pana nīlakahāpaṇā vaḷañjaṃ gacchanti, tatthevā’’ti keci vadanti, upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ.
分别说注释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
92 「从村或从林」者,因特相未予制定,故在最初制立之开端即说。从何处离去者,则名为非人。随附注中说:「未加遮阻的非人村,不先问而入村是许可的。」有人说:「若正要从某村来而离去,则不允许如是以那样的方式进入该村。」另有人说:「虽为夜叉所守护,然当店铺等处可见时方视为『村』,不可见时进入则无犯。」他们说:「村即近处,村近处——如是以持业释而取用,在库伦达注疏等中所说亦为善说。」有人驳斥「彼屋近处即村」之说。他们说「村之近处与村,即是村近处」,此言相违,不然。他们又说:「对于大注疏中就这些利养等特相而说的『屋即屋近处』等,我们不驳斥。」纲要注中写道:「已作围绕者,名为屋周围如是之近处。」但随附注中说:「无论注疏说或长老说,凡属后来说法,皆是就未来而言,非指过去。若也就过去而说,则唯有大莲华长老之说方为定量,是故老师们说仅仅就未来而说。」「其余」者,亦指村近处的特相。显示巴利原文
92.Gāmā vā araññā vāti lakkhaṇānupaññattikattā paṭhamapaññattiyā ādimhi vuttā. Yato vā apakkantā, so amanusso nāma. ‘‘Amanussagāmaṃ apārupitvā, gāmappavesanañca anāpucchā pavisituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yato gāmato āgantukāmā eva apakkantā, taṃ gāmaṃ evaṃ pavisituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti eke. Keci pana ‘‘yakkhapariggahabhūtopi āpaṇādīsu dissamānesu eva ‘gāmo’ti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, adissamānesu pavesane anāpattī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Gāmo eva upacāro gāmūpacāroti evaṃ kammadhārayavasena gahite kurundaṭṭhakathādīsu vuttampi suvuttameva hotī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Tassa gharūpacāro gāmoti āpajjatī’’ti vacanaṃ paṭikkhipati. ‘‘Gāmassupacāro ca gāmo ca gāmūpacāro cā’’ti vadanti, taṃ virujjhati, na. ‘‘Imesaṃ lābhādīsu lakkhaṇaṃ sandhāya mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘gharaṃ gharūpacāro’tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ na mayaṃ paṭikkhipāmā’’ti ca vadanti. ‘‘Kataparikkhepocāti gharassa samantato tattako upacāro nāmā’’ti gaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘yo yo aṭṭhakathāvādo vā theravādo vā pacchā vuccatīti ito anāgataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, nātītaṃ. Yadi atītampi sandhāya vuttaṃ, mahāpadumatheravādova pamāṇaṃ jātanti āpajjati, tasmā anāgatameva sandhāya vuttanti ācariyā kathayantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesampīti gāmūpacāralakkhaṇampi.
此中,此理趣者:即把握彼村近处之理趣。于非时入村等中:此处,在纲要注中说「入村者,实应在村外即问」。他们说「此与注疏不合」。若取「就名为村之近处而说」,则合——此为我之思惟。「以『等』字,于屋中住者所得利养之分与等」,在纲要注中说。在随附注中说「于村近处住者,若故意不给与应得之利养,巴拉基咖」。虽在库伦达等注疏中,因随顺巴利圣典所说而说,故不应说为「放逸之书」,然大注疏中所说之决择,从结集以来即传来。「且此大注疏中」等,是锡兰岛注疏老师们所说,亦为「决择理趣」。应以土块投掷而划定者:指应作围栏之处,非近处。盖彼近处,由此后以土块投掷而划定。于此不与取学处中:以决定说,于他处则不同——此是就义而说。或以彼决定,依文亦于此处理趣相应。然于阿毗达摩中等:显示以义准亦得成立不同之理。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ nayoti tassa gāmūpacārassa gahaṇe ayaṃ nayo. Vikālegāmappavesanādīsūti ettha ‘‘gāmappavesanañhi bahi eva āpucchitabba’’nti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ aṭṭhakathāya na sametī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Gāmasaṅkhātūpacāraṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti gahite sametīti mama takko. ‘‘Ādi-saddato ghare ṭhitānaṃ dinnalābhabhājanādīnī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Gāmūpacāre ṭhitānaṃ pāpuṇitabbalābhaṃ sañcicca adentānaṃ pārājika’’nti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi kurundiādīsu pāḷiyaṃ vuttavacanānulomavasena vuttattā ‘‘pamādalekhā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavinicchayo saṅgītito paṭṭhāya āgato. ‘‘Yañcetaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāya’’ntiādi sīhaḷadīpe aṭṭhakathācariyehi vuttaṃ ‘‘vinicchayanayo’’ti ca. Leḍḍupāteneva paricchinditabboti parikkhepārahaṭṭhānaṃ, na upacāraṃ. So hi tato aparena leḍḍupātena paracchinno. Imasmiṃ adinnādānasikkhāpadeti niyamena aññattha aññathāti atthato vuttaṃ hoti. Tena vā niyamena yathārutavasenāpi attho idha yujjati. Abhidhamme panātiādinā aññathāpi atthāpattisiddhaṃ dasseti.
在纲要注中说「在舍弃等未作时,虽未知『此是我的财产』,也是他人所守护的,如儿子们在父死后的财产,彼在实际上未舍弃时,归入守护」。在古纲要注中说「盗贼之业为盗,盗贼应取之物品。名为『盗』者,即盗所摄」。彼盗是何盗贼之业,因彼有盗心、有取心,故提取「盗所摄」一词,「有盗心、有取心」之词的分解也适合他们古人,然而仍应依注疏中所说之法取用。在随附注中说「前分中『我将取』而生起之心,与中间行走等之成就者,或触摸等之成就者,与从处所移动之行之成就者,在这些中,唯此最后一心刹那在此处所指为『盗』——其他人如是说」。在不足马萨咖、马萨咖巴达等中说「老师们说在取心中是一心刹那」。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pariccāgādimhi akate ‘idaṃ mama santaka’nti aviditampi parapariggahitameva puttakānaṃ pitu accayena santakaṃ viya, taṃ atthato apariccatte saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Thenassa kammaṃ theyyaṃ, thenena gahetabbabhūtaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ. Theyyanti saṅkhātanti theyyasaṅkhāta’’nti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Taṃ theyyaṃ yassa thenassa kammaṃ, so yasmā theyyacitto avaharaṇacitto hoti, tasmā ‘‘theyyasaṅkhāta’’nti padaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘theyyacitto avaharaṇacitto’’ti padabhājanampi tesaṃ porāṇānaṃ yujjateva, tathāpi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Yañca pubbabhāge ‘avaharissāmī’ti pavattaṃ cittaṃ, yañca gamanādisādhakaṃ, parāmasanādisādhakaṃ vā majjhe pavattaṃ, yañca ṭhānācāvanapayogasādhakaṃ , tesu ayameveko pacchimo cittakoṭṭhāso idha adhippeto ‘theno’ti apare’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Ūnamāsakamāsapādādīsu ‘‘avaharaṇacittesu ekacittakoṭṭhāsoti ācariyā vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
二十五种取论之注释显示巴利原文
Pañcavīsatiavahārakathāvaṇṇanā
「二十五种取」,唯依言说而别,于义则无别。「混乱难知抉择」:于师长跟前未能全面掌握抉择者,即难了知。犹如二法三法之《发趣论》,混乱而难知抉择,然师长们只是避免前后矛盾,不违结集传来之法而作解说——有人谓“如《发趣论》一般”。古人,指结集的诸师长。此处正当如此:若未与,则无犯;然因畏波罗夷,若求学之人欲与,便当如是给予。然而,这些事例,在锡兰岛由师长们征得僧团等的同意,纳入注疏中,谓“自书写以后,亦为未来梵行者之利益”。“命令的”,既于命令之刹那取,亦历经时间而成办目的,乃就时间间隔而言——此为其差别。“离去后”:离去。“海中间”:岛与岛间之海域。“成就”:完成。“新洗者”:新造。“石与砾”:石及砾。显示巴利原文
Pañcavīsati avahārā nāma vacanabhedeneva bhinnā, atthato pana abhinnā. Ākulā duviññeyyavinicchayāti ācariyānaṃ mukhe santike sabbākārena aggahitavinicchayānaṃ duviññeyyā. Dukatikapaṭṭhānapāḷi (paṭṭhā. 5.1.1 ādayo, dukatikapaṭṭhānapāḷi) viya ākulā duviññeyyavinicchayā, kevalaṃ taṃ ācariyā pubbāparavirodhamakatvā saṅgītito paṭṭhāya āgatanayamavināsetvā vaṇṇayantīti ‘‘paṭṭhānapāḷimivāti apare vadantī’’ti ca vuttā. Porāṇāti saṅgītiācariyā. Ayamettha sāmīci eva, sace na deti, āpatti natthi, pārājikabhayā pana yathā sikkhākāmo deti, evaṃ dātabbameva. Yāni panettha vatthūni, tāni sīhaḷadīpe ācariyehi saṅghādīnamanumatiyā aṭṭhakathāsu pakkhittāni, ‘‘anāgate brahmacārīnaṃ hitatthāya potthakāruḷhakālato pacchāpī’’ti vuttaṃ. Āṇattikaṃ āṇattikkhaṇepi gaṇhāti, kālantarenāpi atthasādhako, kālantaraṃ sandhāyāti idametesaṃ nānattaṃ. Bhaṭṭheti apagate. Antarasamudde aturumuhude. Pharati sādheti. Navadhototi navakato. Pāsāṇasakkharanti pāsāṇañca sakkharañca.
地注疏等之注释显示巴利原文
Bhūmaṭṭhakathādivaṇṇanā
94 然而,在《大注疏》中,无论真实或虚假,皆只说恶作,应知此为笔误,今当以道理采纳。其中,本应说“除四人僧外,允许作具足戒、自恣、出罪等一切僧团羯磨”,却写作“具足戒、自恣、咖提那衣、出罪等”,应知此。诸师长唯释为“笔误”,故说“笔误”。又说:“凡诸虚诳之言,于彼彼处为波逸提。”因说恶作之语无义,故说“于不与取之前行”。于其余前行,在波逸提处亦是波逸提。“笔误”,此处即取此义而说“注疏中云”,似可相符。然诸师说:既于波逸提处为波逸提,则应于恶作别为说明,却以总说“真实虚假”概括,故说“笔误”,应如此知。复因说“以善心行而无犯”,故以“我将施与”之言说,似为无犯。显示巴利原文
94.Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana saccepi alikepi dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitanti veditabbanti yathetarahi yuttiyā gahetabbā. Tattha ‘‘catuvaggena ṭhapetvā upasampadapavāraṇaabbhānādisabbaṃ saṅghakammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati’’cceva vattabbe ‘‘upasampadapavāraṇakathinabbhānādīnī’’ti likhantīti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ ācariyā ‘‘pamādalekhā’’tveva vaṇṇayanti, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pamādalikhita’’nti. Yaṃ yaṃ vacanaṃ musā, tattha tattha pācittiyanti vuttaṃ. Dukkaṭassa vacane payojanābhāvā ‘‘adinnādānassa pubbapayoge’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññesampi pubbapayoge pācittiyaṭṭhāne pācittiyameva. Pamādalikhitanti ettha idha adhippetameva gahetvā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanti gahite sameti viya. Ācariyā pana ‘‘pācittiyaṭṭhāne pācittiya’’nti vatvā dukkaṭe visuṃ vattabbe ‘‘saccālike’’ti sāmaññato vuttattā ‘‘pamādalekhā’’ti vadantīti veditabbāti. ‘‘Kusalacittena gamane anāpattī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘dānañca dassāmī’’ti vacanena anāpatti viya.
于波逸提处不能免除恶作者,即与波逸提共犯恶作。纵有多罪,于挖、填、拔中,各各十次而犯,于拔出时,发露十波逸提而得免除。就种类而言,《库伦达》说“仅说一罪而免除”,故与前说一致。复因说“合而显示之行作中为恶作”,故知同一行作有多恶作。于挖中,因是同一行作,故不寂止。依注疏师之量,即如此处,于他处亦当采纳注疏中所出之如是言说,以自结集即传来故,此为正义。据说法喜长老说:“此应于第二波罗夷中采纳,非于余处。”然而《结节注》中说:“前挖达后挖时则寂止,故仅说一罪而免除。”又说:“或达不同种类之行为时,前罪寂止。”显示巴利原文
Pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭā na muccatīti pācittiyena saddhiṃ dukkaṭamāpajjati. Bahukāpi āpattiyo hontūti khaṇanabyūhanuddharaṇesu dasa dasa katvā āpattiyo āpanno, tesu uddharaṇe dasa pācittiyo desetvā muccati, jātivasena ‘‘ekameva desetvā muccatī’’ti kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā purimena sameti. ‘‘Samodhānetvā dassitapayoge ‘‘dukkaṭa’’nti vuttattā samānapayogā bahudukkaṭattaṃ ñāpeti. Khaṇane bahukānīti samānapayogattā na paṭippassambhati. Aṭṭhakathācariyappamāṇenāti yathā panettha, evaṃ aññesupi evarūpāni aṭṭhakathāya āgatavacanāni saṅgītito paṭṭhāya āgatattā gahetabbānīti attho. ‘‘Idha dutiyapārājike gahetabbā, na aññesū’’ti dhammasiritthero kirāha. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘purimakhaṇanaṃ pacchimaṃ patvā paṭippassambhati, teneva ekameva desetvā muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘visabhāgakiriyaṃ vā patvā purimaṃ paṭippassambhatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
所谓“如此安置于一处的瓶,其移离处所在此应以六种方式了知”,这是上下文关联。“瓶”在这里是处格。向上举起时,哪怕仅使瓶离开地面发尖许的距离,便犯波罗夷。在此,以瓶口边缘所接触之处,若以一滴水使之移离,便与“移离处所于此应以六种方式了知”这句话相符。如果不这样说,而固执地说“从地离开时,哪怕仅越过发尖许的距离,即名为从地移离”,对此应仔细考察而采纳。在这里,有些人这样解释其义:“先前通过挖掘而分离的其余各处,在彼离开时即为波罗夷。”《摄要》、《大普迦利》等所说的语句,其误写的情况,已由“作为自己之器物,或截断拳头”这样的语句揭示了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekaṭṭhāne ṭhitāya kumbhiyā ṭhānācāvanañcettha chahākārehi veditabbanti sambandho. Kumbhiyāti bhummavacanaṃ. Uddhaṃ ukkhipanto kesaggamattampi bhūmito moceti, pārājikanti ettha mukhavaṭṭiyā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ bundena mocite ‘‘ṭhānācāvanañcettha chahākārehi veditabba’’nti iminā sameti, tathā avatvā ‘‘bhūmito mutte kesaggamattampi atikkante bhūmito mocitaṃ nāma hotī’’ti daḷhaṃ katvā vadanti, upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ. Ettha ekacce evaṃ atthaṃ vadanti ‘‘pubbe khaṇantena avasesaṭṭhānāni viyojitāni, tasmiṃ vimutte pārājika’’nti. Saṅkhepamahāpaccariyādīsu vuttavacanassa pamādalekhabhāvo ‘‘attano bhājanagataṃ vā karoti, muṭṭhiṃ vā chindatī’’ti vacanena dīpito.
然而,关于“仅饮用即犯波罗夷”的说法,如今应知,如同对于“五识生起所依、生起所缘”这一句,注疏中“以生起所依遮止未来”的说法,被转化为“以未混杂所依、未混杂所缘、前生所依、前生所缘”的说法而遮止了过去与未来。同样,应知此也被那类人转变了。实际上,并非注疏师所说前后矛盾。但是,诸位师长已将“这是误写”的部分去除、遮止,在诵习时便如此诵出,而此也被这位师长遮止为“误写”。再者,他们通过出示经文来遮止,此也是通过出示彼经文来遮止,因此才说“然而彼即于彼处”等语。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana ‘‘pītamatte pārājika’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ yathetarahi ‘‘pañcaviññāṇā uppannavatthukā uppannārammaṇā’’ti padassa ‘‘uppannavatthukāhi anāgatapaṭikkhepo’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ ‘‘asambhinnavatthukā asambhinnārammaṇā purejātavatthukā purejātārammaṇā’’ti vacanamapekkhitvā atītānāgatapaṭikkhepoti parivatteti, tathā tādisehi parivatta’nti veditabbaṃ. Na hi aṭṭhakathācariyā pubbāparaviruddhaṃ vadanti. Yaṃ pana ācariyā ‘‘idaṃ pamādalikhita’’nti apanetvā paṭikkhipitvā vacanakāle vācenti, uddisanti, tameva ca imināpi ācariyena ‘‘pamādalikhita’’nti paṭikkhittaṃ. Yañca suttaṃ dassetvā te paṭikkhipanti, tameva ca dassentena iminā paṭikkhittaṃ, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘taṃ pana tatthevā’’tiādi.
所谓“唯说无犯”,既非不是不与取,也非颈项处无犯,只是为了显示文字表达上有差别,而非义理上有差别。所谓那误写是由何人所为呢?由前述那类人,或由书写者所为,这一原则适用于所有地方。“因为,那同一事物,不可能在众多场合合理地是波罗夷,而在某处却不是”,这一切都在《随结节注》中说了。“放置恶置者”,在此,因为涉及了“将从彼流出”的移离处所之义,故为波罗夷。然而,无论彼取或不取,在彼处应从“破坏”等语来了知。“在彼处的人,不作移离处所,仅欲从处所移离,从‘破坏’的注疏之语,亦应令其了知”,在某《结节注》中如是说。同样,“以流出的泥土取而投入水中煮后能取,故仅关涉取而说”,其他人这么说。“于空瓶上所作,应给予物品”,这种说法与命令相违,“当有能力时,那时取走彼物品”,若义理成就,在命令时即为波罗夷。又,坑穴等及不动产的运用在这里是成立的。在无死亡时,其运用即为波罗夷这件事,应仔细考察,有些人这样说。凡是说到“其他人”或“有些人”的地方,在每一处都应妥善仔细考察,采纳合理的,舍弃其余的。“说”是指诸位师长说。并非如此,为了保护圣典,应说明可以以其他方式理解。“如是某些人说”,那一观点不应采纳。为什么呢?因为“舍弃小便”与“作为不受用”二语义理同一,在注疏中……显示巴利原文
Anāpattimattameva vuttanti neva avahāro na gīvā anāpattīti byañjanatova bhedo, na atthatoti dassanatthaṃ. Taṃ pamādalikhitaṃ katarehīti ce? Pubbe vuttappakārehi, lekhakehi vā, esa nayo sabbattha. ‘‘Na hi tadeva bahūsu ṭhānesu yuttato pārājikamahutvā katthaci hotī’’ti sabbaṃ anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Duṭṭhapitaṃ vā ṭhapetīti ettha tato paggharissatīti ṭhānācāvanaṃ sandhāya katattā pārājikaṃ taṃ pana gaṇhatu vā mā vā tattheva ‘‘bhindatī’’tiādivacanato veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Tatthevāti ṭhānācāvanaṃ akarontova ṭhānā acāvetukāmova kevalaṃ ‘bhindatī’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ca ñāpetabba’’nti aññatarasmiṃ gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Tathā ‘‘paggharitehi tintapaṃsuṃ gahetvā udake pakkhipitvā pacitvā gahetuṃ sakkā, tasmā gahaṇameva sandhāya vutta’’nti apare. ‘‘Rittakumbhiyā upari karoti, bhaṇḍadeyya’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ āṇattiyā virujjhati, ‘‘yadā sakkosi, tadā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’’ti atthasādhako āṇattikāle eva pārājikaṃ. Apica āvāṭakādīni thāvarapayogāni ca ettha sādhakāni. Natthi kālakatapayogāni pārājikavatthūnīti tasmā upaparikkhitabbanti eke. Yattha yattha ‘‘apare’’ti vā ‘‘eke’’ti vā vuccati, tattha tattha suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ. Vadantīti ācariyā vadanti. Na, aññathā gahetabbatthatoti pāḷipariharaṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Evameke vadantīti taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Kasmā? ‘‘Passāvaṃ vā chaḍḍetī’’ti ca ‘‘aparibhogaṃ vā karotī’’ti ca atthato ekattā, aṭṭhakathāya ‘‘muggarena pothetvā bhindatī’’ti vuttattāpi.
至于此处“此即其核心”等论述,法喜长老说:“这是我们阿阇梨的话。”有些人说:“这是摄论阿阇梨们的主张。”前面所说的也正是这些,因此,出于惯用语的缘故,对于虽不想丢弃却那样做的人,也惯常称之为“丢弃”。应如此理解这些词句的含义。如此成立时,这与注释书中所说“由于无令离处之心,故为恶作”极为吻合,这里应理解为:由于无令离处之心,因此即使从处所脱离,也不称为“从处所脱离”。另一种情况也是如此:由于无盗心,即使对于想令从处所脱离者,恶作也成立。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃpanettha sārotiādikathāya ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyassa vacana’’nti dhammasiritthero āha. Saṅgahācariyānaṃ vādoti eke. Pubbe vuttāpi te eva, tasmā vohāravasenāti achaḍḍetukāmampi tathā karontaṃ ‘‘chaḍḍetī’’ti voharanti. Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho gahetabboti evaṃ sante ‘‘ṭhānācāvanassa natthitāya dukkaṭa’’nti aṭṭhakathāvacanena ativiya sameti, tattha ṭhānācāvanacittassa natthitāya ṭhānā cutampi na ‘‘ṭhānā cuta’’nti vuccatīti attho gahetabbo. Itarathāpīti theyyacittābhāvā ṭhānā cāvetukāmassapi dukkaṭaṃ yujjati.
96 自己掉落的,以及放在胸口并来回移动的,是偷兰遮。在关于虚空处的判定中,因其关联,为免混淆,对于那在虚空等处的情况,说应如此理解。“如此,在其他有主物处亦然”,这是《结文注》中所说。根据“未作令离处而移动”的说法,意味着在令离处的情况下没有偷兰遮。有些人说,即使未令动摇,在令离处和未令离处的情况下,也都有恶作和偷兰遮。有些人说:“应出示‘他们未作令离处’这句注释书的话来遮止他们”,此事应当审察。显示巴利原文
96. Sayameva patitamorasseva ito cito ca karoto thullaccayaṃ. Ākāsaṭṭhavinicchaye tappasaṅgena tasmiṃ vehāsādigatepi asammohatthaṃ evaṃ gahetabbanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Evamaññatrāpi sāmise’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ṭhānācāvanaṃ akaronto cāletī’’ti vacanato ṭhānācāvane thullaccayaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Keci aphandāpetvā ṭhānācāvanācāvanehipi dukkaṭathullaccaye vadanti. ‘‘Te ṭhānācāvanaṃ akarontoti imaṃ aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ dassetvā paṭisedhetabbā’’ti keci vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
97 截断、解开等是就上半部分而说。必然使其从处所变成虚空。在此,有些人说:“这是就拔出一边后,在放置的竹子上站立者的虚空作而言。”然而,应当出示“若未从根部截断,而将环圈来回移动,则守护。但若即使未从根部拔出,用手抓住而使其变成虚空,则为波罗夷”这句注释书的话来遮止他们。“依附于墙的”,有些人说这是就由墙支撑的而言。“依靠墙而放置的”,是就放在象钩等上面的而言。“刚截断的”,是就向上长出而站立的情况而言。显示巴利原文
97. Chedanamocanādi uparibhāgaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Avassaṃ ṭhānato ākāsagataṃ karoti. Ettha ‘‘ekakoṭiṃ nīharitvā ṭhapite vaṃse ṭhitassa ākāsakaraṇaṃ sandhāyā’’ti keci vadanti. Te pana atha ‘‘mūlaṃ acchetvā valayaṃ ito cito ca sāreti, rakkhati. Sace pana mūlato anīharitvāpi hatthena gahetvā ākāsagataṃ karoti, pārājika’’nti aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ dassetvā paṭisedhetabbā. Bhittinissitanti bhittiyā upatthambhitaṃ sandhāya vuttanti eke. Bhittiṃ nissāya ṭhapitanti nāgadantādīsu ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Chinnamatteti upari uggantvā ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
98 “在上方站立者的背部”,此处是针对向下放落而言。当向下放落时,上方者以背部越过下方者所处的位置,即构成波罗夷;当向上举起时,从水中脱离的当下即构成波罗夷。诸师说:“如此把握时,便与地处所论一致。”据说,死鱼所在的位置就是处所。以盗心杀死后取走,若其价值未满一足价,则为恶作;但有些长老说,因为属于同一位加行,所以不犯波逸提。“醉果、毒药等”,在此处,据说僧伽罗语中的“vasa”是毒的意思,或者是指以金翅鸟形所调制的饮品。显示巴利原文
98.Upari ṭhitassa piṭṭhiyāti ettha adho osāraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Heṭṭhā osārentassa uparimassa piṭṭhiyā heṭṭhimena ṭhitokāsaṃ atikkantamatte pārājikaṃ, uddhaṃ ukkhipantassa udakato muttamatte. ‘‘Evaṃ gahite bhūmaṭṭhe vuttena sametī’’ti vadanti. Matamacchānaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhānameva ṭhānaṃ kira. Theyyacittena māretvā gaṇhato ūnapādagghanake dukkaṭaṃ, sahapayogattā pācittiyaṃ natthīti eke. Madanaphalavasādīnīti ettha sīhaḷabhāsā kira vasa iti visanti attho, garuḷākārena katuppeyitaṃ vā.
99 如前以网套住猪的譬喻所述。“置于陆地的船,仅指未被触及之处而已”,这是文本。“根据‘风来’的说法,在无风时,由于已作加行,故不存在夺取;但若在有风时造作,则构成夺取。”诸师如是说。“那么,物品应交付何人呢?交付给那些手中已持取钱币的人,或者,若船主尚未取得船,则交付给船主。”《副结文注》中如是说。显示巴利原文
99.Pubbe pāse baddhasūkaraupamāya vuttā eva. ‘‘Thale ṭhapitāya nāvāya na phuṭṭhokāsamattamevā’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Vāto āgammāti vacanato vātassa natthikāle payogassa katattā avahāro natthi, atthikāle ce kato, avahārovā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ pana kesanti ce? Yesaṃ hatthe kahāpaṇāni gahitāni, tesaṃ vā, nāvāsāminā nāvāya aggahitāya nāvāsāmikassa vā’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
104 不缠绕而向上。或者,放置未造作的,意思是安立前所未有之物。显示巴利原文
104.Nirambitvā upari. Akataṃ vā pana patiṭṭhapetīti apubbaṃ vā paṭṭhapetīti attho.
106 在村落这一节中,并没有说“所谓村落”,因为村落的特征在先前的说明中已全部交代。显示巴利原文
106. Gāmaṭṭhe vā ‘‘gāmo nāmā’’ti na vuttaṃ paṭhamaṃ gāmalakkhaṇassa sabbaso vuttattā.
107 在林野这一节中,所谓林野,在此并非仅指先前所说特征的林野,而是专指已被他人占有的林野,为了显示这正是此处所指而说。因此,于义理上也采用了“林野”一词。“于顶端或根部截断”,在此他们说:“不是缠绕而立的,是指刚截断即倒下者而说。”“截断后放置的”,是由林野主人或其他获得者截断后放置的。“即使是半途的”,也指长时间放置的。即使得到林野主人允许也不应取,这在《结文注》中说。“以树皮包裹的”,以此显示主人不挂心,故说“可以取”。若主人有挂心,则不可取。显示巴利原文
107. Araññaṭṭhe araññaṃ nāmāti puna na kevalaṃ pubbe vuttalakkhaṇaññeva araññanti idhādhippetaṃ, kintu parapariggahitameva cetaṃ hoti, taṃ idhādhippetanti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Teneva atthepi araññaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Aggepi mūlepi chinnāti ettha ‘‘na veṭhetvā ṭhitā, chinnamatte patanakaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti vadanti. Tacchetvā ṭhapitoti araññasāmikehi parehi laddhehi tacchetvā ṭhapito. Addhagatopīti cirakālikopi. ‘‘Na gahetabboti araññasāmikehi anuññātenapī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Challiyā pariyonaddhaṃ hotīti iminā sāmikānaṃ nirapekkhataṃ dīpeti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Yadi sāmikānaṃ sāpekkhatā atthi, na vaṭṭati.
108 于此,《副结文注》中说:“从‘在容器和池塘、湖沼中唤牛’开始,示现了最初的三次十回之后,便作了省略。”所谓“排出之水”,是指为了保护湖沼,通过多余之水的排水口流出的水。“不可取,因为这不是如法行”,这在《副结文注》中说。从此以后,当说“说”时,应理解为指《副结文注》。“水未流出时”是文本的省略,意思是由于干涸的水渠正被使用,因此也没有物品应给予。因为田地是依靠湖沼而作的,所以这是就“湖沼是众人共有的”先前已说而说的。另一些人说:“虽然湖沼中的水是众人共有,但若有水渠,则不可越过它而取,因此在《库伦达》等中,就将那水渠说为夺取。”阿阇梨说:这与特征不合,因为所谓众人共有之处,那个湖沼正是众人共有,且由于没有约定,所以《大注释书》中所说的才是合理的。显示巴利原文
108. Tattha ‘‘bhājanesu pokkharaṇītaḷākesu ca gāvo pakkosatīti ito paṭṭhāya tayo dasa vārā ādimeva dassetvā saṃkhittā’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Nibbahanaudakaṃ nāma taḷākarakkhaṇatthāya adhikodakanikkhamanadvārena nikkhamanaudakaṃ. ‘‘Gahetuṃ na labhatīti sāmīcikammaṃ na hotī’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Ito paṭṭhāya ‘‘vutta’’nti vutte anugaṇṭhipadeti gahetabbaṃ. Anikkhante udaketi pāṭhaseso, sukkhamātikāpayogattā bhaṇḍadeyyampi na hotīti adhippāyo. Taḷākaṃ nissāya khettassa katattāti ‘‘sabbasādhāraṇaṃ taḷākaṃ hotī’’ti paṭhamaṃ vuttattā taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yasmā taḷākagataṃ udakaṃ sabbasādhāraṇampi mātikāya sati taṃ atikkamitvā gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, tasmā taṃ sandhāya kurundiyādīsu avahāroti vutta’’nti apare āhūti. Iminā lakkhaṇena na sametīti yasmā sabbasādhāraṇadeso nāma tañca taḷākaṃ sabbasādhāraṇaṃ, katikābhāvā ca mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttameva yuttanti āhācariyo.
109 109. 《结文注》中说:“自那时起,便不再有‘夺取’之义,即便以盗心拿取亦然。因此,就像应当令人强制舍弃那剃除须发之人一般,由于不应守护,且为一切僧众所共有,其他僧团所属之物也不构成此[罪]。”显示巴利原文
109.‘‘Tatopaṭṭhāya avahāro natthīti theyyāyapi gaṇhato, tasmā yathāmuṇḍamahājetabbattā, arakkhitabbattā, sabbasādhāraṇattā ca aññampi saṅghasantakaṃ idaṃ na hotī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
110 110. 关于“正直而立”,文中说:“若因被附近的树枝等支撑,稍作倾斜后仍能正直而立,则构成夺取。若如被截断的竹子般而立,则无罪。”此说甚善,因为在其判定中说明了“假如那些[树枝]在作守护”。若非如此,其意是说:倘若在风吹来时作风口清扫,则犯波罗夷。显示巴利原文
110.Ujukameva tiṭṭhatīti ettha ‘‘samīpe rukkhasākhādīhi sandhāritattā īsakaṃ khalitvā ujukameva tiṭṭhati ce, avahāro. Chinnaveṇu viya tiṭṭhati ce, anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ suvuttaṃ, tassa vinicchaye ‘‘sace tāni rakkhantī’’ti vuttattā. No aññathāti sampatte ce vāte vātamukhasodhanaṃ karoti, pārājikanti attho.
111 111. 关于“其他各处则更无审察之必要”,这是说由于那些地方未被遮止,因此这本身就是判定,如此已说。又说:“由此也显示了:即使已舍下责任,对于那些由盗贼取来之物,教唆后再取用者,无罪。”显示巴利原文
111.Aññesu pana vicāraṇā eva natthīti tesu appaṭikkhipitattā ayameva vinicchayoti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Etena dhuranikkhepaṃ katvāpi corehi āhaṭaṃ codetvā gaṇhato anāpattīti dīpitaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
112 「此即同理」——即在取出时便犯波罗夷。何以故?因为已指出与其他钵共通的标记。「以步数」者,是指取走贼人偷出后交给的物品而离去的情形。「村门」仅是世俗的言说,其义为「村」,因为应依教令来理解,两者皆在取出时即犯波罗夷。以「前往某名之村」的言说,乃至该村之外的近行处,这一切都只是命令。「若站立或坐下休息后,平息了先前的盗心,且未放下物品以便继续行进,则所持之物仍如原样,应以步数处置;若已放下,则以取出处置」,这是如此记载的。仅说「记载」时,应依《结文》来理解。「以盗心受用」者,指未作移离原处,而以穿着、披覆的方式,心想「此物先前已为我所取」,以盗心受用者。「据说若物遗失,应赔偿」,这是记载的。以「或另一人」的言说,表明若由放置者给予则无罪,如同守护者给予时一样,「唯此处有说赔偿者,是其他人」,如此说。由「或另一人」的言说,指放置者。经审察后,应知「他」亦可获得。以「或」字,指由受托保管者给予,如王舍城的会计师对达尼亚所作的那样,因此波罗夷似乎是合理的。显示巴利原文
112.Eseva nayoti uddhāreyeva pārājikaṃ, kasmā? Aññehi pattehi sādhāraṇassa saññāṇassa vuttattā. Padavārenāti corena nīharitvā dinnaṃ gahetvā gacchato. Gāmadvāranti vohāramattameva, gāmanti attho āṇattiyā daṭṭhabbattā, dvinnampi uddhāre eva pārājikaṃ. Asukaṃnāma gāmaṃ gantvāti vacanena yāva tassa gāmassa parato upacāro, sabbametaṃ āṇattameva hoti. ‘‘Ṭhatvā vā nisīditvā vā vissamitvā purimatheyyacittaṃ vūpasamitvā gamanatthañce bhaṇḍaṃ na nikkhittaṃ, yathāgahitameva, padavārena kāretabboti, nikkhittañce, uddhārenā’’ti ca likhitaṃ. Kevalaṃ ‘‘likhita’’nti vutte gaṇṭhipade gahetabbaṃ. Theyyacittena paribhuñjantoti ṭhānācāvanaṃ akatvā nivatthapārutanīhārena ‘‘pubbevedaṃ mayā gahita’’nti theyyacittena paribhuñjanto. ‘‘Naṭṭhe bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ kirā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Añño vā’’ti vacanena yena ṭhapitaṃ, tena dinne anāpattīti dīpitaṃ hoti gopakassa dāne viya, ‘‘kevalaṃ idha bhaṇḍadeyyanti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Añño vā’’ti vacanato yena ṭhapitaṃ. So vātipi labbhatīti vicāretvā gahetabbo. Vā-saddena yassa hatthe ṭhapitaṃ, so vā deti rājagahe gaṇako viya dhaniyassa, tasmā pārājikaṃ yuttaṃ viya.
当说出「你的厚衣已得」的刹那,若说妄语,则犯恶作。「写下他的名字」——在此,「因他曾命令『取后放置』,故在写名字时无罪,这与传递草的情形并不相似」,如此说。「不知」的意思是「不听」。若虽知而心中不接受,也是同理。然而应知,若知道后不想守护,则必须拒绝,此是仪规。「非正道」者,义为挖掘旧水道而形成的水道。显示巴利原文
Tava thūlasāṭako laddhoti vuttakkhaṇe musāvāde dukkaṭaṃ. Tassa nāmaṃ likhitvāti ettha ‘‘tena ‘gahetvā ṭhapeyyāsī’ti āṇattattā nāmalekhanakāle anāpatti kusasaṅkamanasadisaṃ na hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Na jānantīti na suṇantīti attho. Sace jānitvāpi cittena na sampaṭicchanti eseva nayo. Jānantena pana rakkhituṃ anicchante paṭikkhipitabbameva etanti vattaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Ummaggenāti purāpāṇaṃ khaṇitvā katamaggenāti attho.
然而,对于受限制依止的人,其同辈会给予食物;因此如同在住处中排次一样,应当同样处理,故他们不能取「适时到来」之利,说「或其同辈不能不给」。关于「以自己为第二者」:并非一人取来的食物足够两人,若足够则应分配,为说明此义而说「或对谁」等。「他给予反问」者,记载为「对所问的问题作解答」。所谓僧团的负担,说「即是正法诵出」,又说「也称营事者」,记载为「从此物品中周转后又进入内部,此是大注疏本与古伦迪简略注疏的意趣所开显」。显示巴利原文
Nissitavārikassa pana sabhāgā bhattaṃ denti, tasmā yathā vihāre panti, tatheva kātabbanti sampattavāraṃ aggahetuṃ na labhanti, ‘‘tassa vā sabhāgā adātuṃ na labhantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Attadutiyassāti na hi ekenānītaṃ dvinnaṃ pahoti, sace pahoti pāpetabboti dassetuṃ ‘‘yassa vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Paripucchaṃ detīti pucchitapañhassa vissajjanaṃ karotī’’ti likhitaṃ. Saṅghassa bhāraṃ nāma ‘‘saddhammavācanā evā’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘navakammikopi vuccatī’’ti ca, ‘‘ito bhaṇḍato vaṭṭantaṃ puna anto pavisatīti mahāaṭṭhakathāpadassa kurundīsaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāhi adhippāyo vivarito’’ti likhitaṃ.
113 “在行驶的车乘等中”——在此,据说优波提舍长老说:“这是针对站在税关之外的人而说。”而“在行驶的车乘等中”等,应理解为在税关之内。对于站在外面者,根本没有什么可说,因为是在“站在内部”的章节中所说,故为合理:若物品放置在车乘等中,未对其作任何努力,车乘自行离去时,不犯波罗夷。为什么呢?因为不属于赔偿物,是站在税关之外的缘故。在森林处,说“即使因失念而越过者,也是赔偿物”,因为那些物品有守护者。但在此,根据“于此进入者”的说法,便不是站在外面的人,据说那是税关的约定处。“令他人拿取其他物品”——在此,由于“亲手”的言说,故无罪。“成为应舍”者,依注疏为波逸提;若进入近行处而携带,因有过患故为恶作。显示巴利原文
113.Gacchante yāne vāti ettha ‘‘suṅkaṭṭhānassa bahi ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti upatissatthero vadati kira. ‘‘Gacchante yāne vātiādi suṅkaṭṭhānabbhantare gahetabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Bahi ṭhitassa vattabbameva natthi, ‘‘anto ṭhatvā’’ti adhikāre vuttattā ceti yuttaṃ – yānādīsu ṭhapite tassa payogaṃ vināyeva gatesu pārājiko na hoti. Kasmā na bhaṇḍadeyyanti ce? Suṅkaṭṭhānassa bahi ṭhitattā. Araññaṭṭhe ‘‘assatiyā atikkamantassapi bhaṇḍadeyyamevā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.107) vuttaṃ tesaṃ sapariggahitattā. Idha pana ‘‘atra paviṭṭhassā’’ti vacanato na bahi ṭhitassa, taṃ kira suṅkasaṅketaṃ. Aññaṃ harāpetīti tattha ‘‘sahatthā’’ti vacanato anāpatti. Nissaggiyāni hontīti aṭṭhakathāto pācittiyaṃ, upacāraṃ okkamitvā pariharaṇe sādīnavattā dukkaṭaṃ.
“在税关处,唯有纳税后方可通行”——法喜长老说,这是今当宣说的纲要。“在阿努拉德普拉城的四座城门收税,其中南门前方有道路,从塔寺绕行阿难支提后,接近祇园精舍的内围墙而设立。凡不进入村庄者,即不进入近行处。从塔寺绕行大支提后前往王精舍者,亦不进入。”据说如此记载于大注疏。在此,“于税关处”的“以二石掷距离”,是依师资相传而书写。“以二石掷距离”,若税关的界限尚未设立,则以此为准;若已设立,则超过一由旬也是税关处。因此,此后的二石掷距离应当取为近行处。然而,这种近行处也有两种,有内外之别。其中,对于称为第二石掷距离的外近行处,圣典及大注疏中说为恶作。对于内近行处,古伦迪注疏则不认可。“于此处进入者收税”——如此规定之处,绝对是波罗夷之地,而且若是有围限者,一石掷距离是恶作之地;若无围限,第二石掷距离则不是这个意思。老师如此说。显示巴利原文
Suṅkaṭṭhāne suṅkaṃ datvāva gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti idaṃ dāni vattabbānaṃ mātikāti dhammasiritthero. ‘‘Anurādhapurassa catūsu dvāresu suṅkaṃ gaṇhanti, tesu dakkhiṇadvārassa purato maggo thūpārāmato ānandacetiyaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā jetavanavihārassantarapākārassāsanne niviṭṭho, yo na gāmaṃ pavisanto upacāraṃ okkanto hoti. Thūpārāmato ca mahācetiyaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā rājavihāraṃ gacchanto na okkamatī’’ti kira mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgataṃ. Ettha cāti suṅkaghāte ‘‘dvīhi leḍḍupātehīti ācariyaparamparābhatā’’ti likhitaṃ. Dvīhi leḍḍupātehīti suṅkaghātassa paricchede aṭṭhapite yujjati, ṭhapite pana atirekayojanampi suṅkaghātaṃ hotīti tato paraṃ dve leḍḍupātā upacāroti gahetabbo. So panetthāpi duvidho bāhirabbhantarabhedato. Tattha dutiyaleḍḍupātasaṅkhātaṃ bāhiropacāraṃ sandhāya pāḷiyaṃ, mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Abbhantaraṃ sandhāya kurundiyanti no khanti. ‘‘Atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṃ gaṇhantūti hi niyamitaṭṭhānaṃ ekantato pārājikakhettaṃ hoti, tañca parikkhittaṃ, eko leḍḍupāto dukkaṭakhettaṃ, aparikkhittañce, dutiyo leḍḍupātoti no adhippāyo’’ti ācariyo vadati.
114 “财物在所在之处增长”——在此记载:“增长部分应与偷盗者的赔偿物一起。”如果心想“我将给予那增长部分”而拿取,对于未作努力者,便说为增长。仅仅存放于田地中的财物并不增长。“凡是增长的财物,若给予偷盗者,却不给予增长部分,则犯波罗夷。”他们这样说。显示巴利原文
114.Dhanaṃ pana gataṭṭhāne vaḍḍhatīti ettha ‘‘vaḍḍhiyā saha avahārakassa bhaṇḍadeyya’’nti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ vaḍḍhiṃ dassāmī’’ti aggahesi, tattha kammaṃ akarontassa vaḍḍhatīti katvā vuttaṃ. Kevalaṃ āṭhapitakhettassa na vaḍḍhati. ‘‘Yaṃ dhanaṃ vaḍḍhi, taṃ dentassa avahārakassa vaḍḍhiyā adāne pārājikaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti.
“以名”:指通用之名,或主人所起之名。显示巴利原文
Nāmenāti sappanāmena vā sāmikena katena vā.
116 王宫的内院,或有围墙的王家庭院,称为内院。在无围墙的王家庭院中站立者,整座城市即为其站立处。对于牛,因说“在无围墙处站立者,仅所踏之处为站立处”,故“破门”,是指自己所破坏的洞穴。“即于彼处杀害”——“因以命根为所缘,杀心是否犯波逸提?不犯。何以故?因是不与取的加行。彼盗心亦唯以诸行为所缘。在此,两者与前后分一起获得。”如是说。显示巴利原文
116. Rājagharassa antovatthumhi, parikkhittarājaṅgaṇaṃ vā antovatthu. Aparikkhitte rājaṅgaṇe ṭhitassa sakalanagaraṃ ṭhānaṃ. Goṇassa ‘‘aparikkhitte ṭhitassa akkantaṭṭhānameva ṭhāna’’nti vuttattā khaṇḍadvāranti attanā khaṇḍitacchiddaṃ. Tattheva ghātetīti ‘‘jīvitindriyārammaṇattā vadhakacittassa pācittiyaṃ hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Adinnādānapayogattā. Tampi theyyacittaṃ saṅkhārārammaṇaṃva hoti. Idha tadubhayaṃ labhati saddhiṃ pubbabhāgāparabhāgehī’’ti vuttaṃ.
118 “于彼取出时,一切皆波罗夷”:若被命令者必定取走该物品,于命令之刹那即犯波罗夷。“此处为何三人皆波罗夷?岂非因说‘诸尊者,汝等三人取’故,应为偷兰遮,其余诸人依次第各各被命令故,应各各得恶作?怎么回事?譬如一人盗取一摩沙迦重的滤水器后发露,或成无力后,又盗取一摩沙迦重的针,如是再盗取一摩沙迦重,这样可能吗?并非如此。如同莲花盗者,以任何物品充满,只要尚有精进力便为波罗夷,同样,他们尚有精进力而不发露。”如是书写。于圣典及注疏中,虽说“共谋后去时,于一人取出时,一切皆波罗夷”,如同无命令的情况,然而于解说“此为彼义”之后,于后说之决断中,及于一物一处等中,众多人命令一人,唯是决定命令而说,故命令应如所欲求,应当审察。“‘一物一处’之文,源自‘一家之物’之语。”如是说。显示巴利原文
118.Tassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikanti yadi yo āṇatto avassaṃ taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ harati, āṇattikkhaṇe eva pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Idha tiṇṇaṃ kasmā pārājikaṃ, nanu ‘tumhe, bhante, tayo harathā’ti vuttattā thullaccayaṃ, itaresañca paṭipāṭiyā ekekassāṇattattā ekekena ca dukkaṭena bhavitabbaṃ. Kathaṃ, eko kira māsagghanakaṃ parissāvanaṃ thenetvā desetvā nirussāho eva vā hutvā puna māsagghanakaṃ sūciṃ tatheva katvā puna māsagghanakanti evaṃ siyāti? Na evaṃ, taṃ yathā uppalathenako yena vatthu pūrati tāva saussāhattā pārājiko āsi, evamime saussāhāva na desayiṃsu vā’’ti likhitaṃ, pāḷiyaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyañca saṃvidahitvā gatesu ekassuddhāre sabbesaṃ pārājikaṃ vinā viya āṇattiyā kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, atha kho ‘‘tassāyaṃ attho’’ti vatvā pacchā vuttavinicchayesu ca ekabhaṇḍaekaṭṭhānādīsu ca sambahulā ekaṃ āṇāpentīti āṇattimeva niyametvā vuttaṃ, tasmā āṇatti icchitabbā viya, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘‘Ekabhaṇḍaṃ ekaṭṭhāna’nti ca pāṭho ‘ekakulassa bhaṇḍa’nti vacanato’’ti vadanti.
119-120 “依密探所说之理”者,是对必取之物而言。“彼约定”者,即彼之约定。或者,是指超过彼约定之后,或未到达之前。“此理于‘彼相’中亦同”者,于彼相中,道理亦然。挖眼等作业轻快短暂,于彼相现起之刹那,无法立即盗取物品:有些物品尚远,有些物品沉重。为取那些物,乃至行近、乃至举起之时,已是相之后时。若彼物品本已近在咫尺且轻便,如同已得,则能在相之刹那取走,即就此而说。如何?并非如此,因为前文已说“从彼时起,以彼相而取”,意指业已开始。若如此,“此是食前之加行”一句即可为定量,然而彼句并非定量,因为大莲华长老之说在后文别有解说。因此,不应将相业视同约定业。于约定业中,有时间上的限定,而此处则无。这就是它们的差别。显示巴利原文
119-120.Ocarakevuttanayenevāti avassaṃhāriye bhaṇḍe. Taṃ saṅketanti tassa saṅketassa. Atha vā taṃ saṅketaṃ atikkamitvā pacchā vā. Apatvā pure vā. Esa nayo taṃ nimittanti etthāpi. Akkhinikhaṇanādikammaṃ lahukaṃ ittarakālaṃ, taṅkhaṇe eva bhaṇḍaṃ avaharituṃ na sakkā, kiñci bhaṇḍaṃ dūraṃ hoti, kiñci bhāriyaṃ, taṃ gahetuṃ yāva gacchati yāva ukkhipati, tāva nimittassa pacchā hoti. Sace taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ adhigataṃ viya āsannaṃ, lahukañca, sakkā nimittakkhaṇe avaharituṃ, tameva sandhāya vuttaṃ kinti? Na, pubbe vuttampi ‘‘tato paṭṭhāya teneva nimittena avaharatī’’ti vuccati āraddhattā. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘purebhattapayogo eso’’ti vāro pamāṇaṃ hoti, na ca taṃ pamāṇaṃ mahāpadumattheravādassa pacchā vuttattā, na saṅketakammaṃ viya nimittakammaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tattha hi kālaparicchedo atthi, idha natthi, idameva tesaṃ nānattaṃ.
121 “彼为不迷惑故”者:一人说“于食前等时,或于见挖眼等相后而取”,另一人则依所取之物,限定说:“取食前所应取、具如是色与形状之物。”为了在此类情况中避免混淆,所以才开示如此种类的约定与相。“如所意”者,是第二人对第三人说,第三人对第四人说,如此依次第而说之义。若第二人对第四人说,则非如所意。“唯受取”者,意为:若是必定受取之物,则事先即犯偷兰遮,这是按书中所写。至于受取者之恶作,因无机会,故于一切处未说。此恶作犯后,进而犯波罗夷。其意趣是:于成就义之思的刹那,即犯波罗夷。此中,此思属道位还是果位?因有“成就义之思名为如道之无间果”之说,故知此为果位之思。若命令为道位,因其与思俱生,故不可能成立;同样,物之“必定被取”亦不可能,因为在命令之刹那,彼物即成必定被取。若取者受取,彼物亦不可能,因其属于未来。若思为道位,而命令等中某一环节或物之必定被取为果位,则义不可能成就。因此,波罗夷罪性应属果位,而非其他。如是,于此处可暂且如此譬喻连接:思为道位,彼之波罗夷罪性为果位。如何成立?正如《无碍解道》中说:“以信之智为法无碍解,以信于信义之智为义无碍解。”此中,前者是能信之行相,后者是于所信义之智,已得成立。又如“一无痴之名法,以因缘为相应法之缘”,显示巴利原文
121.Tañca asammohatthanti eko ‘‘purebhattādīsu vā, akkhinikhaṇanādīni vā disvā gaṇhā’’ti, eko gahetabbaṃ bhaṇḍanissitaṃ katvā ‘‘purebhattaṃ evaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadati, evaṃvidhesu asammohatthaṃ evaṃvidhaṃ saṅketaṃ nimittañca dassetunti ca, yathādhippāyanti dutiyo tatiyassa tatiyo catutthassāti evaṃ paṭipāṭiyā ce vadantīti attho. Sace dutiyo catutthassa vadeti, na yathādhippāyoti ca. ‘‘Paṭiggahitamatteti avassaṃ ce paṭiggaṇhāti, pubbeva thullaccaya’’nti ca likhitaṃ. Paṭiggaṇhakānaṃ dukkaṭaṃ sabbatthokāsābhāvato na vuttaṃ. Pārājikāpajjanenetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ āpajjitvā āpajjanti kira. Atthasādhakāṇatticetanākhaṇe eva pārājiko hotīti adhippāyo. Tattha maggaṭṭhāniyaṃ kataraṃ, kataraṃ phalaṭṭhāniyanti ‘‘atthasādhakacetanā nāma maggānantaraphalasadisā’’ti vuttattā phalaṭṭhāniyā cetanāti siddhaṃ. Āṇatti ce maggaṭṭhāniyā siyā, cetanāsahajattā na sambhavati, tathā bhaṇḍassa avassaṃhāritā ca na sambhavati. Āṇattikkhaṇe eva hi taṃ avassaṃhāritaṃ jātanti avahārakassa paṭiggaṇhañce, tampi na sambhavati anāgatattā. Cetanā ce maggaṭṭhāniyā hoti, āṇattiādīsu aññataraṃ, bhaṇḍassa avassaṃhāritā eva vā phalaṭṭhāniyā ce, attho na sambhavati. Pārājikāpatti eva hi phalaṭṭhāniyā bhavitumarahati, na aññanti evaṃ tāva idha opammasaṃsandanaṃ sambhavati cetanā maggaṭṭhāniyā, tassā pārājikāpattibhāvo phalaṭṭhāniyo. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā paṭisambhidāmagge ‘‘saddhāya ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Saddhāya saddatthe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti ettha añño saddho, añño saddhāya saddatthoti siddhaṃ, yathā ca ‘‘eko amohasaṅkhāto dhammo sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ hetupaccayena paccayo adhipatisahajātaaññamaññanissayaindriyamaggasampayuttaatthiavigatapaccayena paccayo’’ti ettha amoho dhammo añño, aññe tassa hetupaccayatādayoti siddhaṃ. Yathā ca vinayapiṭake yāni cha āpattisamuṭṭhānāni, evaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ ‘‘satta āpattikkhandhā’’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ aññā āpattisamuṭṭhānatā, añño āpattikkhandhabhāvoti siddhaṃ. Iminā āpattikkhandhanayena āpattādhikaraṇassa kati ṭhānānīti? Satta āpattikkhandhā ṭhānānīti. Kati vatthūnīti? Satta āpattikkhandhā vatthūnīti. Kati bhūmiyoti? Satta āpattikkhandhā bhūmiyoti evamādayopi dassetabbā. Tathā hi tassā evaṃ maggaṭṭhāniyāya atthasādhikāya cetanāya yasmā aññā pārājikāpattitā anatthantarabhūtā ākāravisesasaṅkhātā phalaṭṭhāniyā atthi, tasmā ‘‘atthasādhakacetanā nāma maggānantaraphalasadisā’’ti vuttāti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā kevalaṃ dhammaniyāmattaṃyeva upamattena ācariyena evaṃ vuttantipi sambhavatīti na tattha opammasaṃsandanaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ sabbaṃ kevalaṃ takkavasena vuttattā vicāretvā gahetabba’’nti ācariyo.
罪分别注释显示巴利原文
Āpattibhedavaṇṇanā
122 因已说“由见分别之理”,为成办此义,今以“此中、此中”等语开始。此中,“由支与事之差别”者,其义为:以示知取支的差别,及示知所取物品轻重之差别。或者说,其义为:显示支与事的差别,以及罪相的差别。“过一摩沙迦、不满五摩沙迦”处,未用“或”字,仅说为一种界限。名为“未被守护”者,即未被林野守护人等任何人执持为“我所”之物。名为“被舍弃”者,即由主人无需求等原因所弃舍之物。名为“已失”者,即遗失后,主人遍寻不得,从而断绝了执著,成为断根之物。“无主事”者,虽未断根,但无任何主人,或主人无顾恋而舍弃,或已施与天神等物,这一切皆名无主事。若施与天神等,或佛、法之物,被其他守护者执取,则属“他所属”。因为对于如此之物,若有人不与而取,国王会将其当贼捉拿,处以杀戮等刑。而在无守护者的住处、无乞食者的无寺役之处等,凡是属于佛、法之物,依“来来去去之诸比丘应守护、保护、执为我所”之语,如同无乞食者住处之僧物,显然归入“他所属”之列。因为若有任何比丘有能力制止盗贼夺去这些资具,他即是主人,能以强力夺回后置于应置之处。若于未被执取之物,误作他物想而取,虽具足六种方式,似乎也无犯;虽见“若是他物”显示巴利原文
122. ‘‘Vibhaṅganayadassanato’’ti vuttattā taṃ sampādetuṃ ‘‘idāni tattha tatthā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha aṅgavatthubhedena cāti avahāraṅgajānanabhedena vatthussa haritabbabhaṇḍassa garukalahukabhāvabhedenāti attho. Atha vā aṅgañca vatthubhedena āpattibhedañca dassentoti attho. Atirekamāsako ūnapañcamāsakoti ettha vā-saddo na vutto, tīhipi eko eva paricchedo vuttoti. Anajjhāvuṭṭhakaṃ nāma araññapālakādinā na kenaci mamāyitaṃ. Chaḍḍitaṃ nāma anatthikabhāvena atirekamattādinā sāmikena chaḍḍitaṃ. Naṭṭhaṃ pariyesitvā chinnālayattā chinnamūlakaṃ. Assāmikavatthūti acchinnamūlakampi yassa sāmiko koci no hoti, nirapekkhā vā pariccajanti, yaṃ vā pariccattaṃ devatādīnaṃ, idaṃ sabbaṃ assāmikavatthu nāma. Devatādīnaṃ vā buddhadhammānaṃ vā pariccattaṃ parehi ce ārakkhakehi pariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitameva. Tathārūpe hi adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā hananādikaṃ kareyyuṃ, anārakkhake pana āvāse, abhikkhuke anārāmikādike ca yaṃ buddhadhammassa santakaṃ, taṃ ‘‘āgatāgatehi bhikkhūhi rakkhitabbaṃ gopetabbaṃ mamāyitabba’’nti vacanato abhikkhukāvāsasaṅghasantakaṃ viya parapariggahitasaṅkhyameva gacchatīti chāyā dissati. Issaro hi yo koci bhikkhu tādise parikkhāre corehipi gayhamāne vāretuṃ paṭibalo ce, balakkārena acchinditvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetunti. Apariggahite parasantakasaññissa chasu ākāresu vijjamānesupi anāpatti viya dissati , ‘‘yaṃ parapariggahitañca hotī’’ti aṅgabhāvo kiñcāpi dissati, parasantake tathā paṭipannake sandhāya vuttanti gahetabbaṃ. Attano santakaṃ corehi haṭaṃ, corapariggahitattā parapariggahitaṃ hoti, tasmā paro cetaṃ theyyacitto gaṇhati, pārājikaṃ. Sāmiko eva ce gaṇhati, na pārājikaṃ, yasmā codetvā, acchinditvā ca so ‘‘mama santakaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti gahetuṃ labhati. Paṭhamaṃ dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā ce pacchā theyyacitto gaṇhati, esa nayo. Sāmikena dhuraṃ nikkhittakāle so ce coro kālaṃ karoti, añño theyyacittena gaṇhati, na pārājiko. Anikkhittakāle eva ce kālaṃ karoti, taṃ theyyacittena gaṇhantassa bhikkhuno pārājikaṃ mūlabhikkhussa santakabhāve ṭhitattā. Corabhikkhumhi mate ‘‘matakaparikkhāra’’nti saṅgho vibhajitvā ce taṃ gaṇhati, mūlasāmiko ‘‘mama santakamida’’nti gahetuṃ labhati.
此处问:取的差别仅是地处等相、业、完成为限,还是另有其他?若另有其他,也应加以说明。因为世尊并未制立有余的波罗夷。如果没有,那么经中出现的种种——秤诈、量诈、斗诈、欺瞒、诈术、欺诳、合谋、移换、夺取、强力等,它们在此处是否纳入取的范畴?还是说,它们是以相的方式归属于取?答:以相的方式已成立。如何成立?依“以五行相”等理,由支与事的差别。犯相的差别在圣典中已说,在注疏中也因“以诈斗、诈迦哈巴那等欺骗而取,彼如是取时之取即为盗取”而来,故秤诈等取归属于盗取,此已成立。移换、夺取、强力等则归属于注疏中所说的强力取。或者,为显示此强力取,在安立“村处、林处”的纲要后,以“村处名为物以四处安置”等理而作分别。由此可知,这是为了显示取的行相差别而分别阐述,并非依地面等任何村、林处来界定。其中,凡是秤诈,以色诈、支取、覆藏诈三种,亦归属于空中处。在三种斗诈——心破、焰破、绳破中,“此心破断界限”在此处归属于取。心破在称量油、酥等时可得。“使之动摇,倒入自己器中”,此处焰破亦可得。所谓“在称量芝麻、米等时可得”,如此说。在丈量田时,绳破归属于取。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – bhūmaṭṭhādinimittakammapariyosānā eva avahārabhedā, udāhu aññepi santīti. Kiñcettha yadi aññepi santi, tepi vattabbā. Na hi bhagavā sāvasesaṃ pārājikaṃ paññapeti. No ce santi, ye ime tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭaukkoṭanavañcananikatisāciyogaviparāmosaālopasāhasākārā ca suttaṅgesu sandissamānā, te idha āgatesu ettha samodhānaṃ gacchantīti ca lakkhaṇato vā tesaṃ samodhānagatabhāvo vattabboti? Vuccate – lakkhaṇato siddhova. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Pañcahi ākārehī’’tiādinā nayena aṅgavatthubhedena. Āpattibhedo hi pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 128-130) vutto eva, aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘kūṭamānakūṭakahāpaṇādīhi vā vañcetvā gaṇhati, tassevaṃ gaṇhato avahāro theyyāvahāro’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.138; kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dutiyapārājikavaṇṇanā) āgatattā tulākūṭagahaṇādayo theyyāvahāre samodhānaṃ gatāti siddhaṃ. Viparāmosaālopasāhasākārā ca aṭṭhakathāyāgate pasayhāvahāre samodhānaṃ gacchanti. Imaṃyeva vā pasayhāvahāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘gāmaṭṭhaṃ araññaṭṭha’’nti mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā ‘‘gāmaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hotī’’tiādinā nayena vibhāgo vutto. Tenedaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – gahaṇākārabhedasandassanatthaṃ visuṃ kataṃ. Na hi bhūmitalādīhi gāmāraññaṭṭhaṃ yaṃ kiñcīti. Tattha yaṃ tulākūṭaṃ, taṃ rūpakūṭaṅgagahaṇapaṭicchannakūṭavasena catubbidhampi vehāsaṭṭhe samodhānaṃ gacchati. Hadayabhedasikhābhedarajjubhedavasena tividhe mānakūṭe ‘‘svāyaṃ hadayabhedo mariyādaṃ chindatī’’ti ettha samodhānaṃ gacchati. Hadayabhedo hi sappitelādiminanakāle labbhati. ‘‘Phandāpeti attano bhājanagataṃ karotī’’ti ettha sikhābhedopi labbhati. So ‘‘tilataṇḍulādiminanakāle labbhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Khettaminanakāle rajjubhedo samodhānaṃ gacchati. ‘‘Dhammaṃ caranto sāmikaṃ parājetī’’ti ettha ukkoṭanaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchatīti te ca tathā vañcananikatiyopi.
无犯差别之解释显示巴利原文
Anāpattibhedavaṇṇanā
131 而且,当物品被取走时,他并不因此感到高兴;即使是他自己的物品被人以亲厚取的方式取走,也应当再还给他——这一说法,看似与“那时,有两位比丘是朋友。一位进入村庄托钵……(中略)……比丘,以亲厚取想,无罪”(《经分别》146)这段经文不一致。因为在此处,通过“他知道了以后,便责备他说:你不是沙门!”这句,显示了不悦的心态。而其后的“比丘,以亲厚取想,无罪”一句,难道不是显示即便有悦意的心态,亲厚取也成立吗?并非如此,因为应当从不同的角度来理解其义。此处的意思是:对于波罗夷罪,若以亲厚想而取,则无罪;而且那位比丘是出于朋友之谊而非出于愤怒才责备,他仍是友善的,只是说:“你难道不是沙门吗?去吧,作出判决后,安住于清净之中吧。”即使他确实是出于愤怒而责备,“无罪”这一开许也仅是指明波罗夷罪的不存在,并非指亲厚取的成立。然而,它的意思在于,有人在众人面前出于羞愧而默然忍受,什么也不说。但“若他有意再索回,也可以要回来”这一句是成立的。如果盗贼想要强行夺取,说:“尊者,请接受,这是我的衣服,放在这里。”然后……显示巴利原文
131.Naca gahite attamano hoti, tassa santakaṃ vissāsagāhena gahitampi puna dātabbanti idaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti. Eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi…pe… anāpatti, bhikkhu, vissāsaggāhe’’ti (pārā. 146) iminā asamentaṃ viya dissati. Ettha hi ‘‘so jānitvā taṃ codesi assamaṇosi tva’’nti vacanena anattamanatā dīpitā. Puna ‘‘anāpatti, bhikkhu, vissāsaggāhe’’ti vacanena attamanatāyapi sati vissāsaggāho ruhatīti dīpitanti ce? Taṃ na, aññathā gahetabbatthato. Ayañhettha attho – pārājikāpattiyā anāpatti vissāsasaññāya gāhe sati, sopi bhikkhu sahāyakattā na kuddho codesi, piyo eva samāno ‘‘kacci assamaṇosi tvaṃ, gaccha, vinicchayaṃ katvā suddhante tiṭṭhāhī’’ti codesi. Sacepi so kuddho eva codeyya, ‘‘anāpattī’’ti idaṃ kevalaṃ pārājikābhāvaṃ dīpeti, na vissāsaggāhasiddhaṃ. Yo pana parisamajjhe lajjāya adhivāseti, na kiñci vadatīti attho. ‘‘Punavattukāmatādhippāye pana sopi paccāharāpetuṃ labhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sace coro pasayha gahetukāmopi ‘‘adhivāsetha, bhante, idha me cīvarānī’’ti vatvā cīvarāni therena dinnāni, adinnāni vā sayaṃ gahetvā gacchati, thero puna pakkhaṃ labhitvā codetuṃ labhati, pubbe adhivāsanā adhivāsanasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati bhayena tuṇhībhūtattā, ‘‘yaṃ cīvaraṃ idha sāmiko paccāharāpetuṃ labhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sāmikassa pākatikaṃ kātabbaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ kira vatta’’nti vuttaṃ. Sace saṅghassa santakaṃ kenaci bhikkhunā gahitaṃ, tassa tena saṅghassa vā dhammassa vā upakāritā atthi, gahitappamāṇaṃ apaloketvā dātabbaṃ. ‘‘So tena yathāgahitaṃ pākatikaṃ katvā anaṇo hoti, gilānādīnampi eseva nayo’’ti vuttaṃ.
杂论注释显示巴利原文
Pakiṇṇakakathāvaṇṇanā
所谓“亲手与令作”,是指同一物品。有记载说:“因为这东西很重,你也拿一边,我也拿一边”,如此商议后,通过双方的努力使其从原位移开,这罪即由身、语、意产生。否则,就会与“亲手作不是令作的组成部分,令作也不是亲手作的组成部分”这一说法相矛盾。然而,据说法喜长老说:“并非只有在重物这件事上才能得出此理,即使是大约五摩沙迦的东西,若两人商议后一起拿,对两人各自而言,那样的行为就称为亲手作。由于是亲手努力,作用于同一物品,因此‘亲手作不是令作的组成部分’这句话并不排斥此理。那里说的是‘亲手作不是令作之事的组成部分’。而在此处,因为是从努力的角度而言,所以是合理的。”据说他这样说。那是不合理的,因为缺少“身业、语业”这样的表述。因此,在亲手与令作的努力中,以任何一种方式努力,罪都会生起。尽管如此,这是就急切地掠夺等行为中的拿取与令拿取而说的。正如为了说明有时以自身、有时以外部事物为所缘而快速生起,而说“有内、外所缘的法”(《法集论·三法母论》21)一样,应当视此为同类情况。显示巴利原文
Sāhatthikāṇattikanti ekabhaṇḍaṃ eva. ‘‘Bhāriyañhidaṃ tvampi ekapassaṃ gaṇha, ahampi ekapassaṃ gaṇhāmīti saṃvidahitvā ubhayesaṃ payogena ṭhānācāvane kate kāyavācācittehi hoti . Aññathā ‘sāhatthikaṃ vā āṇattikassa aṅgaṃ na hoti, āṇattikaṃ vā sāhatthikassā’ti iminā virujjhatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Dhammasiritthero pana ‘‘na kevalaṃ bhāriye eva vatthumhi ayaṃ nayo labbhati, pañcamāsakamattampi dve ce janā saṃvidahitvā gaṇhanti, dvinnampi pāṭekkaṃ, sāhatthikaṃ nāma taṃ kammaṃ, sāhatthikapayogattā ekasmiṃyeva bhaṇḍe, tasmā ‘sāhatthikaṃ āṇattikassa aṅgaṃ na hotī’ti vacanamimaṃ nayaṃ na paṭibāhati. ‘Sāhatthikavatthuaṅganti sāhatthikassa vatthussa aṅgaṃ na hotī’ti tattha vuttaṃ. Idha pana payogaṃ sandhāya vuttattā yujjatī’’ti āha kira, taṃ ayuttaṃ kāyavacīkammanti vacanābhāvā, tasmā sāhatthikāṇattikesu payogesu aññatarena vāyamāpatti samuṭṭhāti , tathāpi turitaturitā hutvā vilopanādīsu gahaṇagāhāpanavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā kālena attano kālena parassa dhammaṃ ārabbha sīghaṃ sīghaṃ uppattiṃ sandhāya ‘‘ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. tikamātikā 21) vuttā, evaṃsampadamidanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
其中,那些无上等法纯粹以外部为所缘;识无边处等则纯粹以内部为所缘;其余的法由于所缘不定,而被称为“内、外所缘”,但这并非指在同一個刹那以二者为所缘。然而,此罪依前所述的方式,确实既是亲手作亦是指令作,因此说“这没有例证”是不合理的。有些老师这样说:“正如由于所缘不定而说‘内、外所缘’,同样地,由于努力的方式不定,此罪也被说为‘亲手与指令’,这正是一个例证。”但那些老师是怀着这样的想法而说的:“不存在将两者合为一个所缘的情况。如果真的存在,那么在《发趣论》中就应该有‘缘取内、外所缘的法,以因缘而生起内、外所缘的法’之类的论典文字。”按照他们的见解,“可能有内、外所缘”这句话便成了无意义的;但它并非无意义,因此,确实存在将内、外合为一个所缘的法。再者,由于不能确切指出“这就是那内、外所缘的法”,所以可能未被列举出来。正因为在彼处未被列举,《法集论注释》中才没有说“内、外所缘”,而是基于将内、外两种法合为一所缘的法,说为:“有时在内、外转起时,以……”显示巴利原文
Tatthapi ye anuttarādayo ekantabahiddhārammaṇā viññāṇañcāyatanādayo ekantaajjhattārammaṇā, itare aniyatārammaṇattā ‘‘ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇā’’ti vuccanti, na ekakkhaṇe ubhayārammaṇattā. Ayaṃ pana āpatti yathāvuttanayena sāhatthikā āṇattikāpi hotiyeva, tasmā anidassanametanti ayuttaṃ. ‘‘Yathā aniyatārammaṇattā ‘ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇā’ti vuttā, tathā aniyatapayogattā ayampi āpatti ‘sāhatthikāṇattikā’ti vuttāti nidassanameveta’’nti ekacce ācariyā āhu. ‘‘Ime panācariyā ubhinnaṃ ekato ārammaṇakaraṇaṃ natthi. Atthi ce, ‘ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇaṃ dhammaṃ paṭicca ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇo dhammo uppajjati hetupaccayā’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 2.21.1 ajjhattārammaṇatika) paṭṭhānapāṭhena bhavitabbanti saññāya āhaṃsu, tesaṃ matena ‘siyā ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇā’ti vacanaṃ niratthakaṃ siyā, na ca niratthakaṃ, tasmā attheva ekato ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇo dhammo. Puna ‘ayaṃ so’ti niyamena ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇā dhammā viya niddisitabbābhāvato na uddhaṭo siyā. Tattha anuddhaṭattā eva dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ubhinnampi ajjhattabahiddhādhammānaṃ ekato ārammaṇakaraṇadhammavasena ‘ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇā’ti avatvā ‘kālena ajjhattabahiddhā pavattiyaṃ ajjhattabahiddhārammaṇa’nti vuttaṃ, tasmā gaṇṭhipade vuttanayova sāroti no takko’’ti ācariyo. Tattha ‘‘kāyavacīkamma’’nti avacanaṃ panassa sāhatthikapayogattā ekapayogassa anekakammattāva, yadi bhaveyya, manokammampi vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, yathā tattha manokammaṃ vijjamānampi abbohārikaṃ jātaṃ, evaṃ tasmiṃ sāhatthikāṇattike vacīkammaṃ abbohārikanti veditabbaṃ, taṃ pana kevalaṃ kāyakammassa upanissayaṃ jātaṃ, cittaṃ viya tattha aṅgameva jātaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘sāhatthikapayogattā’’ti, ‘‘aṅgabhāvamattameva hi sandhāya ‘sāhatthikāṇattika’nti vuttanti no takko’’ti ca, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ.
那些以身与语为其生起之源的罪,
于此,业并非那个心,业会灭去、耗尽。
而有关“造作与非造作等”,以及“业与非业等”在存在中的说法,
那并不合理,因为彼此相违;唯有单一业才是合理的。
显示巴利原文 Kāyavācā samuṭṭhānā, yassā āpattiyā siyuṃ; Tattha kammaṃ na taṃ cittaṃ, kammaṃ nassati khīyati. Kiriyākiriyādikaṃ yañca, kammākammādikaṃ bhave; Na yuttaṃ taṃ viruddhattā, kammamekaṃva yujjati.
《已调伏事注释》显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
132 132.“比丘,无犯,心生起”——此处仅就心本身而言,意思是对于仅仅由心生起的犯行,判为无犯。这里有人问:在“放置后同意”等,以及一切不作为学处中,并没有身表的动作或语表的动作,然而也构成犯;为什么唯独在此学处说“无犯”,而不是于一切犯行都无犯呢?答:非也。何以故?显示巴利原文
132.Anāpatti, bhikkhu, cittuppādeti ettha kevalaṃ cittaṃ, tasseva uppādetabbāpattīhi anāpattīti attho. Etthāha – upanikkhittasādiyanādīsu, sabbesu ca akiriyasikkhāpadesu na kāyaṅgacopanaṃ vā vācaṅgacopanaṃ vā, apicāpatti, kasmā imasmiṃyeva sikkhāpade anāpatti, na sabbāpattīhīti? Na, kasmā.
应修增上戒之学,以身语之表业;
未以身语造作,而以无表得触彼。
显示巴利原文 Kattabbā sādhikaṃ sikkhā, viññattiṃ kāyavācikaṃ; Akatvā kāyavācāhi, aviññattīhi taṃ phuse.
并非因为稍具某种情形。于适宜所缘未作安住,便养成串习,从此更为猛烈奔驰,故称‘遍驰’。此后,或与贪相应,或与嗔相应,进而特别奔驰,故称‘别驰’。显示巴利原文
Na lesabhāvattā. Sappāye ārammaṇe aṭṭhatvā paṭiladdhāsevanaṃ hutvā tato paraṃ suṭṭhu dhāvatīti sandhāvati. Tato abhijjhāya sahagataṃ, byāpādasahagataṃ vā hutvā visesato dhāvatīti vidhāvati.
137 137.“作疮已而取”一句:在此处,虽然依此学处判为无犯,但有人主张:“凡触及女相之处者,即为恶作。”另有人主张:“与身体关联的执取是合理的,依此而言‘可以’,故如是说。”此二说需加以审察后方可采信。显示巴利原文
137.Vaṇaṃ katvā gahetunti ettha kiñcāpi iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti, itthirūpassa nāma yattha āmasantassa dukkaṭanti keci. ‘‘Kāyapaṭibaddhaggahaṇaṃ yuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāya vaṭṭatīti vutta’’nti vadanti. Ubhayaṃ vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ.
《草转移事注释》显示巴利原文
Kusasaṅkāmanavatthukathāvaṇṇanā
138 138.对于《大护持》等中所说的“应以单脚移出而作”,此说为善。然而,为显示其仅为假设性夺取的情况并不存在,而作此语。辩难:此罪是在移出时触犯的,因此,见后而行,“应以单脚移出而作”在此处便成为不善说。为何?若需衣者仅取衣袋而出至外,知其为衣后,心中如此作意:“我稍后将取”,于是取之,则并非在移出时即犯。当他立于外,见“此为衣”后而行时,则“应以单脚移出而作”之说便不适用。然而,虽有假设之意,但在前分、于夺取的刹那,此意并不存在,因此彼并非假设夺取,此义已于《大义疏》中说,故他们称“这正是理趣”。名为“作业堂”者,是农夫、伐木者之家。此处且说,若近行界等,乃至长老之见为《大义疏》之理趣,其中某些说法则不可取,因为这是长老的见解,而不合理故。确实,在亲手作中,并无如此能成事之思;唯在令作中,方有能成事之思。“其余与《大护持》中所说之义相合”,如是说。显示巴利原文
138.Mahāpaccariyādīsu yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘paduddhāreneva kāretabbo’’ti, taṃ suvuttaṃ. Kintu tassa parikappāvahārakamattaṃ na dissatīti dassanatthaṃ idaṃ vuttaṃ. Uddhāre vāyaṃ āpanno, tasmā disvā gacchanto ‘‘paduddhāreneva kāretabbo’’ti idaṃ tattha duvuttanti vuttaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Sāṭakatthiko sāṭakapasibbakameva gahetvā bahi nikkhamitvā sāṭakabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘pacchā gaṇhissāmī’ti evaṃ parikappetvā gaṇhati, na uddhāre evāpajjati. Yadā bahi ṭhatvā ‘sāṭako aya’nti disvā gacchati, tadā paduddhāreneva kāretabbo’’ti na vuttametaṃ, kintu kiñcāpi parikappo dissati, pubbabhāge avahārakkhaṇe na dissatīti na so parikappāvahāro, ayamattho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttova, tasmā ‘‘ñāyamevā’’ti vadanti. Kammantasālā nāma kassakānaṃ vanacchedakānaṃ gehāni. Ayaṃ tāvāti sace upacārasīmantiādi yāva theravādo mahāaṭṭhakathānayo, tattha keci panātiādi na gahetabbaṃ theravādattā yuttiabhāvato, na hi sāhatthike evaṃvidhā atthasādhakacetanā hoti. Āṇattike eva atthasādhakacetanā. ‘‘Sesaṃ mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttenatthena sametī’’ti vuttaṃ.
在进行草转移时,若对方知道“此物非我所有”,当草从那人手中脱离的刹那,即触犯波罗夷罪,如同转移柱子的情形一样。他们说道:“若是知道此物为自己所有,则不构成犯罪。”若如此,则会有五种混杂的情况,应当仔细审察。显示巴利原文
Kusasaṅkāmanakaraṇe sace paro ‘‘nāyaṃ mama santako’’ti jānāti, itarassa hatthato muttamatte pārājikāpatti khīlasaṅkāmane viya. ‘‘Attano santakaṃ sace jānāti, na hotī’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ sante pañcakāni saṅkarāni hontīti upaparikkhitabbaṃ.
140 关于“出于悲悯”一句,若问:已达究竟悲悯的世尊,为何还说“于亡者所有物、畜生所有物,无犯”?答:正是出于悲悯。因为,对某些资具的夺取,国王们会捕捉盗贼加以杀害等,若连对此类之物,沙门乔达摩也制立波罗夷,使比丘失去比丘身份,大众便会想:“沙门乔达摩竟对如此之物也制立波罗夷,使比丘不成比丘”,从而对世尊生起信心变异,趣向恶趣。再者,未被执受的树木等难得且无法被知晓,因此,若畏惧罪过的优婆塞大众由于树木等而不建造牌楼、塔庙、菩提树屋、精舍等,便会从大福德聚中退失。又,“依树下坐、依粪扫衣而出家”所说的依止,也将成为非依止。因为,若比丘们对树木、粪扫衣起“有主”想,便不会接受,出家亦将不可能;有蛇出现时,若不取柴木,便可能丧命;于衣破等时,若不取树枝等,便会裸形,如同显现外道所得般游行,如同善得;由此,世人只对外道生信,执取邪见,成为轮回的桩柱。因此,应知世尊正是出于悲悯,而说“于亡者所有……无犯”等。显示巴利原文
140.Parānuddayatāyāti ettha parānuddayatāya koṭippattena bhagavatā kasmā ‘‘anāpatti petapariggahe tiracchānagatapariggahe’’ti (pārā. 131) vuttanti ce? Parānuddayatāya eva. Yassa hi parikkhārassa ādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā na hananādīni kareyyuṃ, tasmimpi nāma samaṇo gotamo pārājikaṃ paññapetvā bhikkhuṃ abhikkhuṃ karotīti mahājano bhagavati pasādaññathattaṃ āpajjitvā apāyupago hoti. Apetapariggahitā rukkhādī ca dullabhā, na ca sakkā ñātunti rukkhādīhi pāpabhīruko upāsakajano paṭimāgharacetiyabodhigharavihārādīni akatvā mahato puññakkhandhato parihāyeyya. ‘‘Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā’’ti (mahāva. 128) vuttanissayā ca anissayā honti. Parapariggahitasaññino hi bhikkhū rukkhamūlapaṃsukūlāni na sādiyissantīti, pabbajjā ca na sambhaveyyuṃ, sappadaṭṭhakāle chārikatthāya rukkhaṃ aggahetvā maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyyuṃ, acchinnacīvarādikāle sākhābhaṅgādiṃ aggahetvā naggā hutvā titthiyaladdhimeva suladdhi viya dīpentā vicareyyuṃ, tato titthiyesveva loko pasīditvā diṭṭhiggahaṇaṃ patvā saṃsārakhāṇuko bhaveyya, tasmā bhagavā parānuddayatāya eva ‘‘anāpatti petapariggahe’’tiādimāhāti veditabbaṃ.
141 “再给另一份吧”,对此,有记载:“因其与取得后再乞求相似,故既非赔偿物,亦非波罗夷。”这对一般人而言是合理的。然而,他们说:“若物主或受他所指示的人,知道‘此人正在为另一同伴比丘取份或乞求’,而给与另一份,那便是赔偿物。”显示巴利原文
141.Aparampibhāgaṃ dehīti ‘‘gahitaṃ viññattisadisattā neva bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ na pārājika’’nti likhitaṃ, idaṃ pakatijane yujjati. ‘‘Sace pana sāmiko vā tena āṇatto vā ‘aparassa sahāyabhikkhussa bhāgaṃ esa gaṇhāti yācati vā’ti yaṃ aparabhāgaṃ deti, taṃ bhaṇḍadeyya’’nti vadanti.
148-9 对于正在嚼食者,若说“这是赔偿物”,即指盗贼或物主到来时所给与的,据说如此给与才是善予。所谓“以无差别的方式”,是指未说“或对发起精勤者”而说,因为并非仅对某些人不发起精勤,僧物就变成非僧物。在《大注疏》中也说:“若他们带着精勤而去,以盗心受用者,即成不与取”,因此这两者是一回事。在废弃的寺院中,无法知道近行界的范围,但这位比丘站在近行界外,敲钟等之后受用、嚼食,因此这样嚼食即是善嚼食,这是其义。说到“在其他寺院,应依彼处所示的规则而行”。有记载:“善嚼食,因在寺院内故”,因为属于已来与未来者所有,故说“因为这是施与四方僧团的”。即使不这样说,而说“施与僧团”而施的,也是同样的。同样地,应知站在外面的比丘,依世尊的教说不得利养。显示巴利原文
148-9.Khādantassa bhaṇḍadeyyanti corassa vā sāmikassa vā sampattassa dinnaṃ sudinnameva kira. Avisesenāti ‘‘ussāhagatānaṃ vā’’ti avatvā vuttaṃ, na hi katipayānaṃ anussāhatāya saṅghikamasaṅghikaṃ hoti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyampi ‘‘yadi saussāhāva gacchanti, theyyacittena paribhuñjato avahāro hotī’’ti vuttattā tadubhayamekaṃ. Chaḍḍitavihāre upacārasīmāya pamāṇaṃ jānituṃ na sakkā, ayaṃ pana bhikkhu upacārasīmāya bahi ṭhatvā ghaṇṭipaharaṇādiṃ katvā paribhuñjati khādati, tena evaṃ khāditaṃ sukhāditanti attho. ‘‘Itaravihāre tattha dittavidhināva paṭipajjitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sukhāditaṃ antovihārattā’’ti likhitaṃ, āgatānāgatānaṃ santakattāti ‘‘cātuddisassa saṅghassa demī’’ti dinnattā vuttaṃ. Evaṃ avatvā ‘‘saṅghassa demī’’ti dinnampi tādisameva. Tathā hi bahi ṭhito lābhaṃ na labhati bhagavato vacanenāti veditabbaṃ.
153 因为说“死猪”,所以不能将那只活猪当作赔偿物给予。这显示了只有可杀者才被允许。如果踩踏而行,此处赔偿物应如何计算?因为无法知道“有这么多的猪已经踩踏过去,将会踩踏过去”。凡给予物主后,物主满意地说“我的物品已给了”,就应给那么多。如果物主不满意,是否应当给付超过猪价的金额,并挖掘陷阱来给?不应给。那么,如果被质问,是否因为双方放下了负担而构成波罗夷?不构成,只需给予适当的资具让物主满意即可,此理同样适用于其他类似情况,这是导师的意见。说“在当天或第二天踩踏而行”。投入草丛中,就是赔偿物,这是针对必定进入者而说的。在此,一座寺院中发生了敌寇等怖畏。说“断除根本事”,因为说“这些人是所有坐卧处的统治者”,所以显示其他人不是统治者。显示巴利原文
153.‘‘Matasūkaro’’ti vacanato tameva jīvantaṃ bhaṇḍadeyyanti katvā dātuṃ na labhati. Vajjhaṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Maddanto gacchati, bhaṇḍadeyyanti ettha kittakaṃ bhaṇḍadeyyaṃ, na hi sakkā ‘‘ettakā sūkarā madditvā gatā gamissantī’’ti jānitunti? Yattake sāmikānaṃ dinne te ‘‘dinnaṃ mama bhaṇḍa’’nti tussanti, tattakaṃ dātabbaṃ. No ce tussanti, atikkantasūkaramūlaṃ datvā kiṃ opāto khaṇitvā dātabboti? Na dātabbo. Atha kiṃ codiyamānassa ubhinnaṃ dhuranikkhepena pārājikaṃ hotīti? Na hoti, kevalaṃ kappiyaparikkhāraṃ datvā tosetabbova sāmiko, eseva nayo aññesupi evarūpesūti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Tadaheva vā dutiyadivase vā maddanto gacchatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Gumbe khipati, bhaṇḍadeyyamevāti avassaṃ pavisanake sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ettha ekasmiṃ vihāre paracakkādibhayaṃ āgataṃ. Mūlavatthucchedanti ‘‘sabbasenāsanaṃ ete issarā’’ti vacanato itare anissarāti dīpitaṃ hoti.
156 “寺院守护者”应理解为已被豁免者。关于“了知意图”,此处的结论是:如果物主不保护、不惩罚接受布施的比丘或布施的份额,则可以不隐藏而接受其布施。然而那也说到“在僧物中不可”。“这位比丘即是主宰者”,据说他在所愿之处能获得自己已知的原因,这就是它的含义。另外,有人说是“他是年轻的”。“有据者”,即与土地一起,这是所说的意思。说了“成为重物”之后,又说“但少许草不应给”,那么为何是重物?这是针对处于无守护、无保护以及会毁坏的状态而说的。即使在允许的物品中,无论说或未说,如果对于适合接受者,乃至对母亲等的所有物,生起盗心。然而,此学处因“国王对这些满意”这句话,故是在利养达到广大丰盛的时候制定的,这已经成立了。显示巴利原文
156.Ārāmarakkhakāti vissaṭṭhavasena gahetabbaṃ. Adhippāyaṃ ñatvāti ettha yassa dānaṃ paṭiggaṇhantaṃ bhikkhuṃ, bhāgaṃ vā sāmikā na rakkhanti na daṇḍenti, tassa dānaṃ appaṭicchādetvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti idha sanniṭṭhānaṃ. Tampi ‘‘na vaṭṭati saṅghike’’ti vuttaṃ. Ayameva bhikkhu issaroti yattha so icchati, tattha attañātahetuṃ labhati kira attho. Apica ‘‘daharo’’ti vadanti. Savatthukanti saha bhūmiyāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Garubhaṇḍaṃ hotī’’ti vatvā ‘‘tiṇamattaṃ pana na dātabba’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ kintu garubhaṇḍanti ce, arakkhiyaagopiyaṭṭhāne, vinassanakabhāve ca ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kappiyepi cāti vatvā, avatvā vā gahaṇayutte mātādisantakepi theyyacittuppādena. Idaṃ pana sikkhāpadaṃ ‘‘rājāpimesaṃ abhippasanno’’ti (pārā. 86) vacanato lābhaggamahattaṃ, vepullamahattañca pattakāle paññattanti siddhaṃ.
第三波罗夷显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyapārājikaṃ
初制因缘注释显示巴利原文
Paṭhamapaññattinidānavaṇṇanā
162 “以三清净”中的“以三”,可作为从格或作格理解。若为从格,指以身、语、意三门而清净者;同样,也指依远离一切恶行垢秽、不平等、戏论等一切烦恼的三法,于菩提树下便得清净,应如此会通。若为作格,则“以三”指以身、语、意三门而清净者;同样,也指以三善行、三解脱、三修习、三戒定慧等清净者,应以一切功德三法来连接。“已阐明”即通过教说详细开示,或谓已作显明、已作安排、已作制定。“注释”是就当前近处使用现在时的语句。显示巴利原文
162.Tīhi suddhenāti ettha tīhīti nissakkavacanaṃ vā hoti, karaṇavacanaṃ vā. Nissakkapakkhe kāyavacīmanodvārehi suddhena. Tathā duccaritamalehi visamehi papañcehītiādinā nayena sabbakilesattikehi bodhimaṇḍe eva suddhenāti yojetabbaṃ. Karaṇapakkhe tīhīti kāyavacīmanodvārehi suddhena. Tathā tīhi sucaritehi, tīhi vimokkhehi, tīhi bhāvanāhi, tīhi sīlasamādhipaññāhi suddhenāti sabbaguṇattikehi yojetabbaṃ. Vibhāvitanti desanāya vitthāritaṃ, vibhūtaṃ vā kataṃ vihitaṃ, paññattaṃ vā hoti. Saṃvaṇṇanāti vattamānasamīpe vattamānavacanaṃ.
不仅王舍城,此城也是如此。“有界限者”,即是有边际的意思。有人说为“有围墙者”。有些本子记载:“以天鹅环绕状覆盖”,即如同天鹅环绕的形状。关于断除身的论说,是指宣说能断除、舍弃对自己身体或他人身体中欲贪的法论。由于没有净相,故为不净;因为是过失流出的来源,故为不净;因为从胆、痰等所依处生起厌恶,故为可厌。宣说不净的功德,即是详细解说[不净相]或[不净业处]。此处,“不净”是为所属义而使用与格。也就是说,为了使不净相显现、现前,而称之为详细开示的功德,这就是它的含义。此禅那心于初、中、后,具足十种相,因不能被烦恼贼所征服,故名为宝箧。显示巴利原文
Na kevalaṃ rājagahameva, idampi nagaraṃ. Saparicchedanti sapariyantanti attho. Saparikkhepanti eke. ‘‘Haṃsavaṭṭakacchadanenāti haṃsaparikkhepasaṇṭhānenā’’ti likhitaṃ. Kāyavicchindaniyakathanti attano attabhāve, parassa vā attabhāve chandarāgappahānakaraṃ vicchindanakaraṃ dhammakathaṃ katheti. Asubhā ceva subhākāravirahitattā. Asucino ca dosanissandanapabhavattā. Paṭikūlā ca jigucchanīyattā pittasemhādīsu āsayato. Asubhāya vaṇṇanti asubhākārassa, asubhakammaṭṭhānassa vā vitthāraṃ bhāsati. Sāmiatthe hetaṃ sampadānavacanaṃ. Asubhanti asubhanimittassa āvibhāvāya paccupaṭṭhānāya vitthārakathāsaṅkhātaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsabhīti attho. Tesaṃyeva ādimajjhapariyosānānaṃ dasahi lakkhaṇehi sampannaṃ kilesacorehi anabhibhavanīyattā jhānacittaṃ mañjūsaṃ nāma.
此处所说的这些,其要义如下:在某个速行回合中,初禅仅以一个心识刹那生起,整个速行回合,包括遍作、近行、种姓、安止等种种差别,依同一性而总称为“初禅”。应当了知,依此初禅安止道及速行等差别神通,已证得者,依作用成就,以到来之理,道清净为初分。应当了知,依中舍性的作用成就,舍随增为中分。应当了知,依净化智的作用成就,欣喜为后分。其中,从最初心开始,直至初禅生起的那一刹那,此中间应当了知为道清净。在生、住刹那,应当了知为舍随增;在住、灭刹那,应当了知为欣喜。因以此作为标记,故称为“相”。通过“清净行道投入”等,前分得以标记;通过三种中舍,中分得以标记;通过四种欣喜,后分得以标记。因此说为“十相”。显示巴利原文
Tatrimānīti etthāyaṃ piṇḍattho – yasmiṃ vāre paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ uppajjati, taṃ sakalampi javanavāraṃ anulomaparikammaupacāragotrabhuappanāppabhedaṃ ekattanayena ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’nti gahetvā tassa paṭhamajjhānassa appanāpaṭipādikāya khippādibhedāya abhiññāya adhigatāya kiccanipphattiṃ upādāya āgamanavasena paṭipadāvisuddhi ādīti veditabbā. Tatramajjhattupekkhāya kiccanipphattivasena upekkhānubrūhanā majjheti veditabbā. Pariyodāpakañāṇassa kiccanipphattivasena sampahaṃsanā pariyosānanti veditabbaṃ. Tattha ādicittato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānassa uppādakkhaṇaṃ, etasmiṃ antare paṭipadāvisuddhīti veditabbā. Uppādaṭhitikkhaṇesu upekkhānubrūhanā, ṭhitibhaṅgakkhaṇesu sampahaṃsanāti veditabbā. Lakkhīyati etenāti lakkhaṇanti katvā ‘‘visuddhipaṭipattipakkhandane’’tiādinā pubbabhāgo lakkhīyati, tividhena ajjhupekkhanena majjhaṃ lakkhīyati, catubbidhāya sampahaṃsanāya pariyosānaṃ lakkhīyatīti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dasa lakkhaṇānī’’ti.
“有障碍者”:由于从盖障的障碍中得清净,在种姓心结束之前的近行速行心,称为“心清净”。同样,由此清净,当该心趣入名为中等定相(似相)的安止定时,它依同一相续转向而入,故称“行道”。如此行道时,此心投入寂止相、安住彼中,因此说为“在那里心投入”。如此,在初禅生起之刹那,依此行持,当知即为“行道清净”。既得如此清净而达到安止,因已无再令清净之加行,故有中舍;且寂止行道者,于修定中亦无加行,故寂止行道者有中舍。又因断除烦恼杂染而全然现前,在令一性现前中不可能有加行,故有一性现前之中舍。“在那里生起的”:即于此心中所生之定与慧,以双运而不超越故,从种种烦恼中解脱。信等诸根以解脱味一味故,有不超越的一味性。随顺、适合、相应、相从于这两者的精进及同样之心,瑜伽行者令其运转、令其进行。因此,以随顺精进运转之义,以及因为是殊胜分故,以习行义,称为“令喜悦”,当知此义。又,此处有说:“无间过去的种姓心,以同一相续的方式转向,称为行道”。然而,于彼处,“转向而行道”等语句,对于过去者显示巴利原文
Pāribandhakatoti nīvaraṇasaṅkhātapāribandhakato visuddhattā gotrabhupariyosānaṃ pubbabhāgajavanacittaṃ ‘‘cittavisuddhī’’ti vuccati. Tathā visuddhattā taṃ cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samādhinimittasaṅkhātaṃ appanāsamādhiṃ tadatthāya upagacchamānaṃ ekasantativasena pariṇāmentaṃ paṭipajjati nāma. Evaṃ paṭipannassa tassa tattha samathanimitte pakkhandanaṃ tabbhāvūpagamanaṃ hotīti katvā ‘‘tattha cittapakkhandana’’nti vuccati. Evaṃ tāva paṭhamajjhānuppādakkhaṇe eva āgamanavasena paṭipadāvisuddhi veditabbā. Evaṃ visuddhassa appanāppattassa puna visodhane byāpārābhāvā ajjhupekkhanaṃ hoti. Samathappaṭipannattā puna samādhāne byāpārābhāvā ca samathappaṭipannassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ hoti. Kilesasaṃsaggaṃ pahāya ekantena upaṭṭhitattā puna ekattupaṭṭhāne byāpārāsambhavato ekattupaṭṭhānassa ajjhupekkhanaṃ hoti. Tattha jātānanti tasmiṃ citte jātānaṃ samādhipaññānaṃ yuganaddhabhāvena anativattanaṭṭhena nānākilesehi vimuttattā. Saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ vimuttirasenekarasaṭṭhena anativattanekasabhāvānaṃ tesaṃ dvinnaṃ upagataṃ tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ tadanurūpaṃ vīriyaṃ tathā cittaṃ yogī vāheti pavattetīti katvā tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena ca visesabhāgiyabhāvattā āsevanaṭṭhena ca sampahaṃsanā hotīti attho veditabbo. Apicettha ‘‘anantarātītaṃ gotrabhucittaṃ ekasantativasena pariṇāmentaṃ paṭipajjati nāmā’’ti likhitaṃ. Tattha hi pariṇāmentaṃ paṭipajjatīti etāni vacanāni atītassa na sambhavanti, yañca tadanantaraṃ likhitaṃ ‘‘appanāsamādhicittaṃ upagacchamānaṃ gotrabhucittaṃ tattha pakkhandati nāmā’’ti. Imināpi taṃ na yujjati, ‘‘paṭipattikkhaṇe eva atīta’’nti vuttattā ‘‘gotrabhucittaṃ tattha pakkhandatī’’ti vacanameva virujjhatīti ācariyo. ‘‘Ekacittakkhaṇikampi lokuttaracittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘ekacittakkhaṇikassāpi jhānassa etāni dasa lakkhaṇānī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tato paṭṭhāya āsevanā bhāvanā evā’’tipi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Adhiṭṭhānasampannanti adhiṭṭhānena sahagata’’nti likhitaṃ. Tassattho – yañca ‘‘ādimajjhapariyosānasaṅkhāta’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ tesaṃ tiṇṇampi kalyāṇakatāya samannāgatattā tividhakalyāṇakatañca. Evaṃ tividhacittaṃ tadadhigamamūlakānaṃ guṇānaṃ, uparijhānādhigamassa vā padaṭṭhānaṭṭhena adhiṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tasmā cittassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvena sampannattā adhiṭṭhānasampannaṃ nāmāti.
“半月独处”:关于此,诸阿阇梨如是说:“若比丘们有互相杀害的见闻可能,大师虽知此事,但了知并无避免此灾祸的方便,若有人以似是而非的原因宣称‘此非一切知者’,那么对于法自在的如来,若于业中无自在而不能觉知,众多人便将因增上痴而堕入无间地狱。因此,世尊早已了知那些比丘互相杀害的情况,善加抉择了无有避免彼之方便,在此,将令凡夫获得善趣之因作为唯一之事,或通过不净说法,从与色、声的见闻等无关中远离,因为早已从此远离,因为作善趣得因,因为见必定应制的第三波罗夷制戒的因缘到来,为向审察者显示自己的一切知性,欲于那半月为成就应度者的利益而给果等至留出空间,故说:‘诸比丘,我欲半月独处’等。”所谓阿阇梨,即佛授长老、法吉祥长老、优波提舍长老等上首,是曾于注疏师处听闻者。应知此后另有其他一些。“于自己的身体厌嫌……将成为……”,此与后文“他们那些未离欲比丘,于其时如是生怖畏、身毛竖立、战栗”不合,且此与世尊说不净教所缘的用意也不相符吗?不然,因为不知其义。即使于自己的身体厌嫌,由于未以圣道断除爱着,故不像漏尽者那样对死亡无有怖畏。显示巴利原文
Addhamāsaṃ paṭisallīyitunti ettha ācariyā evamāhu ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ aññamaññavadhadassanasavanasambhave satthuno sati tassa upaddavassa abhāve upāyājānanato ‘ayaṃ asabbaññū’ti hetupatirūpakamahetuṃ vatvā dhammissarassāpi tathāgatassa kammesvanissariyaṃ asambujjhamānā asabbadassitamadhiccamohā bahujanā avīciparāyanā bhaveyyuṃ, tasmā so bhagavā pageva tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññamaññaṃ vadhamānabhāvaṃ ñatvā tadabhāvopāyābhāvaṃ pana suvinicchinitvā tattha puthujjanānaṃ sugatilābhahetumevekaṃ katvā asubhadesanāya vā rūpasaddadassanasavanehi nippayojanehi viramitvā pageva tato viramaṇato, sugatilābhahetukaraṇato, avassaṃ paññāpitabbāya tatiyapārājikapaññattiyā vatthāgamadassanato ca attano sabbadassitaṃ parikkhakānaṃ pakāsento viya tamaddhamāsaṃ veneyyahitanipphattiyā phalasamāpattiyā avakāsaṃ katvā viharitukāmo ‘icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhave, addhamāsaṃ paṭisallīyitu’ntiādimāhā’’ti. Ācariyā nāma buddhamittattheradhammasirittheraupatissattherādayo gaṇapāmokkhā, aṭṭhakathācariyassa ca santike sutapubbā. Tato aññe eketi veditabbā. ‘‘Sakena kāyena aṭṭīyanti…pe… bhavissantī’’ti idaṃ parato ‘‘ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā, tesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye hoti eva bhayaṃ, hoti lomahaṃso, hoti chambhitatta’’nti iminā na yujjati, idañca bhagavato asubhakathārammaṇappayojanena na sametīti ce? Na, tadatthājānanato. Sakena kāyena aṭṭīyantānampi tesaṃ ariyamaggena appahīnasinehattā khīṇāsavānaṃ viya maraṇaṃ paṭicca abhayaṃ na hoti, bhayañca pana asubhabhāvanānuyogānubhāvena mandībhūtaṃ anaṭṭīyantānaṃ viya na mahantaṃ hutvā cittaṃ mohesi. Apāyupage te satte nākāsīti evamattho veditabbo. Atha vā idaṃ purimassa kāraṇavacanaṃ, yasmā tesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye hoti eva bhayaṃ, chambhitattaṃ, lomahaṃso ca, tasmā ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavā asubhakathaṃ kathetī’’tiādi vuttanti.
或者,即使他们于自己的身体心生厌嫌,仍会如此生起怖畏;而大威力的离欲者——即漏尽者——则显发出极大的殊胜。这也显示死亡的怖畏极难克服,因为即使这样的人,由于未离欲,亦有怖畏。“其中另一”,指他们五百比丘中的某一位。以此说明:“见到那如是前来、手持利剑的杀手,其中另一人尚且生起如此怖畏,何况他们?”因此,世尊首先为他们宣说不净教诫,后来他们便没有了怖畏。如是,不净教诫对他们有大利益。而此处后一种理趣,则与注疏所言相符:“据说那些比丘中,无任何人作出身表或语表,一切皆具念正知,右胁而卧。”显示巴利原文
Atha vā sakena kāyena aṭṭīyantānampi tesaṃ hoti eva bhayaṃ, mahānubhāvā vītarāgāti khīṇāsavānaṃ mahantaṃ visesaṃ dasseti, atiduppasaheyyamidaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ, yato evaṃvidhānampi avītarāgattā bhayaṃ hotītipi dasseti. Tadaññe tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pañcasatānaṃ aññatarā. Tenedaṃ dīpeti ‘‘taṃ tathā āgataṃ asihatthaṃ vadhakaṃ passitvā tadaññesampi hoti eva bhayaṃ, pageva tesanti katvā bhagavā paṭhamameva tesaṃ asubhakathaṃ kathesi, parato tesaṃ nāhosi. Evaṃ mahānisaṃsā nesaṃ asubhakathā āsī’’ti. Yo panettha pacchimo nayo , so ‘‘tesu kira bhikkhūsu kenacipi kāyavikāro vā vacīvikāro vā na kato, sabbe satā sampajānā dakkhiṇena passena nipajjiṃsū’’ti iminā aṭṭhakathāvacanena sameti.
又有一说,为了遮止“族姓增上”而提及“阿乎”。若问:“‘这是他的执见’一语,是否与‘他将不能超越魔的境界’一语相违?”答:不相违。何以故?这位比丘若不杀生,便因不造不善业而能超越魔的境界;若行杀生,则因业力强大而不能超越魔的境界,自身即属魔的一方。如此思惟后,他便生起这样的执见:“凡是未死者,皆未从轮回中解脱。”因此,她(那位比丘尼)将这两者导向道途而说出此话。也正因如此,才称他们为“魔的随从”,而非“属魔一方、同魔执见者”。有人写道:“‘说此是何用意?因其为魔的随从,故虽如此思惟,仍依自见而说。’他们来至我处一同侍奉,并在各自的戒师与依止师身边学习诵经等。”显示巴利原文
Apare panāhūti kuladdhipaṭisedhanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ kira laddhī’’ti vacanaṃ ‘‘māradheyyaṃnātikkamissatī’’ti vacanena virujjhatīti ce? Na virujjhati. Kathaṃ? Ayaṃ bhikkhū aghātento māravisayaṃ atikkamissati akusalakaraṇato ca. Ghātento pana māradheyyaṃ nātikkamissati balavattā kammassāti sayaṃ mārapakkhikattā evaṃ cintetvā pana ‘‘ye na matā, te saṃsārato na muttā’’ti attano ca laddhi, tasmā taṃ tattha ubhayesaṃ magge niyojentī evamāha, teneva ‘‘mārapakkhikā mārena samānaladdhikā’’ti avatvā ‘‘mārassā nuvattikā’’ti vuttā. ‘‘Iminā kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā mārassa anuvatti, tasmā evaṃ cintetvāpi attano laddhivasena evamāhā’’ti keci likhanti. Mama santike ekato upaṭṭhānamāgacchanti, attano attano ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ santike uddesādiṃ gaṇhāti.
入出息念定论之注释显示巴利原文
Ānāpānassatisamādhikathāvaṇṇanā
165 “诸比丘,此亦是”这句话是在说明什么?是为了破除那些怀有如下邪见者:“那些比丘是因修习世尊所教导的业处而命终的。”实际上,那些比丘的命终,仅仅是由他们过去所造的业所致。而此业处,对于一部分比丘,成了证得阿罗汉果的助缘;对一部分,成了证得不还果、一来果、须陀洹果的助缘;对一部分,成了证得初禅的助缘;对一部分,通过镇伏断与彼分断,成了舍离对自我的爱着的助缘;对一部分,成了投生善趣的助缘。因此,我的不净说法实有利益。然而,因阿难请求:“善哉,尊者世尊,请开示另一法门”,我才教导另一种方法。其衔接义当如此理解:“诸比丘,如同你们先前依不净业处而修,此法亦复如是。”所谓“以入出息为所缘而现起的念”,是指此念在前阶段以入息或出息为所缘,在后阶段则以出入息所生之似相为所缘而现起,故如是说。显示巴利原文
165.Ayampi kho, bhikkhaveti iminā kiṃ dasseti? Yesaṃ evamassa ‘‘bhagavatā ācikkhitakammaṭṭhānānuyogapaccayā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ jīvitakkhayo āsī’’ti, tesaṃ taṃ micchāgāhaṃ nisedheti. Kevalaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pubbe katakammapaccayāva jīvitakkhayo āsi, idaṃ pana kammaṭṭhānaṃ tesaṃ kesañci arahattappattiyā, kesañci anāgāmisakadāgāmisotāpattiphalappattiyā , kesañci paṭhamajjhānādhigamāya, kesañci vikkhambhanatadaṅgappahānena attasinehapaayādānāya upanissayo hutvā, kesañci sugatiyaṃ uppattiyā upanissayo ahosīti sātthikāva me asubhakathā, kintu ‘‘sādhu, bhante bhagavā, aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhatū’’ti ānandena yācitattā aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhāmi, yathā vo pubbe ācikkhitaasubhakammaṭṭhānānuyogā, evaṃ ayampi kho bhikkhaveti yojanā veditabbā. ‘‘Assāsavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ satī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sā hi taṃ assāsaṃ, passāsaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ katvā pubbabhāge, aparabhāge pana assāsapassāsapabhavanimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā upaṭṭhātīti ca tathā vuttā.
于不净中生起的,称为“不净”;或者说,生起的修习之业称为“不净业”,此业本身又作为其他一再生起之业的因,以此义而称为“处”,故为“不净业处”;又或者,不净业的所缘,以足处之义而称为“处”,故为“不净业处”。在这里,它指的是不净禅那,因此说“缘粗大故”。所谓“以通达言”,即依寻等支的获得而说。所谓“以所缘寂静言”,即于渐次寂静时,依身粗息灭而说为寂止。所谓“遍作”,据说即是遍作遍,以似相生起为终结。因为那时无味而成为非寂静、非可意。不像在近行定中,以盖的离去和支的显现而有寂静,在此(安止定)中则不然,然而此处说为“从转向开始”。在第二种解释中,“无掺杂”即不令人满足,故说“有威力”。即使在禅那心刹那,心所之乐也存在,尽管如此,仍说“两种禅那皆唯应在出定后把握”。以奢摩他言,即于自相续中未被镇伏;否则,恶法可能与禅那俱生。由于诸蕴等是出世间的足处,故为“顺决择分”;又或,特别针对那成为顺决择分者而说。有记载称:“依‘无常随观者’等四法,次第达至圣道增上者,方能断除,其余则不能。”显示巴利原文
Asubhe pavattaṃ asubhanti vā pavattaṃ bhāvanākammaṃ asubhakammaṃ, tadeva aññassa punappunaṃ uppajjanakassa kāraṇaṭṭhena ṭhānattā asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ, ārammaṇaṃ vā asubhakammassa padaṭṭhānaṭṭhena ṭhānanti asubhakammaṭṭhānanti idha asubhajjhānaṃ, teneva ‘‘oḷārikārammaṇattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Paṭivedhavasenāti vitakkādiaṅgapaṭilābhavasena. Ārammaṇasantatāyāti anukkamena santakālaṃ upādāya vuttakāyadarathappaṭipassaddhivasena nibbuto. Parikammaṃ vāti kasiṇaparikammaṃ kira nimittuppādapariyosānaṃ. Tadā hi nirassādattā asantaṃ, appaṇihitañca. Yathā upacāre nīvaraṇavigamena, aṅgapātubhāvena ca santatā hoti, na tathā idha, idaṃ pana ‘‘ādisamannāhārato’’ti vuttaṃ. Dutiyavikappe asecanakoti atittikaro, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ojavanto’’ti. Cetasikasukhaṃ jhānakkhaṇepi atthi, evaṃ santepi ‘‘ubhopi jhānā vuṭṭhitasseva gahetabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Samathena sakasantāne avikkhambhite. Itarathā pāpakānaṃ jhānena sahuppatti siyā. Khandhādīnaṃ lokuttarapādakattā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ, visesena yassa nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ hoti, taṃ sandhāya vā. ‘‘Aniccānupassītiādicatukkavasena anupubbena ariyamaggavuḍḍhippatto samucchindati, sesānametaṃ natthī’’ti likhitaṃ.
“遮止彼状态”是针对外道不具备十六事而说。然而,就最初四句而言,他们只有世间禅那,其中并无出世间的基础。“最上果”意为“于果中最为殊胜”。“随顺三季”是指:夏季住于林中,冬季住于树下,春季住于空屋。于痰界之人,树林为随顺;于胆汁界之人,树下为随顺;于风界之人,空屋为随顺。于痴行者,树林为随顺,在广大林中其心不会萎缩;于嗔行者,树下为随顺;于贪行者,空屋为随顺。站立与经行属于掉举的部分,躺卧属于昏沉的部分,以结跏趺坐而令坐姿稳固,以端正身体而令入出息运转舒适——“面前安立念”以此显示了把握所缘的方法。“作者”指具足造作习性的人。在其分别中,不说“入息出息”而说“具念而作者”。因此,当说“入息出息”时,注释书写道:“仅得前四法,未得其余”;“由于长入息,故为不省略复合词”;“以同一义故无散乱”;“以不共享而了知”;“以彼智”;“以所谓了知者之智”;“具念而作者,即具念与正知而作者”;“随观舍离之入息,即随观舍离而入息”。即使以非次第的方式出现也是合理的,因为此处予以遮止。据说幼鸟刚出生时,因触及上颚而熄灭,故发出唧……显示巴利原文
Tathābhāvapaṭisedhano cāti soḷasavatthukassa titthiyānaṃ natthitāya vuttaṃ. Sabbapaṭhamānaṃ pana catunnaṃ padānaṃ vasena lokiyajjhānameva tesaṃ atthi, tasmiṃ lokuttarapadaṭṭhānaṃ natthi eva. ‘‘Phalamuttamanti phale uttama’’nti vuttaṃ. Ututtayānukūlanti gimhe araññe, hemante rukkhamūle, vasantakāle suññāgāre gato. Semhadhātukassa araññaṃ, pittadhātukassa rukkhamūlaṃ, vātadhātukassa suññāgāraṃ anukūlaṃ. Mohacaritassa araññaṃ anukūlaṃ mahāaraññe cittaṃ na saṅkuṭati, dosacaritassa rukkhamūlaṃ, rāgacaritassa suññāgāraṃ. Ṭhānacaṅkamāni uddhaccapakkhikāni, sayanaṃ līnapakkhikaṃ, pallaṅkābhujanena nisajjāya daḷhabhāvaṃ, ujukāyaṃ paṇidhānena assāsapassāsānaṃ pavattanasukhaṃ ‘‘parimukhaṃ sati’’nti iminā ārammaṇapariggahūpāyaṃ dasseti. Kārīti karaṇasīlo . Etassa vibhaṅge ‘‘assasati passasatī’’ti avatvā ‘‘sato kārī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘assasati passasatī’’ti vutte ‘‘paṭhamacatukkaṃ eva labbhati, na sesānī’’ti ca ‘‘dīghaṃassāsavasenāti alopasamāsaṃ katvā’’iti ca ‘‘ekatthatāya avikkhepa’’nti ca ‘‘asambhogavasena pajānato’’ti ca ‘‘tena ñāṇenā’’ti ca ‘‘pajānatoti vuttañāṇenā’’ti ca ‘‘satokārīti satisampajaññāhikārī’’ti ca ‘‘paṭinissaggānupassino assāsāva paṭinissaggānupassiassāsā’’ti ca likhitaṃ. Uppaṭipāṭiyā āgatampi yujjateva, tena ṭhānena paṭisiddhaṃ. Tāluṃ āhacca nibbāyanato kira potako sampatijātova khipitasaddaṃ karoti, chandapāmojjavasena cha purimā tayoti nava. Ekenākārenāti assāsavasena vā passāsavasena vā evaṃ ānāpānassatiṃ bhāvayato kāye kāyānupassanāsatikammaṭṭhānabhāvanā sampajjati.
“身”指入息与出息。“现起”是念。“长”指快速进行的入出息。“以长时计”意为如同以时间计量的时间段落,或指长时间。因为有人只观察入息,有人只观察出息,有人则观察两者,故说“不作分别”。欲:如此从入息、出息中生起味着,依此而生起欲作的欲。由此而生起喜悦。由于入出息是难以了知的所缘,心会退转;那些舍弃计数而只作意触处的人,唯有舍安住。“四种颜色”意为四种形状,如同“叶有三种颜色”等说法。显示巴利原文
Kāyoti assāsapassāsā. Upaṭṭhānaṃ sati. Dīghanti sīghaṃ gataṃ assāsapassāsaṃ. Addhānasaṅkhāteti kālasaṅkhāte viya kālakoṭṭhāseti attho, dīghakāle vāti attho. Eko hi assāsamevūpalakkheti, eko passāsaṃ, eko ubhayaṃ, tasmā ‘‘vibhāgaṃ akatvā’’ti vā vuttaṃ, chandoti evaṃ assāsato, passāsato ca assādo uppajjati, tassa vasena kattukamyatāchando uppajjati. Tato pāmojjanti. Assāsapassāsānaṃ duviññeyyavisayattā cittaṃ vivattati, gaṇanaṃ pahāya phuṭṭhaṭṭhānameva manasi karontassa kevalaṃ upekkhāva saṇṭhāti. Cattāro vaṇṇāti ‘‘pattassa tayo vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu viya cattāro saṇṭhānāti attho.
“如是修习者”指修习入出息念者。“防护”指念防护。或者,以初禅断除诸盖,以第二禅断除寻伺,以第三禅断除喜,以第四禅断除苦乐,以空无边处定断除色想、有对想、种种想。“戒”应依所说的方法理解为:“离戒、思戒、防护戒、不犯戒”。又说:“从义理上,那些如此这般转起的法,以持守与安住为相的戒行义,故称为戒”。同样,“此是于此义中所指的学处”中,也应理解为思戒为主,某处也有离戒之义。否则,在涉及施设的犯行中学处也会出现离的过失;由于说“以别解脱律仪防护而住”,彼处也会出现离的过失。于彼所缘:指入出息所缘。以彼念:指于彼处生起的念。注释书写道:“以彼作意,即转向”。由此,显示了以不同转向而转起,故也以不同速行回合而学。或者以某种作意。于生智等中:此处以“等”字应知直至究竟。注释书写道:“‘于此’指于彼入出息所缘。‘如是’指现在将说的方式”。或者“于此”指于他们入出息。此与“先前未把握时”很好地相应。“第一种说法是长部诵者的。他们说:‘获得初禅后,于不同座位坐下,为第二禅而努力时,在近行中因寻伺而生起粗心时,转起的入出息是粗的。’中部诵者说:‘禅那获得者入定时,以及获得同一座位时,由于上上心转起之寂静,从初禅到第二禅的近行中,入出息是细的。’”显示巴利原文
Tathābhūtassāti ānāpānassatiṃ bhāvayato. Saṃvaroti satisaṃvaro. Atha vā paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇānaṃ, dutiyena vitakkavicārānaṃ, tatiyena pītiyā, catutthena sukhadukkhānaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññāya, paṭighasaññāya, nānattasaññāya vā pahānaṃ. ‘‘Sīlanti veramaṇi sīlaṃ, cetanā sīlaṃ, saṃvaro sīlaṃ, avītikkamo sīla’’nti (paṭi. ma. 1.39 thokaṃ visadisaṃ) vuttavidhināpettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Atthato tathā tathā pavattadhammā upadhāraṇasamādhānasaṅkhātena sīlanaṭṭhena sīlanti vuccantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā ‘‘ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā sikkhā’’ti etthāpi cetanāsīlameva, katthaci viratisīlampīti attho daṭṭhabbo. Aññathā paṇṇattivajjesupi sikkhāpadesu viratippasaṅgo ahosi , pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharatīti katvā tassāpi viratippasaṅgo. Tasmiṃ ārammaṇeti ānāpānārammaṇe. Tāya satiyāti tattha uppannasatiyā. ‘‘Tena manasikārenāti āvajjanenā’’ti likhitaṃ. Etena nānāvajjanappavattidīpanato nānājavanavārehipi sikkhati nāmāti dīpitaṃ hoti, yena pana manasikārena vā. Ñāṇuppādanādīsūti ettha ādisaddena yāva pariyosānaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Tatrāti tasmiṃ ānāpānārammaṇe. Evanti idāni vattabbanayenā’’ti likhitaṃ. Tatrāti tesaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ vā. Tañhi ‘‘pubbe apariggahitakāle’’ti iminā suṭṭhu sameti. ‘‘Paṭhamavādo dīghabhāṇakānaṃ. Te hi ‘paṭhamajjhānaṃ labhitvā nānāsane nisīditvā dutiyatthāya vāyāmato upacāre vitakkavicāravasena oḷārikacittappavattikāle pavattaassāsapassāsavasena oḷārikā’ti vadanti. ‘Majjhimabhāṇakā jhānalābhissa samāpajjanakāle, ekāsanapaṭilābhe ca uparūpari cittappavattiyā santabhāvato paṭhamato dutiyassupacāre sukhumataṃ vadantī’’’ti likhitaṃ.
然而就“观”而言:应知这是依四界差别门而深入者的次第,也是其他人的次第。以“唯此是色,更无其余”的见地,故说“遍取一切色”。这里的“遍取色与非色”,是指从无常等相为所缘、以坏灭随观为起始的有力观智。如前所说,即依“一切未遍取者”等之理。所谓清净,即是决断。而“此”即指“平息身行”一词。显示巴利原文
Vipassanāyaṃ panāti catudhātuvavatthānamukhena abhiniviṭṭhassa ayaṃ kamo, aññassa cāti veditabbaṃ. Ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, na ito aññanti dassanaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sakalarūpapariggahe’’ti vuttaṃ. Rūpārūpapariggaheti ettha aniccatādilakkhaṇārammaṇikabhaṅgānupassanato pabhuti balavatī vipassanā. Pubbe vuttanayenāti sabbesaṃyeva pana matena apariggahitakāletiādinā. Sodhanā nāma vissajjanaṃ. Assāti ‘‘passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāra’’nti padassa.
向前弯身名为ānamanā(前屈);横向弯身名为vinamanā(侧屈);充分弯身名为sannamanā(善屈);向后弯身名为paṇamanā(后屈)。犹如按住膝盖而摇动,应知说ānamanā等词语是爲了阐明动摇之义。其关联是:在有任何如是的前屈等或震动等之处,即平息那样的前屈等或震动等。“如是”意即“若”。若如此,微细者亦被平息。令生起即是修习。因为入出息已寂静,所以不修习入出息念定;因为那定不存在,所以不入定;因为没有等至,所以不从等至出起。“如是”即“此言如此”。声即声相,把“具念入息、具念出息”一句置于后面,应知有三十二句,分为四组,每组四句。显示巴利原文
Purato namanā ānamanā. Tiriyaṃ namanā vinamanā. Suṭṭhu namanā sannamanā. Pacchā namanā paṇamanā. Jāṇuke gahetvā ṭhānaṃ viya iñjanāti ānamanādīnaṃ āvibhāvatthamuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yathārūpehi ānamanādi vā kampanādi vā hoti, tathārūpe passambhayanti sambandho. Iti kirāti iti ce. Evaṃ santeti santasukhumampi ce passambhati. Pabhāvanāti uppādanaṃ. Assāsapassāsānaṃ vūpasantattā ānāpānassatisamādhissa bhāvanā na hoti. Yasmā taṃ natthi, tasmā na samāpajjati, samāpattiyā abhāvena na vuṭṭhahanti. Iti kirāti evametaṃ tāva vacananti tadetaṃ . Saddova saddanimittaṃ, ‘‘sato assasati sato passasatī’’ti padāni patiṭṭhapetvā dvattiṃsapadāni cattāri catukkāni veditabbāni.
「不压迫」即不生起他们烦恼,尽管从实质上,制多园义务等也归摄于巴帝摩卡律仪戒中,因为有「若谁有罪」之语。即便如此,由于「舍利弗,直到僧团中出现某些漏处之法,世尊才为弟子制定学处、诵巴帝摩卡」此语中并未意指此,故说「威仪行」。又言:「凡此处无罪依处者,彼即唯无混杂。」显示巴利原文
Appaṭipīḷananti tesaṃ kilesānaṃ anuppādanaṃ kiñcāpi cetiyaṅgaṇavattādīnipi atthato pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle saṅgahaṃ gacchanti ‘‘yassa siyā āpattī’’ti (mahāva. 134) vacanato. Tathāpi ‘‘na tāva, sāriputta, satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ, yāva na idhekacce āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā saṅghe pātubhavantī’’ti ettha anadhippetattā ‘‘ābhisamācārika’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ panettha āpattiṭṭhāniyaṃ na hoti, taṃ amissamevā’’ti vuttaṃ.
「如所说」:因是加行业处之近依。行轻便者,即拥有八种资具。「五种相续之业处」:在此,禅那、相,以及为阐明彼义之教理,皆名为业处。具足往返便利等,即是坐卧处。洗涤染垢衣等,为微小障碍。「中途是否退失?」便因此动摇。显示巴利原文
Yathāvuttenāti yogānuyogakammassa padaṭṭhānattā. Sallahukavutti aṭṭhaparikkhāriko. Pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānanti ettha jhānampi nimittampi tadatthajotikāpi pariyatti idha kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Gamanāgamanasampannatādi senāsanaṃ. Saṃkiliṭṭhacīvaradhovanādayo khuddakapalibodhā. ‘‘Antarā patitaṃ nu kho’’ti vikampati.
「于内散乱起」:即于自身内心中散乱转起。此即掉举,心未得定。紧系之柱根,即鼻端,或面相。即安住于彼处——鼻端等相。他们说:「如于秋千板之一侧,即见两端与中间。」显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃ vikkhepagatenāti niyakajjhatte vikkhepagatena. Sāraddhā asamāhitattā. Upanibandhanathambhamūlaṃ nāma nāsikaggaṃ, mukhanimittaṃ vā. Tatthevāti nāsikaggādinimitte. ‘‘Dolāphalakassa ekapasse eva ubho koṭiyo majjhañca passatī’’ti vadanti.
然而在此处,是指锯喻。所谓「触处」,即从所触之处而言。所言「应安置相,有相时应安置」,因应由上座修习故,称为重要修习。某些人说,即是某些禅修者所说。显示巴利原文
Idha panāti kakacūpame. Desatoti phusanakaṭṭhānato. ‘‘Nimittaṃ paṭṭhapetabbanti nimitte sati paṭṭhapetabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Garūhi bhāvetabbattā garukabhāvanaṃ. Ekacce āhūti ekacce jhāyino āhu.
“想之差别”这一词句,虽为某些人所说,但仍是定准。因为自结集以来,注释书尚未出现,故有此说。在“我的星相是否现起”等构想中,纵然并无星相,然由界之差别,如同这些界的生起,唯对修习者,便以种种方式现起。若说“非相”,则不恰当,因为将成妄语之故。业处便是这里所说的似相。显示巴利原文
‘‘Saññānānatāyā’’ti vacanato ekaccehi vuttampi pamāṇameva, saṅgītito paṭṭhāya aṭṭhakathāya anāgatattā tathā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Mayhaṃ tārakarūpaṃ nu kho upaṭṭhātī’’tiādiparikappe asatipi dhātunānattena etāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ uppatti viya kevalaṃ bhāvayato tathā tathā upaṭṭhāti. ‘‘Na nimitta’nti vattuṃ na vaṭṭati sampajānamusāvādattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kammaṭṭhānanti idha vuttapaṭibhāganimittameva.
于相与似相。种种相即「四色遍转」所说之种种性。分别即了知而显了。入出息即于彼所生之相,或入出息之种种相。因为将心置于相上,亦了知种种性,或将自心系缚于入出息,故作是说。从星相等之色。从粗等之相。显示巴利原文
Nimitte paṭibhāge. Nānākāranti ‘‘cattāro vaṇṇā vattantī’’ti vuttanānāvidhataṃ. Vibhāvayanti jānaṃ pakāsayaṃ. Assāsapassāseti tato sambhūte nimitte, assāsapassāse vā nānākāraṃ. Nimitte hi cittaṃ ṭhapentova nānākāratañca vibhāveti, assāsapassāse vā sakaṃ cittaṃ nibandhatīti vuccati. Tārakarūpādivaṇṇato. Kakkhaḷattādilakkhaṇato.
于诸注疏中被禁止,其理由是「因近分有分」,说此理由后,于锡兰注疏中被禁止。为何?因为在第六或第七安止,于道路中无果之机会,故于此。若于此处有?不然,因为世间安止亦于安止路中,与出世间同分者,获得禅那之比丘,为现法乐住故,入禅后欲坐七日,即于第四或第五安止而坐,非于第六或第七。因为于彼是安止。此后即不再成为安止之依处。因近分有分,而转起第四或第五,犹如立于平地之壶,因立于速行之间,阿阇梨如是说。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittanti āsannabhavaṅgattāti kāraṇaṃ vatvā sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā chaṭṭhe, sattame vā appanāya sati maggavīthiyaṃ phalassa okāso na hoti, tasmā. Idha hotūti ce? Na, lokiyappanāpi hi appanāvīthimhi lokuttarena samānagatikāvāti paṭiladdhajjhānopi bhikkhu diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthāya jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā sattāhaṃ nisīditukāmo catutthe, pañcame vā appetvā nisīdati, na chaṭṭhe, sattame vā. Tattha hi appanā. Tato paraṃ appanāya ādhārabhāvaṃ na gacchati. Āsannabhavaṅgattā catutthaṃ, pañcamaṃ vā gacchati thale ṭhitaghaṭo viya javanānamantare ṭhitattāti kira ācariyo.
不转向种种所缘,唯转向诸禅支,这称为转向自在。此后,四种或五种省察心生起,这称为省察自在。因此说:“省察自在实即依转向自在而说。”入定自在是指能随己所愿的时间入定,亦即有能力确立所愿的时限。有人说:“决意自在与出定自在的差别在于:以决意之力令速行运转,以出定之力则令速行超出预定而运转。”此外,转向地遍等所缘后令速行运转,再转向后生起第五禅心,据说这是最高的限定。然而,对于世尊而言,转向之后即刻便入禅定——这一切在《无碍解道》的注疏中已说。显示巴利原文
Puthuttārammaṇāni anāvajjitvā jhānaṅgāneva āvajjanaṃ āvajjanavasī nāma. Tato paraṃ catunnaṃ, pañcannaṃ vā paccavekkhaṇacittānaṃ uppajjanaṃ, taṃ paccavekkhaṇavasī nāma. Teneva ‘‘paccavekkhaṇavasī pana āvajjanavasiyā eva vuttā’’ti vuttaṃ. Samāpajjanavasī nāma yattakaṃ kālaṃ icchati tattakaṃ samāpajjanaṃ, taṃ pana icchitakālaparicchedaṃ patiṭṭhāpetuṃ samatthatāti. ‘‘Adhiṭṭhānavasiyā vuṭṭhānavasino ayaṃ nānattaṃ adhiṭṭhānānubhāvena javanaṃ javati, vuṭṭhānānubhāvena pana adhippetato adhikaṃ javatī’’tipi vadanti. Apica pathavīkasiṇādiārammaṇaṃ āvajjitvā javanañca javitvā puna āvajjitvā tato pañcamaṃ jhānaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ayaṃ kira ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo. Bhagavato pana āvajjanasamanantarameva jhānaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
“所依”指心所依处。“门”指眼门等。“所缘”指色等。或者,他观察依所把握的色所缘而起的识,也以其他方式观察。如何观察?即“依所把握的色、所依、门、所缘”而说。对于某个识,在所把握的色中具有所依、门、所缘,他即观察此依所把握的色、所依、门、所缘而起的识;此处应知省略了一个“所缘”一词——此为笔者推论,须经审察后方可采纳。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vatthunti hadayavatthuṃ. Dvāranti cakkhādi. Ārammaṇanti rūpādī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yathāpariggahitarūpārammaṇaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ passati, aññathāpi passati. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Yathāpariggahitarūpavatthudvārārammaṇaṃ vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yathāpariggahitarūpesu vatthudvārārammaṇāni yassa viññāṇassa, taṃ viññāṇaṃ yathāpariggahitarūpavatthudvārārammaṇaṃ tampi passati, ekassa vā ārammaṇasaddassa lopo daṭṭhabboti ca mama takko vicāretvāva gahetabbo.
此后,在三组四法中,应将每两句合为一句来计算。此处应知,依奢摩他而从所缘方面觉知喜,依毗婆舍那则从不痴方面觉知喜。然而,于“此是苦智”等中,所说“从所缘方面,从不痴方面”,在此处是按与彼处所说法相反的次序而说。因为在彼处,覆盖苦的痴已被破坏,苦便得以显现;或者由于在彼状态下运作的智能随其所欲、于所欲之时进行省察,故于苦等三者中,从不痴方面说智。于灭中,则从所缘方面觉知与灭相应的喜,不能从不痴方面,因为此处无痴可断,且与《无碍解道》文相违。在那里,“依长入息”等是为了显示从所缘方面而说。其意为:以彼念、以彼智,彼喜被觉知,因为彼所缘已被觉知。“转向者”等是为了显示从不痴方面觉知喜。即依无常等而了知者、观见者、省察者;依彼胜解而决意者、信解者;以及依刹那定而如是策励精进等者。显示巴利原文
Tato paraṃ tīsu catukkesu dve dve padāni ekamekaṃ katvā gaṇetabbaṃ. Samathena ārammaṇato vipassanāvasena asammohato pītipaṭisaṃvedanamettha veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Dukkhametaṃ ñāṇa’’ntiādīsu pana ‘‘ārammaṇato asammohato’’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ, idha tato vuttanayato uppaṭipāṭiyā vuttaṃ. Tattha hi yena mohena taṃ dukkhaṃ paṭicchannaṃ, na upaṭṭhāti, tassa vihatattā vā evaṃ pavatte ñāṇe yathāruci paccavekkhituṃ icchiticchitakāle samatthabhāvato vā dukkhādīsu tīsu asammohato ñāṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Nirodhe ārammaṇato taṃsampayuttā pītipaṭisaṃvedanā asammohato na sambhavati mohappahānābhāvā, paṭisambhidāpāḷivirodhato ca. Tattha ‘‘dīghaṃ assāsavasenā’’tiādi ārammaṇato dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti tadārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattāti ettha adhippāyo. ‘‘Āvajjato’’tiādi asammohato pītipaṭisaṃvedanaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Aniccādivasena jānato, passato, paccavekkhato ca. Tadadhimuttatāvasena adhiṭṭhahato, adhimuccato, tathā vīriyādiṃ samādahato khaṇikasamādhinā.
“应证知”指以知遍知而证知;“应遍知”指以度遍知而遍知。一切苦谛既是应证知,也是应遍知。此处写有“此喜”等词。据说,“应证知”等是就道刹那而说。由于道完成了名为“不痴”的毗婆舍那作用,道也被说成像是以应证知等为所缘。为了显示毗婆舍那的所缘基础,故在奢摩他中因无身乐而如此说。在“觉知心行……学”与“寂止心行……学”这两句关于心行的经文中,所有“喜悦”等词都是喜的同义词。无常随观等是对烦恼及其根源——诸行——而作观察。如此修习,并非以生起四禅或五禅的方式,而是以圆满一切行相的方式修习。在毗婆舍那、道及省察时,同样以当下现行的入息为门,由善巧的世尊开示了这一切。显示巴利原文
Abhiññeyyanti ñātapariññāya. Pariññeyyanti tīraṇapariññāya. Sabbañhi dukkhasaccaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ, pariññeyyañca. Tatra cāyaṃ pītīti likhitaṃ. Abhiññeyyantiādi maggakkhaṇaṃ sandhāyāhāti vuttaṃ. Maggena asammohasaṅkhātavipassanākiccanipphattito maggopi abhiññeyyādiārammaṇaṃ karonto viya vutto. Vipassanābhūmidassanatthanti samathe kāyikasukhābhāvā vuttaṃ. Dvīsu cittasaṅkhārapadesūti cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃvedī…pe… sikkhati passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃvedī…pe… sikkhatīti etesu. Modanādi sabbaṃ pītivevacanaṃ. Aniccānupassanādi kilese, tammūlake khandhābhisaṅkhāre. Evaṃ bhāvitoti na catukkapañcakajjhānanibbattanena bhāvito. Evaṃ sabbākāraparipuṇṇaṃ katvā bhāvito. Vipassanāmaggapaccavekkhaṇakālesupi pavattaassāsamukheneva sabbaṃ dassitaṃ upāyakusalena bhagavatā.
168 为什么说“由我们”呢?这是它的意旨所在。显示巴利原文
168.Kasmā idaṃ vuccati amhehīti adhippāyo.
分别论注显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
172 “努力之语”,据说是明显的音声概念,即指同一个词。如同在“听到后而食用”中那样,对于故意想要夺取生命者,“故意”一词是“夺取”的努力表达,而思与夺命同属一事——这是此处所说的意思。据说优波帝须长老说,这是为了显示并非仅有心所便能成事,还必须要有加行。在应说“知已、识别已、故意、违犯已”时,也揭示了“知者……违犯”中的夺取义,因此不着重文句,而是彰显了意义。因为通过成就“违犯”这一意义,此前的思便成为意义的成就者。“一切微细的有身”是就色法而言,并非就无色法。因为在此不像《蕴分别》那样,对于名为“有身”的无色法,不取其粗细。说“于母胎中”是就多数情形,对于化生的人也同样是波罗夷。若问为什么不取无色有身,是因为那里没有加行?答:因为无色蕴与彼之色身命根共存。由此确立:具足命根者才称为人趣之身。这里的“于母胎中”,是指人类母胎或畜生母胎。正如《附随》中所说:显示巴利原文
172.Ussukkavacananti pākaṭasaddasaññā kira, samānakapadanti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Sutvā bhuñjantī’’ti ettha viya sañcicca voropetukāmassa sañciccapadaṃ voropanapadassa ussukkaṃ, sañcetanā ca jīvitā voropanañca ekassevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Na kevalaṃ cetasikamatteneva hoti, payogopi icchitabbo evāti dassetuṃ vuttānīti kira upatissatthero. ‘‘Jānitvā sañjānitvā cecca abhivitaritvā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘jānanto…pe… vītikkamo’’ti voropanampi dassitaṃ, tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā attho dassito. Vītikkamasaṅkhātatthasiddhiyā hi purimacetanā atthasādhikā hoti. Sabbasukhumaattabhāvanti rūpaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na arūpaṃ. Attasaṅkhātānañhi arūpānaṃ khandhavibhaṅge (vibha. 1 ādayo) viya idha oḷārikasukhumatā anadhippetā. Mātukucchisminti yebhuyyavacanaṃ, opapātikamanussepi pārājikameva, arūpakāye upakkamābhāvā taggahaṇaṃ kasmāti ce? Arūpakkhandhena saddhiṃ tasseva rūpakāyassa jīvitindriyasambhavato. Tena sajīvakova manussaviggahopi nāma hotīti siddhaṃ. Ettha mātukucchisminti manussamātuyā vā tiracchānamātuyā vā. Vuttañhi parivāre (pari. 480) –
若杀害女人与母,若杀害男人与父;
杀害母与父后,不因此立即触证;
这些问题是诸善巧者所思维。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Itthiṃ hane ca mātaraṃ, purisañca pitaraṃ hane; Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, na tenānantaraṃ phuse; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti.
所谓“第一”,即指结生心。因为在同一生所摄的心相续中,结生心被称为第一心,死心被称为最后心。否则,在无始的轮回中,若无无间缘、等无间缘、无有缘、离去缘等,心便不能生起,也就根本没有“第一心”可言;倘若承认实有,便会犯下新生有情出现的过失。虽然不能夺取这个“一切第一”的人身之命,但以此为起点,在相续中直至死亡所生起的无量人身中,它被称为“一切第一”。然而,当某一人身依前后次第而成为相续所摄时,则可以夺取其生命,因为破坏相续即名为夺取生命。在此,若以别异之理为意趣,“一切第一”的说法是合理的;若以同一之理,由于相续是同一的,则不合理。而此处依“破坏相续”的说法,是以同一之理为意趣,那么“一切第一”之说便不合理了吗?并非如此,因为相续中有多个现前者。然而,所谓相续,是指多个前后生起,所以说“这是第一”,如此两种道理在此都得到含摄,否则“破坏相续”这句话便不能成立。虽然此处由“破坏相续”的说法,似乎只以相续现前为意趣,而非以时分现前为意趣,但尽管如此,因为当相续现前被破坏时,时分现前也必然被破坏;而当说“时”显示巴利原文
Paṭhamanti paṭisandhicittameva. Ekabhavapariyāpannāya hi cittasantatiyā paṭisandhicittaṃ paṭhamacittaṃ nāma. Cuticittaṃ pacchimaṃ nāma. Aññathā anamatagge saṃsāre paṭhamacittaṃ nāma natthi vinā anantarasamanantaranatthivigatapaccayehi cittuppattiyā abhāvato. Bhāve vā navasattapātubhāvadosappasaṅgo. Ayaṃ sabbapaṭhamo manussaviggahoti kiñcāpi imaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ na sakkā, taṃ ādiṃ katvā santatiyā yāva maraṇā uppajjanakamanussaviggahesu aparimāṇesu ‘‘sabbapaṭhamo’’ti dissati. Yadā pana yo manussaviggaho pubbāpariyavasena santatippatto hoti, tadā taṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ sakkā. Santatiṃ vikopento hi jīvitā voropeti nāma. Ettha ca nānattanaye adhippete sati ‘‘sabbapaṭhamo’’ti vacanaṃ yujjati, na pana ekattanaye santatiyā ekattā. Ekattanayo ca idhādhippeto ‘‘santatiṃ vikopetī’’ti vacanato, tasmā ‘‘sabbapaṭhamo’’ti vacanaṃ na yujjatīti ce? Na, santatipaccuppannabahuttā. Yasmā pana santati nāma anekesaṃ pubbāpariyuppatti vuccati, tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ sabbapaṭhamo’’ti vutto, evamettha dvepi nayā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, aññathā ‘‘santatiṃ vikopetī’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ na sijjhati. Kiñcāpi ettha ‘‘santatiṃ vikopetī’’ti vacanato santatipaccuppannameva adhippetaṃ, na addhāpaccuppannaṃ viya dissati, tathāpi yasmā santatipaccuppanne vikopite addhāpaccuppannaṃ vikopitameva hoti, addhāpaccuppanne pana vikopite santatipaccuppannaṃ vikopitaṃ hotīti ettha vattabbaṃ natthi. Tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tadubhayampi voropetuṃ sakkā, tasmā tadeva sandhāya ‘santatiṃ vikopetī’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabba’’nti āha. ‘‘Santatiṃ vikopetī’’ti vacanato pakatiyā āyupariyantaṃ patvā maraṇakasatte vītikkame sati anāpatti vītikkamapaccayā santatiyā akopitattā. Vītikkamapaccayā ce āyupariyantaṃ appatvā antarāva maraṇakasatte vītikkamapaccayā āpatti, kammabaddho cāti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya, ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso’’ti vacanato vā cetanākkhaṇe eva pārājikāpatti ekantākusalattā, dukkhavedanattā, kāyakammattā, vacīkammattā, kiriyattā cāti veditabbaṃ.
“仅七处速行刹那”是就同类所缘而说,因此才有“依同类相续”等语。由于它具备了与其相对立的法,成为无间缘,对于弱者而言,就如同先前不存在一般。此即是命根的破坏。显示巴利原文
Sattaṭṭhajavanavāramattanti sabhāgārammaṇavasena vuttaṃ, teneva ‘‘sabhāgasantativasenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ . Attano paṭipakkhena samannāgatattā samanantarassa paccayaṃ hontaṃ yathā pure viya ahutvā dubbalassa. Tanti jīvitindriyavikopanaṃ.
“灾厄”指七种蝎子等,在战斗时被放出以咬杀敌人为目的。“热笼”指身体发烧。“针”指矛。“绞肠痧”指干性霍乱之类。“痢疾”指赤痢。变化出高达二三十寻的巨象身形立于前,将其拔起杀害;或由于忿怒而注视,令他人身体非时死亡或产生灼烧,这些名为(杀生的)方便。显示巴利原文
Ītinti sattavidhavicchikādīni yuddhe ḍaṃsitvā māraṇatthaṃ vissajjenti. Pajjarakanti sarīraḍāhaṃ. Sūcikanti sūlaṃ. Visūcikanti sukkhamātisāraṃvasayaṃ. Pakkhandiyanti rattātisāraṃ. Dvattibyāmasatappamāṇe mahākāye nimminitvā ṭhitanāguddharaṇaṃ, kujjhitvā olokite paresaṃ kāye visamaraṇaṃ vā ḍāhuppādanaṃ vā payogo nāma.
“某些”指大众部。“此女人”。“胎儿的”意为胎儿的。为何她的胎儿会属于另一人?当那人以恶意不加守护时,胎儿与神通二者一并灭去,如同陶灯破碎时灯火熄灭,在同一刹那发生。有记载说:“这在他们的经部师中流传,并不相符。”又说:“采信他们的见解后,有人说‘这也适用于地等’,对此,有些人说应以三法遮止。”在亲手杀的舍堕方便中,应知与令成就的第七思俱生的身表,为亲手性。在教令杀中,由于七种思皆可生起语表,七个声音合为一个音节;若以多少音节表达了自己的意图,应知与令最后音节生起的第七思俱生的语表,为令杀性。明咒方便也是如此。在以身命令中,则与亲手的方法相同。在地等方便中,只要他人死亡,便被业所系缚而有罪;此后若更有过量行为,应知为众多业所系缚。然而,只要他人死亡,此处波罗夷罪唯有一个。由于成就义利的思唯在此处及第二波罗夷中获得,而非他处,故此二者共通的偈颂如下:显示巴利原文
Kecīti mahāsaṅghikā. Ayaṃ itthī. Kulumbassāti gabbhassa. Kathaṃ sā itarassāti ce? Tassa duṭṭhena manasānupakkhite so ca gabbho sā ca iddhīti ubhayampi saheva nassati, ghaṭaggīnaṃ bhedanibbāyanaṃ viya ekakkhaṇe hoti. ‘‘Tesaṃ suttantikesu ocariyamānaṃ na sametī’’ti likhitaṃ, ‘‘tesaṃ mataṃ gahetvā ‘thāvarīnampi ayaṃ yujjatī’ti vutte tikavasena paṭisedhitabbanti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Sāhatthikanissaggiyapayogesu sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāya sattamāya sahuppannakāyaviññattiyā sāhatthikatā veditabbā. Āṇattike pana sattahipi cetanāhi saha vacīviññattisambhavato sattasatta saddā ekato hutvā ekekakkharabhāvaṃ gantvā yattakehi akkharehi attano adhippāyaṃ viññāpeti, tadavasānakkharasamuṭṭhāpikāya sattamacetanāya sahajātavacīviññattiyā āṇattikatā veditabbā. Tathā vijjāmayapayoge. Kāyenāṇattiyaṃ pana sāhatthike vuttanayova. Thāvarapayoge yāvatā parassa maraṇaṃ hoti, tāvatā kammabaddho, āpatti ca. Tato paraṃ atisañcaraṇe kammabaddhātibahuttaṃ veditabbaṃ sati paraṃ maraṇe. Pārājikāpatti panettha ekā. Atthasādhakacetanā yasmā ettha ca dutiyapārājike ca labbhati, na aññattha, tasmā dvinnampi sādhāraṇā imā gāthāyo –
凡已住立于法决定者,他们法即为决定;
凡当修习于法决定者,这些法此中为不决定。
已生起法的决定性:其缘的住立即是安住;
应修习法的决定性:其缘的住立仍有所待。
因此,另有其他因存在,此亦是法的决定性;
其果为不定;若期果,则决定。
如是,一切诸法的法决定皆安住;
已得法决定的那个思,即是成就义利之思。
在思愿成就之前,及于其义利成就之后;
不加简别,一切六种皆成就义利。
于教令中,若能依分别而阐明——因此,所说的正是这成就义理的教令。
于邪性中或于正性,有许为决定及不决定者;
于阿毗达摩中,非一切皆有;彼于此中,方为决定。
凡一切偷盗之思,无论亲手或教令而行;
依阿毗达摩之理趣,此当为决定性。
基于杀生,有亲手作、教令作等;
依阿毗达摩,这些法各自应归于彼之二法。
命根断绝与思,此即二者;
不等同于亲手作业,何况与教令相等。
若在命根断绝的刹那有杀者,
死者、睡眠者或醒觉者,善巧者即是杀者。
善三法之分别,以及受三法之分别;
如来成就者,或有亲手杀思。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhūtadhammaniyāmā ye, te dhammā niyatā matā; Bhāvidhammaniyāmā ye, teva aniyatā idha. ‘‘Bhūtadhammaniyāmānaṃ, ṭhitāva sā paccayaṭṭhiti; Bhāvidhammaniyāmānaṃ, sāpekkhā paccayaṭṭhiti. ‘‘Tenaññā hetuyā atthi, sāpi dhammaniyāmatā; Tassā phalaṃ aniyataṃ, phalāpekkhā niyāmatā. ‘‘Evañhi sabbadhammānaṃ, ṭhitā dhammaniyāmatā; Laddhadhammaniyāmā yā, sātthasādhakacetanā. ‘‘Cetanāsiddhito pubbe, pacchā tassātthasiddhito; Avisesena sabbāpi, chabbidhā atthasādhikā. ‘‘Āṇattiyaṃ yato sakkā, vibhāvetuṃ vibhāgato; Tasmā āṇattiyaṃyeva, vuttā sā atthasādhikā. ‘‘Micchatte vāpi sammatte, niyatāniyatā matā; Abhidhamme na sabbatthi, tattha sā niyatā siyā. ‘‘Yā theyyacetanā sabbā, sahatthāṇattikāpi vā; Abhidhammanayenāyaṃ, ekantaniyatā siyā. ‘‘Pāṇātipātaṃ nissāya, sahatthāṇattikādikā; Abhidhammavasenesā, paccekaṃ taṃ dukaṃ bhaje. ‘‘Jīvitindriyupacchedo, cetanā ceti taṃ dvayaṃ; Na sāhatthikakammena, pagevāṇattikāsamaṃ. ‘‘Jīvitindriyupacchedo, cetanā ceti taṃ dvayaṃ; Na sāhatthikakammena, pagevāṇattikāsamaṃ. ‘‘Jīvitindriyupacchedakkhaṇe vadhakacetanā; Cirāṭhitāti ko dhammo, niyāmeti āpattikaṃ. ‘‘Jīvitindriyupacchedakkhaṇe ce vadhako siyā; Mato sutto pabuddho vā, kusalo vadhako siyā. ‘‘Kusalattikabhedo ca, vedanāttikabhedopi; Siyā tathā gato siddho, sahatthā vadhakacetanā’’ti.
然而,在注释所引用的五种决定——种子决定、时节决定、业决定、法决定、心决定之中,我认为此成就义理的思与之相应。若认为“成就义理的思之决定并不存在”,则会招致思的邪性、正性、决定性亦不存在的过失。应知:无论以何种方式归属,一切思皆依其可能而进入业决定与心决定之中。在“命之过患”与“死相显示”中,并未加以分别;而在此处的“思惟”句中,由于“死想者、死思者、死意趣者”未被彰显,所以加以分别,因其微细而不粗大,或因未曾被分别而作分别。这并非寻的名称,不应仅理解为寻的名称,而应理解为想与思等的名称。《断疑》中也是如此说的。显示巴利原文
Yāni pana bījautukammadhammacittaniyāmāni pañca aṭṭhakathāya ānetvā nidassitāni, tesu ayamatthasādhakacetanā yogaṃ gacchatīti maññe ‘‘ayaṃ atthasādhakacetanāniyamo natthī’’ti cetanānaṃ micchattasammattaniyatānampi natthibhāvappasaṅgato. Bhajāpiyamānā yena, tena sabbepi yathāsambhavaṃ kammacittaniyāme bhajanti gacchantīti veditabbaṃ. Jīvite ādīnavo maraṇavaṇṇadassane na vibhattova, idha pana saṅkappapade atthato ‘‘maraṇasaññī maraṇacetano maraṇādhippāyo’’ti evaṃ avibhūtattā vibhatto, apākaṭattā, anoḷārikattā vā avibhāgā kāritā vā. Nayidaṃ vitakkassa nāmanti na vitakkasseva nāmaṃ, kintu saññācetanānampi nāmanti gahetabbaṃ. Kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyampi evameva vuttaṃ.
174 由于提到“以身”,本当说“以刀、针”,但为使文句通顺,而说“以箭、刀等”。在未限定对象的情况下,业的所缘可能是他,也可能是别人。关于“两者”:虽然第一击并不能单独达成死亡,但获得第二击后便能成为夺命之因,因为那正是杀人者为此目的而给予的;而第二击是以不同的心给予的,因此善说“仅以第一击”。老师写道:“名为‘思’的,若是粗重,则是缘于粗重所缘而生起的前分思,其本性即是杀思;若非粗重,则不是。”又说:“以前分思为眷属,唯杀思是粗重的。”所谓“如所欲”:两者皆刺穿;据说,即使有约定,亲手杀人者亦不得脱罪。显示巴利原文
174.Kāyatoti vuttattā ‘‘sattiñasū’’ti vattabbe vacanasiliṭṭhatthaṃ ‘‘ususattiādinā’’ti vuttaṃ. Anuddesike kammassārammaṇaṃ so vā hoti, añño vā. Ubhayehīti kiñcāpi paṭhamappahāro na sayameva sakkoti, dutiyaṃ labhitvā pana sakkonto jīvitavināsanahetu ahosi, tadatthameva hi vadhakena so dinno, dutiyo pana aññena cittena dinno, tena suṭṭhu vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭhamappahārenevā’’ti, ‘‘cetanā nāma dāruṇāti garuṃ vatthuṃ ārabbha pavattapubbabhāgacetanā pakatisabhāvavadhakacetanā, no dāruṇā hotī’’ti ācariyena likhitaṃ. ‘‘Pubbabhāgacetanā parivārā, vadhakacetanāva dāruṇā hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yathādhippāyanti ubhopi paṭivijjhati, sāhatthikopi saṅketattā na muccati kira.
“业的差别”在注释书中未曾提及。据称,“如此射,如此打,如此捉”与圣典相符,为师长所采纳。据说,“向前打之后”等只是事相的混淆。其中,“立于村庄者”是限定于个人。然而,有人依据性别特征而命令“杀那个长的……乃至……”,则未加限定。其他师说:如果加以限定而说,则应说“杀那个长的”。据说诸师长则说:“当说‘长的’时,即已被限定;如此,他虽未加限定而说,但命令者的意图并非‘杀长等之中的某一个’。”有记载说:“然而,其义是:即使心中指向某一个,也未加限定而命令。”“另一人杀了另一个相似者,命令者得脱罪”——这是因为他未能达到所意图的目标。在某《结节注》中记载:“如此,依长等类别,似乎也应以心未加限定为合理。”应善加审察而领受一切。由于场所已被限定,在此,以场所作限定而指示者,他只想杀坐在那个场所的人,而他自己当时并不在那里。因此,场所连同自己的命根并不成为所缘,由此,被自己所杀者,只是他人被自己所杀。如何呢?自己先变为矮小瘦弱,在之前阶段,当以自己为目标而于命令刹那命令“杀那个长的、矮的、胖的、有力的”。显示巴利原文
Kiriyāviseso aṭṭhakathāsu anāgato. ‘‘Evaṃ vijjha, evaṃ pahara, evaṃ ghāhehī’ti pāḷiyā sametīti ācariyena gahito’’ti vadanti. Purato paharitvātiādi vatthuvisaṅketameva kira. Etaṃ gāme ṭhitanti puggalova niyamito. Yo pana liṅgavasena ‘‘dīghaṃ…pe… mārehī’’ti āṇāpeti aniyametvā. Yadi niyametvā vadati, ‘‘etaṃ dīgha’’nti vadeyyāti apare. Ācariyā pana ‘‘dīghanti vutte niyamitaṃ hoti, evaṃ aniyametvā vadati, na pana āṇāpako dīghādīsu aññataraṃ mārehīti adhippāyo’’ti vadanti kira. ‘‘Attho pana cittena ekaṃ sandhāyapi aniyametvā āṇāpetī’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Itaro aññaṃ tādisaṃ māreti, āṇāpako muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ yathādhippāyaṃ na gatattā. ‘‘Evaṃ dīghādivasenāpi cittena aniyamitassevāti yuttaṃ viya dissatī’’ti aññatarasmiṃ gaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ, suṭṭhu vīmaṃsitvā sabbaṃ gahetabbaṃ, okāsassa niyamitattāti ettha okāsaniyamaṃ katvā niddisanto tasmiṃ okāse nisinnaṃ māretukāmova hoti, sayaṃ pana tadā tattha natthi. Tasmā okāsena saha attano jīvitindriyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ na hoti, tena attanā mārāpito paro eva mārāpito. Kathaṃ? Sayaṃ rasso ca tanuko ca hutvā pubbabhāge attānaṃ sandhāya āṇattikkhaṇe ‘‘dīghaṃ rassaṃ thūlaṃ balavantaṃ mārehī’’ti āṇāpentassa cittaṃ attani tassākārassa natthitāya aññassa tādisassa jīvitindriyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattati, tena mūlaṭṭhassa kammabaddho. Evaṃsampadamidanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
在辗转派遣使者的解说中:“他命令,犯恶作罪。他转告他人,也犯恶作罪。”这是依据师徒之间在适当情况下告知或接受时所说的恶作。若杀手不接受,则他的恶作罪成立;但由于没有相应的场合,故未说明。因为根本者所应犯之罪的场合未被限定,所以在那场合说为偷兰遮罪。如果杀手接受,则根本者——即师长——在先前已犯的恶作罪之上,更犯偷兰遮罪。为什么呢?因为大众被他教唆作恶。然而,如果杀手不传达那件事,则犯恶作与偷兰遮罪。如果他传达,则只犯巴拉基咖罪。为什么呢?因为没有达成目的的思。在《随结节注》中则说:“他接受,这本身是恶作罪。若问:既然如此,为何在圣典中未说?答:因为杀手接受后说‘好的,我做’却不去做。为阐明对此生疑者‘根本者究竟如何?他犯恶作罪吗?’的意义,而说‘根本者犯偷兰遮罪’。”“杀手接受犯恶作罪,根本者犯偷兰遮罪”——此说不成立,因为说“杀手接受,犯恶作罪”正是为了显示根本者所应犯之罪。显示巴利原文
Dūtaparamparāniddese āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Itarassa āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ācariyantevāsīnaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ ārocane, paṭiggaṇhane dukkaṭaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Na vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa dukkaṭanti siddhaṃ hoti. Taṃ pana okāsābhāvato na vuttaṃ. Mūlaṭṭhena āpajjitabbāpattiyā hi tassa okāso aparicchinno, tenassa tasmiṃ okāse thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Vadhako ce paṭiggaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭho ācariyo pubbe āpannadukkaṭena saha thullaccayampi āpajjati. Kasmā? Mahājano hi tena pāpe niyojitoti. Idaṃ pana dukkaṭathullaccayaṃ vadhako ce tamatthaṃ na sāveti āpajjati. Yadi sāveti, pārājikamevāpajjati. Kasmā? Atthasādhakacetanāya abhāvā. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘paṭiggaṇhati, taṃ dukkaṭaṃ hoti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā pāṭhe na vuttanti ce? Vadhako pana ‘sādhu karomī’ti paṭiggaṇhitvā taṃ na karoti. Evañhi niyame ‘mūlaṭṭhassa kiṃ nāma hoti, kimassa dukkaṭāpattī’ti sañjātakaṅkhānaṃ tadatthadīpanatthaṃ ‘mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassā’’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti āpatti dukkaṭassa, mūlaṭṭhassa ca āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti vuttaṃ na silissati, mūlaṭṭhena āpajjitabbāpattidassanādhikārattā vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti vuttaṃ.
在“离题之使”的解说中,提到:“世尊因为想说,而在此处难以说清且无意义,故未说。”至于注释书中所说的“唯根本者犯恶作”,于此可作如下审察:当师长所派遣的佛护将此事转告僧护时,虽然有人会回应“好的”而接受,但由于离题,此恶作仅属于师长,而非佛护。何以故?因为达成杀心的思已构成犯。正因如此,圣典中说:“命令者与杀手犯巴拉基咖罪。”然而,对于根本者所应犯的恶作,由于“根本者无罪”这一语句未对场合加以限定,所以未作说明。显示巴利原文
Visakkiyadūtapadaniddese ‘‘vattukāmatāya ca kicchenettha vatvā payojanaṃ natthīti bhagavatā na vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana ‘‘mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭa’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – ācariyena āṇattena buddharakkhitena tadatthe saṅgharakkhitasseva ārocite kiñcāpi yo ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, atha kho ācariyassevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ visaṅketattā, na buddharakkhitassa, kasmā? Atthasādhakacetanāya āpannattā. Teneva ‘‘āṇāpakassa ca vadhakassa ca āpatti pārājikassā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pana mūlaṭṭhena āpajjitabbadukkaṭaṃ ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassa anāpattī’’ti iminā aparicchinnokāsattā na vuttaṃ.
应知:由于在“不离题”中,说“根本者犯偷兰遮罪”,因此在“离题”中,犯恶作罪的道理得以成立。“杀手接受,犯恶作罪”——然而,此处的恶作仅属于杀手。因为他先令命令者佛护犯下巴拉基咖罪,然后自己断除对方生命而犯下。虽然圣典中并未说“他断除其生命,命令者与杀手犯巴拉基咖罪”,但依据义理,此义已说;且依照先前“巴拉基咖是从何时起制定的”这一理趣,故未明说。因为先前已说:“他断除其生命,一切人犯巴拉基咖罪。”在此处,先前所说的师徒恶作与偷兰遮罪,因他们已犯巴拉基咖罪,故最初便未犯。尽管如此,由于杀手的巴拉基咖罪,他们的巴拉基咖性已成立,故总说为“一切人犯巴拉基咖罪”;而在“命令者与杀手犯巴拉基咖罪”中则不成立此说。何以故?因为杀手已犯恶作罪。他先犯恶作罪,后犯巴拉基咖罪。但是,如果弟子们仅是出于对师长的尊重而传达消息,内心并无杀意,则没有巴拉基咖罪。由于传递了非法的消息,只会犯下恶作罪。为证成此义,有些人举出《法句经》注故事中,猎鹿人那已证得须陀洹果的妻子为他递弓、箭、矛等为例。这与《鹧鸪本生》的事理相符。因此,师长认为:“这与经藏及注释书相符,并非我的臆测。”在显示巴利原文
Avisaṅkete ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti vuttattā visaṅkete āpatti dukkaṭassāti siddhanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti idaṃ pana dukkaṭaṃ vadhakasseva. So hi paṭhamaṃ āṇāpakaṃ buddharakkhitaṃ pārājikāpattiṃ pāpetvā sayaṃ jīvitā voropetvā āpajjissatīti kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āṇāpakassa ca vadhakassa ca āpatti pārājikassā’’ti na vuttaṃ, tathāpi taṃ atthato vuttameva, ‘‘yato pārājikaṃ paññatta’’nti pubbe vuttanayattā ca taṃ na vuttaṃ. ‘‘So taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassā’’ti hi pubbe vuttaṃ. Ettha pubbe ācariyantevāsikānaṃ vuttadukkaṭathullaccayāpattiyo paṭhamameva anāpannā pārājikāpattiyā āpannattā. Tathāpi vadhakassa pārājikāpattiyā tesaṃ pārājikabhāvo pākaṭo jātoti katvā ‘‘āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassā’’ti ekato vuttaṃ, na tathā ‘‘āṇāpakassa, vadhakassa ca āpatti pārājikassā’’ti ettha. Kasmā? Vadhakassa dukkaṭāpattiyā āpannattā. So hi paṭhamaṃ dukkaṭāpattiṃ āpajjitvā pacchā pārājikaṃ āpajjati. Yadi pana antevāsikā kevalaṃ ācariyassa garukatāya sāsanaṃ ārocenti sayaṃ amaraṇādhippāyā samānā pārājikena anāpatti. Akappiyasāsanaharaṇapaccayā dukkaṭāpatti hoti eva, imassatthassa sādhanatthaṃ dhammapadavatthūhi migaluddakassa bhariyāya sotāpannāya dhanuususūlādidānaṃ nidassanaṃ vadanti eke. Taṃ tittirajātakena (jā. 1.4.73 ādayo) sameti, tasmā suttañca aṭṭhakathañca anulometīti no takkoti ācariyo. Idha pana dūtaparamparāya ca ‘‘itthannāmassa pāvada, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ pāvadatū’’ti ettha avisesetvā vuttattā vācāya vā ārocetu, hatthamuddāya vā, paṇṇena vā, dūtena vā ārocetu, visaṅketo natthi. Sace visesetvā mūlaṭṭho, antarādūto vā vadati, tadatikkame visaṅketoti veditabbaṃ.
现在,就这双重论题本身,依据《随结句》中所说的理趣,予以宣说:“杀手接受了,犯恶作罪”——这是杀手自身的罪,并非命令者佛护的罪。然而,如果他在被杀、死亡或不死亡这三种情况中,必然作出了其中任何一种,那么在佛护下达命令的刹那,就可能犯下巴拉基咖罪或恶作罪中的一种。正如在“如此心、意”的论题中,“iti”一词的用法一样,此处“心的思惟”也是如此;从“杀手接受了,根本者的罪是偷兰遮”这一论题中,已表明了“根本者的罪是恶作”。若问:为何不以本来面目宣说?那是为了由此进一步开示理趣。因为,若说“根本者的罪是恶作”,由于被限定为根本者本身,便无法知晓“接受者犯恶作”。而当不加限定地说“杀手接受了,犯恶作”时,则能将两者都归结于恶作。正因如此,注释书老师们才紧扣论题而说:“当僧护接受时,应知这只是根本者的恶作。”在此处,接受者既未被开许,也未被遮止,佛护只是因为未被限定而被遮止;然而,他可能犯巴拉基咖或恶作中的一种——这一意义已经阐明,因此此说亦为善说。由于能将两者都归结其中,所以老师们说:“这仅是接受者的恶作。”其中,根本者既未被开许,因为缺少“根本者”一词;也未被遮止,因为圣典中。显示巴利原文
Idāni imasmiṃyeva adhikāradvaye anugaṇṭhipade vuttanayo vuccati – ‘‘vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vadhakasseva āpatti, na āṇāpakassa buddharakkhitassa. Yadi pana so vajjhamaraṇāmaraṇesu avassamaññataraṃ karoti, buddharakkhitassāṇattikkhaṇe eva pārājikadukkaṭesu aññataraṃ siyā. ‘‘Iti cittamano’’ti adhikārato ‘‘cittasaṅkappo’’ti etthāpi iti-saddo viya ‘‘vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti adhikārato ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttameva hoti. Kasmā sarūpena na vuttanti ce? Tato cuttari nayadānatthaṃ. ‘‘Mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti hi vutte mūlaṭṭhasseva vasena niyamitattā ‘‘paṭiggaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti na ñāyati. ‘‘Vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti hi aniyametvā vutte sakkā ubhayesaṃ vasena dukkaṭe yojetuṃ. Tasmā eva hi aṭṭhakathācariyehi adhikāraṃ gahetvā ‘‘saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite mūlaṭṭhasseva dukkaṭanti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Paṭiggaṇhantassa neva anuññātaṃ, na paṭikkhittaṃ, kevalantu buddharakkhitassa aniyamitattā paṭikkhittaṃ, tassa pana pārājikadukkaṭesu aññataraṃ bhaveyyāti ayamattho dīpito, tasmā tampi suvuttaṃ. Yasmā ubhayesaṃ vasena yojetuṃ sakkā, tasmā ācariyehi ‘‘paṭiggaṇhantassevetaṃ dukkaṭa’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha mūlaṭṭho neva anuññāto ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassā’’ti vacanābhāvato, na ca paṭikkhitto ‘‘paṭiggaṇhantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti pāḷiyā abhāvato, paṭiggaṇhanapaccayā vadhakassa dukkaṭaṃ siyāti nayaṃ dātuṃ ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ avuttattā ‘‘taṃ paṭiggaṇhantassevetaṃ dukkaṭa’’nti yaṃ vuttaṃ, tampi suvuttaṃ. Tatra hi buddharakkhitassa paṭikkhittaṃ, vuttanayena pana tassa āpatti aniyatāti. Kasmā pana aṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuttānaṃ paṭiggaṇhanapaccayā vadhakassa dukkaṭaṃ avatvā mūlaṭṭhasseva vasena dukkaṭaṃ vuttanti ce? Aniṭṭhanivāraṇatthaṃ. ‘‘Saṅgharakkhitena sampaṭicchite paṭiggaṇhanapaccayā tassa dukkaṭa’’nti hi vutte anantaranayena sarūpena vuttattā idhāpi mūlaṭṭhassa thullaccayaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttameva hotīti āpajjati. Iti taṃ evaṃ āpannaṃ thullaccayaṃ uttānanti taṃ avatvā paṭiggaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Anuttānattā aṭṭhakathāyanti imaṃ aniṭṭhaggahaṇaṃ nivāretuṃ ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassevetaṃ dukkaṭa’’nti vuttaṃ. Ācariyena hi vuttanayena paṭiggaṇhantassa dukkaṭampi uttānameva. Uttānañca kasmā amhākaṃ khantīti vuttanti ce? Paṭipattidīpanatthaṃ. ‘‘Piṭakattayādīsu appaṭihatabuddhiyopi ācariyā sarūpena pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca avuttattā evarūpesu nāma ṭhānesu evaṃ paṭipajjanti, kimaṅgaṃ pana mādisoti suhadayā kulaputtā anāgate vuttanayamanatikkamitvā saṅkaradosaṃ vivajjetvā vaṇṇanāvelañca anatikkamma paṭipajjantī’’ti ca aparehi vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathāya vā avuttattā evarūpesu nāma pāṭho ācariyena pacchā nikkhittattā kesuci potthakesu na dissatīti katvā sabbaṃ likhissāma. Evaṃ sante paṭiggahaṇe āpattiyeva na siyā, sañcarittapaṭiggahaṇamaraṇābhinandanesupi ca āpatti hoti, māraṇapaṭiggahaṇe kathaṃ na siyā, tasmā paṭiggaṇhantassevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tenevettha ‘‘mūlaṭṭhassā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Purimanayepi cetaṃ paṭiggaṇhantassa veditabbameva, okāsābhāvena pana na vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo yo paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa tassa tappaccayā āpattiyevāti ayamettha amhākaṃ khanti. Yathā cettha, evaṃ adinnādānepīti.
175 在“应供者、有应供想”等的解说中,虽然圣典与注释书仅提到恶作,但若有人以“让他辗转听闻后死去”的意图而发出呼喊,则在有指定对象的情况下,若被指定者因此致死,即犯波罗夷;若无指定对象,则无论谁因此致死,皆犯波罗夷。若指定说“让某某人听闻后转告应杀者”而发出呼喊,由于在辗转传递中具有“无指定性”,应当如是了知。若呼喊“任何听闻者去说”,而应杀者自己听闻后死去,由于无指定性,不犯波罗夷。若任何听闻者去说,而那人因此死亡,则犯波罗夷。若呼喊“任何听闻我话语者去杀他”,任何听闻者去杀,犯波罗夷;若自己听闻后去杀,由于无指定性,不犯波罗夷。应当如此随其所应而了知。显示巴利原文
175.Araho rahosaññīniddesādīsu kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyañca dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ, tathāpi tattha paramparāya sutvā maratūti adhippāyena ullapantassa uddese sati uddiṭṭhassa maraṇena āpatti pārājikassa, asati yassa kassaci maraṇena āpatti pārājikassa. ‘‘Itthannāmo sutvā me vajjhassa ārocetū’’ti uddisitvā ullapantassa visaṅketatā dūtaparamparāya vuttattā veditabbā. Sace ‘‘yo koci sutvā vadatū’’ti ullapati, vajjho sayameva sutvā marati, visaṅketattā na pārājikaṃ. Yo koci sutvā vadati, so ce marati, pārājikaṃ. ‘‘Yo koci mama vacanaṃ sutvā taṃ māretū’’ti ullapati, yo koci sutvā māreti, pārājikaṃ, sayameva sutvā māreti, visaṅketattā na pārājikanti evaṃ yathāsambhavo veditabbo.
176 “给了钱便得解脱”在此处的含义是:通过打破、折断、使之掉落、碾碎或投入火中,更不必说,已经表达了“解脱”的意义。“从谁的手中拿了钱”,是指那位比丘从被亲属围绕的人手中拿了钱,再将先前从书主手中拿到的钱还给那些亲属等人,如此便得解脱;这样一来,该书便归书主所有。然而《随结缚》中说:“即使他后悔了,迅速将钱还给他们,也得解脱”,这是针对用来购买书籍的那笔钱而说的。为什么?因为从书主手中拿了钱,即使书尚未归还,也能解脱。如果这是针对其他钱财而说,那就不合理,因为书尚且未从其所有权中解脱。如果他把书还给物主而不取回钱,则不得解脱,因为尚未从所有权中解脱。如果书被以原价赎回,而他说“就归你吧”并舍弃,则得解脱,因为已从所有权中解脱。这里有这样的辨析:如同购买了塔、佛像、池塘或桥,功德仍属于建造者而非购买者;同样地,恶业也应属于书写该书的人,而非他人,是这样吗?并非如此,因为经中说“或为他寻找持诵者”。因为,得到他人所造的论典后,若将其存放而导致(他人)死亡,即成波罗夷,这是成立的。同样地,得到他人所写的书……显示巴利原文
176.Mūlaṃ datvā muccatīti ettha bhinditvā, bhañjitvā, cavitvā, cuṇṇetvā, aggimhi pakkhipitvā vā pageva muccatīti atthato vuttameva hoti. Yesaṃ hatthato mūlaṃ gahitanti yesaṃ ñātakaparivāritānaṃ hatthato mūlaṃ tena bhikkhunā gahitaṃ, potthakasāmikahatthato pubbe dinnamūlaṃ puna gahetvā tesaññeva ñātakādīnaṃ datvā muccati, evaṃ potthakasāmikasseva santakaṃ jātaṃ hoti. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘sacepi so vippaṭisārī hutvā sīghaṃ tesaṃ mūlaṃ datvā muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yena dhanena potthako kīto, tañca dhanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Potthakasāmikahatthato dhane gahite potthake adinnepi muccanato. Sace aññaṃ dhanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na yuttaṃ potthakassa attaniyabhāvato amocitattā. Sace potthakaṃ sāmikānaṃ datvā mūlaṃ na gaṇhāti, na muccati attaniyabhāvato amocitattā. Sace potthakaṃ mūlaṭṭhena diyyamānaṃ ‘‘taveva hotū’’ti appeti, muccati attaniyabhāvato mocitattā. Etthāyaṃ vicāraṇā – yathā cetiyaṃ vā paṭimaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ setuṃ vā kiṇitvā gahitampi kārakassevetaṃ puññaṃ, na kiṇitvā gahitassa, tathā pāpampi yena potthako likhito, tasseva yujjati, na itarassāti ce? Na, ‘‘satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā’’ti vacanato. Parena hi katasatthaṃ labhitvā upanikkhipantassa pārājikanti siddhaṃ. Evaṃ parena likhitampi potthakaṃ labhitvā yathā vajjho taṃ passitvā marati, tathā upanikkhipeyya pārājikanti siddhaṃ hotīti. Cetiyādīti etamanidassanaṃ karaṇapaccayaṃ hi taṃ kammaṃ idaṃmaraṇapaccayanti evaṃ ācariyena vicāritaṃ. Mama pana cetiyādinidassaneneva sopi attho sādhetabbo viya paṭibhāti.
“那么多的杀生”——有记载说:“一个思心所,由其作用而被称为‘那么多’,正如四念处、四正勤被称为‘四类’一样。”“置于定量中”,即置于自己所认定的量中。若凶手怀着“我挖了这样的坑,让他掉进去死”的意图,限定了坑的量而挖掘,则针对此而说“在此坑中”。现在针对将要挖掘而未限定其量者,说“即使一锄头下去”等。虽然经部长老们有所提出,但诸阿阇梨认为:决定性的思心所在两种情况下都是存在的。若问:导致多人死亡时,如何确定所缘?在众多死囚中,当缘取一人的命根时,实际上已缘取了所有人的命根。即使只杀一人,也不可能缘取其全部寿命——未生起的、已生起的、正灭尽的;存在的杀生思心所,既以现在法为所缘,也以过去法为所缘,因此那也是合理的。在最末际的一个心刹那,以成为过去而住立的那段寿命为所缘,当第七速行中所含的思心所作努力时,实际上已缘取了该有情全部的命根,并已将其剥夺,除此以外别无可能。同样地,在预备阶段心想“我要杀许多有情”,在决定时刻,于下毒等行为中,成就一种努力的那个上述类型的思心所。显示巴利原文
Tattakā pāṇātipātāti ‘‘ekāpi cetanā kiccavasena ‘tattakā’ti vuttā satipaṭṭhānasammappadhānānaṃ catukkatā viyā’’ti likhitaṃ. Pamāṇe ṭhapetvāti attanā adhippetappamāṇe. ‘‘Kataṃ mayā evarūpe āvāṭe khaṇite tasmiṃ patitvā maratū’’ti adhippāyena vadhako āvāṭappamāṇaṃ niyametvā sace khaṇi, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘imasmiṃ āvāṭe’’ti. Idāni khaṇitabbaṃ sandhāya ettakappamāṇassa aniyamitattā ‘‘ekasmimpi kudālappahāre’’tiādi vuttaṃ, suttantikattherehi kiñcāpi upaṭhataṃ, tathāpi sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā ubhayattha atthevāti ācariyā. Bahūnaṃ maraṇe ārammaṇaniyame kathanti ce? Vajjhesu ekassa jīvitindriye ālambite sabbesamālambitameva hoti. Ekassa maraṇepi na tassa sakalaṃ jīvitaṃ sakkā ālambituṃ na uppajjamānaṃ, uppannaṃ, nirujjhamānaṃ, atthitāyapāṇātipātacetanāva paccuppannārammaṇā, purejātārammaṇā ca hoti, tasmā tampi yujjati. Pacchimakoṭiyā ekacittakkhaṇe purejātaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ taṃ jīvitamālambaṇaṃ katvā sattamajavanapariyāpannacetanāya opakkame kate atthato tassa sattassa sabbaṃ jīvitindriyamālambitaṃ, voropitañca hoti, ito panaññathā na sakkā; evameva pubbabhāge ‘‘bahūpisatte māremī’’ti cintetvā sanniṭṭhānakāle visapakkhipanādīsu ekaṃ payogaṃ sādhayamānā vuttappakāracetanā tesu ekassa vuttappakāraṃ jīvitindriyaṃ ālambaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati, evaṃ uppannāya panekāya sabbepi te māritā honti tāya eva sabbesaṃ maraṇasiddhito, aññathā na sakkā voropetuṃ, ālambituṃ vā. Tattha ekāya cetanāya bahūnaṃ maraṇe akusalarāsi kathanti ce? Visuṃ visuṃ maraṇe pavattacetanānaṃ kiccakaraṇato. Kathaṃ? Tā pana sabbā upapajjavedanīyāva honti, tasmā tāsu yāya kāyaci dinnāya paṭisandhiyā itarā sabbāpi ‘‘tato balavatarakusalapaṭibāhitā ahosikamma’’ntiādikoṭṭhāsaṃ bhajanti, punapi vipākaṃ janituṃ na sakkonti. Aparāpariyavedanīyāpi viya taṃ paṭibāhitvā kusalacetanā paṭisandhiṃ deti, tathā ayampi cetanā anantarabhave eva paṭisandhidānādivasena tāsaṃ kiccalesakaraṇato ekāpi samānā ‘‘rāsī’’ti vuttā. Tāya pana dinnāya paṭisandhiyā atitikkho vipāko hoti. Ayamettha visesotiādi anugaṇṭhipade papañcitaṃ.
“欲令其死”即有此意图,于化生死亡亦犯。若谓“因说‘已生’,故不见坠落”?书中写道:“化生与坠落是同一回事”。或者,依“无论如何皆已指定”之语,此处因有“令其死”之意图,故“无法越过而死,即犯巴拉基咖”已善说。若限定“坠落后死”而狭隘理解,化生人出生后依恒定法则思惟“无法越过”而死,则不见巴拉基咖罪影,故说“无法越过而死”。他因无法越过而屡屡坠落致死,其意图即是:即使因坠落,他亦必定死。于此可能有疑:所谓“无法越过而死”,是指处于卵生刹那、非色界有情之生存状态。且杀心依“不定法是邪定法的所缘缘,色命根是弑母业、弑父业、弑阿拉汉业、出血业的所缘缘”(发趣论2.15.38邪定三法)之语,以色命根为所缘;而该(命根)于无色界有情不存在;且该心依“不定法是邪定法的前生缘,所缘前生、依处前生、所缘前生。色命根是弑母业的前生缘”(发趣论2.15.48邪定三法)之语,并非以未来为所缘。此处不存在坠落后致死的有情,既然如此,杀心以何为所缘?即此处任何活着的有情之现在命根为所缘。即使他不死,亦成杀生。何以故?如“依次站立的七人,我欲射一箭而杀之”,于前分思惟,至决定刹那以其中一人之命根为所缘而射箭,箭未中彼而杀其余六人,如此彼亦是杀生者;同理,此处思惟“无论何人”,杀心以任何人之命根为所缘而转起,即使该人未死,依其余人之故亦成杀生者。若作为阿拉汉而般涅槃,则成弑阿拉汉者。此乃于一切此类情况之理则。此处正是依师承传来之理则决择说。显示巴利原文
Amaritukāmā vāti adhippāyattā opapātikamaraṇepi āpatti. ‘‘‘Nibbattitvā’ti vuttattā patanaṃ na dissatīti ce? Opapātikattaṃ, patanañca ekamevā’’ti likhitaṃ. Atha vā ‘‘sabbathāpi anuddissevā’’ti vacanato ettha maratūti adhippāyasambhavato ‘‘uttarituṃ asakkonto marati pārājikamevā’’ti suvuttaṃ. Sace ‘‘patitvā maratū’’ti niyametvā khaṇito hoti, opapātikamanusso ca nibbattitvā ṭhitaniyameneva ‘‘uttarituṃ na sakkā’’ti cintetvā maratīti pārājikacchāyā na dissati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘uttarituṃ asakkonto’’ti. So hi uttarituṃ asakkonto punappunaṃ patitvā marati, tena pātopi tassa siddho hotīti adhippāyo. Tattha siyā – yo pana ‘‘uttarituṃ asakkonto maratī’’ti vutto, so opātakhaṇanakkhaṇe arūpaloke jīvati. Vadhakacetanā ca ‘‘aniyato dhammo micchattaniyatassa dhammassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo, rūpajīvitindriyaṃ mātughātikammassa pitughātikammassa arahantaghātikammassa ruhiruppādakammassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 2.15.38 micchattaniyatattika) vacanato rūpajīvitindriyārammaṇaṃ hoti, na ca taṃ arūpāvacarasattassatthi, na ca sā cetanā ‘‘aniyato dhammo micchattaniyatassa dhammassa purejātapaccayena paccayo, ārammaṇapurejātaṃ vatthupurejātaṃ ārammaṇapurejātaṃ. Rūpajīvitindriyaṃ mātughātikammassa purejātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 2.15.48 micchattaniyatattika) vacanato anāgatārammaṇā hoti. Añño idha patitvā maraṇakasatto natthi, evaṃ sante vadhakacetanāya kiṃ ārammaṇanti ce? Yassa kassaci idha jīvanakasattassa paccuppannaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. Kiñcāpi so na marati, atha kho pāṇātipāto hoti eva. Yathā kiṃ ‘‘yathākkamena ṭhite satta jane ekena kaṇḍena vijjhitvā māremī’’ti pubbabhāge cintetvā sanniṭṭhānakāle tesu ekassa jīvitamārammaṇaṃ katvā kaṇḍaṃ vissajjeti, kaṇḍo taṃ virajjhitvā itare cha jane māreti, evaṃ santepi ayaṃ pāṇātipātī eva hoti, evamidhāpi ‘‘yo kocī’’ti vikappentassa vadhakacetanā yassa kassaci jīvitārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattati, tasmiṃ amatepi itarassa vasena pāṇātipātī. Sace arahā hutvā parinibbāyati, arahantaghātakova hoti. Esa nayo sabbattha evarūpesu. Ayameva hettha ācariyaparamparāgatā yutti vinicchayakathāti vuttaṃ.
“以坠落时的形态为量”,此处例如母亲坠落后转变为男相而死,则为杀母,非仅杀男,故唯依坠落即犯。何以故?因为坠落时的形态与死亡时的形态同属一个相续,彼即是其命根,并无转变;男女根于转起中虽有生灭,而彼处“男”“女”唯是假名施设,故唯是杀母,非杀男。正如依其坠落时的形态而犯(杀母罪),此处亦依坠落时的形态犯偷兰遮,因为同属一个相续——此为第一长老所说的理则。依第二说,亡者虽变为堕鬼、夜叉,但因是无因结生,如“左手为猪”(长部注2.296;大义释注166)所说夜叉的结生,为一切色法所共,且因属非人趣,死时依死亡时的形态犯波逸提,依所缘转成轻罪,如对该趣生砍伐树木等转为波逸提的情形。此说更为合理,故取后说。然而对于波罗夷,无论人趣的众生如何坠落、如何而死,唯犯波罗夷,因其罪重。因重罪无转犯之理,故作此说。显示巴利原文
Patanarūpaṃ pamāṇanti ettha yathā mātuyā patitvā parivattaliṅgāya matāya so mātughātako hoti, na kevalaṃ purisaghātako, tasmā patanasseva vasena āpatti. Kasmā? Patanarūpamaraṇarūpānaṃ ekasantānattā, tadeva hissa jīvitindriyaṃ, tassa hi parivattanaṃ natthi, itthipurisindriyāneva pavattiyaṃ nirujjhanuppajjanakāni, itthipurisoti ca tattha vohāramattameva, tasmā mātughātakova, na purisaghātakoti, yathā tassa patanarūpavasenāpatti, tathā idhāpi patanarūpavasena thullaccayaṃ ekasantānattāti ayaṃ paṭhamatheravāde yutti. Dutiye kiñcāpi peto patito, yakkho ca, atha kho ahetukapaṭisandhikattā akusalavipākassa ‘‘vāmena sūkaro hotī’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.296; mahāni. aṭṭha. 166) ettha vuttayakkhānaṃ paṭisandhi viya sabbarūpānaṃ sādhāraṇattā, amanussajātikattā ca tiracchānarūpena mate maraṇarūpavasena pācittiyaṃ, vatthuvasena lahukāpattiyā parivattanā hoti eva tatthajātakarukkhādichedanapācittiyaparivattanaṃ viya. Ayameva yuttataro, tasmā pacchā vutto. Pārājikassa pana manussajātiko yathā tathā vā patitvā yathā tathā vā maratu, pārājikameva garukattā. Garukāpattiyā hi viparivattanā natthīti vuttaṃ.
于畜生犯偷兰遮,命终后为破僧之因;
同形死有三类,富沙却作别想。
显示巴利原文 Thullaccayaṃ tiracchāne, mate bhedassa kāraṇaṃ; Sarūpamaraṇaṃ tisso, phusso maññeti aññathā.
而《键度疏》中写道:“第二说,是依凡夫坠堕后证阿拉汉果而死的情况而说。”关于此处“畜生”,有人说:“此处意指天神。”又说:“死时唯依各自本形而死,并非异类。”即使以夜叉、饿鬼之形而死,也同此道理,意即犯粗罪。书中写道“如畜生趣人形之死”,并释“受打击”为因作杀害有情之想而说。显示巴利原文
Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘dutiyavāde puthujjanassa patitvā arahattaṃ patvā marantassa vasena vutto’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Tiracchāne’’ti ettha keci vadanti ‘‘devā adhippetā’’ti. ‘‘Sakasakarūpeneva maraṇaṃ bhavati nāññathā’’ti ca vadanti. Yakkhapetarūpena matepi eseva nayoti thullaccayanti attho. ‘‘Tiracchānagatamanussaviggahamaraṇe viyā’’ti likhitaṃ. Pahāraṃ laddhāti sattānaṃ māraṇatthāya katattā vuttaṃ.
177 177.“善哉!甚善!死吧”者,作语表。异分病者,即身生痈、肿等。显示巴利原文
177.Sādhu suṭṭhu maratūti vacībhedaṃ karoti. Visabhāgarogoti sarīraṭṭho gaṇḍapīḷakādi.
178 “黑随”:据说是一种藤的根,或者是由大龟所造的花。“天鹅花”:即天鹅的翅膀羽毛。应依照下文所说的方法,配合手与指寸的规则,在此显示由身、语、心生起的方式。显示巴利原文
178.Kāḷānusārīti ekissā latāya mūlaṃ kira. Mahākacchapena katapupphaṃ vā. Haṃsapupphanti haṃsānaṃ pakkhapattaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttanayena sāhatthikāṇattikanayañhettha yojetvā kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhānavidhi dassetabbo.
然而,在此关于“已调伏事”的解释中,法喜长老说:“这是我们老师的说法。” “摄阿阇梨们的主张”,有些人这样说。前面已说的也是他们,因此,依世俗的用法,即使对不欲舍弃者这样做了,也称为“舍弃”。应当这样理解这些词句的意义。如果这样,则与注疏中所说“因为处所移离不存在,故为恶作”极为相符。这里应取“因为处所移离的心不存在,即使从处所落下,也不称为‘从处所落下’”的意义。“在其他情况下也是如此”,因为没有盗心,即使想要从处所移离者,也应得恶作罪。显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
180 “即使成为求死之人”:由于他们以身体坏灭而往生天界为目的,因此实际上就是求死之人。怀有如此意图者即称为求死之人。他们并非在了知自己求死之心的情况下犯波罗夷罪,因为并不能说他们“不知自心之转起”。“依世俗的用法”:依前分的世俗惯用语,但在胜义上并不存在,不像放走陷阱中野猪那样(有意图)。“随顺关联”:意指“在中间未死”。“未加审察”:即未加辨别,因为下方若有某物,会产生褶皱。“在已显示时”:即取出、放置之后。“障碍”:你作了障碍,意思是“你不要障碍僧团受用”。显示巴利原文
180.Maraṇatthikāva hutvāti imassa kāyassa bhedena saggapāpanādhippāyattā atthato maraṇatthikāva hutvā evaṃadhippāyino maraṇatthikā nāma hontīti attano maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā āpannā pārājikaṃ. Na hi te ‘‘attano cittappavattiṃ na jānantī’’ti vuccanti. Vohāravasenāti pubbabhāgavohāravasena. Sanniṭṭhāne panetaṃ natthi. Pāse baddhasūkaramocane viya na hoti. Yathānusandhināti antarā amaritvāti attho. Appaṭivekkhitvāti avicāretvā. Heṭṭhimabhāge hi kismiñci vijjamāne vali paññāyati. Dassiteti uddharitvā ṭhapite. Paṭibandhanti tayā paṭibandhaṃ, paribhogantarāyaṃ saṅghassa mā akāsīti attho.
181-2 由于不能给出动作,所以称为“最初得到的”。即使以前从自己所得的钵食中,把更胜妙的食物给予他人,那时也属于作持。“非故意”:指在拉扯一物时,另一物落下,完全没有意图。“并非以死为目的”:有瞋怒和加行,但无杀心。“不知道者”:他们说:“由于不知事而不知道的人没有过失,据说这是他们的差别。”“我是非故意的”这一句在经文中未出现,但由于注疏中有所说明,应有那样的经文。如果不是这样,在偷兰遮罪中,他们说:“如果不生起苦受,只是恶作”,这应当审察。“木槌”:是指咀嚼用的棒。“纬线”:指那些在咀嚼棒的下面、上面和横向应绑缚的棒。下面两种也如此读。如同手触一般,“为了不让他散乱”而切断。在宣告了殊胜证得后,由于对因此产生的恭敬感到羞惭,而对同修们宣告后切断食物,因为他们告知了净田。显示巴利原文
181-2. Yasmā kiriyaṃ dātuṃ na sakkā, tasmā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ laddha’’nti vuttaṃ. Pubbepi attanā laddhapiṇḍapātato paṇītapaṇītaṃ dento tatthapi attakāriyaṃ adāsi. Asañciccāti ettha aññaṃ ākaḍḍhantassa aññassa patane sabbena sabbaṃ abhisandhi natthi. Na maraṇādhippāyassāti paṭigho ca payogo ca atthi, vadhakacetanā natthi. Ajānantassāti ettha ‘‘vatthuajānanavasena ajānantassa doso natthi, idaṃ kira tesaṃ nānattaṃ. ‘Asañcicco aha’nti pāḷiyaṃ na dissati. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā tathārūpāya pāḷiyā bhavitabba’’nti vadanti. No ce, thullaccayanti ettha ‘‘dukkhavedanā ce nuppajjati, dukkaṭamevā’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Muggarā nāma khādanadaṇḍakā. Vemā nāma tesaṃ khādanadaṇḍakānaṃ heṭṭhā ca upari ca tiriyaṃ bandhitabbadaṇḍā’’ti likhitaṃ. Heṭṭhāva duvidhāpi paṭhanti. Hatthappatto viya dissati ‘‘tassa vikkhepo mā hotū’’ti upacchindati. Visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā tappabhavaṃ sakkāraṃ lajjīyanto āhāraṃ upacchindati sabhāgānaṃ byākatattā. Te hi kappiyakhettaṃ ārocenti.
186 “未作请求”:即并非经由请求。因为那请求是已被允许的,即便作了也如同未作一般,故称“未作请求”。注疏中写道:“‘尊者,请说明有何需要’——如此在未作之处所作的请求,即是未作请求。”对于已为外道的父母,亲手给予是不被允许的。父亲的姐妹称为姑母。纵使他们不乞求,因“乞求是苦”,或自己不能这样说,又或在心中作意:“当他们有需要时”。他们说:“从‘或者没有医疗工作’这句话可知,直到第七代家族,皆可作医药。”于一切处:即对大舅母、小舅母等。显示巴利原文
186.Akataviññattiyāti na viññattiyā. Sā hi anuññātattā katāpi akatā viyāti akataviññatti. ‘‘‘Vadeyyātha, bhante yenattho’ti evaṃ akataṭṭhāne viññatti akataviññattī’’ti likhitaṃ. Titthiyabhūtānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ sahatthā dātuṃ na vaṭṭatīti. Pitucchā nāma pitubhaginī. Sacepi na yācanti ‘‘yācituṃ dukkha’’nti, sayaṃ vā evaṃ vattumasakkontā. ‘‘Yadā tesaṃ attho bhavissatī’’ti ābhogaṃ katvā vā. ‘‘‘Vejjakammaṃ vā na hotī’ti vacanato yāva sattamo kulaparivaṭṭo, tāva bhesajjaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Sabbapadesūti mahāmātuyācūḷamātuyātiādīnaṃ.
依所说的方法寻求之后:即“由沙马内拉等”之义。他们说:“这并非未作请求。”他们说:“若有所期望,则为恶作。”依净法而作:即“取花来”之类。他们说:“因为说了‘已作供养’,故自己不能拿取。”显示巴利原文
Vuttanayena pariyesitvāti ‘‘sāmaṇerehi vā’’tiādinā. ‘‘Na akataviññattiyā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Paccāsīsati sace, dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti. Kappiyavasenāti pupphaṃ ānethātiādinā. ‘‘Pūjaṃ akāsī’ti vuttattā sayaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti.
然而,当被告知“你们说吧”时,便应当做。因为说法是允许的。若他们不知,不应将脚移开,因为他们会视为不祥之兆。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhaṇathā’’ti vutte pana kātabbaṃ. Dhammañhi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. No ce jānanti, na pādā apanetabbā. Avamaṅgalanti hi gaṇhanti.
对于盗龙,若给与抚摸过的食物,他便会恼怒;未抚摸过的则不可给与。因此,从指缝中取少许饭,再将鉢中所有饭全给了他,盗龙因此感到满意。殊胜心毯:指应缝制而成的一种毯子。父王被泰米尔人击败后,在罗诃那住了十六年,由朋友与大臣簇拥,意欲‘夺取王位’,途中因小事杀了一位大臣。其余人恐惧而逃,在森林中又被强盗抢劫,后前往汉布嘎拉卡寺。在那里,四众弟子中的帝沙长老照顾了他们,又引其面见国王,与他们一同夺取了王位。此后,国王为汉布嘎拉卡帝沙长老建造了无畏山寺。据说其余人也各建了一座寺院。显示巴利原文
Coranāgassa hi āmaṭṭhaṃ dinne kujjhissati, anāmaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭatīti aṅgulantare thokaṃ bhattaṃ gahetvā patte bhattaṃ sabbaṃ adāsi, so tena tussi. Varapotthakacittattharaṇanti sibbitvā kātabbattharaṇavikati. Piturājā damiḷassa parājito rohaṇe soḷasavassāni vasitvā mittāmaccaparivuto ‘‘rajjaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti āgantvā antarāmagge appamattakassa kāraṇā ekaṃ amaccaṃ ghātāpesi. Sesā bhayena palāyantā araññe antarāmagge corehi viluttā hambugallakavihāraṃ gantvā tattha cātunikāyikatissatthero tesaṃ saṅgahaṃ katvā puna ānetvā rañño dassesi, tehi saddhiṃ rajjaṃ gahetvā rājā hambugallakatissattherassa abhayagirivihāraṃ akāsi. Sesāpi ekekavihāraṃ kārāpesuṃ kira.
187 将人派往盗贼附近,与‘遣往凶暴夜叉的住处’相类似。何以故?因其以死为目的。为在湖等处捕鱼,以其他借口差遣渔夫说‘去湖边’,如此则构成杀生罪,与‘遣往凶暴夜叉的住处’类似。何以故?因其符合‘以死为目的’之说。且注中说:‘如是,凶暴夜叉也是如此。’显示巴利原文
187. Corasamīpaṃ pesento ‘‘vāḷayakkhavihāraṃ pesetī’’ti iminā sadiso. Kasmā? Maraṇādhippāyattā. Taḷākādīsu macchādiggahaṇatthaṃ kevaṭṭaṃ aññāpadesena ‘‘taḷākatīraṃ gacchā’’ti pahiṇantassa pāṇātipātena bhavitabbaṃ, ‘‘vāḷayakkhavihāraṃ pāhesī’’ti imassa sadiso. Kasmā? ‘‘Maraṇādhippāyattā’’ti vacanassānulomato, aṭṭhakathāyampi ‘‘evaṃ vāḷayakkhampī’’ti vuttattā.
189 ‘砍伐那立于该处者’:有些版本中没有‘那’字。在那些版本中,此句意为犯波罗夷罪或偷兰遮罪。即使心想‘我砍伐它后,赶快将鉢和衣供养僧团’,出于善心也不得砍伐,因未获允许。然而,其他比丘则可,因为他们已得允许。显示巴利原文
189.Taṃ tatraṭṭhitaṃ chindantanti taṃ-saddo ekaccesu natthi. Itaresu pārājikathullaccayaṃ āpannāti attho. ‘‘Imaṃ chinditvā sīghaṃ gantvā saṅghassa pattacīvaraṃ dassāmī’’ti kusalacittenapi chindituṃ na vaṭṭati ananuññātattā. Aññassa pana bhikkhuno vaṭṭati anuññātattā.
190 如何?世尊为了守护精舍而允许生火等,精舍本是为比丘们的利益。因此说:“为守护比丘,对其他比丘也是合适的,于此没有什么不可说的。”若如是,世尊为遮覆无衣比丘的裸体而允许了破坏植物,为救护生命而在被蛇咬时也允许了,那么“即使应舍弃生命,也不应砍树”等便不能成立。故那个例子不是标准,在此应以注释师为准。然而此处,注释师有这样的思辨:即使在圣者中,有情若见到裸体而生起不信,将堕地狱;同样地,蛇咬了他们,为令其从罪过中解脱而允许破坏植物。为守护施主们的心而允许生火等;否则,世间将有福德的障碍,僧团将有利养的障碍。但对于谋杀者,虽无益其心,那却不犯,因为见到(比丘)舍弃生命后,或能生起“啊,他行了难行之事”的净信。因此对自己不合适,对他人却合适。否则,将导致外道的非法得以成就。在《义注》中写道:“为命而砍树者,依自爱而砍,是不善,故不合适;为他人则合适。”当多人被树压倒,或落入陷阱时,为救他人而由另一人砍树等是合适的。何以故?因为意图是救护他人。“救护”即是守护,为了显示此义,而……显示巴利原文
190. Kathaṃ? Kuṭirakkhaṇatthañhi bhagavatā paṭaggidānādi anuññātaṃ, kuṭi nāmesā bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya. Tasmā ‘‘bhikkhurakkhaṇatthaṃ aññassa bhikkhussa vaṭṭatī’ti vattabbamettha natthī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ acchinnacīvarassa naggabhāvappaṭicchādanatthaṃ bhūtagāmapātabyatā bhagavatā anuññātā, jīvitarakkhaṇatthañca sappadaṭṭhakāle anuññātaṃ, tasmā ‘‘api jīvitaṃ pariccajitabbaṃ, na ca rukkho vā chinditabbo’’tiādi na vattabbaṃ siyā, tasmā taṃ nidassanaṃ appamāṇaṃ, aṭṭhakathācariyo evettha pamāṇaṃ. Ettha panāyaṃ ācariyassa takko – ariyapuggalesupi sattā naggiyaṃ passitvā appasādaṃ katvā nirayūpagā bhavissanti , tathā sappā ca ḍaṃsitvā, tesaṃ pāpavimocanatthaṃ bhūtagāmapātabyatā anuññātā. Dānapatīnaṃ cittarakkhaṇatthaṃ paṭaggidānādi. Aññathā lokassa puññantarāyo, saṅghassa ca lābhantarāyo hoti. Vadhakassa pana cittahitakaraṇaṃ natthi, taṃ pana avītikkamaṃ, jīvitapariccajanaṃ passitvā vā ‘‘aho dukkaraṃ kata’’nti pasādameva labheyyunti attano na vaṭṭati, aññassa vaṭṭati. Aññathā titthiyānaṃ asaddhammasiddhiyāti. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘jīvitatthāya rukkhaṃ chindantassa attasinehavasena chindanato akusalattā na vaṭṭati, aññassa vaṭṭatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Anekesu rukkhena otthatesu, opāte vā patitesu aññena aññassatthāya rukkhachedanādi kātuṃ vaṭṭati, kasmā? Paraparittāṇādhippāyatoti. Parittanti rakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘samantā bhūmitacchana’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
191 “若被三人杀死则无疑虑”:于此,即使被三人中之一人杀死,因说“进入田地即犯波罗夷”,若三人一起杀死,亦犯。因此说“在界限内即无疑虑”。“然而若超过界限,一切处皆有疑虑”,以此说故,若两人捉持使其无力,第三人杀死,看似犯,应审察。若说“让两人杀”,由一人或两人杀死,则为波罗夷。他们说:“若死于两人的打击,则名为两人杀;若非如此,则仅是一人,故应了知。”显示巴利原文
191.Tīhi mārite pana visaṅketanti ettha tīsu ekena māritepi ‘‘khettameva otiṇṇattā pārājika’’nti vuttattā tayopi ekato hutvā mārenti ce, āpajjati, teneva vuttaṃ ‘‘paricchedabbhantare vā avisaṅketa’’nti. ‘‘Paricchedātikkame pana sabbattha visaṅketaṃ hotī’’ti vuttattā dvinnaṃ balaṃ gahetvā tatiyo ce māreti āpajjati viya dissati, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Dve mārentū’’ti vutte ekena vā dvīhi vā mārite pārājikanti ‘‘dvinnaṃ pahārānaṃ maraṇe sati dve māritā nāma honti, asati ekova hoti, tasmā vijānitabba’’nti vadanti.
第四波罗夷显示巴利原文
4. Catutthapārājikaṃ
跋耆牟达河岸比丘事注释显示巴利原文
Vaggumudātīriyabhikkhuvatthuvaṇṇanā
193 第四:跋耆牟达——她容貌端丽且令有情喜悦,故称“跋耆牟达”。也有读作“跋耆摩达”的,其义为:她容貌端丽,且因河水澄净清澈、波澜丰足而显精妙,正如“命梵音”、“命义”等词之于青莲花等。“摩达”者,又因多食、嚼食、饮等丰足,于节日时河流充溢,应知此词源。据说,其义为“美丽、纯净”,为世间所认可。将有言说,此为句之省略。显示巴利原文
193. Catutthe vaggu ca sā modayati ca satteti vaggumudā. ‘‘Vaggumadā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa vaggu ca sā pasannasuddhataraṅgasamiddhattā sukhumā cāti attho jīvitavaggutthanitā jīvitatthanti nīluppalantiādīsu viya. Madassāti ca bahukhajjabhojjapānādisamiddhā nadī chaṇadivasesūti nirutti veditabbā. Vaggu parisuddhāti lokena sammatāti kira attho. Bhāsito bhavissatīti pāṭhaseso.
194-5 据说,以复数形式,也可成就“有颜色者”、“有颜色者们”、“有颜色者等”。因为诸根没有缺减或圆满,故说“因所执住处之圆满”。第六识的所执住处是心脏。于四威仪轮中,诸根是明显的。自己通达,故为“自己通达”,即自己证悟后宣说,此是意图。“存在”即正在发生。“种姓者”,因仅经历种姓,故仅是名义而已,此是义理。显示巴利原文
194-5. Vaṇṇavā vaṇṇavanto vaṇṇavantānītipi sijjhati kira bahuvacanena. Yasmā indriyānaṃ ūnattaṃ, pūrattaṃ vā natthi, tasmā ‘‘abhiniviṭṭhokāsassa paripuṇṇattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Chaṭṭhassa abhiniviṭṭhokāso hadayavatthu. Catuiriyāpathacakke pākatindriye. Attano dahatīti attanā dahati, attanā paṭividdhaṃ katvā pavedetīti adhippāyo. Santanti vattamānaṃ. Gotrabhunoti gottamattaṃ anubhavattā nāmamattakamevāti attho.
带分别学处注释显示巴利原文
Savibhaṅgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
197 在分别句中,因为说“三明”,是否排除了无色界禅那?并非如此,因为就在该处,以“凡是智,那是见;凡是见,那是智”的见字作了简别而说,正因如此,注释中才说“以明为首而说分别句”。作为首要,即作为前导。显示巴利原文
197.Padabhājane ‘‘tisso vijjā’’ti vuttattā arūpāvacarajjhānāni paṭikkhittānīti ce? Na, tattheva ‘‘yaṃ ñāṇaṃ, taṃ dassanaṃ, yaṃ dassanaṃ, taṃ ñāṇa’’nti dassanapadena visesetvā vuttattā, tasmā eva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vijjāsīsena padabhājanaṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Dhuraṃ katvāti purimaṃ katvā.
分别句注释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
199 199. 由于贪等是未来生起贪的原因,故贪等本身即名为“相”。若就三明中的某一明而言,若说“我是明之获得者”,则犯波羅夷,这并非指方术等,因为此处所说仅是烦恼的断除。若认为“因其为刹那性,便不构成上人法的宣说”?并非如此,因为道的作用已由此显示。因此才说“无道则无”等。“心”意指心已离诸盖障。若于明尚未生起之前便说“我是观智的获得者”,且说者依出世间法而说,自身也如此了知,则犯波羅夷,因为出世间法也以此名称之。“即便笼统而说也犯波羅夷”,由此可知,若是就出世间法而说,说“波羅夷”是合理的。正如在“说‘我是明之获得者’也犯波羅夷”的语境中,即使方术等也可能存在,但因其并非所指,故仍犯波羅夷,此处亦同。“不能以其他为准则”,若有人想显示自己的功德,将世间法与义无碍解合在一起而说,则犯波羅夷,不能将此作为准则,否则便会犯。其他论师说:“此说前后矛盾。因此,在此教法中,明的显示实际上是不显示,因为方术等并无明的分类。由于世尊在分别句或处中未曾涉及那些同义语,故不能以其他为准则。”若说“我是无碍解之获得者”,因其是以显示巴利原文
199. Anāgate uppajjanakarāgādīnaṃ kāraṇattā rāgādayova nimittaṃ nāma. Tissannañca vijjānaṃ aññataraṃ sandhāya ‘‘vijjānaṃ lābhīmhī’’ti bhaṇati, pārājikaṃ, na vatthuvijjādīnaṃ kilesanahānameva vuttaṃ, taṃkhaṇattā uttarimanussadhammappavatti na hotīti ce? Na, maggakiccadīpanato. Teneva ‘‘maggena vinā natthī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Cittanti cittassa vigatanīvaraṇatāti attho. ‘‘Yāvañca vijjā anāgatā, tāva vipassanāñāṇassa lābhīmhī’ti vadanto yadi lokuttaraṃ sandhāya vadati, sopi ca tathā jānāti, pārājikameva lokuttarassapi taṃnāmattā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Avisesenāpi vadato pārājikaṃ vuttanti lokuttaraṃ sandhāya vadato ‘pārājika’nti vattuṃ yujjati. Yathā kiṃ ‘vijjānaṃ lābhīmhī’ti bhaṇantopi pārājikamevā’ti vuttaṭṭhāne vatthuvijjādīnaṃ sambhavepi tāsaṃ anadhippetattā pārājikaṃ hoti, evamidhāpi. Na sakkā aññaṃ pamāṇaṃ kātunti attano guṇamārocetukāmo lokiyena sammissaṃ atthapaṭisambhidaṃ vadato pārājikanti pamāṇaṃ kātuṃ na sakkā, itarathā hotī’’ti aparehi vuttaṃ, ‘‘taṃ pubbāparaviruddhaṃ, tasmā vijjānidassanaṃ idha anidassanaṃ sāsane vatthuvijjādīnaṃ vijjāvidhānābhāvā. Bhagavatā vibhattakhettapade vā tesaṃ pariyāyavacanānaṃ anāmaṭṭhattā na sakkā aññaṃ pamāṇaṃ kātu’’nti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Paṭisambhidānaṃ lābhīmhī’ti vutte pariyāyena vuttattā thullaccayaṃ yutta’’nti vadanti, vicāretabbaṃ. Vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbanti ‘‘yo te vihāre vasatī’’tiādīhi saṃsandanato pariyāyavacanattā thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjāmī’ti vā ‘lābhīmhāhaṃ tassā’ti vā vadatopī’’ti vuttavacanampi ‘‘sace panassevaṃ hotī’’tiādivacanampi atthato ekameva, sopi hi attano visesaṃ ārocetumeva vadati. ‘‘Yo te vihāre vasatī’tiādīsu ahaṃ-vacanābhāvā pariyāyo yujjati, idha pana ‘lābhīmhāhaṃ tassā’ti attānaṃ niddisati, tasmā pārājikaṃ āpajjituṃ yuttaṃ viyā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Mahāpaccariyādivacanaṃ uttarimanussadhammesu ekopi na hoti, tasmā pariyāyena vuttattā na hotī’’ti vadanti, suṭṭhu upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Phalasacchikiriyā-padato paṭṭhāya eva pāṭho gahetabbo, phalasacchikiriyāyapi ekekampi ekekaphalavasena pārājikaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在‘贪的断除’等三法句中,所说的只是烦恼的断除,然而,因为无道则无此断除。以第三道断除贪与嗔,以第四道断除痴,因此,即使说‘我的贪已断’等,也犯巴拉基咖。在‘心离贪盖’等三法句中,所说的唯是出世间法,因此,说‘我的心离贪盖’等,犯巴拉基咖。‘因不动法故’,有些上精舍住者如此说。若问为何不犯?因为在论母中以现在时语‘我如此知,我如此见’而说。若如此,在分别句中,因以‘我入了、已入’等过去时语而说,故说‘我在过去生中是须陀洹’也应犯?并非如此,因为义理另有成立方式。如何成立?为了表明应以‘经现在’而成立现在性,故如此说,并非指过去生。因为过去生是以间接方式说的,故诸阿阇梨说为‘土喇咤亚’。显示巴利原文
Rāgassa pahānantiādittike kilesappahānameva vuttaṃ, taṃ pana yasmā maggena vinā natthi. Tatiyamaggena hi rāgadosānaṃ pahānaṃ, catutthena mohassa, tasmā ‘‘rāgo me pahīno’’tiādīni vadatopi pārājikaṃ. Rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatātiādittike lokuttarameva vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇa’’ntiādīni vadato pārājikamevāti. Akuppadhammattāti keci uttaravihāravāsino. Kasmā na hotīti ce? ‘‘Iti jānāmi, iti passāmī’’ti vattamānavacaneneva mātikāyaṃ vuttattā. Yadi evaṃ padabhājane ‘‘samāpajjiṃ, samāpanno’’tiādinā vuttattā ‘‘atītattabhāve sotāpannomhī’’ti vadatopi hotūti ce? Na, aññathā atthasambhavato. Kathaṃ? Addhāpaccuppannavasena vattamānatā gahetabbāti ñāpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na atītattabhāvaṃ. Atītattabhāvo hi pariyāyena vuttattā ‘‘thullaccaya’’nti vuttanti ācariyā.
200 200. ‘即使没有,也犯巴拉基咖’,据说这是依‘无有处之假设’而说的。将说‘如此,语具三支’。‘此中无’者,由于前者存在时后者即不存在,故‘我入了’与‘已入’二者,虽然在义理上没有时间差别,但确实有言辞上的差别。显示巴利原文
200.‘‘Sacepi na hoti, pārājikamevā’’ti aṭṭhānaparikappavasena vuttaṃ kira. ‘‘Iti vācā tivaṅgikā’’ti vakkhati. Natthetanti purime sati pacchimassābhāvā samāpajjiṃ, samāpannoti imesaṃ kiñcāpi atthato kālaviseso natthi, vacanaviseso pana atthi eva.
207 207.‘Ukkheṭito’意为被恐吓。‘Khiṭa’意为在恐惧之中。显示巴利原文
207.Ukkheṭitoti uttāsito. Khiṭa utrāsane.
欲说者品论释显示巴利原文
Vattukāmavārakathāvaṇṇanā
“在通知路径中”意指在了知的范围内,由此说:“比丘若立于通知路径之外,以天耳界闻知,则不犯波罗夷”——这是为了阐明此义。据说“他入禅定”:在此情况下,若他知道“这位比丘是以显示自身功德的心意而这样说”,则正是犯波罗夷。若他作其他理解呢?阿阇梨说:“不见有波罗夷之嫌疑。”显示巴利原文
Viññattipatheti vijānanaṭṭhāne, tena ‘‘viññattipathamatikkamitvā ṭhito bhikkhu dibbāya sotadhātuyā sutvā jānāti, na pārājikanti dīpetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Jhānaṃ kira samāpajjinti ettha so ce ‘‘esa bhikkhu attano guṇadīpanādhippāyena evaṃ vadatī’’ti jānāti, pārājikameva. Aññathā jānātīti ce? Pārājikacchāyā na dissatīti ācariyo.
无犯分辩论释显示巴利原文
Anāpattibhedakathāvaṇṇanā
“非以虚夸为意”者,意为若以虚夸为意,则唯犯恶作——此是其他师长所说。“此应结合‘贤友,凡夫岂能忍受’这一事例而加以领会”——如是说。显示巴利原文
Anullapanādhippāyoti yadi ullapanādhippāyo bhaveyya, dukkaṭamevāti apare. ‘‘Taṃ parato ‘nāvuso, sakkā puthujjanena adhivāsetu’nti vatthunā saṃsanditvā gahetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
判例释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
225-6 对于难行、居家、障盖、乐着等事,有说:“若出于欺诳之心,则犯波罗夷。”但其理由难以明见,如同说偷兰遮一般,应当审察。乘坐车乘或以神通而行者,亦不犯波罗夷——这唯在依步行而制定规约时才成立。“无前无后而行者,是指彼此不超出伸手之距,如手牵手而行”——这是这样说的。“起来、来吧、我们走”——像这样同行时,即使前后而行,也不犯波罗夷,此是阿阇梨的推论。所谓住者,是指若如此住下时被优婆塞所见,即犯波罗夷。“夜宿而行者,非波罗夷”——这是这样说的。异方土者,指不同国土的住民。僧团利得,是指依戒腊自分所得之份额。显示巴利原文
225-6. Dukkara āgāra āvaṭakāma abhirativatthūsu ‘‘yadi ullapanādhippāyo bhaveyya, pārājika’’nti vadanti, kāraṇaṃ pana duddasaṃ, thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ viya, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Yānena vā iddhiyā vā gacchantopi pārājikaṃ nāpajjatīti padasā gamanavaseneva katikāya katāya yujjati. ‘‘Apubbaṃacarimaṃ gacchantoti hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā aññamaññassa hatthaṃ gaṇhanto viya gacchanto’’ti vuttaṃ. Uṭṭhetha etha gacchāmāti evaṃ sahagamane pubbāparā gacchantopi nāpajjatīti ācariyassa takko. Vasantassāti tathā vasanto ce upāsakena dissati, pārājiko hoti. ‘‘Rattiṃ vasitvā gacchanto na pārājiko’’ti vuttaṃ. Nānāverajjakāti nānājanapadavāsino. Saṅghalābhoti yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano pāpuṇanakoṭṭhāso.
228 此处,是指在“谁……”等所提问之事中。法界,即一切知智。显示巴利原文
228.Idhāti ‘‘ko nu kho’’tiādinā vutte pañhākamme. Dhammadhātu sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ.
232 非次第:并非以狮子跃入的方式而随念。因此,通达了“中有仅为一生”这一含义。显示巴利原文
232.Nauppaṭipāṭiyāti na sīhokkantavasena anussari. Tasmā antarābhavabhūtā ekā eva jātīti paṭivijjhatīti attho.
233 所谓二十四者,此处杀母者、杀父者、杀阿罗汉者,犯第三波罗夷。污比丘尼者、蓝毗等四人,犯第一波罗夷。若如是,何来二十四?并非如此,因未解其意。盖杀母者等四人,在此唯指未受具戒者;蓝毗等四人虽摄于第一波罗夷,然依某种方式,他们非行淫法者,故别别而说。“一业、一诵、同学”——乃就如是所说之不能共住而言,说“如前,如后”。否则,他们亦无依名、依承认为比丘的身份。显示巴利原文
233.Catuvīsatīti ettha mātughātakapitughātakaarahantaghātakā tatiyapārājikaṃ āpannā. Bhikkhunidūsako, lambiādayo ca cattāro paṭhamapārājikaṃ āpannā evāti katvā kuto catuvīsatīti ce? Na, adhippāyājānanato. Mātughātakādayo hi cattāro idhānupasampannā eva adhippetā, lambiādayo cattāro kiñcāpi paṭhamapārājikena saṅgahitā, yasmā ekena pariyāyena methunadhammapaṭisevino na honti, tasmā visuṃ vuttā. ‘‘Ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhatā’’ti evaṃ vuttasaṃvāsassa abhabbatāmattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘yathā pure tathā pacchā’’ti. Aññathā nesaṃ samaññāyapaṭiññāyabhikkhubhāvopi natthīti āpajjati.
二、僧伽提舍犍度显示巴利原文
2. Saṅghādisesakaṇḍo
一、出精学处释显示巴利原文
1. Sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
235 “入者”为读法。于此有问:“然而,何以此处不举‘若比丘’的作法者?”为显示此与彼无关联。如何?若以搔痒等之意欲思惟,以搔痒等方便而行;若以淫欲,于股等恶作事、于疮等偷兰遮事而行,虽出精,亦非桑喀地谢沙。唯有依乐味的方便,称为“出精之意欲”,于有方便时出精,方为桑喀地谢沙;否则,依“无犯,非出精之意欲者”之语故。是故,为示此义,此处不举作法者;否则,若举作法者“若比丘故意出精”,则与“思惟而不行方便而出,无犯”之所说相违。若依处格举“于故意出精,除梦中外”,亦成相违。故不说彼二语之次第,而说“故意出精,除梦中外”。其中,因无依处格之相,故未作因义之决定。未作彼时,“故意出精,除梦中外,为桑喀地谢沙罪;无方便时,无犯”——应知此义已明。显示巴利原文
235. ‘‘Okkamantāna’’nti pāṭho. Etthāha – ‘‘yo pana bhikkhū’’ti kārako idha kasmā na niddiṭṭhoti? Abhi-niddesena imassa sāpekkhābhāvadassanatthaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kaṇḍuvanādiadhippāyacetanāvasena cetentassa kaṇḍuvanādiupakkamena upakkamantassa, methunarāgavasena ūruādīsu dukkaṭavatthūsu, vaṇādīsu thullaccayavatthūsu ca upakkamantassa sukkavissaṭṭhiyā satipi na saṅghādiseso. Mocanassādasaṅkhātādhippāyāpekkhāva sukkavissaṭṭhi sati upakkame, na aññathā ‘‘anāpatti na mocanādhippāyassā’’ti vacanato. Tasmā tadatthadassanatthaṃ idha kārako na niddiṭṭho, aññathā ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu sañcetanikaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyā’’ti kārake niddiṭṭhe ‘‘ceteti na upakkamati muccati, anāpattī’’ti vuttavacanavirodho. ‘‘Sañcetanikāya sukkavissaṭṭhiyā aññatra supinantā’’ti bhumme niddiṭṭhepi sova virodho āpajjati, tasmā tadubhayavacanakkamaṃ avatvā ‘‘sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha nimittatthe bhummavacanābhāvato hetutthaniyamo na kato hoti. Tasmiṃ akate sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā saṅghādisesāpatti, upakkame asati anāpattīti ayamattho dīpitoti veditabbaṃ.
236-7 “思愿的”:此处,以第一个分析显示了前缀的意义,以第二个分析显示了ik后缀的意义。意思是:由于风、胆汁、痰、血等藏处的不同。关于“界”:在《结文》中写道:“地界等四界,或眼界等十八界”。“膀胱头”:指膀胱囊的头部。他们说:“意指生殖器官的根部,而非顶端的头部”。“就在那里”:即执取“于相上开始努力”等。“从那里脱离后”:在《结文》中写道:“不是从整个身体,而是从那个部位刚刚脱离时”。“当落入水道时”:若认为这与“当落入水道时”不一致?那么,此处说“以及落入水道”等。其意思是:于相上开始努力,使精液从部位脱离后,又因后悔而想阻止落入水道,便说“我忍受”。当它向外排出时,无法忍受,尽管如此,出于忍受的意图而忍受后,由于中途无法从水道向上阻止,所以说“或未排出时”。为什么?因为从部位脱离后,必定落入水道,这是注释书的意旨,与《结文》的意旨相符。“从那里脱离后”:指从自己的部位。因为从自己身体向外排出时,才是真正排出,因此“向外排出时或未排出时”的说法便成矛盾。然而,由于从显示巴利原文
236-7.Sañcetanikāti ettha paṭhamaviggahena upasaggassa sātthakatā dassitā, dutiyena ikapaccayassa. Vātapittasemharuhirādiāsayabhedatoti attho. Dhātūti ettha ‘‘pathavīdhātuādayo catasso, cakkhudhātuādayo vā aṭṭhārasā’’ti gaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ. Vatthisīsanti vatthipuṭassa sīsaṃ. ‘‘Aṅgajātassa mūlaṃ adhippetaṃ, na aggasīsa’’nti vadanti. Tathevāti ‘‘nimitte upakkamato’’tiādiṃ gaṇhāti. Tato muccitvāti ‘‘na sakalakāyato, tasmā pana ṭhānā cutamatte hotū’’ti gaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ. ‘‘Dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte’’ti iminā na sametīti ce ? Tato dakasotorohaṇañcetthātiādi vuccati. Tassattho – nimitte upakkamaṃ katvā sukkaṃ ṭhānā cāvetvā puna vippaṭisāravasena dakasotorohaṇaṃ nivāretuṃ adhivāsemīti. Tato bahi nikkhamante adhivāsetuṃ na sakkā, tathāpi adhivāsanādhippāyena adhivāsetvā antarā dakasotato uddhaṃ nivāretuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ‘‘anikkhante vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Ṭhānā cutañhi avassaṃ dakasotaṃ otaratīti aṭṭhakathādhippāyo gaṇṭhipadādhippāyena sameti. Tato muccitvāti sakaṭṭhānato. Sakasarīrato hi bahi nikkhantameva hoti, tato ‘‘bahi nikkhante vā anikkhante vā’’ti vacanaṃ virujjheyya. Yasmā pana tamhā tamhā sarīrapadesā cutaṃ avassaṃ dakasotaṃ otarati, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte’’ti, iminā ca āpattiyā pākaṭakālaṃ dasseti, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Mocanassādena nimitte upakkamato sukkaṃ bahutarampi sarīrapadesā cutaṃ tattha tattha laggāvasesaṃ yattakaṃ ekā khuddakamakkhikā piveyya, tattake dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte saṅghādisesāpatti. Vuttañhi kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘dakasotaṃ anotiṇṇepi saṅghādiseso’’tiādi. Tattakassa bahi nikkhamanaṃ asallakkhento ‘‘ceteti upakkamati na muccati, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti vacanato thullaccayanti saññāya desentopi na muccati, passāvampi vaṇṇataṃ passitvā vatthikosagatassa picchilatāya vā ñatvā saṅghādisesato vuṭṭhātabbaṃ. Ayamettha tatiyattheravāde yutti. Sabbācariyā ime eva tayo therā, tesampi dakasotorohaṇaṃ nimitte upakkamananti ayaṃ dutiyo vinicchayo sādhāraṇato ettha, evaṃ upatissatthero vadati kira.
因为“一旦从位置脱离,必然落入水道”,所以这样说道:“应知仅从位置脱离,此处便已犯戒。”实际上,只有落入水道时才犯戒。精液遍在于全身,若未落入水道,则不名为从位置脱离,这是需要审察的。由于长老是阿毗达摩论师,在《论事注》中说“泄精名为贪所生”,因此其生起为心所生;又由于有“他以口取那不净物的一部分,以一部分置于生殖器”的说法,所以也被认为有时节所生的情况,并且这仅针对未离欲者而言,因为经中说:“诸比丘,无有此事,绝无可能,阿罗汉会泄出精液。”在《他取注》中这样说:“‘彼有藏处’,即精液有特定的住处,如同大小便有各自的住处一般”,由此确立了“它有固定藏处”之义。如同通常的心所生色,因其不相混杂,且会被排出体外,所以诸阿阇梨将精液的位置设定在三处:“膀胱口、腰部与全身”。可将此比作蛇毒,毒液并没有固定的位置,随嗔心触击之处即可存在;同样,精液也没有绝对固定的位置,随贪欲加行之处便可发生,这是一种推论。显示巴利原文
Ṭhānā cutañhi avassaṃ dakasotaṃ otaratīti katvā ‘‘ṭhānā cāvanamattenevettha āpatti veditabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Dakasotaṃ otiṇṇe eva āpatti. Sukkassa hi sakalaṃ sarīraṃ ṭhānaṃ, anotiṇṇe ṭhānā cutaṃ nāma na hotīti vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Ābhidhammikattā therassa ‘‘sukkavissaṭṭhi nāma rāgasamuṭṭhānā hotī’’ti (kathā. aṭṭha. 307) kathāvatthuṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā sambhavo cittasamuṭṭhāno, ‘‘taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena aggahesi, ekadesaṃ aṅgajāte pakkhipī’’ti (pārā. 503) vacanato utusamuṭṭhāno ca dissati, so ca kho avītarāgasseva ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyyā’’ti (mahāva. 353; kathā. 313) vacanato. Parūpāhāraṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘atthi tassa āsayoti tassa sukkassa uccārapassāvānaṃ viya patiṭṭhānokāso atthī’’ti (kathā. aṭṭha. 309) canato tassa āsayoti siddhaṃ. Pākatikacittasamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ viya asaṃsaṭṭhattā, nikkhamanato ca ‘‘vatthisīsaṃ, kaṭi, kāyo’’ti tidhā sukkassa ṭhānaṃ pakappenti ācariyā. Sappavisaṃ viya taṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na ca visassa ṭhānaniyamo, kodhavasena phusantassa hoti, evamassa na ca ṭhānaniyamo, rāgavasena upakkamantassa hotīti takko.
所谓“扰动因缘”,指的即是药物、住所、饮食等助缘。“也由于交会与差异”:这是说,其中的情形由两种或三种因缘所成。关于“已断除颠倒故”:在此处,凡是有学或凡夫以梦境所见的一切,皆是颠倒的、不真实的。因此,如果说“然而由前相所见,那必定是绝对真实的”,便与上述道理相违,所以这里并非就所缘而立论。因为梦中所见或真或假,如果就所缘而论,就应当说“无学圣者因已断了颠倒,所以唯见真实,绝不会见到不实之事”。然而,这里其实是就“能见”的心而言。因为凡夫即使所见为不实,却可显现为如同看见;未曾听见的,如同听闻;未曾了知的,如同了知。即便是真实的事物,也会被他们颠倒而观,因此阿阇梨们不取此说。这并非是就过去的色等相为所缘,而是针对外来、现在的色相等所缘而说。因为业相、趣相等所呈现的色法之类,其实是有分心的所缘。其中,业相唯是过去,而趣相则可能在少分情况下属于现在。显示巴利原文
Khobhakaraṇapaccayo nāma bhesajjasenāsanāhārādipaccayo. Saṃsaggabhedatopīti etesu dvīhipi tīhipi. Pahīnavipallāsattāti ettha yaṃ kiñci supinantena sekkhaputhujjanā passanti, taṃ sabbaṃ vipallatthaṃ abhūtamevāti āpajjati. Tato ‘‘yaṃ pana pubbanimittato passati. Taṃ ekantasaccameva hotī’’ti idaṃ virujjhati, tasmā na visayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. So hi sacco vā hoti, aliko vāti katvā tañce sandhāya vuttaṃ siyā, ‘‘asekkhā pahīnavipallāsattā saccameva passanti, nāsacca’’nti vattabbaṃ siyā. Kintu dassanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tañhi abhūtaṃ, apassantopi hi passanto viya asuṇantopi suṇanto viya amunantopi munanto viya hoti. Saccampi vipassatīti no takkoti ācariyo. Taṃ rūpanimittādiārammaṇaṃ na hoti, āgantukapaccuppannaṃ rūpanimittādiārammaṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kammanimittagatinimittabhūtāni hi rūpanimittādīni bhavaṅgassa ārammaṇāni honti eva. Tattha kammanimittamatītameva, gatinimittaṃ thokaṃ kālaṃ paccuppannaṃ siyā.
“诸如此类的”:指的是现前亲证的、过去曾领纳的、所构想的、外来现在之色相等种种所缘,以及与贪等心所相应之意。猴子的睡眠是轻盈而多变的。因为它惧怕从树枝上掉落,所以频频睁眼,又随之睡着。人类在梦中虽然频频睁眼,看得更为清晰,犹如醒时一般,然而在睡时,如同醒觉者频频生起有分心那样,他们也会有有分心生起,因此这被假名为“睡”。因为论中说“以有分心而睡”。有分心生起的因缘,是身处于无造作、寂止状态的临近之依处,这种身体状态便被称为“眠”。当身体虚弱时,即便在梦中有分心生起,由于身已达无造作的寂止状态,心也会随顺地“转起”,因此,这类众生不被称为“醒觉”。正是因为身体达到了无造作的寂止状态,作为心所依处的心所依处色,便不是极为明净的,依止于它的心转起,也就如同依止于不极清净灯盏的灯光一般。因此,在注释书中这样说:“正因所依处的羸弱,其思心所不能牵引结生”等等。显示巴利原文
Īdisānīti paccakkhato anubhūtapubbaparikappitāgantukapaccuppannarūpanimittādiārammaṇāni, rāgādisampayuttāni cāti attho. Makkaṭassa niddā lahuparivattā hoti. So hi rukkhasākhato patanabhayā abhikkhaṇaṃ ummīlati ca supati ca. Manussā kiñcāpi punappunaṃ ummīlanti subyattataraṃ paṭibuddhā viya passanti, atha kho paṭibuddhānaṃ punappunaṃ bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ viya supinakālepi tesaṃ bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ hoti, yena ‘‘supatī’’ti vuccati. ‘‘Bhavaṅgacittena hi supatī’’ti vacanato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ karajakāyassa nirussāhasantabhāvūpanissayattā ‘‘niddā’’ti vuccati. Sā karajakāyassa dubbalabhāvena supinadassanakāle bhavaṅgato uttaraṇe satipi nirussāhasantabhāvappattiyā ‘‘pavattatī’’ti ca vuccati, yato sattā ‘‘paṭibuddhā’’ti na vuccanti, karajakāyassa nirussāhasantasabhāvappattito ca tannissitaṃ hadayavatthu na suppasannaṃ hoti, tato tannissitāpi cittappavatti asuppasannavaṭṭinissitadīpappabhā viya. Teneva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘svāyaṃ dubbalavatthukattā cetanāya paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ asamattho’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
然而在《难点》中写道:“由于所依处弱,梦中现起的相也是弱的。”此“相”有多种含义,一切相都是(弱的),但思并非因所缘与所依处弱而弱。因为以过去、未来为所缘或以概念为所缘的思,其心识活动虽弱,却非因所依处弱;而无有所依处的思,其弱性同样不合理,因为它具备了修习之力等殊胜力量。的确,与修习之力相应的心,即使无色,也能执持极为沉重的业生身,仅在一心识刹那顷便令其到达梵天界并安住。与之相似,即使未达安止的欲界心,也能令业生身具有腾空的能力,更何况是其他。于此,有何理据能令人了知这仅是心的威力呢?正是通过心的威力,或通过观察到由心的威力所成就的习行等特殊作用。因此,“由于所依处弱”的意思是“由于心脏所依处弱”,这是论师的推论。若心脏所依处能随其自身明利或迟钝的状态,而令依止于它的心也变得明利或迟钝,那么心脏所依处就会像眼处、耳处等所依处一样成为根,但它并非根。因为在《法集论》的所造色列表中,它未被列为应当提及的。正因为不是根,所以它未被紧接着身根之后提及。显示巴利原文
Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘dubbalavatthukattāti supine upaṭṭhitaṃ nimittampi dubbala’’nti likhitaṃ. Taṃ anekatthaṃ sabbampi nimittaṃ hoti, na ca dubbalārammaṇavatthukattā cetanā, tāya cittappavatti dubbalā atītānāgatārammaṇāya, paññattārammaṇāya vā adubbalattā, avatthukāya dubbalabhāvo na yujjati cetanāya avatthukāya bhāvanāpabhāvāyātirekabalasabbhāvato. Bhāvanābalasamappitañhi cittaṃ arūpampi samānaṃ atibhāriyampi karajakāyaṃ gahetvā ekacittakkhaṇeneva brahmalokaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapeti. Tappaṭibhāgaṃ anappitampi kāmāvacaracittaṃ karajakāyaṃ ākāse laṅghanasamatthaṃ karoti, pagevetaraṃ. Kiṃ panettha taṃ anumānakāraṇaṃ, yena cittasseva ānubhāvoti paññāyeyya cittānubhāvena vā laddhāsevanādikiriyāvisesanibbattidassanato, tasmā dubbalavatthukattāti dubbalahadayavatthukattāti ācariyassa takko. Attano mandatikkhākārena tannissitassa cittassa mandatikkhabhāvanipphādanasamatthañce, hadayavatthu cakkhusotādivatthu viya indriyaṃ bhaveyya, na cetaṃ indriyaṃ. Yato dhammasaṅgahe upādāyarūpapāḷiyaṃ uddesārahaṃ na jātaṃ. Anindriyattā hi taṃ kāyindriyassa anantaraṃ na uddiṭṭhaṃ, vatthurūpattā ca avatthurūpassa jīvitindriyassa anantarampi na uddiṭṭhaṃ, tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘tassa asuppasannattā tannissitā ca cittappavatti asuppasannā hotī’’ti, taṃ na siddhanti ce? Siddhameva anindriyānampi sappāyāsappāyautuāhārādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ samāyogato, cittappavattiyā vikāradassanato, paccakkhattā ca. Yasmā appaṭibuddhopi paṭibuddhaṃ viya attānaṃ maññatīti. Ettāvatā karajakāyassa nirussāhasantabhāvākāraviseso niddā nāma. Sā cittassa bhavaṅgotaraṇākāravisesena hoti, tāya samannāgato satto bhavaṅgato uttiṇṇo supinaṃ passati, so ‘‘kapimiddhapareto’’ti vuccati, so sutto appaṭibuddho hotīti ayamattho sādhito hoti.
由于有分路无有间断,故有所谓“极度沉睡者”,因此说“若他是睡着而见梦,则与阿毗达摩相违”等。又因为在睡眠的刹那,他并非醒觉者,因此说“若他是醒觉而见梦,则与律藏相违”等。而又有未耗尽睡眠、未完全沉入有分者,因此说“被猿睡所制伏者见梦”。若非如此,此人既非睡着,也非醒觉,自己并未进入那种睡眠,便会产生过失。至此,阿毗达摩、律藏、那先长老的言论以及正理,这一切都相互吻合了。其中,“被猿睡所制伏者”是指被从有分出起的睡眠所制伏者。在此,那种(睡眠)即名为“猿睡”。“其中,什么是昏沉睡眠?即身体的迟钝、不适业性……乃至……沉睡,这称为昏沉睡眠”(《法集论》1163),如是所说。这(昏沉睡眠)是无色的,作为其果报的业生身之迟钝、昏昏欲睡等睡眠的特殊状态,以因的转喻而被称为“猿睡”。而所谓“大王,被猿睡所制伏者见梦”(《弥兰陀问经》5.3.5,稍有不同),即是此意。显示巴利原文
Yasmā bhavaṅgavāranirantaratāya accantasutto nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘yadi tāva sutto passati, abhidhammavirodho āpajjatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana niddākkhaṇe na paṭibuddho nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘atha paṭibuddho passati, vinayavirodho’’tiādi vuttaṃ, yasmā ca akhīṇaniddo, anotiṇṇabhavaṅgo ca atthi, tasmā ‘‘kapimiddhapareto passatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññathā ayaṃ neva sutto na paṭibuddho, attanā taṃ niddaṃ anokkanto āpajjeyya. Ettāvatā ca abhidhammo, vinayo, nāgasenattheravacanaṃ yutti cāti sabbaṃ aññamaññasaṃsanditaṃ hoti. Tattha kapimiddhaparetoti bhavaṅgato uttiṇṇaniddāpareto. Sā hi idha kapimiddhaṃ nāma. ‘‘Tattha katamaṃ middhaṃ? Yā kāyassa akalyatā akammaññatā…pe… supanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati middha’’nti (dha. sa. 1163) evamāgataṃ. Idañhi arūpaṃ, imassa phalabhūto karajakāyassa akalyatā’pacalāyikāsupi niddāviseso kāraṇopacārena ‘‘kapimiddha’’nti pavuccati. Yañceva ‘‘kapimiddhapareto kho, mahārāja, supinaṃ passatī’’ti (mi. pa. 5.3.5 thokaṃ visadisaṃ) vuttanti.
这里所说的“出罪”,是指某种能从此罪中出离的律仪行事,在此即名为“出罪”。所谓“以部分代整体的称呼”,在此以“砍树枝者被称为砍树者”等为例证,这也是对“受蕴”等惯用语的例证。所谓“并非由我”,是就审察句而言,针对他的行为;而在解脱方面,则是就决意及解脱的自性而说。显示巴利原文
Yaṃtaṃ āpattivuṭṭhānanti ettha yena vinayakammena tato vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, taṃ idha āpattivuṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Avayave samūhavohārena vāti ettha sākhacchedako rukkhacchedakoti vuccatītiādi nidassanaṃ, vedanākkhandhādi ruḷhīsaddassa nidassanaṃ. Na ca mayāti vīmaṃsanapadassa tassa kiriyaṃ sandhāya, mocane ca sanniṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya muccanapakatiyā cāti vuttaṃ.
240 “家”即五种欲功德。“林野所得”即礼物。贪经由相应的乐受之门,被称为“味”。“对于正在做梦者”,这是指如同被猿睡所制伏、未中断有分相续而作梦者,应如此审察。“为守护故”,即为清净故。显示巴利原文
240.Gehanti pañcakāmaguṇā. Vanabhaṅgiyanti pābhatikaṃ. Sampayuttasukhavedanāmukhena rāgova ‘‘assādo’’ti vutto. Supantassa cāti idaṃ kapimiddhapareto viya bhavaṅgasantatiṃ avicchinditvā supantaṃ sandhāya vuttanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Jagganatthāyāti sodhanatthāya.
266 他们说:“对于木制女像、泥土女像,即便凝视其女根,也得恶作。”他们写道:“当热恼生起时,出于解脱欲的贪便生起。”在“以沙”等处,如同“象欲者毁灭”中一样,一切处皆读作“你犯戒”。“来,贤友沙弥,你握住我的男根”——因经中如此说,故似乎也适合称为“语行”。若如此,则对于“你这样做”的命令也会犯戒,便造成混乱。因此,有些人认为不应说是语行,应如此把握。显示巴利原文
266. ‘‘Dārudhītalikalepacittānaṃ aṅgajātapaṭinijjhānepi dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Uppanne pariḷāhe mocanarāgajo’’ti likhanti. Vālikāya vā ‘‘hatthikāmaṃ nassatī’’ti ettha viya ‘‘āpatti tva’’nti sabbattha pāṭho. ‘‘Ehi me tvaṃ, āvuso sāmaṇera, aṅgajātaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āgatattā ‘‘vacīkamma’’ntipi vattuṃ yuttaṃ viya dissati. Evaṃ sante aññaṃ ‘‘evaṃ karohī’’ti āṇattiyāpi āpatti siyāti saṅkaraṃ hoti. Tasmā na vuttanti gahetabbanti keci.
267 据说在《花鬘》中,“有主物”与“无主物”为两种。显示巴利原文
267. ‘‘Pupphāvaliyaṃ sāsavaḷiya’’nti duvidho kira.
2. 身触戒的注释显示巴利原文
2. Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
270 “陷入”一词,表示他存有追求欲乐的意图。“与心已颠倒的女人”一句,表示他的努力。其中,“与”字指出了结合;而此处的努力,即是会合与亲近。以何心?以颠倒之心,并非以接受钵食等为意图。“陷入身体接触”一句,则表示那努力者的觉知触。因为正是在努力之后觉知触,才称为“陷入”。如是,便显示他具足三支。又或问:“陷入”是何义?如同被夜叉等众生所执一般,以颠倒的心陷入。或者,在“依止”义上,此为具格:“陷入”即如众生落入井中等,心已颠倒。又或,他以“我将从贪欲中跳出”而进入比丘位,因存有跳出的意图,却以颠倒心为因,反而陷入那贪欲本身。是女人来到自己近处,或自己走向女人。于此,无论女人是染着还是离染,皆无有量,不似比丘尼的身体接触那样,须双方皆有染心才构成犯缘。显示巴利原文
270. ‘‘Otiṇṇo’’ti imināssa sevanādhippāyatā dassitā. ‘‘Vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmena saddhi’’nti imināssa vāyāmo dassito. ‘‘Saddhi’’nti hi padaṃ saṃyogaṃ dīpeti, so ca payogo samāgamo allīyanaṃ. Kena cittena? Vipariṇatena cittena, na pattapaṭiggahaṇādhippāyādināti adhippāyo. ‘‘Kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyā’’ti imināssa vāyamato phassapaṭivijānanā dassitā hoti. Vāyamitvā phassaṃ paṭivijānanto hi samāpajjati nāma. Evamassa tivaṅgasampatti dassitā hoti. Atha vā otiṇṇo. Kena? Vipariṇatena cittena yakkhādinā satto viya. Upayogatthe vā etaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Otiṇṇo vipariṇataṃ cittaṃ kūpādiṃ viya satto. Atha vā ‘‘rāgato uttiṇṇo bhavissāmī’’ti bhikkhubhāvaṃ upagato, tato uttiṇṇādhippāyato vipariṇatena cittena hetubhūtena tameva rāgaṃ otiṇṇo. Mātugāmena attano samīpaṃ āgatena, attanā upagatena vā. Etena mātugāmassa sārattatā vā hotu virattatā vā, sā idha appamāṇā, na bhikkhunīnaṃ kāyasaṃsagge viya ubhinnaṃ sārattatāya payojanaṃ atthi.
所谓“身体接触”,即两者的身体相互结合。然而,在《词分别》中说:“‘陷入’称为恶行”,这是针对“陷入”而言,并非针对“身体接触”。因为,陷入身体接触才被称为“恶行”。可是,复注中说:“那个名为身体接触的,实质上就是恶行”,这与圣典另处所说的“有追求欲乐的意图,但未以身努力,觉知触,不犯”这一特征相违。因为那里是以觉知触来说明接触的。如果它就是恶行,怎么会没有犯呢?此说甚善。不过,若将“陷入身体接触”一词提取出来,说“被称为恶行”,因为这两个词在《词分别》中都有共同的解释,在无有可陷入之事时,以无陷入之故,说“它实质上就是恶行”才为合理。显示巴利原文
Kāyasaṃsagganti ubhinnaṃ kāyānaṃ sampayogaṃ. Padabhājane pana ‘‘samāpajjeyyāti ajjhācāro vuccatī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ samāpajjanaṃ sandhāya, na kāyasaṃsaggaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggassa samāpajjanā hi ‘‘ajjhācāro’’ti vuccati. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘yo so kāyasaṃsaggo nāma, so atthato ajjhācāro hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ parato pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘sevanādhippāyo, na ca kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpattī’’ti (pārā. 279) vuttalakkhaṇena virujjhatīti. Phassapaṭivijānanāya hi saṃsaggo dīpito. So ce ajjhācāro hoti, kathaṃ anāpatti hotīti. Suvuttametaṃ, kintu ‘‘kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyā’’ti padaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘ajjhācāro vuccatī’’ti ubhinnampi padānaṃ sāmaññabhājanīyattā, samāpajjitabbābhāve samāpajjanābhāvena ‘‘so atthato ajjhācāro hotī’’ti vuttaṃ siyā.
“或握手”一词中,以“手”涵盖了所有执取之身,但不包括不同相续的附属物,如手饰等。“或持发”一词中,应知执取了非执取的、不同相续的毛发、指甲、牙齿等,这些由业和时节所生。因此,复注中说:“即使以任何非执取的毛发等,触及执取的或非执取的,也犯桑喀地谢沙。”所以,非执取的毛发等也构成犯相之支。若问:这与圣典及复注中“觉知触者具足三支犯桑喀地谢沙,不觉知触者具足二支犯恶作”的道理是否相违?非也,因为此是为了通达其义。所谓“觉知触”,也指觉知已触的状态,这是一个含义。因此,女人与自己身体所属的毛发等互相接触,触后而生欢喜,即称为“觉知触”,并非单以身识生起才叫觉知触。因为此处身识是不决定的。若女人的执取身或非执取身触及比丘的执取身,如果比丘的身根明净,则生起身识,这才称为觉知触。若是触及非执取身,或比丘身根迟钝不明净,或被翳风所损之身,则不生起身识。但并非因此就不称为觉知触。仅以追求欲乐的意图努力后,陷入身体接触时,以意识觉知触,这才称为觉知触。因此才说:“通过‘陷入身体接触’一词,表示了那努力者的觉知触”。另有比丘被女人。显示巴利原文
‘‘Hatthaggāhaṃ vā’’ti ettha hatthena sabbopi upādinnako kāyo saṅgahito, na bhinnasantāno tappaṭibaddho hatthālaṅkārādi. Veṇiggahaṇena anupādinnako abhinnasantāno kesalomanakhadantādiko kammapaccayautusamuṭṭhāno gahitoti veditabbaṃ. Tenevāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anupādinnakenapi kenaci kesādinā upādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakaṃ vā phusantopi saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjatiyevā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.274). Tena anupādinnakānampi kesalomādīnaṃ aṅgabhāvo veditabbo. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘phassaṃ paṭijānātīti tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso. Phassassa appaṭivijānanato duvaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭa’’nti iminā pāḷiaṭṭhakathānayena virujjhatīti ce? Na, tadatthajānanato. Phuṭṭhabhāvañhi paṭivijānantopi phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma, ayameko attho, tasmā mātugāmassa, attano ca kāyapariyāpannānaṃ kesādīnaṃ aññamaññaṃ phuṭṭhabhāvaṃ phusitvā taṃ sādiyanaṃ phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma, na kāyaviññāṇuppattiyā eva. Anekantikañhettha kāyaviññāṇaṃ. Mātugāmassa upādinnakena kāyena, anupādinnakena vā kāyena bhikkhuno upādinnakakāye phuṭṭhe pasannakāyindriyo ce hoti, tassa kāyaviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, teneva phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma so hoti. Anupādinnakakāyo, loluppo appasannakāyindriyo vā hoti, timiravātena upahatakāyo vā tassa kāyaviññāṇaṃ nuppajjati. Na ca tena phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma, kevalaṃ sevanādhippāyena vāyamitvā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma manoviññāṇena, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyāti imināssa vāyamato phassapaṭivijānanā dassitā’’ti. Aparopi bhikkhu mātugāmassa kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā phuṭṭho kāyaviññāṇaṃ uppādentena phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘anekantikañhettha kāyaviññāṇa’’nti. Aparo vatthaṃ pārupitvā niddāyantaṃ mātugāmaṃ kāyasaṃsaggarāgena vatthassa uparibhāge saṇikaṃ phusanto vatthantarena nikkhantalomasamphassaṃ appaṭivijānantopi sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamitvā phassaṃ paṭivijānāti nāma, saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati. ‘‘Nīlaṃ ghaṭṭessāmīti kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, saṅghādiseso’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ dutiyo attho. Evaṃ anekatthattā, evaṃ duviññeyyādhippāyato ca mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ phassapaṭivijānanaṃ aṅgantveva na vuttaṃ. Tasmiñhi vutte ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, yaṃ bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjitvāpi nakhena lomena saṃsaggo diṭṭho, na ca me lomaghaṭṭanena kāyaviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ, timiravātathaddhagatto cāhaṃ na phassaṃ paṭivijānāmīti anāpannasaññī siyāti na vuttaṃ, apica ‘‘phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātī’’ti ca etesaṃ padānaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayaṃ dassetvā so paññāpetabbo. Ettāvatā na tadatthajānanatoti kāraṇaṃ vitthāritaṃ hoti.
词分别之解释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
271 “染着之心在此处意指变异的”——虽然此说是笼统而言,但《调伏事》中说:“以对母亲的母爱之心触碰……乃至……犯恶作。”由此应知,此处的“染着”唯指以身触为缘的染着心。同样,“所谓女人,即人类女性”——虽然不加简别地这样说,但此处实际仅指根未损坏的人类女性,因为经中说“对死去的女性行身触……乃至……犯偷兰遮”。“人类女性”一语本已足以成立,却又说“非夜叉女、非饿鬼女、非畜生女”,这是为了显示:即使根未损坏,也并非所有具人形的女性在此都称为人类女性。因为夜叉女等凭借各自出生所成就的神通力,也能显现为人形。在她们之中,夜叉女是偷兰遮的对象,因为《调伏事》中说对夜叉女行身触犯偷兰遮。由于性质同类,饿鬼女和天女也是偷兰遮的对象。畜生女是恶作的对象。而畜生人形女,一部分人说仅为偷兰遮的对象。然而,在《分别》中,因为没有“是人类女性且作人类女性想”这样的原文,若说“是女性且作夜叉女想”等,便会导致夜叉女等不是女性的过失;若将夜叉女等纳入“是女性且作女性想”等之中,又会导致她们成为桑喀地谢沙对象的过失,因此应知未提及夜叉女等。又显示巴利原文
271.‘‘Rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇata’’nti kiñcāpi sāmaññena vuttaṃ, vinītavatthūsu ‘‘mātuyā mātupemena āmasati…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttattā kāyasaṃsaggarāgeneva rattanti veditabbaṃ. Tathā ‘‘mātugāmo nāma manussitthī’’ti kiñcāpi avisesena vuttaṃ, atha kho avinaṭṭhindriyāva manussitthī idhādhippetā ‘‘matitthiyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji…pe… āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti vuttattā. ‘‘Manussitthī’’ti ettāvatā siddhe ‘‘na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā’’ti vacanaṃ avinaṭṭhindriyāpi na sabbā manussaviggahā itthī idha manussitthī nāma. Yakkhiādayo hi attano jātisiddhena iddhivisesena ijjhantiyo manussaviggahāpi hontīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tāsu yakkhī thullaccayavatthu hoti vinītavatthūsu yakkhiyā kāyasaṃsaggena thullaccayassa vuttattā. Tadanulomattā petitthī, devitthī ca thullaccayavatthu. Tiracchānagatitthī dukkaṭavatthu. Tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthī ca thullaccayavatthumevāti eke. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘manussitthī ca hoti manussitthisaññī’’ti pāḷiyā abhāvena ‘‘itthī ca hoti yakkhisaññī’’tiādivacane sati yakkhiādīnaṃ anitthitāpasaṅgato, ‘‘itthī ca hoti itthisaññī’’tiādimhi yakkhiādīnaṃ antokaraṇe sati tāsaṃ saṅghādisesavatthubhāvappasaṅgato ca yakkhiādayo na vuttāti veditabbā. Eke pana ‘‘vinītavatthumhi ‘aññataro bhikkhu tiracchānagatitthiyā kāya…pe… dukkaṭassā’ti ettha amanussaviggahā pākatikatiracchānagatitthī adhippetā, tasmā dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘Itthī ca hoti tiracchānagatasaññīti tiracchānagatā ca hoti itthisaññī’tiādivāresupi pākatikatiracchānagatova adhippeto, so ca tiracchānagatapurisova. Teneva duṭṭhullavācāattakaāmapāricariyasikkhāpadesu manussapurisapaṭisaṃyuttavārā viya tiracchānapaṭisaṃyuttavārāpi nāgatā’’ti vadanti. Tathā paṇḍakoti idha manussapaṇḍakova, purisoti ca idha manussapurisova āgato, tasmā amanussitthī amanussapaṇḍako amanussapuriso tiracchānagatitthī tiracchānagatapaṇḍako manussāmanussatiracchānagataubhatobyañjanakā cāti aṭṭha janā idha nāgatā, tesaṃ vasena vatthusaññāvimatibhedavasena āpattibhedābhedavinicchayo, anāgatavāragaṇanā ca asammuyhantena veditabbā, tathā tesaṃ dukamissakādivārā, āpattianāpattibhedavinicchayo ca. ‘‘Tattha amanussapaṇḍakaamanussapurisatiracchānagatitthitiracchānagatapaṇḍakāti cattāro dukkaṭavatthukā, amanussitthimanussaubhatobyañjanakā thullaccayavatthukā, amanussaubhatobyañjanakā tiracchānagataubhatobyañjanakā dukkaṭavatthukā, pāḷiyaṃ pana amanussitthiyā anāgatattā amanussapaṇḍakā, ubhatobyañjanakā purisā ca nāgatā. Tiracchānagatitthipaṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakā tiracchānagatapurisena samānagatikattā nāgatā, manussaubhatobyañjanako manussapaṇḍakena samānagatikattā anāgato’’ti vadanti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.281) pana ‘‘nāgamāṇavikāyapi supaṇṇamāṇavikāyapi kinnariyāpi gāviyāpi dukkaṭamevā’’ti vuttattā tadeva pamāṇato gahetabbaṃ.
于此有这样的审察:“诸比丘,不应于有畜生坐着的会众中诵巴帝摩卡。”对此,《疑惑度脱义注》中说:“畜生,是指其受具足戒被遮止者。”因此,畜生人形者比普通畜生更为殊胜。同样,由于在“对畜生造成痛苦,也只是恶作”之处,对夜叉、饿鬼、畜生人形者作了区别而说;在“堕落的形态是标准,而非死亡的形态”处,有犯戒差别的说法;以及在“于双方根坏者,对夜叉、或饿鬼、或黄门、或畜生人形者,于腋下至膝上以身触身,犯偷兰遮”处,以通称而说,故成立其为殊胜。由于殊胜,对畜生人形女行身触者,便有差别,因此在那里应有犯戒的差别。如果身触学处也意指畜生人形女,那么由于形态相同而不可能想离染,在粗恶语、自求行淫等学处中,她也应当被述及,但她并未出现。若说因为以自性略说而未出现?在“是女性且是畜生,两者作女性想”处,由于此处出现了男性名词的表述,故不合理。因此,此处出现了雄性畜生,而畜生人形女虽在圣典中未出现,但在《义注》中说了只是恶作——应探寻此说法的理由之影,这是他的意图。这并不合理。为何?因为当女性和男性合说时,存显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabba’’nti (mahāva. 183) ettha ‘‘tiracchānagatoti yassa upasampadā paṭikkhittā’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā) aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā tiracchānagatamanussaviggaho pākatikatiracchānagatato visiṭṭho, tathā yakkhapetatiracchānagatamanussaviggahānaṃ ‘‘tiracchānagatassa ca dukkhuppattiyaṃ apica dukkaṭamevā’’ti ettha visesetvā vuttattā ca ‘‘patanarūpaṃ pamāṇaṃ, na maraṇarūpa’’nti ettha āpattivisesavacanato ca ‘‘ubhato avassute yakkhassa vā petassa vā paṇḍakassa vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahassa vā adhakkhakaṃ ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti (pāci. 661) sāmaññena vacanato ca so visiṭṭhoti siddhaṃ. Visiṭṭhattā ca tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjantassāti viseso hoti, tasmā tattha āpattivisesena bhavitabbaṃ. Yadi kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpade tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthīpi adhippetā, rūpasāmaññena saññāvirāgattāsambhavato duṭṭhullavācāattakāmapāricariyasikkhāpadesupi sā vattabbā bhaveyya, sā cānāgatā. Sarūpena saṃkhittavārattā nāgatāti ce? Itthī ca hoti tiracchānagato ca ubhinnaṃ itthisaññīti idha āgatattā purisaliṅganiddeso na yujjati, tasmā tiracchānagatapuriso ca idha āgato, tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā pāḷiyaṃ anāgatāyapi dukkaṭameva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattāti imassa vacanassa kāraṇacchāyā pariyesitabbāti adhippāyo. Idaṃ na yujjati. Kasmā? Itthīnaṃ, purisānañca ekato vacane purisaliṅgasabbhāvato. Idha tiracchānagatapurisapaṇḍakitthiyo tissopi ekato sampiṇḍetvā ‘‘tiracchānagato’’ti vuttaṃ.
其中,于人形者与非人形者中,应依情况而了知有称为女人、黄门、男人的情形。在粗语等两条学处中,由于语句的略说,未出现男人、畜生等。如同在已述之处有犯,在该处也是如此。否则,若向男人说暗示语无犯,而向黄门说暗示语则为偷兰遮,这在《论母注释》中已有说明。因此,那些语句是略说的,此义可以理解。而且,在黄门、男人、畜生中,有作女人想的差别,即便如此,在那里也说为恶作。因此,应以注释中所说为准。在这两种说法中,何处见到合理性、理由或更多,应善加审察后采纳,此为阿阇梨的意见。在这样的地方,应善加审察后方可讲说。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca manussaviggahāmanussaviggahesu itthipaṇḍakapurisasaññitā yathāsambhavaṃ veditabbā. Duṭṭhullavācādisikkhāpadadvaye vārānaṃ saṃkhittattā purisatiracchānagatādayo nāgatā. Yathāvuttesu āpatti, tathā tatthāpi. Aññathā purisaṃ obhāsantassa ca anāpattīti paṇḍakaṃ obhāsantassa ca thullaccayanti mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā te vārā saṃkhittāti paññāyantīti. Viseso ca paṇḍake, purise, tiracchānagate ca itthisaññissa atthi, tathāpi tattha dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttameva pamāṇanti dvinnametesaṃ vādānaṃ yattha yutti vā kāraṇaṃ vā atirekaṃ dissati, taṃ vicāretvā gahetabbanti āricayo. Evarūpesu ṭhānesu suṭṭhu vicāretvā kathetabbaṃ.
其中,首先应如此简略地了知律典中所出现的句数计数:以女人为根本的五句,以黄门、男人、畜生为根本的各五句,这二十句是单根本句;同样,双根本句有二十句,混合根本句有二十句,共六十句,是为三组二十句。于每一组二十句中,各取一个单根本句,以身触身、以身触身所系属物、以身所系属物触身,说了这三句。其余五十七句是略说的。同样,以身所系属物触身说了三句,其余略说。如此,以身所系属物触身所系属物、以舍堕物触身、以舍堕物触身所系属物、以舍堕物触舍堕物,各各说了三句,其余略说。如是,依六种三句组,有十八句以具体形式说出,其余三百四十二句则为略说。此后,在女人有染心的情况下,以身触身等,如前所述十八句逐一增加,共二十一句以具体形式出现,三百九十九句为略说。此后,说明犯与不犯的部分,则有以欲行意为根本的四句和以解脱意为根本的四句,两个四句组出现。显示巴利原文
Tattha pāḷiyaṃ āgatavāragaṇanā tāva evaṃ saṅkhepato veditabbā – itthimūlakā pañca vārā paṇḍakapurisatiracchānagatamūlakā ca pañca pañcāti vīsati vārā ekamūlakā, tathā dumūlakā vīsati, missakamūlakā vīsatīti saṭṭhi vārā, tāni tīṇi vīsatikāni honti. Ekekasmiṃ vīsatike ekekamūlavāraṃ gahetvā kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhavārā tayo vuttā. Sesā sattapaññāsa vārā saṃkhittā, tathā kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyavārā tayo vuttā, sesā saṃkhittā, evaṃ kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhavārepi nissaggiyena kāyavārepi nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhavārepi nissaggiyena nissaggiyavārepi tayo tayo vārā vuttā, sesā saṃkhittā. Evaṃ channaṃ tikānaṃ vasena aṭṭhārasa vārā āgatāti sarūpato vuttā, sesā dvecattālīsādhikāni tīṇi vārasatāni saṃkhittāni. Tato paraṃ mātugāmassa sārattapakkhe kāyena kāyanti ekamekaṃ vaḍḍhetvā pubbe vuttā aṭṭhārasa vārā āgatāti ekavīsati vārā sarūpena āgatā, navanavutādhikāni tīṇi vārasatāni saṃkhittāni. Tato paraṃ āpattānāpattidīpakā cattāro sevanādhippāyamūlakā cattāro mokkhādhippāyamūlakāti dve catukkā āgatā.
其中,有一种差别:即所谓“论母中的摩触句”,以此,因为从“摩触”等乃至“触”为止的十二个词全都被摄取了,所以未作词句的分别,而说“摩触、执摩、触”。应知,所谓“执摩”即是摩触。因为若说“触”,则“执摩”也可能成为单独的一类,应如此理解。在“是女人且想为女人”这第一个句中,便已结合显示了全部十二种摩触等。此后,在开头仅出现两个词,即四个词出现,其余应知是略说的。然而,在以舍堕物触身等句中,由于不可能以所有方式获得,故仅有“摩触”一词出现,其余则无。有“他移动并取走”的说法,也是“他移动”。而在《结文》中,写有“依前所说方式,即用绳、布等围绕”,“依前所说方式,即成为遍触”,“由于对商队首领的犯行已制定,故在触毛时也是桑喀地谢沙”,以及“为了说明那点,而说‘以执取’等”。显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ viseso – yadidaṃ mātikāya parāmasanapadaṃ, tena yasmā āmasanādīni chupanapariyosānāni dvādasapi padāni gahitāni, tasmā paduddhāraṃ akatvā ‘‘āmasanā parāmasanaṃ chupana’’nti āha. Parāmasanaṃ nāma āmasanā. ‘‘Chupana’’nti hi vutte parāmasanampi visuṃ ekattaṃ bhaveyyāti veditabbaṃ. Itthī ca hoti itthisaññī cāti imasmiṃ paṭhamavāre eva dvādasapi āmasanādīni yojetvā dassitāni. Tato paraṃ ādimhi dve padānīti cattāri padāni āgatāni, itarāni saṃkhittānīti veditabbāni. Nissaggiyena kāyavārādīsu pana sabbākārena alābhato āmasanamevekaṃ āgataṃ, netarāni. ‘‘Sañcopeti haratī’’ti pāṭho, sañcopeti ca. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana ‘‘purimanayenevāti rajjuvatthādīhi parikkhipane’’ti ca pacchā ‘‘purimanayenevāti sammasanā hotī’’ti ca ‘‘veṇiggāhe āpattiyā paññattattā lomaphusanepi saṅghādiseso’’ti ca ‘‘taṃ pakāsetuṃ upādinnakena hītiādi vutta’’nti ca likhitaṃ.
“依所指示的解说”,即在此处所指示的解说中。当说“他执取了相似的”时,意思是“他执取了那样的”,即在此处令作重罪,或是在“身触分别”中的意思。另一者也是触身所系属物者。在“执取时”一句中,或为“执取”。“于离染者”,即于错误者。“有染心”,即以身触之染而染污,意思是自己意图的。“我将执取离染的母亲、姐妹等”,以亲属之爱而执取离染者,此处恶作是合理的。“我将执取有身触染或染心者”,却执取了离染的母亲,即执取了非意图的。在此,依大善见长老的说法,是偷兰遮,因为他有“我将执取身”的意图而执取了身所系属物,故得偷兰遮的见解。根据“是女人、想为女人、有染心,比丘以女人之身触其身,犯桑喀地谢沙”的文句,也显示为桑喀地谢沙。“我将执取离染者”却执取了有染者,此处也显示为桑喀地谢沙,根据“以‘我将触青衣’的意图而触其身,桑喀地谢沙”的文句。然而,在此,《随结》中说:“因为在预备阶段没有身触染”。但有些人说:“由于畏惧重罪,以‘我只触青衣’的意图努力而触其身,因为在预备阶段他有‘我将触身所系属物’的进行,所以应是恶作。”据说法喜显示巴利原文
Yathāniddiṭṭhaniddeseti imasmiṃyeva yathāniddiṭṭhe niddese. ‘‘Sadisaṃ aggahesī’’ti vutte tādisaṃ aggahesīti garukaṃ tattha kārayeti attho, kāyasaṃsaggavibhaṅge vāti attho. Itaropi kāyapaṭibaddhachupanako. Gahaṇe cāti gahaṇaṃ vā. Virāgiteti viraddhe. Sārattanti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena rattaṃ, attanā adhippetanti attho. ‘‘Mātubhaginiādivirattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti virattaṃ ñātipemavasena gaṇhi, ettha dukkaṭaṃ yuttaṃ. ‘‘Kāyasaṃsaggarāgaṃ vā sārattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti virattaṃ mātaraṃ gaṇhi, anadhippetaṃ gaṇhi. Ettha mahāsumattheravādena thullaccayaṃ ‘‘kāyaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhāti, thullaccayanti laddhikattā. ‘‘Itthī ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’ti (pārā. 273) vacanato saṅghādisesopi khāyati. ‘‘Virattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti sārattaṃ gaṇhāti, etthapi saṅghādisesova khāyati ‘‘nīlaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī’ti kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, saṅghādiseso’’ti vacanato. Ettha pana ‘‘na pubbabhāge kāyasaṃsaggarāgattā’’ti anugaṇṭhipade kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘garukāpattibhayena ‘nīlameva ghaṭṭessāmī’ti vāyāmanto kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, pubbabhāge tassa ‘kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī’ti pavattattā dukkaṭena bhavitabba’’nti vadanti. Dhammasiritthero ‘‘evarūpe saṅghādiseso’’ti vadati kira. ‘‘Itthiubhatobyañjanakaitthiyā purisaubhatobyañjanakapurise vuttanayena āpattibhedo, itthiliṅgassa paṭicchannakālepi itthivaseneva āpattī’’ti vadanti.
附随事例解释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
281 “草垫”:取香根草等的根部制作而成。“多罗叶指环”:以多罗叶制成的指环;由此,凡以多罗叶所制的席、腰绳、耳饰等,一切皆不许——此义已明。据说,铜叶洲的居民不触碰所绘的女像与腰布。“从矿中取出者”唯指珍珠。“宝石杂饰”:为装饰目的而镶嵌金藤等。“与金一起熔炼”:加入金液后烧炼。从种子、矿物、石头开始。长老说“不许可”,是因为说了“你们派遣”。据说,若说“你们供养塔庙吧”,则许可。“水泡”指星星。黄铜金属亦属生金一类。显示巴利原文
281.Tiṇaṇḍupakanti hiriverādimūlāni gahetvā kattabbaṃ. Tālapaṇṇamuddikanti tālapaṇṇamayaṃ aṅgulimuddikaṃ, tena tālapaṇṇamayaṃ kaṭaṃ, kaṭisuttakaṃ, kaṇṇapiḷandhanādi sabbaṃ na vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. Tambapaṇṇivāsino itthirūpaṃ likhitaṃ, kaṭikapaṭañca na chupanti kira. Ākarato muttamatto. Ratanamissoti alaṅkāratthaṃ kato kañcanalatādivinaddho. Suvaṇṇena saddhiṃ yojetvā pacitvāti suvaṇṇarasaṃ pakkhipitvā pacitvā. Bījato dhātupāsāṇato paṭṭhāya. Thero na kappatīti ‘‘tumhākaṃ pesita’’nti vuttattā. ‘‘Cetiyassa pūjaṃ karothā’’ti vutte vaṭṭati kira. Bubbuḷakaṃ tārakaṃ. Ārakūṭalohampi jātarūpagatikameva.
此事已载于《盲人注》中:显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
“黄铜金属与黄金相似,随顺于金,故不可触。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Ārakūṭalohaṃ suvaṇṇasadisameva, suvaṇṇaṃ anulometi, anāmāsa’’nti.
由于“但为药用的目的则许可”这一句开许,《大注》中所说的方法部分也因此得到承许,故应于种种情形中,明了其意图而予以阐明。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhesajjatthāya pana vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayekadesopi anuññāto hotīti tattha tattha adhippāyaṃ ñatvā vibhāvetabbaṃ.
粗恶语学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
283 在第三部分,有三桑喀地谢沙品、三偷兰遮品、三恶作品、三身系属品,合十二品以本形出现。其中,三桑喀地谢沙品已于第二学处中说,应知即三个二十组中各以一种根本所成的品。因此,此处为示简别,略说为五十品。否则,若比丘对女人、有疑者、有染心者,以女人大便道、小便道为缘而说赞美……偷兰遮罪。若比丘对女人、想为黄门者、想为畜生者、有染心者,以女人大便道、小便道为缘而说赞美或辱骂,偷兰遮罪。若比丘对黄门、想为黄门者、有染心者,以黄门大便道为缘而说赞美,偷兰遮罪。如果将这些犯处视作无犯,那是不合理的,而事实上并非无犯。为阐明“对黄门作女人想者,恶作”,故说“女人与黄门,若对二者皆作女人想,则有桑喀地谢沙与恶作罪”。由此,“对黄门作黄门想者,偷兰遮”即已被说出。因此,应知在一切略品中,于偷兰遮处即说偷兰遮,于恶作处即说恶作。同样,以“若比丘对女人、有疑者、有染心者,以其除大便道、小便道外,从腋下至膝上为缘而说赞美……偷兰遮罪”等方法,在偷兰遮领域亦应如理举出。同样,以“若比丘对女人、有疑者、有染心者,以其身系属物为缘而说赞美……恶作罪”等方式显示巴利原文
283. Tatiye tayo saṅghādisesavārā tayo thullaccayavārā tayo dukkaṭavārā tayo kāyapaṭibaddhavārāti dvādasa vārā sarūpena āgatā. Tattha tayo saṅghādisesavārā dutiyasikkhāpade vuttāti tiṇṇaṃ vīsatikānaṃ ekekamūlā vārāti veditabbā, tasmā idha visesāti paṇṇāsa vārā saṃkhittā honti, aññathā itthī ca hoti vematiko sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇampi bhaṇati…pe… āpatti thullaccayassa. Itthī ca hoti paṇḍakapurisasaññī tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇampi bhaṇati akkosatipi, āpatti thullaccayassa. Paṇḍako ca hoti paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca naṃ paṇḍakassa vaccamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇampi bhaṇati, āpatti thullaccayassāti evamādīnaṃ āpattiṭṭhānānaṃ anāpattiṭṭhānatā āpajjeyya, na cāpajjati, paṇḍake itthisaññissa dukkaṭanti dīpetuṃ ‘‘itthī ca paṇḍako ca ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī āpatti saṅghādisesena dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttattā ‘‘paṇḍake paṇḍakasaññissa thullaccaya’’nti vuttameva hoti, tasmā sabbattha saṃkhittavāresu thullaccayaṭṭhāne thullaccayaṃ, dukkaṭaṭṭhāne dukkaṭampi vuttameva hotīti veditabbaṃ. Tathā ‘‘itthī ca hoti vematiko sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ṭhapetvā adhakkhakaṃ ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ ādissa vaṇṇampi bhaṇati…pe… thullaccayassā’’tiādinā nayena thullaccayakhettepi yathāsambhavaṃ uddharitabbā. Tathā ‘‘itthī ca hoti vematiko sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ ādissa vaṇṇampi bhaṇati…pe… dukkaṭassā’’tiādinā nayena kāyapaṭibaddhavārāpi yathāsambhavaṃ uddharitabbā. Kāyappaṭibaddhavārattikaṃ viya nissaggiyavārattikaṃ labbhamānampi āpattivisesābhāvato na uddhaṭaṃ. Kāyappaṭibaddhavārattike pana dinnanayattā tampi tadanulomā vārā ca uddharitabbā. Sabbattha na-viññū taruṇadārikā, mahallikā ummattikādikā ca anadhippetā, pageva pākatikā tiracchānagatitthīnaṃ, tathā paṇḍakādayopīti veditabbā. Sesaṃ dutiye vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
分别注释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
285 如所说的方法,即书写为“以身触的女相”。“以女相”据称是《大注疏》的文本。“头不触”并非辱骂,唯在结合时方成辱骂。这里的差别在于:唯当此三者结合时方成桑喀地谢沙,因为大小便道的言语确定,或因极粗重之故,而非以其他八种如“无相者”等。其中,“非经血者”、“常经血者”、“常着布者”、“常流者”、“女黄门者”、“女丈夫者”此六种是针对道的非确定语;“无相者”、“仅有相者”此二词则非极粗重者。由此八词被称为“不产生桑喀地谢沙”,故为偷兰遮事。有人说,如在外道事中,仅因辱骂便成恶做事。而“女黄门者”、“女丈夫者”此二词本身是显示全身形态差别的清净词,并不产生桑喀地谢沙,因为全身共通;其他词则产生桑喀地谢沙,因为不共通,唯显示尿道,如同“有峰者”一词。而“双性人者”一词,是与不构成桑喀地谢沙事的男根混合之语。男性双性人的女根隐蔽,男根显露。如果这也产生桑喀地谢沙,那为何“无相者”等词不产生桑喀地谢沙?有人虽如此说,实不合理。因为对男子也是称说根,且在总论中说“与淫欲相关的为桑喀地谢沙”,且特征已被说明,所以即使在与淫欲相关的暗显示巴利原文
285.Vuttanayamevāti ‘‘kāyasaṃsagge itthilakkhaṇenā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Itthilakkhaṇenā’’ti kira mahāaṭṭhakathāpāṭho. Sīsaṃ na etīti akkosanaṃ na hoti, ghaṭite pana hoti. Tatrāyaṃ viseso – imehi tīhi ghaṭite eva saṅghādiseso vaccamaggapassāvamaggānaṃ niyatavacanattā, accoḷārikattā vā, na aññehi animittāsītiādīhi aṭṭhahi. Tattha alohitāsi, dhuvalohitāsi, dhuvacoḷāsi, paggharaṇīsi, itthipaṇḍakāsi, vepurisikāsīti etāni cha maggānaṃ aniyatavacanāni, animittāsi, nimittamattāsīti dve padāni anaccoḷārikāni ca, yato aṭṭhapadāni ‘‘saṅghādisesaṃ na janentī’’ti vuttāni, tasmā tāni thullaccayavatthūni. Paribbājakavatthumhi viya akkosamattattā dukkaṭavatthūnīti eke. Itthipaṇḍakāsi, vepurisikāsīti etāneva padāni sakalasarīrasaṇṭhānabhedadīpakāni suddhāni saṅghādisesaṃ na janenti sakalasarīrasāmaññattā, itarāni janenti asāmaññattā. Tāni hi passāvamaggameva dīpenti sikharaṇī-padaṃ viya. Ubhatobyañjanāsīti vacanaṃ pana purisanimittena asaṅghādisesavatthunā missavacanaṃ. Purisaubhatobyañjanakassa ca itthinimittaṃ paṭicchannaṃ, purisanimittaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti. Yadi tampi janeti, kathaṃ animittāsītiādipadāni na saṅghādisesaṃ janentīti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Purisassapi nimittādhivacanato, ‘‘methunupasaṃhitāhi saṅghādiseso’’ti mātikāya lakkhaṇassa vuttattā ca methunupasaṃhitāhipi obhāsane paṭivijānantiyā saṅghādiseso, appaṭivijānantiyā thullaccayaṃ, itarehi obhāsane paṭivijānantiyā thullaccayaṃ, appaṭivijānantiyā dukkaṭanti eke, sabbaṃ suṭṭhu vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ.
287 “笑着”者:若针对某人而说,而对方领会其意,则成桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
287.Hasantoti yaṃ uddissa bhaṇati, sā ce paṭivijānāti, saṅghādiseso.
已决断事注释显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
289 文本为“名为已反驳者”。其中的“不”字是多余的。有人说“即使以书写文字的方式也构成”,如果这与转向后随即生起之方式相符合,则可持取此说。显示巴利原文
289. ‘‘Paṭivuttaṃ nāmā’’ti pāṭho. No-saddo adhiko. ‘‘Akkharalikhanenapi hotī’’ti vadanti, taṃ āvajjanasamanantaravidhinā sameti ce, gahetabbaṃ.
4. 自求欲事学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Attakāmapāricariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
290 在第四种情况中,出现了三种桑喀地谢沙的类别,其余五十七种类别应知是偷兰遮罪与恶做罪的简略归类,其中有一类因不可能发生,故此处未予举出。其余相关的次第,应依已说的方法了知。“以城邑资具”者,指以城墙、壕沟等城邑的附属物。“白色资具”者,即白色的装饰,意指以戒为庄严。“轮精进”者,即精进之轮。“贱种、恶臭”是就外相而言,正因如此,才说“我于何处有恶?我于何处有恶臭?”。显示巴利原文
290. Catutthe tayo saṅghādisesavārā āgatā, sesā sattapaññāsa vārā thullaccayadukkaṭāpattikāya saṃkhittāti veditabbā, tato aññataro asambhavato idha na uddhaṭo. Sesayojanakkamo vuttanayena veditabbo. Nagaraparikkhārehīti pākāraparikhādīhi nagaraparivārehi. Setaparikkhāroti setālaṅkāro, sīlālaṅkāroti attho (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.4). Cakkavīriyoti vīriyacakko. Vasalaṃ duggandhanti nimittaṃ sandhāyāha, tadeva sandhāya ‘‘kiṃ me pāpakaṃ, kiṃ me duggandha’’nti vuttaṃ.
291 所谓“在近处”,是指立于某处而告知。“依第一种分解,若随顺经文而组合,则为以欲为因的侍奉之义。其余部分,因‘意图’一词只是字面而无实义。依第二种分解,随顺经文,‘以欲为因’等词亦仅是字面,于彼处并无实义。如此,四个词依两种分解而得以组合。”有论师这样说。显示巴利原文
291.Santiketi yattha ṭhito viññāpeti. ‘‘Paṭhamaviggahe sace pāḷivasena yojetīti kāmahetupāricariyāattho. Sesanti ‘adhippāyo’ti padaṃ byañjanaṃ atthābhāvato. Dutiye pāḷivasena kāmahetu-padāni byañjanāni tesaṃ tattha atthābhāvato. Evaṃ cattāri padāni dvinnaṃ viggahānaṃ vasena yojitānīti apare vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
295 于这些学处,若以欲心违犯,则不适用桑喀地谢沙的开许。因此,“尊者,何谓最上施?即淫欲法”这句话,纯粹是为了赞叹淫欲法而说,应知并非以淫欲法的意图而对相关者宣说。若为其他比丘的欲事承事而作赞叹,则为恶作。若以暗示语说“你应给住在你精舍的那位最上施吧”,也是恶作。有论师说,因为也说了“为自求欲事而赞叹:像我这样的持戒者”。另有论师说,须五支具足方成桑喀地谢沙。当审察后采纳。而于复注中云:“于此二学处,如身触学处中,对女施主等说粗恶欲语时,成偷兰遮。然注疏中未提及。”他们说:“双性人则归入黄门一类。”显示巴利原文
295. Etesu sikkhāpadesu methunarāgena vītikkame sati saṅghādisesena anāpatti. Tasmā ‘‘kiṃ bhante aggadānanti. Methunadhamma’’nti idaṃ kevalaṃ methunadhammassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na methunadhammādhippāyena tadatthiyā vuttanti veditabbaṃ, parassa bhikkhuno kāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇabhaṇane dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Yo te vihāre vasati, tassa aggadānaṃ dehī’’ti pariyāyavacanenapi dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya. Yā mādisaṃ sīlavanta’’nti ca vuttattāti eke. Pañcasu aṅgesu sabbhāvā saṅghādisesovāti eke. Vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘imasmiṃ sikkhāpadadvaye kāyasaṃsagge viya yakkhipetīsu duṭṭhullattakāmavacane thullaccaya’nti vadanti. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana nāgata’’nti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Ubhatobyañjanako pana paṇḍakagatikovā’’ti vadanti.
5. 媒嫁学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Sañcarittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
297 所谓“我是恶趣者”,意即“我是恶趣者”。在“我啊,尊者们”这一句中,“尊者们”一词为复数形式。显示巴利原文
297.Ahamhi duggatāti ahaṃ amhi duggatā. Ahaṃ khvayyoti ettha ayyoti bahuvacanaṃ hoti.
298 “卑下乞求”是指以谦卑的方式向天神祈求。“崇高乞求”是指以崇高、恭敬的方式祈求。以装饰品等庄严,以梳理头发等打扮。他们说:“作庄严时成恶作。”显示巴利原文
298.Oyācantīti nīcaṃ katvā deve yācanti. Āyācantīti uccaṃ katvā ādarena yācanti. Alaṅkārādīhi maṇḍito kesasaṃvidhānādīhi pasādhito. ‘‘Maṇḍitakaraṇe dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti.
词句分别注释显示巴利原文
Padabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
303 意为与惩罚一同进行。“随欲而住者”,圣典说“爱者令爱者住”,意思是使男子住下。注释书说“爱者令爱者住”。显示巴利原文
303. Saha paridaṇḍena vattamānāti attho. Chandavāsinī nāma ‘‘piyā piyaṃ vasetī’’ti pāḷi, purisaṃ vāsetīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Piyo piyaṃ vāsetī’’ti aṭṭhakathā.
“她将完成那件事”——意思是:她若必定告知对方而告知。如果告知父母二人,则构成桑喀地谢沙。在律判中说“应观察事由”。而事由中说“优陀夷长老告知了妓女”。根据注释书所言“即使对母亲等说,也不存在疑惑”,那么那个事由便没有意义了。而“那个事由是……”这是阿阇梨的话。对于被派去说“告诉母护女”的人,当他去对父护女说时,即使她具有母护女的身份,也仍然存在疑惑。为什么?因为说到“对父护女等中任一种说时,存在疑惑”,否则,“等”字就变得无意义了。将一个十组与另一个十组结合,由于前面在出精戒中已经说过的方法,应当理解为:母护女的母亲派自己的女儿去对方那里。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kiriyaṃ sampādessatīti avassaṃ ārocentiyā ce ārocetīti attho. Dvinnaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ ce āroceti, saṅghādisesoti vinayavinicchaye ‘‘vatthu oloketabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Vatthumhi ca ‘‘udāyitthero gaṇikāya ārocesī’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘mātādīnampi vadato visaṅketo natthī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato nippayojanaṃ. Taṃ panetanti ācariyassa vacanaṃ. Māturakkhitaṃ brūhīti pesitassa gantvā mātāpiturakkhitaṃ vadato tassa tassā māturakkhitabhāvepi sati visaṅketameva, kasmā? ‘‘Piturakkhitādīsu aññataraṃ vadantassa visaṅketa’’nti vuttattā itarathā ādi-saddo niratthako siyā. Ekaṃ dasakaṃ itarena dasakena yojetvā pubbe sukkavissaṭṭhiyaṃ vuttanayattā māturakkhitāya mātā attano dhītusantikaṃ pahiṇatīti gahetabbaṃ.
338 「未随喜」仅是嘴上说说;即便他内心随喜,只要尚未传达消息,便不能称为「已审察」。所谓「传达消息之时」,即指命令者传话的那一刹那。以第三句所说的方法,应知:具足一分即成恶作。据说,依事数而犯桑喀地谢沙,即依两种事由的数目。显示巴利原文
338.Anabhinanditvāti vacanamattameva, yadipi abhinandati, yāva sāsanaṃ nāroceti, tāva ‘‘vīmaṃsito’’ti na vuccati. Sāsanārocanakāleti āṇāpakassa sāsanavacanakkhaṇe. Tatiyapade vuttanayenāti ekaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭanti attho. Vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesoti ubhayavatthugaṇanāya kira.
339 在第四戒的「无犯」一项中,有人说:「这是为了显示:正如在『接受而不审察、不回报,无犯』此处一样,在『去时未成办、回时作妄语』的无犯条文中也应当存在。」某些写本中还有「存在」一词。显示巴利原文
339.Catutthe anāpattīti ettha pana ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, anāpattīti ettha viya ‘gacchanto na sampādeti, āgacchanto visaṃvādetī’ti anāpattipāḷiyāpi bhavitabbanti dassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti, ekaccesu potthakesu ‘‘atthī’’tipi.
已判事例的注释。显示巴利原文
Vinītavatthuvaṇṇanā
341 「不可说者」指不可与之说者,此处 alaṃ 为遮止之意。老父说,即年老的父亲说。虽然这里没有「女人是指人类女人,非夜叉女、饿鬼女、畜生女;男人是指人类男人,非夜叉男……」等文,但由于在身触等戒中已建立了「人类女人」这一对女人的限定,故应知此处也是就人类女人而言。因为是淫欲的前方便,人类双性人亦是偷兰遮的事由,其余如人类黄门、双性人、畜生男等,应知仅是恶作的事由,因为邪淫的传话条件可能成立。然而,应根据情况摘出相应的规定。如同不知制戒一样,在不知「不可说者」的状态下,也应知为无犯心。于「粗恶」等戒中也是如此,即「于此戒中也是如此」的意思。有人说:「即使持信去并回报了回信,若不知媒合的性质,也不构成媒合。」当审察后接受。显示巴利原文
341.Alaṃvacanīyāti na vacanīyā, nivāraṇe alaṃ-saddo. Therapitā vadatīti jiṇṇapitā vadatīti attho. Kiñcāpi ettha ‘‘itthī nāma manussitthī na yakkhī na petī na tiracchānagatā, puriso nāma manussapuriso na yakkho’’tiādi natthi, tathāpi kāyasaṃsaggādīsu ‘‘manussitthī’’ti itthīvavatthānassa katattā idhāpi manussitthī evāti paññāyati. Methunapubbabhāgattā manussaubhatobyañjanako ca thullaccayavatthukova hoti, sesā manussapaṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakatiracchānagatapurisādayo dukkaṭavatthukāva micchācārasāsanaṅgasambhavatoti veditabbaṃ. Yathāsambhavaṃ pana vārā uddharitabbā. Paññattiajānane viya alaṃvacanīyabhāvājānanepi acittakatā veditabbā. Duṭṭhullādīsupīti ‘‘imasmimpī’’ti vuttameva hoti. ‘‘Lekhaṃ netvā paṭilekhaṃ ārocitassāpi sañcarittaṃ natthi sañcarittabhāvamajānantassā’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
6. 造屋学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Kuṭikārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
342 “乞求”是指催促说“给!给!”。“暗示”是指以“我们需要这个”这种方式来表明意图。若乞求说“手工劳作被请求,他会给工具或资金”,这是不许可的。有些人说:由于在坐卧处以光照、谈论等方式获得是许可的,因此(此处)也许可。“未被居住过的”指无主的。“不应取用未送来的”指“乞求羹饭是恶作”。有人说:“虽然提到‘在足以构成重物的情况下’,但若物品本身小、价值却大,如雌黄、朱砂等,那也是不能乞求的。”显示巴利原文
342.Yācanāti ‘‘detha dethā’’ti codanā. Viññattīti iminā no atthoti viññāpanā. ‘‘Hatthakammaṃ yācito upakaraṇaṃ, mūlaṃ vā dassatī’’ti yācati, na vaṭṭatīti. Vaṭṭati senāsane obhāsaparikathādīnaṃ laddhattāti eke. Anajjhāvutthakanti assāmikaṃ. Na āhaṭaṃparibhuñjitabbanti ‘‘sūpodanaviññattidukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kiñcāpi garubhaṇḍappahonakesūti vuttaṃ, tathāpi yaṃ vatthuvasena appaṃ hutvā agghavasena mahā haritālahiṅgulikādi, taṃ yācituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti.
344 据说他是仙人。那时他证得了,就在那时证得了。显示巴利原文
344.So kirāti isi. Tadā ajjhagamā tadajjhagamā.
348-9 因为不能通过乞求来建造,所以意思是:自己用乞求来的资具(建造)。字面虽相符,但意义不符。为什么?因为此处两者都是所意图的,为了显示这一点,而说“然而因为……”等。以此处所说的方法,即在此学处分别中所说的方法。由于“自乞的”一词,建造者也应遵行;由于“令他人完成”一词,令建造者也应遵行。这两者即建造者与令建造者。字面会是颠倒的,因为若将“令建造者”的字面说成“建造者”,则是颠倒的,因为不是那个意思,令建造者并不称为(建造者)。在《随结》中说:“‘以此处所说的方法’是指以所指示的事例尺寸的方法。如此,若说‘由于“建造者或令建造者”的说法,建造者也应说由他人所开始的事’,为了解答那个意思,而说‘然而如果……’等。”这是依“建造自乞的屋”的说法而说的。不说“从长度和宽度”,而取了表示分别义的“或”字,因此即使只在一侧超出,也有罪。据说,符合尺寸的床是九搩手。有人说:“‘宽四肘’的说法与‘横三肘’的说法相符,因为不存在‘在符合尺寸之处’等完成时的说法。”即使比尺寸更小,宽度四五肘,长度不超过(规)显示巴利原文
348-9. Na hi sakkā yācanāya kātuṃ, tasmā sayaṃ yācitakehi upakaraṇehīti adhippāyo. Byañjanaṃ sameti, na attho. Kasmā? Idha ubhayesaṃ adhippetattā, taṃ dassento ‘‘yasmā panā’’tiādimāha. Idha vuttanayenāti imasmiṃ sikkhāpadavibhaṅge vuttanayena. ‘‘Saññācikāyā’’ti vacanato karontenāpi, ‘‘parehi pariyosāpetī’’ti vacanato kārāpentenāpi paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ubhopete kārakakārāpakā. Byañjanaṃ vilomitaṃ bhaveyya, ‘‘kārayamānenā’’ti hi byañjanaṃ ‘‘karontenā’’ti vutte vilomitaṃ hoti atadatthattā. Na hi kārāpento nāma hoti. ‘‘Idha vuttanayenāti desitavatthukapamāṇikanayena. Evaṃ sante ‘karontena vā kārāpentena vā’ti vacanato karontenāpi parehi vippakataṃ vattabbanti ce, tadatthavissajjanatthaṃ ‘yadi panātiādimāhā’’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Saññācikāya kuṭiṃ karonto’’ti vacanavasena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Āyāmato ca vitthārato cā’’ti avatvā vikappatthassa vā-saddassa gahitattā ekatobhāgepi vaḍḍhite āpatti eva. Pamāṇayuttamañco kira navavidatthi. ‘‘‘Catuhatthavitthārā’ti vacanena ‘tiriyaṃ tihatthā vā’ti vacanampi sameti ‘yattha pamāṇayutto’tiādisanniṭṭhānavacanāsambhavato’’ti vuttaṃ. Pamāṇato ūnatarampīti vitthārato catupañcahatthampi dīghato anatikkamitvā vuttapamāṇameva desitavatthu. Adesitavatthuñhi karoto āpatti. Pamāṇātikkantā kuṭi eva pamāṇātikkantaṃ kuṭiṃ kareyyāti vuttattā. ‘‘Thambhatulā’’ti pāṭho. Anussāvanānayenāti ettha ‘‘damiḷabhāsāyapi vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti.
353 行处地即活动范围。“未被执取”指未被禁止。义注中写道:“因事而设护缚屋,或非作业处,例如法香处、断手足香处。”“以两头公牛”,相传这是就最低限度而言,故无法回转,因已截断回转;且此说亦为阐明导向之义。“东向”指地基的确定。“为此目的”即为了削平。“即使叶屋”指内外涂泥的小屋,仅以叶覆盖。因此说“有壁有盖”,相传未涂泥者,一切皆可行。先稍放置,后再增置。“在那上面”指置于门闩或窗上。相传“最初时”于此为得时,法喜长老说。优波帝须长老则说指放置时。由于前者未与涂泥结合,后者以规首而作,故两者皆无罪。若是命令者所作,依“自作或令作”之说,若为己想,两者皆有罪;若无己想,唯有根本者(命令者)有罪。若存在最低量,以全泥作小屋者,有恶作及桑喀地谢沙罪,此为诸阿阇梨之推论。显示巴利原文
353.Cārabhūmi gocarabhūmi. Na gahitāti na vāritā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kāraṇāya guttibandhanāgāraṃ, akaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ vā dhammagandhikā hatthapādacchindanakā gandhikā’’ti likhitaṃ. Dvīhi balibaddehīti heṭṭhimakoṭiyā kira vuttato āvijjituṃ na sakkā chinnāvaṭattā, nigamanassāpi atthappakāsanatthaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Pācinanti vatthu adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tadatthāyāti tacchanatthāya. Paṇṇasālampīti ullittāvalittakuṭimeva paṇṇacchadanaṃ. Teneva ‘‘sabhitticchadana’’nti vuttaṃ, alittaṃ kira sabbaṃ vaṭṭati. Pubbe thokaṃ ṭhapitaṃ puna vaḍḍhetvā. Tasminti dvārabandhane vā vātapāne vā ṭhapite. Paṭhamamevāti ettha pattakāle evāti kira dhammasiritthero. Upatissatthero ṭhapitakālevāti kira. Purimena lepassa aghaṭitattā dutiyena vattasīsena katattā ubhinnampi anāpatti. Sace āṇattena kataṃ, ‘‘karoti vā kārāpeti vā’’ti vacanato āpatti ubhinnaṃ sati attuddesikatāya, asati mūlaṭṭhasseva. Heṭṭhimappamāṇasambhave sati sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭiṃ karoto āpatti dukkaṭena saṅghādisesoti ācariyassa takko.
354 所谓三十六组四法,即:未指示地基四法、已指示地基四法、过量四法、如量四法、未指示地基过量四法、已指示地基如量四法,此六组四法;同样于等至等五种中亦复如是,共三十六。为显示罪相差别:于此,由于总纲中无简别地说“若比丘于有诤、无回旋处……桑喀地谢沙”,为遮止彼“于有诤、无回旋处亦是桑喀地谢沙”之邪执,故显示罪相差别,以此意趣而说“故说”。若问:为何不在分别中如是说,而于总纲中说恶作地?答:比丘应被带去指示地基,由那些比丘指示地基。何种地基?无诤而有回旋之地,非余处。于余处,因以功德故说“若比丘于有诤、无回旋地”,以如是故。因地基有有诤、无诤,有有回旋、无回旋,有有诤有回旋、有有诤无回旋、有无诤有回旋、有无诤无回旋等种种别,故应指示之地为无诤而有回旋,非余处,此即所说。若问此指示有何目的?答:为遮止重罪制定因之方便。由指示地基,即遮止重罪制定因,且未作告知而令居士生苦、成为自他与苦之因的有诤性,以此指示地基之方便而遮止。比丘不会为作非适宜小屋,或为令居士苦恼而择取有诤地。又或为作小屋而指示地基,此于最初已成办。杂罪者,即恶作与桑喀地谢沙相杂。显示巴利原文
354. Chattiṃsa catukkāni nāma adesitavatthukacatukkaṃ desitavatthukacatukkaṃ pamāṇātikkantacatukkaṃ pamāṇikacatukkaṃ adesitavatthukapamāṇātikkantacatukkaṃ desitavatthukapamāṇikacatukkanti cha catukkāni, evaṃ samādisativārādīsupi pañcasūti chattiṃsa. Āpattibhedadassanatthanti ettha yasmā ‘‘sārambhe ce, bhikkhu, vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane…pe… saṅghādiseso’’ti mātikāyaṃ avisesena vuttattā sārambhaaparikkamanepi saṅghādisesovāti micchāgāhavivajjanatthaṃ āpattibhedo dassito, tasmā vuttānīti adhippāyo. Vibhaṅge evaṃ avatvā kimatthaṃ mātikāyaṃ dukkaṭavatthu vuttanti ce? Bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya, tehi bhikkhūhi vatthu desetabbaṃ. Kīdisaṃ? Anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, netaraṃ, itarasmiṃ ‘‘sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane’’ti evaṃ ānisaṃsavasena āgatattā vuttaṃ. Yasmā vatthu nāma atthi sārambhaṃ, atthi anārambhaṃ, atthi saparikkamanaṃ, atthi aparikkamanaṃ, atthi sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, atthi sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, atthi anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, atthi anārambhaṃ aparikkamananti bahuvidhattā vatthu desetabbaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, netaranti vuttaṃ hoti. Kimatthikā panesā desanāti ce? Garukāpattipaññāpanahetuparivajjanupāyatthā. Vatthudesanāya hi garukāpattipaññāpanahetuttā akataviññatti gihīnaṃ pīḷājananena attadukkhaparadukkhahetubhūto ca sārambhabhāvoti ete vatthudesanāpadesena upāyena parivajjitā honti. Na hi bhikkhu akappiyakuṭikaraṇatthaṃ gihīnaṃ vā pīḷānimittaṃ sārambhavatthu. Kuṭikaraṇatthaṃ vā vatthuṃ desentīti paṭhamameva sādhitametaṃ. Vomissakāpattiyoti dukkaṭasaṅghādisesamissakāpattiyo.
355 其中,应说“以二桑喀地谢沙”之处,却以格变化及语词变化而说为“二之桑喀地谢沙”。亦有异读作“二桑喀地谢沙之罪”。显示巴利原文
355. Tattha ‘‘dvīhi saṅghādisesehī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘dvinnaṃ saṅghādisesenā’’ti vibhattibyattayena, vacanabyattayena ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Āpatti dvinnaṃ saṅghādisesāna’’ntipi pāṭho.
364 若不结合,因无覆盖与涂泥,故无罪,此点于后文成立。所谓涂内涂外,唯就覆盖而言。于说“鸡笼屋可行”之后,复以“覆盖以竿等”的方法说明时,所指唯是草叶覆盖的小屋。其中,以竿纵横结网覆盖后,再以草或叶覆盖,涂内等性唯就覆盖而言,此说合理。因此,将泥壁加高后,于上方作涂内、或涂外、或两者,若与壁结合而作,即使无壁涂,也有罪。如此记载。他们说:“‘彼唯就覆盖而言’是就主要而说,并非遮止下部”,应加审察。此处即指草屋。所谓如所嘱者,即如所说方式,此是意趣。于“工匠三人有三恶作罪”等中,亦应闻为六种。于两处因如所嘱,命令者无罪。受命者因未如命令者所嘱而作,缘此得恶作。若亦为己想而作“我亦住此”,则唯桑喀地谢沙。若于不加分别而说“作小屋”之处,命令者亦得桑喀地谢沙,因戒条无关心意。显示巴利原文
364.Na ghaṭayati chadanalepābhāvato, anāpatti, taṃ parato sādhiyati. Chadanameva sandhāya ullittāvalittatā vuttāti. ‘‘Kukkuṭacchikagehaṃ vaṭṭatīti vatvā puna chadanaṃ daṇḍakehītiādinā nayena taṃ dassentehi tiṇapaṇṇacchadanākuṭikāva vuttā. Tattha chadanaṃ daṇḍakehi dīghato tiriyañca jālaṃ viya bandhitvā tiṇehi vā paṇṇehi vā chādetuṃ ullittādibhāvo chadanameva sandhāya vuttoti yuttamidaṃ. Tasmā mattikāmayaṃ bhittiṃ vaḍḍhāpetvā upari ullittaṃ vā avalittaṃ vā ubhayaṃ vā bhittiyā ghaṭitaṃ karontassa āpatti eva vināpi bhittilepenā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘‘So ca chadanameva sandhāyā’ti padhānavasena vuttaṃ, na heṭṭhābhāgaṃ paṭikkhitta’’nti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Etthāti tiṇakuṭikāya. Yathāsamādiṭṭhāyāti yathāvuttappakāranti adhippāyo. ‘‘Āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭāna’’ntiādimhi so suṇātichakkampi labbhati. Ubhayattha samādiṭṭhattā āṇāpakassa anāpatti. Āṇattassa yathā samādiṭṭhaṃ āṇāpakena, tathā akaraṇapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ. Sace ‘‘ahampettha vasāmī’’ti attuddesampi karoti, saṅghādisesova. ‘‘Kuṭiṃ karothā’’ti avisesena vuttaṭṭhāne pana āṇāpakassāpi saṅghādiseso acittakattā sikkhāpadassa.
“且我将住”此处,因无任何他人被指定,故唯以“作者”限定而有罪,未加分别者无罪。“此处唯以了知制定为心”亦有记载。然于《随结》中,“且我将住”此处,若有人想“此将成为我之住处”,彼有罪。若欲作布萨堂,则无罪。因此,说“两者皆合”后,又依“于律之决断当立于重”之说,从大护论之说,另一应后说?否,因其有力。依“除住处外,一切处无罪”之说,若为食堂等亦以此而作,则成混杂。如二三人作“我们将共住一处”,护持暂且如此,此处亦然。即使分判“此处将为住处,此处将为布萨堂”而作,亦有罪。两处中大护论之说有力,故以“后说”等极度繁衍。何需彼?应以“自所始作,由自他完成”等方法,随宜组合显示其他四法组。于石窟等,虽无桑喀地谢沙,若不作告知,缘此仍有罪。显示巴利原文
Ahañca vasissāmīti ettha parassa yassa kassaci uddiṭṭhassa abhāvā āpatti eva ‘‘karontassa vā’’ti niyamitattā, anāpatti avibhattattā. ‘‘Idha paññattijānanamattameva citta’’nti ca likhitaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ahañca vasissāmīti ettha yo ‘‘mayhaṃ vāsāgārañca bhavissatī’’ti icchati, tassāpatti. Yo pana uposathāgāraṃ icchati, tassa anāpatti, tasmā ‘‘ubhayaṃ sametī’’ti vatvā ca ‘‘vinayavinicchaye āgate garuke ṭhātabba’’nti vacanato mahāpaccarivādato itaro pacchā vattabboti ce? Na, balavattā . ‘‘Vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha, anāpattī’’ti vacanato, bhojanasālādīnampi atthāya iminā katattā saṅkarā jātā. Yathā – dve tayo ‘‘ekato vasissāmā’’ti karonti, rakkhati tāvāti ettha viya. ‘‘Idaṃ ṭhānaṃ vāsāgāraṃ bhavissati, idaṃ uposathāgāra’’nti vibhajitvā katepi āpatti eva. Dvīsu mahāpaccarivādo balavā, tasmā ‘‘pacchā vutto’’tiādinā atīva papañcitaṃ. Kiṃ tena. ‘‘Attanā vippakataṃ attanā ca parehi ca pariyosāpetī’’tiādinā nayena aparānipi catukkāni yathāsambhavaṃ yojetvā dassetabbāni, leṇādīsu kiñcāpi saṅghādisesena anāpatti, akataviññattiyā sati tappaccayā āpatti eva.
七、精舍作戒注疏显示巴利原文
7. Vihārakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
366 在第七项中,应知“vā”字为决定义。显示巴利原文
366. Sattame vā-saddo avadhāraṇatthoti veditabbo.
八、第一恶性罪戒注疏显示巴利原文
8. Paṭhamaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
380 “声闻所得”是就一般的声闻而言,不是指上首声闻。依随宜与应机而说“三明”等。应这样理解:有的声闻证得三明,有的声闻证得四无碍解,有的声闻证得六神通,有的声闻只证得出世间九法,如此各各随其可能而作分别。显示巴利原文
380.Sāvakena pattabbanti pakatisāvakaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na aggasāvakaṃ. Yathūpanissayayathāpuggalavasena ‘‘tisso vijjā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kenaci sāvakena tisso vijjā, kenaci catasso paṭisambhidā, kenaci cha abhiññā, kenaci kevalo navalokuttaradhammoti evaṃ visuṃ visuṃ yathāsambhavaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
382 由“那些比丘是经师”等语句可知,即使在世尊住世时,已有三藏的判别成立。“说法者”即阿毗达摩师,说他们以欢喜心耽著畜生论等,看起来像是在说尊者达巴将他们导向了对畜生论的耽著,但不应这样看待。应视作:因为与经师等人交往,对经师等人的安乐住造成障碍,且这些人自身并无对畜生论的贪著而不乐于住在一起,为了避开他们的恶名与驱摈,他作了这样的思择。“所化者的法性”,是指仅为声闻所化者的法性,不是佛陀的,他们这样说。“最胜的能成办”,这样说的时候,就“作”的意义而言,是依具格。显示巴利原文
382.‘‘Ye te bhikkhū suttantikā’’tiādivacanato dharamānepi bhagavati piṭakattayaparicchedo atthīti siddhaṃ. Dhammakathikāti ābhidhammikā ratiyā acchissantītiādi āyasmato dabbassa nesaṃ tiracchānakathāya ratiniyojanaṃ viya dissati, na tathā daṭṭhabbaṃ. Suttantikādisaṃsaggato tesaṃ suttantikādīnaṃ phāsuvihārantarāyaṃ, tesampi tiracchānakathāratiyā abhāvena anabhirativāsaṃ, tato nesaṃ sāmaññā cāvanañca parivajjanto evaṃ cintesīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Nimmitānaṃ dhammatāti sāvakehi nimmitānaṃyeva, na buddhehī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Sādhakatamaṃ karaṇa’’nti evaṃ vutte karaṇattheyeva tatiyāvibhattīti attho.
383-4 Yanti,即去往某处。“Kattā即作者,非作者”已有所记载。当她说“他像对待妻子一样侵犯我”时,是强烈的举罪。因此,这里的“那么”,应知就像在仅仅触及便生懊悔的事例中,因身触生起贪欲,世尊未加询问便制定了桑喀地谢沙一样;同样地,在此也是先前已知她破戒而说。若先前因如实自认而被灭摈,则长老是行事者。若不如实,世尊就不会说“你应当灭摈他”,既然已说了,所以说:“若先前因自认而被灭摈,则长老是行事者”。显示巴利原文
383-4.Yanti yena. ‘‘Kattāti kattā, na kattā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Bhariyaṃ viya maṃ ajjhācaratī’’ti vadantiyā balavatī codanā. Tena hīti ettha yathā chupanamatte vippaṭisārīvatthusmiṃ kāyasaṃsaggarāgasambhavā apucchitvā eva saṅghādisesaṃ paññāpesi, tatheva pubbevassā dussīlabhāvaṃ ñatvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yadi tāva bhūtāya paṭiññāya nāsitā, thero kārako hoti. Atha abhūtāya, bhagavatā ‘‘nāsethā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, vuttañca, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘yadi tāva paṭiññāya nāsitā, thero kārako hotī’’ti.
若不依她自认“我被尊者侵犯”,仅因其本性破戒而将她灭摈,则长老并非作事者。无畏山住者也引自经说:“依汝之诤,长老为作事者。”何以故?因恶作与妄语不应以相灭摈。唯犯波罗夷才应以相灭摈。又,若说“汝当灭摈”,她便成波罗夷,此依何说?长老如何因此成为作事者?答:说“以自认汝当灭摈”时,意即非波罗夷亦可凭己语灭摈。大寺住者也引自经说:“依汝之诤,长老为作事者。”何以故?说“以自认汝当灭摈”时,由“汝当灭摈”一语,便令其自认成实。意谓唯如实自认方可灭摈,不如实则不可。前解乃关于恶作之诤。应知前者依理而转,后者依经文而转。显示巴利原文
Atha appaṭiññāyāti ‘‘ayyenamhi dūsitā’’ti imaṃ paṭiññaṃ vinā eva tassā pakatidussīlabhāvaṃ sandhāya nāsitā, thero akārako hoti. Abhayagirivāsinopi attano suttaṃ vatvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako’’ti vadanti, kasmā? Dukkaṭaṃ musāvādapaccayā liṅganāsanāya anāsetabbattā. Pārājikasseva hi liṅganāsanāya nāsetabbā. ‘‘Nāsethā’’ti ca vuttattā pārājikāva jātā, sā kiṃ sandhāya, tato thero kārako āpajjati. ‘‘Sakāya paṭiññāya nāsethā’’ti vutte pana apārājikāpi attano vacanena nāsetabbā jātāti adhippāyo. Mahāvihāravāsinopi attano suttaṃ vatvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako’’ti ca vadanti. Kasmā? ‘‘Sakāya paṭiññāya nāsethā’’ti hi vutte paṭiññāya bhūtatā āpajjati ‘‘nāsethā’’ti vacanato. Bhūtāyeva hi paṭiññāya nāsetabbā hoti, nābhūtāyāti adhippāyo. Purimanayeti dukkaṭavāde. Purimo yuttivasena pavatto, pacchimo pāḷivacanavasena pavattoti veditabbo.
385-6 “喜与乐”中,当说“以乐”时,取喜即指第三禅之乐,为排除身乐而说相应之喜。若依驱举方式作无根罪,彼会言“未犯、未作”,他们便将如此行事,故读作“作如是见想而驱举”。又读作“由此理则,闻疑等亦应广知”。“四中随一”是取仅现于巴帝摩卡者所说,阿阇梨言:以余中随一令其动摇者亦犯桑喀地谢沙,非为虚计,因比丘之位可令动摇。由“立于近处”之语,当面驱举或令驱举者,则不成桑喀地谢沙。若以见闻疑驱举或令驱举,或以闻疑等由见等驱举或令驱举,则成桑喀地谢沙,因以无根驱举故。此已说:“见其犯波罗夷法,若驱举‘我闻……乃至……桑喀地谢沙’。”“不清净人犯随一波罗夷法,若彼作不清净见,不给予机会而说欲令动摇之语,恶作。给予机会而说欲令动摇之语,无犯。”此似与前述不合,何以故?名为“见其犯波罗夷法”者即不清净人,由“作不清净见,若驱举‘我闻汝犯波罗夷法’,语语桑喀地谢沙”之语,依前道而犯。由“说欲令动摇之语,恶作”之语,依后道犯桑喀地谢沙。此二经道看似相违,然佛所说并非相违,故当求其理。阿阇梨先言:“有根或似有根驱举者无犯,无根或似无根驱举……”显示巴利原文
385-6.Pītisukhehīti ettha ‘‘sukhenā’’ti vattabbe pītiggahaṇaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ, kāyikañca apanetuṃ sampayuttapītiyā vuttaṃ. Sace cuditakavasena kataṃ amūlakaṃ nāma, ‘‘anajjhāpannaṃ akata’’nti vadeyya, ime karissanti, tasmā ‘‘tādisaṃ diṭṭhasaññī hutvā codetī’’ti pāṭho . ‘‘Etena nayena sutamutaparisaṅkitānipi vitthārato veditabbānī’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Catunnaṃ aññatarenā’’ti pātimokkhuddese eva āgate gahetvā vuttaṃ, itaresaṃ aññatarenāpi anuddhaṃsentassa saṅghādisesovāti no takkoti ācariyo. Bhikkhubhāvā hi cāvanasamatthato. ‘‘Samīpe ṭhatvā’’ti vacanato parammukhā codentassa, codāpentassa vā sīsaṃ na eti. Diṭṭhañce sutena parisaṅkitena codeti codāpeti, sutaparisaṅkitaṃ vā diṭṭhādīhi codite vā codāpite vā sīsaṃ eti eva amūlakena coditattā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhassa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañce codeti ‘suto mayā…pe… saṅghādisesassā’’ti (pārā. 387). ‘‘Asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno, tañce asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Okāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, anāpattī’’ti (pārā. 389) iminā na-samentaṃ viya khāyati, kathaṃ? Diṭṭhassa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto nāma asuddho puggalo hoti, ‘‘aññatarasmiṃ asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno tañce codeti ‘suto mayā pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosī’ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṅghādisesassā’’ti vacanato purimanayenāpatti. ‘‘Cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vacanato pacchimanayena saṅghādisesena āpattīti dve pāḷinayā aññamaññaṃ viruddhā viya dissanti, na ca viruddhaṃ buddhā kathayanti, tasmā ettha yutti pariyesitabbā. Aṭṭhakathācariyā tāvāhu ‘‘samūlakena vā saññāsamūlakena vā codentassa anāpatti, amūlakena vā pana saññāamūlakena vā codentassa āpattī’’ti. Tassattho – dassanasavanaparisaṅkanamūlena samūlakena vā tadabhāvena amūlakenāpi saññāsamūlakena vā codentassa anāpatti, dassanādimūlābhāvena amūlakena vā tabbhāvena samūlakenāpi saññāamūlakena vā codentassa āpatti, tasmā diṭṭhassa hoti.
在“犯波罗夷法”等句中,以见根为有根,却由“我闻”之语以似无根驱举,则犯桑喀地谢沙。为显明此义,故说“见而疑”等分位。显示巴利原文
Pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjantotiādimhi dassanamūlena samūlakenāpi ‘‘suto mayā’’ti vacanato saññāamūlakena vā codeti, āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Tadatthassa āvibhāvatthaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhe vematiko’’tiādi vārā vuttāti veditabbā.
在“不清净人”等情形中,若以有根或似有根而举罪,则无犯。如是,为了阐明其义,故说诸种分位。其中,“于未见”等分位,是为了显示以无根举罪者犯。“于见而疑”等分位,是为了显示以似无根举罪者犯。否则,“见其犯、见而疑”等分位,便成无有差别。此中决定如下:不清净人,不先作举罪之缘便加举罪者,得恶作;以骂詈意、以轻慢语者,亦得恶作;像这样,对不清净人,以不清净见,行无根举罪者,犯。若以有根举罪,则无犯。此决定正与“清净作不清净见无犯,不清净作不清净见无犯”相符,应如此受持。若不尔者,当另求他理。显示巴利原文
Asuddho hoti puggalobhiādimhi pana samūlakena, saññāsamūlakena vā coditattā anāpattīti. Evamevaṃ pana tadatthadīpanatthaṃ te vārā vuttā. Tattha hi ‘‘adiṭṭhassa hotī’’tiādivārā amūlakena codentassa āpatti hotīti dassanatthaṃ vuttā. ‘‘Diṭṭhe vematiko’’tiādinā saññāamūlakena codentassa āpatti hotīti dassanatthaṃ vuttā. Aññathā ‘‘diṭṭhassa hoti, diṭṭhe vematiko’’tiādivārā nibbisesā bhaveyyuṃ. Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ-yathā asuddhaṃ puggalaṃ anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā codentassa dukkaṭaṃ, akkosādhippāyassa ca omasavādena dukkaṭassa, tathā asuddhadiṭṭhikopi asuddhaṃ asuddhadiṭṭhi amūlakena codeti, āpatti. Samūlakena vā codeti, anāpattīti taṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ yathā ‘‘anāpatti suddhe asuddhadiṭṭhissa asuddhe asuddhadiṭṭhissā’’ti iminā saṃsandati, tathā gahetabbaṃ. Aññathā yutti pariyesitabbā.
“具戒者”在此地的含义是:有人说“破戒者之言不足为凭。比丘尼于比丘本无统属,故长老是依增上规制而言。第二长老不知是比丘尼而举罪,或在学尼等举罪,比丘听闻后,仅依法审察,再依其自认而行,此事何过?系依此而说。第三则闻外道之言,比丘亦仅依法审察,故无人不可得,如是则一切和合。”三十,即具足三十。随行,即对答。将来,即当来。见相续,即见理趣。见规制,即见其义。依止,即得依处。处,即具惭之处。显示巴利原文
Sīlasampannoti ettha ‘‘dussīlassa vacanaṃ appamāṇaṃ. Bhikkhunī hi bhikkhumhi anissarā, tasmā ukkaṭṭhanaye vidhiṃ sandhāya therena vuttaṃ. Dutiyattherena bhikkhunī ajānitvāpi codeti, sikkhamānādayo vā codenti, tesaṃ sutvā bhikkhū eva vicāretvā tassa paṭiññāya kārenti. Ko ettha dosoti idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tatiyena titthiyānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvāpi bhikkhū eva vicārenti, tasmā na koci na labhatīti evaṃ sabbaṃ sametīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Tiṃsāni tiṃsavantāni. Anuyogoti paṭivacanaṃ. Ehitīti āgamissati. Diṭṭhasantānenāti diṭṭhanayena, diṭṭhavidhānenāti adhippāyo. Patiṭṭhāyāti patiṭṭhaṃ labhitvā. Ṭhāneti lajjiṭṭhāne.
“执取”是指“我将举罪”这样的自我执取。“思”是指自我执取的思。“言说”是指了知后从此处向彼处的宣说。“施设”是指名称施设。那种以音声为所缘、在耳门转起之识相续无间之后,依先前所了知之约定,由意门识所了知的施设,由于了知了它,其义——无论是胜义还是非胜义——在第三刹那转起的意识中被了知,此施设在圣典中以“名”等六词句阐明,并由诸师长以“存在施设、不存在施设”等六种方式宣说。与彼同分及不与彼同分,唯适用于完成法,不适用于施设,因为施设非所应处理之事,而因为于处理事中生起,故在处理事上,就如“床”于其床义而有“床”之转喻一般。又写道:“方便而言,无根的‘名称施设’是不存在的。仅是方便,从自性上说是不存在的。仅是言说,并无所言说之物。”即在此处,即在此学处中。并非遍一切处,即在诤论处理等中。何以故?因为“不……”等。意思是说,如同诤论处理等是存在的,而无根处理是不存在的。以先前所说的寂止,即“那些寂止是依何处理而转起”中所说的寂止,此为意旨所在。再者,也说“从自性上说是不存在的……”显示巴利原文
Gāhanti ‘‘ahaṃ codessāmī’’ti attādānaggahaṇaṃ. Cetanāti attādānaggahaṇacetanā. Vohāroti ito, etto ca ñatvā pakāsanaṃ. Paṇṇattīti nāmapaññatti. Yā vacīghosārammaṇassa sotadvārappavattaviññāṇasantānassa anantaraṃ uppannena upaladdhapubbasaṅketena manodvāraviññāṇena viññāyati, yassā viññātattā tadattho paramattho vā aparamattho vā tatiyavāraṃ uppannena manoviññāṇena viññāyatīti nāmādīhi chahi byañjanehi pāḷiyā pakāsitā, sā ‘‘vijjamānapaññatti avijjamānapaññattī’’tiādinā chadhā ācariyehi dassitā. Tabbhāgiyabhāvo atabbhāgiyabhāvo ca nipphannadhammasseva yujjati, na paññattiyā adhikaraṇīyavatthuttā , adhikaraṇe pavattattā ca adhikaraṇo mañcaṭṭhe mañcopacāro viyāti ca. ‘‘Pariyāyenāti amūlakā nāmapaññatti natthi. Pariyāyamattaṃ, sabhāvato natthi. Abhidhānamattameva, abhidheyyaṃ natthī’’ti ca likhitaṃ. Idhevāti imasmiṃ eva sikkhāpade. Na sabbatthāti vivādādhikaraṇādīsu. Kasmā? Na hītiādi. Vivādādhikaraṇādīnamatthitā viya amūlakaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ natthīti. Pubbe vuttasamathehīti ‘‘yaṃ adhikicca samathā vattantī’’ti vuttasamathehīti adhippāyo. Apica sabhāvato natthīti appaṭiladdhasabhāvattā vuttaṃ. Anuppannaṃ viya viññāṇādi. Na hi vivādādīnaṃ paṇṇatti adhikaraṇaṭṭhoti paṇṇattiṃ adhikicca samathā na pavattanti, tasmā na tassā adhikaraṇīyatāti na vivādādīnaṃ paṇṇatti adhikaraṇaṭṭhoti adhippāyo. Hoti cettha –
如果巴拉基咖罪是无根的,
果与道等法仅为施设;
作为第四巴拉基咖事之根本,
它们同样仅是施设而已。
由此,道果等诸法分为二种,
过去与未来亦复如是;
不应由此而有六种施设,
依于方便而说,此为世俗言说。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pārājikāpatti amūlikā ce, Paṇṇattimattā phalamaggadhammā; Catutthapārājikavatthubhūtā, Paṇṇattimattāva siyuṃ tatheva. ‘‘Tato dvidhā maggaphalādidhammā, Siyuṃ tathātītamanāgatañca; Paṇṇattichakkaṃ na siyā tato vā, Pariyāyato sammutivādamāhā’’ti.
“Anuvadanti”意指辱骂。“Kiccayatā”意指应作性。若问“那是什么?”即白事等。“Kicca”据说是指能令了知生起之心。显示巴利原文
Anuvadantīti akkosanti. Kiccayatāti karaṇīyatā. Taṃ katamanti ce? Apalokanakammantiādi. Kiccanti viññattisamuṭṭhāpakacittaṃ kira adhippetaṃ.
387 在“由于无闻等故为无根”中:此处,有人即使看见了,也不能说“你已被我看见”,而只依自己所见的方式说“你已被我听闻”。此人因在那事上具不净见,故有罪。然而,此处所指的,是先前听闻时无罪、后来忘失该事、唯以净见而说的人。这是就此人而说的。“其他师所说‘此理趣于一切处亦然’”,此句已被述及。上座弟子们如鸦一般回避。从那时起,乃至……或当……时。“不许可”等语,是为显示无疑惑的状态而说,这是其所表。由此,有疑惑而不忆念者,即被称为忘失者,这一点便得以成立;但那并不合理,因为那是紧接着发生的,因此,后来才陈述了第二位长老的主张。显示巴利原文
387.Sutādīnaṃ abhāvena amūlakattanti ettha yo disvāpi ‘‘diṭṭhosi mayā’’ti vattuṃ asakkonto attano diṭṭhaniyāmeneva ‘‘sutosi mayā’’ti vadati. Tassa tasmiṃ asuddhadiṭṭhittā āpatti, idha pana yo pubbe sutvā anāpatti, pacchā taṃ vissaritvā suddhadiṭṭhi eva samāno vadati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Esa nayo sabbatthāti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Jeṭṭhabbatiko kākekappaṭivattā . Yadaggenāti yāvatā, yadā vā. No kappetītiādi vematikābhāvadīpanatthameva vuttanti dasseti. Tena vematikova nassarati sammuṭṭho nāmāti āpajjati, taṃ na yuttaṃ tadanantarabhāvato, tasmā dutiyattheravādo pacchā vutto.
389 “于一切处”,是指在一切注释书中。“Okāsakamma”,是指作机会。有写本作“以机会为业,即机会业”。“少女不见太阳”,于此,正如少女不见太阳一般,当说“不作机会”时,即是“未作机会”。显示巴利原文
389.Sabbatthāti sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu. Okāsakammanti okāsakaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Okāsena kammaṃ okāsakamma’’nti likhitaṃ. Asūriyaṃ passati kaññāti ettha yathā kaññā sūriyaṃ na passatīti bhavati, evaṃ ‘‘anokāsaṃ kāretvā’’ti vutte okāsaṃ na kāretvāti hoti.
9. 第二恶意作戒的注释显示巴利原文
9. Dutiyaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
391 “就在竹林里”这句话,是就他们所说的那个时间而说的。“贤友,以前我们凭传闻而说”这句话,是就“她被我们这些愤怒、不悦的人怂恿”等语而说的。“属于其他部分者”:由于他是人比丘,因此这山羊之事属于其他部分——即畜生山羊的部分。或者,他另有其他部分,即此山羊有称为畜生山羊状态的其他部分,因此这山羊便称为“有其他部分的事”。显示巴利原文
391.Veḷuvaneyevāti idaṃ tehi vuttavelaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pubbe mayaṃ āvuso sutena avocumhā’’ti ‘‘amhehi sā ussāhitā kupitehi anattamanehī’’tiādivacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, aññabhāgassa idanti manussabhikkhubhāvato aññabhāgassa tiracchānachagalakabhāgassa idaṃ chagalakajātaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ. Aññabhāgo vā assa atthīti so tiracchānachagalakabhāvasaṅkhāto aññabhāgo assa chagalakassa atthīti svāyaṃ chagalako aññabhāgiyaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ nāma.
其中,“雕像之身、石像之身”是举例,而这里的第一种词源解释,是依持“生类即所依义”论者的观点而说。因为那生类以拥有者性与恒常性而为主,故安立于有情的自性中。应知第二种词源解释,是依“与此相反故,诸生类为所依义”这部经而说。“命名想之所依”在此,“名”即是命名;命名者之想,即命名之想,为其所依。人这一类是山羊类等的所依,其意是:那名称并非如龟毛般无所依。而那赋予山羊的“财产”之名,被称为“地方”。因此,“以无根之事……”等,其他事也附着、黏着于长老,仅是世俗言说,并非就真实义而言;因为只是微少附着,故称为“诡计”。其意是:因为“地方”与“诡计”在真实义上并无差别,故举出“取某种地方、少许诡计”后,说“十种诡计:生类诡计……”等,应如此理解。如同在因缘、学处制定和论母中一样,此义也是如此。因为“有其他部分的事”即指山羊的事。“取某种地方、少许诡计”即取“财产”之名,此义唯依事由而显明,故未分别解说。再者,因为它是不确定的。并非如美提亚与布玛迦那样,所有人的有其他部分的事都只是山羊;也有牛、水牛等其他事。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭimāya sarīraṃ, silāputtakassa sarīranti nidassanaṃ, paṭhamaṃ panettha nibbacanaṃ jātipadatthotivādīnaṃ matena vuttaṃ. Sā hi sāmibhāvena, niccabhāvena ca padhānattā sattisabhāve ṭhitā. Tabbiparītakattā byattākati jātiyo tu padattho iti imassa suttassa vasena dutiyaṃ nibbacanaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Nāmakaraṇasaññāya ādhāroti ettha nāmameva nāmakaraṇaṃ. Nāmaṃ karontānaṃ saññā nāmakaraṇasaññā, tassā. Manussajātiko chagalakajātiādhāro nāma. Na hi taṃ nāmaṃ kacchapalomaṃ viya anādhāranti adhippāyo. Taṃ pana chagalakassa dabboti dinnanāmaṃ ‘‘deso’’ti vuccati. Tasmā theraṃ amūlakenātiādinā aññampi vatthuṃ therassa lissati silissati vohāramatteneva, na atthato, īsakaṃ allīyatīti lesoti adhippāyo. Yasmā desalesā atthato ninnānākaraṇā, tasmā ‘‘kañcidesaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāyā’’ti uddharitvā ‘‘dasa lesā jātileso’’tiādi vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yathā nidāne , evaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyampi mātikāyampi ayamevattho. Yasmā aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassāti chagalakassa. Kañcidesaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāyāti dabboti nāmaṃ upādāyāti ayamattho aṭṭhuppattivaseneva āvibhūto, tasmā na vibhatto. Kiñca bhiyyo aniyamattā. Na hi mettiyabhūmajakānaṃ viya sabbesampi chagalakameva aññabhāgiyaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hoti. Aññaṃ gomahiṃ sādikampi hoti, na ca mettiyabhūmajakā viya sabbepi nāmalesamattameva upādiyanti. Aññampi jātilesādiṃ upādiyanti, tasmā aniyamattā ca yathāvuttanayena na vibhattaṃ. Kiñca bhiyyo tathā vutte chagalakasseva aññabhāgiyatā sambhavati, na aññassa, yena sova dassito. Leso ca nāma lesova, na jātiādi, yena sova dassitoti evaṃ micchāgāhappasaṅgato ca tathā na vibhatto.
393 “属于其他部分的”:指被举罪者以外的其他人。“诤事的”:应说为人、非人或畜生。因为这样说时,正是人等的种姓、细相等被说到;否则,由于在“诤事的某一部分、些许细相”中,属格被作为前置词列出,四种诤事是否会因此落入其中?不,因为如同名称一样,种姓等对于人等并没有确定的所依关系,所以说“诤事性不确定”。若确定的话,则种姓的所依是种姓,性相的所依是性相,犯戒者的所依是罪,即使是相违者、未受持者,衣钵的所有者也是所依,由此可入于诤事之数,那么“诤事的”一词就不可分割,不应被抽出;但它是应被抽出的。因此,“‘诤事’是从名称的通称来说”等一切皆应说。因为在此之外,别处未见有说明之处。持律者们应当了知:因为若不如此,在《附随》中以“争论诤事,四种诤事中,争论诤事属于争论诤事”等方法,于未说之处问“为何”时,理由便不可知。因此,持律者们应当了知它们的“属于彼部分”与“属于其他部分”。因为了知这些之后,便知“争论诤事属于争论诤事。为何?因为属于彼部分。其他诤事不属于它,因为属于其他部分”,由此理由而知。显示巴利原文
393.Aññabhāgiyassāti cuditakato aññassa. Adhikaraṇassāti manussassa vā amanussassa vā tiracchānagatassa vāti evaṃ vattabbaṃ. Evañhi vutte manussādīnaṃyeva jātilesādayo vuttā honti, aññathā catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ te āpajjanti ‘‘adhikaraṇassa kañci desaṃ lesamatta’’nti sāmivacanaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ uddiṭṭhattāti ce? Na, nāmassa viya jātiādīnaṃ manussādīnaṃ ādhārabhāvaniyamasambhavato, adhikaraṇabhāvāniyamatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Niyame ca sati jātiyā ādhāro jāti, liṅgassa ca liṅgaṃ, āpattiyā ca āpanno ādhāro, viruddhānampi asamādinnānampi pattacīvarānaṃ sāmiko ādhāro, yena adhikaraṇasaṅkhyaṃ gaccheyyāti āpajjatīti adhikaraṇassāti padaṃ abhājetabbameva bhaveyyāti na uddharitabbaṃ siyā, uddharitabbaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘adhikaraṇanti vacanasāmaññato’’tiādi sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Apākaṭā ito aññatra dassitaṭṭhānābhāvato. Jānitabbā ca vinayadharehi yasmā aññathā parivāre ‘‘vivādādhikaraṇaṃ catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ bhajatī’’tiādinā nayena anāgataṭṭhāne ‘‘kasmā’’ti vutte kāraṇaṃ na paññāyeyya, tasmā tesaṃ tabbhāgiyatā ca aññabhāgiyatā ca jānitabbā vinayadharehi. Tāsu hi viññātāsu vivādādhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ bhajati. Kasmā? Tabbhāgiyattā. Itaraṃ na bhajati aññabhāgiyattāti sukhakāraṇato paññāyanti, tasmā vacanasāmaññato laddhaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ nissāyātiādi. Tattha yasmā āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ mahāvisayaṃ, itarehi asadisaniddesañca, tasmā taṃ adhikaraṇapariyāpannampi samānaṃ visuṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vā hotī’’ti. Adhikaraṇapariyāpannattā ca ‘‘adhikaraṇaññabhāgiyaṃ vā’’ti ettha vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatthāpi mahāvisayattā, mātikāyaṃ āgatattā ca paṭhamaṃ aññabhāgiyatā vuttā, pacchā tabbhāgiyatāti veditabbā. Tattha yasmā adhikaraṇaññabhāgiyavacanena atthāpattinayena siddhaṃ. Adhikaraṇaṃ tabbhāgiyaṃ, tasmā ‘‘adhikaraṇaṃ tabbhāgiyaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ uddesaṃ akatvā ‘‘kathaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ hotī’’ti pucchāpubbaṅgamaniddeso kato. Tatthāpi āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyatā kiñcāpi pārājikena anuddhaṃsibhādhikārattā pārājikānaṃyeva vasena vuttā, atha kho sesāpattikkhandhavasenāpi veditabbā. Yā ca sā codanā ‘‘asuko nāma bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hotī’’tiādikā, tattha ‘‘saṅghādisese thullaccayadiṭṭhi hoti, dubbhāsite saṅghādisesadiṭṭhi hotī’’ti evamādikā vinaye apakataññutāya, taṃtaṃvatthusarikkhatāya vā vuttāti veditabbā. Sabbatthāpi ‘‘pārājikadiṭṭhi hotī’’ti na vuttaṃ. Tathāsaññino anāpattito. ‘‘Tabbhāgiyavicāraṇāya’’nti tabbhāgiyapadaniddese aññabhāgiyatāyapi niddiṭṭhattā vuttaṃ.
“因为事同类”:意思是由于所举之事同类。否则,“四种坏失”之说便会相违。“因为自性相似与不相似”:即依自性而相似与不相似。其中,即使由于禅那等事不同类,若自性相似,上人法波罗夷罪仍然属于那争论诤事的彼部分。同样,依事而言,举罪诤事和办事诤事,各自四种所说的“其他部分”并未出现,因此,了知其“其他部分性”后,其“彼部分性”虽未直接说,依理可成,故说“先解说其他部分”也是合理的。“决定不是彼部分”:因相似故,阿罗汉有“罪、无罪”的争论存在,以无记性故,争论诤事也可能属于其他部分;但由于圣典中说的是罪诤事,故如此说。“从一开始”:即从“属于其他部分的诤事”开始。“以欲心对人身,以嗔心等,依相似与不相似”等文已写。那仅由事不同类便已成立。然而,导师说:即使有事同类,罪同类即是相似,但并非如此,因为即使在同一事中,罪也有差别。应依后文所说之理了知,这是连接。显示巴利原文
Vatthusabhāgatāyāti anuvādavatthusabhāgatāyāti attho. Aññathā ‘‘catasso vipattiyo’’ti vacanaṃ virujjheyya. Sabhāvasarikkhāsarikkhato cāti sabhāvena sadisāsadisato. Tattha jhānādivatthuvisabhāgatāyapi sabhāvasarikkhatāya uttarimanussadhammapārājikāpatti tasseva tabbhāgiyāva hoti. Tathā vatthuvasena anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇañca pāṭekkaṃ catubbidhampi vuttaññabhāgiyaṃ na jātaṃ, tasmā tadaññabhāgiyatāya viditāya tabbhāgiyatā pāriyesayuttiyā avuttāpi sijjhatīti katvā ‘‘aññabhāgiyameva paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭha’’ntipi vattuṃ yujjati. Ekaṃsena tabbhāgiyaṃ na hotīti sarikkhavasena arahattaṃ āpatti anāpattīti vivādasabbhāvato abyākatabhāvena vivādādhikaraṇassapi aññabhāgiyaṃ siyā, pāḷiyaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa vuttattā evaṃ vuttaṃ, ādito paṭṭhāyāti ‘‘aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassā’’ti ito paṭṭhāya. ‘‘Methunarāgena manussaviggaho dosenātiādinā sarikkhato cā’’ti likhitaṃ. Taṃ vatthuvisabhāgatāya eva siddhaṃ. Ayaṃ pana vatthusabhāgatāyapi sati āpattisabhāgatā sarikkhatoti no takkoti ca, ekasmimpi hi vatthusmiṃ āpattibhedo hotīti ācariyo. Parato vuttanayena veditabbanti sambandho.
因为说“办事即是办事诤事”,所以这是僧团羯磨的别名。“羯磨相”:即羯磨的自性。“依彼”:即先前僧团共谋而作羯磨。或者说,依前前的别住、举罪等僧团羯磨,而生起后后的出罪、接纳等,故作此说。因此,虽然办事诤事就是僧团羯磨本身,但为了显示其中还有其余差别,故如此说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kiccameva kiccādhikaraṇa’’nti vuttattā saṅghakammānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kammalakkhaṇanti kammānaṃ sabhāvaṃ. Taṃ nissāyāti pubbeva hi saṃvidhāya saṅgho kammaṃ karoti. Atha vā purimaṃ purimanti parivāsaukkhepaniyādīni saṅghakammāni nissāya abbhānaosāraṇādi uppannanti katvā vuttaṃ. Tasmā kiñcāpi saṅghakammameva kiccādhikaraṇaṃ, tathāpi sesaviseso labbhatīti dasseti.
394 据说,由于义理上实为同一,故未说“部分”之义,而说“细相”等。显示巴利原文
394. Atthato ekaṃ, tasmā desassa atthamavatvā ‘‘leso’’tiādi vuttaṃ kira.
395 “以事为依处”:即归到个人身上,以刹帝利等身份,即使是同一生类者,也依长、短、黑、白等,以及所见、所闻、所疑,而有其他部分性。见到一个高个子刹帝利行淫,便以矮等刹帝利施设为所依,而以种姓细相举罪;或见到一个刹帝利行淫,取其较殊胜的其他部分的刹帝利种姓细相,以所见等的其他部分而举罪:“刹帝利被见,你是刹帝利”。此处有记载:“长等、所见等,因是种姓、名称等之事,故为诤事”。这并未能超越“因诤事性不确定”所说的过失。在义注中说:“应知以刹帝利种姓施设为所依,而有诤事性”。那也因除了名称、种姓之外,并无任何其他名称、种姓施设的所依,故非普遍适用。因此,“诤事的”一词的抽出,是为了显示四种诤事,那是为了显示同义语,并非如此。其中,长等或所见等:此处长等性、所见等性是其他部分,而被举罪者是另一者的差别,由此而称为“其他”。显示巴利原文
395.Savatthukaṃ katvāti puggalassa upari āropetvā khattiyādibhāvena ekajātikopi dīgharassakāḷakodātādīnaṃ diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitānaṃ vasena aññabhāgiyatā, dīghaṃ khattiyaṃ ajjhācarantaṃ disvā rassādikhattiyapaññattiyā ādhārabhāvato jātilesena codeti, ekaṃ vā khattiyaṃ ajjhācarantaṃ disvā tato visiṭṭhaññabhāgabhūtaṃ khattiyaṃ jātilesaṃ gahetvā ‘‘khattiyo diṭṭho tvaṃ khattiyosī’’ti codeti diṭṭhādiaññabhāgena. Ettha ca ‘‘dīghādayo, diṭṭhādayo ca jātināmādīnaṃ vatthubhūtattā adhikaraṇa’’nti likhitaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘adhikaraṇabhāvāniyamato’’ti vuttadosaṃ nātikkamati, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘khattiyajātipaññattiyā ādhāravasena adhikaraṇatā ca veditabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tampi nāmagottato aññissā nāmagottapaññattiyā nāma kassaci abhāvato na sabbasādhāraṇaṃ, tasmā ‘‘adhikaraṇassā’’ti paduddhāraṇaṃ adhikaraṇacatukkadassanatthaṃ, taṃ samānavacanadassanatthanti no takkoti. Tattha dīghādino vā diṭṭhādino vāti ettha dīghāditā, diṭṭhāditā ca aññabhāgo, yo cuditako itarassa viseso yato aññoti vuccati.
399 “轻罪”:指较波罗夷为轻之罪,即桑喀地谢沙等。正因如此,为明此义,最后说:“比丘犯桑喀地谢沙时被见”等。若问:何故罪之细相不似种姓细相等般详细展开?当知:以其不可能如是故。显示巴利原文
399.Lahukaṃ āpattinti pārājikato lahukāpatti saṅghādisesādi. Teneva ante taṃ dassentena ‘‘bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Āpattilesopi kimatthaṃ jātilesādayo viya na vitthāritoti ce? Tathā asambhavatoti veditabbaṃ.
400 “Sāṭakapatto”指达到身位者。“Āpattiyā”指波罗夷罪之余分罪,即桑喀地谢沙等,以及因罪之制立而称“诤事”者。既说“Leso名为罪分”,当知即指罪分之相。是故,波罗夷罪之余分罪的制立,以执持之义而被称“诤事”的桑喀地谢沙等罪聚,取其罪分之相而行举罪,当知为“以罪相举罪”。显示巴利原文
400.Sāṭakapatto sarīraṭṭhapatto. Āpattiyāti pārājikāpattiyā aññabhāgiyaṃ saṅghādisesādi, adhikaraṇañca āpattipaññattiyā. ‘‘Leso nāma āpattibhāgo’’ti vuttattā āpattibhāvaleso vuttoti veditabbo, tasmā pārājikāpattito aññabhāgiyassa āpattipaññattiyā ādhāraṇaṭṭhena ‘‘adhikaraṇa’’nti saṅkhyaṃ gatassa saṅghādisesādino āpattinikāyassa āpattibhāvalesaṃ gahetvā codanā āpattilesacodanāti veditabbā.
408 “若持如是之想而举罪或令举罪者,无犯”,此唯适用于对罪分所摄之举罪,非于余处。至此,与第一嗔恚戒中所说之考察相符。若问:此中如何可知?依《断疑》之语而可知。因彼云:“于彼处及此处,于罪分所摄之举罪,持如是想者亦无犯。”显示巴利原文
408.Anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vāti āpattaññabhāgiyacodanāyameva, na aññattha. Ettāvatā paṭhamaduṭṭhadose vuttavicaraṇāya saṃsanditaṃ hoti, taṃ idha kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? Kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyā vacanato. Vuttañhi ‘‘tattha idha ca āpattaññabhāgiyacodanāya tathāsaññinopi anāpattī’’ti.
“他根本不依理学习其他部分之学处,在通达律者中,他亦将达至其他部分之状态。”显示巴利原文
Aññābhāgiyasikkhaṃ yo, neva sikkhati yuttito. Gacche vinayaviññūhi, aññabhāgiyatañca
10. 第一破僧戒学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Paṭhamasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
409 409. 亦有“Vajjaṃ na phuseyyā”的异读。显示巴利原文
409. ‘‘Vajjaṃ na phuseyyā’’ti ca pāṭho.
410 “Tesaṃ anurūpājānanato asabbaññū assa.” 因不了知何种适合他们,故非一切知者。“诸比丘,无坐卧处者不应入雨安居”(《大品》204)之说故,此已明确禁止。“三际清净”是为遮止他人恶行之染着而说,非为遮止缘于业,“际”即诸行相。“清净”即解脱。以十种相指定所作,若沙门受用,而非沙门者则这些会引来对教法的讥毁;因讥毁之缘,世间或生非福,乃至诽谤圣者。从这些中解脱,此即是义。“Vāgura”指鹿网。“为自己之目的”等语,先示为他人所作时之如法性,为说明比丘及为他人所作时之情况,而说“为亡者作施食之目的”等。显示巴利原文
410.Tesaṃ anurūpājānanato asabbaññū assa. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, asenāsanikena vassaṃ upagantabba’’nti (mahāva. 204) vuttattā paṭikkhittameva. Tikoṭiparisuddhanti parassa pāpapasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na paṭiccakammanivāraṇatthaṃ koṭīhīti ākārehi. Parisuddhanti vimuttaṃ. Dasahi lesehi uddissa kataṃ samaṇā paribhuñjanti, assamaṇā imeti sāsanassa garahabhāvo āgaccheyya , garahapaccayā loko vā apuññaṃ ariyūpavādaṃ pasaveyya, tehi vimuttanti attho. Vāguranti migajālaṃ. Attano atthāya vātiādinā paresaṃ atthāya kate kappiyabhāvaṃ dassetvā bhikkhūnañca aññesañca atthāya kate taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘matānaṃ petakiccatthāyā’’tiādimāha.
“Yaṃ yaṃ hī”等句,是为了显示其理据而说。据说,法喜长老主张:“为五位同法者所作,不许可。”《难点》中写道:“单为纯粹的比丘们而作,不适宜。”但另有些长老说:即便说的是“为亡者做施食之目的”等,也得到许可;只要心意其实是“(这东西)单为比丘们”,那么即使做成“给了比丘之后我们再吃”,也同样被允许。而且,为了表明“在五位中,指定为某一人所作,其余人则不许可”,才说了“于五位同法者中”等。然而在另一份《难点》中又说:若说“我们的”及“国王随从等”,是许可的;即便不说“你们的”,而说“为施食之目的”等,也是许可的——表明此义之后,为了确立所说的这一切以及那个“等”字所包含情形的特征,才说“唯比丘之”等。在这里,意思是“只是指定比丘的时候”。并不是为了显示说“你们的”、“我们的”时没有犯戒。为什么呢?因为并没有“混合品”的问题。所谓特征,是指所说的以及和它同类的情形。假如在说“为施食之目的”的地方,他们想的是比丘的食物而去做,据《大注释》也说:“在此品中,不说‘你们的’时,是许可的。”因此,这里也是依照前说而立论:为施食的目的,或为庆典等目的而做时,道理与此相同。若问:那么以决定之说,对于混合的情况是否许可?答:显示巴利原文
Yaṃ yaṃ hītiādi tassa kāraṇassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Puna pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ atthāya kataṃ na kappatīti vuttanti kira dhammasiritthero. Gaṇṭhipade ‘‘bhikkhūnameva suddhānaṃ atthāya kataṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Aparehi pana ‘‘matānaṃ petakiccatthāyātiādinā vuttepi kappati, bhikkhūnaṃyeva atthāyāti iminā ‘bhikkhūnampi datvā mayaṃ bhuñjissāmā’ti katampi vuttaṃ. Puna ‘pañcasu ekaṃ uddissakataṃ itaresaṃ na kappatī’ti dassanatthaṃ ‘pañcasu hi sahadhammikesūtiādi vutta’nti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññatarasmiṃ pana gaṇṭhipade ‘‘amhākanti ca rājayuttādīnanti ca vutte vaṭṭatīti vatvā ‘tumhāka’nti avatvā ‘petakiccatthāyāti vuttepi vaṭṭatī’ti ca dassetvā sabbattha vuttānaṃ, ādisaddena saṅgahitānañca lakkhaṇaṃ ṭhapentena ‘bhikkhūnaṃyevā’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘bhikkhūnaṃ uddiṭṭhe evāti adhippāyenā’ti vuttaṃ. Na ‘tumhākaṃ, amhākañcāti vutte anāpattī’ti dassanatthaṃ. Kasmā? Missakavārassa abhāvā. Lakkhaṇaṃ nāma vuttānaṃ, vuttasadisānañca hoti. ‘Sace petakiccatthāyāti vuttaṭṭhāne bhikkhūnaṃ bhojanaṃ sandhāya karontī’ti vadanti mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca ‘tasmiṃ vāre ca na tumhākanti vutte vaṭṭatī’ti vuttattā. Teneva idhāpi ‘petakiccatthāya, maṅgalādīnaṃ vā atthāya katepi eseva nayo’ti pubbe vuttatthavasena vuttaṃ. ‘Avadhāraṇatthena missake vaṭṭatī’ti ce? ‘Kappiyamaṃsassa hi paṭiggahaṇe āpatti natthī’ti vacanena akappiyapaṭiggahaṇe āpattīti āpannaṃ, ‘tañca gahetabbaṃ siyā’ti paṭikkhipitabbā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ sundaraṃ viya dissati, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. Yattha cāti bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya katepi. Tamatthaṃ āvi kātuṃ ‘‘sace panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ . Ettha pana ‘‘bhikkhunīnaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, itaresaṃ daṇḍakammavatthū’’ti vadanti. Kappaṃ nirayamhīti asaṅkhyeyyakappaṃ. Vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyikāleyeva saṅghabhedo hotīti. Kappanti āyukappaṃ.
411 “Kusala”是指安稳的。在“出于对犯戒的怖畏,由有惭耻者所作”这一句中,为了表示由于怖畏犯戒,他们必定会举发,便随顺“有惭耻者将能守护”这句古语的说法,用“由其他有惭耻者”来表达。即使是无惭无愧者不举发,也构成犯戒,因为这属于“那些见到的人、那些听到的人”的范畴。显示巴利原文
411.Kusalanti khemaṃ. Āpattibhayā katā lajjīhīti ettha āpattibhayena avassaṃ ārocentīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘lajjī rakkhissatī’’ti (visuddhi. 1.42; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.45) porāṇavacanassānurūpato ‘‘aññehi lajjīhī’’ti vuttaṃ. Alajjissapi anārocentassa āpattiyeva ‘‘ye passanti ye suṇantī’’ti vacanato.
416 “Asamanubhāsantassa”是以造作者(作羯磨者)来表述主格,意思是“一个未被做教诫羯磨的人”。所谓“特别开许的对象”,是指疯狂者、心散乱者、受剧痛者等,由于在阿利吒学处中有“无犯,是初犯”这样的文句,所以是存在的。假如问:“Yampī”等诸句呢?然而,那其实也是无犯。这里所说的“犯”,即便是在那类情况下现前的人,他也是在从事自己应做之事的人,因此才这样说。借助这一方便,依“未被教诫者”和“初犯者”所含之义,即作此说。唯独阿利吒学处例外,因为该处没有“初犯者”这个句子。显示巴利原文
416.Asamanubhāsantassāti kammakārake kattuniddeso, samanubhāsanakammaṃ akariyamānassāti attho. Odissa anuññāto nāma ummattakakhittacittavedanaṭṭādiko ‘‘anāpatti ādikammikassā’’ti ariṭṭhasikkhāpade āgatattā atthīti ce? Yampītiādi. Sā panesā anāpatti. So vuccatīti tattha āgatopi sakammabyāvaṭopi evaṃ vuccati. Etenupāyenāti asamanubhāsantassa ca ādikammikassa ca vuttatthavasena. Ṭhapetvā ariṭṭhasikkhāpadanti tattha ādikammikapadābhāvā.
“三支具足”者:在此,若仅以言语舍弃,仍有唇动等身表;因此,对于兼作两种表(身表与语表)而说者,是犯。若不能作语表、仅作身表者,应当无犯。何以故?因为三支中缺少一支,所以三支具足的情况是犯,支分缺失的情况是无犯。于此若有疑:若因支分缺失而无犯,那么即使不作身表、仅以心舍弃者,也应无犯?答:不然。因为注释中说:“不作身表或语表者,由犯故为无作”,而并未说“或不令心生起者”。由此可知,心是依于表的,故将心单独说为一支。若言:并非如此,仅仅没有两种表就是无作,所以以心舍弃者似乎也有犯,应当审察后再受持。于此,若问:“不善心”是否被说到?他们回答说:“是依于心之增盛而说。”据说他们也是依增盛而说的。显示巴利原文
Tivaṅgikanti ettha vācāya eva paṭinissajjantassa oṭṭhacalanādikāyaviññatti hoti, tasmā duvidhampi viññattiṃ kathentassa hoti. Vacībhedaṃ kātuṃ asakkontassa kāyavikāraṃ karontassa anāpattiyā bhavitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Tivaṅgesu ekassa parihīnattā, tasmā tivaṅgabhāvo āpattiyā, aṅgahānibhāvo anāpattiyāti gahetabbaṃ. Ettha siyā – yadi aṅgahānibhāvena anāpatti, evaṃ santepi vikāraṃ akatvā citteneva vissajjentassa anāpattiyā bhavitabbanti? Taṃ na, kasmā? Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kāyavikāraṃ vā vacībhedaṃ vā akarontasseva pana āpajjanato akiriya’’nti hi vuttaṃ, ‘‘cittaṃ vā anuppādentassa vā’’ti na vuttaṃ, tasmā cittañca nāma viññattipaṭibaddhaṃ evāti visuṃ aṅgabhāveneva vuttattā jānitabbanti ce? Taṃ na, dvinnaṃyeva akiriyāti, tasmā cittena vissajjentassāpi āpatti viya dissati, upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ. Tattha ‘‘akusalacitta’’nti vuttanti ce? ‘‘Cittabāhullato vutta’’nti vadanti. Tepi kira bāhullato vadanti.
11. 第二破僧学处注释显示巴利原文
11. Dutiyasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
422 “有想者”:即对于有想者。显示巴利原文
422.Saññīti saññino.
12. 恶口学处注释显示巴利原文
12. Dubbacasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
424 “落叶”:指已落者,将其展开、拨开。从一处移开,即从沉没处移开并放置。除去一堆尘土、河螺、长根叶、青苔、苔藓、有茎苔、浮萍、水泡、碎屑。除去芝麻籽:即除去那些状如细根叶、铺展在水面的水膜。显示巴利原文
424.Pataṃ patitaṃ vivari vivaṭṭayi. Ekato ussāreti ca giḷitato ṭhapeti ca. Ekapaṃsuthupakanadīsaṅkhaṃ dīghamūlakapaṇṇasevālaṃ sevālaṃ daṇḍisipippariṃ paṇakaṃ pesiṭṭhiṃ nissāreti. Tilabījakanti sukhumamūlapaṇṇakaṃ hutvā udakapiṭṭhe pattharikaṃ udakapappaṭakaṃ nissāreti.
425-6 也读作“恶口性者”。以本事:即以过去业。“《大筏》中说:‘以前我们也做这样的事吗?’等,共有十九事。”而在《大注释》和《教诲经注释》中说“有十六事”,二者一致。显示巴利原文
425-6. ‘‘Dubbaccajātiko’’tipi paṭhanti. Apadānenāti purāṇakammena. ‘‘Kiṃ pubbepi mayaṃ evarūpaṃ karomātiādinā ekūnavīsatī’’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ kira vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca anumānasuttaṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘soḷasavatthukā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ sameti.
13. 污家学处注释显示巴利原文
13. Kuladūsakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
431 不仅寺院名为枳吒山,那个村庄也称为枳吒山。后文正是针对村庄而说:“不应由阿说示和补那婆娑迦比丘们住在枳吒山。”据说此地一年下雨两次,因此说“以两场雨”。“超过”:针对六人而言。“未作之事”:指新的缘起事。写为“前往阎浮须摩那等,即湿的、青的”,但这是依植物村与种子村的差别而分说。“为风”:为风之利益。“任何”:有水的或无水的。“为园林等”:为林园等之利益。“花丛种植”:仅针对污家者而说,并非针对结缚等一切而说。何以见得?为显示此义而说“由佛、法”等。也有读作“花环、混乱”。显示巴利原文
431. Na kevalaṃ vihāro eva kīṭāgiri, sopi gāmo ‘‘kīṭāgiri’’cceva vuccati. Gāmañhi sandhāya parato ‘‘na assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi kīṭāgirismiṃ vatthabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Ekasaṃvacchare dvikkhattuṃ vassati kira, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘dvīhi meghehī’’ti vuttaṃ. Samadhikanti cha jane sandhāya. Akatavatthunti navaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ. ‘‘Jābhisumanādigacchaṃ allānaṃ haritānaṃ evā’’ti likhitaṃ. Bhūtagāmabījagāmabhedato panesa bhedo. Vatatthāyāti vatiatthāya. Yaṃkiñcīti sodakaṃ vā nirudakaṃ vā. Ārāmādiatthāyāti vanarājikādiatthāya. Mālāvaccharopanaṃ kuladūsakaṃyeva sandhāya, ganthanādisabbaṃ na sandhāya vuttanti. Kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? Taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘buddhena dhammo’’tiādi. ‘‘Āveḷaṃ ābiḷa’’ntipi pāṭho.
“踝饰”:即结缚。“包缠”:即同类者。“穿孔”:以他物将花穿孔所作。关于“也绑刺”:此处他们说“为自己穿刺之用,不许可;为他人之用,则许可”。“网帐”:以网制成的帐幕。“花覆”:如窗一般,制作带孔的遮蔽物。关于“扇叶球”:即使以扇叶重作,也仅是遮蔽物。“法绳”:为将花穿绕于塔或菩提树而绑的绳索。写为“以袈裟绑的,或以线、皮条等绑的,如同捆包物一样”。“肩袋”:因如同放入袋中,故不成穿孔,因此他们说“松绑后于中间插入,不许可”。他们说“不使互相接触,多次缠绕,则许可”。“充满”:纵向伸展而充满。“瓶带垂饰”:写为“双带垂饰”。他们说:“因球、硬叶、带被禁止,故以布等所作之带也不许可,以其随顺非许可故。”显示巴利原文
Gopphananti ganthanaṃ. Veṭhimanti taggatikameva. Vedhimaṃ aññena kenaci pupphaṃ vedhetvā kataṃ . Kaṇṭakampi bandhitunti ettha ‘‘sayaṃ vijjhanatthaṃ na vaṭṭati. Aññassatthāya vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Jālamayaṃ vitānaṃ jālavitānaṃ. Pupphapaṭicchakaṃ gavakkhaṃ viya sachiddaṃ karonti. Tālapaṇṇaguḷakanti tālapaṇṇamayaṃ puna katampi paṭichijjakameva. Dhammarajju cetiyaṃ vā bodhiṃ vā pupphappavesanatthaṃ āvijjhitvā baddharajju. ‘‘Kāsāvena baddhampi suttavākādīhi baddhaṃ bhaṇḍitasadisa’’nti likhitaṃ. Aṃsabhaṇḍikaṃ pasibbake pakkhittasadisattā vedhimaṃ na jātaṃ, tasmā ‘‘sithilabaddhassa antarantarā pakkhipituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Aññamaññaṃ aphusāpetvā anekakkhattumpi parikkhipituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Pūritanti dīghato pasāretvā pūritaṃ. Ghaṭikadāmaolambakoti ‘‘yamakadāmaolambako’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Geṇḍukharapattadāmānaṃ paṭikkhittattā celādīhi katadāmampi na vaṭṭati akappiyānulomattā’’ti vadanti.
“‘瑞恰卡’一词,是指那种风格的舞蹈演员之舞,此被称为‘旋转’。‘萨利’者,据说是指安住于犬吠、豺狼业、鹿戏等状态者,这是读法。‘被压伏’则是圣典中的用语。显示巴利原文
‘‘Recakaṃ nāma tathālāsiyanāṭanaṭānaṃ nacca’’nti likhitaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘parivattantī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sāriyo nāma rutasunakhā siṅgālakammakuruṅgakeḷipane ṭhitā’’ti kira pāṭho. ‘‘Nibujjhantī’’ti pāḷi.
432 “弱强”等词,是依序排列。正如因那些为首者,而将他们全部称为“阿说示、补那婆娑迦”,同样,由于那位证得上首的弟子,也将一切随其而转者称为“舍利弗”。因此说:“你们去,舍利弗们。”显示巴利原文
432.Abalabalādi-padānaṃ uppaṭipāṭiyā. Yathā pāmokkhānaṃ vasena sabbepi ‘‘assajipunabbasukā’’ti vuttā, tathā pāmokkhappattasāvakassa vasena tadāyattavuttine sabbepi ‘‘sāriputtā’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gacchatha tumhe sāriputtā’’ti.
433 仅凭“不应住于村中”这句话,便已成立不应住于该村的其他地方。若问:“为何又说‘或不应住于该精舍’?”这是因为有此含义。为了显示:在哪个村庄造作了污家行为,便不应再住于该村;在哪个精舍居住时造作了污家行为,则除了那所精舍,也不应再住于其他精舍。若问:“此义如何成立?”从“不应住于村中”这句话,会得出“在造作污家行为的那个村中,连那所精舍也不得住”的结论;看到这一点,才说“或不应住于该精舍”,由此便成立“在该村的其他地方则可居住”。而“在该精舍居住者”这句话,则是指“在该村的其他地方居住者,可以在邻村乞食”。“在邻近精舍”是指:同一村中该精舍的邻近精舍,以及该村的邻近精舍,两者都称为“邻近精舍”。以此说明:在该村其他地方居住者,不应在该村乞食;在邻村乞食则是如法的。此外,在造作污家行为那村的邻村,在污家者精舍的邻近地基精舍居住者,也可以在该村乞食;在没有造作污家行为的那个邻村中也可以乞食,此处并非指精舍,这是意旨所在。有人说:“由于宣说了‘不应在城中行走’,便已表明可以在其他精舍、该村中居住。”然而——显示巴利原文
433. ‘‘Gāme vā na vasitabba’’nti imināva tasmiṃ gāme aññattha na vasitabbanti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Tasmiṃ vihāre vā’’ti kasmā vuttanti ce? Atthasabbhāvato. Yasmiñhi gāme kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ, tasmiṃ gāme, yasmiṃ vihāre vasantena kuladūsanaṃ kataṃ, taṃ vihāraṃ ṭhapetvā aññasmiṃ vasituṃ na vaṭṭatīti dassanatthaṃ. Taṃ kathanti ce? ‘‘Gāme vā na vasitabba’’nti vacanena yasmiṃ gāme kuladūsanakammaṃ kataṃ, tasmiṃ vihārepi vasituṃ na labbhatīti āpannaṃ, taṃ disvā ‘‘tasmiṃ vihāre’’ti vuttaṃ, tena tasmiṃ gāme aññasmiṃ vasituṃ labbhatīti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Tasmiṃ vihāre vasantenā’’ti iminā tasmiṃ gāme aññattha vasantena sāmantagāme piṇḍāya carituṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Sāmantavihārepīti sāmantavihāro nāma tasmiṃyeva gāme tassa vihārassa sāmantavihāro ca tassa gāmassa sāmantavihāro cāti ubhayaṃ vuccati, etena tasmiṃ gāme aññattha vasantena tasmiṃ gāme piṇḍāya na caritabbaṃ. Sāmantagāmepi piṇḍāya carituṃ vaṭṭati, puna yasmiṃ gāme kuladūsanakammaṃ kataṃ, tassa sāmantagāme kuladūsakavihārassa sāmantavatthuvihāre vasantena tasmiṃ gāmepi carituṃ vaṭṭati. Yasmiṃ sāmantagāme kuladūsakaṃ na kataṃ, tasmimpi carituṃ vaṭṭati, neva vihāreti adhippāyo. ‘‘Nanagare caritu’’nti vuttattā aññasmiṃ vihāre tasmiṃ gāme vasituṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpitaṃ hotīti eke. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana vicāraṇā eva natthi, tasmā suṭṭhu vicāretvā kathetabbaṃ.
436-7 不可令其施与,因为那可能成为施花。关于“唯独对他不许可”:在此,若有人取来粥等,出于希望而说“请你们布施”,则对所有人都不许可。然而,若只是以清净心,不特别回向自己或他人,而说“愿这些人布施后令福德增长”,则唯独对他不许可,因为由此生起了与粥等资具相关的谈论。在《大注》中,由于并未特别区分说“对五位同法者”,因此有些论师认为,从义理上自然就是唯独对自己不许可。但诸师长说:“如同在《大筏》和《小筏》中特别区分说‘唯独对他’,而《大注》中并未如此区分,因此对所有人都不许可。”显示巴利原文
436-7.Dāpetuṃ na labhanti, pupphadānañhi siyā. Tasseva na kappatīti ettha yāguādīni ānetvā ‘‘dadantū’’ti icchāvasena vadati ce, sabbesaṃ na kappati, kevalaṃ pana suddhacittena attānaṃ vā paresaṃ vā anuddisitvā ‘‘ime manussā dānaṃ datvā puññaṃ pasavantū’’ti vadantassa tasseva na kappati yāguādīnaṃ paccayapaṭisaṃyuttakathāya uppannattā. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyampi ‘‘pañcannampi sahadhammikāna’’nti visesetvā avuttattā atthato sayamevāti apare. Ācariyā pana ‘‘yathā mahāpaccariyaṃ, kurundiyañca ‘tassevā’ti visesetvā vuttaṃ, evaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ visesetvā na vuttaṃ, tasmā sabbesaṃ na kappatī’’ti vadanti.
3. 不定篇显示巴利原文
3. Aniyatakaṇḍo
1. 第一不定学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamaaniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
444-5 “说戒”即诵出,名为“阿沙离星宿”的仪式是入雨安居的供养。关于“耳之隐秘处”:在此,由于“隐秘处”一词的共通性而说,如同在粗恶语、说粗恶语、覆藏他罪等学处中,由于粗恶性的共通而说“波罗夷”一词一样。因此说:“然而,应以眼之隐秘处作为判定标准。”若问:“如何得知?”由“所谓女人,即乃至当日所生之女婴”的说法,以及“堪行淫者,即能够行淫法者”的说法可知,在此,隐秘独坐的乐著是依止于淫欲的烦恼,不像第二不定中那样是粗恶语的乐著烦恼,由此可知“耳之隐秘处并非此处的意旨”。然而,有些论师说:“那是为了显示‘那也可得’这句话的含义而说的,由此,在第二不定中所说的‘有智、有能力者’已被包含。”关于“或以她所……”中的“或”字,应连接为“或那位比丘应被处分”,此“或”字是选择义,因此意思是:若承认,则应被处分;若不承认,则不应被处分。所以,注释书中说:“唯有承认时,那位比丘才应被处分……不应被处分。”因此,在巴利圣典中,为了显示这两种含义,才说了“若她这样说……”等。“可信语者”一词,否定了那种认为“显示巴利原文
444-5.Uddesanti uddisanaṃ, āsāḷhinakkhattaṃ nāma vassūpagamapūjā. Sotassa rahoti ettha raho-vacanasāmaññato vuttaṃ duṭṭhullasāmaññato duṭṭhullārocanappaṭicchādanasikkhāpadesu pārājikavacanaṃ viya. Tasmā ‘‘cakkhussa raheneva pana paricchedo kātabbo’’ti vuttaṃ. Kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? ‘‘Mātugāmo nāma tadahujātāpi dārikā’’ti vacanato, ‘‘alaṃkammaniyeti sakkā hoti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitu’’nti vacanato ca rahonisajjassādo cettha methunasannissitakileso, na dutiye viya duṭṭhullavācassādakileso, tasmā ca paññāyati ‘‘sotassa raho nādhippeto’’ti. Keci pana ‘‘tañca labbhatīti vacanassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, tena dutiye vuttā viññū paṭibalā gahitā hotī’’ti vadanti. Yena vā sāti ettha vā-saddo ‘‘tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo vā’’ti yojetabbo, so ca vikappattho, tasmā kāretabbo vā paṭijānamāno, na vā kāretabbo appaṭijānamānoti attho. Tena vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭijānamānova tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo…pe… na kāretabbo’’ti. Tasmā eva pāḷiyaṃ tadatthadvayadassanatthaṃ ‘‘sā ce evaṃ vadeyyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Saddheyyavacasā’’ti iminā sotāpannā atthabhañjanakaṃ na bhaṇanti, sesaṃ bhaṇantīti vādīnaṃ vādo paṭisedhito hoti. ‘‘Diṭṭha’’nti vuttattā ‘‘olokesī’’ti sundaraṃ. Rakkheyyāsīti mama visesaṃ kassaci nāroceyyāsīti adhippāyo.
446 若问:“‘若她这样说:圣者,我听到您坐着对女人说粗恶语’——这句话在此处是为何目的而说?因为此处并不以耳之隐秘处为意旨。”应知:这是为了显示在‘堪行淫处’也可有粗恶语,但在‘不堪行淫处’则不可有淫欲法。正如有些论师说:“‘若她这样说:圣者,我听到您在女人面前称赞自己的爱欲侍奉’——这句话在此处也可得到,但在第二不定中则不可得,因为那里是‘不堪行淫处’。”在《断疑》中,若问:“在此第一不定中,是否因为在第二不定的部分中,除开波罗夷罪而仅就粗恶语罪而说,所以未说粗恶语罪?”那么,“若她……”那段巴利文的写本应被校订。在《结文》中写道:“在此学处,由于唯有淫欲、身触、隐秘独坐出现,故以眼之隐秘处为准量。”在第二不定的部分中又写道:“不盲者见身触,不聋者闻粗恶语;身触由身与心,粗恶语由语与心,两者兼具则由两者。”在注释书中,由于说了“其等起等与第一波罗夷相同”,且因说了“当日所生”,故粗恶语的说法并不妥当。显示巴利原文
446. ‘‘Sā ce evaṃ vadeyya ‘ayyassa mayā sutaṃ nisinnassa mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsentassā’’’ti, idaṃ kimatthamettha vuttaṃ, na adhippetañhetaṃ idha sotassa raho nādhippetoti katvāti ce? Alaṃkammaniyaṭṭhāne duṭṭhullavācāpi labbhati, na pana nālaṃkammaniyaṭṭhāne methunanti dassanatthaṃ vuttanti veditabbanti. Yathā etaṃ, tathā ‘‘sā ce evaṃ vadeyya ‘ayyassa mayā sutaṃ mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantassā’’’ti etampi idha labbhati, na dutiye nālaṃkammaniyaṭṭhānattāti eke. Kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dutiyāniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) idhāpi dutiyāniyatādhikāre pārājikāpattiñca parihāpetvā duṭṭhullavācāpattiyā vuttattā paṭhamāniyate duṭṭhullavācāpatti na vuttāti ce? ‘‘Sā ce’’ti tassā pāḷiyā potthakā sodhetabbā. Gaṇṭhipade ca ‘‘idha sikkhāpade methunakāyasaṃsaggarahonisajjānamevāgatattā cakkhussarahova pamāṇa’’nti likhitaṃ, dutiyāniyatādhikāre ca ‘‘anandho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ passati, abadhiro duṭṭhullaṃ suṇāti, kāyacittato kāyasaṃsaggo, vācācittato duṭṭhullaṃ, ubhayehi ubhaya’’nti ca likhitaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānevā’’ti vuttattāpi duṭṭhullavādo na sundaro ‘‘tadahujātā’’ti vuttattāti.
2. 第二不定学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyaaniyatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
453 在第二不定中,有些写本写道:“然而,并非隐蔽的座位,是座位。”又有写本写道:“‘座位’一词乃是多余的,应删去为妥。”此处,两种隐秘处皆被意许,因其摄及身触、粗恶语与隐秘独坐。若问:“既然如此,为何说‘所谓女人,是指有智、有能力者’?”答:正因为这女人同时成为身触与粗恶语二者的所依,才如此说。这是为了显示:身触的所依已被指出,而另一者的所依未被指出,因此,为了特指粗恶语而明示其依处,才有此说。显示巴利原文
453. Dutiye kesuci potthakesu ‘‘na heva kho pana paṭicchannaṃ āsanaṃ hoti āsana’’nti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Āsananti adhikaṃ, uddharitānurūpa’’nti likhitaṃ. Dvepi rahā idha adhippetā kāyasaṃsaggaduṭṭhullavācārahonisajjaggahaṇato. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘mātugāmo nāma viññū paṭibalā’’ti kimatthaṃ vuttanti? Ayameva hi mātugāmo dvinnampi kāyasaṃsaggaduṭṭhullavācānaṃ ekato vatthubhūto, tasmā vuttaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggassa vatthubhūto dassito, na itarassāti katvā duṭṭhullavācameva sandhāya tassā vatthuṃ dassento evamāha.
于此,有人问:正如在第一不定中,即使未意许粗恶语,为了显示与之俱起的差别而说,那么此处也有身体接触,为何不依“眼之隐秘”来取判呢?答:确实不应依彼而取,也并未依彼而取,而只是依“同坐”来取的,因为肢体的同坐并无差别。若问:在无遮蔽的情况下,哪来的眼之隐秘?答:因为距离远。问:为什么在第一不定中,即使有百位女人也不犯,而这里仅有一女便犯呢?答:并非如此说,因为已经成立了的缘故。已成立的是指:某比丘在毗舍离大林……乃至……开门而卧……乃至……众多女人随心所欲地作已离去(波罗夷77)。因此,女人并非行淫欲法的第二人。因为女人们互相覆藏过失,正是以此缘故,为比丘尼制定了覆藏的波罗夷。又如“优陀夷尊者让那些女人观看精舍,那些女人现出隐处”(波罗夷283),从“那些有惭耻心的女人出去后,向比丘们发露”(波罗夷283)这句话可知,其意图是成立粗恶语中以女人为第二人。这两处对于疯狂者及最初犯者都无犯,这是依各自的因缘而说的,意思是说最初犯者无犯。而在《随笺》中则说:“在裸体、犊度、私密无遮座学处中,有‘以有智男子为第二人’(波逸提288)一语,依此相应的理趣,故说‘即使……’显示巴利原文
Etthāha – yathā paṭhame anadhippetāpi duṭṭhullavācā sambhavavisesadassanatthaṃ vuttā, idhāpi kāyasaṃsaggo, kasmā na tassa vasena cakkhussa raho gahetabboti? Āma na gahetabbo, na ca gahito, gahito eva pana nisajjavasena, na hi aṅgassa nisajjā visesoti. Appaṭicchanne sati kathaṃ cakkhussa rahoti ce? Dūrattā. Paṭhame kasmā itthisatampi anāpattiṃ na karoti, idha kasmā ekāpi karotīti ce? No vuccati siddhattā. Siddhaṃ hoti, yadidaṃ aññataro bhikkhu vesāliyaṃ mahāvane…pe… dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipanno hoti…pe… sambahulā itthiyo yāvadatthaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsūti (pārā. 77). Tasmā na methunassa mātugāmo dutiyo hoti. Itthiyo hi aññamaññissā vajjaṃ paṭicchādenti, teneva bhikkhunīnaṃ vajjapaṭicchādane pārājikaṃ paññattaṃ. Tathā ‘‘āyasmā udāyī tā itthiyo vihāraṃ pekkhāpetvā tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ vaccamagga’’nti (pārā. 283) ettha ‘‘yā pana tā itthiyo hirimanā, tā nikkhamitvā bhikkhū ujjhāpentī’’ti (pārā. 283) vacanato duṭṭhullassa mātugāmo dutiyo hotīti siddhanti adhippāyo. Ubhayatthāpi ummattakādikammikānaṃ anāpattīti tesaṃ pāṭekkaṃ nidāne āgataṃ, ādikammikānaṃ anāpattīti attho. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘acelakavagge rahopaṭicchannāsanasikkhāpade ‘viññū puriso dutiyo hotī’ti (pāci. 288) imassa anurūpato ‘itthīnaṃ satampi anāpattiṃ na karotī’ti vutta’’nti ca, ‘‘dutiyāniyate ‘itthīpi purisopī’ti idaṃ bhikkhunīvagge osānasikkhāpadassa, acelakavagge appaṭicchannāsanasikkhāpadassa ca anāpattivāre ‘yo koci viññū puriso dutiyo’ti vuttaṃ. Imesaṃ anurūpato vuttanti veditabba’’nti ca vuttaṃ.
杂论注释显示巴利原文
Pakiṇṇakavaṇṇanā
然而,这里有一段杂论:此不定篇是否因为没有前后次第而无用呢?并非如此,因为它有必要显示重与轻的差别、犯与不犯的安立次第特征。在这里,通过“若她这样说:‘我见尊者坐着与女人行淫欲法’,而他又承认,则应依其所犯处治……乃至……应依下座处治”(波罗夷446),这显示了重犯与轻犯处治的次第特征;而通过“应处治”一语,则显示了不处治的次第特征。若问:特征显示应在开头列举,还是在结尾列举?并非如此,因为那是不可能的。为何?不可能在开头,因为还未显示此特征所属的学处;也不可能在结尾,因为有重罪混杂,所以应当在重与轻的中间来列举,因为这里两者都有混杂。其中所显示的轻犯,也是依于重犯等而生起的,所以说“依止淫欲法之烦恼,所谓私密信”等,因此有些人主张只在重罪之后列举。如果这样,仅第一项就已足够成立特征的显示,何需第二项呢?并非如此,因为有必要防止对处所限定及缘的错执。由于“在隐蔽座、可行走处”而限定了处所,若在其相反之处,便会错执为这一特征不适用;为了防止这种错执,第二项也是有意义的。为何?因为处所差别、秘密差别的显示,以及秘密同坐受用差别的显示。当存在处所限定时,显示巴利原文
Apicettha idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – idaṃ aniyatakaṇḍaṃ nippayojanaṃ apubbābhāvatoti ce? Na, garukalahukabhedabhinnāpattiropanāropanakkamalakkhaṇadīpanappayojanato. Ettha hi ‘‘sā ce evaṃ vadeyya ‘ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto’ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo…pe… nisajjāya kāretabbo’’tiādinā (pārā. 446) āpattiyā garukāya lahukāya ca ropanakkamalakkhaṇaṃ, kāretabboti iminā anāropanakkamalakkhaṇañca dassitaṃ. Lakkhaṇadīpanato ādimhi, ante vā uddisitabbanti ce? Na, asambhavato. Kathaṃ? Na tāva ādimhi sambhavati, yesamidaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ, tesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ adassitattā. Na ante, garukamissakattā, tasmā garukalahukānaṃ majjhe eva uddisitabbanti arahati ubhayāmissakattā. Yā tattha lahukāpatti dassitā , sāpi garukādikā. Tenevāha ‘‘methunadhammasannissitakilesasaṅkhātena rahassādenā’’tiādi, tasmā garukānaṃ eva anantaraṃ uddiṭṭhātipi eke. Evaṃ sante paṭhamamevālaṃ tāvatā lakkhaṇadīpanasiddhito, kiṃ dutiyenāti ce? Na, okāsaniyamapaccayamicchāgāhanivāraṇappayojanato. ‘‘Paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye’’ti okāsaniyamato hi tabbiparīte okāse idaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ na vikappitanti micchāgāho hoti, tannivāraṇato dutiyampi sātthakamevāti adhippāyo. Kasmā? Okāsabhedato, rahobhedadīpanato, rahonisajjassādabhedadīpanato . Okāsaniyamabhāve ca rahonisajjassādabhedo jāto. Dvinnaṃ rahonisajjasikkhāpadānaṃ nānatājānanañca siyā, tathā kāyasaṃsaggabhedadīpanato. Nālaṃkammaniyepi hi okāse appaṭicchanne, paṭicchannepi vā nisinnāya vātapānakavāṭachiddādīhi nikkhantakesādiggahaṇena kāyasaṃsaggo labbhatīti evamādayopi nayā vitthārato veditabbā. ‘‘Bhikkhupātimokkhe āgatanayattā bhikkhunīpātimokkhe idaṃ kaṇḍaṃ parihīnanti veditabba’’nti vadanti. Atthuppattiyā tattha anupannattāti eke. Taṃ anekatthabhāvadīpanato ayuttaṃ. Sabbabuddhakāle hi bhikkhūnaṃ pañcannaṃ, bhikkhunīnaṃ cattāro ca uddesā santi. Pātimokkhuddesapaññattiyā asādhāraṇattā tattha niddiṭṭhasaṅghādisesapācittiyānanti eke. Tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalikaaṭṭhavatthukavasena kāyasaṃsaggaviseso pārājikavatthu, ‘‘hatthaggahaṇaṃ vā sādiyeyya, kāyaṃ vā tadatthāya upasaṃhareyyā’’ti (pāci. 674-675) vacanato sādiyanampi, ‘‘santiṭṭheyya vā’’ti (pāci. 675) vacanato ṭhānampi, ‘‘saṅketaṃ vā gaccheyyā’’ti (pāci. 675) vacanato gamanampi, ‘‘channaṃ vā anupaviseyyā’’ti (pāci. 675) vacanato paṭicchannaṭṭhānapavesopi, tathā ‘‘rattandhakāre appadīpe paṭicchanne okāse ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā’’ti (pāci. 838) vacanato duṭṭhullavācāpi pācittiyavatthukanti katvā tāsaṃ aññathā aniyatakaṇḍassa avattabbatāpattitopi na vuttanti tesaṃ adhippāyo.
4. 尼萨耆篇显示巴利原文
4. Nissaggiyakaṇḍo
1. 衣品显示巴利原文
1. Cīvaravaggo
1. 第一咖提那学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
459 “Samitāvī”(调伏者):因以调伏烦恼,故名samitāvī,因此称为samitāvinā。当应说“三衣”(tīṇi cīvarāni)时,却说成了“ticīvara”(三衣)。于此,当知“数词置于前、双数变为单数语尾”的特征。然而,不论已受持或未受持,其名称在“若比丘乃至一夜与三衣分离”等处,是依三衣的受持而成为受持的名称。于“诸比丘,我允许受持三衣”之处,此为未受持的名称;此处则两者皆有可能。于“世尊允许比丘三衣”之处,此唯指已受持者。于“以另一件三衣入村”之处,此唯指未受持者。因三衣的受持仅依单件衣而成,不同于钵的受持等,故另一件被留置于多余之处。因此说:“六群比丘为何蓄持多余衣”等。显示巴利原文
459.Samitāvināti samitā’nena kilesāti samitāvī, tena samitāvinā. ‘‘Tīṇi cīvarānī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘ticīvara’’nti vuttaṃ. Saṅkhyāpubbo digunekavacananti ettha lakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Taṃ pana adhiṭṭhitassapi anadhiṭṭhitassapi nāmaṃ ‘‘ekarattampi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyyā’’tiādīsu ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitassa nāmaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti (mahāva. 358) ettha anadhiṭṭhitassa nāmaṃ, idha tadubhayampi sambhavati. ‘‘Bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ hotī’’ti ettha adhiṭṭhitameva. ‘‘Aññeneva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisantī’’ti ettha anadhiṭṭhitameva. Ekasmiṃyeva hi cīvare ticīvarādhiṭṭhānaṃ ruhati, na itarasmiṃ pattādhiṭṭhānaṃ viya, tasmā itaraṃ atirekaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressantī’’tiādi.
460-1 在此,依据初制,即使仅多存一件衣过一夜,也犯舍堕。此后,世尊制立了完整的学处:‘诸比丘,我允许多存衣至多十日。诸比丘,你们应这样诵此学处:多存衣至多十日,超过此限者,犯舍堕波逸提。’后来,在阿阇世王时期,于后菩提时开许了咖提那;从此以后,比丘们诵此学处为:‘若比丘作衣已毕、咖提那已出时,十日……乃至……波逸提。’第二、第三咖提那,亦同此理。然而,《断疑》中仅说:‘至多十日,这是此处的随制。’因此,‘若比丘作衣已毕、咖提那已出时’此句,既非初制,亦非随制,此义得以成立。因为在初制事或随制事中,并未见到咖提那的内容,故应以前述之理为要,于此得决定。若有人想:‘从咖提那出现之时起,世尊的开示是以随制的性质而说。’若如此,则会有两个随制,这与《附随》中‘一个随制’的说法相违。再者,为了阐明前述之理,此句在初制时未说,而于后时宣说。于此已成立故,在第二、第三中,对此句后的初制,亦作如是说。否则,在那里,此句亦应在后说。然而,《小注》中说:‘就后说之义而言,在“作衣已毕”等中,此是随制。’对于有学凡夫,这是喜爱;对于阿罗汉,这是恭敬。显示巴利原文
460-1. Paṭhamapaññattiyā panettha ekarattampi atirekacīvaraṃ dhāreyya, nissaggiyaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, tato paraṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha ‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ, taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’’nti evaṃ bhagavā paripuṇṇaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi. Atha pacchimabodhiyaṃ ajātasattukāle kathinaṃ anuññātaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya bhikkhū idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine dasāha…pe… pācittiya’’nti uddisanti, esa nayo dutiyatatiyakathinesupi. Tathāpi kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘dasāhaparamanti ayamettha anupaññattī’’ti ettakaṃyeva vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti vacanaṃ na paññatti, na ca anupaññattīti siddhaṃ. Na hi paññattivatthusmiṃ, anupaññattivatthumhi vā kathinādhikāro dissatīti yathāvuttanayova sāroti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ. Athāpi siyā ‘‘kathinassuppattikālato paṭṭhāya bhagavato vacanaṃ anupaññattibhāvena vutta’’nti. Yadi evaṃ dve anupaññattiyo siyuṃ, tato parivāre (pari. 24) ‘‘ekā anupaññattī’’tivacanavirodho. Apica yathāvuttanayadīpanatthaṃ idha taṃ vacanaṃ paṭhamapaññattikāle avatvā pacchā vuttaṃ. Ettha sādhitattā dutiyatatiyesu pacchā vuttapaṭhamapaññattīsu evaṃ vuttaṃ. Aññathā tatthapi taṃ vacanaṃ pacchā vattabbaṃ siyā. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘pacchā vuttabhāvaṃ sandhāya niṭṭhitacīvarasmintiādīsu anupaññattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ pemaṃ, arahantānaṃ gāravo. Dasamaṃ vā navamaṃ vāti ettha bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ.
462-3 “作衣已毕”这句话,纯粹是为了表明无衣之碍,因此说“衣已失、已坏、已烧,或对衣的期望已断”。如果是为了表明可持衣至多十日的衣,那么他应持那些已失等情况的衣。而此处的“持”是指放置或使用。这两者,无论衣是已作成或未作成,都适用,因此也不应说“或已作成”。因为并非只有超过已作成衣的时限才犯舍堕,所以,在依某衣而说“作衣已毕”时,也不应取“咖提那已出时,应持至多十日”之义。因为那件衣若存在,在咖提那已出时,连一天的宽限也得不到。再者,所说“衣,指最后可作净的衣”,在那里衣是已作成的,因此也应知,并非针对那件衣而说“应持”,因为这是不可能的。显示巴利原文
462-3.Niṭṭhitacīvarasminti idaṃ kevalaṃ cīvarapalibodhābhāvamattadīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā upacchinnā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi dasāhaparamaṃ dhāretabbacīvaradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ siyā, naṭṭhādikaṃ so dhāreyya. Dhāraṇañcettha ṭhapanaṃ, paribhogo vā. Taṃ dvayaṃ katepi yujjati, akatepi yujjati, tasmā ‘‘kataṃ vā hotī’’tipi na vattabbaṃ. Na hi katameva atikkāmayato nissaggiyanti, tasmā yaṃ cīvaraṃ upādāya ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’nti vuttaṃ. Tampi ubbhatasmiṃ kathine dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ dhāretabbanti attho na gahetabbo. Tañhi cīvaraṃ santañce, ubbhatasmiṃ kathine ekadivasampi parihāraṃ na labbhati. Apica ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha ca kataṃ nāma hoti, tasmāpi na taṃ sandhāya dhāretabbanti vuttanti veditabbaṃ asambhavato.
然而在《小注》中这样说:“于此可能有人问:若那位比丘的衣处于已失等任一种情况,他应持哪件衣至多十日?由于没有应持的衣,因此以举义的方式,为了显示作衣之碍而说‘已失’等词。而此义应在依‘已失’等方式所说的诸衣中,若无任一衣时,可取其义;若有衣存在,超过十日则犯舍堕。此理遍一切处。‘或已作成’即指所说的衣。为何不说在此义中,是那已作成的衣为所指呢?因为是明显的。如何明显?已失、已坏的衣等既不存在持持,故此处显然是指已作成的衣。如同什么?如同在初制中,因淫事、身触、行淫、卧处等本身已来,故以举义的方式说‘耳之隐处’是明显的,因此不说在余义中‘眼之隐处’是所指。应知此理相同。为何不应说‘或已作成’?因为即使超过未作成衣的时限也犯舍堕。虽然犯舍堕,但此处是指三衣的决意。在那三衣的决意中,未作成、未染色、未如法作成的衣,不能以‘我决意此为僧伽帝’等方式决意,为了说明此义而说‘或已作成’。否则,应说‘作衣已毕、衣已获得时’,如果这样说,如何得知超过十日存三衣犯舍堕?依圣言量。因为世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许决意三衣,不作净。’显示巴利原文
Anugaṇṭhipade panetaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘tattha siyā – tassa bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ naṭṭhādīsu aññataraṃ yadi bhaveyya, katamaṃ cīvaraṃ dasāhaparamaṃ dhāreyya. Yasmā dhāretabbacīvaraṃ natthi, tasmā atthuddhāravasena karaṇapalibodhadassanatthaṃ ‘naṭṭhaṃ vā’tiādipadāni vuttāni. Ayaṃ panattho ‘naṭṭhaṃ vā’tiādinā nayena vuttacīvarānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ cīvare asati gahetabbo, sati taṃ dasāhaparamaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. ‘Kataṃ vā hotī’ti vuttacīvaramevādhippetaṃ. Kasmā pana katacīvaraṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetanti na vuttanti ce? Pākaṭattā. Kathaṃ? Naṭṭhavinaṭṭhacīvarādīnaṃ dhāraṇassa abhāvato katacīvarameva idhādhippetanti pākaṭaṃ. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā paṭhamāniyate methunakāyasaṃsaggarahonisajjānamevāgatattā sotassa raho atthuddhāravasena vuttoti pākaṭo, tasmā ‘cakkhussa raho itarasmiṃ atthe adhippeto’ti na vutto. Evaṃsampadamidanti veditabbaṃ. ‘Kataṃ vā hotī’ti idaṃ na vattabbaṃ, kasmā? Akataṃ atikkāmayatopi nissaggiyattā, kiñcāpi nissaggiyaṃ hoti , idha pana ticīvarādhiṭṭhānamadhippetaṃ. Tasmiṃ ticīvarādhiṭṭhāne akataṃ, arajitaṃ, akappiyakatañca ‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’tiādinā nayena adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vaṭṭati, tadatthadīpanatthaṃ ‘kataṃ vā hotī’ti vuttaṃ. Itarathā ‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ paṭiladdhe’ti vadeyya, evaṃ sante ticīvaraṃ dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyanti kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? Vacanappamāṇato. ‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’nti vuttattā idhāpi ‘atirekacīvaraṃ nāma anadhiṭṭhita’nti ettakameva vattabbaṃ siyā. Yasmā ‘kataṃ vā hotī’ti vacanena idhādhippetacīvarena saddhiṃ sesampi dasāhaparamato uttari dhāretuṃ na labbhatīti anujānanto ‘atirekacīvaraṃ nāma anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappita’nti āha. Tattha siyā – yathā ‘avikappita’nti atthuddhāravasena vuttaṃ, tathā ‘vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’ntipi. Kasmā? Yasmā ticīvarameva dasāhaparamaṃ dhāretabbaṃ ‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’ntiādianupaññattivasena. Itarathā ekāhātikkamepi nissaggiyaṃ hoti ‘yo pana, bhikkhu, atirekacīvaraṃ dhāreyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’nti vacanato. Na ticīvarato aññampi cīvaraṃ dasāhaparamaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, tato paraṃ nissaggiyaṃ ‘antodasāha’nti vuttattā. Yathāha ‘anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’ti, itarathā ‘antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭhetī’ti vacanamattameva bhaveyya, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva attho gahetabbo. Idaṃ sabbaṃ apare vadantī’’ti. Ettha antokathine uppannacīvaraṃ katameva santañce, dasāhaparamaṃ dhāretabbanti idañcimassa sādhanatthaṃ vuttavacanañca parato idheva vuttavicāraṇāya yathāvuttayuttiyā ca virujjhatīti na gahetabbaṃ.
此处所说的审察即是:若有人今日得到衣,心想“明日将出咖提那”,当日未作决意,于明相出时即成应舍。何以故?因“衣已作竟……”等学处已说。在咖提那期内,即使超过十日也得随许;咖提那出后,一日也得不到。譬如什么?譬如已作咖提那的僧团,从作咖提那之日起,直至出咖提那,即使只剩一天,在咖提那出时也得其功德,次日即不得。若因失念,应分之衣未分,次日即使对未作咖提那者也成为共有。若日数尚有剩余,则唯属已作咖提那的僧团所得;同样,从作咖提那之日起,直至出咖提那,未决意、未说净的衣也得适用,因在开许的日数之内。咖提那日计入数内,从出咖提那之日起,所得衣得十日的随许,以此为限,此后不得。何以故?因“诸比丘,我许持超过十日之衣”之语。在咖提那期内,若第十一日明相出,则有成应舍之过,而“衣已作竟、咖提那已出”这一随制遮止了此过,并非将那些天排除不计。同样,于第三咖提那中亦应审察:“衣已作竟、咖提那已出时,若比丘得非时衣”,世尊如此说,即表明:我在前面第一学处中所许‘超过十日之衣应持’者,也是唯指咖提那月外所得之衣,非指期内所得。又,显示巴利原文
Idheva vuttavicāraṇā nāma – ‘‘sve kathinuddhāro bhavissatī’’ti ajja uppannacīvaraṃ tadaheva anadhiṭṭhahantassa aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ. Kasmā? ‘‘Niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’ntiādinā sikkhāpadassa vuttattā. Antokathine atirekadasāhampi parihāraṃ labhati, kathinato uddhaṃ ekadivasampi na labhati. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā atthatakathino saṅgho atthatadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva ubbhārā ekadivasāvasesepi kathinubbhāre ānisaṃsaṃ labhati, punadivase na labhati. Sace satisammosā bhājanīyacīvaraṃ na bhājitaṃ, punadivase anatthatakathinānampi sādhāraṇaṃ hoti. Divasā ce sāvasesā, atthatakathinasseva saṅghassa pāpuṇāti, evameva atthatadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva ubbhārā anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitaṃ vaṭṭati anuññātadivasabbhantarattā. Kathinadivaso gaṇanupago hoti, ubbhatadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaparamaṃ kālaṃ uppannacīvaraṃ parihāraṃ labhati, tato paraṃ na labhati. Kasmā? ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretu’’nti vacanato. Antokathinepi ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiyappasaṅgaṃ ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti ayaṃ anupaññatti vāretvā ṭhitā, na ca te divase adivase akāsīti. Tathā tatiyakathine ca vicāritaṃ ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine bhikkhuno paneva akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’ti vadantena bhagavatā yaṃ mayā heṭṭhā paṭhamasikkhāpade ‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’nti anuññātaṃ, tampi kathinamāsato bahi uppannameva, na antoti dīpitaṃ hotī’’ti ca, ‘‘‘kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ etaṃ akālacīvara’nti (pārā. 500) vacanato kathinubbhārato uddhaṃ dasāhaparihāraṃ na labhatīti dīpitaṃ hoti, tehi saddhiṃ puna kathinubbhārato uddhaṃ pañca divasāni labhatīti pasaṅgopi ‘niṭṭhitacīvara…pe… khippameva kāretabba’nti akālacīvarassa uppattikālaṃ niyametvā vuttattā vārito hoti. Tadubhayena kathinabbhantare uppannacīvaraṃ kathinubbhārato uddhaṃ ekadivasampi parihāraṃ na labhatīti siddhaṃ hotī’’ti ca. Tasmā duvidhampetaṃ vicāraṇaṃ sandhāya amhehi ‘‘idheva vuttavicāraṇāya yathāvuttayuttiyā ca virujjhatīti na gahetabba’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
于此有问:“衣已作竟、咖提那已出”这一处格,是限定衣的生起,还是限定持守,还是限定两者?若限定生起,则于最后迦提月咖提那已出时所得之衣,从此应持十日,即使该月内衣未作竟,亦成此义。若限定持守,则咖提那期内所得之衣,即使咖提那已出,亦应持超过十日为限,成此义。若限定两者,则应如第三咖提那那样分别而说?答言:虽限定两者,然无分别之必要。对于咖提那期内所得之衣,说“衣已作竟”,并非对此说“应持”,此已成立。因“已作……”等语,其义已成,故无再分别之必要;因为已作之衣方成应舍,而失坏等衣不可持。或者,应知世尊制此学处之用意,已于第三咖提那中阐明。何以于彼处阐明?因有显示分别制限的用意。分别制限即“若彼未圆满……”等。于彼处亦不说“衣得生”,而说“非时衣得生”,以此简别,表明即使咖提那已出,仍有“时衣”。此为何?即最后迦提月所得之衣。正因如此,彼处说“于未敷咖提那时,于第十一月所得”。故成立“生起限定”中所说之过无有。又彼处所说“即使于时内指定而施,此亦名非时衣”,此有二种义释。依指定故,虽得“非时衣”之名,因于时内生起,故得时内随开,何况非指定者——此为第一释,正支持“生起限定”中所说之过无有。同样,依指定故,归入非时衣之数者,因于衣时内生起,故衣时过后不得十日随开,何况非指定者——此为第二释,正支持“持守限定”中所说之过无有。若尔,依指定故,非时衣之“非时衣性”有何意义?应知:为令彼指定僧团之衣,即使对已作咖提那的比丘僧团亦成共有。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti idaṃ bhummaṃ kiṃ cīvarassa uppatti niyameti, udāhu dhāraṇaṃ, udāhu ubhayanti, kiñcettha, yadi uppattiṃ niyameti, pacchimakattikamāse eva ubbhatasmiṃ kathine uppannacīvaraṃ tato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ dhāretabbaṃ aniṭṭhitepi tasmiṃ māseti āpajjati. Atha dhāraṇaṃ niyameti, antokathine uppannacīvaraṃ ubbhatepi dasāhaparamaṃ dhāretabbanti āpajjati. Atha ubhayaṃ niyameti, tatiyakathine viya visesetvā vattabbanti? Vuccate – kāmaṃ ubhayaṃ niyameti, na pana visesane payojanaṃ atthi. Yaṃ antokathine uppannacīvaraṃ sandhāya ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’nti vuttaṃ, na taṃ sandhāya ‘‘dhāretabba’’nti vuttaṃ, sādhitañhetaṃ. ‘‘Kataṃ vā hotī’’tiādivacanato tadatthasiddhi, tena puna visesane payojanaṃ natthi, na hi katameva nissaggiyaṃ karoti, na ca naṭṭhādikaṃ dhāretuṃ sakkāti. Yena vā adhippāyena bhagavatā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, so adhippāyo tatiyakathine pakāsitoti veditabbo. Kasmā tattha pakāsitoti ce? Visesavidhānadassanādhippāyato. Visesavidhānañhi ‘‘no cassa pāripūrī’’tiādi. Tatthāpi ‘‘cīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti avatvā ‘‘akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti visesanena ubbhatepi kathine kālacīvaraṃ atthīti dīpeti. Kiñcetaṃ? Pacchimakattikamāse uppannacīvaraṃ, teneva tattha ‘‘anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppanna’’nti vuttaṃ, tasmā uppattiniyame vuttadosābhāvasiddhi. Yañca tattha ‘‘kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ etaṃ akālacīvaraṃ nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, tassa dve atthavikappā. Ādesavasena ‘‘akālacīvara’’nti laddhasaṅkhyampi kāle uppannattā kālaparihāraṃ labhati, pagevānādesanti ayaṃ paṭhamo vikappo uppattiniyame vuttadosābhāvameva upatthambheti. Tathā ādesavasena akālacīvarasaṅkhyaṃ gataṃ cīvarakāle uppannattā cīvarakālato paraṃ dasāhaparihāraṃ na labhati, pagevānādesanti ayaṃ dutiyo dhāraṇaniyame vuttadosābhāvameva upatthambheti. Yadi evaṃ ādesavasena akālacīvarassa akālacīvaratā kimatthikāti ce? Saṅghuddesikassa tassa atthatakathinassapi bhikkhusaṅghassa sādhāraṇabhāvatthikāti veditabbā.
再者,对个人而言,咖提那日亦是日。如此,由于计入数内、依非时衣数之得与不得的威力,对于期待“咖提那已出”之语者,因不成应舍、随顺彼故,亦说“时衣亦”等,应知此处之语总括四种。再者,有以某种出咖提那而出咖提那时所得之衣,对某比丘为时衣,对另一比丘为非时衣,此指已出界者,非指已出咖提那者。应知:依此二者,除“已出时所得”外,其余以某种方式出时所得者。因为,对彼出咖提那者,彼衣为非时衣;对另一者,为时衣。同样,有以某种出咖提那而出咖提那时所得之衣,对一切比丘皆唯是非时衣。应知此如所安立。同样,有“咖提那已出时所得”者,除雨季后月所得。同样,有“咖提那已出时所得”之非时衣,应知此于冬季或夏季所得。如是,因依个人与时之差别而有多类,故对所得者不总说“咖提那已出时所得”,应知。为显示此亦有多义之释,故说“咖提那已出者,谓比丘之咖提那已出”。至此虽已成立,仍说“八种母表中之任一……”等。“我持”者,应说如比丘尼分别中所说。以“如是”之语,表示此处无语之差别。显示巴利原文
Apica puggalassa kathinadivasāpi divasāva. Evaṃ gaṇanupagattā akālacīvarasaṅkhayāpaṭilābhānubhāvena ‘‘ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti vacanāpekkhassa anissaggiyattā tadanulomattā ‘‘kālacīvarassapī’’ti evaṃ sabbathā catubbidhaṃ ettha vacananti veditabbaṃ. Apica atthi ekaccena kathinuddhārena ubbhate kathine uppannaṃ ekaccassa bhikkhuno kālacīvaraṃ hoti, ekaccassa akālacīvaraṃ, taṃ sīmātikkantassa, no ubbhāragataṃ. Taṃ dvinnaṃ vasena ubbhate uppannaṃ ṭhapetvā itaresaṃ aññatarena ubbhate uppannanti veditabbaṃ. Tañhi yassa ubbhataṃ, tassa akālacīvaraṃ, itarassa kālacīvaraṃ. Tathā atthi ekaccena kathinuddhārena ubbhate kathine uppannaṃ sabbassapi akālacīvarameva hoti. Taṃ yathāṭhapitaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tathā atthi ubbhatasmiṃ kathine uppannaṃ ṭhapetvā vassānassa pacchime māse uppannaṃ. Tathā atthi ubbhatasmiṃ kathine uppannaṃ akālacīvaraṃ, taṃ hemante, gimhe vā uppannanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ puggalakālabhedato bahuvidhattā uppannassa ‘‘ubbhatasmiṃ kathine uppanna’’nti na vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Anekaṃsikattā imampi atthavikappaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ubbhatasmiṃ kathineti bhikkhuno kathinaṃ ubbhataṃ hotī’’ti. Ettāvatā siddhepi ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānaṃ aññatarāyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dhārayāmī’’ti bhikkhunīvibhaṅge āgatoti vattabbo. ‘‘Eva’’nti vacanena vacanabhedo tattha natthīti vuttaṃ hoti.
“可作别住的最后者”这句话,因为是总括性的而说。“可作决意的最后者”则非总括性的。因为并非有多少僧伽帝是可作决意的最后者,就有多少安陀会等是可作决意的最后者,这是由于决意有多种方式。而别住则没有这样的差别,应知它只有一种方式。“第十一次破晓时,为应舍”应理解为:除了最后一次之外,在此之前的。所谓最后一次,是指后迦提月的最初破晓。因为那已过时限,不构成应舍罪,正因如此,在急施衣学处注疏中说:“然而,从第六日以后生起的,即使是非急施衣,以及已收回而放置的衣,也都能获得此宽限。”正是基于这一道理,在同一处又说:“在未敷展咖提那时,急施衣的宽限为一个月又十一日;在已敷展咖提那时,为五个月又十一日;此后,即使一日也无宽限。”在此道理成立时,非急施衣在十二日内不得宽限,也就自然成立了。由此,在“对非急施衣有非急施衣想,无犯”这一句中,应理解为:对于类似急施衣的其他衣,若未作决意,则成立。然而,其中“五个月”是最高限度的说法。还应知,雨浴衣在失去雨浴衣的性质后,可获得十一个月的宽限。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti idaṃ sabbasaṅgāhikattā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ pacchima’’nti asabbasaṅgāhikaṃ. Na hi yattakaṃ saṅghāṭi adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ pacchimaṃ, tattakaṃ antaravāsakādi adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ pacchimaṃ hoti adhiṭṭhānassa bahuvidhattā. Na evaṃ vikappanāya bhedo tassā ekavidhattāti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Ekādase aruṇuggamane nissaggiya’’nti antimaṃ ṭhapetvā tato purimatarasminti attho veditabbo. Antimaṃ nāma aparakattikāya paṭhamāruṇuggamanaṃ. Tañhi kālattā nissaggiyaṃ na karoti, tenevāha accekacīvarasikkhāpadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pana uppannaṃ anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitacīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyevā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.646-9). Imaṃyeva nayaṃ sandhāya ‘‘accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañca māsā, tato paraṃ ekadivasampi parihāro natthī’’ti tatthevāha. Imasmiṃ naye siddhe anaccekacīvaraṃ dvādasāhe na labhatīti siddhameva hoti. Tato ‘‘anaccekacīvare anaccekacīvarasaññī, anāpattī’’ti (pārā. 650) ettha accekacīvarasadise aññasmiṃ anadhiṭṭhiteti siddhaṃ hoti. Tattha pana ‘‘pañca māsā’’ti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavacanaṃ. Vassikasāṭikañca avassikasāṭikabhāvaṃ patvā ekādasamāse parihāraṃ labhatīti veditabbaṃ.
“超过十日,为应舍”一语,在此处与出罪时所说的“覆藏十日”“覆藏半月多”“覆藏一月多”等不同,此处并无语句上的差别,因此即使超过一年,也仍只称为“超过十日”。同样,在第二咖提那中,即使离开一年,也仍只称为“离开一夜”。在第三中,即使超过一年,也仍只称为“超过一月”,应如此理解。“对未决意者,有已决意想,应舍罪、波逸提”这一句,是标示一个三法波逸提的起始句。对于“未作别住”等,道理也一样。因此,在此处的八个三法部分中,详细展开其中一个,其余各起始句则由世尊以简略方式展开。所以,虽然可能存在着多个三法部分,却只宣说一个,他们说“这是律的法性”。在恶作的部分,则详细展开一个恶作,其余七个同样被简略。同样,最后一个一个的无犯部分,也应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Dasāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyanti ettha āpattivuṭṭhāne ‘‘dasāhappaṭicchannaṃ pakkhaatirekapakkhamāsaatirekamāsapaṭicchanna’’ntiādivacanabhedo viya, na idha vacanabhedo, tasmā saṃvaccharātikkantampi dasāhātikkantameva nāma, tathā dutiyakathinepi saṃvaccharavippavutthampi rattivippavutthameva. Tatiye saṃvaccharātikkantampi māsātikkantameva nāmāti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti idamekassa tikapācittiyassa ādipadadīpanaṃ. Esa nayo avikappitetiādīsupi, tasmā ettha aṭṭhasu tikacchedesu ekaṃ vitthāretvā itaresaṃ ekekamādipadaṃ vitthārehvā dve dve bhagavatāva saṅkhittattāti bahūsupi tikacchedesu sambhavantesu eko eva vuccati, ‘‘ayaṃ vinayassa dhammatā’’ti vadanti. Dukkaṭavāresu pana ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ vitthāretvā sesāni satta tatheva saṅkhittāni. Tathā antimantimo ekeko anāpattikoṭṭhāsoti veditabbaṃ.
“无犯:在十日内”的略义如下:该衣最多可保留十日。对于那件多余的衣,若在十日内如法决意,或作别住,或舍弃,或因自身法性而丢失、毁坏、烧掉,或被他人夺走,或因信任而取走,则无波逸提罪。但就恶作罪而言,依想的差别,可能犯也可能不犯。在此,应知最后两句的情况为:对未被夺走而有被夺走想,犯应舍罪、波逸提;对非信任取走而有信任取走想,犯应舍罪、波逸提等,这两个三法波逸提和两个恶作在此被简略了。此外,若在十日内决意,应理解为:在超过十日的最长时限破晓后,于当日白昼分内决意。以上是圣典的判决。显示巴利原文
Anāpatti antodasāhanti ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – taṃ dasāhaparamaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Taṃ atirekacīvaraṃ yathāsakaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vā vikappeti vā vissajjeti vā attano dhammatāya nassati vā vinassati vā ḍayhati vā añño vā taṃ acchinditvā gaṇhāti vissāsanto vā gaṇhāti pācittiyato anāpatti. Dukkaṭato pana siyā āpatti siyā anāpatti saññābhedena. Antimānaṃ panettha dvinnaṃ padānaṃ vasena anacchinne acchinnasaññī nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Avissāsaggāhe vissāsaggāhasaññī nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyantiādikā dve tikapācittiyā, dve ca dukkaṭā saṅkhittāti veditabbā. Ettha hi yadi antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, dasāhaparamaṃ aruṇaṃ atikkamitvā tassa divasabhāge adhiṭṭhahatīti veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva pāḷivinicchayo.
然而,在义注中,从“比此更重”等开始,有一则以诘问开头的判定;但其复注则认为:如同白二甘马比舍衣更为郑重,却可以只用唱白的方式进行,同样地,此处虽应以白进行,但用通常的言语也可以成办。如果这样,便与《附随》中羯磨犍度义注所说“白羯磨也必须仅以白进行,不得以唱白羯磨等方式进行”相违。因此,他们说“这是随顺他们的”,所以那只是依随顺之理而说。然而,我们主张:正如两人的清净布萨可以无白进行,两人的舍衣给予也同样可以如此,所以说“我们给予尊者”是可行的。何以得知?因为这是随顺于此的。导师认为应知:这证明了此白羯磨在某些情况下也可以以唱白的方式进行。而在随复注中,对此提出诘问后说:“此已成立。‘白羯磨必须仅以白进行’是就圣典所传而言,而这里并未见于圣典,是依理趣引述而说,因此这也同样可以以唱白的方式进行。”显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ito garukatarānītiādimhi ayaṃ codanāpubbaṅgamo vinicchayo – gaṇṭhipade panassa ito nissaṭṭhacīvaradānato garukampi ñattidutiyakammaṃ yathā apalokanena karonti, evamidaṃ ñattiyā kattabbampi pakativacanena vaṭṭatīti. Yadi evaṃ parivāre kammavaggassa aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ñattikammampi ekaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapetvāva kātabbaṃ, apalokanakammādivasena na kātabba’’nti (pari. aṭṭha. 482) yaṃ vuttaṃ, tena virujjheyya. Tenetaṃ vuccati ‘‘tesaṃ etaṃ anuloma’’nti, tasmā anulomanayeneva taṃ vuttaṃ. Niyamaṃ pana yathā dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposatho vinā ñattiyā hoti, evaṃ dvinnaṃ nissaṭṭhacīvaradānampīti vadāma, tasmā ‘‘āyasmato demā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Kathaṃ panetaṃ ñātabbanti? Tadanulomattāti. Ekadevedaṃ ñattikammaṃ apalokanenāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti sādhananti veditabbanti ācariyo. Anugaṇṭhipade panettha codanaṃ katvā ‘‘etaṃ sādhitaṃ. Ñattikammaṃ ekaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapetvāva kātabba’’nti pāḷiyā āgataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, idaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ nāgataṃ, lesato āharitvā vuttanti katvā etaṃ apalokanenāpi vaṭṭatīti.
468 "以寻求"等,是指当别人的衣被白蚁等咬坏时,心想"我的也被咬坏了"等。由于"由他人所作……为证"这句话,可知同一种类、同一目的的第三咖提那,与第一种相同,这已成立。显示巴利原文
468.Esanayoti aññesaṃ cīvaresu upacikādīhi khāyitesu mamapi khāyitānītiādi. ‘‘Aññena kataṃ…pe… sādhaka’’nti vacanato samānajātikaṃ, ekatthajātikañca tatiyakathinaṃ paṭhamasamānamevāti siddhaṃ hoti.
469 "决意三衣"在此处意为:三衣当以三衣决意来决意;或者说,凡我允许以三衣决意来决意、不作别用的衣,由于对其决意没有时间限制,我允许希望者在任何时候都可决意,但不允许设定时间限制后再作别用。然而,若有因缘,则无论何时皆可先舍决意再作别用,此由"若在十日内决意、或作别用则无犯"一语得以成立,其义已说。雨浴衣在那之后只可作别用,不可决意。因为对已作完成之布,从雨安居第一天起的四个月内,我允许在十日内决意;超过四个月后,若欲作为自物而存放,我允许作别用——这是其含义。"不足善逝衣量"指的是三衣的最高限量。然而,若依"三衣可以决意为资具布"的说法,在有那样因缘时是可行的。正如在有因缘时可以作别用,这已成立,更何况以其他决意来决意呢。"在十日内决意、或作别用"是不加限定而说的,因此,僧伽帝、郁多罗僧、安陀会,无论已决意或未决意,名称皆同。因为在"这是僧伽帝"等句中,说的是未决意的衣;在"若离三衣而宿"中,说的是已决意的衣。"或在邻近的寺院"是指从乞食村到寺院——这是法施长老所说。阿阇梨说显示巴利原文
469.Ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātunti ettha ticīvaraṃ ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhātabbayuttakaṃ, yaṃ vā ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhātuṃ avikappetuṃ anujānāmi, tassa adhiṭṭhānakālaparicchedābhāvato sabbakālaṃ icchantassa adhiṭṭhātuṃyeva anujānāmi, taṃ kālaparicchedaṃ katvā vikappetuṃ nānujānāmi. Sati pana paccaye yadā tadā vā paccuddharitvā vikappetuṃ vaṭṭatīti ‘‘anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’’ti vacanato siddhaṃ hotīti vuttametaṃ. Vassikasāṭikaṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃyeva nādhiṭṭhātuṃ. Vatthañhi katapariyositaṃ antocatumāse vassānadivasaṃ ādiṃ katvā antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātuṃ anujānāmi, catumāsato uddhaṃ attano santakaṃ katvā ṭhapitukāmena vikappetuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Sugatacīvarato ūnakanti tiṇṇampi cīvarānaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo. ‘‘Ticīvaraṃ pana parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vāde pana sati tathārūpapaccaye vaṭṭati. Yathā sati paccaye vikappetuṃ vaṭṭatīti sādhitametaṃ, pageva aññena adhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhātuṃ. ‘‘Antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’’ti aniyamato vuttanti saṅghāṭi, uttarāsaṅgo, antaravāsakanti adhiṭṭhitānadhiṭṭhitānaṃ samānameva nāmaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ saṅghāṭī’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 126) hi anadhiṭṭhitā vuttā. ‘‘Ticīvarena vippavaseyyā’’ti ettha adhiṭṭhitā vuttā. Sāmantavihāre vāti gocaragāmato vihāreti dhammasiritthero. Dūratarepi labbhatevāti ācariyo. Anugaṇṭhipadepi ‘‘sāmantavihāre vāti desanāsīsamattaṃ, tasmā ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā dūre ṭhitampi adhiṭṭhātabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Sāmantavihāro nāma yattha tadaheva gantvā nivattituṃ sakkā. Rattivippavāsaṃ rakkhantena tato dūre ṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vaṭṭati, evaṃ kira mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanti. Keci ‘‘cīvaravaṃse ṭhapitaṃ añño parivattitvā nāgadante ṭhapeti, taṃ ajānitvā adhiṭṭhahantassapi ruhati cīvarassa sallakkhitattā’’ti vadanti. Adhiṭṭhahitvāti parikkhāracoḷādivasena. Mahantataramevātiādi sabbādhiṭṭhānasādhāraṇalakkhaṇaṃ . Tattha puna adhiṭṭhātabbamevāti adhiṭṭhitacīvarassa ekadesabhūtattā. Anadhiṭṭhitañce, adhiṭṭhitassa appabhāvena ekadesabhūtaṃ adhiṭṭhitasaṅkhyameva gacchati. Tathā adhiṭṭhitañce, anadhiṭṭhitassa ekadesabhūtaṃ anadhiṭṭhitasaṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti hi lakkhaṇaṃ, na kevalañcettha dutiyapaṭṭameva, tatiyapaṭṭādikampi. Yathāha ‘‘anujānāmi…pe… utuddhaṭānaṃ dussānaṃ catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ…pe… paṃsukūle yāvadattha’’nti (mahāva. 348).
“其余比丘”指在将要讲述之时坐着的比丘。因此,“是可行的”意思是:正如“诸比丘,我允许决意三衣,而不允许别众”所说,同样地,资具布也是如此说的,既未说它的最高限量,也未说数量限制,因此,将三衣都舍出后,决意“这些衣是资具布”而受用,是可行的,这是其含义。若问:“这是蓄藏的开端”如何可知?答:因为“那时,比丘们的三衣已具足,却还需要滤水囊和袋”这一事缘中,佛陀允许了“诸比丘,我允许资具布”(《大品》358)。由于没有禁止比丘们拥有两个或三个滤水囊或袋,而只允许一个,因此,滤水囊等资具,若达到或超过可别众的最后限量,是可行的,这已成立。若问:如果这样,岂不与“我何不为比丘们于衣上划定界限、设立限量”(《大品》346)的语句相违?答:不违,因为不知其上下文联系,且看似相违。其意如何?在《衣犍度》(《大品》326等)中,首先允许了居士衣,然后是披肩、蚕丝衣、毛毯等。之后,在“那时,僧团得到了各种高低之衣。比丘们心想:‘世尊允许了什么衣,不允许什么衣?’”这一事缘中,以“诸比丘,我允许六种衣:亚麻……”等(《大品》339)允许了如法衣的种类,但未允许数量与尺寸。之后,“世尊看见……众多比丘被衣所累,头顶衣捆、肩上衣捆、腰间衣捆而来,见后,世尊心想:‘……那些在此法律中畏寒怕冷的善男子,他们也能以三衣过活,我何不为比丘们于衣上划定界限、设立限量,允许三衣?’”(《大品》346)由此允许了衣,且仅此一种。然而,六群比丘错误理解,携带了许多衣。那些衣对他们而言处于多余状态。于是,“诸比丘,我允许蓄多余衣最多十日”(《大品》347)被允许,由此可知。他们蓄了许多多余之衣,佛陀说“我允许蓄这些衣最多十日,而非仅此一件”,这表明,虽然先前以三衣决意所设立的衣之界限与限量依然存在,但通过日期限制,显示了蓄多件三衣的方式。此后,以“诸比丘,我允许将多余衣别众”(《大品》347)的允许,显示了即使没有日期限制,也可蓄多余衣的方式,因此,这两者都是蓄藏的开端,这已成立。同样地,资具布的决意也应存在,否则,会与其它衣决意的允许相违,因为与设立界限限量相违。三衣决意的制定本身就是三衣的限量。因此说:“这是各自蓄藏的开端”。又说:“首先,三衣应以三衣决意来决意,之后,若无法携带,应舍出后决意为资具布,但并非一开始就这样说”。在《大筏疏》中也说:“如同对于因病无法携带三衣者,允许了别住羯磨,对于非病者,在‘有疑戒’(《波罗夷》652)中允许了于村落内寄存,若仍有因缘,允许六夜别住,若仍无法,允许舍出,舍出后于十日内仍可决意,若仍无法,则允许别众。同样地,由于两种(对面与不对面)别众都属他人所有,当别众的因缘不存在时,世尊可能允许决意为‘资具布’而受用,因此,了知其意者如此说。” “先前”等语,是为了显示所说“各自蓄藏的开端”的运用方法。“在无界内难以携带”指为了别众等目的,即使超出界区而往,也是可能的。显示巴利原文
Avasesā bhikkhūti vakkhamānakāle nisinnā bhikkhū. Tasmā vaṭṭatīti yathā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ parikkhāracoḷampi vuttaṃ, na tassa ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo vutto, na ca saṅkhyāparicchedo, tasmā tīṇipi cīvarāni paccuddharitvā ‘‘imāni cīvarāni parikkhāracoḷāni adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti attho. ‘‘Nidhānamukhameta’’nti kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti ticīvaraṃ, attho ca hoti parissāvanehipi thavikāhipī’’ti etasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parikkhāracoḷa’’nti (mahāva. 358) anuññātattā. Bhikkhūnañca ekameva parissāvanaṃ, thavikā vā vaṭṭati, na dve vā tīṇi vāti paṭikkhepābhāvato vikappanupagapacchimappamāṇāni, atirekappamāṇāni vā parissāvanādīni parikkhārāni kappantīti siddhaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyya’’nti (mahāva. 346) vacanavirodhoti ce? Na, anusandhiyā ajānanato, virodhato ca. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Cīvarakkhandhake (mahāva. 326 ādayo) paṭhamaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, tato pāvārakosiyakojavakambalādi. Tato ‘‘tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa uccāvacāni cīvarāni uppannāni honti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi ‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, kiṃ ananuññāta’’’nti etasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cha cīvarāni khoma’’ntiādinā (mahāva. 339) kappiyacīvarajāti anuññātā, na pana saṅkhyāpamāṇaṃ. Tato ‘‘addasa bhagavā…pe… sambahule bhikkhū cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite sīsepi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā khandhepi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā kaṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā āgacchante, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi…pe… yepi kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sītālukā sītabhīrukā, tepi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyaṃ ticīvaraṃ anujāneyya’’nti (mahāva. 346) cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, tañca kho ekameva. Chabbaggiyā pana micchā gahetvā bahūni parihariṃsu. Tāni nesaṃ atirekaṭṭhāne ṭhitāni honti. Tato ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretu’’nti (mahāva. 347) anuññātaṃ, tenetaṃ paññāyati. Atirekāni bahūni cīvarāni te parihariṃsu, ‘‘tāni dasāhaparamameva dhāretuṃ anujānāmi, na tameveka’’nti vadantena yā pubbe ticīvarādhiṭṭhānasaṅkhātā cīvare sīmābaddhā, mariyādā ca ṭhapitā, tāya satipi ticīvarabāhullapariharaṇakkamo dassito divasaparicchedavasena. Tato paraṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 347) anujānantena vināpi divasaparicchedena atirekacīvarapariharaṇakkamo dassitoti dvepi tāni nidhānamukhānīti siddhaṃ. Tathā parikkhāracoḷādhiṭṭhānampi siyā, aññathā itaracīvarādhiṭṭhānānujānanavirodho siyā sīmāmariyādaṭṭhapanavirodhato. Ticīvarādhiṭṭhānapaññattiyeva ticīvaramariyādā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pāṭekkaṃ nidhānamukhameta’’nti. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ ticīvaraṃ ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, puna pariharituṃ asakkontena paccuddharitvā parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, na tveva āditova idaṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yathā ticīvaraṃ pariharituṃ asakkontassa gilānassa vippavāsasammuti anuññātā, agilānassapi sāsaṅkasikkhāpade (pārā. 652) tassa antaraghare nikkhepo ca, tatopi sati paccaye chārattavippavāso, tatopi asakkontassa paccuddhāro, paccuddhaṭampi antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātuṃ, asakkontassa vikappanā ca anuññātā. Tatheva dvinnampi sammukhāparammukhāvikappanānaṃ parasantakattā vikappanapaccaye asati ‘parikkhāracoḷa’nti adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjituṃ bhagavatā anuññātaṃ siyā, yato tadadhippāyaññū evaṃ vadantī’’ti mahāpaccariyampi vuttaṃ. Pubbetiādi ‘‘pāṭekkaṃ nidhānamukha’’nti vuttassa payogadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Abaddhasīmāyaṃ dupparihāranti vikappanādiatthāya upacāraṃ atikkamitvāpi gamanasambhavato.
“雨浴衣不过量”,这是因为已说明了它的最高限量。坐具也应当决意。其意是:以“尊者,这是应铺在我们住所上面的”等方式所施的,不应决意;以“这是给你们的”所施的,如果自己中意,则应决意。有记载:“一次决意,即成决意,不再舍出,因为无时间限制。”又说:“有些长老说,以单数语词也可行。”在“为药、新作、母、父等的目的”中,以“我将以此买药”、“我将以此给母亲”而放置者,应决意。又说:“有些长老说,如果分别说‘这是为药的’、‘这是为母亲的’,则无决意之事。”有记载:“这是指舍去自性而放置而言。”显示巴利原文
Vassikasāṭikā anatirittappamāṇāti tassā ukkaṭṭhaparicchedassa vuttattā vuttaṃ. Paccattharaṇampi adhiṭṭhātabbamevāti ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, amhākaṃ senāsanassa upari attharitabba’’ntiādinā dinnaṃ nādhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ tumhāka’’nti dinnaṃ sayaṃ adhippetaṃva adhiṭṭhātabbanti adhippāyo. ‘‘Sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitameva hoti, na puna paccuddharīyati kālaparicchedābhāvato’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Ekavacanenapi vaṭṭatīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhesajjanavakammamātāpituādīnaṃatthāyāti ettha ‘‘iminā bhesajjaṃ cetāpessāmi, idaṃ mātuyā dassāmī’’ti ṭhapentena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. ‘‘‘Idaṃ bhesajjassa, imaṃ mātuyā’ti vibhajantena adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sakabhāvaṃ mocetvā ṭhapanaṃ sandhāyāhā’’ti likhitaṃ.
“应再次决意”:这是自结集以来所传的注释传统之说。此后是诸阿阇梨于各处所作的理证思择。“量等衣”指最后限量之衣。“二衣”指与上衣一起。此理趣即是:在合量的衣中,无论何处等之理趣。由“若令超过,则犯应断”(《波逸提》533)之语,超过是被禁止的,低于此则未被禁止,故可行。对此或有疑:“三衣的最后限量在别别经中并无”,不应作此说,因为可通过应学处而得成立。其意如何?应说:“由‘我将齐整地穿着下衣、披着上衣、善遮蔽而入村落’(《波逸提》576-579)之语,依注释书所说明的次第,以何等量而得齐整与善遮蔽。”依他们,最后限量可得成立,而此正是如所说的拳之五指等。因此,他略置一端而说:“在别别经中无”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna adhiṭṭhātabbanti ayaṃ saṅgītito paṭṭhāya āgataaṭṭhakathāvādo. Tato paraṃ ācariyānaṃ tattha tattha yuttivicāraṇā’’ti vuttaṃ. Pamāṇacīvarassāti pacchimappamāṇassa. Dve cīvarānīti saha uttarāsaṅgena. Esa nayoti pamāṇayuttesu yattha katthacītiādinayova. ‘‘Taṃ atikkāmayato chedanaka’’nti (pāci. 533) vacanato uttari paṭisiddhaṃ, tato heṭṭhā appaṭisiddhattā vaṭṭati. Tattha siyā – ticīvarassa pacchimappamāṇaṃ visuṃ sutte natthīti, na vattabbaṃ, sikkhākaraṇīyehi siddhattā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? ‘‘‘Parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsessāmi, pārupissāmi, suppaṭicchanno antaraghare gamissāmī’ti (pāci. 576-579) vacanato yattakena pamāṇena parimaṇḍalatā, suppaṭicchannatā ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttakkamena sampajjatī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tesaṃ vasena pacchimappamāṇanti siddhaṃ, tañca kho muṭṭhipañcakādi yathāvuttameva vuccate. Tenevāha lesaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘visuṃ sutte natthī’’ti.
而且,此处虽有所意指,但意义仍不契合,因此明确地建立了“如果”等词的关联。因为限定是契合的。然而,在其他一些阿阇梨的主张中,有的根本没有限定,有的则前后不契合——这是关联。决意就是决意本身,但在受用时,未染色的则不可用。这一切仅适用于三衣。关于此学处的简略决断是:在未展咖提那衣时,从冬月的第一天起;在已展咖提那衣时,从热月的第一天起,针对所生起的衣,而说“在衣已完成时”等语。显示巴利原文
Apicettha adhippetaṃ, tathāpi na sametiyevāti attho, tasmā ‘‘yadī’’tiādisambandho addhā vutto. Yasmā paricchinno sameti ca. Itaresu pana ekaccasmiṃ ācariyavāde neva paricchedo atthi. Ekaccasmiṃ na pubbāparaṃ sametīti sambandho. Adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānameva, paribhogakāle pana arajitaṃ na vaṭṭati. Idaṃ sabbaṃ ticīvare eva. Imassa pana sikkhāpadassa ayaṃ saṅkhepavinicchayo – anatthate kathine hemantānaṃ paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāya atthate kathine gimhānaṃ paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāya uppannacīvaraṃ sandhāya ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’ntiādi vuttanti.
有人问:“根据‘即使让洗衣工洗涤后做成白色,决意依然是决意’的说法,未染色的衣决意也有效。既然如此,是否不应制定‘缝制、染色、点上净点之后方可决意’这样的规则?”答:应当制定,正如已决意的钵那样。然而,就像变成白色或铜色的钵不会失去决意,但那样的钵也不会再进入决意状态,对此应如此看待。他们说:“从可以受用等之时起,应在十日内决意。”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – ‘‘rajakehi dhovāpetvā setaṃ kārāpentassāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānamevā’’ti vacanato arajitepi adhiṭṭhānaṃ ruhati, tena sūcikammaṃ katvā rajitvā kappabinduṃ datvā adhiṭṭhātabbanti niyamo na kātabboti? Vuccate, kātabbova patto viya adhiṭṭhito. Yathā puna setabhāvaṃ, tambabhāvaṃ vā patto adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati, na ca pana tādiso adhiṭṭhānaṃ upagacchati, evametaṃ daṭṭhabbanti. ‘‘Yato paṭṭhāya paribhogādayo vaṭṭanti, tato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabba’’nti vadanti.
所谓“未加区别而言”,是指“应决意者即决意,应分配者即分配”,这种不加区别的说法,看似与“不应分配”(《大品》358)一语相违。现在,结合与决意和分配方法有关的《犍度》与《附随》,综合论述如下:首先,《犍度》中说:“诸比丘,我允许决意三衣而不分配,雨浴衣在雨季四个月中决意,此后则分配”等。在《附随》中,则多次提到“新衣不应决意,新衣不应分配”(《附随》329)、“十数者有十,十一数者有十一件衣应决意,不应分配”(《附随》331),并坚定地说“一切衣都应决意,不应分配”,因此这两处看似相违。此外,《犍度》中又说:“雨浴衣在雨季四个月中决意,此后则分配”(《大品》358)。其注释中解释:“当雨浴衣不过量时,取其名称,依所说的方法,在四个雨季月中决意,此后应舍出而分配。”这也看似矛盾,因为按此说,冬月时可舍出,而雨季时可能分配。同样,此处根据“在十日内,决意或分配者无犯”这句的权威,注释书说:“应知在任何情况下,分配都未被禁止”(《波罗夷注释》2.469),这看似与《附随》的文句相违。显示巴利原文
Avisesenavuttavacananti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ adhiṭṭheti, vikappetabbaṃ vikappetīti evaṃ savisesaṃ katvā avacanaṃ ‘‘na vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) iminā viruddhaṃ viya dissati. Idāni idaṃ adhiṭṭhānavikappananayapaṭibaddhaṃ khandhakaṃ, parivārañca missetvā pakiṇṇakaṃ vuccati – khandhake tāva ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Parivāre ‘‘na nava cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni, na nava cīvarāni vikappetabbānī’’ti (pari. 329), ‘‘dasake dasa, ekādasake ekādasa cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni, na vikappetabbānī’’ti (pari. 331) ca anekakkhattuṃ vacanena suṭṭhu daḷhaṃ katvā ‘‘sabbāni cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni, na vikappetabbānī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā ubhopi te viruddhā viya dissanti, khandhake eva ca ‘‘vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) vuttaṃ. Tadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vassikasāṭikā anatirittappamāṇā nāmaṃ gahetvā vuttanayeneva cattāro vassike māse adhiṭṭhātabbā, tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idañca viruddhaṃ viya dissati aññamaññaṃ hemante paccuddhārasambhavato, vassāne vikappanāsambhavato ca. Tathā idha ‘‘anāpatti antodasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappetī’’ti vacanappamāṇato sabbattha vikappanāya appaṭisiddhabhāvo veditabboti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.469) aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ parivāravacanena viruddhaṃ viya dissati, na hi viruddhaṃ tathāgatā bhāsanti, tasmā aṭṭhakathānayovettha paṭisaraṇaṃ, yena sabbampi taṃ ekarasaṃ hoti. Parivāraṭṭhakathāyañca vuttaṃ ‘‘na vikappetabbānīti adhiṭṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya na vikappetabbānī’’ti (pari. aṭṭha. 329). Ticīvarāni adhiṭṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya, vassikasāṭikādīni ca attano attano adhiṭṭhānakhette na akāmā vikappetabbānīti attho, avasesapāḷi, attho ca idha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto, tasmā sabbampetaṃ ekarasanti.
有人问:如果这样,那也应说“新衣不应决意”。因为从分配时起,便不应决意吗?答:在“我允许决意三衣而不分配……乃至……决意杂用品而不分配”这段中,由于未见到对一切情况下决意的禁止,亦未见到对分配的禁止,且仅在两处见到“此后”的限定,因此应知,既说过“新衣应决意”,也说过“不应分配”。另一种方法:诸比丘,我允许非自愿地决意三衣。为何?因为若对适时生起的衣不作决意,则有过时犯戒之虞;若对非适时生起的衣不作决意,则有超过十日犯戒之虞。其中,对于适时生起的衣,纵使不满十日,若过时则犯戒,于舍出时应说:“尊者,我蓄持了这件多余的衣,应舍出,我将此衣舍给僧团”等语而舍出;另一件则依巴利原文处理。其中,第一种方法是依“若比丘蓄持多余衣,应舍出”这条最初制戒而说,第二种则是依随制而说。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – yadi evaṃ ‘‘nava cīvarāni nādhiṭṭhātabbānī’’ti ca vattabbaṃ. Vikappitakālato paṭṭhāya hi nādhiṭṭhātabbānīti? Ettha vuccate – ‘‘ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ…pe… parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti ettha sabbattha adhiṭṭhāne paṭisedhādassanato, vikappanāya adassanato ca ‘‘tato para’’nti dvīsveva paricchedadassanato ca ‘‘nava cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni, na vikappetabbāni ceva vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Aparo nayo – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ akāmā. Kasmā? Kāle uppannaṃ anadhiṭṭhahantassa kālātikkame āpattisambhavato, akāle uppannaṃ anadhiṭṭhahantassa dasāhātikkame āpattisambhavato ca. Tattha yaṃ kāle uppannaṃ appahontepi dasāhe kālātikkame āpattikaraṃ, taṃ nissajjanakāle ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, atirekacīvaraṃ dhāritaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṅghassā’’tiādinā nissajjitabbaṃ, itaraṃ yathāpāḷimeva. Tattha paṭhamanayo ‘‘yo pana, bhikkhu, atirekacīvaraṃ dhāreyya nissaggiya’’nti imāya paṭhamapaññattiyā vasena vutto, dutiyo anupaññattiyā vasena vutto.
又,应知:如同在没有应舍出的物品时,不依巴利原文,仅需忏悔罪过;又如同在舍出雨浴衣时,仅在寻求完成之际,不依巴利原文,应尽可能舍出;此处也是如此。如同超过一年的多余衣被称为“超过十日”,超过一年的离衣、超过一月的离衣被称为“离宿”和“离六夜”,同样地,有长老说,此处也称为“超过十日”。因此,可确立如下:“诸比丘,我允许非自愿地决意三衣”,也就是说,非自愿地不作分配。因为若有愿,依“舍出后,为离宿之安乐,分配的机会被给予,且在超过十日时无犯”的说法,即允许分配。同样,雨浴衣非自愿地决意,因为超过十日便有犯戒的可能。若问多长时间?答:雨季四个月。然而,若有愿,则应向上分配。因为曾说:“应知,于一切情况下,分配并未被禁止。”又曾说:“犯戒发生在冬月,不在热季,不在雨季”(《附随》323),故注疏中说:“此后应舍出后再行分配。”显示巴利原文
Yathā ca nissajjitabbavatthumhi asati yathāpāḷiṃ avatvā kevalaṃ āpatti eva desetabbā, yathā ca vassikasāṭikanissajjane kevalaṃ pariyiṭṭhamatte yathāpāḷiṃ avatvā yathāsambhavaṃ nissajjitabbaṃ, tathā idampīti veditabbaṃ. Yathā saṃvaccharātikkantaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ ‘‘dasāhātikkanta’’micceva vuccati. Saṃvaccharavippavutthaticīvaraṃ, māsātikkantañca ‘‘rattivippavuttha’’nti ca ‘‘chārattavippavuttha’’nti ca vuccati, tathā idampi ‘‘dasāhātikkanta’’micceva vuccatīti eke, tasmā siddhamidaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ akāmā’’ti, tathā akāmā na vikappetunti attho. Icchāya hi sati ‘‘paccuddharitvā vippavāsasukhatthaṃ vikappanāya okāso dinno hoti, dasāhātikkame ca anāpattī’’ti vacanato vikappetuṃ anujānāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā vassikasāṭikā akāmā adhiṭṭhātuṃ dasāhātikkame āpattisambhavato. Kittakaṃ kālanti ce? Vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ, icchāya pana sati uddhaṃyeva vikappetabbaṃ. ‘‘Sabbattha vikappanāya appaṭisiddhabhāvo veditabbo’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Atthāpatti hemante āpajjati, no gimhe, no vasse’’ti (pari. 323) ca vuttaṃ, tena vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā’’ti.
此处的考察是:何时应当收起?何时应当决意?因为此处说到了“从此以后”。若冬季一至,决意便舍断,因此由于决意已不存在,不应说“收起后”,也不应说“应于四个月内决意”。因为不是说了“此后应再决意”吗?对此,有些人说“应当说”。正如已圆满别住者与已行敬悦者,即使在别住与敬悦等日数已满时,仍然[须守余日];同样,有些人认为,即使在决意日数已满时,这件衣仍然是已决意的。诸阿阇梨的定论是:“于迦底迦满月日收起,于布萨日后的第一日决意。”因为《覆疏》中说:“在迦底迦满月日后的最后一日决意后,将放置的雨季衣穿着而入冬季者,犯恶作。而在《古伦地疏》中说‘未在迦底迦满月日收起而入冬季者’,那也是善说。因为说‘应决意四个月,此后再行决意’”(《覆疏》323)。其中,古伦地的义趣由于是在后所说,应被视为真实意趣,而非前者。因为若穿着,即使在雨季也会犯不超过半月的[恶作]。而在此处,“犯过入冬季,非入雨季”这句话,显明了古伦地语词的这一含义。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – kadā paccuddharitabbā, kadā vikappetabbā, kiñcettha yasmā ‘‘tato para’’nti vuttaṃ. Hemantañca pattamatte sā adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, tasmā ‘‘paccuddharitvā’’ti na vattabbaṃ adhiṭṭhānassa natthitāya, atha ‘‘antocātumāse vikappetabbā’’ti na vattabbaṃ. ‘‘Tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti hi vuttanti? Ettha ekacce vadanti ‘‘vattabbameta’’nti. Yathā parivutthaparivāso, ciṇṇamānatto ca santo niṭṭhitesupi parivāsamānattadivasesu, tathā niṭṭhitesupi adhiṭṭhānadivasesu sādhiṭṭhānametanti eke. Aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ idaṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘kattikapuṇṇamadivase paccuddharitvā pāṭipadadivase vikappetabbā’’ti. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāraṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchime pāṭipadadivase vikappetvā ṭhapitaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsento hemante āpajjati. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘kattikapuṇṇamadivase apaccuddharitvā hemante āpajjatī’ti vuttaṃ, tampi suvuttaṃ. ‘Cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu’nti hi vutta’’nti (pari. aṭṭha. 323). Tattha kurundinayo pacchā vuttattā sārato daṭṭhabbo , na purimo. Nivāsento hi gimhepi orenaddhamāsaṃ āpajjati eva. Idha ca ‘‘atthāpatti hemante āpajjati, no gimheti vutta’’nti kurundivacanassāyamattho dissati.
有些人给出这样的理由:“未在迦底迦满月日收起,于当日未决意,在最后第一日未收起者犯恶作,不犯,因为未决意会产生十日畜持的缘故”。若如此,冬季一到决意便舍断而犯[舍堕],那是不恰当的。因为决意被称为由“他人施与……乃至……由破洞”这九种原因而舍断(《波罗夷注》2.469),而非“越出决意之范围”。若说“因不共通故未说”?不然,则有不应说“由破洞”之过失,因为由破洞舍断决意,在一切注释书中仅针对三衣而言。因此,在冬季第一日因未收起而犯恶作,而非收起后因未决意而犯。从“应决意”之语可知,此后决意不舍断。其意旨并非“未在迦底迦满月日后的最后第一日决意而入冬季犯[舍堕]”,因为那未收起之恶作在冬季第一日破晓之刹那即犯,所以说“未在迦底迦满月日收起”。而收起者在冬季得十日畜持。因为说了“十日未能办衣不应过衣时”(《波罗夷注》2.630),那也是指适时生起者,非不适时。如是,已决意而未收起者非舍堕,若未穿着则非[舍堕],因此应在迦底迦满月日当日收起并决意,如此成立。在此,如同多余之衣在第十日决意者最多得持十日,且是在十日内决意;同样,在迦底迦满月日决意者,雨季四个月已决意,此后决意是在无犯之范围内进行,应如是知。至此已说明:在决意范围内有决意,在决意范围内有决意。否则,“犯过由决意而犯,由不决意而犯;犯过由决意而犯,由不决意而犯”在二双中应说二双。其中,第一双之第一句成立。因为在决意范围内,雨季衣等由决意犯违越律意趣恶作。由此说明了第二恶作之第二句。“由不决意而犯”则无。因为在十日内无犯,且决意等生起故,由决意而犯则无,因决意处处不被禁止故,因此那二双未被说为“不能”。于此有人说:由“犯过入冬季”之语量已确定恶作罪,那适用于故意不收起者;若无故意,则无犯。迦底迦满月日收起者,故意不决意者犯恶作并于次日犯舍堕;无故意不决意者,依此处最初制戒唯犯舍堕。而在《母疏》中说:“雨季衣由雨季月过亦舍断决意,擦疥衣由病愈亦舍断决意,因此此后应决意”,这与彼相违,不仅此相违,注释说“此后收起后应决意”亦相违。因为所谓“此后”即指冬季,若于冬季收起,则“雨季衣由雨季月过亦”等不恰当,因为无决意故无收起。应求无矛盾,因此“收起仅为惯例”之说于此亦可能成立?不然,因与古伦地之说相违。因为彼处说迦底迦满月日收起,因此作为雨季日之决意残余而收起,故收起非仅为惯例,因此“此后”可能仅指满月日之前。如该决意一样,“由雨季月过亦、由病愈亦”此语也可能是因为必须收起而说。若如此,则此处与《善见律》彼语相合。否则,此处亦应说彼,如所说之规定于此成立,虽然成立,但为了对二种所化众易于了知而说。然而,由于该衣由雨季过舍断决意,且在冬季第一日破晓因未收起确定恶作,因此唯在迦底迦满月日收起后应决意;若未决意,应说“唯犯舍堕”。至此仍不满足,应寻求决断。此处有——显示巴利原文
‘‘Kattikapuṇṇamadivase apaccuddharitvā tasmiṃyeva divase avikappento pacchimapāṭipadadivase apaccuddhārapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, na, avikappanapaccayā dasāhaparihārasambhavato’’ti kāraṇameke vadanti. Evaṃ sati hemante pattamatte adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti āpajjati, tañca ayuttaṃ. Adhiṭṭhānañhi ‘‘aññassa dānena…pe… chiddabhāvenāti imehi navahi kāraṇehi vijahatī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.469) vuttaṃ, na ‘‘adhiṭṭhānakhettātikkamena vā’’ti. Asādhāraṇattā na vuttanti ce? Na, ‘‘chiddabhāvenā’’ti na vattabbappasaṅgato, chiddabhāvena pana ticīvarasseva sabbaṭṭhakathāsu adhiṭṭhānavijahanassa vuttattā. Tasmā hemantassa paṭhamadivase apaccuddhārapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, na paccuddharitvā avikappanapaccayā. ‘‘Vikappetu’’nti vacanato tato adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatīti paññāyati. Na hi kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchime pāṭipadadivase avikappetvā hemante āpajjatīti vuttanti adhippāyo, yasmā taṃ apaccuddhārapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ hemantassa paṭhamaaruṇakkhaṇe eva āpajjati, tasmā ‘‘kattikapuṇṇamadivase apaccuddharitvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Paccuddhaṭaṃ pana hemante dasāhaparihāraṃ labhati. ‘‘Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkāmetabbā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.630) hi vuttaṃ, tañca kho samaye uppannaṃ ce, nāsamaye. Tathā ca sādhitaṃ apaccuddhaṭaṃ na nissaggiyaṃ hoti, no ca taṃ paridahitaṃ, tasmā kattikapuṇṇamadivase eva paccuddharaṇañca vikappanañca kattabbanti siddhaṃ, ettha ca yathā atirekacīvaraṃ dasame divase vikappentena dasāhaparamaṃ dhāritaṃ hoti, antodasāhe ca vikappitaṃ hoti, tathā kattikapuṇṇamāya vikappentena vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhitañca hoti, tato paraṃ anāpattikhette eva vikappanā ca hotīti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā atthi vikappanākhette adhiṭṭhānaṃ, adhiṭṭhānakhette ca vikappanāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Aññathā ‘‘atthāpatti adhiṭṭhānena āpajjati, anadhiṭṭhānena āpajjati. Atthāpatti vikappanāya āpajjati, avikappanāya āpajjatī’’ti dukesu dve dukāni vattabbāni siyuṃ. Tattha paṭhamaduke paṭhamapadaṃ sambhavati. Vikappanakhette hi vassikasāṭikādīnaṃ adhiṭṭhānena vinayātisāradukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Eteneva dutiyadukkaṭassa dutiyapadaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. Anadhiṭṭhānena āpajjatīti natthi. Antodasāhe anāpajjanato, vikappanādisambhavato ca vikappanāya āpajjatīti natthi sabbattha vikappanāya appaṭisiddhattā, tasmā tāni dukāni ‘‘na labbhantī’’ti na vuttāni. Etthāha – yā sā ‘‘atthāpatti hemante āpajjatī’’ti (pari. 323) vacanappamāṇato dukkaṭāpatti sādhitā, sā sañcicca apaccuddharantassa yujjati, asatiyā ce, kañci, anāpatti. Kattikapuṇṇamāya paccuddhaṭaṃ sañcicca avikappayato dukkaṭena saha punadivase nissaggiyaṃ, asatiyā avikappayato nissaggiyameva idha paṭhamapaññattiyā. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamenāpi, kaṇḍupaṭicchādi ābādhavūpasamenāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, tasmā sā tato paraṃ vikappetabbā’’ti, tenetaṃ virujjhati, na kevalaṃ idameva, ‘‘tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanañca virujjhati. Tato paraṃ nāma hi hemantaṃ, tattha ce paccuddhāro, ‘‘vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamenāpī’’tiādi na yuttaṃ adhiṭṭhānābhāvena paccuddhārābhāvato. Avirodho ca icchitabbo, tasmā ‘‘paccuddharaṇaṃ vattamatta’’ntivādo etthāpi sambhavatīti ce? Na, kurundi vacanavirodhato. Tattha hi kattikapuṇṇamāya paccuddhāro vutto, tasmā vassānadivasattā sādhiṭṭhānāvasā paccuddharīyatīti na paccuddhāro vattamattaṃ, tasmā ‘‘tato para’’nti yāva puṇṇamā adhippetā siyā. Yathā cāyaṃ vikappo, tathā ‘‘vassānamāsātikkamenāpi ābādhavūpasamenāpī’’ti idampi avassaṃ paccuddharitabbatāya vuttaṃ siyā. Evañca sati idha samantapāsādikāya tadavacanena sameti. Aññathā idhapi taṃ vattabbaṃ siyāti yathāvuttova vidhi ettha sambhavati, kiñcāpi sambhavati, duviññāpayassa pana lokassa suviññāpanatthaṃ vuttā. Yasmā pana sā vassānātikkamena adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, hemantapaṭhamāruṇe ca apaccuddhārapaccayā dukkaṭā sādhitā, tasmā kattikapuṇṇamāyameva paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā, avikappitāya ‘‘nissaggiyāpajjanamevā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Ettāvatāpi santosaṃ akatvā vinicchayo pariyesitabbo. Hoti cettha –
倘若律藏圣典不复存在,
犯与不犯及其义理之契合,
欲了知此义之智者,
应于律中寻求了知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ abhāvaṃ vinayassa pāḷi, Bhinnaṃ abhinnañca tadatthayuttiṃ; Viññātukāmena tadatthaviññū, Pariyesitabbā vinaye viññāyā’’ti.
当说“你拿吧”时,即使未说“我拿”,也已是善施。若对方接受,则他也善取;若对方不接受,施者已善施,但该物品不属于任何人。同样,当说“我拿”时,若物主接受,即使未说“你拿吧”,也是善取;若物主不接受,那物品仍属于物主,因为这对他而言并非羯磨。在此,若为了羯磨而取用,则不如法。若不仅为自己取,而后又给予他人,则是如法。同样,若无所贪求,将物品舍弃给他人,那人再给予,或出于信赖而受用,也是如法。但有些人说,依羯磨而言,此不如法。他们还说:“在‘或作大或作小’处,对于三衣,从长度上不超过一搩手而裁截制作,其余诸物也是如此。”在如此之处,应亲近师承,善巧通达古德诸师的说法途径,与之相应,具念正知,不迷惑听众之心而作解说。这是我们的请求。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vutte vināpi ‘‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti vacanena sudinnaṃ hoti. Itaro ce adhivāseti, tenāpi suggahitaṃ hoti, no ce adhivāseti, dentena sudinnaṃ. Taṃ pana vatthu na kassaci hoti. Tathā ‘‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti vadati, sāmiko ce adhivāseti, vināpi ‘‘gaṇhāhī’’ti vacanena suggahitaṃ. No ce adhivāseti, sāmikasseva taṃ, na hi tassetaṃ vinayakammanti ettha vinayakammassatthāya ce gaṇhāti, na vaṭṭati. Na kevalaṃ attano atthāya gahitaṃ , puna tassapi deti, vaṭṭatīti ca. Tathā anapekkho hutvā parassa vissajjetvā puna tena dinnaṃ vā tassa vissāsanto vā paribhuñjati, vaṭṭati. Tatthāpi vinayakammavasena na vaṭṭatīti eke. Te eva ‘‘mahantaṃ vā khuddakaṃ karotī’’ti ettha ‘‘ticīvare dīghato vidatthi anatikkamitvā chinditvā karoti, evaṃ sesesupī’’ti vadanti. Evarūpesu ṭhānesu porāṇācariyānaṃ kathāmaggaṃ suṭṭhu ācariyakulasevanāya sañjānitvā tena saṃsanditvā sato sampajāno hutvā sotūnañca cittaṃ avimohetvā kathetabbaṃ. Esā amhākaṃ āyācanā.
2. 有屋顶处戒注释显示巴利原文
2. Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
471 471. 他们穿着内衣外衣出发游行。为何?虽然最初曾告诫:“诸比丘,不应穿着内衣外衣进入村庄,若进入者,犯恶作。”但后来又开示:“诸比丘,有五种因缘可存放僧伽梨、郁多罗僧、安陀会:生病时、雨季约定时、渡河至对岸时、有门闩防护的精舍时、已出咖提那时。”注释中也说:“此五种中,唯门闩防护为准则。唯有在防护的精舍中存放后外出是如法的,未防护者则不如法。”因此,即使在咖提那还未制定之时,那些比丘说“你们将衣存放在有门闩防护的精舍”,便将衣存放于同修手中,获得穿着内衣外衣进入村庄的开许后,出发游行。应如此理解。显示巴利原文
471. Santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti. Kasmā? Kiñcāpi ‘‘na, bhikkhave, santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo, yo paviseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 362) paṭhamaṃ vuttaṃ. Pacchā pana ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, paccayā saṅghāṭiyā nikkhepāya, uttarāsaṅgassa, antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya gilāno vā hoti, vassikasaṅketaṃ vā, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā, aggaḷaguttivihāro vā, atthatakathinaṃ vā hotī’’ti vuttattā, aṭṭhakathāyampissa ‘‘pañcasu petesu aggaḷagutti eva pamāṇaṃ. Gutte eva hi vihāre nikkhipitvā bahi gantuṃ vaṭṭati, nāgutte’’ti vuttattā apaññattepi kathine ‘‘te bhikkhū aggaḷaguttivihāre ṭhapethā’’ti vatvā sabhāgānaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmappavese laddhakappiyā janapadacārikaṃ pakkāmiṃsūti veditabbaṃ.
473 “不离衣羯磨”意为:为了不离衣,或为了免除因离衣而犯的罪,而施行的羯磨。自那时起,即为如法。多长时间内如法?一个月或超过一个月,只要行程中尚有精力,即为如法。因此说:“若放下任务,则应收回。”无须再次施予羯磨。若十二年后生起其他疾病,仍为如法。正如一生中一次的具足戒羯磨,此羯磨一次施行,终生有效。显示巴利原文
473.Avippavāsasammutinti avippavāsatthaṃ, vippavāsapaccayā yā āpatti, tadabhāvatthaṃ vā sammutiṃ dātunti attho. Tato paṭṭhāya vaṭṭati. Kittakaṃ kālaṃ vaṭṭatīti? Māsaṃ vā atirekaṃ vā yāva gamane saussāho, tāva vaṭṭati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dhuranikkhepaṃ karontena paccuddharitabba’’nti. Puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthīti sace dvādasannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena añño rogo hoti, vaṭṭati, upasampadakammaṃ viya yāvajīvaṃ ekāsammuti vaṭṭatīti ca.
“或已作成”等语,在此学处中不应说。何以故?因为即使制作障碍已断除,若衣尚未决意,则不可能因离衣而犯。因此,是否只需说“衣已作成,指比丘的衣已决意”即可?并非如此,因为二者相关。决意依赖于制作障碍的完成,故说“或已作成”等语。其中,“已作成”如前所述。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kataṃ vā hotī’’tiādi imasmiṃ sikkhāpade na vattabbaṃ, kasmā? Karaṇapalibodhe upacchinnepi anadhiṭṭhitacīvarato vippavāsapaccayā āpattiyā asambhavato, tasmā ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasminti bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ hotī’’ti ettakameva vattabbanti ce? Na, tadāyattattā . Adhiṭṭhānañhi karaṇapalibodhassa niṭṭhāpanāyattaṃ, tasmā ‘‘kataṃ vātiādi vutta’’nti ca vuttaṃ. Tattha katanti pubbe vuttameva.
477-8 为了阐明不离衣的相状:此处,依“于村内存放衣后,应于村内住”等语,确立了不离衣的相状;依其相反方式,应知离衣的相状。在“村为同一界”等处,除了商队、树下、露地之外,其余依有围栅与无围栅而了知同一界与不同界。然而,商队有两种:定居与非定居。其中,非定居者,或属一家或属多家,皆无围栅;定居者,或有围栅,或无围栅。因此,那里不依围栅等来显示,而依内部范围来说明。露地亦然。树下则依树荫的范围。否则,“商队为同一界、不同界”等说法,会与分别中未显示的内容相违。因此,商队前方与后方七肘内,侧方一肘内,此为同一界;超出此范围则为不同界。同样,树下正午时分树荫所覆之处,此为同一界;其余为不同界。何以故?因为那里不以围栅为标准,树荫才是标准。露地则依律文所说。“商队等依属一家而成为同一界”有记载,因此,在住宅、有屋顶等处,即依所说之界限,于八种等处略说。此后,在田地、谷场、园、寺中,再次举出有围栅与无围栅之语,因为商队的分别已结束其章节。“不同房间”等语,因不可能,故在田地、谷场、园中未举出。在寺中虽有可能,但因章节已结束,亦未举出。显示巴利原文
477-8.Avippavāsalakkhaṇavavatthāpanatthanti ettha ‘‘antogāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā antogāme vatthabba’’ntiādivacanato avippavāsalakkhaṇaṃ vavatthāpitaṃ, tabbiparītanayena vippavāsalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Gāmo ekūpacārotiādimhi pana ṭhapetvā satthaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ, ajjhokāsañca sesesu parikkhepāparikkhepavasena ekūpacāranānūpacāratā veditabbā. Yasmā pana satthaṃ duvidhaṃ niviṭṭhaṃ, aniviṭṭhañca, tesu aniviṭṭhaṃ ekakulassa vā nānākulassa vā aparikkhittameva hoti, niviṭṭhaṃ siyā parikkhittaṃ, siyā aparikkhittaṃ, tasmā tattha parikkhepādivasena adassetvā abbhantaravasena vutto. Tathā abbhokāse. Rukkhamūle chāyāvasena. Aññathā ‘‘sattho ekūpacāro nānūpacāro’’tiādi uddesavirodho siyā vibhaṅge adassitattā, tasmā satthassa purato ca pacchato ca sattabbhantarā, passato ca ekabbhantaranti ayamekūpacāro, tato paraṃ nānūpacāro. Tathā rukkhamūlassa yattha majjhanhike kāle chāyā pharati, ayaṃ ekūpacāro. Itaro nānūpacāro. Kasmā? Tattha hi parikkhepo appamāṇaṃ. Chāyāva pamāṇaṃ. Ajjhokāsassa pāḷiyaṃ vuttova. ‘‘Satthādīnaṃ ekakulasantakavasena ekūpacāratā’’ti likhitaṃ, tasmā nivesane, udosite ca vuttaparicchedova aṭṭādīsūti katvā saṃkhittaṃ. Tato paraṃ khettadhaññakaraṇaārāmavihāresu pana parikkhittāparikkhitta-padaṃ puna uddhaṭaṃ satthavibhaṅgena adhikārassa pacchinnattā. ‘‘Nānāgabbhā’’tiādivacanaṃ pana asambhavato khettadhaññakaraṇaārāmesu na uddhaṭaṃ. Vihāre sambhavantampi tattha pacchinnattā na uddhaṭaṃ. Kulaṃ vuccati sāmiko, tasmā ‘‘ekakulassa nānākulassā’’ti iminā gāmādīnaṃ cuddasannaṃ cīvaranikkhepaṭṭhānānaṃ sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Ajjhokāsassa pana asambhavato na vuttaṃ. Yasmā panettha ekakulassa, nānākulassa ca aparikkhittesu gāmādīsu parihāraviseso kiñcāpi natthi, parikkhittesu pana atthi, tasmā ekanānākulaggahaṇaṃ, ekanānūpacāraggahaṇañca sātthakanti veditabbaṃ. Tatthapi ayaṃ viseso – satthe, rukkhamūle ca kulabhedatova bhedo, nopacārabhedato. Ajjhokāse upacārabhedato ca, so pana pāḷiyaṃ na dassitoti. ‘‘Taṃ pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvāti vacanato ākāsepi aḍḍhateyyaratanappamāṇe doso natthī’’ti vadanti.
479 “Sabhā”是阴性词;“Sabhāya”则为中性词,因此说“依词性区分之理”。据说,为显示中性词,以主格形式举出“sabhāya”,因其在此语境下不适用,故也说“dvāramūla”。由于衣并未放置在比丘自己指定的存放处,因此一臂之距的范围并不能提供保护;衣被放置在哪间房屋,便应安住在哪间房屋。如经中所说:“应住于会堂或门边,不应离于一臂之距。”若问:“由于有‘必须在一臂之距内度过破晓’这一限定,是否因此便无法了知?”答:在屋内无法凭此限定了知,因为已依不同情况作了种种说明,所以说“以理为量”。此义在注释书中也已阐明,并依据小村落中共用的村门而言。若该处有两扇门,其间有屋舍与会堂,则可随意安住其中任何一处。显示巴利原文
479. ‘‘Sabhā’’ti itthiliṅgaṃ. ‘‘Sabhāya’’nti napuṃsakaliṅgaṃ, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘liṅgabyattanayenā’’ti. Napuṃsakaliṅgadassanatthaṃ kira ‘‘sabhāya’’nti paccattavasena niddiṭṭhaṃ, tassa anupayogattā ‘‘dvāramūla’’ntipi. Attano nikkhittaṭṭhāne anikkhittattā vīthihatthapāso na rakkhati, yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ ghare vatthabbaṃ. ‘‘Sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā, hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabba’’nti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Hatthapāseyeva aruṇaṃ uṭṭhapetabba’’nti niyamitattā jānituṃ na sakkāti ce? Antoghare na sakkā, tathā tathā vuttattā, tasmā ‘‘yutti pamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayamattho aṭṭhakathāyampi pakāsito, punapi khuddakagāme sabbasādhāraṇagāmadvāravasena. Sace tassa dvāradvayaṃ hoti, majjhe ca gharasabhāyaṃ, yatthicchati, tattha vasitabba’’nti.
480-1 那些不计入村落范围的房舍等,即是指房舍等而言。在露地,即使是无人疑惧的衣,若放置在超过七夜处,即成应舍。在此情形下,同界之内并不提供保护,但在商队中则提供保护。因有“可得河之开许”之说,故在水界中亦得开许,此义得以成立。若邻近的寺院属于同一界,则衣不成应舍。显示巴利原文
480-1. Yāni nivesanādīni gāmasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchanti, tāni nivesanādīnīti adhippetāni. Ajjhokāse aparisaṅkitampi cīvaraṃ atirekasattabbhantare nikkhittaṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti, ettha antosīmatā na rakkhati, satthe pana rakkhati. ‘‘Nadīparihāro ca labbhatī’’ti vacanato udakukkhepasīmāyaṃ parihāro labbhatīti siddhaṃ. Sāmantavihāro ce ekasīmo, cīvaraṃ na nissaggiyaṃ.
现在——
“心已染着”,于此义中是指心念的转变。虽泛泛而论,但依案例集中“以母爱之情触摸母亲……犯恶作”的记载,应知此处是指以身体接触所生贪欲而令心染着。同样,“女人者,即人类女性”虽无差别而说,此处所指的人类女性乃是根门未坏者,因案例集中说“与死去的女人发生身体接触……犯偷兰遮”。既然以“人类女性”一语已可成立其义,复又说“非亚卡女、非饿鬼女、非畜生女”,这是为了显示:即便具有人类形体、根门亦未坏者,也并非全属人类女性——因为亚卡女等凭借其本生所具的神通之力,即使显现人类形体,也仍是亚卡等——故作此说。其中,亚卡女为偷兰遮的对象,因案例集中以与亚卡女身体接触而判为偷兰遮;与此相应,饿鬼女、天女亦为偷兰遮的对象。畜生女则为恶作的对象。至于显现人类形体的畜生女,有人认为亦为偷兰遮的对象。然而,审视分别解脱经文,因“且为人类女性,且具人类女性之想”此语不见于巴利圣典,而在“且为女性,且具亚卡女之想”等语中,若将亚卡女等涵括在内,则会产生亚卡女等并非女性的过失;在“且为女性,且具女性之想”等语中,若将亚卡女等涵括在内,则会产生她们成为僧伽过失对象的矛盾。显示巴利原文
Idāni –
“头陀支已断,被视为有疑者,有内外衣。”关于此处的审查——“诸比丘,不应于有畜生坐于其中的会众前诵巴帝摩卡”,此处注疏中说“所谓‘畜生’,即其具足戒已被禁止者”,故现人形之畜生较普通畜生更为殊胜。又因亚卡、饿鬼、畜生、现人形之畜生被分别述及“畜生之生处,亦仅犯恶作”,又因“堕落之形态为衡量标准,非死亡之形态”此处有关犯罪差别的说法,以及“双方均有漏出之亚卡、或饿鬼、或般哒咖、或现人形之畜生,以身触身,于锁骨以上、膝盖以下,犯偷兰遮”这一泛称之语,故彼之殊胜得以成立。因其殊胜,与现人形之畜生女发生身体接触者亦有差别,故彼处应有犯罪之差别。若于身体接触学处中,现人形之畜生女亦被意指,则因形体相似而难以产生想法之消退,于粗恶语、自我供养、欲侍奉等学处中亦应提及彼女,然彼女并未被列入。若谓因形体相同而作为省略节次故未列入——然“且为女性,且具畜生之想;且为畜生,且具女性之想”于此已列入,故雄性之描述不合,因此畜生男亦于此处被列入。巴利中虽未列入现人形之畜生女,注疏中亦说仅犯显示巴利原文
‘‘Chinnaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ sāsaṅka-sammato santaruttaraṃ;
Acīvarassānāpatti, paccuddhārādisiddhito’’ti. –
此为杂论,于此有以质难为先之抉择——有些人依“僧伽帝是双层的”一语,而说“单层僧伽帝亦不应决意。若决意,则不成就”,并将双层僧伽帝授予那些求具足戒者,令其具足。应以经义令其知晓。因世尊最初开许了“割截僧伽帝、割截郁多罗僧、割截安陀会”。之后,于“某比丘制作三衣时,全部割截则不足。两件割截、一件不割截则不足。两件不割截、一件割截则不足”这一事由中,开许了“诸比丘,我允许加上补片”。因此,单层僧伽帝亦可行,此义成立。若割截时尚且不足,何来双层之说?注释书中亦说:“‘允许加上补片’,意为允许加上外来之布片。然此应于不足时加上。若足够,则外来布片不可用,必须割截。”至于咖提那衣,则唯割截者方可行,因其有独特之特征,且无“割截之双层不足”之语故,于此应作如是定论。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ, tatthāyaṃ codanāpubbaṅgamo vinicchayo – keci ‘‘diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭi’’nti (mahāva. 348) vacanato ‘‘ekaccikā saṅghāṭipi nādhiṭṭhātabbā. Sace adhiṭṭhāti na ruhatī’’ti vatvā upasampadāpekkhānampi diguṇameva saṅghāṭiṃ datvā upasampādenti, te iminā suttalesena saññāpetabbā. Bhagavatā hi ‘‘chinnakaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ chinnakaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ chinnakaṃ antaravāsaka’’nti paṭhamaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tato ‘‘aññatarassa bhikkhuno ticīvare kariyamāne sabbaṃ chinnakaṃ nappahoti. Dve chinnakāni ekaṃ acchinnakaṃ nappahoti. Dve acchinnakāni ekaṃ chinnakaṃ nappahotī’’ti imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anvādhikampi āropetu’’nti (mahāva. 360) anuññātaṃ, tasmā ekaccikāpi saṅghāṭi vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. Yā chijjamānā nappahoti, tassā kuto diguṇatāti. Aṭṭhakathāyampissa vuttaṃ ‘‘anvādhikampi āropetunti āgantukapattampi dātuṃ. Idaṃ pana appahonake āropetabbaṃ. Sace pahoti, āgantukapattaṃ na vaṭṭati, chinditabbamevā’’ti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 360). Kathinaṃ pana chinnakameva vaṭṭati āveṇikalakkhaṇattā , ‘‘chinnakaṃ diguṇaṃ nappahotī’’ti vacanābhāvato cāti sanniṭṭhānamettha gantabbaṃ.
头陀支:由于未受具足戒者不具足三衣头陀支,故仅依三衣而称为“三衣者”。他们因没有决意,是否应说“唯依已决意者”?不,因为这会与头陀支的破坏相冲突。头陀支的破坏是由于接受第四件衣,而非由于离开三衣,亦非由于接受多余之衣,亦非由于持有过多之衣。然而,世尊仅对比丘们依决意开许了九种衣,并依种类宣说,对未受具足戒者则不然。因此,由于他们没有关于衣的规定,该头陀支并未被开许,如同在家人。因此,由于在受持方法中未作说明,于此应得出结论。显示巴利原文
Dhutaṅganti anupasampannānaṃ tecīvarikadhutaṅgābhāvato ticīvareneva tecīvarikoti. Tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānābhāvato ‘‘adhiṭṭhitenevā’’ti vattabbaṃ hotūti ce? Na, dhutaṅgabhedena virodhappasaṅgato. Catutthacīvarasādiyanena hi dhutaṅgabhedo, na ticīvaravippavāsena, nāpi atirekacīvarasādiyanena, nāpi atirekacīvaradhāraṇena. Yasmā pana bhikkhūnaṃyeva bhagavatā adhiṭṭhānavasena nava cīvarāni anuññātāni, jātivasena ca vuttāni, na evaṃ anupasampannānaṃ. Tasmā tesaṃ cīvaraniyamābhāvā na taṃ dhutaṅgaṃ anuññātaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ viya, tasmā tassa samādānavidhāne avacanato ca sanniṭṭhānamettha gantabbaṃ.
“被视为有疑虑者”:在《疑解》中,对有疑虑学处并未单独列出诸支,而是说“其余于此应依衣品第二学处所说的方式了知”,然而此点并未被说明。在那里,夜间离别是第四支,在此则是六夜离别,这是此处的差别。因此,由于支的共同性及认可的共同性,它们即被称为有疑虑学处。此是无余的,彼是有余的,以一月为限。在那里,即使身处村外,若进入村界而住后离去,无罪;在此则不然,在此若于每一相邻处破晓,则为应舍;在那里则为第七,这是二者的差别。然而,诸支由于依衣存放支的成就而有别,以及依此处所说的方法而成立,故未加以说明。那些支虽未说明,但第四支仍应被加以区别,却未被区别。何以故?为了依此处所说的舍出次第而舍出后,从罪中出离,以及为了在那里显示所犯之罪的解脱。即使离别了一年,也只是夜间离别,更何况离别了六夜。尽管如此,在那里若具足如所说的支,则应以那里所说的方法舍出。若在冬季或夏季舍出呢?为了表明依此处所说的方法舍出也是可行的,故未对第四支加以区别,这是导师的意见。即使超过一月之衣,说为“超过十日”而舍出即可。有些长老说,以两种方式未满。显示巴利原文
Sāsaṅkasammatoti kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ sāsaṅkasikkhāpade visuṃ aṅgāni na vuttāni, ‘‘sesamettha cīvaravaggassa dutiyasikkhāpade vuttanayena veditabba’’nti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ, na ca panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha rattivippavāso catutthaṃ aṅgaṃ, idha chārattavippavāso, ayamettha visesoti, tasmā aṅgasāmaññato, sammutisāmaññato ca sāsaṅkasikkhāpadameva vadanti. Idaṃ nippadesaṃ, taṃ sappadesaṃ māsaparamattā. Tattha bahigāmepi gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvā vasitvā pakkamantassa anāpatti, idha na tathā, idha anantare anantare aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ, tattha sattameti ayaṃ imesaṃ dvinnaṃ viseso. Aṅgāni pana cīvaranikkhepaṅgasampattito vipariyāyena, idha vuttanayena ca siddhattā na vuttāni. Tāni kāmaṃ na vuttāni, tathāpi catutthamaṅgaṃ visesitabbaṃ, na pana visesitaṃ. Kiṃkāraṇā? Idha vuttanissajjanakkamena nissajjetvā āpattidesanato, tatthāpannāpattivimokkhadīpanatthaṃ. Saṃvaccharavippavutthampi rattivippavutthameva, pageva chārattaṃ vippavutthaṃ. Evaṃ santepi tattha yathāvuttaaṅgasampattiyā sati tattha vuttanayeneva nissajjitabbaṃ. Hemante vā gimhe vā nissajjati ce? Idha vuttanayenāpi nissajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti ñāpanatthaṃ catutthaṃ aṅgaṃ na visesitanti no takkoti ācariyo. Māsātikkantampi cīvaraṃ ‘‘dasāhātikkanta’’nti vatvā nissaṭṭhameva. Dvayena ūnamāsaṃ hutvā ‘‘dasāhātikkanta’’nti vatvā māsātikkantanti eke. Tathāpi sace paccāsācīvaraṃ hoti, nissaggiyaṃ ‘‘dasāhātikkanta’’nti vatvā, mūlacīvaraṃ pana ‘‘māsātikkanta’’nti vatvā nissajjitabbaṃ.
“以内衣”或“僧伽帝”或“衣”,是指三衣,还是其他?于此,若唯三衣被禁止,则与包含在内的破衣、割衣、洗染、乞求等相违。若是其他,则与“衣已作成时”等相违?答曰:不应作决定性的理解,应随宜而取。如于“放下衣,以内衣出发游行人间”等处,唯指三衣。于“诸比丘,不应以内衣入村,至多以内衣,应从彼处持来衣”等处,则指任何衣。同样地,在“作成有缕线的僧伽帝应给予”“下衣应给予”“僧伽帝应给予”“贤友,这是你的僧伽帝,给我衣”等语境中也是如此。因为曾有言:“一切衣以缝合之义而称为‘僧伽帝’。”同样,有些长老说在“衣已作成时”中也是如此。因为在期限内,随所需之衣被开许,而彼一切在制作时何时能完成?因此有些长老说唯是三衣。无衣者无罪,因舍出等成就故,此为何义?有些长老说,由于库房学处无意义,故在三衣离别时,三衣者有罪。对此,有云:因舍出等成就,故无罪。因为说“无罪:在破晓前舍出、舍弃”。反之,若在破晓前舍出、舍弃,则如所说的方法,直至他人尚未决意为止,便会犯戒。否则,以七夜内离别故,若依文义,有离别时从离别,无离别时从无离别。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santaruttara’’nti vā ‘‘saṅghāṭi’’nti vā ‘‘cīvara’’nti vā kiṃ ticīvaraṃ, udāhu aññampīti . Kiñcettha – yadi ticīvarameva paṭisiddhaṃ, pariyāpannavasena acchinnacīvaracchindanadhovāpanaviññattiādivirodho. Atha aññampi, ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’nti evamādinā virodhoti? Vuccate – na niyamato veditabbaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ gahetabbato. Tathā hi ‘‘cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantī’’ti (pārā. 471) evamādīsu ticīvarameva. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo, santaruttaraparamaṃ tato cīvaraṃ sādhitabba’’nti evamādīsu yaṃkiñci, tathā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, handa te, āvuso, saṅghāṭi, dehi me paṭantiādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘sabbañhi cīvaraṃ saṅghaṭitaṭṭhena ‘saṅghāṭī’ti vuccatī’’ti. Tathā ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’nti etthāpīti eke. Antosamaye hi yāvadatthaṃ cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ kariyamānaṃ kadā niṭṭhānaṃ gacchissati, tasmā ticīvaramevāti eke. Acīvarassānāpatti paccuddhārādisiddhitoti kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Udositasikkhāpadassa nippayojanabhāvappasaṅgato ticīvaravippavāse tecīvarassa āpattīti eke. Tatthetaṃ vuccati na hoti āpatti paccuddhārādisiddhito. ‘‘Anāpatti antoaruṇe paccuddharati, vissajjetī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Aññathā paccuddharantassa, antoaruṇe vissajjentassa ca yāva añño nādhiṭṭhāti, tāva āpattiṃ āpajjati yathāvuttanayena. Aññathā sattabbhantarena vippavāsassāti vippavāsato yathārutaṃyeva sati vippavāse vippavāsato avippavāse sati avippavāsatoti.
第三咖提那学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
497 “不足”:未达到下劣之量,因此先说了三衣的握拳等五类下劣量。对衣的期待,即衣之期待。以此表明:无论后来是否得到那件衣,只要那份期待未断,我允许存放此根本衣。“衣之期待”是界限义中的从格,或处格中的主格。显示巴利原文
497.Nappahotīti lāmakaparicchedaṃ na pāpuṇāti, teneva ticīvarassa muṭṭhipañcakādilāmakaparicchedova tāva vutto. Cīvare paccāsā cīvarapaccāsā. Tenetaṃ dīpeti – taṃ cīvaraṃ pacchā labbhatu vā mā vā, yāva sā paccāsā chijjati, tāva idaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ ṭhapetuṃ anujānāmīti. ‘‘Cīvarapaccāsā’’ti mariyādatthe nissakkavacanaṃ, bhummatthe vā paccattavacanaṃ kataṃ.
499-500 在“衣已作成……或衣之期望已断”等句中,若三衣中有一件已作,其余尚存,便应保管。当衣的障碍断除、咖提那已出时,若在适时或冬时生起非时衣,应尽快制作。若有圆满的期望,则不保管;若无期望,也不保管。根据“于未敷咖提那时,于十一个月中生起”的说法,后迦提月无论已敷或未敷,皆是适时。冬时于已敷时为适时,于未敷时则为非时。此后则决定为非时。“指定而施”一词,此处虽未出现,但为阐明意义而说,如同在比丘尼的第二舍堕等中,其余情况与非时衣相同。在那里,对于比丘尼僧团若“令到场者分配”如是指定而施者,若决意“以非时衣为时衣”而分配,则犯舍堕。正如在那里,“所谓非时衣,于未敷咖提那时于十一个月中生起,于已敷咖提那时于七个月中生起”是为阐明意义而说,此处亦然。若如此,“施与一人:‘此施与汝’”之语为何而说?难道他不是应分配者吗?答:因非应分配的共性而说。正如施与僧团的指定物,由已敷咖提那的比丘们因不可分配而成为所谓非时衣,个人所得物对于其余人也不可分配,这是义理。虽然如此,或有人怀疑:“指定而施者也得十日之保管期。”此为其疑虑。于第一咖提那中,“衣已……显示巴利原文
499-500.Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ…pe… cīvarāsā vā upacchinnātiādimhi tīsu cīvaresu aññataraṃ kataṃ hoti, sesā atthi, rakkhati. Cīvarapalibodhassa upacchede, ubbhatasmiñca kathine samaye vā hemantassa samaye vā akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, khippameva kāretabbaṃ . Sati pāripūriyā paccāsā na rakkhati, asati natthi ce paccāsā, na rakkhati. ‘‘Anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppanna’’nti vacanato aparakattikā atthate vā anatthate vā samayova. Hemanto siyā samayo atthate, siyā asamayo anatthate. Tato paraṃ ekaṃsato asamayo vāti. ‘‘Ādissa dinna’’nti idaṃ idha alabbhamānampi atthuddhāravasena vuttaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ dutiyanissaggiye (pāci. 738 ādayo) sesaṃ akālacīvaraṃ viya. Tattha hi bhikkhunisaṅghassa ‘‘sampattā bhājentū’’ti evaṃ ādissa dinnameva ‘‘akālacīvaraṃ kālacīvara’’nti adhiṭṭhahitvā bhājentiyā nissaggiyaṃ. Tathā hi tattha yathā ‘‘akālacīvaraṃ nāma anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppannaṃ, atthate kathine sattamāse uppanna’’nti idaṃ atthuddhāravasena vuttaṃ, evaṃsampadamidaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘ekapuggalassa idaṃ tuyhaṃ damhīti dinna’’nti idaṃ kimatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na hi taṃ bhājanīyanti ce? Abhājanīyasāmaññato vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā saṅghassa ādissa dinnaṃ atthatakathinehi eva bhikkhūhi abhājanīyattā akālacīvaraṃ nāma jātaṃ, evaṃ puggalikampi itarehīti attho. Evaṃ santepi kassaci siyā ‘‘ādissa dinnampi dasāhameva parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti. Tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ. Paṭhamakathine ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti idañhi niratthakanti. Anubbhatasmimpi hi kathine dasāhaparamameva dhāretabbanti viññātattā anādissa dinnameva sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ siyāti ce? Evaṃ santepi anādissa dinnampi anatthatakathinānaṃ aparakattikāya dasāhameva parihāraṃ labhati ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti vuttattā. Āmantāti ce? ‘‘Anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppanna’’nti vacanena virujjhati, tasmā yathāvuttanayenevettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ gantabbaṃ.
于《无碍解道》中说:“于第一学处,因随宜衣的缘故,一切衣在咖提那月内,即使超过十日也无犯,因为已给予了保管期。正如在咖提那月内,指定而施的非时衣仅得时衣的保管期,在其他月份也是如此,应如此了知。因此,虽然‘衣已作成,比丘已出咖提那,若比丘之衣生起’等学处已经成立,但为了开许未敷咖提那者在后迦提月,而说‘若非时衣生起’。若非如此说,则不能言‘所谓非时衣,于未敷咖提那时于十一个月中生起’。由于此语,未敷咖提那者如同已敷咖提那者一样,一切衣在后迦提月超过十日也不犯舍堕。”显示巴利原文
Anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭhamasikkhāpade sabbacīvarānaṃ yāvadatthacīvaravasena kathinamāsabbhantare dasāhātikkamepi anāpatti parihārassa dinnattā. Yathā kathinamāsabbhantare ādissa dinnamakālacīvaraṃ kālacīvaraparihārameva labhati, tathā itaramāsepi labhatīti veditabbaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ ‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine bhikkhuno paneva cīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’tiādinā sikkhāpade siddhepi anatthatakathinānaṃ pacchimakattikamāsaṃ anujānantena ‘akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi avutte akālacīvaraṃ nāma ‘anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppanna’nti na sakkā vattuṃ. Evañhi vacanato anatthatakathinānaṃ atthatakathinānaṃ viya sabbacīvarānaṃ pacchimakattikamāse dasāhātikkame nissaggiyaṃ na hotī’’tiādi.
复有如是说:然我所开许的“于初咖提那,最多可持十日之多余衣”,彼衣亦唯于咖提那月外生起,非于月内,此义已显明。如何显明呢?对于超过十日持多余衣所应犯之罪,以“衣已作成,比丘已出咖提那”的随制,即遮止于咖提那期间内;其后,为遮止此后生起之衣超过十日所应犯之罪,于此学处说“若非时衣生起”等。由此,“即使于时内指定而施,此亦名为非时衣”的说法,显明于出咖提那后不得十日的保管期。此外,于出咖提那后,再得五日附随的情形,也因“衣已作成,比丘已出咖提那,若比丘之非时衣生起……应尽快制作”之语,乃限定于非时衣生起时而说,故被遮止。由此二因,于咖提那期间内生起之衣,在出咖提那后,即使一日亦不得保管期,此义已成立。有诸余师作如是说。显示巴利原文
Bhiyyopi evaṃ vuttaṃ – yaṃ pana mayā ‘‘paṭhamakathine dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’’nti anuññātaṃ, tampi kathinamāsato bahi uppannameva, na antoti ayamattho dīpito hoti. Kathaṃ? Atirekacīvarassa dasāhaparihārato uddhaṃ āpajjitabbāpattiṃ ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti anupaññattiyā kathinabbhantare vāretvā tato uddhaṃ uppannesu dasāhātikkame āpajjitabbāpattiṃ iminā sikkhāpadena vāretuṃ ‘‘akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena ‘‘kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvaraṃ nāmā’’ti vacanato kathinubbhārato uddhaṃ dasāhaparihāraṃ na labhatīti dīpitaṃ hoti, tehi saddhiṃ puna kathinubbhārato uddhaṃ pañca divasāni labhatīti pasaṅgopi ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine bhikkhuno paneva akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya…pe… khippameva kāretabba’’nti akālacīvarassa uppattikālaṃ niyametvā vuttattā nivārito hoti, tadubhayena kathinabbhantare uppannacīvaraṃ kathinubbhārato uddhaṃ ekadivasampi parihāraṃ na labhatīti siddhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ apare vadantīti.
复有说:诸阿阇梨或作如是言——“衣已作成,比丘已出咖提那,若比丘之非时衣生起”句中,说“衣已作成,比丘已出咖提那”者,如是令知:“于此期间,三种非时衣皆无生起。”何以于分别句中广为解说呢?答:此学处乃就决意而说,然于初开许十日后,若彼不足,若有期望,则将彼开许延长为一月,此亦显明此义理差别:所谓非时衣,应由现前者分配。彼则以“若比丘希望,应受持”之学处,延长而说,故三种皆于分别句中广为解说。显示巴利原文
Punapi vuttaṃ – ācariyā pana evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine bhikkhuno paneva akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti ettha ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti vadanto evaṃ viññāpeti ‘‘etthantare tiṇṇannampi akālacīvarānaṃ uppatti abhāva’’nti. Kasmā pana padabhājane vitthāritānīti? Vuccate – idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, kintu paṭhame dasāhaṃ anujānitvā tasmiṃ appahonte sace paccāsā atthi, tameva vaḍḍhetvā māsaṃ anujānanto imampi atthavisesaṃ dīpeti akālacīvaraṃ nāma sammukhībhūtena bhājetabbantipi dīpeti. Taṃ pana ‘‘ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabba’’nti iminā sikkhāpadena vaḍḍhetvā vuttanti, tasmā tīṇipi padabhājane vitthāritānīti.
“应尽快制作,即应于十日内制作”一语,乃为显明:于足够之时,依前学处之相。故不说“如是速、如是轻”等,而说“十日内”。于已敷咖提那者,或可如此;然若问:“于未敷咖提那时,如何?”则为显示未敷者之遮止,不见者生恼。于第三十一日明相出时,犯舍堕。即使与众多期望衣合在一起,若最后之量存在,则随彼性而犯舍堕;若不存在,则不犯;再合时则犯;与他衣合则不犯。已断者成为他物。有说:超过前分限而合者,再得他分限。应审察而取。然于某一注书中有言:“‘施与僧团,此为非时衣’等指定而施”句中,施与僧团时实无有犯,如“耳有秘密”等,此乃为显义而说。若谓是指其所得者?答:因“或从僧团生起”已成立,故成多余。又有人说:“有‘僧团将得衣,或众将得’等文句。”然我为令精通注解书,已书写一切,应善加思择而说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Khippameva kāretabbanti dasāhā kāretabba’’nti idaṃ pana pahonakabhāve purimasikkhāpadalakkhaṇenāti dīpetuṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘evaṃ sīghanti vā lahunti vā’’tiādinā avatvā ‘‘dasāhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Atthatakathinassa evaṃ hotu, anatthate pana kathine kathanti vutte anatthatassa paṭikkhepataṃ dassetīti vutto apassanto vighātaṃ āpajjatīti. Ekatiṃse aruṇuggamane nissaggiyanti mahantenapi paccāsācīvarena saha ghaṭitampi tabbhāvaṃ anupatitvā nissaggiyaṃ hoti sati pacchimappamāṇasambhave, asati na hoti, puna ghaṭite hoti, aññena ghaṭite na hoti. Chinnaṃ aññavatthu hoti. Pubbaparicchedaṃ atikkantaṃ ghaṭitaṃ puna aññaparicchedaṃ labhatīti eke, upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ. Aññatarasmiṃ gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘saṅghassa vā idaṃ akālacīvaranti uddissa dinna’nti ettha saṅghassa dinne āpatti nāma natthi, ‘sotassa raho’tiādīsu viya paduddhārena vuttaṃ, tassa lābhaṃ sandhāyāti ce? Saṅghato vā uppajjeyyāti anena siddhattā adhikamevā’’ti ca ‘‘saṅgho cīvarāni labhissati gaṇo vā’tiādināpi pāṭho atthī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade kosallatthaṃ pana mayā sabbaṃ likhitaṃ, suṭṭhu vicāretvā kathetabbaṃ.
4. 旧衣学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
503-505 “舍弃食事”指食事之决意。“食事决意之分别”为古师所传。其中,“名为汝”者,意谓“在汝所作之业中,当不应作时,汝反将清洗”;或作“彼名为汝”之义。“于二部僧中受具足戒者”,须知因其在比丘处受具足戒已被禁止,为遮防止其随之受戒,故作此说。关于“旧衣”,有谓“即使穿过一次、披过一次”,仅是表明旧的状态,故“衣者,即六种衣之一,堪行净施之最下者”之说在此并无依据。有说:堪行净施之最下者并非此处所指,唯堪穿着披覆者方为此处所指,因而对坐具、敷具仅说恶作,于此故未言及。有说:由提及种类与尺寸,凡令清洗任何旧布,皆成舍堕,故言“除衣之外,令清洗其他资具者无犯”。然即使令清洗已用、已污之袋,因其粗重及不适宜,亦为舍堕。故有说:在《断疑》中,此处并未对“衣”作出界定。应审慎思择,取较为合理者。“染后作净者,唯可穿着披覆已作净者,不可使用其他”,此说支持中部上座之主张,亦不获支持。“染后”等语,则为显示律仪轨而说,此是我之推断。如同于非亲族想非亲族一节,有三组四句;于疑、亲族等节亦然,共有九组四句。于此有问:洗一次后,放下清洗之责,复思“未洗净”而再洗,应是无犯。然而是否……显示巴利原文
503-505.Bhattavissagganti bhattakiccādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Bhattakiccādhiṭṭhānavibhāganti porāṇā. Tattha nāma tvanti tattha tayā katakamme evaṃ akattabbe sati dhovāpissasi nāma. Atha vā so nāma tvanti attho. Ubhatosaṅghe upasampannāti bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampadāya paṭikkhittattā tadanupasaṅgabhayā evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Purāṇacīvara’’nti ettha purāṇabhāvadīpanatthameva ‘‘sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti vacanassa okāso na jātoti eke. Yasmā vikappanupagapacchimaṃ idha nādhippetaṃ, nivāsanapārupanupagamevādhippetaṃ, teneva nisīdanapaccattharaṇe dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā na vuttanti eke. Jātippamāṇāvacanato yaṃ kiñci purāṇavatthaṃ dhovāpentassa nissaggiyameva, teneva ‘‘anāpatti cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dhovāpetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Thavikampi hi asucimakkhitaṃ paribhuttaṃ dhovāpeti, nissaggiyameva oḷārikattā, appatirūpattā ca. Teneva kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne cīvaraparicchedo na vuttoti eke, vicāretvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Rajitvā kappaṃ katvāti kappiyaṃ katameva nivāsetuṃ, pārupituṃ vā vaṭṭati, netara’’nti vuttaṃ. Iminā ca majjhimattheravādo upatthambhito hoti, nopatthambhito. Rajitvātiādi pana vinayavidhidassanatthaṃ vuttanti mama takko. Yathā aññātikāya aññātikasaññīvāre tīṇi catukkāni, evaṃ vematikañātikavāresu cāti nava catukkāni honti. Etthāha – ekavāraṃ dhovitvā dhovanesu dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā puna ‘‘duddhota’’nti maññamānā dhovati, anāpattiyā bhavitabbaṃ, dutiyavāraṃ avuttā dhovati nāma hotīti? Vuccate – sace bhikkhu ‘‘alaṃ ettāvatā dhotenā’’ti paṭikkhipati, puna dhovantī avuttā dhovati nāmāti yujjati. No ce, vuttāva hotīti veditabbaṃ. Bhikkhussa liṅgaparivattane ekatoupasampannāya vasena āpatti sākiyānīnaṃ viya.
506 “以一种理由”者,即以任何一种最初的理由。“依三组四句”是(古师的)读法。因于比丘众中以八语受具足戒的比丘尼众所周知,故不提及她,而说释迦族女,因其不为人所知。显示巴利原文
506.Ekenavatthunāti yena kenaci paṭhamena. ‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ catukkānaṃ vasenā’’ti pāṭho. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike aṭṭhavācikāya upasampannāya pākaṭattā taṃ avatvā sākiyāniyova vuttā apākaṭattā.
5. 受衣学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
508-510 “于未制学处”中,有写为“于离众学处”。有说于禁止住阿兰若学处未制,但言“彼说不善”。“以困苦”者,即以辛劳。显示巴利原文
508-510.Apaññatte sikkhāpadeti ettha ‘‘gaṇamhā ohīyanasikkhāpade’’ti likhitaṃ. Araññavāsīnisedhanasikkhāpade apaññatteti eke, ‘‘taṃ na sundara’’nti vadanti. Vihatthatāyāti āyāsena.
512 “近处”指十二肘的范围。《大护持》与《库伦达》中说:若说法比丘在夜间收到大众出于信心所施的众多衣服,当时谢绝;次日,他以净信心取用时知念:“这是居士们的信心布施”,如此则无过失;若他明知“其中也有比丘尼所施的”而取,则有罪。“以非心性”的意涵是:虽然知道其中有比丘尼所施之衣,但由于混杂在众多衣服中,并不知道具体哪一件是。若决意取作粪扫衣,即不作思惟“这衣服是否比丘尼所施”,只以“我取粪扫衣”之心取用,是可以的。《库伦达》等论著中的深意正在于此。有观点认为:“以非心性”一语,旨在遮止“无论如何皆可任取”的歧见。法喜长老则认为无需多作解释,言下之意,这般细说倒是枝蔓了。以上是关于限度与意趣的讨论:正如有人说“若为取作粪扫衣而放置的,即使原属比丘尼,不去刻意思惟,决意作粪扫衣而取用,是许可的”,同理,说法比丘的衣服,纵使有来自比丘尼的供奉,若不显露地知晓,也可取用。因此,在《大护持》与《库伦达》中提到的“以非心性”,若如此理解,便与不许受尼施衣之说有所不合。然而,这样的遮止唯独在行持“净信施”方式的取用时方得成立,否则前后便相互矛盾。此说并不恰当,因其与粪扫衣的情况并不等同。置于垃圾堆等处的粪扫衣,纵使由比丘尼放置,当时也并不归属于她所有。粪扫衣本无主人,为世间所共,他人同样可取。对于这件衣服,即便先前已确知是“比丘尼的衣物”,修行粪扫衣者亦可取用,因为取用之时,它已不再属于彼女。“决意作粪扫衣”,正是为了开显头陀行的精神。显示巴利原文
512.Upacāroti dvādasahattho. Mahāpaccariyaṃ, kurundiyañca vuttanti ettha rattibhāge dhammakathikassa bhikkhuno bahūsu cīvaresu mahājanena pasādadānavasena paṭikkhittesu punadivase ‘‘upāsakānaṃ pasādadānāni etānī’’ti suddhacittena gaṇhantassa doso natthi, ‘‘bhikkhunīhipi dinnāni idha santī’’ti ñatvā gaṇhato doso. Taṃ acittakabhāvenāti bhikkhunīhi dinnabhāvaṃ ñatvā bahūsu tassā cīvarassa ajānanenāti attho. Paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvāti ‘‘bhikkhunīhi nu kho dinnaṃ siyā’’ti avikappetvā ‘‘paṃsukūlaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti gaṇhantassa vaṭṭati. Kurundiādīsu vuttopi attho ayameva, ekaṃ, ‘‘acittakabhāvenā’’ti vacanena ‘‘yathā tathā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti uppathova paṭisedhitoti apare. Evaṃ dhammasiritthero na vadati, ujukameva vadatīti papañcitaṃ. Tasseva visayo, tassāyaṃ adhippāyo – yathā ‘‘paṃsukūlaṃ gaṇhissatīti ṭhapitaṃ kāmaṃ bhikkhunisantakampi avikappetvā paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tathā dhammakathikassa bhikkhuniyā dinnampi apaññāyamānaṃ vaṭṭatīti, tasmā taṃ vuttaṃ mahāpaccariyaṃ, kurundiyañca acittakabhāvena na sametīti. Paṭikkhepo pana vikappaggahaṇe eva ruhati. Aññathā pubbāparaṃ virujjhatīti. Taṃ na yuttaṃ paṃsukūlena asamānattā. Paṃsukūlabhāvena saṅkārakūṭādīsu ṭhapitaṃ bhikkhunīhi, na taṃ tassā santakaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ hoti. Assāmikañhi paṃsukūlaṃ sabbasādhāraṇañca, aññopi gahetuṃ labhati. Idaṃ pubbeva ‘‘bhikkhunīnaṃ cīvara’’nti jānitvāpi paṃsukūliko gahetuṃ labhati tadā tassā asantakattā. ‘‘Paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā’’ti sallekhakkamanidassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Maṃsaṃ dadantena tathāgatena sallekhato kappiyampi bhuttaṃ nissaggiyaṃ cīvaramāha yo maṃsaṃ kathanti sayamādiseyyāti.
若再追问:既然心念不执取为“归属彼女”,粪扫衣如何便可收取?答:因为那样的衣服,彼女并未行施舍,而比丘也并未自彼比丘尼接受。即使是一件无主之粪扫衣,若是从另一女子的手中接过,仍是不许可的,因为这会落入“若比丘从非亲里比丘尼受衣”所描述的过失相状之中。有解释说:若是非亲里比丘尼所属的衣物,而经由亲里人的手递与,收取是许可的。又如,从在学尼、沙弥尼等人手中受取,并无犯过;《断疑》中也说“从非亲里者之手取”是一构成支分。照此看来,若衣物属于亲里,而经在学尼、沙弥尼、优婆塞、优婆夷,乃至一般比丘、沙弥所有,再从非亲里比丘尼之手转来,比丘收取亦无过失,因为不具备前述的犯相。有人如是主张。于是有总结道:“有论师言:‘戒条不单说“接受一位受具足戒者之衣”,而是说“从其手接受,除交换外,犯恶作”,因此,纵使衣物属于非亲里,只要是从受具足戒者之手直接受取,便成恶作。’”以上两种见解,不应轻易执为定论,当审慎推求其背后的根本理据。显示巴利原文
Acittakattā kathaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vaṭṭatīti ce? Tāya tassa adinnattā, bhikkhunāpi tato bhikkhunito aggahitattā ca. Assāmikampi hi paṃsukūlaṃ aññissā hatthato gaṇhāti, na vaṭṭati ‘‘aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyyā’’ti vuttalakkhaṇasambhavato. Aññātikāya santakaṃ ñātikāya hatthato gaṇhāti, vaṭṭatīti eke. Yathā sikkhamānasāmaṇerādīnaṃ hatthato paṭiggaṇhantassa anāpatti, tathā kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyañca ‘‘aññātikāya hatthato gahaṇa’’nti (kaṅakhā. aṭṭha. cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) aṅgaṃ vuttaṃ. Tathā ñātikāya santakaṃ sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇeriyā, upāsakassa, upāsikāya, bhikkhussa, sāmaṇerassa santakaṃ aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato gaṇhantassa ca anāpatti evaṃ yathāvuttalakkhaṇāsambhavatoti eke, teneva ‘‘ekatoupasampannāya cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’ti avatvā ‘hatthato paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pārivattakā, āpatti dukkaṭassā’ti (pārā. 513) vuttaṃ, tasmā aññātikāya santakampi ekatoupasampannāya hatthato paṭiggaṇhantassa dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti, ubhopete na sārato daṭṭhabbā, kāraṇaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ.
514 更何况在袋、滤网等物件上呢?这是针对许多不可受持的资具而言。正因如此,《本母注》中才说:“在袋、滤网等不可受持的资具上。”或者,由于这些东西本身属于不可受持一类的资具,就像座垫的套子一样,同样是无可指摘的。难道布质滤水器就不算资具吗?它固然是资具,但据说因为它具有下裳等衣的形态,所以在此并不相宜。正因如此,在当前的语境下,唯有属于下裳等衣物,乃至可施与他人作净施的最下等布料,才被定为“衣”。在邻近过往时的用法中,能用以围系下体、遮覆身体的,才被确认为衣。既然这样,在《断疑》中,为什么不把“非资具性”作为第四项说出,而只说了“可施与他人作净施的最下等者”、“非以物交易者”和“从非亲里者之手接受”这三项呢?这并不需要说出来,因为在这一学处中,袋、滤网等资具并不算作衣。在初咖提那等戒条中,是以可做净施为标准;而在此处,则是以能否用于身体受用来作标准。既然在排除了“其他资具”之后,又说“任何袋、滤网等物件”,这说明即使是可作净施的袋、滤网等,也是可以接受的;而在提到“布质滤水器”时,由于有“衣,乃至可施与他人作净施的最下等者”这样的定说,所以布质滤水器恰是被当作衣,而非一般资具来看待的。有部分人说:“‘更何况呢’这样的结语,本身就是有力的证据。”由于不了知制戒,此事属无心;不依止于表面的物相;在《无碍解道》中。显示巴利原文
514.Ko pana vādo pattatthavikādīsūti anadhiṭṭhātabbesu bahūsu paṭalesu. Tenevāha mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pattatthavikādimhi anadhiṭṭhātabbaparikkhāre’’ti. Adhiṭṭhānupagesu vā tesaṃ parikkhārattā bhisichaviyā viya anāpatti. Kiṃ paṭaparissāvanaṃ parikkhāraṃ na hotīti? Hoti, kintu taṃ kira nivāsanādicīvarasaṇṭhānattā na vaṭṭati. Tasmā idha nivāsanādicīvarasādhanaṃ vikappanupagapacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ nāma. Anantarātīte nivāsanapārupanupagamevāti sanniṭṭhānaṃ. Evaṃ sante kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) kappanupagapacchimatā, pārivattakābhāvo, aññātikāya hatthato gahaṇanti tīṇeva aṅgāni avatvā aparikkhāratāti catutthamaṅgaṃ vattabbanti ce? Na vattabbaṃ, imasmiṃ sikkhāpade pattatthavikādiparikkhārassa acīvarasaṅkhyattā. Paṭhamakathinādīsu vikappanupagatā pamāṇaṃ, idha kāyaparibhogupagatāti. ‘‘Aññaṃ parikkhāra’’nti uddharitvā ‘‘pattatthavikādiṃ yaṃkiñcī’’ti vuttattā vikappanupagampi pattatthavikādiṃ gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati, ‘‘paṭaparissāvanampī’’ti vuttaṭṭhāne ca ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma vikappanupagapacchima’’nti vacanato paṭaparissāvanaṃ cīvarameva, na parikkhāraṃ. ‘‘Ko pana vādoti nigamanavacanampi sādhaka’’nti keci vadanti, paṇṇattiṃ ajānanato acittakaṃ, na vatthuṃ, ‘‘aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā santakabhāvājānanato, cīvarabhāvājānanato ca acittaka’’nti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
6. 向非亲戚乞求学处之解释显示巴利原文
6. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
515 “诸资具”一词是属格用作宾格。“单衣”是抽象中性名词,由“非亲戚,愚人”这一表述可知,虽然已被邀请,若不愿给予的非亲戚,依然处于未被邀请的境地。否则便与“被邀请者无罪”之文相违。显示巴利原文
515.Parikkhārānanti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Ekasāṭakanti bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ, ‘‘aññātako moghapurisā’’ti vacanena pavāritopi adātukāmo aññātako appavāritaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Aññathā ‘‘anāpatti pavāritāna’’nti iminā virujjhati.
517 “既不应乞求,也不应折断”是因为自己尚有未破损之衣,且对这些衣仍怀有期待。那么,此期待能保持多久呢?有些人说:至村落之间,至半由旬。有些人说:至见闻可及的范围。有些人说:至他人不见之时。有些人说:至期待断绝。有些人说:至寻找、折取、准备枝叶的时限。所有这些皆随宜合理。若问如何得知?据注疏说:“若不能获得上述种类的在家衣等,乃至坐垫套中的任何一件,便应以草或叶遮蔽而来。”显示巴利原文
517.Neva tāva viññāpetabbaṃ, na bhañjitabbanti anacchinnānaṃ cīvarānaṃ attano santakānaṃ atthitāya, tattha paccāsāsabbhāvato ca. Paccāsā kittakaṃ kālaṃ rakkhatīti? Yāva gāmantarā, yāva addhayojanāti eke. Yāva dassanasavanūpacārāti eke. Yāva aññe na passantīti eke. Yāva paccāsā chijjatīti eke. Yāva sākhāpalāsapariyesanabhañjanasajjanakālaparicchedāti eke. Idaṃ sabbaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ yujjati. Kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? ‘‘Sace pana etesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ gihivatthādīnaṃ bhisichavipariyantānaṃ kiñci na labbhati, tena tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabba’’nti aṭṭhakathāvacanato.
“不应立即给与上座们”的意思是:不应立即随自己的心意给与;当上座们说“贤友,请给”时,才应给与。有人说:“若如此,年少比丘也处于衣未破损之列,允许折断枝叶,否则不可。因为经中说‘或被任何人所破损’。”然而,导师这样说:“随自己的心意给与也是可以的。”因为注疏中说:“在‘或受用旧者’这一句中,应理解为:衣未破损者,自己以草叶遮蔽后,把衣给与戒师、依止师等,这同样被允许,是合理的。”若有人认为:只有在戒师等说“贤友,拿来”时才可,未说则不可。回答:并非如此。因为“或被任何人所破损”这一表述中,所提到的第一种情况与第二种情况之间没有差别,不能因为存有疑虑便加以禁止。若又问:既然如此,为什么说“不应立即给与上座们”呢?答:在为了上座们而正在折断枝叶的时候,不应给与;过后,这些枝叶原本是为上座们取的,把它们视为上座们所有,自己穿着之后,即使没有上座们的命令,随自己的心意也可以给与。由于世尊已经开许,故不犯坏生物戒的波逸提。至于说“以草或叶”,那是指如法的草叶而非不如法的吗?不然,因为这与“若不得,则绝不……恶作”的语句相违。这里,有些人认为:如果因为畏惧恶作,就应当违越波逸提的所缘事;如果得不到那个,也应当违越。但这并不妥当。显示巴利原文
Na tāva therānaṃ dātabbānīti na tāva attano ruciyā dātabbāni, yadā therā ‘‘dethāvuso’’ti vadanti, tadā dātabbāni. ‘‘Evaṃ sati daharāpi acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne tiṭṭhanti, sākhāpalāsaṃ bhañjituṃ vaṭṭati, na aññathā. ‘Yehi kehici vā acchinnaṃ hotī’ti hi vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Ācariyo pana evaṃ vadati ‘‘attano ruciyāpi dātuṃ labhantī’’ti. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vā’ti ettha ca ‘acchinnacīvarānaṃ ācariyupajjhāyādīnaṃ attanā tiṇapaṇṇehi paṭicchādetvā dinnacīvarampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’ti vattuṃ yujjatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Athāpi siyā ācariyādīhi ‘‘āharāvuso’’ti vutteyeva, nāvutteti, na, ‘‘kehici vā acchinna’’nti ettha vuttalesato dutiyalesassa avisesabhāvappasaṅgatoti. Atha kimatthaṃ ‘‘na tāva therānaṃ dātabbānī’’ti vuttanti ce? Yāva therānaṃ atthāya sākhāpalāsāni bhañjati, tāva na dātabbāni, tato tāni theruddissakāni sākhāpalāsāni sayaṃ paridahitvā vināpi therāṇattiyā attano ruciyā dātabbāni, bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ na hoti satthunāpi anuññātattā. ‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā’’ti hi vuttaṃ, taṃ kappiyameva sandhāya vuttanti ce? Na, ‘‘tadalābhe na tveva…pe… dukkaṭassā’’ti vacanavirodhato. Etthāha – dukkaṭabhayā pācittiyavatthu ce atikkamitabbaṃ, tadalābhe thullaccayavatthu saṅghikaṃ, tadalābhe pārājikavatthupi atikkamitabbaṃ siyāti? Na, pārājikassa lokavajjattā. Apica na sabbaṃ bhūtagāmaṃ pācittiyavatthumeva, tato dukkaṭādivatthupi atthi, anāpattivatthupi kālodisakaṃ, tasmā idaṃ tadā anāpattivatthukanti veditabbaṃ. Kittāvatā bhikkhu acchinnacīvaro naṭṭhacīvaro hotīti? Ettāvatā naggo hotīti eke. Vikappanupagapacchimabhāvena, vikappanupagapacchimamādiṃ katvā viññāpentassa āpattīti eke. Nivāsanapārupanupagābhāvenāti eke. Ticīvarābhāvenāti eke. Santaruttaraparamābhāvenāti eke. Ayaṃ ekevādo yutto ‘‘santaruttaraparamaṃ tato cīvaraṃ sāditabba’’nti hi vacanato, tasmā santaruttare sati vikappanupagapacchimaṃ viññāpentassa paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘viññāpetvā paṭilabheyya nissaggiya’’nti sikkhāpadena bhavitabbanti ce? Tanna, tadatthasiddhito nānatthattā dhātūnaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā hi ‘‘tikkhattuṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ abhiviññāpesī’’ti (pārā. 36) vutte pavattesīti attho, tathā idhāpi ‘‘cīvaraṃ viññāpeyyā’’ti viññattiyā pavatteyya uppādeyyāti attho.
“彼所穿着”即穿着那件衣。因得不到其他衣而一直受用,衣便自然旧损,并非以诡计令其旧损。“自己”一词说为“自己”是合理的,因此不以不正当的方式受用,而以正当的受用而使用时,所旧损的衣便称为“受用旧损”。其意是在同类衣尚未破损时,将衣施予他人,也属于正当的受用。据说法喜长老曾说:“这两种诡计,是教授诵经的导师们所主张。”显示巴利原文
Tena nivatthoti taṃnivattho. Aññassa alābhena tameva paribhuñjato jirati, na lesena. Attanāti sayameva vattuṃ yujjati, tasmā ayuttaparibhogena aparibhuñjitvā yuttaparibhogavasena paribhuñjato jiṇṇaṃ paribhogajiṇṇaṃ nāma. Tassa sabhāgānaṃ acchinnakāle dānampi yuttaparibhoge eva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Ime kira dve lesā aṭṭhakathāyo, vācentānaṃ ācariyānaṃ matanti dhammasiritthero āhā’’ti vuttaṃ.
521 “不得坐或卧”即不能随意舒适,这是它的意思。“为了他人之利”在此处也随顺“亲族与已邀请者”。为了谁的利益呢?就是为了那个他人。如同对于非亲族的三条舍堕,为了显示即使未受邀请也一样,所以说“亲族与已邀请者”。否则,单凭“对亲族作亲族想”的(不犯)条文即可成立,就不会恒常犯下其他罪。然而,这里执取“非亲族”就执取了“未邀请”,执取“未邀请”就执取了“非亲族”,因为非亲族就是未邀请者。同样,执取“亲族”就执取了“已邀请”,这并非在任何情况下都不成立;但并非执取“已邀请”就执取了“亲族”。为了显示此中意义的差别,所以说“亲族与已邀请者”。因为从非亲族比丘尼和未邀请者那里,除了以物交换而接受衣以外,都犯堕罪;但从亲族和已邀请者那里接受信施,则没有过失。因此,旧衣从亲族处接受无犯,而从已邀请者处接受则属于三条舍堕。再者,在亲族中,只有一部分可以施与旧衣,已邀请者则不可。三条的区分只从母题(根本)的条文产生,不因其他,而且在那当中也只由一条而定,不是由第二条等。应当了知这是律的法则。显示巴利原文
521.Nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā na labhatīti yathāsukhaṃ na labhatīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Aññassatthāyā’’ti etthāpi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti anuvattati eva. Atthāya kassa? Tasseva aññassa. Yathā aññātake tikapācittiyaṃ, tathā appavāritepīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Aññathā ‘‘ñātake ñātakasaññī’’ti iminā siddhattā na niccaṃ sesaṃ āpajjati. Apicettha aññātakaggahaṇena appavāritaggahaṇaṃ hoti , appavāritaggahaṇena aññātakaggahaṇaṃ, aññātakā hi appavāritā honti. Tathā ñātakaggahaṇena pavāritaggahaṇaṃ hoti, katthaci na hoti. Na pavāritaggahaṇena ñātakaggahaṇaṃ hotīti imassa atthavisesassa dassanatthaṃ ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā appavāritāya ca cīvaraṃ aññatra pārivattakā paṭiggaṇhantassa āpatti. Ñātikāya pana pavāritāya ca vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, anāpatti. Tathā purāṇacīvaraṃ ñātikāya anāpatti, pavāritāya pana tikapācittiyameva. Ñātakānañca ekaccānaṃ purāṇacīvaraṃ nāma dātuṃ vaṭṭati, na pavāritānaṃ. Tikacchedo ca mātikāpadeneva hoti, na aññena. Tatthāpi ekeneva, na dutiyādīhīti ayaṃ vinaye dhammatā veditabbā.
七、过限(衣)学处之解释显示巴利原文
7. Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
522-4 “持举堂或布展处”即展开布的地方。以手举起而站立,在堂中展开应展的布,这便是所责难的事。“唯以三衣”是指依律而持的三衣。比丘在作决意后,即使已放置的资具布等还存在,三衣也未破损时,唯可求取中衣或上衣(最上服)而受。否则,如果认为“决意三衣作为资具布而受用,在三衣破损时也可受取多件,不限于中上衣”,那就没有区别了。因此有人说:“这是对持三衣者的区别,不是对资具布者的区别。”但阿阇梨只这样说:“‘异’是指超过三衣,‘否则’是指从所说的受取限制而有所不同。”然而,如果三衣全部破损,应当取至中上衣;若破损两件或一件,为了显示这一点而说“否则”,有些人这样解释。对于结节处并没有考察,所以应当审慎而取。或是自然依中上衣而行,或是依有疑学处的同意,或是由于第三次不得而作。显示巴利原文
522-4.Paggāhikasālaṃvāti dussapasāraṃ vā. Hatthena paggahetvā ṭhatvā sālāyaṃ pasāretabbadussaṃ pasārentīti codanā. Ticīvarikenevāti vinayaticīvarikena. So hi adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitaparikkhāracoḷādīsu santesupi ticīvare acchinne santaruttaraparamaṃ viññāpetvā gahetuṃ labhati. Aññathāpīti ‘‘pamāṇikaṃ ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷavasena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjato tasmiṃ naṭṭhe bahūnipi gahetuṃ labhati, na santaruttaraparama’’nti ca, tasmā taṃ vibhāganti ‘‘ticīvarikassa taṃ vibhāganti attho, na parikkhāracoḷikassā’’ti ca keci vadanti. Ācariyo pana ‘‘aññenāti aticīvarikena, aññathāti ito vuttaggahaṇaparicchedato aññenā’’ti ettakameva vadati. Aññathāti pana sace tīṇipi naṭṭhāni, santaruttaraparamaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ, sace dve vā ekaṃ vā naṭṭhaṃ, tena ‘‘aññathāpī’’ti dassanatthaṃ vuttanti eke. Gaṇṭhipadesu vicāraṇā eva natthi, tasmā upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ. Pakatiyā santaruttarena carati, sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavasena vā taṃsammutivasena vā tatiyassa alābhena vā.
526 「唯以限量而适用」这句话,是为了显示节量而说。若对此产生错误执取,认为在亲族等处受取超过限量者也犯戒,那又如何呢?这并不符合经文,因为经中明确说「亲族与已邀请者无犯」。这里的「已邀请」,是指在衣期尚未中断之前便已邀请,而非衣期已中断之时。因为经中说「应说:以急施而邀请」,所以于衣期未中断时为了利益而邀请者,两者都成为未邀请,应当了知。他们以衣期未断为缘,称为施物坏失之缘。然而,犹如在背痛时开许那样,若从亲族已邀请处令其成为雨浴衣,便依该学处犯舍堕;同样道理,此处对于亲族已邀请者,以衣期未断而施物坏失之缘也不会适用。因此法喜长老说:「注释书中所言‘唯以限量而适用’一语,即是指限量」,这并不恰当。为什么呢?因为这条学处是为那些希求超过限量者而制定的;再者,此处的母题经文中提到「非亲族的居士或居士妇」,分别经文中提到「非亲族者、母系……未结交」,无犯分中又提到「亲族与已邀请者」,所以它与这三处经文都不契合,这是不合适的。因此,有其他论师说:那仅仅是以节量之意而说。然而,在之后的迦那母学处注释书中说「由于为他们准备了路粮资具,所以唯以限量而适用」,在该处并未说「不符合经文」。在此处与彼处,我看不出差别,因此长老的见解在我认为似乎是善说,应当加以审察。由此可知,此学处只是在为他人求取的这件事上制定的,所以此处没有说出「为了他人……」这样的语句。显示巴利原文
526.‘‘Pamāṇamevavaṭṭatī’’ti sallekhadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ micchā gahetvā ñātakādiṭṭhāne taduttari gaṇhantassa āpattīti ce? Taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti, ‘‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti hi pāḷi. Ettha ca pavāritā nāma acchinnakālato pubbe eva pavāritā, na acchinnakāle. ‘‘Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti hi vuttaṃ, tasmā yo acchinnakālassatthāya pavāreti, ubhopi appavāritā evāti veditabbā. Te hi acchinnakāraṇā naṭṭhakāraṇāva denti nāma. Apica yathā piṭṭhisamaye satuppādaṃ katvā ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato vassikasāṭikaṃ nipphādentassa tena sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ, tathā idhāpi ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānepi acchinnanaṭṭhakāraṇā na vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘‘aṭṭhakathāsu pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’ti vuttavacanameva pamāṇa’’nti dhammasiritthero āha, taṃ ayuttaṃ, kasmā? Yasmā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ taduttari viññāpentassa paññattaṃ, tasmiñca ‘‘aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā’’ti mātikāya pāḷi, vibhaṅge ca ‘‘aññātako nāma mātito vā…pe… asambaddho’’ti pāḷi, anāpattivāre ca ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti pāḷi, tasmā tividhāyapi pāḷiyā na sametīti ayuttameva, tasmā kevalaṃ sallekhameva sandhāya vuttanti apare. Upari kāṇamātāsikkhāpade aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘tesampi pātheyyapaheṇakatthāya paṭiyattato pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, na pana ‘‘pāḷiyā na sametī’’ti vuttaṃ, na tattha ca idha ca nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati , tasmā therassa laddhi sundarā viya mama khāyati, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti na vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sesaṃ uttānatthamevā’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Aññassatthāyā’’ti nidānavirodhato na vuttaṃ. Tathāpi anantare vuttanayena labbhatīti ācariyo. Evarūpesu gahapatipaṭisaṃyuttasikkhāpadesu kiñcāpi ‘‘gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi pañca sahadhammike ṭhapetvā avasesā ca sikkhāpaccakkhātako ca titthiyo ca veditabbo.
八、第一预备材学处之解释显示巴利原文
8. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
527-8 「即有心」是这个意思。读作「meyyā」时,其义为「mayhaṃ(我的)」。所谓「这些非易」,也可读作「这些的不易」。注释书写道:「他难以覆盖这些」的意思。由于有「先前未被邀请」这句话,因此即使在那时已被邀请者,也成未被邀请。显示巴利原文
527-8. Api hoti cittanti attho. Meyyāti pāṭhassa mayhanti attho. Na ime sukarā, ‘‘na imesaṃ sukarā’’ti vā pāṭho. ‘‘Tassa na imesaṃ sukarā acchādetunti attho’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Pubbe appavārito’’ti vacanato tasmiṃ khaṇe pavāritopi appavāritova hotīti.
九、第二预备材学处之解释显示巴利原文
9. Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
532 第二个预备筹量有什么作用呢?并无作用。它只是依于事由而制定的,就如同比丘尼的屏处坐戒一样。若如此,那么即使没有它,其目的也已达成,因为(制定学处的)自在权并不在僧团,也未被允许随意安立,因此它不应被安立。正如世尊所说:「阿难,僧团若愿意……可以废除微细的学处。」(长部2.216)但这种种说法其实都没有根据。因为诸佛绝不说无意义之语,更何况是学处?因此注释书中说:「由于它类似于此处的随增制」等。而随增制并非无意义,此预备筹量也类似随增制,故并非无意义,这已经表明了。既然如此,那么这里有什么差别呢?所以论中说:「在第一学处中,是对一人造成困扰;在第二学处中,是对两人造成困扰,这就是此处的差别。」通过这种义理上的差别,还显示了什么额外的意义呢?在《古义疏》中一开始便说:「即使在同一个事由中,也可以对两人造成困扰,这显示了额外的意义。」由此表明:不仅是根据所得衣的数量来计罪,也是根据被困扰者所计数的事由来计罪。显示巴利原文
532. Dutiyaupakkhaṭena kiṃpayojananti? Natthi, kevalaṃ aṭṭhuppattivasena paññattaṃ bhikkhuniyā rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ viya. Evaṃ sante tanti anāropetabbaṃ bhaveyya vināpi tena tadatthasiddhito, anissarattā, anāropetuṃ anuññātattā ca. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho…pe… samūhaneyyā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216). Idaṃ sabbamakāraṇaṃ. Na hi buddhā appayojanaṃ vācaṃ nicchārenti, pageva sikkhāpadaṃ, tenevāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tañhi imassa anupaññattisadisa’’ntiādi. Anupaññatti ca nippayojanā natthi, taṃsadisañcetaṃ, na nippayojananti dassitaṃ hoti, evaṃ sante ko panettha visesoti? Tato āha ‘‘paṭhamasikkhāpade ekassa pīḷā katā, dutiye dvinnaṃ, ayamettha viseso’’ti. Iminā atthavisesena ko panañño atirekattho dassitoti? Porāṇagaṇṭhipade tāva vuttaṃ ‘‘ekasmimpi vatthusmiṃ ubhinnaṃ pīḷā kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti ayamatirekattho dassito’’ti. Tenetaṃ dīpeti ‘‘na kevalaṃ paṭiladdhacīvaragaṇanāyeva āpattigaṇanā, pīḷitapuggalasaṅkhātavatthugaṇanāyapī’’ti.
于此,有偈颂云:显示巴利原文
Honti cettha –
依事由与数目故,罪可有多种;
为显示此义故,此处乃有第二预备。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vatthuto gaṇanāyāpi, siyā āpatti nekatā; Iti sandassanatthañca, dutiyūpakkhaṭaṃ idha. ‘‘Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāya, vibhaṅge viya kintetaṃ; Ekitthiyāpi nekatā, āpattīnaṃ payogato’’ti.
再者,应当了知,此学处意在一切同类学处中,作为应当掌握的决断方法之示范。又说:显示巴利原文
Apicetaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ taṃjātikesu sikkhāpadesu sabbesupi gahetabbavinicchayassa nayadassanappayojananti veditabbaṃ. Āha ca –
因为并非亲属,人数众多,彼此混杂,
罪的情况也是数量众多、相互混杂;
这是为了阐明如是等种种方式的生起可能。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aññātikāya bahutāya vimissatāya, Āpattiyāpi bahutā ca vimissatā ca; Iccevamādividhisambhavadassanatthaṃ, Satthā upakkhaṭamidaṃ dutiyaṃ avocā’’ti.
对此,以意趣为导的简略审察如下:一位比丘让两位或多位比丘尼洗一件旧衣,依比丘尼的人数计算波逸提。同样,两人或多人共有一件衣,除了以物交换而接受外,这里也同此理;若向两人或多人乞求一件共有之衣,依被乞求者的人数计算罪。在其他类似的学处中也应如此类推。这是关于“多数”的方法。关于“混合”:让亲戚与非亲戚一同洗一件衣,若同时完成,犯波逸提。若亲戚先稍洗而停下,随后非亲戚将其洗净,则犯尼萨耆。若非亲戚先洗,而后亲戚将其洗净,由于是非亲戚的劳作,比丘唯犯恶作。对非亲戚与亲戚,若作非亲戚想、有疑、或作亲戚想而令其洗,当知依前说方式有尼萨耆、恶作等罪的差别计算。同样,接受属于非亲戚与亲戚两人的衣,当两人一同给与时,或仅从非亲戚手中接受时,犯尼萨耆。若从亲戚接受,则无犯。若对两者作非亲戚等想,应知依前述有尼萨耆、恶作等罪的差别计算。同样,在向非亲戚乞衣的学处等中,也应尽可能类推。这是关于“混合”的方法。以“等”字则含摄:对多位非亲戚,依被乞求者与未被乞求者的人数计算,有恶作;若一人给、一人不给,犯尼萨耆。若未被乞显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepato adhippāyapubbaṅgamā vicāraṇā – purāṇacīvaraṃ ekameva bhikkhu bhikkhunīhi dvīhi, bahūhi vā dhovāpeti, bhikkhunigaṇanāya pācittiyagaṇanā, tathā dvinnaṃ, bahūnaṃ vā sādhāraṇaṃ ekameva cīvaraṃ aññatra pārivattakā paṭiggaṇhāti, idhāpi tathā dvinnaṃ, bahūnaṃ vā sādhāraṇamekaṃ viññāpeti, viññattapuggalagaṇanāya āpattigaṇanā. Tathā aññesupi evarūpesu sikkhāpadesu nayo netabbo. Ayaṃ tāva bahutāya nayo. Missatāya pana ñātikāya, aññātikāya ca ekaṃ dhovāpeti, ekato niṭṭhāpane ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Atha ñātikā paṭhamaṃ thokaṃ dhovitvā ṭhitā, puna aññātikā sudhotaṃ karoti, nissaggiyaṃ. Atha aññātikā paṭhamaṃ dhovati, pacchā ñātikā sudhotaṃ karoti, aññātikāya payogavasena bhikkhuno dukkaṭameva. Aññātikāya ca ñātikāya ca aññātikasaññī, vematiko, ñātikasaññī vā dhovāpeti, yathāvuttanayena nissaggiyadukkaṭādiāpattibhedagaṇanā veditabbā. Tathā aññātikāya ca ñātikāya ca santakaṃ cīvaraṃ ubhohi ekato diyyamānaṃ paṭiggaṇhantassa , aññātikāya eva hatthato paṭiggaṇhantassa ca nissaggiyameva. Atha ñātikāya anāpatti. Atha ubhosu aññātikādisaññī vuttanayeneva nissaggiyadukkaṭādiāpattibhedagaṇanā veditabbā. Tathā aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadesupi yathāsambhavaṃ nayo netabbo. Ayaṃ missatāya nayo. Ādi-saddena pana aneke aññātikā viññattāviññattapuggalagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Eko deti, eko na deti, nissaggiyaṃ. Atha aviññatto deti, na nissaggiyaṃ. Atha viññattāviññattānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ viññatto deti, nissaggiyameva. Ubho denti, nissaggiyameva. Aviññatto deti, nissaggiyena anāpatti. Viññattassa vacanena aviññatto deti, anāpatti eva. Tathā upakkhaṭādīsupi yathāsambhavaṃ nayo netabbo.
10. 王学处的解释显示巴利原文
10. Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
537 “贤友,我们不接受衣资……乃至……适时如法。”这是依照先前已制定的“不受金银学处”而说的。否则,具寿乌巴难达若连一块用来买肉的钱币都用手接受,又怎会不接受价值更大的衣资呢?虽然如此,因这事与衣有关,结集者便将它编入衣品。显示巴利原文
537.‘‘Nakho mayaṃ, āvuso, cīvaracetāpannaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma…pe… kālena kappiya’’nti ito pubbe eva rūpiyapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadassa paññattattā vuttaṃ. Aññathā āyasmā upanando maṃsassa cetāpannaṃ ekampi kahāpaṇaṃ hatthena paṭiggaṇhanto tato mahantataraṃ cīvaracetāpannaṃ kathaṃ na paṭiggaṇhissati, evaṃ santepi cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttattā cīvaravagge saṅgāyiṃsūti.
538-9 有人说:“既然说了‘破坏来意’,难道就不能再举罪了吗?”有人认为:“来意已无实义,他将得不到衣,因为那只是出于招待而为。”有人说:“这是说,它不具备举罪的特征。”又有人说:“他来说‘我站着举罪’,却破坏了那个立场;他做了一件,或者三件都做了,或者只做了一件——因为原文用的是单数。”也有人说:“他破坏了三处立场。”优波提舍长老则说:“他并非破坏举罪等,而是想举罪的人做了不应做的事,因此在言语过失上犯恶作。”法喜长老却说:“如果他坐在座位上,是以一次坐下破坏两处立场;如果他接受食物,是以一次接受破坏两处立场;如果他说法,则依说法学处所定的限量,以一句话破坏两处立场——这是就此而说的。”当说到“于何处”时,便如同在说“应到我跟前来”。因此说:“但文句不合。”那是居士们吩咐的。不认可根本,是指在根本不具如法性的情况下不认可。而且那是用心,不是用口。如果这样说了,他示现不如法,因此心里想着不如法,口中却如法地说“请给我衣”,这是不行的。在获得时,依接受金银学处犯戒。显示巴利原文
538-9. ‘‘Āgatakāraṇaṃ bhañjatī’’ti vuttattā nanu puna codetuṃ na labhatīti eke. Āgamanassa sātthakaṃ na hoti, cīvaraṃ na labhissati paṭisanthārassa katattāti eke. Codanālakkhaṇaṃ na hotīti katvā vuttanti eke. ‘‘Ṭhatvā codemī’’ti āgato taṃ ṭhānaṃ bhañjati, karoti cekaṃ, tīṇipi ce karoti, ekameva, ekavacanattāti eke. Tīṇi ṭhānāni bhañjatīti eke. Upatissatthero ‘‘na codanādiṃ bhañjati, codetukāmo akattabbaṃ akāsi, tena vattabhede dukkaṭa’’nti vadati. Dhammasiritthero pana ‘‘āsane ce nisīdati, ekāya nisajjāya dve ṭhānāni bhañjati. Āmisaṃ ce paṭiggaṇhāti, ekena paṭiggahena dve ṭhānāni bhañjati. Dhammaṃ ce bhāsati, dhammadesanasikkhāpade vuttaparicchedāya ekāya vācāya dve ṭhānāni bhañjati, taṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti vadati. ‘‘Yatthā’’ti vutte attano eva santikaṃ gantabbanti vuttaṃ viya hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘byañjanaṃ pana na sametī’’ti. Upāsakehi āṇattā taṃ. Mūlaṃ asādiyantenāti mūlassa akappiyabhāve sati asādiyantena. Tañca kho cittena , na mukhena. Sace evaṃ vutte akappiyaṃ dassetīti katvā cittena akappiyaṃ icchantova mukhena kappiyaṃ niddisati ‘‘cīvaraṃ me dethā’’ti, na vaṭṭati. Paṭilābhe rūpiyapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadena āpatti.
于此有这样的辨析:即使心中认可,如果口中用如法的言辞说:“用价值一迦哈波那或一波陀的如法物品,给我拿这个和那个来。”虽然他心里指的是金钱,这也是允许的。为什么呢?因为有人说:“若指某块能长庄稼的地而说‘我们给界场’,这是可以的”;又说:“若有人说‘给精舍’,不可拒绝。”然而,在《无碍解道》中说:“若为僧团而说‘给精舍’,所施之物并非重物,可以接受供水、说‘善哉’并随喜。为什么呢?因为僧团没有‘精舍’之名,而田地才有‘界场’之名;心所缘的对象是无量的,唯有如法的言辞才是标准。因为他说的是如法之物,所以与‘诸比丘,我说无论如何都不应认可、不应寻求金银’的说法并不相违。由于如法言辞的缘故,施主自己会知道该怎么做;从意图上说,施主了知此意图后,放在净人手中的物品即属比丘所有。”这一切都不合理。为什么呢?因为“界场”“精舍”的说法是施主的话,而这里是以比丘的话为标准。因此他说:“如果有人说‘我把我的湖或池布施给僧团’,比丘说‘善哉,居士,僧团将饮水’等语后,是可以受用的。”显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – cittena sādiyantopi mukhena kappiyavohārena ce voharati ‘‘kahāpaṇārahena, pādārahena vā kappiyabhaṇḍena idañcidañca āharā’’ti. Kiñcāpi rūpiyaṃ sandhāya vadati, vaṭṭati eva. Kasmā? Kañci sassuṭṭhānakaṃ bhūmipadesaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sīmaṃ demāti vadanti, vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato, ‘‘vihārassa demā’’ti vutte ‘‘paṭikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato ca. Anugaṇṭhipade pana vuttaṃ ‘‘saṅghaṃ sandhāya ‘vihārassa demā’ti dinnaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ na hoti, dakkhiṇodakaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ, ‘sādhū’ti ca vattuṃ, anumodetuñca vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Saṅghassa ‘vihāro’ti nāmābhāvato, khettasseva ‘sīmā’ti nāmabhāvato ca, cittena ārammaṇaṃ kataṃ appamāṇaṃ, kappiyavohārova pamāṇaṃ. Kappiyamevācikkhitattā ‘na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī’ti (mahāva. 299) vacanenapi na virujjhati. Kappiyavacanapaccayā dāyako sayameva kattabbayuttakaṃ jānissatīti adhippāyato dāyakena etassa adhippāyaṃ ñatvā kappiyakārakassa hatthe ṭhapitaṃ bhikkhussa santakameva hotī’’ti. Idaṃ sabbamayuttaṃ, kasmā? Sīmāvihāravacanassa dāyakavacanattā. Idha ca bhikkhuno vacanaṃ pamāṇaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘athāpi ‘mama taḷākaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā saṅghassa dammī’ti vutte ‘sādhu, upāsaka, saṅgho pānīyaṃ pivissatī’tiādīni vatvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati evā’’ti. Aññathā khettaṃ sandhāya bhikkhuno khettapaṭibaddhavacanāni sīmāvacanena kappantīti āpajjati. Avihārassa ca bhikkhussa rūpiyaṃ dassetvā ‘‘idaṃ vihārassa dammī’’ti vutte attano atthāya diyyamānaṃ jānantenāpi taṃ appaṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Tathā kahāpaṇārahādino akappiyabhaṇḍabhāvaṃ, kahāpaṇādibhāvameva vā jānantameva sandhāya tathāvoharantassa ca anāpattīti āpajjati. ‘‘Na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyenā’’ti nippadesato vuttattā na sakkā lesaṃ oḍḍetunti no takko, vicāretvā pana gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘No ce icchati, na kathetabba’’nti vacanato yathāvuttasāmiciyā akaraṇe anāpatti dukkaṭassāti dasseti.
从“应如对非亲里、未邀请者那样行事”这句话可知,如果连上述正当方式都不做便促成其事,则应按向非亲里乞求学处治罪。净人自己主动提醒而给与,这是可以的。他们还说:“只有自己亲手做才被禁止。”关于“钵食等……乃至……此法同理”,此处有人说是恶作,这不妥当;因为“即使在施与者中”的“即使”一词已将其包含在内,故是舍堕。又有人分别说:“若僧团认可金银,是恶作。”由于未特别说明,所以显示这只是波逸提。有人说:“‘即是尼萨耆’——这可能在‘乃至’学处中成立。”这应审察。从“因为对任何其他人……乃至……在《大护持》中说”这句话可知,即使是为了最低限度的利益乃至父母的利益而接受,也是恶作。显示巴利原文
‘‘Aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabba’’nti vacanato yathāvuttasāmicimpi na katvā ce nipphādeti, aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena kāretabboti dasseti. Kappiyakārakā sayameva codetvā denti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Sayaṃ karaṇameva paṭikkhitta’’nti ca vadanti. Piṇḍapātādīnaṃ…pe… eseva nayoti ettha ‘‘dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ, dadantesupīti api-saddena saṅgahitattā nissaggiyapācittiyameva. Jātarūparajataṃ ‘‘saṅghe sādite dukkaṭa’’nti ca vikappenti. Taṃ visesetvā navuttattā pācittiyamevāti dasseti. ‘‘Nissaggiyamevāti yevāpanakasikkhāpadesu siyā’’ti vadanti, upaparikkhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Yassa kassaci hi aññassa…pe… mahāpaccariyaṃ vutta’’nti vacanato apabbajitānaṃ antamaso mātāpitūnampi atthāya sampaṭicchantassa dukkaṭamevāti dasseti.
所谓“于一切处接受”,其特征正是“或学习,或令人学习,或接受存放之物”,如此所说。尽管如此,有些情况下应拒绝,有些情况下不应拒绝,有些被拒绝后仍可接受,有些未被拒绝的则可接受;为了显示这一切,才展开了“然而如果”的详细说明。其中,由“塔庙的……不适宜”这句话,确立了未被拒绝而施予精舍之物是可以接受的。同样,即使对长老说“我们给母亲”等,在接受时也犯波逸提罪。这里所说的“有罪者”,是依什么罪而有罪呢?有些人说是恶作罪。其实并非依任何特定罪,只是因为在不当场合指责,才说为“有罪者”。怎么说呢?在“诸比丘,具足五支的共住弟子应予摈出……摈出者无过犯”中,对不如法行持者不予摈出,则说了恶作。如说:“诸比丘,不如法行持者不应不摈出,若不摈出,犯恶作。”因此,即使没有极度的喜爱等,不予摈出者也未见有罪。又说“是有过犯者”。应当这样看待此事的成立。如果有人说:“注释书中说‘是有过犯者就是有过失者,犯戒’,所以这不合理。”并非如此,因为紧接着正是为了破除这种邪执,所以依“不如法行持者应被摈出”之说,才定为无罪者。显示巴利原文
Sabbattha sampaṭicchanaṃ nāma ‘‘uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyyavā upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyeyyā’’ti evaṃ vuttalakkhaṇameva. Evaṃ santepi katthaci paṭikkhipitabbaṃ, katthaci na paṭikkhipitabbaṃ, katthaci paṭikkhittaṃ sādituṃ vaṭṭati, evaṃ appaṭikkhittaṃ kiñci vaṭṭati, idaṃ sabbampi dassetuṃ ‘‘sace panā’’ti vitthāro āraddho. Tattha ‘‘cetiyassa…pe… na vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato appaṭikkhittaṃ vihārassa dinnaṃ sādituṃ vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. Tathā therassa ‘‘mātuyā demā’’tiādinā vuttepi paṭiggahaṇe āpatti pācittiyameva. Sāpattiko hotīti ettha kāya āpattiyā sāpattiko hotīti? Dukkaṭāpattiyāti eke. Na yāya kāyaci, kevalaṃ aṭṭhāne codetīti katvā ‘‘sāpattiko’’ti vuttaṃ. Yathā kathanti? ‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo…pe… paṇāmento anatisāro’’ti (mahāva. 68) ettha na sammāvattantaṃyeva apaṇāmentassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo, yo na paṇāmeyya, āpattidukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 68), tasmā adhimattapemādiabhāvepi apaṇāmentassa anāpatti dissati. Apica ‘‘sātisāro hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāya ‘‘sātisāro hotīti sadoso hoti, āpattiṃ āpajjatī’’ti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 68) vuttattā na yuttanti ce? Na, tadanantarameva taṃmicchāgāhanivattanatthaṃ, tasmā ‘‘na sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo’’ti vuttattā anāpattikā katāti. Dukkaṭāpatti hotīti ācariyo, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Kappiyabhaṇḍampi akappiyamevāti taḷākato nipphannadhaññena parivattetvā laddhaṃ gorasampi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
即使在如法的称呼中,我们也将说明方法,即“以水的缘故”等。“难以受用”这一句,与后文“那对他是不如法的。为何?因为谷物已被处理”不相类似,因此说得善巧。因为这是从比丘最初以方便令其生起时,就与不如法之物混合了。未曾有过的新谷物,名为“新谷”。若站在打谷场守护,或以“不要拿这个或这么多,这个可以拿”或“从这里移开,在这里堆成堆”等方便守护,那是不如法的。若心想“我站在这里就是守护”而守护,或看见有人拿取时说“你们在做什么”,这样说则是适宜的,这是合理的。因为在接受金银学处中说过:“应关门而住以守护”。那对他是不如法的。为何?因为未曾有过之物未被令其生起。然而,在下面说“种了谷物后拿来”是不适宜的。对于树叶,也是同样的道理。说“对于自然自己种植者,由于激发其勤勉”。为何?因为“金钱已被处理”这句话,更不用说已被令其生起,这已成立。如果施主们,或为僧团购买村落、田地、园林等而持有金钱的人们,或那里的家主们说:“这些是带给僧团的金钱”,只应说“不适宜”这么多。如果净人们说,则应说:“金钱对僧团不适宜,酥油等才适宜”,因此,说了“请告诉僧团的净人或安全之处”后,由他们办成的东西,由于不应由任何人经手,而说“用这个拿酥油来”,处理并完成之后,对于其他人则是如法的,如同后面钵的四分中的第四个钵。因为那里说过:“‘拿了这些钱,给这个’这样给钱后拿来的,这个钵只对那位比丘不适宜,因为处理不当,但对其他人则适宜,因为未接受根本。”如果这样,那对所有人都不如法。为何?因为金钱已被处理。若说此说不善?并非如此,因为这是针对接受根本之处而说,如同钵的四分中的第二、第三个钵,因此才在自作章节中说“只应说‘不适宜’这么多”。此后,即名为接受根本。显示巴利原文
Kappiyavohārepi vidhānaṃ vakkhāma, seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘udakavasenā’’tiādi. Dubbinibbhogaṃ hotīti idaṃ parato ‘‘tasseva akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Dhaññassa vicāritattā’’ti iminā asadisaṃ, tasmā suvuttaṃ. Idañhi bhikkhussa payogavasena ādito paṭṭhāya uppannena missanti. Akatapubbaṃ navasassaṃ nāma. Khale vā ṭhatvā rakkhatīti ‘‘idaṃ vā ettakaṃ vā mā gaṇha, idaṃ gahetuṃ labbhatī’’ti vā ‘‘ito apanehi, idha puñjaṃ karohī’’ti evamādinā vā payogena ce rakkhati, taṃ akappiyaṃ. ‘‘Sace ‘mayiṭhite rakkhitaṃ hotī’ti rakkhati, gaṇhante vā passitvā ‘kiṃ karothā’ti, bhaṇati vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. Rūpiyapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpade ‘‘dvāraṃ pidahitvā rakkhantena vasitabba’’nti hi vuttaṃ. Tasseva taṃ akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Apubbassa anuppāditattā. Heṭṭhā ‘‘sassaṃ katvā āharathā’’ti vattuṃ pana na vaṭṭatīti. Paṇṇepi eseva nayo. ‘‘Pakatiyā sayameva karontānaṃ ussāhajananato’’ti vuttaṃ. Kasmā? ‘‘Kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattā’’ti vacanato, pageva uṭṭhāpitattāti siddhaṃ hoti. Sace dāyakā vā saṅghassa gāmakhettārāmādiṃ keṇiyā gahitamanussā vā tattha kuṭumbino ‘‘ime saṅghassa kahāpaṇā āhaṭā’’ti vadanti, ‘‘na kappatī’’ti ettakameva vattabbaṃ. Kappiyakārakāva ce vadanti, ‘‘saṅghassa kahāpaṇā na kappanti, sappiādīni vaṭṭantī’’ti vattabbaṃ, tasmā ‘‘saṅghassa kappiyakārake vā guttaṭṭhānaṃ vā ācikkhathā’’ti vatvā tehi sampāditaṃ kenaci akattabbatāya ‘‘iminā sappiṃ āharāhī’’ti vicāreti niṭṭhāpetvā itaresaṃ kappiyaṃ parato pattacatukke catutthapatto viya. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘ime kahāpaṇe gahetvā imaṃ dehī’ti kahāpaṇe dāpetvā gahito, ayaṃ patto etasseva bhikkhuno na vaṭṭati, dubbicāritattā, aññesaṃ pana vaṭṭati, mūlassa asampaṭicchitattā’’tiādi. Yadi evaṃ sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattāti. Idaṃ duvuttanti ce? Na, mūlassa sampaṭicchitaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya imassa vuttattā pattacatukke dutiyatatiyapattā viya, teneva vuttaṃ sayaṃkārivāre ‘‘na kappatī’’ti ettakameva vattabba’nti. Tato paraṃ mūlaṃ sampaṭicchati nāma.
由于所应学处范围广大,此为国王学处;
犹如国王的心意,难以测知;或因意念的动机,亦复如是。
显示巴利原文 Mahāvisayasikkhattā, rājasikkhāpadaṃ idaṃ; Rañño viya duviññeyyaṃ, cittādhippāyatopi vā.
二、蚕丝品显示巴利原文
2. Kosiyavaggo
一、蚕丝学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
542 542. “蚕丝制造者”:此处,那些因作茧而被称为“作茧者”的昆虫,从茧中所出之物,名为蚕丝。若是自己所作,在舍出时应说:“自作者,应舍出”。若是两者共作,则依文而说。自己与他人未完成而由自己完成等四种情况,虽可能存在,但此处未显。这是律的常法:在显示一支乃至三支、四支之后,其余可能存在的情况便不再说。显示巴利原文
542.Kosiyakārakoti ettha kosaṃ karontīti ‘‘kosakārā’’ti laddhavohārānaṃ pāṇakānaṃ kosato nibbattaṃ kosiyaṃ nāma. Attanā kataṃ ce? Nissajjanakāle ‘‘sayaṃ kataṃ nissaggiya’’nti vattabbaṃ. Ubhohi ce kataṃ, yathāpāṭhameva vattabbaṃ. Attanā ca parehi ca vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpetītiādicatukkampi sambhavantaṃ na dassitaṃ. Vinayadhammatā hesā, yadidaṃ ekasmiṃ tike vā catukke vā dassite itaraṃ sambhavantampi na vuccatīti.
二、纯黑学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
547 纯黑者:在此,如同在初篇中所说“即使混杂一根蚕丝”,由于此处未说“即使不以任何其他丝混合”,故应知:即使有其他丝混合,只要其形色不显现,便被称为“纯黑”。显示巴利原文
547.Suddhakāḷakānanti ettha yathā paṭhame ‘‘ekenapi kosiyaṃsunā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathā idha ‘‘ekenapi aññena amissetvā’’ti vacanābhāvato aññehi missabhāve satipi apaññāyamānarūpakaṃ ‘‘suddhakāḷaka’’micceva vuccatīti veditabbaṃ.
三、二分学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
552 “应持两秤而取”之说,意谓:如同持秤时黑毛不超出限量,应以最高限度为标准,取黑毛两分之量。何以知之?由禁止纯黑毛之因缘可知。第三为白毛,第四为杂色毛,此为最低限度。然而在《本母注释》中说:“即使一根黑毛超出,亦犯舍堕。”此说虽与持秤之义不合,但因此学处非属有心所犯,故其意旨为:先前持秤放置后,若有一根毛落于其上,即犯舍堕——此非我等之推论。否则不应取两秤,而应取较少之秤。盖持秤非为计数毛数。若为计数,则应计数而行,持秤又有何用?有人如是说。又有人说:“于杂色、白色中,仅将一根加倍而取,是可行的。”因注释中未加审察,故应探究。显示巴利原文
552. ‘‘Dhārayitvā dve tulā ādātabbā’’ti vacanato yathā tulādhāraṇāya kāḷakā adhikā na honti, tathā kāḷakānaṃ dve bhāvā gahetabbā ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena. Kathaṃ paññāyatīti? Suddhakāḷakapaṭisedhananidānena. Tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānanti heṭṭhimaparicchedo. Mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘ekassapi kāḷakalomassa atirekabhāve nissaggiya’’nti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ, taṃ tulādhāraṇāya kiñcāpi na sameti, acittakattā pana sikkhāpadassa pubbe tulāya dhārayitvā ṭhapitesu ekampi lomaṃ tattha pateyya nissaggiyanti adhippāyoti no takko. Aññathā dve tulā nādātabbā, ūnakatarā ādātabbā siyuṃ. Na hi lomaṃ gaṇetvā tulādhāraṇā karīyati. Atha gaṇetvāva kātabbaṃ. Kiṃ tulādhāraṇāya payojananti keci. ‘‘Gocariyaodātesu ekameva diguṇaṃ katvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ avicāritattā vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
4. 六年学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
562 新者,谓依制作而言——此显示从制作之时起计算年数。“或作已”之语,显示从完成之日起算。“应持”之语,则显示从受用之时起算。因已得许可者,于其所到之处,六年之内所作者虽多,故所谓“另一新者”,是指从制作而言为另一,还是从持用而言为另一?于此,若从制作而言为另一,则于他们之中,任一恶作或受用已旧者,皆可重新制作,且此即使无旧敷具之善逝搩手,亦因未被禁止而包含在内。然若从制作而言为另一者已被禁止,而此是先前所作,即与其次之学处相违。若从持用而言为另一,则许可便成无用,其意旨是否为:若初作而未受用者,虽有余许可,亦不得另作新者?于此,有决定示例如下:应从完成之日起算,以每六年为一期限。其中,于第七年到来时,六年已满。此乃依月份之期限,非依年份之期限。于第七年中,有满与不满之年,故若未完成者满六年,则从完成之日起,复得六年。且无论已受用或未受用,皆名为持用。因已宣说“新者,谓依制作而言”,故六年之后,若将彼先前之作,因恶作性或受用旧坏而拆解重作,则从完成之日起,应持至多六年,或更久。若于期间。显示巴利原文
562.Navaṃnāma karaṇaṃ upādāyāti idaṃ ādikaraṇato paṭṭhāya vassagaṇanaṃ dīpeti. Karitvā vāti vacanaṃ niṭṭhānadivasato paṭṭhāyāti dīpeti. Dhāretabbanti vacanaṃ pana paribhogato paṭṭhāyāti dīpeti, yasmā laddhasammutikassa gatagataṭṭhāne channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ oratova katāni bahūnipi honti, tasmā aññaṃ navanti kiṃ katato aññaṃ, udāhu dhāritato aññanti? Kiñcettha yadi katato aññaṃ, tesu aññataraṃ dukkataṃ vā paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vā puna kātuṃ vaṭṭati, tañca kho vināpi purāṇasanthatassa sugatavidatthiṃ appaṭisiddhapariyāpannattā. Katato hi aññaṃ paṭisiddhaṃ, idañca pubbakatanti tato anantarasikkhāpadavirodho hoti. Atha dhāritato aññaṃ nāma, sammuti niratthikā āpajjati, paṭhamakataṃ ce aparibhuttaṃ, satiyāpi sammutiyā aññaṃ navaṃ na vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo? Tatridaṃ sanniṭṭhānanidassanaṃ – niṭṭhānadivasato paṭṭhāya channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ paricchedo veditabbo. Tattha ca sattame vasse sampatte chabbassāni paripuṇṇāni honti. Tañca kho māsaparicchedavasena, na vassaparicchedavasena. Sattame paripuṇṇañca ūnakañca vassaṃ nāma, tasmā vippakatasseva sace chabbassāni pūrenti, puna niṭṭhānadivasato paṭṭhāya chabbassāni labhanti. Tañca kho paribhuttaṃ vā hotu aparibhuttaṃ vā, dhāritameva nāma. Yasmā ‘‘navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā channaṃ vassānaṃ parato tameva pubbakataṃ dukkatabhāvena, paribhogajiṇṇatāya vā vijaṭetvā puna karoti, niṭṭhānadivasato paṭṭhāya chabbassaparamatā dhāretabbaṃ, atirekaṃ vā. Anto ce karoti, tadeva aññaṃ navaṃ nāma hoti karaṇaṃ upādāya, tasmā nissaggiyaṃ. Aññathā ‘‘navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāyā’’ti iminā na koci viseso atthi. Evaṃ sante kiṃ hoti? Aṭṭhuppattīti. ‘‘Yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharantī’’ti hi tattha vuttaṃ, tañca aññassa karaṇaṃ dīpeti. Yadi evaṃ taṃ nibbisesameva āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati. Ayaṃ panassa viseso, yasmā ‘‘aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, anāpattī’’ti vuttattho visesoti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti ? ‘‘Navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccatī’’ti vutte atirekacīvarassa uppatti viya paṭilābhenassa uppatti navatā āpajjati. Tato paṭiladdhadivasato paṭṭhāya chabbassaparamatā dhāretabbaṃ. Orena ce channaṃ vassānaṃ…pe… kārāpeyya, nissaggiyanti āpajjati, tasmā navaṃ nāma karaṇameva upādāya vuccati, na paṭilābhaṃ. Orena channaṃ vassānaṃ attano anuppannattā ‘‘nava’’nti saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ, appaṭiladdhaṃ ce kārāpeyya, yathā lābho, tathā kareyya vā kārāpeyya vāti ca na hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, anāpattīti visesoti.
5. 坐敷具学处注释显示巴利原文
5. Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
565 这里的“Nāssudha koci”,“assudha”是表限定意义的不变词。虽然经中用了“evaṃ bhante”等复数说法,但它的意思是:那些比丘回应世尊之后,在那些比丘当中,除了唯一一位之外,没有任何人前往世尊处。这一点很容易理解,就如《大品》(337)中所说:“尊者,我请世尊一日……”等,以及“我允许……让他们随意来见我”,正是为了见面的目的而前来。显示巴利原文
565.Nāssudha kocīti ettha assudha-iti avadhāraṇatthe nipāto. Tattha kiñcāpi ‘‘evaṃ bhanteti kho te bhikkhū’’ti bahuvacanaṃ vuttaṃ, tathāpi te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā idha tesu bhikkhūsu koci bhagavantaṃ nāssudha upasaṅkamati aññatra ekenāti attho gahetabbo. Taṃ suggāhaṃ ekāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ varantiādīsu (mahāva. 337) viya, anujānāmi…pe… yathāsukhaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamantūti dassanatthāya upasaṅkamantu.
566-7 “我们称具寿优波西那……”,是因为他是该团体的首领。所有头陀支都是依阿兰若住者、常乞食者、粪扫衣者而说的。因此,注释书中说:“在敷具上生起第四衣想。”如果问:难道他们所有人都不了解什么是衣吗?——且随它去。什么是衣?即六种衣中的任何一种,属于下品的可作分配的衣。又问:这衣是有纬线的,还是无纬线的?答:是有纬线的。问:以何种线为依?答:他确实不见那条线;凡是缝制的布料、神通所成者和天授者,皆不成立为衣。如此,如果我说无纬线的也算,那么敷具上的衣想便基于羊毛制的共通性,以羊毛头(即羊毛敷具)而得以成立。然而,他们是否决意了敷具?——他们错误地决意了,因为那并非衣,而且敷具是不可决意的。若未决意,那么他们先前已对那个处所生起了非衣之想,因此,那里既非决意,也非衣想,这两者并不相合。问:难道这不可决意吗?答:此处正是这样说的;而且,如果这是不可分配的,它就不成为衣;否则,仅凭“衣名为六种衣中的任何一种”就已经成立,不必再说“下品的可分配的衣”。如果连不可分配的也立为衣,那么既不可决意又不可分配的,合在一起也可称为“衣”了。因此,注释书说:“对于三衣持有者,现前的……”显示巴利原文
566-7. ‘‘Mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ upasena’’nti tassa gaṇapāmokkhattā vuttaṃ. Āraññikapiṇḍapātikapaṃsukūlikavasena sabbāni vuttāni. Tenevāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘santhate catutthacīvarasaññitāyā’’ti. Kiṃ sabbepi te cīvaraṃ na bujjhantīti ce? Yathā hotu. Katamaṃ cīvaraṃ nāmāti? Channaṃ aññataraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimanti. Kiñca vāyimaṃ avāyimanti? Vāyimamevāti. Katarasuttenāti? Addhā so suttameva na passati, siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ, iddhimayikañca devadattiyañca acīvaraṃ karoti. Yadi evaṃ avāyimampīti vadāmīti. Evaṃ sante siddhā santhate cīvarasaññitā kambalasīsena uṇṇāmayasāmaññato. Kiṃ pana te santhataṃ adhiṭṭhahiṃsūti? Duṭṭhu adhiṭṭhahiṃsu acīvarattā, na adhiṭṭhānupagattā ca santhatassa. Atha nādhiṭṭhahiṃsu, pubbeva tattha acīvarasaññino eteti katvā tattha cīvarasaññitāya tadubhayaṃ na yujjatīti. Kiṃ panetaṃ adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ natthīti? Tatthevāgataṃ , apicetaṃ avikappanupagaṃ ce, cīvaraṃ na hoti, aññathā ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññatara’’nti ettāvatā siddhaṃ ‘‘vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti na vattabbaṃ. Atha na vikappanupagampi cīvarameva siddhaṃ, anadhiṭṭhānupagaṃ , avikappanupagañca ekajjhaṃ ‘‘cīvara’’nti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tenevāha ‘‘tecīvarikassa catutthacīvaraṃ vattamānaṃ aṃsakāsāvameva vaṭṭatī’’ti.
而且,在敷具上生起衣想,不仅限于他们,对其他人也同样适用,因为经中说:“旧敷具,是指穿过一次、披过一次的。”然而,注释书作者通过阐明其非衣性,来显示所说的意义。“穿过、披过”,这是指坐着和躺着的意思。再者,即使如此,在敷具上生起衣想仍然适用。因为在《犍度》(《大品》358)中说:“坐具应决意,不应分配”,在《附随》(《附随》329)中说:“九种衣应决意”,在坐具学处中说:“有缘的(坐具)以搩手量”,在此处说:“坐具,是指有缘的”,在注释书中说:“铺开类似敷具之物,在一端以善逝搩手量的搩手量之处,于两处割开,作成三缘,以此缘而称为有缘”,又说:“坐具应依所说的方法决意,而且那是符合尺寸的、仅一个,两个是不合适的。”因此,坐具名为九种衣中的另一种衣,应决意,且那是类似敷具的、以羊毛制成的特殊敷具,这已成立。同样,坐具即是坐具敷具,这也成立。在《古义疏》中说:“仅一个。”在此成立时,敷具上的衣想便成立,这是意义所在。为何?因为敷具的共通性。显示巴利原文
Apica santhate cīvarasaññitā na kevalaṃ tesaṃyeva, aññesampi anubandhati eva ‘‘purāṇasanthataṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampī’’ti vacanato. Aṭṭhakathācariyo panassa acīvarataṃ sandhāyabhāsitatthadīpanena dīpeti. Nivatthapārutanti etesaṃ nisinnañceva nipannañcāti attho. Apica evaṃ santepi santhate cīvarasaññitā anubandhati eva. Khandhake (mahāva. 358) hi ‘‘nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti ca, parivāre (pari. 329) ‘‘nava cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbānī’’ti ca nisīdanasikkhāpade ‘‘dasā vidatthī’’ti ca idha ‘‘nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyañcassa ‘‘santhatasadisaṃ santharitvā ekasmiṃ ante sugatavidatthiyā vidatthimattapadese dvīsu ṭhānesu phāletvā tisso dasā karīyanti, tāhi dasāhi sadasaṃ nāma vuccatī’’ti ca ‘‘nisīdanaṃ vuttanayena adhiṭṭhātabbameva, tañca kho pamāṇayuttaṃ ekameva, dve na vaṭṭantī’’ti ca vuttaṃ, tasmā nisīdanaṃ nāma navannaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, tañca santhatasadisaṃ eḷakalomamayasanthatavisesanti siddhaṃ, tathā nisīdanameva nisīdanasanthatañca siddhaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ca ‘‘ekamevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmiṃ siddhe siddhā santhate cīvarasaññitāti attho. Kasmā? Santhatasāmaññato.
于此,有人问:为什么那无缘的敷具不归入衣的一类?即使有多件、未作决意、尺寸较大,也是许可的;而唯有缘的敷具才归入衣类,因此它也可作决意。因为属于非敷具的范畴,且在六年之内无需另行许可,而且那是在舍弃旧的之后,并非未舍弃,因为经中说:“那是符合尺寸的、仅做一个,两个便不合适”(《波罗夷注释》2.469)。若又认为:敷具仅为坐卧而作,坐具则是非敷具,那也未必一定,因为经中说:“旧敷具,是指穿过一次、披过一次的。”回答:此处不应寻求理由,因为律制并无其他领域。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – kathaṃ adasameva santhataṃ cīvarasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Anekampi anadhiṭṭhitampi mahantampi vaṭṭati, yato sadasameva santhataṃ cīvarasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tato adhiṭṭhānañca upagacchatīti. Asanthatapariyāpannattā orena ca channaṃ vassānaṃ vināpi sammutiṃ, tañca porāṇaṃ vissajjetvā eva, na avissajjetvā ‘‘tañca kho pamāṇayuttaṃ ekameva, dve na vaṭṭantī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.469) vacanatoti. Athāpi siyā santhataṃ sayanatthameva karīyati, nisīdanaṃ asanthatamevāti. Tañca na niyamato ‘‘purāṇasanthataṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthaṃ sakiṃ pārutampī’’ti vuttattāti. Ettha vuccati, na ettha kāraṇaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ vinayapaññattiyā anaññavisayattā.
然而,关于敷具的非衣性,有如此的理据:最初,义注中说:“三种敷具在作了羯磨、获得之后,便不可受用”,因此它们是不如法的,此点已成立。而世尊允许了亚麻等六种衣,因此绢衣是如法的,此点也已成立。如此,则纯绢衣也成了如法衣,更不必说与绢混合的敷具衣了,这便会招致过失。同样,羊毛衣也被允许,它也有纯黑色的,更不必说与白色、牛色相混合的敷具衣了,这也会招致过失。由此便产生矛盾,因此敷具并不是衣。然而坐具却是,因为它有尺寸、形状的规定。于此,有些阿阇梨说:“坐具有两种:敷具与非敷具。其中,敷具就是敷具本身;非敷具是亚麻等六种,或是随顺于此者。这就是它们的差别。”显示巴利原文
Santhatassa pana acīvarabhāve ayaṃ yutti – ādito ‘‘tīṇi santhatāni pana vinayakammaṃ katvā paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭantī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato tāni akappiyānīti siddhaṃ, bhagavatā ca khomādīni cha anuññātānīti koseyyaṃ kappiyanti siddhaṃ. Evaṃ sante suddhakoseyyampi cīvaraṃ kappiyaṃ jātaṃ, pageva kosiyamissakasanthatacīvaranti āpajjati. Tathā kambalañca anuññātaṃ, tañca suddhikampi hoti jātikāḷakabhāvena, pageva odātagocariyamissakasanthatacīvaranti āpajjati. Tato ca aññamaññavirodho, tasmā na santhataṃ cīvaraṃ nāma hoti, nisīdanaṃ pana hoti tassa pamāṇasaṇṭhānaparicchedasambhavato. Etthāhu keci ācariyā ‘‘duvidhaṃ nisīdanaṃ santhataṃ, asanthatañca. Tattha santhataṃ santhatameva. Asanthataṃ khomādichabbidhaṃ, tadanulomaṃ vā hoti, ayametesaṃ viseso’’ti.
于此,有人问:为何在此不制定“比丘,敷具……”的学处,而制立“坐具敷具”呢?答:为了显示那些敷具由于生起衣想而被舍离,它们具有非衣的性质,所以如此制立。因此,那些比丘因害怕破坏头陀支而舍弃了它们,并受持了全部十三头陀支,但仅依首领所见而说了三种。世尊允许了他们的敷具,于是他们这样想:“这坐具衣形状的坐具敷具,我们尚不被允许,更不用说作为第四衣的已作敷具了。”因此,他们便不会对敷具生起衣想;为此目的,世尊制定了“坐具敷具”,这便是意图所在。若问:“最后两种是合适的”,如何得知?答:因为经中说:“无犯,若获得他人所作而受用。”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – kasmā panettha ‘‘santhataṃ pana bhikkhunā’’ti sikkhāpadaṃ apaññāpetvā ‘‘nisīdanasanthata’’nti paññattanti? Cīvarasaññitāya santhatānaṃ ujjhitattā tesaṃ acīvarabhāvadassanatthaṃ tathā paññattanti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmā te bhikkhū dhutaṅgabhedabhayā tāni ujjhitvā terasāpi dhutaṅgāni samādiyiṃsu, sīsadassanavasena tīṇeva vuttāni, bhagavā ca tesaṃ santhataṃ anujāni, tato nesaṃ evaṃ hoti ‘‘nisīdanacīvarasaṇṭhānampetaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ no anuññātaṃ, catutthacīvarabhāvena pageva katasanthataṃ vā’’ti. Tato santhate nesaṃ cīvarasaññitā na bhavissatīti tadatthaṃ bhagavatā nisīdanasanthatanti paññattanti adhippāyo. ‘‘Pacchimāni dve vaṭṭantī’’ti kathaṃ paññāyatīti ce? ‘‘Anāpatti aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī’’ti vacanatoti.
6. 羊毛学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
572-3 “已踏上长途道路者”:此句显示,对于原本已踏上长途道路的比丘,即使羊毛在途中产生,也最多只能携带三由旬,更何况未踏上道路者。或者,从语法关联来说,是“对已踏上长途道路者而言,犯舍堕”。正因如此,对于以居住为目的、出行意欲已止息,从而被称为“未踏上道路者”,则无罪。在此义理分别中,应了知这样的语法构造:“若比丘获得羊毛……乃至……在没有搬运者的情况下,对已踏上长途道路者,犯舍堕波逸提。”“若比丘有意接受”:这显示只有对自己所有的羊毛,在超过三由旬时才有罪。由此成立:若非有意接受,而携带属于他人、已被接受的羊毛超过三由旬,则无罪。这一义理已由“比丘获得”和“得到被剪下的”等语句阐明。在《古结文》中说:“若使其他比丘搬运而行,两人皆无罪。因此,若两位比丘行至最多三由旬后,互相交换物品而携带,则无罪成立。” 正因如此,在无犯条款中说“使他人搬运”。使谁搬运?了知者或不了知者。在此,若使了知者搬运,则不能不加简别地说“若仅放置而心想‘他人将搬运’,即使由那人搬运也必有罪”,因为有些了知者也会去搬运。如此便与注释书相违。显示巴利原文
572-3.Addhānamaggappaṭipannassāti iminā pakatiyā dīghamaggappaṭipannassa uppannānipi tiyojanaparamameva haritabbāni, pageva appaṭipannassāti dasseti. Addhānamaggappaṭipannassa nissaggiyanti vā sambandho. Teneva vāsādhippāyassa paṭippassaddhagamanussāhattā ‘‘appaṭipanno’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gatassa anāpattīti siddhā. Imasmiṃ atthavikappe hi bhikkhuno paneva eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyuṃ…pe… asantepi hārake addhānaṃ maggappaṭipannassa nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti yojanā veditabbā. Ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbānīti attano santakānaṃyeva tiyojanātikkame āpattiṃ dasseti. Tena anākaṅkhamānena parasantakāni paṭiggahitāni atirekatiyojanaṃ harantassa anāpatti siddhā. Ayamattho ‘‘bhikkhuno uppajjeyyu’’nti iminā, ‘‘acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvā’’ti iminā ca dīpitova hotīti. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ca ‘‘aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ harāpento gacchati ce, dvinnaṃ anāpattīti vuttaṃ, tasmā dve bhikkhū tiyojanaparamaṃ patvā aññamaññassa bhaṇḍaṃ parivattetvā ce haranti, anāpattīti siddhaṃ, teneva anāpattivāre ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiṃ harāpeti? Jānantaṃ ajānantaṃ. Kiñcettha yadi jānantaṃ, ‘‘añño harissatīti ṭhapeti, tena haritepi āpattiyevā’’ti ekaṃsato na vattabbaṃ. Jānantopi hi ekacco haratīti. Tato aṭṭhakathāya virujjhati. Atha ajānantaṃ, ‘‘aññassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassa pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyānī’’ti pāḷiyā virujjhati, atha ubhopi ekato ekaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ harāpenti, tampi nissaggiyaṃ siyā. Anissaggiyanti yuttiyā virujjhati ‘‘tiyojanaparamaṃ sahatthā haritabbāni asante hārake’’ti avisesena ca pāḷi vuttā. Hārakopi sacetano acetanoti duvidho. Sacetanopi eḷakalomabhāvaṃ vā ‘‘ahamidaṃ harāmī’’ti vā ‘‘maṃ esa idaṃ harāpetī’’ti vā jānanājānanavasena duvidho hoti. Tattha acetano nāma hārako nadīsoto vā nāvā vā assāmikayānaṃ vā hoti. Sacetano pākaṭova. Tattha ‘‘maṃ esa idaṃ harāpetī’’ti ettakaṃ jānantaṃ manussaṃ vā tiracchānagataṃ vā aññaṃ harāpeti, anāpattīti anugaṇṭhipadanayo. Ayaṃ pāḷiyā, aṭṭhakathāya ca ekaraso vinicchayo, ‘‘asante hārake’’ti kiñcāpi idaṃ avisesato vuttaṃ, ‘‘aññassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassā’’ti vacanato pana sacetanova hārako tattha adhippetoti paññāyati, so ca eḷakalomabhāvañca ‘‘idaṃ harāmī’’ti ca jānanto nādhippeto. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘añño harissatīti ṭhapeti, tena haritepi āpattiyevā’’tiādi. Tattha hetukattuno abhāvatova. Pāḷiyañhi ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti hetukattuvasena vuttā . Itare dve jānantā idha sambhavanti. ‘‘Ajānantassa pakkhipitvā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘esa harāpetī’’ti vā ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamāpetī’’ti vā jānantassa yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkamāpeti, na nissaggiyā hontīti dīpeti.
“使搬运”一词,用以成立“主因作者”这一说法。因此,注释书中“仅对物主不了知者”这句话,是针对那不了知“他让我搬运此物”的人而说。“令移动、催促、使跟随”这句话,则是针对那了知“他让我越过此地”的人而说。因为不了知者,即使被以移动等方式对待,也不会越过所在之处,或者不会跟随。若不经由移动等方式,而是自己随意越过,则比丘必定有罪,因为此时“主因作者”的身份不成立。显示巴利原文
‘‘Harāpetī’’ti idaṃ hetukattuvacanataṃ sādheti, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sāmikassa ajānantassevā’’ti idaṃ ‘‘maṃ esa harāpetī’’ti evaṃ ajānantaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sāreti codeti anubandhāpetī’’ti idaṃ ‘‘maṃ esa idaṃ ṭhānaṃ atikkamāpetī’’ti evaṃ jānantaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ajānantopi sāraṇādīhi ṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ nātikkamati, na vā anubandhati. Atha sāraṇādīhi anatikkamitvā attano ruciyā atikkamati āpatti eva bhikkhuno hetukattubhāvāsambhavato.
现在,我们将从当前所立足处开始解说。“在没有搬运者时”:这是第一种含义——即便因得不到搬运者而自行携带,已是舍堕,何况有搬运者而不令其搬运呢。若取“api”字作限定义,则是第二种含义:只有在没有搬运者时自行携带才是舍堕,若有搬运者而不使其搬运,则不是舍堕。“从僧团……乃至……或以自己的财物”:以此显示,虽然此学处并非唯依心所造,但只有当比丘自己有意从僧团等处接受羊毛后,在超过三由旬时才有罪;若不了知、或未接受、或羊毛附着于衣物等任何地方而越过,则无罪。在《随结文》中说:“若卧于毛毯上而行,即使有一根羊毛附着于衣物,也必有罪,因为已从毛毯脱离。” 这是合理的,因为毛毯已被接受,且是随自己的意愿而接受的。由于《无犯条款》中说“对已制成品无罪”,所以那些物品,即使数量众多,也属于已成品的范畴。因为以此(接受),所取的是成品,而非羊毛。再者,若羊毛未被执取,这里的已制成品则是指难以从中分离出羊毛的成品。如此,在未制成品的情形应示出三波逸提,在已成品的各种情形中应依理示出三恶作,否则便与三(波逸提)的显示相违。“因有出行意欲”:即出行之意欲尚未止息。“且因非唯依心所造”:显示巴利原文
Idāni yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya vakkhāma, ‘‘asantepi hārake’’ti hārakālābhapaccayāpi sayaṃ haraṇato nissaggiyameva, pageva sati hāraketi ayameko attho. Avadhāraṇatthaṃ api-saddaṃ gahetvā asante eva hārake nissaggiyaṃ, sati pana hārake na tena harāpentassa nissaggiyanti ayaṃ dutiyo attho. ‘‘Saṅghato vā…pe… attano vā dhanenā’’ti iminā kiñcāpi acittakamidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, saṅghādito pana attanā ākaṅkhamānena paṭiggahitasseva eḷakalomassa tiyojanātikkame āpatti, na ajānato appaṭiggahitassa cīvarādīsu kutoci laggassa atikkamaneti dīpeti. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘kambalassa upari nipajjitvā gacchantassa sace ekampi lomaṃ cīvare laggaṃ hoti, āpatti eva kambalato vijaṭitattā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ kambalassa paṭiggahitattā attano icchāya paṭiggahitameva hotīti yuttaṃ. Yasmā ‘‘anāpatti katabhaṇḍe’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā taṃ anekampi katabhaṇḍaṭṭhāniyameva hoti. Tañhi anena paṭiggahitaṃ, na lomaṃ. Atha lomampi aggahitameva hoti, katabhaṇḍaṃ dupparihāriyalomavinibbhogakatabhaṇḍo niyamo. Evaṃ sante akatabhaṇḍe tikapācittiyaṃ, katabhaṇḍe tikadukkaṭañca nayato dassetabbaṃ bhaveyya, aññathā tikassa dassitattā. Saussāhattāti appaṭippassaddhagamanattā. Acittakattā cāti bhikkhuno ussāhānurūpaṃ lomānaṃ tiyojanātikkamanato vināpi payogacittena haraṇacittena āpajjati evāti adhippāyo. Sā anāpatti pāḷiyā na sametīti anto pana payogena tiyojanaparamaṃ atikkamitattā anāpatti. ‘‘Tiyojanaṃ haratī’’ti iminā tiyojanaṃ padasā netukāmopi antotiyojane pade pade dukkaṭaṃ nāpajjatīti dasseti, taṃ yuttaṃ ‘‘tiyojanaṃ vāsādhippāyo gantvā tato paraṃ haratī’ti vacanassatthitāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Punapi vuttaṃ ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetīti ‘idaṃ harissāmī’ti saussāhameva aññaṃ harāpetīti attho. Itarathā gacchantassa sīse ṭhapesi, tasmiṃ ajānantepi anāpatti siyā’’ti. Sace pana ‘‘agacchante yāne vā’’tiādinā nayena vuttattā haraṇādīhi janitaussāhānaṃ hatthiādīnaṃ ‘idaṃ karissāmā’ti vā ‘harissāmā’ti vā ābhoge janite eva anāpatti, na ajaniteti upatissatthero āhā’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Parivattetvā ṭhapiteti dvinnampi bahi nikkhipitattāti upatissatthero. Bahisīmāya ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍikaṃ anto antosīmāyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ bahi karoto anāpattīti keci, na sundaraṃ viya.
575 「获得后拿取」意指从第一由旬之后拿取,而非从第二由旬等开始。若物品已完成制作,则无违犯之机,故无罪。显示巴利原文
575.Paṭilabhitvā haratīti paṭhamatiyojanato paraṃ harati, na dutiyāditoti attho. Katabhaṇḍe uppannokāsābhāvā anāpatti.
7. 羊毛洗涤学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
581 虽然在旧衣洗涤学处无罪条款中,世尊曾开许除衣之外,「令洗其他资具」为无罪,但对此有不同观点。有说:此学处自制定时起,便已涵盖以洗羊毛等方式犯下之罪。有说:所述无罪仅是从根本罪角度而言,并非依此学处而说。还有说:因羊毛非资具,故唯独不取已完成制作的物品方为无罪,此说有所缺失。为阐明最后这一理路,于是有了如下问答:——「令洗」一语,是不加限定地涵盖除垢与解结等取用行为,还是有所限定地指取用行为?于此,若是不加限定之语,则于一切处皆应只说「令洗」而非其他。若是有所限定之语,则与「未受用而洗,令洗未受用者」的判例产生矛盾。若说「未受用而染、解结,舍堕」,岂非同样非理?实际上,世尊言教悉皆随宜开示,某处说三字,某处说一字,这些皆属不加限定之语。若认为与「令洗已完成制作之物」有矛盾,那么「令解结已完成制作之物,无罪」岂非同样非理?然而实则无罪。何以故?对未完成制作之纯羊毛的解结行为,当依此学处判罪。若谓「以水等洗涤方式聚积一处而住之物的解结是否可得」,则对旧毯之解结应成无罪,但依「令洗未受用者」之文,此说不当。因此,令洗已受用者、令染、令解结,此三事皆为舍堕,此理已得成立。而此所谓已受用者,即名已完成制作之物。因为羊毛本身不可能被受用,若执此说,则「令洗已受用者」一语即成无义。显示巴利原文
581. Kiñcāpi purāṇacīvaradhovanasikkhāpade cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dhovāpetī’’ti (pārā. 507) anāpattivāre vuttaṃ. Imassa pana sikkhāpadassa uppannakālato paṭṭhāya eḷakalomadhovāpanādinā āpattīti eke. Sā vā anāpatti mūlāpattito eva, na imamhāti eke. Eḷakalomānaṃ aparikkhārattā bhaṭṭhaṃ aggahaṇamevāti eke. Imassa antimanayassa atthappakāsanatthaṃ idaṃ pañhākammaṃ – ‘‘dhovāpetī’’ti idaṃ rajāpanavijaṭāpanaggahaṇena nippadesavācipadaṃ, udāhu aggahaṇena sappadesavācipadaṃ. Kiñcettha yadi nippadesavācipadaṃ, sabbattha idameva vattabbaṃ, na itarāni. Atha sappadesavācipadaṃ, ‘‘avuttā dhovati, aparibhuttaṃ dhovāpetī’’ti ettha virodho. ‘‘Avuttā rajati vijaṭeti, nissaggiya’’nti aniṭṭhappasaṅgatoti? Desanāvilāsamattaṃ bhagavato vacanaṃ, katthaci tikapadavacanaṃ, katthaci ekapadavacanaṃ, nippadesapadameva te vadantīti. Sace ‘‘katabhaṇḍaṃ dhovāpetī’’ti ettha paṭivirodho, ‘‘katabhaṇḍaṃ vijaṭāpeti, anāpattī’’ti aniṭṭhappasaṅgato anāpatti evāti ce? Na, akatabhaṇḍassa suddhalomassa vijaṭāpanaṃ ito vā dātabbaṃ. Udakādidhovanavasena piṇḍetvā ṭhitānaṃ vijaṭāpanaṃ labbhatīti ce? Purāṇasanthatassa vijaṭāpane anāpattiyā bhavitabbaṃ, na ca taṃ yuttaṃ ‘‘aparibhuttaṃ dhovāpetī’’ti vacanato. Tena paribhuttaṃ dhovāpeti rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyamevāti siddhaṃ hoti, tañca paribhuttaṃ nāma katabhaṇḍameva hoti. Na hi sakkā eḷakalomāni paribhuñjituṃ, aññathā ‘‘paribhuttaṃ dhovāpetī’’ti vacanaṃ niratthakaṃ hoti. Na hi ettha ‘‘purāṇāni eḷakalomāni dhovāpeyya vā’’ti vacanaṃ atthi purāṇacīvarasikkhāpade viya. Tattha ādinnakappavasena, idha taṃ likhitaṃ. Lekhadosoti ce? Na, visesahetuno abhāvā, purāṇacīvarasikkhāpade aparibhuttaṃ katabhaṇḍaṃ nāma, ‘‘kambalakojavasanthatādi’’nti vacanato ca. Kiñcāpi iminā saddena ayamattho siddho, ‘‘dhovāpetī’’ti idaṃ pana siyā nippadesaṃ. Siyā sappadesaṃ. Tañhi ‘‘avuttā dhovatī’’tiādīsu nippadesaṃ. ‘‘Katabhaṇḍaṃ dhovāpetī’’ti ettha sappadesaṃ. ‘‘Akatabhaṇḍaṃ dhovāpeti rajāpeti, anāpattī’’ti ‘‘vijaṭāpeti, anāpattī’’ti vacanappamāṇato anāpatti evāti ce? Na, vacanappamāṇato eva āpattīti āpajjanato. ‘‘Aparibhuttaṃ dhovāpetī’’ti vacanameva hi taṃ aparibhuttaṃ santhataṃ vijaṭāpentassa anāpattīti dīpeti ce? Siddhaṃ paribhuttaṃ vijaṭāpentassa āpatti evāti.
8. 金银学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Rūpiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
583-4 「一切」即指三种。关于「真珠、摩尼珠、琉璃、螺贝」等,虽然在王学处中,为遮止而随缘提及「不允许」;然而从相状上,为显示其罪,即便在其自属的学处中,也是可以开许宣说的。此是何义?真珠等自有其当属的学处,因为它们并不显现在此处的律文里,故在此处注疏中加以说明,同样也在王学处的注疏中加以说明。并非仅限于金银,余如田地等,也只是笼统地说「不净,不应接受」,而非从相状上解说。然此处律文从相状上只说到:「名为购衣资具者,金或银或真珠或摩尼」这么多,因此,王学处方是它们真正的当属之处。在此处,由于取用真珠、摩尼,其同类物的取用即已成立,故而律文未再列举,因为此学处是最初制定的缘故。既然如此,那么,那些未在此处列举的,它们的当属之处又何在呢?即是依于义理,而非依于相状。显示巴利原文
583-4.Sabbampīti tividhampi. ‘‘Muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho’tiādi pana kiñcāpi rājasikkhāpade ‘na vaṭṭatī’ti pasaṅgato vuttaṃ, sarūpato pana āpattidassanavasena sakaṭṭhānepi vattumāraddha’’nti vuttaṃ. Kathametaṃ? Muttādīnaṃ sakaṭṭhānaṃ jātaṃ, na hi tāni idha pāḷiyaṃ dissantīti imassa aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttāni, rājasikkhāpadassapi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttānīti. Na kevalaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇameva, aññampi khettavatthādikaṃ ‘‘akappiyaṃ na sampaṭicchitabba’’nti sāmaññena, na sarūpato. Pāḷiyaṃ pana sarūpato ‘‘cīvaracetāpannaṃ nāma hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā muttā vā maṇi vā’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, tasmā rājasikkhāpadamevassa sakaṭṭhānaṃ. Muttāmaṇiggahaṇena cettha tajjātiyaggahaṇaṃ siddhamevāti nāgato imassa paṭhamameva paññattattā. Yadi evaṃ idha anāgatattā kataraṃ nesaṃ sakaṭṭhānanti? Idameva atthato, no sarūpato.
何以故?因为这些在宝学处中,舍堕事与恶做事一并归为“宝”;而“被认可为宝”则是许受事。在这十种宝中,金银两者在此是舍堕事,其余是恶做事,此义已成立。正因于此已经成立,所以在宝学处的无犯篇中,只说“取被认可为宝的、取暂用的、作粪扫衣想”,而不说“宝”。而七种谷物、奴婢、田地等,依《梵网经》等经(长部1.1等)已成立为不许可,故在此已成立为恶做事。正因如此,在质问仪轨中说“知法、知随法、知律、知随律”(附随442)。那么,生肉是否也成立为恶做事?不,因为在律中已开许:“诸比丘,我允许在非人病时食用生肉”等(大品264),所以生肉虽在经中出现,却非恶做事;然而,若为自己受用而接受,则有恶作,此是阿阇梨的见解。有人说:“当说‘放在这里’时,只是对放置物表示同意而已。”有记载说:“若问‘是否不可作不许可的思量?’‘依许可与不许可而住’,在此,其本身不堪受用,而等值的许可物品堪受用而住,这是其义。”又说:“由于以粪扫衣的状态而住,以及指示隐蔽处是许可的,故为依许可而住;由于说‘拿这个’等是不许可的,显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Etāni hi ratanasikkhāpade nissaggiyavatthūni, dukkaṭavatthūni ca ekato ‘‘ratana’’nti āgatāni, ‘‘ratanasammata’’nti kappiyavatthu āgataṃ. Tesu ca dasasu ratanesu rajatajātarūpadvayaṃ idha nissaggiyavatthu, avasesaṃ dukkaṭavatthūti siddhaṃ. Idha ca siddhattā eva ratanasikkhāpadassa anāpattivāre ‘‘ratanasammataṃ vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇhāti, paṃsukūlasaññissā’’ti vuttaṃ, na ratanaṃ vuttaṃ. Sattavidhadhaññadāsidāsakhettādi pana brahmajālādisuttavasena (dī. ni. 1.1 ādayo) akappiyanti siddhaṃ, tasmā idha dukkaṭavatthūti siddhaṃ, teneva anuyogavatte ‘‘dhammaṃ jānāti, dhammānulomaṃ, vinayaṃ, vinayānulomaṃ jānātī’’ti (pari. 442) vuttaṃ. Tathā āmakamaṃsampi dukkaṭavatthuṃ āpajjatīti? Na, idha vinaye anuññātattā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsa’’ntiādinā (mahāva. 264), tasmā na āmakamaṃsaṃ sutte āgatampi dukkaṭavatthu hoti, tathāpi attano paribhogatthāya paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭamevāti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Idha nikkhipāhī’ti vutte upanikkhittasādiyanameva hotī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Akappiyavicāraṇā eva na vaṭṭatīti ce? Kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitanti ettha taṃ sayaṃ aparibhogārahaṃ hutvā tadagghanakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ paribhogārahaṃ hutvā ṭhitanti attho’’ti likhitaṃ, ‘‘paṃsukūlabhāvena ṭhitattā, guttaṭṭhānācikkhanassa kappiyattā ca kappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ. ‘Idaṃ gaṇhā’tiādinā vadantassa akappiyattā akappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhita’’nti ca. Evampi kappiyañca akappiyañcāti ‘‘imasmiṃ okāse ṭhapitaṃ, kiṃ na passasīti chekatare imeva kahāpaṇe’’tiādivacanassa kappiyattā kappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vutte dubbicāritattā attano akappiyattā tato āgataṃ akappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitameva hoti. ‘‘Idaṃ gaṇhā’ti vutte tena gahite ‘uggaṇhāpeyya vā’ti vuttavidhiṃ na pāpuṇāti, kevalaṃ dubbicāritattā tasseva taṃ akappiyaṃ hoti, mūlapaṭiggahaṇassa suddhattā parato pattacatukke tatiyapatto viyāti ca evaṃ upatissatthero vadatī’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Kiṃ bahunā, visuddhāgamattā kappiyaṃ. Dubbicāraṇāya sati akappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ hotīti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Evaṃ saṅghagaṇādīnampi atthāya pariccattepi tena samānagatikattā ṭhapetvā āpattivisesa’’nti vuttaṃ.
“若未令人交换任何许可物品”,若已令人交换,则显示无有方便。“除了放置物外”:若那位优婆塞说“这钱太多了,尊者,今日不可毁坏此物”,然后自己将钱放在放置处,或令人放置——除了此放置物外,僧团受用由此所得的利益,即称为受用资具。显示巴利原文
Na kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitanti cetāpitañce, upāyābhāvaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvāti sace so upāsako ‘atibahuṃ etaṃ hiraññaṃ, idaṃ bhante ajjeva na vināsetabba’nti vatvā sayaṃ upanikkhepadese ṭhapeti, aññena vā ṭhapāpeti, etaṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā tato laddhaṃ udayaṃ paribhuñjanto saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjati nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ.
585 585. 据说,此人具足如此特相,此为最上。即使具足如此支分,若于后来因贪欲或其他缘由,作相而令精液泄出,则犯恶作。对于住所,在每次使用时、在每次进入时,应作省察。若是树下住者、露地住者,以其他原因亦可适用;若以站立、坐下等方式而有居住意图,则在每次使用时,应作省察。关于药,有人说“以有因缘为缘,于一切时皆可”。未存放者唯于午后,已存放者午前亦可,此是阿阇梨的见解。因为这样说:“若为食用而接受一日药、七日药、尽形寿药……犯恶作。每次吞咽,犯恶作。”(波逸提244)因为非时食学处所说的恶作,于非时犯,非于时,因时是进食之时;而蓄藏学处所说的,则于时亦犯,因已成蓄藏。正因如此,在那里只说了七日药和尽形寿药两种。若问:“以‘有因缘’之语,此差别不可得”吗?不,因会导致非所欲之过,且因用语不确定。在蓄藏学处中:“无犯:将时药存至时而食;将一日药存至夜分而食”(波逸提256),据此用语量,若将一日药非于午前、非于午后、非于日间、非于夜间,唯存至夜分而食者,则无犯,这会导致非所欲之过。同样,就在那里,只说显示巴利原文
585. Ayaṃ kira itthaṃlakkhaṇasampanno ukkaṃsato. Evaṃ aṅgasampannopi aparabhāge lobhavasena vā aññena vā kāraṇena sace nimittaṃ katvā pāteti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Senāsanampi paribhoge paribhogeti pavese pavese. So hi kāraṇantarena rukkhamūlikassa, abbhokāsikassapi vaṭṭati eva, ṭhānanisajjādivasena nivāsādhippāye sati paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Bhesajjassa satipaccayatā sabbakālampīti eke. Asannihitassa pacchābhattameva, sannihitassa purebhattampīti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya…pe… paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pāci. 244) hi vuttaṃ. Dukkaṭañhi vikālabhojanasikkhāpade āgataṃ vikāle āpajjati, no kāle āhārakālattā, sannidhisikkhāpade āgataṃ pana kālepi sannidhijātattā, teneva tattha sattāhakālikayāvajīvikadvayameva vuttanti. ‘‘Sati paccaye’’ti vacanato nāyaṃ viseso labbhatīti ce? Na, aniṭṭhappasaṅgato, vacanāniyamato ca. Sannidhisikkhāpade hi ‘‘anāpatti yāvakālikaṃ yāvakālaṃ nidahitvā bhuñjati. Yāmakālikaṃ yāme nidahitvā bhuñjatī’’ti (pāci. 256) ettha vacanappamāṇato yāmakālikaṃ na purebhatte, na pacchābhatte, na divase, na rattiyaṃ yāmameva nidahitvā bhuñjantassa anāpattīti aniṭṭhappasaṅgo. Tathā tattheva ‘‘yāmakālikaṃ yāmaṃ nidahitvā bhuñjati, sattāhakālikaṃ sattāhaṃ nidahitvā bhuñjatī’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘sati paccaye’’ti, tasmā satipaccaya-vacanaṃ katthaci hoti, katthaci na hotīti vacanāniyamato āpattiyāpi aniyamo siyā. Evaṃ santepi yathāvuttadukkaṭaṃ āpajjati eva. Na anāhārappayojanattā yāmakālikādīnanti ce? Na, sappiādimissabhojanassa paṇītabhojanabhāvappattito. Apica sabbakālikesu yāvakālikaṃ oḷārikaṃ, taṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhantassa kāle anāpatti, pageva anoḷārikaṃ yāmakālikādiṃ, āhāratthāya eva anuññātattā. Yāvakālike eva anāpattīti ce? Na, anāhāratthāya gaṇhantassa āpattisambhavato itaraṃ āhāratthāya gaṇhantassa viya, tasmā yathāvuttamevettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ pāḷiṃ, yuttiñca anulometīti.
“说戒清净”:此处所说的“说戒”即指律仪行事,由此,出罪亦同样称为“说戒”。因为不说“接受”而说“受用”,是故若在接受时未作念而受用者,不犯。漏尽者因所作已办,犹如已经分得遗产的人,因此他们拥有自主受用。否则,由于尚未超越时药的性质,便成相违。负债式的受用不可行——若涉及药,则有犯;若涉及其他物品,则因是不适当受用,且如同负债般未经允许而食用,亦有过失。有记载说:“从最初以来,实无名为无惭者,故不应怀疑任何人。”弟子等便成为负担。关于“如所给与而拿取”,在此说:“若以自己手给与,则不可行。”又说:“若取多余部分,在次日令将自己那份取出,仍于彼处给与,则可。”若给与交换物,若如法则可;若不如法,则不可。并说:“以此法护,可学习之。”若问:“以何种方便?”答:“以‘若不得和合,于共住共食无犯’(大品130)此授具足戒犍度之语为方便。”显示巴利原文
Desanāsuddhīti ettha desanā nāma vinayakammaṃ, tena vuṭṭhānampi desanā eva nāma hotīti. ‘‘Paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti avatvā ‘‘paṭisevatī’’ti vuttattā paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvā paribhoge karontassa anāpatti. Khīṇāsavā katakiccattā vibhattadāyādā viya honti, tena tesaṃ sāmiparibhogā honti. Aññathā yāvakālikabhāvaṃ anatikkantattā virujjhati. Iṇaparibhogo na vaṭṭati, bhesajje āpattito, itarasmiṃ ayuttaparibhogato, iṇaṃ viya ananuññātabhuttattā ca. ‘‘Ādito paṭṭhāya hi alajjī nāma natthi, tasmā na koci saṅkitabbo’’ti likhitaṃ. Bhārabhūtā saddhivihārikādayo. Yathādānameva gahitattāti ettha ‘‘attano hatthena ce deti, na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘atirekabhāgaṃ gahetvā punadivase attano atthāya uddhaṭabhāgaṃ tattheva dāpeti, vaṭṭatī’’ti ca. Parivattakaṃ deti, dhammiyañce, vaṭṭati. No adhammiyaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ dhammānuggahena uggaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kena lesenāti ce? ‘‘Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse’’ti (mahāva. 130) iminā upasampadakkhandhakavacanalesena.
586 586.“因失念而施与”:此处,“因失念而施与”指的是尚未被舍弃的物品。因此,若施主们恢复记忆后,取回系在衣角等的金币,那位比丘仍须作舍忏悔罪。若那些施主用那不如法的物品买了酥油等供养僧团,该比丘也可以受用,因为那已是施主们自己的财产。比丘是以“我拿布料”的布料想而拿取,并非以金钱想而拿取。而且,这条学处是针对为自己而接受而言,并非指他已经为自己或他人拿了那物品。若那些施主没有回来取回,则应询问施主:若确已为比丘自己而舍弃,则须对僧团舍弃物品后再忏悔罪过;若非如此,则仅须忏悔罪过。这种说法前后矛盾。因为如果存在罪过的忏悔,那么“接受了金钱”一事即已成立;若此事成立,则“由彼所生之物,那位比丘亦可受用”便不合理。难道说“确实可以受用”吗?不,因为如果不先舍弃物品而仅仅忏悔罪过,那是不合理的。若说“因为此学处是无心的,所以合理”?不,因为处处都说“接受金钱”。既然说“接受金钱”,否则处处所用的“金钱”一词便成无义,因为即使没有它,其义也能成立。而此比丘所接受的是布料,施主所给的也只是布料,但若以盗心拿取布料中所含之物,则另有别论。显示巴利原文
586.Assatiyā dinnanti ettha ‘‘assatiyā dinnaṃ nāma apariccattaṃ hoti, tasmā dussante baddhakahāpaṇādīni satiṃ paṭilabhitvā dāyakā ce puna gaṇhanti, nissaggiyameva desetabbaṃ. Tena akappiyabhaṇḍena te ce dāyakā sappiādīni kiṇitvā saṅghassa denti, tassapi bhikkhuno kappati dāyakānaṃyeva santakattā. Bhikkhunā hi ‘vatthaṃ gaṇhāmī’ti vatthasaññāya eva gahitaṃ, na rūpiyasaññāya. Idañca sikkhāpadaṃ attano atthāya uggahaṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na ca tena taṃ attano atthāya paresaṃ vā atthāya gahitaṃ. Atha te dāyakā no ce āgantvā gaṇhanti, dāyake pucchitvā attano atthāya ce pariccattaṃ, saṅghe nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. No ce, āpatti eva desetabbā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ pubbāparaviruddhaṃ. Āpattidesanāya hi sati rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahitanti siddhaṃ, tasmiṃ siddhe ‘‘tato uppannaṃ tassapi kappatī’’ti idaṃ na yujjatīti. Kappati evāti ce? Na, vatthuṃ anissajjitvā āpatti desetabbāti na yujjati. Acittakattā sikkhāpadassa yujjatīti ce? Na, sabbattha ‘‘rūpiyaṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti vacanato. ‘‘Rūpiyaṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti hi vuttaṃ, aññathā sabbattha ‘‘rūpiya’’nti padaṃ niratthakaṃ hoti vināpi tena tadatthasiddhito. Anena ca vatthaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ, dāyakena ca vatthameva dinnaṃ, vatthagatampi rūpiyaṃ theyyacittena gaṇhanto padavārena kāretabbo. Aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘rūpiye arūpiyasaññīti suvaṇṇādīsu kharapattādisaññī’’ti vuttaṃ ‘‘rūpiyaṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti vacanavasena.
然而,“再者,欲求功德者”等语,是为了显示另一种方法而说,正因为如此,才说“应如此觉知:在此家中获得此物”。否则,在觉知时若生起疑惑,而若有疑惑,则依据“于金钱有疑惑者”等语,便成舍忏罪。这样一来,这种方法就成了毫无意义,但它并非无意义。为什么呢?因为系在衣角等的金币是因失念而施与,并且是以布料想而接受的,因此,既非施与金钱,亦非接受金钱。在此情况下,并无忏悔罪过之事,但那物品应归还施主们。而由彼所生的如法物品,一切比丘皆可受用——为了显示此方法的另一层意义,导师才说“再者,欲求功德者”等语,我们是这样认为的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Apica puññakāmā’’tiādi pana vidhānantaradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, teneva hi ‘‘imasmiṃ gehe idaṃ laddhanti sallakkhetabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Aññathā sallakkhaṇe vimativasena, vimatiyā ca sati nissaggiyameva ‘‘rūpiye vematiko’’tiādi vacanatoti. Idaṃ vidhānaṃ niratthakameva āpajjati, na ca niratthakaṃ. Kasmā? Dussante baddhakahāpaṇādi assatiyā dinnaṃ vatthasaññāya paṭiggahitañca, tato na rūpiyaṃ dinnañca hoti paṭiggahitañcāti. Ettha āpattidesanākiccaṃ natthi, taṃ pana dāyakānameva paṭidātabbaṃ. Tato uppannaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍañca sabbesaṃ kappatīti imassa vidhānantaradassanatthaṃ ‘‘apica puññakāmā’’tiādīti no takkoti ācariyo.
9. 金钱交易学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
587 「以金银货币交易」是依最高限度而说;同样地,圣典中也有「金钱,即金币、铜钱」等语。然而,依「于非金钱作金钱想而换取金钱」等三聚之说,以及注释书中「若以恶作所摄物品换取舍堕所摄物品……因换取重物故,为舍堕波逸提」等语,可知此处亦包含非最高限度的情况。金币、铜钱以及其他用于交易的物品,在此应总括为「金钱」。于此学处,依「种种类者,即已作、未作、已作未作」中所分别的三种金钱、非金钱及两种情况,说了五种三聚;注释书师们又依其随顺,开示了一种三聚,故总共有六种。显示巴利原文
587.‘‘Jātarūparajataparivattana’’nti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena vuttaṃ, tathā ‘‘rūpiyaṃ nāma satthuvaṇṇo kahāpaṇo’’tiādi pāḷivacanañca. ‘‘Arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpetī’’tiādi tikavacanato, ‘‘dukkaṭavatthunā pana nissaggiyavatthuṃ cetāpentassa…pe… nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ garukassa cetāpitattā’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ca pana anukkaṭṭhaparicchedopettha labbhatīti siddhaṃ. Satthuvaṇṇo ca kahāpaṇo ca tato ye caññe vohāraṃ gacchantīti evamettha samuccayo veditabbo. Imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade ‘‘nānappakārakaṃ nāma katampi akatampi katākatampī’’ti ettha vibhattānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ rūpiyārūpiyānañca dvinnaṃ vasena pañca tikā vuttā, aṭṭhakathācariyehi tadanulomato eko tiko dassitoti sabbe cha honti.
于此有问:在其他学处中,即使同样有开示的可能,也只示一种三聚分类,而不开示其余,为何唯独在此学处开示多种呢?答:因为在论母中说「种种类者」,所以唯独在此开示其种种状态。若问:难道在买卖学处中不应说吗?答:不,因为于此已开示了方法。再者,在金钱的分别中,末尾说「凡用于交易者」,故金币等仅为可供使用之物,此义已成立。因此,若以不可使用的金银进行交易,则不犯舍堕罪;为了显示犯的情况,才说了「以已作者换取已作者」等三聚。若如此,则在金钱分别中不应说「凡用于交易者」;若不说此句,则不可使用之物亦被包含在内,那么以已作等三聚所说的必要便不存在了?答:不,因为即使以如法物品换取如法物品,也有成为金钱交易之虞。若说:即使依「凡用于交易者」此语,以铜、石、铜器、布匹等进行交换,也有成为金钱交易之虞?答:不,因为「已作」等语表明了唯指金银等不如法物品。因此,通过两者可知:凡此种种已作未作等分类的自然金钱,以及属于铜钱、摩沙卡等计量的金钱,以及可用于交易如铜钱等者,此两者在此及前一学处中,皆名为金钱,此所诠义得以成立,而非指显示巴利原文
Etthāha – aññasmiṃ sikkhāpade ekasmiṃ tikacchede dassite satipi sambhave itare na dassīyanti , idheva kasmā dassitoti? ‘‘Nānappakāraka’’nti mātikāyaṃ vuttattā idheva nānappakārabhāvadassanatthanti. Na kayavikkayasikkhāpadepi vattabbappasaṅgatoti ce? Na, idha dassitanayattā. Atha ca rūpiyassa vibhaṅge ‘‘ye vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti ante vuttattā satthuvaṇṇādayo vaḷañjanupagā evāti siddhaṃ. Tato avaḷañjanupagehi jātarūparajatehi vohārena na nissaggiyanti āpajjati, tasmā taṃ āpajjanatthanti dassentena ‘‘katena kataṃ cetāpetī’’tiādayo tikā vuttāti, evaṃ sante rūpiyavibhaṅge ‘‘ye ca vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti na vattabbaṃ, tasmiṃ pade avutte avaḷañjanupagāpi saṅgahaṃ gatāva hontīti katādīhi tikattayassa vattabbapayojanaṃ na bhavissatīti ce? Na, kappiyabhaṇḍena kappiyabhaṇḍapaavattanassāpi rūpiyasaṃvohārabhāvappasaṅgato. ‘‘Ye vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti vacanenapi kamuka kathala kaṃsabhājana sāṭakādiparivattanassapi rūpiyasaṃvohārabhāvappasaṅgo evāti ce? Na, katādivacanena jātarūpādiakappiyavatthūnaññeva adhippetabhāvadīpanato, tasmā ubhayenapi yadetaṃ katākatādibhedaṃ pākatikarūpiyaṃ yañca kahāpaṇamāsakasaṅkhepaṃ, yañca kahāpaṇādivohārūpagaṃ, ubhayampetaṃ idha ca anantarātītasikkhāpade ca rūpiyaṃ nāmāti adhippetatthasiddhi hoti, na taṇḍulādīni, tattha katādivohārāsambhavato. Ettāvatā katāditikattayappayojanaṃ vuttaṃ.
现在说其余的三种分类:在此,依前所述之分类,舍堕事名为色财,其余的恶作事及净物则非色财,名为非色财。因此,若说「于非色财有非色财想,对五种同法者无罪」,此非绝对,因为在恶作事中会犯恶作罪。此处依文句为准,舍堕事之外的,乃至珍珠等,皆名为非色财。那么,对五种同法者是否无罪?不,因为与王戒学处相违。在该学处中,说「珍珠或宝石」,因此珍珠等是不净物,是恶作事,因其不在舍堕事之列,此义已成立。既然如此,「于非色财有非色财想,对五种同法者无罪」这句话,是就纯粹净物而言,并非指一切非色财。然而,在其他地方,于「于非色财有色财想」等恶作罪,以及在注释书中所开示的三分法中,应知一切皆名为非色财。因此,为了阐明非色财性,而说了第二种三分法。注释书中开示的一种三分法,正是为此义。若问:为何在巴利圣典中未说那种三分法?答:因为在那里,对于以物交换所得的非色财,没有丢弃色显示巴利原文
Idāni sesattikāni vuccati – ettha hi yathāvuttappabhedaṃ nissaggiyavatthu rūpiyaṃ nāma, sesaṃ dukkaṭavatthupi kappiyavatthupi na rūpiyanti arūpiyaṃ nāma hotīti katvā ‘‘arūpiye arūpiyasaññī pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ anāpattī’’ti idaṃ na ekaṃsikaṃ āpajjati dukkaṭavatthumhi dukkaṭāpajjanato. Idha vacanappamāṇato nissaggiyavatthuto aññaṃ antamaso muttādipi arūpiyameva nāma. Tattha pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ anāpattīti ce? Na, rājasikkhāpadavirodhato. Tattha hi ‘‘muttā vā maṇi vā’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā muttādi akappiyaṃ dukkaṭavatthūti ca siddhaṃ nissaggiyavatthūsu abhāvā. Evaṃ sante ‘‘arūpiye arūpiyasaññī pañcannaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ anāpattī’’ti suddhakappiyabhaṇḍaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na sabbaṃ arūpiyaṃ. Tato aññattha pana ‘‘arūpiye rūpiyasaññī’’tiāditikadukkaṭe ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dassitatike ca sabbaṃ arūpiyaṃ nāmāti veditabbaṃ, tasmā arūpiyabhāvadīpanatthaṃ dutiyo tiko vutto. Tadatthameva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dassito eko tiko. Kasmā na pāḷiyaṃ so vuttoti ce? Tattha cetāpitaarūpiye rūpiyachaḍḍanakasammutikiccābhāvato. Tasmiñhi tike vutte kappiyavatthunopi arūpiyachaḍḍanakasammuti dātabbāti āpajjati, tassa vasena rūpiyachaḍḍanakasammuti eva na vattabbāti? Na, rūpiyassapi sammutikiccābhāvappasaṅgato, tasmā rūpiye rūpiyasaññī kappiyavatthuṃ cetāpeti pattacatukke tatiyapattaṃ viya, taṃ saṅghādīnaṃ nissajjitabbaṃ, nissaṭṭhaṃ pana aññesaṃ kappati tatiyapatto viya. Atha sampaṭicchitarūpiyena cetāpitaṃ hoti dutiyapatto viya, taṃ vināpi sammutiyā yo koci bhikkhu chaḍḍeti, vaṭṭati. Tato paraṃ ‘‘sace tattha āgacchati ārāmiko vā’’tiādinā vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Tattha ‘‘rūpiye’’ti vā ‘‘arūpiye’’ti vā sabbattha bhummappatte attano santakaṃ, upayogappatte parasantakanti veditabbaṃ. Etthāha – upatissatthero purimasikkhāpadena rūpiyapaṭiggahaṇaṃ vāritaṃ, iminā suddhāgamena kappiyakārakassa hatthe kappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitena saṃvohāro vāritoti.
589 “以舍堕物交换舍堕物……乃至……辗转交换”一句,在此,于同一事物上,依两种学处而说为同时犯一罪,然应依后一学处而舍出。据此,有人认为:即使已犯舍堕罪,仍可再犯。以他人执取色财为交换——若色财未被执取,则无此交换,故唯依此学处犯,而非依前学处,如辱骂语。因为即使以妄语说妄语,也唯犯辱骂语罪。“以舍堕物……恶作……乃至……此理亦然”——为显明此理之合理性,而说“凡此”。显示巴利原文
589.Nissaggiyavatthunā nissaggiyavatthuṃ…pe… aparāparaparivattane imināti ettha ekasmiṃ eva vatthusmiṃ dvinnaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vasena ekato āpatti vuttā, taṃ pana pacchimassa vasena nissajjitabbaṃ. Etena nissaggiyaṃ āpannampi āpajjatīti eke. Parassa rūpiyaggahaṇaṃ parivattananti rūpiye aggahite tassa abhāvato imināva āpatti, na purimena omasavādo viya. Musāvādena musā vadantassāpi hi omasavādeneva āpatti. Nissaggiyavatthunā dukkaṭa…pe… eseva nayoti etassa yuttiṃ dassento ‘‘yo hi aya’’nti āha.
“令生利息者”——在此,若取此物后,于有月份、有年份时说“给我这么多”,则构成色财交易。若无净人,而说“让利息有这么多,你取这么多”,则犯恶作罪,因为无买卖之相。“本金归本金所有者”等语,是为显示作净方法而说,并非仅仅令所舍物不可受用;若如此作后,则可受用。若在受用时,本金若无作净方法,则应告知净物——如此处巴利圣典中所示之作净方法。此方法亦适用于第三只钵。“如同为自己而取时,有此方法;为僧团等而取时,亦有此方法”,此已说。据说,这些第一、第二只钵,只要在家人还在交换,便无作净方法;注释书中说,即使经过多人多番转手,“仍是不净物”。而在《随结节疏》中则反复说:“出售僧团所属净物所得之货币,必须先免除接受后方可收取;因此,若净人说‘这些就是那些货币’,则绝对不可,应拒绝,不应处理;若处理,则对所有人都不许。若已免除接受而收取,然后处理,则唯独对他不许。”显示巴利原文
Vaḍḍhiṃ payojentassāti ettha idaṃ gahetvā sati māse, sati saṃvacchare ‘‘ettakaṃ dehī’’ti ce vadati. Rūpiyasaṃvohāro hoti. Vinā kappiyakārakena ‘‘ettakā vuḍḍhi hotu, ettakaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadato dukkaṭaṃ kayavikkayalakkhaṇābhāvato. ‘‘Mūle mūlasāmikāna’’ntiādi kappiyakaraṇūpāyadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na kevalaṃ nissaṭṭhaṃ aparibhogaṃ hoti, puna evaṃ kate paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tassapi paribhoge mūlassa kappiyakaraṇūpāyo ce na hoti, kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbanti yathā pāḷiyā cettha kappiyakaraṇūpāyo, so ca tatiyapattepi, ‘‘yathā ca attano atthāya gahite evarūpupāyo, tathā saṅghādiatthāya gahitepi eso vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ime kira paṭhamadutiyapatte yāva gahaṭṭhena parivatteti, tāva na kappiyakaraṇūpāyo, anekapurisayugampi ‘‘akappiyā evā’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘saṅghasantakaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ vikkiṇitvā āgatakahāpaṇānipi paṭiggahaṇaṃ mocetvāva sampaṭicchitabbāni, tasmā kappiyakārako ce imāni tāni kahāpaṇānīti vadati, na vaṭṭatiyeva, paṭikkhipitabbaṃ, na vicāretabbaṃ, vicāreti ce? Sabbesaṃ na kappati. Paṭiggahaṇaṃ mocetvā sampaṭicchitāni ce vicāreti, tasseva na vaṭṭatī’’ti abhikkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ.
10. 买卖学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
593 “以破布片”——意为以诸破布片。“若行淫欲,犯恶作罪”——此于前学处中也应当了知。“已买与已卖”——这些词语,因其含义相反,故说“自己之物”等。何以故?因与“以此换此”的说法相符。而此处,毁坏信施之物,应依无意义之词而了知。显示巴利原文
593.Paṭapilotikānanti paṭapilotikehi. ‘‘Ajjhācarati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti idaṃ purimasikkhāpadepi veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Kayitañca hoti vikkayitañcā’’ti etesaṃ padānaṃ viparītato ‘‘attano bhaṇḍa’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Kasmā? ‘‘Iminā ima’’nti vacanānurūpato. Saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ panettha aṭṭhānapadānaṃ vasena veditabbaṃ.
1. 钵学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
598 598.“多钵的储存”——在此,“储存”是抽象名词中性词,意为“取多钵而作储存”。“持十三两半金者”——已记载。于此:显示巴利原文
598.Bahūpatte sannicayanti ettha sannicayanti bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ, bahū patte vā gahetvā sannicayaṃ karissantīti attho. ‘‘Aḍḍhaterasapalamāsānaṃ gāhikā’’ti likhitaṃ. Ettha –
“库杜沃为四两,四库杜沃为一倍;”
“希望四倍、月份”等语,为何说“四倍”?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuḍuvo catupaleyyo, kuḍuvānaṃ catugguṇaṃ; Patthaṃ catugguṇo māsā-ti kamāhu catugguṇa’’nti. –
有些人先指明世间通称,然后才加以铺陈。显示巴利原文
Ādiṃ lokavohāraṃ dassetvāva keci papañcenti.
602 “硬食”指嚼食,如咖喱等。依据《梵寿经》注所说“所谓副食的量,即饭的四分之一”,应理解为一口量的四分之一作为副食才为合宜。有人主张“因禁止比丘尼储存钵,顺此规定,比丘的第二个钵也遭到禁止”,此说不合道理,因为经中说“若储存,即未作决意、未舍者”。在咖提那衣犍度中,即使只有一个,过夜之后也称作“储存”。然而在紧接着的学处中,有说:“第二个钵被禁止,所以决意是固定的,因此不能决意两个钵。若一起决意,两个都成未决意;若分别决意,第二个也成未决意。”但若施与他人,多个钵也是允许的。现在,对于将要说明的内容,论中提到“仅在名称上有差别”。其中,“名称”指的便是中等、下等中等、上等中等这类称谓。显示巴利原文
602.Khādananti khādanīyaṃ sūpādi. ‘‘Byañjanassa mattā nāma odanato catuttho bhāgo’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.387) brahmāyusuttaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā ālopassa catutthabhāgaṃ byañjanaṃ anurūpanti gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhuniyā pattasannicayassa vāritattā tadanulomato bhikkhūnampi dutiyo vārito’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ, pāḷiyañhi ‘‘sannicayaṃ kareyyāti anadhiṭṭhito avikappito’’ti (pāci. 735) vuttaṃ. So hi kathinakkhandhake (mahāva. 306 ādayo) nicayasannidhi viya ekopi punadivase ‘‘sannicayo’’ti vuccati. Anantarasikkhāpade pana ‘‘dutiyo vāritoti adhiṭṭhānaṃ niyataṃ, tasmā dve patte adhiṭṭhātuṃ na labhati. Sace ekato adhiṭṭhāti, dvepi na adhiṭṭhitā honti. Visuṃ visuṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dutiyo anadhiṭṭhito’’ti vadanti. Vikappetuṃ pana bahūpi labhati. Idāni vattabbaṃ sandhāya ‘‘nāmamatte viseso’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha nāmanti majjhimo majjhimomako majjhimukkaṭṭhotiādi.
608 问:“‘因烧制不足,故不列入钵数’——若据此说,已决意的钵,若因火力不足而呈白色,是否也会失去决意?”答:“不会,因为在九种失去决意的情况中并未包含此项。因此,只有初次烧制不足的钵才不列入钵数,在此情形下,不应乞求另一个钵。因为(律中说)‘以不足五处补缀者’。若钵有孔洞或裂纹,以这些缘故失去决意,失去之后,此一禁止即不适用;因此,即使将钵取出、施与他人后,也不得乞求另一个钵。”显示巴利原文
608. ‘‘Pākassa hi ūnattā pattasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchatī’’ti vacanato adhiṭṭhitapattopi kharapākena setattā adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti ce? Na, adhiṭṭhānavijahanesu navasu anāgatattā, tasmā paṭhamapākānaṃ eva ūnattā pattasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati, tasmiṃ sati aññaṃ viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ūnapañcabandhanenā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Chidde, rājiyā vā hi sati tehi adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti vijahite nāyaṃ paṭisedho, tasmā paccuddharitvā, vikappetvāpi aññaṃ viññāpetuṃ na labhati.
“如是,制钵者得到根本”中,“根本”指从烧制后放置之日起算。“若欲施与”中,应从施与之日或听闻之日起算,应知为十日。若因变更性别而超过十日,钵主比丘犯舍堕;若为比丘尼,超过一夜即犯舍堕。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pattakārako mūlaṃ labhitvāti ettha pacitvā ṭhapitadivasato paṭṭhāya. Dātukāmo hutvāti ettha dinnadivasato, sutadivasato vā paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Liṅgaparivattena pana dasāhātikkame pattasāmikassa bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā pana rattātikkame nissaggiyaṃ.
二、不足五处补缀学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
612-3 “乞求许多钵”是指比丘们各各乞求——许多比丘乞求许多钵,或许多比丘乞求钵。“诸比丘,不应乞求钵,若乞求者,犯恶作”——此一学处是否被“不足五处补缀”所废止?并不废止。有人说:因为这是针对“乞求时,于方便中犯恶作”而说,故不废止。然而,该恶作是涵盖获得之后而说的,因此它被“以获得故,为舍堕”所废止。否则,将犯下伴随恶作的舍堕,且与无犯条款相违。不过,在任何未经乞求、未经允许之时,唯犯恶作。“以破裂者”是就其状态而说的特征,或意为“以破裂”,是工具格表原因。显示巴利原文
612-3.Bahū patte viññāpentīti ekamekaṃ viññāpentā bahū bhikkhū bahū patte viññāpenti, bahū vā bhikkhū patte viññāpentīti attho. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, patto viññāpetabbo, yo viññāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ ūnapañcabandhanena samūhataṃ hoti na hotīti? Na hoti tameva gahetvā ‘‘viññāpeti, payoge dukkaṭa’’nti vuttattāti eke. Paṭilābhampi pariyādiyitvā taṃ dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā taṃ ‘‘paṭilābhena nissaggiyo hotī’’ti iminā samūhataṃ hoti. Aññathā sadukkaṭaṃ nissaggiyaṃ āpajjati anāpattivāravirodho ca. Yā kāci pana akataviññatti ananuññātakāle dukkaṭameva. Bhinnenāti itthambhūtalakkhaṇe, bhedenāti vā attho, hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ.
三、药学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
620 「她曾有一串金花鬘」——由此语可知,除同法行者外,对于其他人,可随意给予金钱、令其收取,乃至进行交易与使用,此是导师的开许;但应审察其神通,因这属于神通的范围。显示巴利原文
620. ‘‘Sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālā’’ti vacanato ṭhapetvā sahadhammike aññesaṃ yathāsukhaṃ rūpiyaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati uggaṇhāpetuṃ, sabyohārāpebhuñcāti ācariyo, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ iddhimassa iddhivisayattā.
622 「那些允许食肉者」——由此语可知,对于不允许食肉者,其酥油等虽亦不许,但须知并非舍堕所摄物。同样,也非美食所摄物。所谓「作持受后放置」,是指为食用而放置。若非如此,接受后即可食用。所谓「对两者而言」,是指对午后受持者与午前受持者所作之物。说「因肉不可用」,是举示一个似非而是的理由。关于「他们吃了」,有说:「长老的意图是:于非时中,若欲食生酥,应除去酪、酪浆等;若欲煮食,则自行烹煮是不可行的。」由「将耗尽」之语,可成立:加入牛奶煮成的熟酥在非时是允许的。所谓「以诸药」,是指以终生药。所谓「午前所作之油」,是指未经烹煮而直接作成者。所谓「以热水」,有人说这是标示加热的状态,此说欠妥。所谓「因被压榨出」,是指从油饼等中榨出。由「为油而接受……乃至……唯是恶作」之语,可见一观点:对于非为油而接受且已过七日之物,其所作之油,从作成之日起七日间可用。有人说「卡拉曼达」是一种树心。显示巴利原文
622. ‘‘Yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappatī’’ti vacanena yesaṃ maṃsaṃ na kappati, tesaṃ sappiādi kiñcāpi na kappati, na pana nissaggiyavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Tathā na paṇītabhojanavatthūti. Uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittanti ajjhoharaṇatthaṃ nikkhittaṃ. Itarañhi paṭiggahetvā ajjhoharituṃ vaṭṭati. Ubhayesampīti pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitehi, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitehi ca katānaṃ. ‘‘Maṃsassa akappiyattā’’ti kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ vatvā. Khādiṃsūti ‘‘vikāle kevalaṃ navanītameva khāditukāmena dadhitakkagatāni apanetabbāni, pacitukāmassa sāmaṃpākaṃ na hotīti therassa adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Khayaṃ gamissatī’’ti vacanato khīraṃ pakkhipitvā pakkasappi vikāle kappatīti siddhaṃ. Bhesajjehīti yāvajīvikabhesajjehi. Katatelaṃ purebhattanti apacitvā kataṃ eva. Uṇhodakenāti tāpanabhāvaṃ dīpetīti keci, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Nibbaṭṭitattāti piññākādito. ‘‘Telatthāya paṭiggahita…pe… dukkaṭamevā’’ti vacanato atelatthāya paṭiggahitehi, sattāhātikkantehipi katatelaṃ katadivasato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ vaṭṭatīti chāyā dissati, karamandaṃ rukkhasāroti keci.
623 于油渣中,因他们加入乳等而煮油,故油渣不可用,唯油可用,由此而说「如于煮油之渣生疑」。若问:与脂肪同煮,是否不可用?请说,尊者。生酥中有酪团等——此为关联。蜜中,四种时限应随宜配合,蔗中亦然。如何配合?含蜂蜡及有蜡之蜜,是时限食。纯净无蜡、与水混合者,是夜分食;未混合者,是七日食;纯净蜜蜡,是终生药。同样,蔗或蔗汁带渣者,是时限食;去渣与水混合者,是夜分食;未混合者,是七日食;干渣是终生药,应如此了知。何以故?这是由于与水混合的差别所致。显示巴利原文
623. Avasakasaṭe yasmā khīrādīni pakkhipitvā telaṃ pacanti, tasmā kasaṭaṃ na vaṭṭati, telameva vaṭṭati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pakkatelakasaṭe viya kukkuccāyatī’’ti. Vasāya saddhiṃ pakkattā na vaṭṭatīti ce? Vadatha, bhante, navanīte dadhiguḷikātiādisambandho. Madhumhi cattāro kālikā yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbā, ucchumhi ca, kathaṃ? Samakkhikaṃ seḷakaṃ madhu yāvakālikaṃ. Anelakaṃ udakasambhinnaṃ yāmakālikaṃ, asambhinnaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ, madhusiṭṭhaṃ parisuddhaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ. Tathā ucchu vā raso vā sakasaṭo yāvakāliko, nikkasaṭo udakasambhinno yāmakāliko, asambhinno sattāhakāliko, sukkhakasaṭaṃ yāvajīvikanti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Udakasambhedavisesato.
这是什么意思?在四种时限中,前者为重,后者为轻。其中,与水混合使重者变轻,轻者变重。因为芒果味等本是时限食,故为重;但与水混合后,赋予它芒果汁等名称,便成为轻的夜分食。由注释书语:‘所谓糖蜜,是从甘蔗产生,依甘蔗汁而说’,可成立甘蔗汁是七日药。在彼处广泛说明‘与水混合使之成为夜分食’等之后,再加以配合。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Catūsu kālikesu pubbaṃ pubbaṃ garukaṃ, aparaṃ aparaṃ lahukaṃ. Tesu cāyaṃ udakasambhedo garukaṃ lahukaṃ karoti, lahukañca garukaṃ. Ambarasādīni hi yāvakālikattā garukāni, udakasambhedo pana tāni ambapānādisamaññaṃ datvā lahukāni yāmakālikāni karoti. ‘‘Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattanti ucchurasaṃ upādāyā’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ucchuraso sattāhakālikoti siddhaṃ. Tattha ‘‘udakasambhedo taṃ yāmakālikaṃ karotī’’tiādiṃ bahuṃ vatvā yojitā.
此外,因为世尊曾允许:‘诸比丘,我允许甘蔗汁’,所以就如糖水一样,凭藉甘蔗汁这一通名,即使未与水混合,无病者也可受用。因此,注释书中说:‘带渣的甘蔗汁于食后仍可受用’。然而,导师说:这一切我们都不认同。可是,有些人说:‘由“所谓糖蜜,是从甘蔗产生”之语,以及注释书语“依甘蔗汁”,甘蔗汁就是糖蜜,因此应像糖一样处理。’有些人说:‘依所说之理,它本是七日药,但由于世尊特别允许“诸比丘,我允许甘蔗汁”,所以即使未混合,无病者也可受用。’有些人说:‘依所说之理,正因特别允许,无论混合与否,它只是夜分食,而糖水只是七日药。’有些人说:‘如同糖水,它在两种情形下都只是七日药。’显示巴利原文
Apicettha ucchuraso ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ucchurasa’’nti (mahāva. 300) anuññātattā guḷodakaṃ viya ucchurasasāmaññato udakena asambhinnopi agilānassa vaṭṭati, tenevāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ucchuraso nikasaṭo pacchābhattaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti (mahā. aṭṭha. 300). Ayaṃ sabbo no takkoti ācariyo. Keci panāhu ‘‘phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbatta’nti vacanato, ‘ucchurasaṃ upādāyā’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ca ucchuraso phāṇitameva, tasmā guḷe viya paṭipajjitabba’’nti. Keci ‘‘vuttanayena sattāhakālikova samāno ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ucchurasa’nti visuṃ anuññātattā asambhinnopi agilānassa vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Keci ‘‘vuttanayena visuṃ anuññātattā eva sambhinno vā asambhinno vā yāmakālikova, guḷodakaṃ pana sattāhakālikamevā’’ti vadanti. Keci ‘‘guḷodakaṃ viya so duvidhopi sattāhakālikoyevā’’ti vadanti.
在此,对第一位老师的观点审查如下:如果仅凭对糖蜜的许可,便单独将‘甘蔗汁’的许可从已成立者中抽出而说,则此许可便成无用;同样,‘未过滤的甘蔗汁于食后仍可用’的注释也成无用。因为应当说‘七日中可用’,但并不能那样说。如果说,由于这作为食后可用的汁液,而特别开了许可?并非如此,因为在此特别许可中,将导致七日药不可说的过失。如果说,因为就汁液的特开不观待时间差别而说?则不能说‘未过滤者七日中可用’。如果说,由于它是食后可用的汁液,所以不应那样说?并非如此,因为若那样说,则此汁液如同其他汁液一样,只在食后可用,而非此后亦可用。如果说,因此后不可受用,所以说‘于食后可用’?并非如此,因为会导致成为时限药的过失。这并无过失,因为即使是隔夜的甘蔗汁,通过烹煮也会变成糖蜜等状态。这同样是对第三、第四位老师观点的审查。对第二观点的审查已说,对此的详细辨析将在《药犍度》中阐明。所谓‘糖蜜’,是指从甘蔗产生的,这是对从蜜糖、棕榈、椰子等产生的糖蜜中,以最上等的来源而说,作为舍堕物的糖蜜的特别说明。由此可知:‘此处作为舍堕物的糖蜜,唯指从甘蔗产生。’显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ paṭhamācariyavāde vicāraṇā – phāṇitānumatiyāyeva ucchurasānumatiyā siddhito visuṃ ‘‘ucchurasa’’nti uddharitvā anumati niratthikāti āpajjati, tathā ‘‘ucchuraso nikasaṭo pacchābhattaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāpi niratthikā. ‘‘Sattāhaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyāti, na ca tathā sakkā vattuṃ. Pacchābhattaṃ vaṭṭanakarasādhikārattāti ce? Na, tasmiṃ adhikāre sattāhakālikassa avattabbappasaṅgato. Kālabhedaṃ anapekkhitvā rasādhikāre otiṇṇattā vuttoti ce? Na sakkā ‘‘nikasaṭo sattāhaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vattuṃ. Pacchābhattaṃ vaṭṭanakarasādhikārattā na vattabbanti ce? Na, evañhi vutte tadaññaraso viya ayampi pacchābhattameva vaṭṭati, na tato paranti āpajjati. Tato paraṃ aparibhogattā ‘‘pacchābhattaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttanti ce? Na, yāvakālikabhāvappasaṅgato. Na so pasaṅgo ābhidosikassāpi ucchurasassa pākena phāṇitādibhāvappasaṅgato. Ayameva tatiyacatutthācariyavādesu vicāraṇā. Dutiyavāde vicāraṇā vuttā, vimaddo panettha bhesajjakkhandhake (mahāva. 300) āvi bhavissati. Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattanti madhukatālanāḷikeraphāṇitādito ukkaṭavatthuto nissaggiyavatthuphāṇitassa visesavacanaṃ, tenetaṃ paññāyati ‘‘nissaggiyavatthubhūtaṃ idha phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattameva, na madhukādito nibbatta’’nti. Ettāvatā yaṃkiñci ucchumhā nibbattaṃ , na taṃ sabbaṃ phāṇitameva nāmāti sādhitaṃ hoti. Teneva khandhake phāṇitaṃ paṭhamaṃ anujānitvāva pacchā ucchuraso anuññāto, tathā tattheva guḷaṃ, guḷodakañca.
然而,在“以甘蔗汁为始的未煮者等”这段文中,那些持“甘蔗汁是夜分药”之见者,将“未煮者”等解释为“比丘自行未煮者”,将“无基煮者”解释为“不依基物而煮者”,这是不合理的。因为这样一来,便会导致“以甘蔗汁为始”此语失去施设的必要,而且比丘本就没有煮物的权限。若说此处是指自己煮,那么根据他们自己的见解,自己未煮的甘蔗汁即已成糖蜜状态,且后文又显示了“于食前以未过滤的甘蔗汁受持后所制成的糖蜜”等理趣,所以此说并不合理。其中,“以未过滤的甘蔗汁自制者,唯无杂物的适用”这句话,表明其中的渣滓并不构成自己煮,而是令其成为有基物受持后所作。因此,古德说:“不可于非时受持。”又说:“捣碎的甘蔗糖蜜,若作意‘如染色煮,是粗大的有基物煮’,则唯于食前适用。”《大注疏》的老师们说:“如此执取的糖蜜并不甜,故于食后不适用。”这与甜或不甜有何关系?据说优波帝沙长老说,那只是为了显示义理,《大护寺注》才那样说的。那是合理的,因为是依甘蔗所生而说的缘故。正因如此,他又说:“然而碎片糖……适用。”并写道:“将其投入乳罐中煮。”这里所说的“渣粒”,是指泡沫等。显示巴利原文
Ucchurasaṃupādāya apakkā vātiādimhi pana yesaṃ laddhi ‘‘ucchuraso yāmakāliko’’ti. ‘‘Te apakkā vāti sāmaṃ bhikkhunā apakkā vā. Avatthukapakkā vāti vinā vatthunā pakkā vā’’ti atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ ‘‘ucchurasaṃ upādāyā’’ti imassa vacanassa payojanābhāvappasaṅgato, bhikkhuno pacanādhikārābhāvā. Sāmapāko idhādhippetoti ce? Sāmaṃ apakkassa ucchurasassa tesaṃ attanomatiyā phāṇitabhāvasiddhito ca parato ‘‘purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitena aparissāvitaucchurasena kataphāṇita’’ntiādinayadassanato ca taṃ ayuttaṃ, tattha ‘‘aparissāvitaucchurasena sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanaṃ yaṃ tattha kasaṭaṃ sāmapākaṃ na janeti, savatthukapaṭiggahitakataṃyeva taṃ karotīti dīpeti, tasmā paṭiggahetuṃ na vaṭṭati vikāleti porāṇā. ‘‘Koṭṭitaucchuphāṇitaṃ ‘rajanapākaṃ viya oḷārikaṃ savatthukapakkaṃ nāma hotī’ti saññāya purebhattameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathācariyā ‘‘evaṃ phāṇitaggahaṇaṃ amadhuraṃ, tasmā pacchābhattaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadiṃsu. Kiṃ madhuratāya, amadhuratāya vāti? Atthameva dassetuṃ mahāpaccariyaṃ tathā vuttanti upatissatthero āha kira. Taṃ yuttanti ucchuto nibbattattā vuttaṃ, tenevāha ‘‘khaṇḍasakkharaṃ pana…pe… vaṭṭatī’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ khīraghaṭe pakkhipitvā pacantī’’ti likhitaṃ. Jallikā nāma pheṇādi.
在说“以药为始”时,其余的是以举要的方式而说。所谓“能作为食物而资养”,是依据《犍度》中所说:“既是药,又为世间共许为药,且能作为食物而资养”而说的。对此的审察将在《药犍度》中阐明。显示巴利原文
Bhesajjodisaṃ vadantena itare atthuddhāravasena vuttā. ‘‘Āhāratthaṃ pharituṃ samatthānī’’ti khandhake (mahāva. 260) ‘‘yaṃ bhesajjañceva assa bhesajjasammatañca lokassa, āhāratthañca phareyyā’’ti vuttattā vuttaṃ. Ettha vicāraṇā bhesajjakkhandhake āvi bhavissati.
624 624.“门窗的扉板”,指门和窗的扉板。因为仅仅投入黄褐染料,它们便舍弃了自身的本性,所以称作“应涂抹”。有人说:“所谓黄褐色,也包括金蕉等。”“决意”,即生起这样的心念:“现在此物将不作为食用,而是作为外用。”此处并没有“分配”一词。即使作决意,也不应说“我决意此酥油”,因为这只是依惯用语而说。显示巴利原文
624.Dvāravātapānakavāṭānīti dvārassa ca vātapānānañca kavāṭāni. Kasāvapakkhepamattena hi tāni attano sabhāvaṃ pariccajitāni honti, tasmā ‘‘makkhetabbānī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kasāvo nāma kanakalambādīnipī’’ti vadanti. Adhiṭṭhetīti ‘‘idāni ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ na bhavissati, bāhiraparibhogo bhavissatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādeti. Idha ‘‘vikappetī’’ti padaṃ natthi. Adhiṭṭhānampi mukhāruḷhiyā vuttaṃ ‘‘imaṃ navanītaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti avattabbato.
625 “则不宜受用”,这是就缺乏信任而言。若说“若有信任,则适宜”,那么仅以“你受用吧”一语便已给予许可,因此两人皆无过失,此为关联之义。若未给予许可,则有过失,此理成立。因此,两人共有之衣,应由其中一位在场者决意。若不决意,则舍堕亦得成立。若未予许可,即使其价值仅为一迦迦尼,则依“不宜决意……无自体性”之语,此情状与彼不同,亦非如给予阿毗达摩论师群体那样。何以故?因为阿毗达摩论师中亦有未具足戒者,后成为阿毗达摩论师者亦同享此物。而此处两人皆是具足戒者,两人皆可随己意处理,且有“我所有”之执,不像那样与他人共有,且两三位比丘不会以“我们共住一处”而行,如此便得保护。“因未分布故无过失”,依此而言,此理亦似:所受的资具,若另一人给予此人,或此人给予彼人,受取后过七日即成舍堕,因此该衣应由两人中一位在场者决意。虽此处不见共有资具的两人行决意之加行——因无两人决意之加行故——然共一切资具的两人所受之油等,过时亦生过失,因不决意则难获殊胜之因,故说“应决意”。此并不契合,因为钵、衣等与七日药之规定有别。此处,钵、衣于不决意者,过时即生过失。显示巴利原文
625.Paribhuñjituṃpana na vaṭṭatīti vissāsābhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace savissāso, vaṭṭatīti ‘‘paribhuñja tva’’nti ettāvatā vissajjitaṃ hoti, tasmā ubhinnaṃ anāpattīti sambandho. Sace na vissajjitaṃ, āpatti hotīti siddhaṃ. Tasmā ubhinnaṃ santakaṃ cīvaraṃ aññatarena sammukhībhūtena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. No ce adhiṭṭhāti, nissaggiyaṃ hotītipi yujjati. Kākanikamattañce mūlaṃ adinnaṃ, ‘‘na adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ…pe… sakabhāvaṃ na upetī’’ti iminā etaṃ sadisaṃ na hoti, ābhidhammikagaṇānaṃ dinnaṃ viya ca na hoti. Kasmā? Ābhidhammikā hi anupasampannāpi honti, pacchā ābhidhammikabhūtānampi taṃ sādhāraṇaṃ hotīti. Ettha dvepi upasampannā eva, dvinnampi tattha yathākāmakaraṇīyatā atthi mamattañca, na evaṃ tadaññesaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, na ca dve tayo bhikkhū ‘‘ekato vassissāmā’’ti karonti, rakkhati tāva. ‘‘Avibhattattā anāpattī’’ti iminā ca idaṃ sadisaṃ, yena mūlena paṭiggahitaṃ, tassa sace itaro deti, so vā taṃ itarassa deti, sati paṭiggahaṇe sattāhātikkame nissaggiyattā, tasmā taṃ cīvaraṃ dvīsu sammukhībhūtena ekena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Kiñcāpi ettha payogo na dissati samānaparikkhārānaṃ dvinnaṃ adhiṭṭhānapayogābhāvato, tathāpi samānasabbabhaṇḍakānaṃ dvinnaṃ telādi yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tassa kālātikkame āpattisambhavato, anadhiṭṭhāne dullabhavisesahetuttā ca ‘‘adhiṭṭhātabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Taṃ ayuttaṃ pattacīvarasattāhakālikānaṃ asadisavidhānattā. Ettha pattacīvarañhi attano santakabhāvaṃ upagatameva anadhiṭṭhahantassa kālātikkame āpatti, sattāhakālikaṃ pana parasantakasādhāraṇampi paṭiggahitaṃ paṭiggāhakassa kālātikkame āpattikaraṃ. Paṭiggahaṇañcettha pamāṇaṃ, na tattha sakasantakatā, sattāhakālikañca nissaggiyaṃ, sabbesampi anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ aññassa paribhuñjato anāpatti. Idañca kālātikkantampi nissajjitvā pacchā laddhaṃ kappati. Pattacīvaraṃ pana taṃ tassa vinayakammanti kappatīti. Avibhattassapi imassa dānaṃ ruhati, na pattacīvarassa. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘dvinnaṃ santakaṃ hoti…pe… sacepi avibhajitvā saddhivihārikādīnaṃ denti, adinnameva hotī’’ti. Yassa dānameva na ruhati, tassa kuto adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Eko ce pattacīvaraṃ dasame divase itarassa deti. Tato paṭṭhāya so dasa divase pariharituṃ labhati , na tathā sattāhakālikanti sabbathā upaparikkhiyamānaṃ sarikkhaṃ nakkhamatīti na taṃ sārato daṭṭhabbanti ācariyassa takko. ‘‘Vinayakammavasena pana anissajjitvā sahasā virujjhitvā kassaci pariccattampi puna paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, sace desantaritaṃ, samuddantaritaṃ vā cīvaraṃ nissaggiyaṃ jātaṃ, taṃ idha ṭhitena bhikkhunā ekassa vantena cittena cattaṃ katvā anapekkhitvā āpattiṃ desetvā tassa vissāsena puna gahetvā adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, ‘‘pattādīsu ca ayameva nayo’’ti ca vuttaṃ, ‘‘tālanāḷikeraphāṇitampi sattāhakālikaṃ evā’’ti ca. ‘‘Dvinnaṃ santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ sattāhātikkame āpattiṃ na karoti , paribhuñjituṃ pana dvinnampi na vaṭṭatī’’ti ca ‘‘parasantakaṃ paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitepi eseva nayo’’ti ca keci vadanti. Dukkaṭavatthubhūtaṃ sappiādi nissajjitabbaṃ puna paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti vidhānaṃ na dissatīti.
4. 雨浴衣戒释显示巴利原文
4. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
627 “作唯一”,依此语,达摩西拉长老说:依雨浴衣之相状,纵对亲戚也应令生欲念,但只应取一件。此处“四种田”虽看似为三种,然应如此理解:在哪类田中能寻求,即名为“寻求田”;“如是作田、住田、决意田亦然”已说。此处以后田包含前田,非以前田包含后田,阿阇梨作如是说。其义为:由决意田包含前面三田,如是住田包含前面二田,作田则唯包含前一田。然而,作田与住田虽无时间之异,但以加行的不同,依“应作骨想而住”的经文而分二说,由某点的缺失与彼义之成就;若尔,云何无差异?依经文,“应作‘余半月为夏季’而住”,故出自经文,亦如《疑网注》中雨浴衣戒释所说。显示巴利原文
627. ‘‘Ekameva katvā’’ti vacanena vassikasāṭikalakkhaṇena ñātakānampi satuppādaṃ karontena ekameva gahetabbanti dhammasiritthero. Catubbidhaṃ khettanti ettha kiñcāpi tividhaṃ dissati, taṃ pana evaṃ gahetabbaṃ, yasmiṃ khette pariyesituṃ labhati, taṃ pariyesanakhettaṃ nāma, ‘‘evaṃ karaṇanivāsanādhiṭṭhānakhettānipī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha pacchimena purimaggāho veditabbo, na purimena pacchimaggāho, yathālābhanti ācariyo. Tassattho – adhiṭṭhānakhettena pacchimena purimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ gāho hoti, tathā nivāsanakhettena dvinnaṃ purimānaṃ. Karaṇakhettena pana ekasseva purimassa gāho hotīti. Ettha pana kiñcāpi karaṇakhettanivāsanakhettānaṃ kālato nānattaṃ natthi, kiriyato pana ‘‘aṭṭhiṃ katvā nivāsetabba’’nti pāḷivacanato, tasmā dvidhā katvā vuttaṃ aññatarābhāvena, tadatthasiddhito ca, kathaṃ panettha nānattaṃ natthīti paññāyatīti ce? Pāḷito, ‘‘aḍḍhamāso seso gimhānanti katvā nivāsetabba’’nti hi pāḷi, tathā mātikāṭṭhakathāto (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ca.
如说“最后半个月也是作持与着用的范围”,依此理则三种范围亦得成立。然而在《一切善见》中,某些写本出现这样的文句:“从季月满月后的初日,直到黑分布萨日,这半个月既是寻求的范围,也是作持的范围。在此中间,未得雨浴衣可以寻求,已得者可以制作,但不可着用,也不可决意。”此段文句并非正文,因为与前述的巴利根本颂及注释相违。因此,此处应理解为:“未得者可以寻求,但不可制作、不可着用、不可决意。”如是,应知后半月依前半月之理而得成立,而非前半月可成立作持等范围。因为仅说“夏季余一月时,应寻求雨浴衣”,并未说“这半个月既是寻求的范围,也是作持的范围”,注释中虽有此言,但那是抄写之误,已如上辨明。然而,由于时间无别,依作持范围可成立着用范围,正因如此,前文才说“随所得”,此理已成立,并无矛盾,其用意已说。依着用范围并不能成立决意范围,因为不可依前而成立后。难道不与巴利相违?不,因为了知其义。“夏季余一月”中的“iti”一词,意为“从此开始”。由于后文显示了犯戒的范围,故其余部分即显示为不犯戒的范围。若从曾与衣者或亲属已邀请之处令衣成就,则为舍堕,因已过时限。通常的雨浴衣施主,或为僧团,或为个人,不待邀请而年年施与,于此但应令其生起信心。若违犯规定,则犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Tathāha ‘‘pacchimo aḍḍhamāso karaṇanivāsanakhettampī’’ti, iminā nayena tividhameva khettantipi siddhaṃ. Samantapāsādikāyaṃ pana katthaci potthake ‘‘jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kāḷapakkhuposatho, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakhettañceva karaṇakhettañca. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ, laddhaṃ kātuñca vaṭṭati, nivāsetuṃ, adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭatī’’ti pāṭho dissati, so apāṭho yathāvuttapāḷimātikāṭṭhakathāvirodhato, tasmā tattha ‘‘aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ vaṭṭati, kātuṃ, nivāsetuṃ, adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭatī’’ti pāṭho veditabbo. Evaṃ tāva pacchimena purimaggāhasiddhi veditabbā, na purimena karaṇakhettādīnaṃ gāho sambhavati. ‘‘Māso seso gimhānanti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesitabba’’nti ettakameva hi vuttaṃ, na, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakhettañceva karaṇakhettañcā’’ti vuttattāti ce? Na, tassa lekhanadosattā , tathā sādhitaṃ. Karaṇakhettena pana nivāsanakhettaggāho atthi kālanānattābhāvato, teneva pubbe yathālābhaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, tathā ca sādhitameva, na bhedo panatthi, payojanaṃ vuttameva. Nivāsanakkhettena adhiṭṭhānakkhettaggāho natthi eva, na hi purimena pacchimaggāho veditabbo. Na pāḷivirodhatoti ce? Na, tadatthājānanato. ‘‘Māso seso gimhānanti addhamāso seso gimhāna’’nti ettha iti-saddassa hi ito paṭṭhāyāti attho. Parato āpattikhettadassanato itarassa anāpattikhettabhāvo dassitova hoti. Dinnapubbatopi ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato nipphādentassa nissaggiyaṃ piṭṭhisamayattā, pakatiyā vassikasāṭikadāyakā nāma saṅghassa vā puggalassa vā apavāretvā anusaṃvaccharaṃ dentā, tattha satuppādova vaṭṭati. Vattabhede dukkaṭanti tadaññesu.
依“若已作……乃至……于雨安居入雨之日应决意……乃至……得六月别住”之语,显示即使是在雨安居期间,直至雨安居最后一日,未作衣者亦得别住。为何未加审察?因此义理自然成立。以“得六月别住”之语,未作衣者得别住,此义已自然成立。虽然此义已立,但因其未以具体形式出现,为以具体形式显示、为令不信者信服,并以理证显示,故阿阇梨才着手论析此事。而《随纽》中说:“如此处,于咖提那期限内所生之衣,亦应依前说之法而行。”此说为不善说,因为于彼处即有前后矛盾。此处为作证而引用的注释书之语,并不能证成彼义。“若不足,得别住至迦提月满月”之语,显示不足者之别住范围仅限于迦提月满月,此后即使一日亦不得;故以不足之状态,未作衣者得别住至迦提月满月,此后即不得,此义已成立。同样,彼语亦显示已作别住者不得别住,故应于迦提月满月之日即决意。有书云:“若不足,于十日内,雨安居中以作衣完毕为量。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Sace kata…pe… vassūpanāyikadivase adhiṭṭhātabbā…pe… cha māse parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti vacanato antovassepi yāva vassānassa pacchimadivasā akatā parihāraṃ labhatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Kasmā na vicāritanti ce? Atthāpattisiddhattā. ‘‘Cha māse parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti vacanena akatā labhatīti siddhameva, taṃ kiñcāpi siddhaṃ, sarūpena pana anāgatattā sarūpena dassetuṃ, dussaddhāpayattā upapattito dassetuñca idamāraddhaṃ ācariyena, ‘‘yathā cettha, evaṃ kathinabbhantare uppannacīvarampi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabba’’nti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, taṃ duvuttaṃ tattheva pubbāparavirodhato. Yañcettha aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ sādhakattena vuttaṃ, taṃ tamatthaṃ na sādheti. ‘‘Yadi nappahoti yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti vacanaṃ appahontassa yāva kattikapuṇṇamā tāva parihārakhettaṃ, tato paraṃ ekadivasopi na hotīti dīpeti, tasmā appahonakabhāvena akatāva yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhati, tato paraṃ na labhatīti siddhaṃ. Tathā tadeva vacanaṃ kataparihāraṃ na labhatīti dīpeti, tasmā kattikapuṇṇamadivaseyeva adhiṭṭhātabbā. ‘‘Appahonte dasāhe antovasse karaṇapariyosānaṃyeva pamāṇa’’nti likhitaṃ.
于此,不应说“依一日、二日等”。为何?因为热季日并非决意之时,因此不应笼统地说“应在十日内或即日决意”,否则便会造成热季日成为决意范围的过失。对此,回答是:不,因为已了知彼义。在距离雨安居日尚有十天时,热季日有十天,若在第一天获得并完成的雨浴衣,即使超过十天,由于尚未到达雨安居前日这一决意范围,故尚非应舍。而且这也说过:“在雨安居前日之前,即使超过十天,也无犯。”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – ‘‘ekāhadvīhādivasenā’’tiādi na vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Gimhadivasānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānakālattā, tasmā eva ‘‘antodasāhe vā tadaheyeva vā adhiṭṭhātabbā’ti ca sāmaññato na vattabbaṃ gimhadivasānaṃ adhiṭṭhānakhettabhāvappasaṅgato’’ti. Ettha vuccati – na, tadatthājānanato. Dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya gimhadivasā dasāhā honti, paṭhamadivase ca laddhā niṭṭhitā vassikasāṭikā dasāhātikkantāpi vassūpanāyikadivasaṃ adhiṭṭhānakhettaṃ appattattā na ca tāva nissaggiyaṃ hoti, vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘vassūpanāyikato pubbe dasāhātikkamepi anāpattī’’ti.
“应在十日内决意”这句话,并非不加区别地为了表明在这段期间内连热季日也应决意,而是为了表明:若在热季日生起,而决意范围又在十日内,则应在十日的范围内决意,不应视为非范围而超过十日。何以故?因为热季日也可计入,所以即使是非范围日也计入在内,才在范围内说“应在十日内决意”。显示巴利原文
Antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbāti idaṃ na avisesena etasmiṃ antare gimhadivasepi adhiṭṭhātabbanti imamatthaṃ dīpetuṃ vuttaṃ, kintu gimhadivase ce uppannā, adhiṭṭhānakhette ca antodasāhaṃ hoti, antodasāhe khetteyeva adhiṭṭhātabbā, na khettanti katvā dasāhaṃ atikkamitabbanti dīpetuṃ vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Gimhadivasānampi gaṇanūpagattā, tasmā akhettadivasepi gaṇetvā khette eva ‘‘antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbā’’ti vuttaṃ hotīti.
5. 夺衣学处注释
「若于迦提月圆日未收藏,于该日未分配,于后半月因未收藏之缘犯恶作,非因未分配之缘,因有十日保护期之可能性」,某些人如是说其理由。若如是,则于冬季初月满时舍弃决意,故犯罪,此不合理。因为决意以「施与他人……乃至破损」此九种原因而舍弃,如是已说,非「以超越决意之界域」。若谓因非共通故不说?非也,因不应说「以破损」之过失,然而以破损唯三衣在一切注疏中说舍弃决意。因此在冬季初日因未收藏之缘犯恶作,非收藏后因未分配之缘。从「应分配」之语,从彼不舍弃决意,此可知。非谓在迦提月圆月后半月日未分配而在冬季犯罪,此为意趣,因为彼因未收藏之缘的恶作在冬季初黎明时刻即犯,因此说「在迦提月圆日未收藏」。然而已收藏者在冬季获得十日保护期。因为已说「十日未满不应超越衣时」,此若在适时生起,非在非时。如是已成立,未收藏者不成尼萨耆亚,亦非彼已穿着,因此在迦提月圆日即应作收藏与分配,此已成立。此中如分配过量衣者在第十日分配,持有至十日为限,在十日内已分配,如是在迦提月圆分配者,雨季四月已决意,从彼以后在无犯之界域分配,应如是知。至此已显示:有在分配之界域的决意,在决意之界域的分配。否则「有犯以决意而犯,以不决意而犯。有犯以分配而犯,以不分配而犯」,在二法中应说两个二法。其中在第一二法第一句可能。因为在分配之界域,雨季衣等以决意犯律违越恶作。以此即说第二恶作之第二句。「以不决意而犯」不存在。因十日内不犯,因分配等可能故,「以分配而犯」不存在,因一切处分配未被禁止,因此他们二法「不可得」故不说。此中有言:彼以「有犯在冬季犯」之语量所成立之恶作犯,对故意未收藏者适合,若失念,对某人,无犯。在迦提月圆已收藏,故意未分配者,与恶作一起次日尼萨耆亚,失念未分配者,此处在第一制定唯尼萨耆亚。然而在母论注疏中所说「雨季衣以超越雨季月,以疥疮等病痛止息,舍弃决意,因此彼从彼以后应分配」,以此与此相违,非仅此,「从彼以后收藏后应分配」之注疏语亦相违。从彼以后者即冬季,若在彼处收藏,「雨季衣以超越雨季月」等不合理,因无决意故无收藏。若欲无矛盾,因此「收藏仅存在」之说在此处亦可能?非也,因与古论师语相违。其中在迦提月圆说收藏,因此因雨季日故依决意之力收藏,故收藏非仅存在,因此「从彼以后」乃至月圆应为所意趣。如此分配,如是「以超越雨季月以病痛止息」,此亦应以必须收藏而说。如是则此处与《普端严》以彼无语相合。否则此处亦应说彼,如所说之规则在此处可能,虽然可能,然而为难理解之世间之易理解而说。然而因彼以超越雨季舍弃决意,在冬季初黎明因未收藏之缘成立恶作,因此在迦提月圆即应收藏后分配,未分配者「应说唯犯尼萨耆亚」。至此亦不作满足,应寻求决断。此中有:「如是律之圣典之无有,破与不破及彼义相应,欲知彼义者,具彼义之智,应在律中寻求智」。「对你取」如是说时,即使无「我取」之语,对苏定那成就。若他人同意,以彼亦善取,若不同意,对施者苏定那。然而彼物不属任何人。如是说「我取」,若主人同意,即使无「取」之语,善取。若不同意,唯主人之彼,非此对彼律行,此中若为律行之义而取,不允许。非仅为自己之义而取,再施与彼,允许。如是不顾虑而施与他人后,再以彼所施或信赖彼而受用,允许。其中亦以律行之方式不允许,某些人如是。他们即在「作大或作小」此中说「在三衣不超越长度一张手而切断作,在其余亦如是」。在如是诸处,善知古师之说法道路,以善侍奉师家,与彼相应,具念正知而不迷惑听者之心而应说。此是我们之请求。显示巴利原文
5. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
632 632.「近」是为了确定「自己物想」这一限定而说。因为唯有在自己物想的情况下,夺回或令他人夺回才犯舍堕,所以这是显示舍堕的根本条件。既然已说「衣」,那么「夺非衣之物者不犯舍堕」的意思也就一并道出了。「已给予」即是「已给予或已令人给予」——虽可如此分别解说,但若令他人将另一比丘所属之物给予后,自己再夺回或令彼夺回,因恐成非所愿的过失而未曾明说。然而据义理应知:令自己的弟子等将自己所属之物给予后,或令其将他人所属之物给予后,因为信赖彼而夺回或令彼夺回,犯舍堕,而且那是毫无顾虑地给予之后的情形。若如此,「舍已给予之物后,若夺回而取者,应以物品价值处罚」——这是何义?这是针对不以自己物想而以盗心想而取者所说,因此才说「然而因以自己物想而取,故彼不犯波罗夷」。又,「无犯:若彼给予,或信赖彼而取」,依此语,彼义亦得成立。至此,「暂时给予后夺回者无犯」这一结论已得成立。「将在我们跟前受具足戒」等语,是显示对沙弥的给予,但这并非此处所意趣的方向。若谓:如巴利圣典中,对已受具足戒者有三波逸提,对未受具足戒者有三恶作,此说不也存在吗?并非如此,因为不知彼之意趣。此处意显示巴利原文
632.Sāmanti sakasaññitāniyamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Sakasaññitāyeva hi acchindāpanaacchindanesu nissaggiyaṃ, tasmā nissaggiyamūlaṅganidassanametaṃ. ‘‘Cīvara’’nti vuttattā ‘‘acīvaraṃ acchindantassa na nissaggiya’’nti vuttameva hoti. ‘‘Datvāti datvā vā dāpetvā vā’’ti kiñcāpi padabhājanaṃ yujjati, aññassa pana santakaṃ aññassa bhikkhuno dāpetvā taṃ sayaṃ vā acchindeyya, teneva vā acchindāpeyyāti aniṭṭhappasaṅgabhayā na vuttaṃ, atthato pana attano santakaṃ aññena saddhivihārikādinā dāpetvā, aññassa santakaṃ vā tassa vissāsā dāpetvā taṃ acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya vā nissaggiyanti veditabbaṃ, tañca kho anapekkho datvā. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘cajitvā dinnaṃ acchinditvā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo’’ti idaṃ kinti ce? Sakasaññāya aggahetvā aññāya theyyāya gaṇhantaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, teneva vuttaṃ ‘‘sakasaññāya gahitattā panassa pārājikaṃ natthī’’ti, apica ‘‘anāpatti so vā deti, tassa vā vissasanto gaṇhātī’’ti vacanatopi taṃ siddhameva. Ettāvatā tāvakālikaṃ katvā dinnaṃ acchindantassa anāpatti sādhitā hoti. ‘‘Amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissatī’’tiādivacanaṃ sāmaṇerassa dānaṃ dīpeti, tañca idha nādhippetaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 633-634) upasampanne tikapācittiyaṃ viya anupasampanne tikadukkaṭampi āgatanti ce? Na, tadadhippāyājānanato. Anupasampannakāle evaṃ datvā aññassa santike upasampannaṃ disvā kupito ce acchindati, upasampannasseva vā ‘‘sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya tumhākaṃ santike upasampajjissāmī’’ti vadantassa datvā puna acchindati ce, nissaggiyanti ayamettha adhippāyo.
633 633.一次受命令而夺多件,犯舍堕,因同一结缚故,为一波逸提,这正是针对此情形而说「受命令而取多件,一波逸提」。然而,在论母注释中说「依事之数目而有罪」,那是针对多次命令、说「全都取来」者的夺取而言,因此那里才说「一语有多犯」。如此,巴利文与注释二说相互吻合。他人所属之物亦成舍堕,粪扫衣也是如此,因此说「如于布端所系之钱币」,那是为了显示彼义之决了而说。如是,以夺回为意乐,是有心的,然而唯令夺回者之语业,以强力「给!」而取者,亦应知。因「无犯:若彼给予」之语,彼不合理。若谓:因「无论悦意或不悦意而给予,皆无犯」之论母注释语?非也,因两处都是针对随自意乐而给予而说,且强力夺取会成无犯的过患故。又因「比丘亲自给予衣后」之巴利语,以及论母注释于支分确定中说「已受具足戒性」,故说「两处于给予和取时,应期望是比丘身份」,此说不合理,我师不以为然。何以故?因若给予未受具足戒者衣后,于其受具足戒时夺回,则成无犯的过患故。若谓:因「给予未受具足戒者衣或其他资具后……犯恶作」之语,彼处有恶作?并非如此,因未成立故,以给予时即已受具显示巴利原文
633. Sakiṃ āṇatto bahukampi acchindati, nissaggiyanti ekabaddhattā ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiya’’nti. Mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ āṇattiyā bahuttā ‘‘sabbāni gaṇhā’’ti vadantassa gāhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, teneva tattha vuttaṃ ‘‘ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo’’ti. Evaṃ sante pāḷivacanaṃ, aṭṭhakathāvacanadvayañca aññamaññaṃ sameti, parasantakampi nissaggiyaṃ hoti paṃsukūlañca, tena ‘‘dussante baddharūpiyaṃ viyā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ tadatthaniyamadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, yathāvachāditaṃ acchindanacittena sacittakaṃ, vacīkammaṃ pana kevalaṃ acchindāpentasseva ‘‘dehī’’ti balakkārena gaṇhatopi veditabbaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ ‘‘anāpatti so vā detī’’ti vacanato. ‘‘Tuṭṭho vā duṭṭho vā deti, anāpattiyevā’’ti mātikāṭṭhakathāvacanato vāti ce? Na, ubhayattha attano ruciyā dānaṃ sandhāya vuttattā, pasayhāvahāre anāpattippasaṅgato ca. ‘‘Bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā’ti pāḷivacanato ca mātikāṭṭhakathāya aṅgavavatthāne ‘upasampannatā’ti vuttattā ca ubhayattha dānaharaṇesu bhikkhubhāvo icchitabboti dīpetī’’ti vadanti, idamayuttanti no takkoti ācariyo. Kasmā? Anupasampannassa cīvaraṃ datvā taṃ upasampannakāle acchindantassa anāpattippasaṅgato. ‘‘Anupasampannassa cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ datvā…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vacanato dukkaṭaṃ tattha hotīti ce? Nāsiddhattā, dānakāle eva upasampannatā pamāṇanti asiddhametaṃ aṭṭhakathāya vā pāḷiyā vā yuttito vā, tasmā taṃ na yuttanti attho. Anupasampannassa cīvaraṃ datvā tasseva anupasampannakāleyeva cīvaraṃ acchindantassa dukkaṭaṃ, upasampannakāle vā datvā anupasampannakāle acchindantassa dukkaṭanti tassa vacanassa idaṃ vikappantarañca sambhavati, tasmā (pārā. 631 ādayo) vikappantarassa sambhavato ca na yuttaṃ, yasmā anupasampannakāle datvā upasampannakāle acchindantassa visuṃ dukkaṭaṃ na paññattaṃ, tasmā purāṇacīvaradhovāpanādisikkhāpadesu viya aparabhāge upasampannatā cettha pamāṇaṃ, tasmā ‘‘upasampannatā’’ti aṅgesu vuttattā ca taṃ na yuttanti attho. Ettha ‘‘paccāsīsantasseva dānamadhippetaṃ, na nissaṭṭhadāna’’nti dhammasiritthero vadati kira, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
6. 线乞求学处注释显示巴利原文
6. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
637 第六项:虽然巴利圣典中说「自己乞求了线」,但在本母注释中,并未说「为衣而自己乞求的线」,而仅于诸支分中说「为衣而乞求的线」,因此应知:由他人为衣而乞求的线,也包含在内。此处「自己」是对某人的限定。虽然说到「自己乞求后」,但仍应理解为「自己令织」——即为了自己的利益而令人织造,如此连结并理解其义;而在圣典中,是以邻近的词来连结,因此「自己乞求的线」意味着由他人乞求的线是如法的,通过请求手工而获得的织工也是如法的。若达到可作决意的最小量,在织机上正在织的线只需决意一次,之后无需再作决意,因为已决意者已归为一体。然而,「如果像展示分界的钦那纱笼那样,是间隔地作决意的,则应再次决意」,这是所说之义。所谓「以‘获得’一词,令织后放置等,都包含在一个含义中」,他们如是说。显示巴利原文
637. Chaṭṭhe kiñcāpi ‘‘sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā’’ti vuttaṃ, mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘cīvaratthāya sāmaṃ viññattaṃ sutta’’nti avatvā kevalaṃ ‘‘cīvaratthāya viññāpitasutta’’nti aṅgesu vuttattā aññena cīvaratthāya viññattaṃ suttampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti veditabbaṃ. Sāmanti cettha kassaci niyamanaṃ. ‘‘Sāmaṃ viññāpetvā’’ti kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, tathāpi ‘‘sāmaṃ vāyāpeyyā’’ti attano atthāya vāyāpeyyāti evaṃ sambandho, attho ca veditabbo, pāḷiyaṃ pana āsannapadena yojanā katā, tasmā sāmaṃ viññattaṃ suttanti aññaviññattaṃ kappiyaṃ āpajjati, hatthakammayācanavasena laddhatantavāyopi kappiyo. Vikappanupagapacchimappamāṇaṃ ce, tante vītaṃyeva sakiṃ adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, puna adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi adhiṭṭhitena ekībhāvūpagamanato. ‘‘Sace pana paricchedaṃ dassetvāva cinasāṭakaṃ viya, antarantarā adhiṭṭhitaṃ hoti, puna adhiṭṭhātabba’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Paṭilābhenāti vacanena vāyāpetvā ṭhapessāmītiādi ekasmiṃ antogadhaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti.
7. 大织工学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
642 殊胜的如法,以及依其言而行的殊胜、如量的布施,而非财施。有些本子将“衣”单独列出而作分别,这是不合宜的。显示巴利原文
642. Visiṭṭhaṃ kappañca tassa vacanena visiṭṭhaṃ katañca pamāṇaṃ, na āmisadānaṃ. Kesuci potthakesu ‘‘cīvara’’nti uddharitvā vibhāgo vutto, taṃ na sametīti.
8. 急施衣学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
646 世尊所说“诸比丘,允许接受急施衣后存放”,以及“直到自恣已自恣”,那些比丘错误理解其义,存放急施衣以致超过衣时。那是已分配的,还是未分配的?是已分配的,或属个人所有。正因如此,后面才说:“贤友,我们的急施衣”。若是未分配的,因为是僧团所有,故不会令任何人犯舍堕。显示巴利原文
646. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipitu’’nti, ‘‘yāva pavāraṇā pavāritā’’ti ca yaṃ vuttaṃ, te pana bhikkhū tassa vacanassa atthaṃ micchā gahetvā accekacīvaraṃ nikkhipantā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmesuṃ. Kimidaṃ vibhattaṃ, udāhu avibhattanti? Vibhattaṃ, puggalikaṃ vā. Teneva parato ‘‘amhākaṃ, āvuso, accekacīvarānī’’ti vuttaṃ, avibhattaṃ pana saṅghikattā na kassaci nissaggiyaṃ karoti.
再者,“接受急施衣后存放”是通称,故从入雨安居日前起,或从后安居日起,直到自恣,都可以存放,因为属于僧团;若属个人所有,也因施主吩咐“于雨安居结束时取”而可以存放。因为那样的衣,在雨安居尚未结束时,尚不属于该比丘,仍属施主所有。同样,在第三年或第四年,若施主吩咐“于自恣时取”等而布施,存放后亦应如所布施而取。此义于注释书中清晰阐明。那些衣超过衣时后,是否犯舍堕?不犯。何以故?因为它们是有所指定而作的布施。此时,在“虽于衣时,但有所指定而布施”中被称为“时”,在别众食学处等处则被称为“适时”。因此应知,此处为显示它们同义,而合说为“衣时”。然而,在本母中,这里所说,应当知:是就那种已成为自己所有的个人急施衣而说。因此才说“若比丘有急施衣生起”。因为对于在自己小屋中雨安居的比丘,若施主无力布施,则会在雨安居内完成布施之事务后离去;对于僧团也是如此。因此,这种急施衣,有些从生起时起,便成为僧团或个人的所有物,此非以雨安居住者的身份而布施;有些从生起时起,并未成为所有物,直到雨安居结束时,方才成为个人或僧团的所有物,这是以雨安居住者的身份而于适时生起并布施的;有些虽显示巴利原文
Apica ‘‘accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipitu’’nti iminā sāmaññavacanena vassūpanāyikadivasato paṭṭhāya, piṭṭhisamayato paṭṭhāya vā yāva pavāraṇā nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭati eva saṅghikattā, puggalikampi ‘‘vassaṃvutthakāle gaṇhathā’’ti dinnattā. Tādisañhi yāva vassaṃvuttho hoti, tāva na tasseva, dāyakassa santakaṃ hoti, tathā ito tatiyavasse, catutthavasse vā ‘‘pavāraṇāya gaṇhathā’’tiādinā dinnampi nikkhipitvā yathādānameva gahetabbaṃ. Ayamattho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.646-9 ādayo) pākaṭo. Tāni cīvarakālasamayātikkame na nissaggiyānīti ce? Na, uddissa dinnattā. Yasmā ayaṃ samayo ‘‘kālepi ādissa dinna’’nti ettha ‘‘kālo’’ti āgato, gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadādīsu ‘‘samayo’’tveva āgato, tasmā idha tesaṃ ekatthatādassanatthaṃ ekato ‘‘cīvarakālasamayo’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Mātikāyaṃ panettha tādisaṃ cīvaraṃ attano santakabhāvaṃ upagataṃ puggalikaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tenevāha ‘‘bhikkhuno paneva accekacīvaraṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti. Attano kuṭiyā vassaṃvutthassa bhikkhuno hi dātuṃ alabhanto antovasse eva dānakiccaṃ pariniṭṭhāpetvā gacchati, tathā saṅghassa. Tasmā idaṃ accekacīvaraṃ atthi uppannakālato paṭṭhāya saṅghassa vā puggalassa vā santakabhāvaṃ upagacchantaṃ, yaṃ na vassāvāsikabhāvena dinnaṃ, atthi uppannakālato paṭṭhāya anupagantvā vassaṃvutthakāleyeva puggalassa vā saṅghassa vā upagacchantaṃ, yaṃ vassāvāsikabhāvena uppajjitvā samaye dinnaṃ, atthi samaye dinnampi puggalassa santakabhāvaṃ anupagacchantaṃ, saṅghasantakabhāvaṃ vā dāyakasantakabhāvaṃ vā upagacchantaṃ, īdisaṃ sandhāya ‘‘saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ atirekasaṃvaccharampi nikkhipituṃ labhati attano santakabhāvaṃ anupagatattā, tasmā ‘‘dasāhānāgata’’nti ito aññaṃ sandhāya vuttanti siddhametanti. Dasāhato puretaraṃ labhitvā yāva pavāraṇā nikkhipituṃ na labhati, tasmā sakabhāvūpagatameva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, taṃyeva sandhāya ‘‘dasāhānāgata’’nti vuttaṃ, yato ‘‘antosamaye adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’’ti anāpattivāre vuttaṃ. Saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbakaṃ pana parassa dātabbatāya sakabhāvaṃ anupagataṃ, na hi taṃ sandhāya ‘‘adhiṭṭheti, vikappetī’’ti sakkā vattuṃ, na ca taṃ imasmiṃ atthe nissaggiyaṃ hoti saṅghassa nissaggiyābhāvato, aṭṭhakathāyampi ayamattho suṭṭhu pākaṭova. Katamaṃ saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbanti ce? Parasantakaṃ cīvaraṃ saṅghikameva hoti, tato ‘‘sallakkhetvā sukhaṃ dātuṃ bhavissatī’’ti iminā hi parassa santakabhāvo dassito.
“此后连一天的开许也不存在,因为已超过十天的最大期限”——这是书中所写。他的意思是:由于从此时起超过了十天,因此从此时起,超过十天便不再获得开许。“这种开许确实可以取得”,在此处,所写的理由是“在衣月期间,第十一天的黎明升起时”。然而,《小注》中说:“世尊说‘不决意而于第十一天存放是允许的’,也允许了其他非急施衣等,有人说这是通过急施衣之门而开许的。”在此,哪一种才是善说?有些人说两者都是。何以故?第一种与“未敷展咖提那时,急施衣的期限是一个月加十天;已敷展咖提那时,是五个月加十天”相符,因为依《小注》的观点,此处应说“加十一天”;第二种则与“十日前未至……乃至……意为未以十日到达”相符。依此理趣,“从第五日起,所生之衣的存放时限已被显示”这一文句便为合理。同样,依《复注》的观点,应说“九日前未至的迦提月三个月的满月”,由此,“虽然这确实已由‘比丘可持有超过十日的最多衣’所成立,但为了通过事缘显示前所未闻的意义而制定学处”这一文句便为合理。那么,这里什么是核心呢?后面所说的才是核心。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tato paraṃ ekadivasampi parihāro natthīti dasāhaparamato uddhaṃ anupagatattā’’ti likhitaṃ, ito samayato uddhameva dasāhassa anupagatattā samayato paraṃ dasāhaṃ na labhatīti kirassa adhippāyo. ‘‘Etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyevā’’ti ettha ‘‘ekādasamaṃ aruṇaṃ cīvaramāse uṭṭhetī’’ti kāraṇaṃ likhitaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘anadhiṭṭhahitvā ekādasadivase nikkhipituṃ labhatī’ti vadanto bhagavā itarampi anaccekacīvarādiṃ anujānāti, accekacīvaramukhenāti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha kataraṃ subhāsitaṃ? Ubhayampīti eke. Kathaṃ? Paṭhamaṃ ‘‘accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine dasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine dasadivasādhikā pañcamāsā’’ti iminā sameti, anugaṇṭhipadaladdhiyā hi ettha ‘‘ekādasadivasādhiko’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, dutiyaṃ ‘‘dasāhānāgatanti…pe… dasāhena asampattāti attho’’ti iminā sameti. Imassa nayassa vasena ‘‘pañcamito paṭṭhāya uppannassa cīvarassa nidhānakālo dassito hotī’’ti pāṭho yujjati. Tathā gaṇṭhipadaladdhiyā ‘‘navāhānāgataṃ kattikatemāsikapuṇṇama’’nti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, tassa vasena ‘‘kāmañcesa dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbanti imināva siddho, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapita’’nti ayaṃ pāṭho yujjati. Ko panettha sāroti? Yo pacchā vutto, sova sāro. Teneva aṭṭhakathācariyena ‘‘pañcamito paṭṭhāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipadehi aṭṭhakathāya ca saddhiṃ saṃsandanato, ‘‘dasāhānāgata’’nti pāḷiyā saṃsandanato ca ettha gaṇṭhipadaladdhipi pāḷiyā sameti.
何以故?因为于自恣日黎明升起时,比丘已住雨安居,因此,从第六日起,连同此第十天,共九天为十日,故说“十日”,此处的具格表伴随义。迦提月三个月的满月尚未到达衣时,故说“未至”。如同在后迦提满月时,将雨衣舍出后作净而说:“可决意四个月,此后可作净”,此处亦然。那么,是否应该这样说?不,因为这会陷入无意义的过失。是否限定了接受急施衣的时间?不,因为在古注与《小注》中说:“从第六日起,所生之衣并非急施衣,因为已由第一咖提那成立”,此后才称为“急施衣”,且接受者会犯戒。而此犯戒在经文、注释或道理上均不可能。是否仅依事缘而说?不,因为十日增上事缘中未见此事缘。在“比丘们接受急施衣后,超过了衣时”中,仅有此事缘。同样,在《附随》中,从“于何事缘”开始,仅说了这些,应知。是否为了显示急施衣不应超过衣时,而其他衣可以超过,故而制定此学处?不,因为仅见急施衣的过失,并无特殊缘由,且与“虽然这确实已由‘比丘可持有超过十日的最多衣’所成立”等语相违,而前说也不能成立。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Yasmā pavāraṇādivase aruṇuggamane bhikkhu vassaṃvuttho hoti, tasmā iminā dasamena ahena saddhiṃ chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya navadivasā dasa ahānīti dasāhaṃ, tena dasāhena, sahayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamā cīvarasamayaṃ asampattāti katvā ‘‘anāgatā’’ti vuccati. Yathā aparakattikapuṇṇamāya vassikasāṭikaṃ paccuddharitvā vikappento ‘‘cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti vuccati , evaṃsampadamidanti. Ettha vuccatīti ce? Na, imassa nippayojanabhāvappasaṅgato. Accekacīvarapaṭiggahaṇakālaṃ niyamitanti ce? Na, ‘‘chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya uppannacīvaraṃ accekameva na hoti. Paṭhamakathinena siddhattā’’ti porāṇaṭṭhakathāgaṇṭhipadesu vuttattā tato upari ‘‘accekacīvara’’nti vuccati, paṭiggaṇhantassa āpattisaṅgaho ca. Na ca sā āpatti pāḷiyā, aṭṭhakathāya, yuttito vā sambhavati. Aṭṭhuppattimattavasena vuttanti ce? Na, dasāhādhiccakārikā aṭṭhuppattipāyaṃ na dissati. ‘‘Bhikkhū accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmentī’’ti ettha ettikā eva hi aṭṭhuppatti. Tathā hi parivāre (pari. 47-53) ‘‘kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti ārabhitvā ettakameva vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Accekacīvaraṃ cīvarakālaṃ nātikkāmetabbaṃ, itaraṃ atikkāmetabbanti dassanatthaṃ idaṃ paññattanti ce? Na, accekacīvarasseva aparādhadassanato, visesakāraṇābhāvā , ‘‘kāmañcesa dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbanti imināva siddho’’tiādivacanavirodhato ca yathāvuttavacanāsambhavato ca.
何以故?若说满月与十日“未至”,则此满月成为与十日相异者。若不相异,则“与”字不能成立,因为自己与自己不能有关联,且“未至”一词也不能成立,因为此满月实已到达、已至。如果说,因衣时在其后紧接,未达合一状态,故为“未至”?不然,即便如此,“未至”一词仍可成立,因为只有在有到达可能时,“未至”一词才得以成立,而涅槃或施设并不被称为“未至”。如同涅槃有三刹那,此满月从未达到“时”的状态,故不合理。而“此后可作净”之说,则因取后时之故,可以成立。再者,在自恣日黎明升起时,此满月距离衣时仅有一日未至,因先前已有关联。如此,即使已入合一状态,此满月对衣时而言仍为“未至”。应知,在任何情况下,都无任何说法能阐明如此作分别句的意义。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Dasāhena saha kattikapuṇṇamā ‘‘anāgatā’’ti hi vutte dasāhato aññā sā puṇṇamāti āpajjati. Anaññā ce, saha-saddo na sambhavati, na hi attanāva attano yogo sambhavati, anāgata-saddo ca na sambhavati. Āgatā sampattā eva hi sā puṇṇamā. Cīvarasamayassa anantarattā ekībhāvaṃ anāgatattā anāgatāyevāti ce? Na, tathāpi anāgata-saddassa sambhavato, āgamanasambhave satiyeva hi anāgata-saddo sambhavati, na hi nibbānaṃ, paññatti vā ‘‘anāgatā’’ti vuccati. Nibbānaṃ viya khaṇattayaṃ, sā ca puṇṇamā na kadāci samayabhāvaṃ pāpuṇātīti ayuttameva. ‘‘Tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti pana vacanaṃ piṭṭhisamayaṃ gahetvā ṭhitattā sambhavati. Apica pavāraṇāyaṃ aruṇe ca uṭṭhite sā puṇṇamā cīvarasamayaṃ ekāhānāgatā evāpajjati pubbe sahayogapattattā. Evaṃ sante ekībhāvagatāpi sā cīvarasamayaṃ anāgatā eva jātāti sabbadā na tathāviggahakaraṇavacanatthaṃ kocideva vacanato dīpetīti veditabbaṃ.
那么,此处为何说“一月又十日”等?因为这样才可能圆满。在第五日黎明前所生的急施衣,恰好满一月零十天,所以这样说。再者,当第五日的白昼已过,正在夜间时便称为“昨天”,更何况黎明前,因此说:“贤友,我们昨天……”等。依“从第六日开始”的第一文句,非急施衣以及舍出后存放的三衣,也获得此开许——而所谓“一月又十日”等所写的,并非此义;因为依“从第五日开始”的文句,于此处所述之义即可成立,那些地方不必再作整理。应当如其原貌看待,这便是导师所说,并非我们的论断。此学处仅在满月日不犯舍堕,这是优波提舍长老所说。“从自恣月白分第五日开始”的文句中,以此方式显示了所生衣的存放时限,此即“急施衣者,谓紧急之衣”等文句。至于“从第六日开始”以及“虽然这确实已由‘比丘可持有过十日的最多衣’……”等所写,并非文句,因此,据说导师以“第十一日得开许”为由,令写为“从第五日开始”。“从自恣月白分第六日开始,所生的非急施衣以及舍出后存放的三衣,也获得此开许,这是文句”以及“未敷展咖提那时,急施衣的时限为一个月又十一天”显示巴利原文
Kimatthaṃ panettha ‘‘dasadivasādhiko māso’’tiādi vuttanti? Taṃ pāripūrisambhavato. Pañcamiyañhi pure aruṇaṃ uppannaaccekacīvarassa dasadivasādhiko māsoyeva paripūroti katvā tathā vuttaṃ. Apica tassā pañcamiyā divasabhāgopi sampattāya rattiyā ‘‘hiyyo’’ti vuccati, pageva pure aruṇaṃ, tenevāha ‘‘hiyyo kho, āvuso, amhāka’’ntiādi. ‘‘Evaṃ sante ‘chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāyā’ti vuttapaṭhamapāṭhassa vasena ‘anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitaṃ ticīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyevā’’’ti ca ‘‘dasadivasādhiko māso’’tiādi ca yaṃ likhitaṃ. Taṃ na, ‘‘pañcamito paṭṭhāyā’’ti pāṭhe sajjiteva etena pariyāyena yathāvuttaatthasambhavato, na tāni ṭhānāni puna sajjitāni. Yathāṭhitavaseneva ajjhupekkhitabbānīti no takkoti ācariyo. Idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ puṇṇamāyaṃ anissaggiyatthamevāti upatissatthero. ‘‘Pavāraṇāmāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭṭhāyā’’ti pāṭhe sajjite etena pariyāyena yathāvutto uppannassa cīvarassa nidhānakālo dassito hoti, ‘‘accekacīvaranti accāyikacīvaraṃ vuccatī’’tiādi pāṭho. ‘‘Chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāyā’’ti ca ‘‘kāmañcesa dasāhaparama’’ntiādi ca yaṃ likhitaṃ, taṃ na pāṭho, tasmā ekādasadivasaṃ parihāraṃ labhatīti katvā ācariyena ‘‘pañcamito paṭṭhāyā’’ti likhāpito kira. ‘‘Pavāraṇāmāsassa juṇhapakkhachaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pana uppannaṃ anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitaṃ ticīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyevāti pāṭho’’ti ca ‘‘accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañcamāsāti pāṭho’’ti ca ettha papañcenti, tasmā suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā kathetabbaṃ, tuṇhībhūtena vā bhavitabbaṃ.
9. 有疑学处注释
652. “三衣中的任何一件衣”——这是为了说明:此规定仅适用于三衣,对于其他衣则随宜而行。“超过六夜而别住”——这是指就在那住处中住,而非别住。何以故?因为了知衣的生起。在此,虽然根据“名为阿兰若的住处,最后的是五百弓量”的说法,也提到了超过此量,但只有阿兰若住处才是,因为守护头陀支及了知衣的生起会有障碍。显示巴利原文
9. Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
652 若问:所谓“以超过半由旬的量而得到”,这是如何了知的?答:依“若该比丘有某种因缘,以此衣而别住”之说。若复问:“一由旬的距离内也可能吗?”答:不,因为在无犯篇中已开许“再次进入村界住后离去”。如果这样,“在一由旬的距离内不得”一语是何义?这是针对固定住处而言。在那里,头陀支会坏吗?不会坏,但此处并非头陀支的章节。那么,为何说“应知此为头陀支贼”?因为不可能。如何了知?因为在支分中并不存在。由于说明了适合持头陀支者的适当住处,所以他持头陀支的状态得以成立。若问是否以言辞为准?不,圣典本身才是准量。因为已说:“无犯——再次进入村界住后离去。”若问:出村界后,应住几日然后离去?答:就在第二天。因此,有人说:第八日的黎明应在固定住处或应去之处升起。有人说:住一夜之内。有人说:直至未生起固定住处之想。有人说:直至消除旅途疲劳。若有障碍,住一夜之内,无犯。若生起固定住处之想,至黎明升起时,即犯。若那一天是第七日,有人说:应在当天取回存放的衣,或重新决意。若因中间出……显示巴利原文
652.‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaranti idaṃ ticīvare eva ayaṃ vidhi, itarasmiṃ yathāsukhanti dassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Atirekachārattaṃ vippavasantī’’ti tasmiṃyeva senāsane vāso na vippavāsoti katvā vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Cīvarappavattijānanato. Ettha kiñcāpi ‘‘āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima’’nti vacanato atirekatopi vuttaṃ, āraññakameva pana senāsanaṃ hoti, dhutaṅgaṃ rakkhati cīvarappavattijānanapalibodhasambhavato.
657. “贤友们,请给我们”——在此,是否作了未受请的乞求?是作了。若如此,与“对非亲戚乞求学处”及此学处有何差别?答:那是仅对非亲戚、未受请者乞求;此则对亲戚、受请者亦可。那是仅对未断衣者;此则对彼亦可。那是仅乞求衣;此则非衣亦可。如此,此已包含彼,因此,若两者支分具足,应以何者论?有些人说:应以此者论,因为此者无例外。有些人说:应以两者论,因为两者支分成就。彼(对非亲戚乞求学处)的支分是:可作决意的衣、无适时、对非亲戚乞求、由此获得,共四支。而此(转与学处)的支分是:已转与僧团、知而为自己转与、获得,共三支。在此,第一种说法不合理,因为在注释书中已作开许,且在《附随》中未作简别。若如此,在那里,支分中应说“非已转与他者”吗?不应说,因为义理上已成立。由于两种转与学处的成立、转与之想及犯戒的可能,若说“也给我”,虽未特别开许,但因说了“我们也有”,故为允许。“将已转与僧团的……乃至……犯恶作”——在此,未说“转与个人”,因为是以纯波逸提的方式而来。未说“转与其他塔庙”,因为僧团非塔庙,正因如此,在“将已转与塔庙的……乃至……犯恶作”中,也未说“转与其他僧团、其他个人”。他们说:“如同在那里,在此‘将已转与个人的……乃至……犯恶作’中,虽未说‘为自己’,但仍是可能的。”然而,有些人说:在此学处中未说,因为这是以自己转与为章节。有些人说:如同在彼上上学处中的“为他人”一词。那不对,因为在此个人转与学处中未说。然而,法喜长老说——显示巴利原文
10. Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
657 “贤友们,请给我们”这句中,是否构成未作请求呢?构成。若是如此,此与“向非亲戚乞衣学处”有何差别?彼学处是针对向非亲戚、未受请者乞求而制;此学处则即使对亲戚、受请者亦适用。彼学处唯对衣未破者适用;此学处对彼亦适用。彼学处唯乞衣;此学处连非衣亦适用。如此,此学处已含摄彼学处。既然这样,如果两者支分都具足,应依何者判罪?有说:应依此学处判,因此学处没有开许的例外。有说:应依两者都判,因为两者支分都成就。彼学处的支分有四:衣可作净、非适时、向非亲戚乞求、由此获得。此学处的支分有三:已指定给僧团、知而转为己用、获得。其中,第一种说法不合理,因为注释书和《附随》中已作开许,且未作简别。若如此,是否应在彼学处的支分中说‘未被转为他用’?不应说,因为义理已成就。由两种转用学处之成就、由转用之想、由犯戒之可能,故说‘也请给我们’,虽未明说‘可以’,但由说‘我们也有’故,即是许可。‘将已指定给僧团……乃至……犯恶作’中,未说‘给个人’,因为此处是以纯波逸提的方式出现。未说‘给其他塔庙’,因为僧团非塔庙,所以同样的,‘将已指定给塔庙……乃至……犯恶作’中,也未说‘给其他僧团’。显示巴利原文
657.Dethāvusoamhākanti ettha akataviññatti hoti na hotīti? Hoti, yadi evaṃ aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadassa ca imassa ca kiṃ nānākaraṇanti? Taṃ aññātakaappavāriteyeva viññāpentassa, idaṃ ñātakapavāritepi, taṃ anacchinnacīvarasseva, idaṃ tassapi, taṃ cīvaraṃyeva viññāpentassa, idaṃ acīvarampi. Evaṃ sante idaṃ taṃ antokatvā ṭhitaṃ hoti, tasmā dvinnampi aṅgasampattiyā sati kena bhavitabbanti? Iminā bhavitabbaṃ imassa nippadesatoti eke. Dvīhipi bhavitabbaṃ ubhinnampi aṅgasiddhitoti eke. Imāni tassa aṅgāni vikappanupagacīvaratā, samayābhāvo, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti cattāri. Imassa pana saṅghe pariṇatabhāvo, ñatvā attano pariṇāmanaṃ, paṭilābhoti tīṇi. Ettha paṭhamo vādo ayutto katvāpi okāsaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ, parivāre ca avicāritattā. Yadi evaṃ tattha aṅgesu ‘‘anaññapariṇatatā’’ti vattabbanti ce? Na vattabbaṃ, atthato siddhattā. Pariṇatasikkhāpadadvayasiddhito, pariṇatasaññito, āpattisambhavato ca ‘‘mayhampi dethā’’ti vadati, ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti anuddiṭṭhaṃ, ‘‘amhākampi atthī’’ti vuttattā vaṭṭati. ‘‘Saṅghassa pariṇataṃ…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti ettha ‘‘puggalassā’’ti na vuttaṃ, yato suddhapācittiyavasena āgatattā. ‘‘Aññacetiyassā’’ti na vuttaṃ saṅghassa acetiyattā, tasmāyeva ‘‘cetiyassa pariṇataṃ…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti etthāpi ‘‘aññasaṅghassa aññapuggalassā’’ti na vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yato tathā idha ca ‘puggalassa pariṇataṃ…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’ti ettha ca ‘attanopī’ti kiñcāpi na vuttaṃ, tathāpi sambhavatī’’ti vadanti. Taṃ pana idha attano pariṇāmanādhikārattā imassa sikkhāpadassa na vuttanti eke. Tatuttarisikkhāpade ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.526) padaṃ viyāti eke. Taṃ na, ettha puggalapariṇāmanasikkhāpade avuttattā. Dhammasiritthero panāha –
若将已指定给僧团,或指定给其他个人的利得,转为自己受用,则犯尼萨耆亚;若将已指定给僧团的利得,转为给其他个人,则犯波逸提;若将已指定给其他个人的利得,转为自己受用或给与他人,则犯恶作。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Attano aññato lābhaṃ, saṅghassaññassa vā nataṃ; Pariṇāmeyya nissaggi, pācittiyampi dukkaṭa’’nti.
其含义为:若将指定给僧团的利得转与自己,犯尼萨耆亚。若将该利得转与他人,犯波逸提。若将指定给其他个人的利得,转与自己或他人,犯恶作。因此,由于在向非亲戚乞求等学处中,已明示此罪责的生起,故在此处论及两种指定利得时,并未使用‘给自己’一词。若在此处说出该词,则可能仅涉及恶作;而既然此处未曾明言,那些学处中所说的罪责便随其所应,与此处未说而成立的恶作,两者统合在一起,便为持律者留下了无余智的余地。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – saṅghassa pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmeyya nissaggiyaṃ. Tadeva aññato pariṇāmeyya pācittiyaṃ. Aññassa pariṇataṃ attano vā parassa vā pariṇāmeyya dukkaṭanti, tasmā aññātakaviññattiādīsu vuttāpattisambhavato idha pariṇatadvaye ‘‘attano’’ti padaṃ na vuttaṃ. Tasmiñhi vutte dukkaṭamattappasaṅgo siyā, avutte panetesu vuttāpattīnaṃ yathāgamamaññatarā ca idha avuttasiddhi dukkaṭañcāti dve āpattiyo ekato hontīti vinayadharānaṃ anavasesañāṇassa okāso kato hotīti.
Iti tiṃsakakaṇḍaṃ sāramaṇḍaṃ, Alametaṃ vinayassa sāramaṇḍe; Idha niṭṭhitasabbasāramaṇḍaṃ, Vinayavasena punāti sāramaṇḍanti.